Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2013.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   2870   20-5137161
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

2121 Second St. Suite A-107

Davis, CA 95618

(530) 750-2800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

2121 Second St. Suite A-107

Davis, CA 95618

(530) 750-2800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Charles S. Farman, Esq.

Andrew D. Thorpe, Esq.

Alfredo B. D. Silva, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

425 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Tel: (415) 268-7000

Fax: (415) 268-7522

 

Christopher M. Kelly, Esq.

Boris Dolgonos, Esq.

Jones Day

222 East 41st Street

New York, NY 10017

Tel: (212) 326-3939

Fax: (212) 755-7306

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS

OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

 

PROPOSED

MAXIMUM

AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE  (1)(2)

 

AMOUNT OF

REGISTRATION FEE

Common stock, $0.00001 par value

  $60,000,000.00   $8,184.00

 

 

(1)    

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)  

Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JULY 1, 2013.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                 Shares

 

LOGO

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by the company.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to apply to have our shares of common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “MBII.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements after this offering.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to Marrone, before expenses

   $         $     

 

 

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                 , 2013. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional                 shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $                 , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $                 .

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Jefferies    Piper Jaffray

Co-Managers

Roth Capital Partners   Stifel

Prospectus dated                 , 2013.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     16   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     33   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     35   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     36   

CAPITALIZATION

     37   

DILUTION

     39   

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     41   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     44   

BUSINESS

     71   

MANAGEMENT

     92   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     99   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     107   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     110   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     114   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     119   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     125   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     127   

UNDERWRITING

     131   

LEGAL MATTERS

     137   

EXPERTS

     138   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     139   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus, “MBI,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

Our Company

We make bio-based pest management and plant health products. Bio-based products are comprised of naturally occurring microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi, and plant extracts. We target the major markets that use conventional chemical pesticides, including certain agricultural and water markets, where our bio-based products are used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides. We also target new markets for which there are no available conventional chemical pesticides, the use of conventional chemical pesticides may not be desirable or permissible because of health and environmental concerns or the development of pest resistance has reduced the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. All of our current products are approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and registered as “biopesticides,” or biological pesticides based on microorganisms, plants and other natural products. We believe our current portfolio of products and our pipeline address the growing global demand for effective, efficient and environmentally responsible products.

Our products currently target two core end markets: crop protection and water treatment. Crop protection products consist of herbicides (for weed control), fungicides (for plant disease control), nematicides (for parasitic roundworm control), insecticides (for insect and mite control) and plant growth regulators that growers use to increase crop yields, improve plant health, manage pest resistance and reduce chemical residues. Our products can be used in both conventional and organic crop production. We currently sell our crop protection product lines, Regalia, for plant disease control and plant health, and Grandevo, for insect and mite control, to growers of specialty crops such as grapes, citrus, tomatoes, vegetables, nuts, leafy greens and ornamental plants. We have also initiated targeted sales of Regalia for large-acre row crops such as corn, cotton and soybeans. Water treatment products target invasive water pests across a broad range of applications, including hydroelectric and thermoelectric power generation, industrial applications, drinking water, aquaculture, irrigation and recreation. Our current water treatment product line, Zequanox, which is being marketed and sold directly to U.S. power and industrial companies, selectively kills invasive mussels that cause significant infrastructure and ecological damage.

In addition to our current two core end markets, we are also taking steps through strategic collaborations to commercialize products for other non-crop pest management markets. These products may be different formulations of our crop protection products that are specifically targeted for industrial and institutional, turf and ornamental, home and garden and animal health uses such as controlling grubs, cockroaches, flies and mosquitoes in and around schools, parks, golf courses and other public-use areas.

The agricultural industry is increasingly dependent on effective and sustainable pest management practices to maximize yields and quality in a world of increased demand for agricultural products, rising consumer awareness of food production processes and finite land and water resources. We believe that our competitive strengths, including our commercially available products, robust pipeline of novel product candidates, proprietary technology and product development process, commercial relationships and industry experience, position us for rapid growth by providing solutions for these global trends.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Technology and Product Development Process

Our proprietary technology comprises a sourcing process for microorganisms and plant extracts, an extensive proprietary microorganism collection, microbial fermentation technology, screening technology and a process to identify and characterize natural compounds with pesticidal, or pest controlling, activity. Our technology enables us to isolate and screen naturally occurring microorganisms and plant extracts in a highly efficient manner and to identify those that may have novel, effective and safe pest management or plant health promoting characteristics. We then analyze and characterize the structures of compounds either produced by selected microorganisms or found in plant extracts to identify product candidates for further development and commercialization. As of March 31, 2013, we have screened more than 18,000 microorganisms and 350 plant extracts, and we have identified multiple product candidates that display activity against insects, nematodes, weeds, plant diseases and invasive species such as zebra and quagga mussels, aquatic weeds and algae. We also have produced a collection of microorganisms from taxonomic groups that research suggests may enhance nutrient uptake in plants, reduce stress and otherwise increase plant growth. Our product candidates come from our own discovery and development as well as in-licensed technology from universities, corporations and governmental entities.

Our proprietary product development process includes several important components. For all our product candidates, we develop an analytical method to detect the quantity of the active natural product compounds that are produced by the microorganism or that are extracted from plants. For microbial products, we develop unique proprietary fermentation processes that increase the active natural compounds produced by the microorganisms. We also scale-up fermentation volumes to maximize yields consistently in each batch. Similarly, for our plant extract-based products, we develop a manufacturing process that increases the amount of active natural compounds extracted from plant materials. Our deep understanding of natural product chemistry allows us to develop formulations that optimize the efficacy and stability of compounds produced by microorganisms or plants. Products are not released for sale unless the quantity of the compounds meets our desired efficacy specifications. These methods allow us to produce products that are highly effective and of a consistent quality on a commercial scale.

These product formulations are tailored to meet customers’ needs and display enhanced performance characteristics such as effectiveness, shelf life, compatibility with other pesticides and ease of use. Our senior management’s numerous years of experience in the development of commercial products and formulations have resulted in a highly efficient product development process, which allows us to rapidly commercialize new products.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Products

The table below summarizes our current portfolio of EPA-approved bio-based pest management and plant health products, as well as products submitted to the EPA for registration.

 

NAME

 

MARKET

 

TARGET

 

USE

 

STAGE

Regalia   Crop Protection   Plant Disease/ Plant Health   Protects against fungal and bacterial diseases and enhances yields.   Commercially Available
Grandevo   Crop Protection   Insects and Mites   Kills a broad range of sucking and chewing insects through feeding.   Commercially Available
Zequanox   Water Treatment   Invasive Mussels   Kills invasive mussels that restrict critical “in-pipe” water flow in industrial and power facilities and harm recreational “open waters.”   Commercially Available for In-Pipe; Submitted for EPA Registration for Open Water
Opportune   Crop Protection, Home, Turf   Weeds   Controls weeds non-selectively pre-emergence and selectively post- emergence.   EPA-Approved; Not Yet Commercially Available
Venerate   Crop Protection, Home, Turf, Animal Health   Insects and Mites   Kills a broad range of sucking and chewing insects on contact.   Submitted for EPA Registration
MBI-011   Crop Protection, Home, Turf   Weeds   Kills a broad range of weeds and acts as a “burndown” herbicide (controls weed foliage)   Submitted for EPA Registration

In addition to the above products, our pipeline consists of product candidates in various stages of development, those close to EPA submission and early-stage discoveries.

The Value Proposition of Our Pest Management Products

Our products are highly effective and generally designed to be compatible with existing pest control equipment and infrastructure. This allows them to be used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides. We believe that compared with conventional chemical pesticides, our products:

 

  n  

Are competitive in both price and efficacy;

 

  n  

Provide viable alternatives where conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops are subject to regulatory restrictions;

 

  n  

Comply with market-imposed requirements for pest management programs by food processors and retailers;

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  n  

Are environmentally friendly;

 

  n  

Meet stringent organic farming requirements;

 

  n  

Improve worker productivity by shortening field re-entry times after spraying and allowing spraying up to the time of harvest;

 

  n  

Are exempt from residue restrictions applicable to conventional chemical pesticides in both the agriculture and water markets; and

 

  n  

Are less likely to result in the development of pest resistance.

In addition, our experience has shown that when our products are used in conjunction with conventional chemical pesticides, they can:

 

  n  

Increase the effectiveness of conventional chemical pesticides while reducing their required application levels;

 

  n  

Increase levels of pest control and consistency of control;

 

  n  

Increase crop yields;

 

  n  

Increase crop quality, including producing crops with higher levels of protein, better taste and color and more attractive flowers; and

 

  n  

Delay the development of pest resistance to conventional chemical pesticides.

Our Sales and Distribution Platform

We are currently selling our crop protection product lines, Regalia and Grandevo, in the United States through leading agricultural distributors such as Crop Production Services, Helena and Wilbur Ellis. These are the same distributors that the major agrichemical companies use for distributing conventional chemical pesticides.

We have entered into various strategic agreements to facilitate the distribution of our products in international markets. We have signed exclusive international distribution agreements for Regalia with FMC (for markets in Latin America) and Syngenta (for markets in Africa, Europe and the Middle East). We have also signed a technology evaluation and development agreement with Scotts Miracle-Gro under which we have granted Scotts Miracle-Gro first rights to negotiate for exclusive worldwide commercialization rights with respect to bio-based pest management and plant health products we jointly develop for the consumer lawn and garden market.

Our water treatment product line, Zequanox, is currently being marketed and sold directly to U.S. power and industrial companies. We are also in discussions with several leaders in water treatment technology and applications regarding potential arrangements to sell Zequanox in international markets.

Our Competitive Strengths

Commercially Available Products. We believe we have one of the leading portfolios of bio-based pest management products. We have three commercially available product lines, Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox.

Robust Pipeline of Novel Product Candidates. Our pipeline of early stage discoveries and new product candidates extends across a variety of product types for different end markets, including herbicides, fungicides, nematicides, insecticides, algaecides (for algae control), molluscicides (for mussel and snail control) and plant growth regulators. Our product candidates are both developed internally and sourced from third parties.

Rapid and Efficient Development Process. We believe we can develop and commercialize novel and effective products faster and at a lower cost than many other developers of pest management products. For example, we have moved each of Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox through development, EPA approval and U.S. market launch in approximately four years at a cost of $6 million or less. In comparison, a report from Phillips McDougall, an independent research firm, shows that the average cost for major agrichemical companies to

 

 

4


Table of Contents

bring a new crop protection product to market is over $250 million, and those products have historically taken an average of nearly ten years to move through development, regulatory approval and market launch.

Proprietary Discovery Process . Our discovery process allows us to efficiently discover microorganisms and plant extracts that produce or contain compounds that display a high level of pesticidal activity against various pests. We then use various analytical chemistry techniques to identify and characterize the natural product chemistry of the compounds, which we optimize and patent. As of March 31, 2013, we have identified over 25 candidates for product development from the more than 18,000 microorganisms and 350 plant extracts in our database. Three of our product candidates, one of which has been submitted to the EPA, are newly identified microorganism species, two of which produce novel compounds that we identified and one of which has a novel mode of action that we have identified. Our proprietary discovery process is protected by patents on the microorganisms, their natural product compounds and their uses for pest management, as well as a patent application we have filed on a screening process to identify enzyme-inhibiting herbicides. We also maintain trade secrets related to the discovery, formulation, process development and manufacturing capabilities.

Sourcing and Commercialization Expertise. We use our technical and commercial development expertise to evaluate early-stage discoveries by third parties to determine commercial viability, secure promising technologies through in-licensing and add considerable value to these in-licensed product candidates. Our efficient development process and significant experience in applying natural product chemistry has led universities, corporations and government entities to collaborate with us to develop or commercialize a number of their early-stage discoveries. As with our internally discovered products, early-stage products we source and commercialize are subject to our own patents and trade secrets related to our added value in characterizing, formulating, developing and manufacturing marketable products.

Existing Agreements with Global Market Leaders. We have strategic agreements with global market leaders across agricultural and consumer retail markets. We have signed exclusive international distribution agreements for Regalia with Syngenta in Africa, Europe and the Middle East and with FMC in Latin America. We also have a technology evaluation and development agreement with Scotts Miracle-Gro, which grants it a right of first access to the active ingredients in our full portfolio of bio-based pest management and plant health products for use in its consumer lawn and garden products.

Management Team with Significant Industry Experience. Our management team has deep experience in bio-based pest management products and the broader agriculture industry. Our executive officers and key employees average 28 years of experience and include individuals who have led sales and marketing organizations, top scientists and industry experts, some of whom have served in leadership roles at large multinational corporations and governmental agencies, commercialized multiple products, brought multiple products through EPA, state and foreign regulatory processes, filed and received patents, led groundbreaking research studies and published numerous scientific articles.

Our Growth Strategy

Continue to Develop and Commercialize New Products in Both Existing and New Markets. Our goal is to rapidly and efficiently develop, register and commercialize new products each year, with the goal of developing a full suite of pest management and plant health products. For example, while our current crop protection products address plant diseases and insects, we intend to provide products that can also control nematodes and weeds as well as products for improving fertilizer efficiency and reducing drought stress. We are also currently screening for water treatment products that control algae and aquatic weeds to complement Zequanox, our invasive mussel control product line.

Expand Applications of Our Existing Product Lines. We have identified opportunities to broaden the commercial applications and expand the use of our existing product lines into several key end markets, including large-acre row crop applications, seed treatment, irrigation, aquaculture and animal health. We believe these opportunities could help to drive significant growth for our company.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Accelerate Adoption of New Products, Product Applications and Product Lines . Our goal is to provide growers with complete and effective solutions to a broad range of pest management needs that can be used individually, together and in conjunction with conventional chemical pesticides to maximize yield and quality. We believe we will be able to leverage relationships with existing distributors as well as growers’ positive experiences using our Regalia and Grandevo product lines to accelerate adoption of new products, product applications and product lines. We will also continue to target early adopters of new pest management technologies with controlled product launches and to educate growers and water resource managers about the benefits of bio-based pest management products through on-farm and in-facility demonstrations to accelerate commercial adoption of our products.

Leverage Existing Distribution Arrangements and Develop New Relationships. To expand the availability of our products, we intend to continue to use relationships with conventional chemical pesticide distributors in the United States and leverage the international distribution capabilities under our existing strategic collaboration and distribution agreements. We intend to form new strategic relationships with other market-leading companies in our target markets and regions to expand the supply of our products globally. For example, we have engaged new distributors to launch Regalia in Canada for specialty crops, in the United States for turf and ornamental plants and in parts of the Midwest United States for row crops. We have also engaged a distributor to launch Grandevo in the United States for turf and ornamental plants.

Develop and Expand Manufacturing Capabilities. We currently use third-party manufacturers to produce our products on a commercial scale. To date, these arrangements have allowed us to focus our time and direct our capital towards discovering and commercializing new product candidates. We are repurposing a manufacturing facility that we purchased in July 2012 and plan to further expand capacity at this facility using a portion of the proceeds from this offering. We believe there are considerable advantages in having our own manufacturing capabilities such as allowing us to better manage scale-up processes and institute process changes more efficiently, protecting our intellectual property and helping to lower our manufacturing costs.

Pursue Strategic Collaborations and Acquisitions. We intend to continue collaborating with chemical manufacturers to develop products that combine our bio-based pest management products with their technologies, delivering more compelling product solutions to growers. We also may pursue acquisition and in-licensing opportunities to gain access to later-stage products and technologies that we believe would be a good strategic fit for our business and would create additional value for our stockholders.

Industry Overview

Pest management is an important global industry serving the crop protection and water treatment markets that we currently target and the other non-crop markets that we plan to target such as industrial and institutional, professional turf and ornamental, home and garden and animal health. Today, most markets rely on conventional chemical pesticides. In agricultural markets, particularly large-acre row crops, conventional chemical pesticides are supplemented by the use of genetically modified crops that contain herbicide tolerance and pesticidal properties. Agranova, an independent market research firm, estimated that global agrichemical sales for the crop protection market were $50.0 billion in 2012, which represented an increase of 8.2% from 2011. Agrow, an independent market research firm, estimated that the global non-crop market for pesticides was $21.0 billion in 2009. The market for treatment of fruits and vegetables, the largest current users of bio-based pest management and plant health products, accounted for $16.2 billion of this total. Other agricultural applications, notably crops such as corn, soybeans, rice, cotton and cereals, which we expect will become increasingly important users of bio-based products, accounted for $24.7 billion of the total.

While conventional chemical pesticides are often effective in controlling pests, some of these chemicals are acutely toxic, some are suspected carcinogens and the use of some chemical pesticides has been shown to have other harmful effects on the environment, humans, animals and beneficial insects. These health and environmental concerns have prompted stricter legislation around the use of conventional chemical pesticides, particularly in Europe, where the use of some highly toxic chemical pesticides is banned or severely limited and the importation of produce is subject to strict regulatory standards on pesticide residues. In addition, the European Union has passed the Sustainable Use Directive, which requires EU-member countries to reduce the

 

 

6


Table of Contents

use of conventional chemical pesticides and to use alternative pest management methods, including bio-based pest management products. Over the past two decades, U.S. regulatory agencies have also developed stricter standards and regulations. Furthermore, a growing shift in consumer preference towards organic and sustainable food production has led many large, global food retailers to require their supply chains to implement these practices, including the use of bio-based pest management and fertilizer solutions, water and energy efficiency practices, and localized food product sourcing. For example, in 2010, Wal-Mart announced its global sustainable agriculture goals to require sustainable best practices throughout its global food supply chain. Aside from the health and environmental concerns, conventional chemical pesticide users face additional challenges such as pest resistance and reduced worker productivity, as workers may not return to the fields for a certain period of time after treatment. Similar risks and hazards are also prevalent in the water treatment market, as chlorine and other chemicals used to control invasive water pests contaminate and endanger natural waterways.

As the use of conventional chemical pesticides meets increased opposition from government agencies and consumers, and the efficacy of bio-based pest management products becomes more widely recognized among growers, bio-based pest management products are gaining popularity and represent a strong growth sector within the global pesticide market. Bio-based pest management products include “biopesticides,” which the EPA registers in two major categories: (1) microbial pesticides, which contain a microorganism such as a bacterium or fungus as the active ingredient; and (2) biochemical pesticides, which are naturally occurring substances with a non-toxic mode of action such as insect sex pheromones, certain plant extracts and fatty acids.

We believe many bio-based pest management products perform as well as or better than conventional chemical pesticides. When used in alternation or in spray tank mixtures with conventional chemical pesticides, bio-based pest management products can increase crop yields and quality over chemical-only programs. Agricultural industry reports, as well as our own research, indicate that bio-based pest management products can affect plant physiology and morphology in ways that may improve crop yield and can increase the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. In addition, pests rarely develop resistance to bio-based pest management products due to their complex modes of action. Likewise, bio-based pest management products have been shown to extend the product life of conventional chemical pesticides and limit the development of pest resistance, a key issue facing users of conventional chemical pesticides, by eliminating pests that survive conventional chemical pesticide treatments. Most bio-based pest management products are listed for use in organic farming, providing those growers with compelling pest control options to protect yields and quality. Given their generally lower toxicity compared with many conventional chemical pesticides, bio-based pest management products can add flexibility to harvest timing and worker re-entry times and improve worker safety. Many bio-based pest management products are also exempt from conventional chemical residue tolerances, which are permissible levels of chemical residue at time of harvest set by governmental agencies. Bio-based pest management products may not be subject to restrictions by food retailers and governmental agencies limiting chemical residues on produce, which enables growers to export to wider markets.

In addition to performance attributes, bio-based pest management products registered with the EPA as biopesticides can offer other advantages over conventional chemical pesticides. From an environmental perspective, biopesticides have low toxicity, posing low risk to most non-target organisms, including humans, other mammals, birds, fish and beneficial insects. Biopesticides are biodegradable, resulting in less risk to surface water and groundwater, and generally have low air-polluting volatile organic compounds content. Because biopesticides tend to pose fewer risks than conventional pesticides, the EPA offers a more streamlined registration process for these products, which generally requires significantly less toxicological and environmental data and a lower registration fee.

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary on page 16. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive

 

 

7


Table of Contents

strengths or have a negative effect on our growth strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of our common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:

 

  n  

We have a limited operating history and number of commercialized products, have incurred significant losses to date and anticipate continuing to incur losses in the future, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

 

  n  

Our products are in the early stages of commercialization, and our business may fail if we are not able to successfully generate significant revenues from these products.

 

  n  

Adverse weather conditions and other natural conditions can reduce acreage planted or incidence of crop disease or pest infestations, which can adversely affect our results of operations.

 

  n  

If our ongoing or future field trials are unsuccessful, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval of, or commercialize, our products on a timely basis.

 

  n  

Our inability to obtain regulatory approvals, or to comply with ongoing and changing regulatory requirements, could delay or prevent sales of the products we are developing and commercializing.

 

  n  

Customers may not adopt our bio-based pest management and plant health products as quickly as we are projecting.

 

  n  

The high level of competition in the market for pest management products may result in pricing pressure, reduced margins or the inability of our products to achieve market acceptance.

 

  n  

Our product sales are expected to be seasonal and subject to weather conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly quarterly and annually.

 

  n  

We rely on third parties for the production of our products. If these parties do not produce our products at a satisfactory quality, in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or at an acceptable cost, our development and commercialization efforts could be delayed or otherwise negatively impacted.

 

  n  

We rely on a single supplier based in China for a key ingredient of Regalia.

 

  n  

If we are unable to maintain and further establish successful relations with the third-party distributors that are our principal customers, or they do not focus adequate resources on selling our products or are unsuccessful in selling them to end users, sales of our products would decline.

 

  n  

Our intellectual property is integral to our business. If we are unable to protect our patents and proprietary rights in the United States and foreign countries, our business could be adversely affected.

Corporate Information

We were originally incorporated in the State of Delaware in June 2006 as Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2121 Second St. Suite A-107, Davis, CA 95618. Our telephone number is (530) 750-2800. Our website address is www.marronebioinnovations.com. The information that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, which we refer to as the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:

 

  n  

the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;

 

  n  

the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;

 

  n  

the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

  n  

the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Trade Names

Except as context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to our product lines, such as Regalia, refer collectively to all formulations of the respective product line, such as Regalia Maxx or Regalia SC, and all trade names under which our distributors sell such product lines internationally, such as Sakalia.

Our logos, “Grandevo ® ,” “Opportune TM ,” “Regalia ® ,” “Venerate TM ,” “Zequanox ® ” and other trade names, trademarks or service marks of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply relationships with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for capital expenditures, including to further expand capacity at our manufacturing facility, working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Directed share program

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to approximately             shares of our common stock being offered for sale to certain persons and entities that have relationships with us. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and in various countries. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. These shares will not be subject to any lock-up arrangement with any underwriters, except to the extent purchased by any of our officers or directors. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements.” Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq symbol

MBII

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013, on an as-converted basis, and excludes:

 

  n  

6,403,688 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.27 per share;

 

  n  

600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

  n  

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $         per share, based upon an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

  n  

            shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and additional shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under the automatic increase provisions of our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2013 Stock Incentive Plan”).

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  n  

a             -for-             reverse stock split effective on                 , 2013;

 

  n  

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  n  

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 26,689,339 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  n  

the issuance of             shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, upon the net exercise, at the completion of this offering, of outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, to purchase 48,157 shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock;

 

  n  

the issuance of             shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock automatically exercisable upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms;

 

  n  

the issuance of             shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the conversion of all outstanding convertible notes, including principal and interest accrued automatically convertible upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms;

 

  n  

no other exercise of options or warrants subsequent to March 31, 2013; and

 

  n  

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                     additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables summarize the financial data for our business. You should read this summary financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR     THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
                       (Unaudited)  

Revenues:

          

Product

   $ 6,961      $ 5,194      $ 3,697      $ 2,649      $ 1,956   

License (1)

     179        57               81        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     7,140        5,251        3,697        2,730        1,999   

Cost of product revenues

     4,333        2,172        1,738        1,795        860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,807        3,079        1,959        935        1,139   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     12,741        9,410        5,563        3,283        2,733   

Non-cash charge associated with a convertible note

    
3,610
  
   

  
   

  
   

  
   

  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

     10,294        6,793        4,353        2,847        2,322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,645        16,203        9,916        6,130        5,055   

Loss from operations

     (23,838     (13,124     (7,957     (5,195     (3,916

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     16        22        22        1        2   

Interest expense

     (2,466     (88     (102     (1,985     (56

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments (2)

     (12,461     1               (3,563     (15

Other income (expense)

     (45     9        1        (7     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (14,956     (56     (79     (5,554     (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (38,794   $ (13,180   $ (8,036   $ (10,749   $ (3,984
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deemed dividend, convertible notes

     (2,039                          (1,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (40,833   $ (13,180   $ (8,036   $ (10,749   $ (5,237
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (10.35   $ (3.39   $ (2.10   $ (2.70   $ (1.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding in computing net loss per common share:

          

Basic and diluted

     3,945        3,888        3,832        3,980        3,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share (3) :

          

Basic and diluted

   $            $       
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares outstanding pro forma:

          

Basic and diluted

          
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

(1)    

We receive payments under strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which we provide third parties with exclusive development, marketing and distribution rights. These payments are initially classified as deferred revenues and recognized as revenues over the exclusivity period. Please see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate license revenues.

(2)    

We account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into shares of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock and the outstanding warrants exercisable into a variable number of shares of common stock as liability instruments, as the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock and the common stock into which these warrants are

 

 

13


Table of Contents
  convertible are contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of certain events or transactions. In addition, we account for our convertible notes at estimated fair value. We adjust the warrant instruments and convertible notes to fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. We do not expect these charges to continue after the completion of this offering because the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants, the common stock warrants and the convertible notes will automatically convert into common stock in accordance with their terms at such time and the Series C convertible preferred stock warrants will, if not otherwise exercised, automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Key Components of Our Results of Operations—Change in Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Deemed Dividend, Convertible Notes.”
(3)    

The pro forma net loss per common share data is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion (using the if-converted method) of all shares of our preferred stock and convertible notes into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original date of issuance and the exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire, or will be automatically exercisable, upon completion of this offering, using the treasury method. As we have losses in all periods presented, all potentially dilutive common shares, comprised of stock options, warrants, preferred stock and convertible notes, are anti-dilutive. Additionally, the net loss used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share includes: (i) adjustments related to changes in the fair value of financial instruments and (ii) adjustment to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible notes into shares of our common stock.

Balance Sheet Data:

The balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 in the table below is presented on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock upon the net exercise, at the completion of this offering and based upon an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, of all outstanding Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance of shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock automatically exercisable upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, (iv) the issuance of shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the conversion of all outstanding convertible notes, including principal and interest accrued automatically convertible upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, (v) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and (vi) our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable to us, as if each of the above had occurred at March 31, 2013.

 

 

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2013  
     ACTUAL     PRO FORMA   (1)  
     (In thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,791      $                

Working capital (deficit) (2)

     (21,582  

Total assets

     17,839     

Debt and capital leases, net of unamortized debt discount of $237

     8,358     

Convertible notes

     46,037     

Common stock warrant liability

     316          

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,883          

Total liabilities

     62,972     

Convertible preferred stock

     39,612          

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (84,745  

 

 

(1)    

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, total

 

 

14


Table of Contents
  assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity from this offering by $        , assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2)    

Working capital (deficit) is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy

We have a limited operating history and number of commercialized products, have incurred significant losses to date and anticipate continuing to incur losses in the future, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

We are an early stage company with a limited operating history, and we only recently began commercializing our products. We have incurred operating losses since our inception in June 2006, and we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future. At March 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $86.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we had a net loss of $38.8 million and $10.7 million, respectively. As a result, we will need to generate significant revenues to achieve and maintain profitability. If our revenues grow slower than anticipated, or if operating expenses exceed expectations, then we may not be able to achieve profitability in the near future or at all, which may depress our stock price.

Through March 31, 2013, we have derived substantially all of our revenues from sales of Regalia and Grandevo. In addition, we have derived revenues from strategic collaboration and development agreements for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events, and from sales of other products. Accordingly, there is only a limited basis upon which to evaluate our business and prospects. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to market and sell other products, as well as our ability to increase sales of Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox. An investor in our stock should consider the challenges, expenses, and difficulties we will face as a company seeking to develop and manufacture new types of products in a relatively established market. We expect to derive future revenues primarily from sales of Regalia, Grandevo, Zequanox and other products, but we cannot guarantee the magnitude of such sales, if any. We expect to continue to devote substantial resources to expand our research and development activities, further increase manufacturing capabilities and expand our sales and marketing activities for the further commercialization of Regalia, Grandevo, Zequanox and other product candidates. We expect to incur additional losses for the next several years and may never become profitable.

Our products are in the early stages of commercialization, and our business may fail if we are not able to successfully generate significant revenues from these products.

Our future success will depend in part on our ability to commercialize the bio-based pest management and plant health product candidates we are developing. Our initial sales of our latest formulation of Regalia and our initial formulation of Grandevo occurred in the fourth quarter of 2009 and the fourth quarter of 2011, respectively, and we began selling Zequanox in the second half of 2012. Our near-term development focus is on Opportune, which received EPA approval in April 2012, and Venerate, which has been submitted for EPA registration. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, we have identified over 25 additional product candidates using our proprietary discovery process, and we currently are focusing our development and commercialization efforts on three of these product candidates.

Successful development of our product candidates will require significant additional investment, including costs associated with research and development, completing field trials and obtaining regulatory approval, as well as the ability to manufacture our products in large quantities at acceptable costs while also preserving high product quality. Difficulties often encountered in scaling up production include problems involving production yields, quality control and assurance, shortage of qualified personnel, production costs and process controls. In addition, we are subject to inherent risks associated with new products and technologies. These risks include the possibility that any product candidate may:

 

  n  

be found unsafe;

 

  n  

be ineffective or less effective than anticipated;

 

16


Table of Contents
  n  

fail to receive necessary regulatory approvals;

 

  n  

be difficult to competitively price relative to alternative pest management solutions;

 

  n  

be harmful to consumers, growers, farm workers or the environment;

 

  n  

be harmful to crops when used in conjunction with conventional chemical pesticides;

 

  n  

be difficult or impossible to manufacture on an economically viable scale;

 

  n  

be subject to supply chain constraints for raw materials;

 

  n  

fail to be developed and accepted by the market prior to the successful marketing of similar products by competitors;

 

  n  

be impossible to market because it infringes on the proprietary rights of third parties; or

 

  n  

be too expensive for commercial use.

Adverse weather conditions and other natural conditions can reduce acreage planted or incidence of crop disease or pest infestations, which can adversely affect our results of operations.

Production of the crops on which our products are typically applied is vulnerable to extreme weather conditions such as heavy rains, hurricanes, hail, floods, tornadoes, freezing condition, drought, fires and floods. Weather conditions can be impacted by climate change resulting from global warming, including changes in precipitation patterns and the increased frequency of extreme weather events, or other factors. Unfavorable weather conditions can reduce both acreage planted and incidence (or timing) of certain crop diseases or pest infestations, each of which may reduce demand for our products. For example, in 2012, the United States experienced nationwide abnormally low rainfall or drought, reducing the incidence of fungal diseases such as mildews, and these conditions have been present in some of our key markets in 2013 as well. We believe these conditions have reduced industry-wide sales of fungicides in 2012 and 2013 relative to prior years, inhibiting growth in sales of Regalia, a biofungicide. These factors have created and can continue to create substantial volatility relating to our business and results of operations.

If our ongoing or future field trials are unsuccessful, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval of, or commercialize, our products on a timely basis.

The successful completion of multiple field trials in domestic and foreign locations on various crops and water infrastructures is critical to the success of our product development and marketing efforts. If our ongoing or future field trials are unsuccessful or produce inconsistent results or unanticipated adverse side effects on crops or on non-target organisms, or if we are unable to collect reliable data, regulatory approval of our products could be delayed or we may be unable to commercialize our products. In addition, more than one growing or treatment season may be required to collect sufficient data and we may need to collect data from different geographies to prove performance for customer adoption. Although we have conducted successful field trials on a broad range of crops, we cannot be certain that additional field trials conducted on a greater number of acres, or on crops for which we have not yet conducted field trials, will be successful. Moreover, the results of our ongoing and future field trials are subject to a number of conditions beyond our control, including weather-related events such as drought or floods, severe heat or frost, hail, tornadoes and hurricanes. Generally, we pay third parties such as growers, consultants and universities, to conduct field tests on our behalf. Incompatible crop treatment practices or misapplication of our products by these third parties could impair the success of our field trials.

Our inability to obtain regulatory approvals, or to comply with ongoing and changing regulatory requirements, could delay or prevent sales of the products we are developing and commercializing.

The field testing, manufacture, sale and use of pest management products, including Regalia, Grandevo, Zequanox and other products we are developing, are extensively regulated by the EPA and state, local and foreign governmental authorities. These regulations substantially increase the time and cost associated with bringing our products to market. If we do not receive the necessary governmental approvals to test, manufacture and market our products, or if regulatory authorities revoke our approvals, do not grant approvals in a timely manner or grant approvals subject to restrictions on their use, we may be unable to sell our products in the United States or other jurisdictions, which would result in our future revenues being less than anticipated.

We have received approval from the EPA for the active ingredients and certain end product formulations for Regalia, Grandevo, Zequanox and Opportune. As we introduce new formulations of and applications for our products, we will need to seek EPA approval prior to commercial sale. For any such approval, the EPA may require us to fulfill certain

 

17


Table of Contents

conditions within a specified period of time following initial approval. We are also required to obtain regulatory approval from other state and foreign regulatory authorities before we market our products in their jurisdictions. Some of these states and foreign countries may apply different criteria than the EPA in their approval processes. Although federal pesticide law preempts separate state and local pesticide registration requirements to some extent, state and local governments retain authority to control pesticide use within their borders.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain regulatory approval for marketing our additional products or new product formulations and applications we are developing. Although the EPA has in place a registration procedure for biopesticides like Regalia and Grandevo that is streamlined in comparison to the registration procedure for conventional chemical pesticides, there can be no assurance that all of our products or product extensions will be eligible for this streamlined procedure or that additional requirements will not be mandated by the EPA that could make the procedure more time consuming and costly for our future products.

Additionally, for California state registration and registration in jurisdictions outside of the United States, all products need to be proven efficacious, which can require costly field trial testing and a favorable result is not assured. Because many of the products that may be sold by us must be registered with one or more government agencies, the registration process can be time consuming and expensive, and there is no guarantee that the product will obtain all needed registrations. We have intentionally obtained registration in some jurisdictions and not in others. California is one of the largest and most important producers of agricultural products in the world. Because of its stringent regulation of pesticides and environmental focus, we also view California as one of the most natural and attractive markets for our products. Given California’s stringent regulations, it is possible that we may have products that have been registered by the EPA, in other states and in foreign countries, but which may not be sold in California. If this were to occur, our business would be harmed.

Even if we obtain all necessary regulatory approvals to market and sell our products, they will be subject to continuing review and extensive regulatory requirements, including periodic re-registrations. The EPA, as well as state and foreign regulatory authorities, could withdraw a previously approved product from the market upon receipt of newly discovered information, including an inability to comply with their regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unanticipated problems with our products, or for other reasons.

Customers may not adopt our bio-based pest management and plant health products as quickly as we are projecting.

Customers in the crop production sector and the water treatment sector are generally cautious in their adoption of new products and technologies. Growers often require on-farm demonstrations of a given pest management or plant health product. Initial purchases of the product tend to be conservative, with the grower testing on a small portion of their overall crop. As the product is proven, growers incorporate the product into their rotational programs and deploy it on a greater percentage of their operations. As a result, large scale adoption can take several growing seasons. Water treatment products must also pass efficacy and ecological toxicity tests. In addition, given the relative novelty of our water treatment products, consumers of those products will continue to require education on their use, which may delay their adoption.

The high level of competition in the market for pest management products may result in pricing pressure, reduced margins or the inability of our products to achieve market acceptance.

The markets for pest management products are intensely competitive, rapidly changing and undergoing consolidation. We may be unable to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, which may result in price reductions, reduced margins and the inability to achieve market acceptance for our products.

Many entities are engaged in developing pest management products. Our competitors include major multinational agrichemical companies such as BASF, Bayer, Dow Chemical, DuPont, Monsanto, Sumitomo Chemical, Syngenta and specialized biopesticide businesses such as Arysta, AgraQuest (now a part of Bayer), Certis USA (now a part of Mitsui) and Valent Biosciences (now a part of Sumitomo). Many of these organizations have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources, greater brand recognition and a larger base of customers than we do. As a result, they may be able to devote greater resources to the manufacture, promotion or sale of their products, receive greater resources and support from independent distributors, initiate or withstand substantial price competition or more readily take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities. Further, many of the large agrichemical companies have a more diversified product offering than we do, which may give these companies an advantage in meeting customers’ needs by enabling them to offer a broader range of pest management solutions.

 

18


Table of Contents

The market for our bio-based pest management and plant health products is underdeveloped, which may make it difficult to effectively market or price our products.

The market for bio-based pest management products is underdeveloped when compared with conventional chemical pesticides. Certain of our product lines, such as Zequanox, currently have few or no competitors, making it difficult to determine how we should determine their pricing. We may not be able to charge as much for such products as we currently plan. In addition, customers have historically perceived bio-based pest management products as more expensive and less effective than conventional chemical pesticides. To succeed, we will need to continue to change that perception. To the extent that the market for bio-based pest management products does not further develop or customers elect to continue to purchase and rely on conventional chemical pesticides, our market opportunity will be limited.

Public perception of consuming food with microbial residues and public perception of releasing microorganisms into the environment could damage our reputation and adversely impact sales of our microbial products.

We believe maintaining our strong reputation and favorable image with distributors, direct customers and end users will be a key component in our success. Although there has been a long history of safe use of bio-based pest management products based on microorganisms, adverse public reaction to the microbial nature of our products could harm our potential sales. In addition, perceptions that the products we produce and market are not safe could adversely affect us and contribute to the risk we will be subjected to legal action. For example, companies are frequently subject to litigation and negative press related to the release of chemicals into water systems, and our Zequanox water treatment product line may be subject to public scrutiny. Public perception that our products are not safe, whether justified or not, could impair our reputation, involve us in litigation, damage our brand names and have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our product sales are expected to be seasonal and subject to weather conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly quarterly and annually.

Sales of our individual products are generally expected to be seasonal. Weather conditions and natural disasters affect decisions by our distributors, direct customers and end users about the types and amounts of pest management products to purchase and the timing of use of such products. In addition, disruptions that cause delays by growers in harvesting or planting can result in the movement of orders to a future quarter, which would negatively affect the quarter and cause fluctuations in our operating results. For example, we expect that Regalia, a fungicide, will be sold and applied to crops in greater quantity in the second and fourth quarters. These seasonal variations may be especially pronounced because sales of Regalia accounted for 84%, 95%, and 47% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. In addition, sales of products for treatment of invasive mussels are concentrated during periods of increased mussel growth and feeding activity, which occurs from June through September in the eastern United States, Canada and Europe and from April through October in the southwestern United States. However, planting and growing seasons, climatic conditions and other variables on which sales of our products are dependent vary from year to year and quarter to quarter. As a result, we have historically experienced substantial fluctuations in quarterly sales.

The level of seasonality in our business overall is difficult to evaluate, particularly as a result of our relatively early stage of development, our relatively limited number of commercialized products, our expansion into new geographical territories, the introduction of new products and the timing of introductions of new formulations and products. It is possible that our business may be more seasonal, or experience seasonality in different periods, than anticipated. For example, if sales of Zequanox become a more significant component of our revenue, the separate seasonal sales cycles of that product could cause further shifts in our quarterly revenue. Other factors may also contribute to the unpredictability of our operating results, including the size and timing of significant distributor transactions, the delay or deferral of use of our products and the fiscal or quarterly budget cycles of our distributors, direct customers and end users. Customers may purchase large quantities of our products in a particular quarter to store and use over long periods of time or time their purchases to manage their inventories, which may cause significant fluctuations in our operating results for a particular quarter or year. For example, we believe that we experienced higher sales of Regalia in the first quarter of 2011 than in the second as a result of distributors ordering in advance of the application season.

Our expense levels are based in part on our expectations regarding future sales. As a result, any shortfall in sales relative to our expectations could cause significant fluctuations in our operating results from quarter to quarter, which could result in uncertainty surrounding our level of earnings and possibly a decrease in our stock price.

 

19


Table of Contents

If we are unable to identify new product candidates through our product development process, we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

Our future success will depend in part on our ability to improve our existing products and to utilize our product development process to identify and commercialize natural compounds with pesticidal activity. As of March 31, 2013, we have screened more than 18,000 microorganisms and 350 plant extracts, and we have identified multiple product candidates that display activity against insects, nematodes, weeds, plant diseases and invasive species such as zebra and quagga mussels, aquatic weeds and algae. Only a small number of these candidates are likely to provide viable commercial candidates and an even more limited number, if any, are likely to be commercialized by us. A failure by us to continue identifying natural compounds with pesticidal or plant health promoting activity could make it difficult to grow our business. In addition, we may continue to expand our product offerings through in-licensing of microorganisms and plant extracts. There is no assurance that these attempts will be successful. Licensing of products requires identification of new products or determination of new applications for existing products and a willingness on the product owner to license the product. If we are unable to identify or in-license additional microorganisms, natural product compounds or product candidates, we may be unable to develop new products or generate revenues.

Our results of operations will be affected by the level of royalty payments that we are required to pay to third parties.

We are a party to license agreements that require us to remit royalty payments related to in-licensed microorganisms and plant extracts for certain of our product lines such as Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox. The amount of royalties that we could owe under these license agreements ranges from 2% to 5% of net product revenues. We cannot precisely predict the amount, if any, of royalties we will owe in the future, and if our calculations of royalty payments are incorrect, we may owe more royalties, which could negatively affect our results of operations. As our product sales increase, we may, from time-to-time, disagree with our third-party collaborators as to the appropriate royalties owed and the resolution of such disputes may be costly and may consume management’s time. Furthermore, we may enter into additional license agreements in the future, which may also include royalty payments.

We rely on third parties for the production of our products. If these parties do not produce our products at a satisfactory quality, in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or at an acceptable cost, our development and commercialization efforts could be delayed or otherwise negatively impacted.

We cannot currently produce our microbial and plant extract-based products other than at a small scale using our own facilities. As such, we rely on third parties for the production of our products. While we intend to develop our own internal commercial-scale manufacturing capacity, we may from time to time utilize third-party manufacturers for supplemental production capacity of our products. Our reliance on third parties to manufacture our products presents significant risks to us, including the following:

 

  n  

reduced control over delivery schedules, yields and product reliability;

 

  n  

price increases;

 

  n  

manufacturing deviations from internal and regulatory specifications;

 

  n  

the failure of a key manufacturer to perform its obligations to us for technical, market or other reasons;

 

  n  

challenges presented by introducing our fermentation processes to new manufacturers or deploying them in new facilities;

 

  n  

difficulties in establishing additional manufacturers if we are presented with the need to transfer our manufacturing process technologies to them;

 

  n  

misappropriation of our intellectual property; and

 

  n  

other risks in potentially meeting our product commercialization schedule or satisfying the requirements of our distributors, direct customers and end users.

We have not yet entered into any long-term manufacturing or supply agreements for any of our products, and we will need to enter into additional agreements for the commercial development, manufacturing and sale of our products. There can be no assurance that we can do so on favorable terms, if at all.

Our products have been produced in quantities sufficient to meet commercial demand. However, our current dependence upon others for the production of all of our products, and our anticipated future dependence upon

 

20


Table of Contents

others for the production of a portion of our products, may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize any products on a timely and competitive basis. If manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated at one or more of our third-party manufacturers’ facilities, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders, and our net revenues and results of operations could decline.

We must accurately forecast demand for our products to obtain adequate and cost-effective capacity from our third-party manufacturers and to purchase certain of the raw materials used in our products at cost-effective rates. Our third-party manufacturers are not required to supply us products until we place and they accept our purchase orders, which generally occurs approximately one month prior to the anticipated product delivery date based on our own rolling forecasts. Our purchase orders may not be accepted and our third-party manufacturers may not be willing to provide us with additional products on a timely basis if they prioritize orders placed by other companies, many of whom are more established than us and order larger volumes of products. In addition, while raw material orders are generally placed one month in advance, because certain of the raw materials used in our products are in short supply or are subject to capacity demands, we place some raw material orders approximately six months in advance to avoid paying higher prices. Accordingly, if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may be unable to meet our customers’ delivery requirements, or we may accumulate excess inventories of products and raw materials.

We may experience significant delays in financing or completing the repurpose of our commercial manufacturing facility for producing some of our bio-based pest management and plant health products, which could result in harm to our business and prospects.

We acquired a manufacturing facility in July 2012, and our business plan contemplates completing an initial repurpose and upgrade of this facility to develop significant internal commercial manufacturing capacity. We believe we will commence production of our bio-based pest management and plant health products using this facility in the first half of 2013. After this initial repurpose, we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to further expand capacity at this facility. If we are unable to complete the repurpose, upgrade and expansion of this facility in a timely manner, we will need to otherwise secure access to capacity significantly greater than what we have previously used as we commercialize our products.

In order to bring our facility fully on line, we will need to complete design and other plans needed for the repurpose of the facility and secure the requisite permits, licenses and other governmental approvals, and we may not be successful in doing so. The repurpose will have to be completed on a timely basis and within an acceptable budget, which we currently anticipate will require approximately $10.0 million to $12.0 million of capital expenditures through 2013. In addition, to expand our facility to accommodate forecasted volumes and sales growth, we anticipate we will need to spend approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million of additional funds in 2014. If we encounter significant delays, cost overruns, engineering problems, equipment supply constraints or other serious challenges in bringing the facility online, we may be unable to meet our production goals in the time frame we have planned. We may not be successful in producing the amount and quality of product we anticipate in the facility and our results of operations may suffer as a result. Further, we intend to continue to utilize various third party contract manufacturers, which will reduce our ability to control product quality and the speed and timing of manufacturing, protect our proprietary position in our products and lower our manufacturing costs.

Failure to achieve expected manufacturing yields for our products could negatively impact our operating results.

Low yields may result from product design, development stage or process technology failures. We do not know whether a yield problem exists until our products are manufactured based on our design. When a yield issue is identified, the product is analyzed and tested to determine the cause. As a result, yield deficiencies may not be identified until well into the production process. We are repurposing our manufacturing facility acquired in July 2012 for high volume production and anticipate further expanding capacity at this facility using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, and we may experience delays or product yield issues as this facility comes online. In the event we continue to rely on third party manufacturers, resolution of yield problems requires cooperation among, and communication between us and our manufacturers. We have limited experience producing a number of our products at commercial scale, and we will not succeed if we cannot maintain or decrease our production costs and effectively scale our technology and manufacturing processes.

 

21


Table of Contents

We rely on a single supplier based in China for a key ingredient of Regalia.

The active ingredient in our Regalia product line is derived from the giant knotweed plant, which we obtain from China. Our single supplier acquires raw knotweed from numerous regional sources and performs an extraction process on this plant, creating a dried extract that is shipped to our third party manufacturer in the United States. A disruption at our supplier’s manufacturing site or a disruption in trade between the United States and China could negatively impact sales of Regalia. We currently use one supplier and do not have a long-term supply contract with this supplier. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to obtain dried extract from China at a competitive price point.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products and will need to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure.

We currently have limited sales and marketing experience and capabilities. As of March 31, 2013, we employed 30 full-time sales and marketing personnel, 9 of which focus on technical support and demonstration and research field trials. We will need to further develop our sales and marketing capabilities in order to successfully commercialize Zequanox, Opportune, Venerate and other products we are developing, which may involve substantial costs. Our internal sales and marketing staff consists primarily of sales and marketing specialists and field development specialists who are trained to educate growers and independent distributors on the uses and benefits of our products. These specialists require a high level of technical expertise and knowledge regarding the capabilities of our products compared with other pest management products and techniques. There can be no assurance that our specialists and other members of our sales and marketing team will successfully compete against the sales and marketing teams of our current and future competitors, many of which may have more established relationships with distributors and growers. Our inability to recruit, train and retain sales and marketing personnel or their inability to effectively market and sell the products we are developing could impair our ability to gain market acceptance of our products and cause our sales to suffer.

If we are unable to maintain and further establish successful relations with the third-party distributors that are our principal customers, or they do not focus adequate resources on selling our products or are unsuccessful in selling them to end users, sales of our products would decline.

In the United States, we rely on independent distributors of agrichemicals such as Crop Production Services and Wilbur Ellis to distribute and assist us with the marketing and sale of Regalia, Grandevo and other products we are developing. These distributors are our principal customers, and our future revenues growth will depend in large part on our success in establishing and maintaining this sales and distribution channel. If our distributors are unable to sell our products, or receive negative feedback from end users, they may not continue to purchase or market our products. In addition, our products are often combined with other pesticides. If our products are improperly combined with other pesticides they may damage the treated plants, and, even when properly combined, our products may be blamed for damage caused by these other pesticides. Any such issues could damage our brands or reputation.

In addition, there can be no assurance that our distributors will focus adequate resources on selling our products to end users or will be successful in selling them. Many of our potential distributors are in the business of distributing and sometimes manufacturing other, possibly competing, pest management products. As a result, these distributors may perceive our products as a threat to various product lines currently being distributed or manufactured by them. In addition, these distributors may earn higher margins by selling competing products or combinations of competing products. If we are unable to establish or maintain successful relationships with independent distributors, we will need to further develop our own sales and distribution capabilities, which would be expensive and time-consuming and the success of which would be uncertain.

We depend on a limited number of distributors.

Our current revenues are derived from a limited number of key customers, each of which serves as a third-party distributor to our products’ end users. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our top three distributors accounted for 58% of our total revenues, with Crop Production Services, Engage Agro and Helena Chemical accounting for 33%, 13% and 12% of our total revenues, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our top four distributors accounted for 56% of our total revenues, with Chem Nut, Engage Agro, Crop Production Services and Wilbur Ellis accounting for 17%, 15%, 13% and 11% of our total revenues, respectively. We expect a limited number of distributors to continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. This customer concentration increases the risk of quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results. The loss or

 

22


Table of Contents

reduction of business from one or a combination of our significant distributors could materially adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on the experience and expertise of our senior management team and other key personnel, and if we are unable to recruit or retain qualified personnel, our development and commercialization efforts may be significantly delayed.

We depend heavily on the principal members of our management, particularly Dr. Pamela G. Marrone, our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, the loss of whose services might significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our scientific or business objectives. Although we maintain and are the beneficiary of $5.0 million in key person life insurance policies for the life of Dr. Marrone, we do not believe the proceeds would be adequate to compensate us for her loss.

As we expand our operations, we will need to hire additional qualified research and development and management personnel to succeed. The process of hiring, training and successfully integrating qualified personnel into our operation is a lengthy and expensive one. The market for qualified personnel such as experienced fermentation engineers and formulation chemists is very competitive because of the limited number of people available with the necessary technical skills and understanding of our technology and anticipated products. Our failure to hire and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to meet our research and development and business objectives and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We also have relationships with scientific collaborators at academic and other institutions, some of whom conduct research at our request or assist us in formulating our research and development strategy. These scientific collaborators are not our employees and may have commitments to, or consulting or advisory contracts with, other entities that may limit their availability to us. We have limited control over the activities of these scientific collaborators and can generally expect these individuals to devote only limited amounts of time to our activities. The inability of any of these persons to devote sufficient time and resources to our programs could harm our business. In addition, these collaborators may have arrangements with other companies to assist those companies in developing technologies that may compete with our products.

Our intellectual property is integral to our business. If we are unable to protect our patents and proprietary rights in the United States and foreign countries, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary rights protection for our technologies and products in the United States and other countries. If we are unable to obtain or maintain these protections, we may not be able to prevent third parties from using our proprietary rights. As of March 31, 2013, we owned 1 and in-licensed 5 U.S. patents and we owned 30 and in-licensed 2 provisional and pending U.S. patent applications covering our products, including microorganisms and natural product compounds, uses and related technologies. Also, as of March 31, 2013, we had acquired ownership of 1 and in-licensed 23 foreign patents and owned 151 and in-licensed 6 pending foreign patent applications. We also rely on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and continuing technological innovation to remain competitive.

We have taken measures to protect our trade secrets and know-how, including the use of confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and third party manufacturers. It is possible that these agreements may be breached and that any remedies for a breach will not make us whole. We generally control and limit access to, and the distribution of, our product documentation and other proprietary information. Despite our efforts to protect these proprietary rights, our trade secret-protected know-how could fall into the public domain, unauthorized parties may copy aspects of our products and obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We also cannot guarantee that other parties will not independently develop our knowhow or otherwise obtain access to our technologies.

For certain of our products, we hold co-exclusive licenses to certain of the intellectual property used to create the product. For example, we entered into a co-exclusive license agreement with the USDA for the use in the United States of the U.S.-issued patents relating to the Chromobacterium substugae bacteria on which Grandevo is based. A second company has also licensed the USDA’s patent and could attempt to use this bacterium to produce a product that is competitive to ours. We do not believe this company has submitted a competing product to the EPA, and we believe it would be difficult for them to do so without licensing technology we have developed. Nevertheless, were this company, or any other that also has the ability to use our co-licensed intellectual property, to introduce a competing product, our ability to sell our products could be harmed.

 

23


Table of Contents

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter significant problems and costs in protecting our proprietary rights in these foreign countries. Our patents and those patents for which we have license rights may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented. In addition, our issued patents may not contain claims sufficiently broad to protect us against third parties with similar technologies or products or provide us with any competitive advantage. We are not certain that our pending patent applications will be issued. Moreover, our competitors could challenge or circumvent our patents or pending patent applications. It is also not possible to patent and protect all knowledge and know-how associated with our products so there may be areas that are not protected such as certain formulations and manufacturing processes. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

Third parties may misappropriate our microbial strains.

Third parties, including contract manufacturers, often have custody or control of our microbial strains. If our microbial strains were stolen, misappropriated or reverse engineered, they could be used by other parties who may be able to reproduce the microbial strains for their own commercial gain. If this were to occur, it would be difficult for us to challenge and prevent this type of use, especially in countries with limited intellectual property protection.

Other companies may claim that we infringe their intellectual property or proprietary rights, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products.

Our success depends in part on our ability to operate without infringing the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment such as ours in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies. Patents issued to third parties may contain claims that conflict with our patents and that may place restrictions on the commercial viability of our products and technologies. Although we believe that our current products, product candidates and proprietary screening technology do not infringe the proprietary rights of any third parties, third parties could assert infringement claims against us in the future. Any litigation or interference proceedings, regardless of their outcome, would probably be costly and require significant time and attention of our key management and technical personnel. Litigation or interference proceedings could also force us to:

 

  n  

stop or delay using our proprietary screening technology;

 

  n  

stop or delay selling, manufacturing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

  n  

pay damages; or

 

  n  

enter into licensing or royalty agreements that may be unavailable on acceptable terms.

If we fail to maintain and successfully manage our existing, or enter into new, strategic collaborations and other relationships, we may not be able to expand commercial development and sales of many of our products.

Our ability to enter into, maintain and manage collaborations and other relationships in our markets is fundamental to the success of our business. We currently have entered into various license agreements, research and development agreements, supply agreements and distribution agreements. We currently rely on our third parties for manufacturing and sales or marketing services and intend to continue to do so for the foreseeable future, and we intend to enter into other strategic agreements to produce, market and sell other products we develop. However, we may not be successful in entering into new arrangements with third parties for the production, sale and marketing of other products. Any failure to enter into new strategic arrangements on favorable terms or to maintain or manage our existing strategic arrangements could delay or hinder our ability to develop and commercialize our products and could increase our costs of development and commercialization.

We expect to derive a portion of our revenues from markets outside the United States, including Europe and Latin America, which will subject us to additional business risks.

Our success depends in part on our ability to expand internationally as we obtain regulatory approvals to market and sell our products in foreign countries. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, international sales comprised 20% and 14% of total revenues, respectively, and we expect to increase the relative percentage of international sales in the future. We have been conducting field trials in Europe, Latin America, Africa and elsewhere. International expansion of our operations could impose substantial burdens on our resources, divert management’s attention from domestic operations and otherwise harm our business. Furthermore, international operations are subject to several inherent risks, especially different regulatory

 

24


Table of Contents

requirements and reduced protection of intellectual property rights that could adversely affect our ability to compete in international markets and have a negative effect on our operating results. Revenues generated outside the United States could also result in increased difficulty in collecting delinquent or unpaid accounts receivables, adverse tax consequences and currency fluctuations.

Our Zequanox product line requires additional development, and during the initial commercialization of Zequanox, we will be relying on successful bidding for government contracts, which could require a longer sales cycle than the private sector.

Our Zequanox product line is principally designed to kill invasive mussels that restrict critical water flow in industrial and power facilities and impinge on access to recreational waters. This product requires additional development to improve ease of application, and because this product will be used in open waters, it may also require additional ecological testing. We expect our near-term sales of Zequanox will continue to be to governmental agencies and regulated industries, which typically take longer to negotiate and approve contracts than the private sector. Further, we currently expect that our governmental sales may be subject to bidding procedures as well as uncertainties surrounding these agencies’ budget approval processes. Therefore, we anticipate that the sales cycle for Zequanox will continue to be longer than that for our pest management products sold into agricultural markets.

We may require additional financing in the future and may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms, if at all, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development activities.

We may need to raise more money to continue our operations, and we may make significant capital expenditures in connection with scaling up our operations, including, for example, the repurpose of our manufacturing facility. We may seek additional funds from public and private stock offerings, corporate collaborations and licenses, borrowings under lease lines of credit or other sources. Additional capital may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may include restrictive covenants. If we cannot raise more money when needed, we may have to reduce our capital expenditures, scale back our development of new products, reduce our workforce or license to others products that we otherwise would seek to commercialize ourselves. Moreover, our cash used in operations has exceeded cash generated from operations in each period since our inception. We used approximately $22.4 million and $7.7 million of net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we incurred expenses of $12.7 million, $9.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, for research and development. We expect that our current resources, together with the proceeds from this offering and future operating revenue, will be sufficient to fund operations for at least the next 24 months. We may attempt to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we have sufficient funds for planned operations.

We use hazardous materials in our business and are subject to potential liability under environmental laws. Any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of hazardous materials could be time consuming and costly to resolve.

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling, disposal and release of hazardous materials and certain waste products. Our research and development and manufacturing activities involve the controlled use of hazardous materials and biological waste. Some of these materials may be novel, including bacteria with novel properties and bacteria that produce biologically active compounds. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or discharge and any injury resulting from these materials. In addition, although we have not currently identified any environmental liabilities, the manufacturing facility we purchased in July 2012 may have existing environmental liabilities associated with it that may also result in successor liabilities for us, and we will be subject to increased exposure to potential environmental liabilities as we manufacture our products on a larger scale. We may also be held liable for hazardous materials brought onto the premises of our manufacturing facility before we acquired title, without regard for fault for, or knowledge of, the presence of such substances, as well as for hazardous materials that may be discovered after we no longer own the property if we sell it in the future. In the event of an accident, or if any hazardous materials are found within our operations or on the premises of our manufacturing facility in violation of the law at any time, we may be liable for all cleanup costs, fines, penalties and other costs. This liability could exceed our resources, and, if significant losses arise from hazardous substance contamination, our financial viability may be substantially and adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, we may have to incur significant costs to comply with future environmental laws and regulations. In addition, we cannot predict the impact of new governmental regulations that might have an adverse effect on the research, development, production and marketing of our products. We may be required to incur significant costs to comply with current or future laws or regulations. Our business may be harmed by the cost of compliance.

Our collaborators may use hazardous materials in connection with our collaborative efforts. To our knowledge, their work is performed in accordance with applicable biosafety regulations. In the event of a lawsuit or investigation, however, we could be held responsible for any injury caused to persons or property by exposure to, or release of, hazardous materials used by these parties. Further, we may be required to indemnify our collaborators against all damages and other liabilities arising out of our development activities or products produced in connection with these collaborations.

Any decline in U.S. agricultural production could have a material adverse effect on the market for pesticides and on our results of operations and financial.

Conditions in the U.S. agricultural industry significantly impact our operating results. The U.S. agricultural industry can be affected by a number of factors, including weather patterns and field conditions, current and projected grain inventories and prices, domestic and international demand for U.S. agricultural products and U.S. and foreign policies regarding trade in agricultural products. State and federal governmental policies, including farm subsidies and commodity support programs, as well as the prices of fertilizer products and the prices at which produce may be sold, may also directly or indirectly influence the number of acres planted, the mix of crops planted and the use of pesticides for particular agricultural applications. There are various proposals pending before the U.S. congress to cut or eliminate various agricultural subsidies. If such proposals are implemented, they may adversely impact the U.S. agricultural industry and suppliers to that industry such as us.

Our headquarters and facility and certain manufacturers and suppliers are located in regions that are subject to natural disasters, as well as in some cases geopolitical risks and social upheaval.

Our Davis, California headquarters and facility is located near a known earthquake fault. The impact of a major earthquake or other natural disaster, including floods, on our facilities, infrastructure and overall operations is difficult to predict and any natural disaster could seriously disrupt our entire business process. In addition, Regalia is produced by a third party manufacturer in Florida in a location that could be impacted by hurricane activity, and certain of our raw materials are sourced in China, which is subject to risks associated with uncertain political, economic and other conditions such as the outbreak of contagious diseases, such as avian flu, swine flu and SARS, and natural disasters. The insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from natural disasters or other business interruptions. Although these risks have not materially adversely affected our business, financial condition or results of operations to date, there can be no assurance that such risks will not do so in the future.

Inability to comply with regulations applicable to our facilities and procedures could delay, limit or prevent our research and development or manufacturing activities.

Our research and development and manufacturing facilities and procedures are subject to continual review and periodic inspection. We must spend funds, time and effort in the areas of production, safety and quality control and assurance to ensure full technical compliance with the regulations applicable to these facilities and procedures. If the EPA or another regulatory body determines that we are not in compliance with these regulations, regulatory approval of our products could be delayed or we may be required to limit or cease our research and development or manufacturing activities or pay a monetary fine. If we are required to limit or cease our research and development activities, our ability to develop new products would be impaired. In addition, if we are required to limit or cease our manufacturing activities, our ability to produce our products in commercial quantities would be impaired or prohibited, which would harm our business.

We may be exposed to product liability and remediation claims, which could harm our business.

The use of certain bio-based pest management and plant health products is regulated by various local, state, federal and foreign environmental and public health agencies. These regulations may include requirements that only certified or professional users apply the product or that certain products be used only on certain types of locations, may require users to post notices on properties to which products have been or will be applied, may require notification to individuals in the vicinity that products will be applied in the future or may ban the use of certain

 

26


Table of Contents

ingredients. Even if we are able to comply with all such regulations and obtain all necessary registrations, we cannot provide assurance that our products will not cause injury to crops, the environment or people under all circumstances. For example, our products may be improperly combined with other pesticides or, even when properly combined, our products may be blamed for damage caused by these other pesticides. The costs of remediation or products liability could materially adversely affect our future quarterly or annual operating results.

We may be held liable for, or incur costs to settle, liability and remediation claims if any products we develop, or any products that use or incorporate any of our technologies, cause injury or are found unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing, sale or use. These risks exist even with respect to products that have received, or may in the future receive, regulatory approval, registration or clearance for commercial use. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to avoid product liability exposure.

We currently maintain product liability insurance at levels we believe are sufficient and consistent with industry standards for companies at our stage of development. We cannot guarantee that our product liability insurance is adequate and, at any time, it is possible that this insurance coverage may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. A product liability claim could result in liability to us greater than our assets or insurance coverage. Moreover, even if we have adequate insurance coverage, product liability claims or recalls could result in negative publicity or force us to devote significant time and attention to those matters, which could harm our business

Our ability to use our net operating loss carry-forwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately $56.4 million of federal and $54.7 million state operating loss carry-forwards available to offset future taxable income, which expire in varying amounts beginning in 2026 for federal and 2016 for state purposes if unused. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these loss carry-forwards before their expiration.

In addition, it is possible that this offering may cause a reduction in the value of our net operating loss carryforwards realizable for income tax purposes. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes restrictions on the use of a corporation’s net operating losses, as well as certain recognized built-in losses and other carryforwards, after an “ownership change” occurs. A Section 382 “ownership change” occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Even if this offering does not cause an “ownership change,” other future issuances or sales of our stock (including certain transactions involving our stock that are outside of our control) could also result in an ownership change under Section 382. If an “ownership change” occurs, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-change net operating losses and other losses we can use to reduce our taxable income generally equal to the product of the total value of our outstanding equity immediately prior to the “ownership change” (subject to certain adjustments) and the applicable federal long-term tax-exempt interest rate for the month of the “ownership change.” The applicable rate for ownership changes occurring in the month of June 2013 is 2.70%.

Because U.S. federal net operating losses generally may be carried forward for up to 20 years, the annual limitation may effectively provide a cap on the cumulative amount of pre-ownership change losses, including certain recognized built-in losses, that may be utilized. Such pre-ownership change losses in excess of the cap may be lost. In addition, if an ownership change were to occur, it is possible that the limitations imposed on our ability to use pre-ownership change losses and certain recognized built-in losses could cause a net increase in our U.S. federal income tax liability and U.S. federal income taxes to be paid earlier than otherwise would be paid if such limitations were not in effect. Further, if the amount or value of these deferred tax assets is reduced, such reduction would have a negative impact on the book value of our common stock .

We completed a Section 382 analysis as of May 1, 2013 and concluded that approximately $0.5 million in federal net operating losses are expected to expire prior to utilization as a result of our previous ownership changes and corresponding annual limitations. Although an analysis has not been completed, we believe that a similar amount of state net operating losses would also expire prior to utilization. We have not updated our Section 382 analysis to consider events since May 1, 2013, including the effect of issuing common stock pursuant to this offering,

 

27


Table of Contents

the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible notes as a result of this offering, and any other related transactions. Our existing net operating loss carry-forwards or credits may be subject to significant limitations due to these events. Our inability to use these net operating loss carry-forwards as a result of the Section 382 limitations could harm our financial condition.

Our business is subject to various governmental regulations, and compliance with these regulations may cause us to incur significant expenses. If we fail to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, we may be forced to recall products and cease their manufacture and distribution, which could subject us to civil or criminal penalties.

The complex legal and regulatory environment exposes us to compliance and litigation costs and risks that could materially affect our operations and financial results. These laws and regulations may change, sometimes significantly, as a result of political or economic events. They include environmental laws and regulations, tax laws and regulations, import and export laws and regulations, government contracting laws and regulations, labor and employment laws and regulations, securities and exchange laws and regulations, and other laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In addition, proposed laws and regulations in these and other areas could affect the cost of our business operations. We face the risk of changes in both domestic and foreign laws regarding trade, potential loss of proprietary information due to piracy, misappropriation or foreign laws that may be less protective of our intellectual property rights. Violations of any of these laws and regulations could subject us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with our executive officers and directors, and their respective affiliates, will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

We anticipate that immediately following the completion of this offering, based on share ownership as of March 31, 2013, our executive officers and directors and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of                 shares, or     %, of our common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence some corporate matters and could result in some corporate actions that our other stockholders do not view as beneficial such as failure to approve change of control transactions that could offer holders of our common stock a premium over the market value of our company. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Our common stock may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid.

Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been traded in a public market. In addition, we are an early stage company with a limited operating history and a history of losses. As a result, we cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop following this offering or how liquid that market might become. The trading price of our common stock following this offering is therefore likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

  n  

quarterly variations in our results of operations, those of our competitors or those of our customers;

 

  n  

announcements of technological innovations, new products or services or new commercial relationships by us or our competitors;

 

  n  

our ability to develop and market new products on a timely basis;

 

  n  

disruption to our operations;

 

  n  

media reports and publications about pest management products;

 

  n  

announcements concerning our competitors or the pest management industry in general;

 

  n  

our entry into, modification of or termination of key license, research and development or collaborative agreements;

 

  n  

new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines or the status of our regulatory approvals;

 

  n  

general and industry-specific economic conditions;

 

  n  

any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

  n  

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

28


Table of Contents
  n  

changes in financial estimates, including our ability to meet our future net revenues and operating profit or loss projections; and

 

  n  

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against companies that experience volatility in the market price of their securities. Whether or not meritorious, litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources and harm our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or our industry, or publish negative reports about our business or our industry, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our industry or our competitors. If one or more of the analysts who cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, change their opinion of the prospects for our company in a negative manner, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Substantial future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have          million shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, this could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business.

We, our executive officers and directors, and our other existing security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without first obtaining written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”

All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

 

 

 

Number of Shares and % of Total Outstanding

   Date Available for Sale into Public Market

             or         %

   Immediately after completion of this offering

             or         %

   180 days after the date of this prospectus

             or         %

   From time to time after the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus

 

 

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with a capital raise or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock, which would result in dilution.

 

29


Table of Contents

We will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds from this offering.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for capital expenditures, including to further expand capacity at the manufacturing facility we acquired in July 2012, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including sales, general and administrative and research and development matters as described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of this prospectus. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to repay certain outstanding debt, acquire or invest in other businesses or products or to obtain rights to other technologies. However, we do not have more specific plans for the net proceeds from this offering and will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering. These proceeds could be applied in ways that do not improve our operating results or increase the value of your investment. You may not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute     % of the total amount invested to date to fund us, but will own only     % of the shares of common stock outstanding, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

Because we have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock, investors must look solely to stock appreciation for a return on their investment in us.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that the board of directors deems relevant. Investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging public companies, which includes, among other things:

 

  n  

exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

  n  

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;

 

  n  

exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements; and

 

  n  

exemption from any rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the SEC otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

 

30


Table of Contents

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are also permitted to elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until companies that are not subject to periodic reporting obligations are required to comply, if such accounting standards apply to non-reporting companies. We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, in order to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.

When the available exemptions under the JOBS Act, as described above, cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

 

  n  

the right of our board of directors to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

  n  

the establishment of a classified board of directors requiring that only a subset of the members of our board of directors be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

31


Table of Contents
  n  

the prohibition of cumulative voting in our election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

  n  

the requirement that stockholders provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to our board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company;

 

  n  

the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms set by the board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of our common stock. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us;

 

  n  

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

  n  

the inability of our stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

  n  

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend, or repeal our bylaws;

 

  n  

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to repeal or adopt any provision of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election of directors;

 

  n  

the required approval of the holders of at least 80% of such shares to amend or repeal the provisions of our bylaws regarding the election and classification of directors; and

 

  n  

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to remove directors without cause.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover provisions. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction. Our board of directors could rely on Delaware law to prevent or delay an acquisition of us. For a description of our capital stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

32


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, particularly in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The statements we make regarding the following subject matters are forward-looking by their nature:

 

  n  

our plans to target our existing products for new markets and for new uses and applications;

 

  n  

our plans with respect to growth in sales of new product lines, including Grandevo and Zequanox;

 

  n  

our ability and plans to screen, source, in-license develop, register and commercialize additional new product candidates and bring new products to market across multiple categories faster and at a lower cost than other developers of pest management products, and in particular products that are allowed for use by organic farmers;

 

  n  

our expectations regarding registering new products and new formulations and expanded use labels for existing products, including submitting new products to the EPA;

 

  n  

our belief that challenges facing the use of conventional chemical pesticides will continue to grow;

 

  n  

our beliefs regarding the growth of markets for, and unmet demand for, biopesticides, and in particular, our beliefs that the current trends will continue and that Zequanox presents a unique opportunity for generating long term revenue;

 

  n  

our beliefs regarding market adoption for our products;

 

  n  

our intention to maintain existing and develop new, supply, sales and distribution channels and extend market access;

 

  n  

our anticipation that we will receive future payments under our strategic collaboration and development agreements for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events;

 

  n  

our plans regarding repurposing and expanding capacity at our manufacturing facility;

  n  

our plans to collaborate with chemical manufacturers to develop products that combine our bio-based pest management solutions with their technologies;

 

  n  

our plans to grow our business and expand operations, including plans to hire additional qualified personnel and expectations that we will generate a significant portion of our revenues from international sales of our products and that our revenues stream will be increasingly diversified;

 

  n  

our intention to continue to devote significant resources toward our proprietary technology and research and development and the potential for pursuing acquisition and collaboration opportunities to gain access to third-party products and technologies;

 

  n  

our expectations that sales will be seasonal and the impact of continued drought conditions;

 

  n  

our ability to protect our intellectual property in the United States and abroad;

 

  n  

our expectations regarding market risk, including interest rate changes, foreign currency fluctuations and commodity price changes.

 

  n  

our belief in the sufficiency of our cash flows to meet our needs for 24 months following completion of this offering; and

 

  n  

our future financial and operating results.

The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which

 

33


Table of Contents

any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Before investing in our common stock, investors should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

This prospectus contains statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be $         million, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions, by $        , assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover of this prospectus.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to expand capacity at the manufacturing facility we acquired in July 2012. In addition, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for other capital expenditures, including purchasing equipment to facilitate our research and development efforts, working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products or technologies. However, as of the date of this prospectus, we cannot estimate the amount of net proceeds that will be used for the other purposes described above. We do not have agreements reached or commitments made for any specific acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies at this time.

Based on forecasted volumes and sales growth, we currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of $5.0 million to $7.0 million for the nine months ending December 31, 2013, in addition to using $19.0 million to $21.0 million to expand capacity at our manufacturing facility in 2014. We expect to fully fund such expenditures using both available cash and a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, including expenditures related to our manufacturing facility, will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations and competitive pressures. We expect that our current resources, together with the proceeds from this offering and future operating revenue, will be sufficient to fund operations, including the expenditures described above, for at least the next 24 months.

Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, increase our visibility in the marketplace and provide liquidity to existing stockholders. Creating a public market for our common stock will facilitate our ability to raise additional equity in the future and to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.

We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. The amounts that we actually spend for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend, in part, on the timing and amount of our future revenues, our future expenses and any potential acquisitions that we may propose. Pending any use, as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short- and long-term interest-bearing investments, direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, certificates of deposit and money market funds. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return for us.

 

35


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the expansion and operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable law and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, an existing loan agreement restricts our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock in certain cases.

 

36


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2013 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, (iii) the issuance of shares of common stock upon the net exercise, at the completion of this offering and based upon an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, of all outstanding Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, (iv) the issuance of shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock automatically exercisable upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, (v) the issuance of shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the conversion of all outstanding convertible notes, including principal and interest accrued automatically convertible upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, (vi) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and (vii) the sale by us of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as if each of the above had occurred at March 31, 2013.

You should read this table together with “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

     AS OF MARCH 31, 2013  
     ACTUAL     PRO FORMA  (1)  
     (In thousands, except share
and per share data)
 
     (Unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,791      $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,883          

Common stock warrant liability

     316          

Capital leases, including current portion

     454     

Total debt and convertible notes, including current portion (net of unamortized debt discount of $237)

     53,941     

Preferred stock:

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 4,673,827 shares authorized, 4,655,770 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     3,747          

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 7,066,565 shares authorized, 7,036,465 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     10,758          

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 15,950,000 shares authorized, 14,997,104 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     25,107          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

              

Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 40,600,000 shares authorized, 3,982,601 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized pro forma,                  shares issued and outstanding pro forma (2)

         

Additional paid-in capital

     1,573     

Accumulated deficit

     (86,318  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (84,745  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 11,461      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents
(1)    

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $        , assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)  

The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the conversion of our common stock warrants and all of our convertible notes depends on the initial public offering price in this offering. As further described in “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants,” the terms of the common stock warrants provide that the warrants will be automatically exercised by net exercise in connection with a qualified initial public offering, and as described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” the terms of the convertible notes provide that the convertible notes automatically convert into shares of our common stock in connection with a qualified initial public offering.

 

       The pro forma share information in the table above includes the issuance of                  additional shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of our convertible notes based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition:

 

  n  

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price would decrease the total number of shares issued upon the completion of this offering by                 shares;

 

  n  

A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the total number of shares issued upon the completion of this offering by                  shares;

 

       The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                  shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013, on an as-converted basis, and excludes:

 

  n  

6,403,688 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.27 per share;

 

  n  

600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

  n  

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $         per share, based upon an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

  n  

                 shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and additional shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under the automatic increase provisions of our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2013 Stock Incentive Plan”).

 

38


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

As of March 31, 2013, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities, divided by the pro forma shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, including the effect of (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock upon the net exercise, at the completion of this offering and based upon an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, of all outstanding Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance of shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock automatically exercisable upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, (iv) the issuance of shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the conversion of all outstanding convertible notes, including principal and interest accrued automatically convertible upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, (v) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, as if each of the above had occurred at March 31, 2013 and (vi) the impact of our sale of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2013 would have been $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors (in $         millions, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

      $                    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2013, before giving effect to this offering

   $                       

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

   $        
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $         and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $         and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible

 

39


Table of Contents

book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share. Further, if all outstanding options and warrants were also exercised in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2013:

 

  n  

the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

  n  

the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering); and

 

  n  

the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

 

 

     SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE PRICE
PER SHARE
 
     NUMBER      PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing stockholders

     30,671,940         %      $ 40,289,639         %      $ 1.31   

New investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0   $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $         million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid to us by new investors by approximately     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, and the number of shares held by new investors would be or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding. In addition, if all outstanding options and warrants were also exercised in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, and the number of shares held by new investors would be or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

Except as otherwise indicated, the amounts set forth above are based on                 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, on an as-converted basis, and excludes:

 

  n  

6,403,688 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.27 per share;

 

  n  

600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $2.50 per share;

 

  n  

             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $         per share, based upon an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

  n  

                 shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and additional shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under the automatic increase provisions of our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2013 Stock Incentive Plan”).

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We have derived the selected statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected statements of operations data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

41


Table of Contents

Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010     2013     2012  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  
                       (Unaudited)  

Revenues:

      

Product

   $ 6,961      $ 5,194      $ 3,697      $ 2,649      $ 1,956   

License (1)

     179        57               81        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     7,140        5,251        3,697        2,730        1,999   

Cost of product revenues

     4,333        2,172        1,738        1,795        860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,807        3,079        1,959        935        1,139   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     12,741        9,410        5,563        3,283        2,733   

Non-cash charge associated with a convertible note

    
3,610
  
   

  
   

  
   

  
   

  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

     10,294        6,793        4,353        2,847        2,322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,645        16,203        9,916        6,130        5,055   

Loss from operations

     (23,838     (13,124     (7,957     (5,195     (3,916

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     16        22        22        1        2   

Interest expense

     (2,466     (88     (102     (1,985     (56

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments  (2)

     (12,461     1               (3,563     (15

Other income (expense)

     (45     9        1        (7     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (14,956     (56     (79     (5,554     (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (38,794   $ (13,180   $ (8,036   $ (10,749   $ (3,984
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deemed dividend, convertible notes

     (2,039                          (1,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (40,833   $ (13,180   $ (8,036   $ (10,749   $ (5,237
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (10.35   $ (3.39   $ (2.10   $ (2.70   $ (1.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding in computing net loss per common share:

      

Basic and diluted

     3,945        3,888        3,832        3,980        3,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share (3) :

      

Basic and diluted

   $                       $                         $                      
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares outstanding pro forma:

          

Basic and diluted

          
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

(1)  

We receive payments under strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which we provide third parties with exclusive development, marketing and distribution rights. These payments are initially classified as deferred revenues and recognized as revenues over the exclusivity period. Please see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate license revenues.

(2)    

We account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into shares of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock and the outstanding warrants exercisable into a variable number of shares of common stock as liability instruments, as the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock and the common stock into which these warrants are convertible are contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of certain events or transactions. In addition, we account for our convertible notes at estimated fair value. We adjust the warrant instruments and convertible notes to fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value

 

42


Table of Contents
  recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. We do not expect these charges to continue after the completion of this offering because the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants, the common stock warrants and the convertible notes will automatically convert into common stock in accordance with their terms at such time and the Series C convertible preferred stock warrants will, if not otherwise exercised, automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Key Components of Our Results of Operations—Change in Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Deemed Dividend, Convertible Notes.”
(3)    

The pro forma net loss per common share data is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion (using the if-converted method) of all shares of our preferred stock and convertible notes into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original date of issuance and the exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire, or will be automatically exercisable, upon completion of this offering, using the treasury method. As we have losses in all periods presented, all potentially dilutive common shares, comprised of stock options, warrants, preferred stock and convertible notes, are anti-dilutive. Additionally, the net loss used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share includes: (i) adjustments related to changes in the fair value of financial instruments and (ii) adjustment to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible notes into shares of our common stock.

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2013  
     (In thousands)  
                       (Unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,006      $ 2,215      $ 4,287      $ 1,791   

Short-term investments

            2,000                 

Working capital (deficit) (1)

     (11,468     5,030        4,935        (21,582

Total assets

     33,778        9,818        7,937        17,839   

Debt and capital leases (net of unamortized discount)

     16,740        806        1,106        8,358   

Convertible notes

     41,860                      46,037   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,884        27        28        1,883   

Common stock warrant liability

     301                      316   

Total liabilities

     68,413        4,306        2,689        62,972   

Convertible preferred stock

     39,612        39,612        26,452        39,612   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (74,247     (34,100     (21,204     (84,745

 

 

(1)    

Working capital (deficit) is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We make bio-based pest management and plant health products. Bio-based products are comprised of naturally occurring microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi, and plant extracts. We target the major markets that use conventional chemical pesticides, including agricultural and water markets, where our bio-based products are used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides. We also target new markets for which there are no available conventional chemical pesticides, the use of conventional chemical pesticides may not be desirable or permissible because of health and environmental concerns or the development of pest resistance has reduced the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. Our current portfolio of EPA-approved and registered “biopesticide” products and our pipeline address the growing global demand for effective, efficient and environmentally responsible products.

Our goal is to provide growers with solutions to a broad range of pest management needs by adding new products to our product portfolio, continuing to broaden the commercial applications of our existing product lines, leveraging relationships with existing distributors and growers’ positive experiences with existing product lines, and educating growers with on-farm product demonstrations and controlled product launches with key target customers and other early adopters. We believe this approach enables us to stay ahead of our competition in providing innovative pest management solutions, enhances our sales process at the distributor level and helps us to capture additional value from our products.

The agricultural industry is increasingly dependent on effective and sustainable pest management practices to maximize yields and quality in a world of increased demand for agricultural products, rising consumer awareness of food production processes and finite land and water resources. In addition, our research has shown that the global market for biopesticides is growing substantially faster than the overall market for pesticides. This demand is in part a result of conventional growers acknowledging that there are tangible benefits to adopting natural pest management products into integrated pest management (IPM) programs. We believe that our competitive strengths, including our commercially available products, robust pipeline of novel product candidates, proprietary technology and product development process, commercial relationships and industry experience, position us for rapid growth by providing solutions for these global trends.

We currently offer three product lines for commercial sale: Regalia, an initial formulation of which we began selling in the fourth quarter of 2008, Grandevo, an initial formulation of which we began selling in the fourth quarter of 2011, and Zequanox, which we began selling in the second half of 2012. In addition, we have one product candidate, Opportune, an herbicide, which received EPA approval in April 2012, and we submitted Venerate, an insecticide, and MBI-011, another herbicide to the EPA for registration. A large portion of our sales are currently attributable to conventional growers who use our natural pest management products either to replace conventional chemical pesticides or enhance the efficacy of their IPM programs. In addition, a portion of our sales are attributable to organic farmers, who cannot use conventional pesticides and have few alternatives for pest management. We intend to continue to develop and commercialize natural pest management and plant health products that are allowed for use by organic farmers.

We sell our crop protection products to leading agrichemical distributors while also working directly with growers to increase existing and generate new product demand. To date, we have marketed our bio-based pest management and plant health products for agricultural applications to U.S. growers, through distributors and our own sales force, and we have focused primarily on high value specialty crops such as grapes, citrus, tomatoes, leafy greens and ornamental plants. As we continue to demonstrate the efficacy of our bio-based pest management and plant health

 

44


Table of Contents

products on new crops or for new applications, we may either continue to sell our product through our in-house sales force or collaborate with third parties for distribution to select markets. For example, we anticipate that there may be a significant opportunity for selling Regalia as a yield enhancer for large-acre row crop markets such as corn, cotton and soybeans, and we have engaged third party distributors for these sales.

We have historically sold the significant majority of our products in the United States, although we have strategically launched Regalia in select international markets. For example, we launched Regalia in the United Kingdom in 2009, Turkey in 2010, Mexico in 2011 and Canada in 2012. We are continuing to form strategic collaborations with major agrichemical companies such as FMC (for markets in Latin America) and Sygnenta (for markets in Africa, Europe and the Middle East) to accelerate our entry into certain international markets where these distributors are already selling Regalia, as well as in Asia Pacific markets. In addition to engaging these large-scale international distributors, we intend to form new strategic collaborations with other market-leading companies in our target markets and regions to expand the supply of our products globally, particularly in markets for which our products fall under exemptions from registration. In the longer term, when we launch Grandevo and other products internationally, we expect to generate a significant portion of our revenues from international sales of our products.

We currently market our water treatment product, Zequanox, through our sales and technical workforce to hydroelectric power generation companies, combustion power generation companies and industrial facilities at various geographical sites. We are also in discussions with several potential leaders in water treatment technology and applications regarding potential arrangements to sell Zequanox in the United States and international markets to supplement the efforts of our sales force. We intend to enter into distribution arrangements with third parties to market Zequanox internationally. We may enter into similar arrangements for distribution of Zequanox for use in certain applications such as treatment of lakes, aqueducts and drinking water facilities in the United States. We believe that Zequanox presents a unique opportunity for generating long-term revenue, as there are limited water treatment options available to date, most of which are time-consuming, costly or subject to high levels of regulation.

Our biopesticide products cannot be sold in the United States except under an EPA-approved use label. As such, we launch early formulations of our products to targeted customers under EPA-approved use labels, which list a limited number of crops and applications, to gather field data, gain product knowledge and get feedback to our research and development team while the EPA reviews new product formulations and expanded use labels for already approved formulations covering additional crops and applications. Based on these initial product launches, sales and demonstrations in additional regions and other tests and trials, we continue to enhance our products and submit product formulations and expanded use labels to the EPA and other regulatory agencies. For example, we began sales of Regalia SC, an earlier formulation of Regalia, in the Florida fresh tomatoes market in 2008, while a more effective formulation of Regalia with an expanded use label, including listing for use in organic farming, was under review by the EPA. When approved, we launched this new formulation into the Southeast United States in 2009 and nationally in 2010. In 2011, we received EPA approval of a newly expanded Regalia label covering hundreds of crops and various new uses for applications to soil and through irrigation systems. Likewise, in May 2013, we received approval for an improved Grandevo label, and have submitted the revised label for individual U.S. state approval.

Our total revenues were $7.1 million and $5.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, and have risen as growers have increasingly adopted our products. We generate our revenues primarily from product sales, which historically were principally attributable to sales of Regalia and are now increasingly attributable to Grandevo. Since 2011, we have also recognized revenues from our strategic collaboration and distribution agreements, which amounted to $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We currently sell our crop protection products through the same leading agricultural distributors used by the major agrichemical companies. Three of these distributors accounted for 58% and 66% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. While we expect product sales to a limited number of distributors to continue to be our primary source of revenues, as we continue to develop our pipeline and introduce new products to the marketplace, we anticipate that our revenues stream will be diversified over a broader product portfolio and customer base.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our cost of product revenues was $4.3 million and $2.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cost of product revenues consists principally of the cost of raw materials, including inventory costs and third-party services related to procuring, processing, formulating, packaging and shipping our products. We expect our cost of product revenues to increase as we expand sales of Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox.

Our research and development expenses have historically comprised a significant portion of our operating expenses, amounting to $12.7 million and $9.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We intend to continue to devote significant resources toward our proprietary technology and adding to our pipeline of natural pest management and plant health products using our proprietary discovery process, sourcing and commercialization expertise and rapid and efficient development process.

Selling, general and administrative expenses incurred to establish and build our market presence and business infrastructure have generally comprised the remainder of our operating expenses, amounting to $10.3 million and $6.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We expect that in the future, our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase due to our expanded product portfolio.

In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with a convertible note, we incurred a non-recurring, non-cash charge of $3.6 million as operating expenses. We also recognized a $12.5 million non-cash charge attributable to a change in estimated fair value of financial instruments.

Historically, we have funded our operations from the issuance of shares of common stock, preferred stock, warrants and convertible notes, the issuance of debt and entry into financing arrangements, product sales, payments under strategic collaboration and distribution agreements and government grants, but we have experienced significant losses as we invested heavily in research and development. We expect to incur additional losses related to our investment in the continued development, expansion and marketing of our product portfolio.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Product Revenues

Product revenues consist of revenues generated from sales to distributors and from sales of our products to direct customers, net of rebates and cash discounts. Our product revenues historically were primarily derived from sales of Regalia, but now are increasingly attributable to Grandevo. We elected to discontinue marketing GreenMatch, our first product, an organic herbicide in 2011 to focus on more attractive opportunities and products. We continued to sell our remaining inventory of GreenMatch to a limited number of existing customers, but terminated such sales upon the exhaustion of product inventory in July 2012. Product revenues in the United States constituted 80%, 93% and 86% of our total product revenues in years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. Product revenues constituted 97%, 99% and 97% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively.

License Revenues

License revenues generally consist of revenues recognized under our strategic collaboration and distribution agreements for exclusive distribution rights, either for Regalia or for our broader pipeline of products, for certain geographic markets or for market segments that we are not addressing directly through our internal sales force. Our strategic collaboration and distribution agreements generally outline overall business plans and include payments we receive at signing and for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events. As these activities and payments are associated with exclusive rights that we provide over the term of the strategic collaboration and distribution agreements, revenues related to the payments received are deferred and recognized as revenues over the term of the exclusive period of the respective agreements, which we estimate to be between 5 and 17 years based on the terms of the contract and the covered products and regions. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, license revenues constituted 3%, 1% and 3% of total revenues, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $2.4 million in payments under these agreements, and there were up to $4.9 million in payments under these agreements that we could potentially receive if the testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events occur. See “Business—Strategic Collaborations and Relationships.”

 

46


Table of Contents

Cost of Product Revenues and Gross Profit

Cost of product revenues consists principally of the cost of raw materials, including inventory costs and third-party services related to procuring, processing, formulating, packaging and shipping our products. Cost of product revenues also may include charges due to inventory adjustments. Gross profit is the difference between total revenues and the cost of product revenues. Gross margin is the gross profit as expressed as a percentage of revenues.

We have entered into in-license technology agreements with respect to the use and commercialization of our three commercially available product lines, including Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox, and certain products under development. Under these licensing arrangements, we typically make royalty payments based on net product revenues, with royalty rates varying by product and ranging between 2% and 5% of net sales, subject in certain cases to aggregate dollar caps. These royalty payments are included in cost of product revenues, but they have historically not been significant. In addition, costs associated with license revenues have been included in cost of product revenues, as they have not been significant. The exclusivity and royalty provisions of these agreements are generally tied to the expiration of underlying patents, which will expire in 2017 for Regalia and Zequanox and in 2024 for Grandevo, subject to extensions in certain cases. After the termination of these provisions, we may continue to produce and sell these products. While third parties thereafter may develop products using the technology under the expired patents, we do not believe that they can produce competitive products without infringing other aspects of our proprietary technology, and we therefore do not expect the expiration of the patents or the related exclusivity obligations to have a significant adverse financial or operational impact on our business. See “Business—Intellectual Property Rights” for a more detailed description of these in-license agreements.

We expect to see increases in gross profit over the life cycle of each of our products because gross margin will be increased over time as production processes improve and gain efficiencies and we increase product yields. While we expect margins to improve on a product-by-product basis, our overall gross margins may vary from time to time as we introduce new products. In particular, we are experiencing and expect further near-term declines in overall gross margins as we expand sales of Grandevo and Zequanox and if we introduce Opportune, our EPA-approved bioherbicide. Gross profit has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including product manufacturing yields, changes in product production processes, new product introductions, product mix and average selling prices.

To date, we have relied on third parties for the production of our products. This production arrangement has allowed us to achieve attractive gross margins for Regalia, a plant extract-based product. However, we believe reliance on third parties have resulted in lower gross margins for Grandevo, a fermentation-based product. Accordingly, in July 2012, we acquired a manufacturing facility, which we are repurposing for manufacturing operations, and we plan to further expand capacity at this facility using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses principally consist of personnel costs, including wages, benefits and share-based compensation, related to our research and development staff in support of product discovery and development activities. Research and development expenses also include costs incurred for laboratory supplies, field trials and toxicology tests, quality control assessment, consultants and facility and related overhead costs. We have received grants and funding for our research from federal governmental entities. We recognize amounts under these grants as an offset to our overall research and development expenses as services under the grant are performed. These grant offsets totaled $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and there were no grants for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

We expect to increase our investments in research and development by hiring additional research and development staff, increasing the number of third-party field trials and toxicology tests for developing additional products and expanding uses for existing products. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. As our sales increase, we expect our research and development expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenues, although, we could experience quarterly fluctuations.

 

47


Table of Contents

Non-Cash Charge Associated with a Convertible Note

In December 2012, we issued a $12.5 million convertible note to Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD., an affiliate of one of our distributors, and incurred charges of $3.9 million representing the excess of the estimated fair value of the convertible note on the date of issuance compared to the cash received. Because the holder of this convertible note is an affiliate of one of our distributors, we recorded $0.3 million of the charges as a reduction of revenues recognized under our agreements with the affiliated distributor through the date of issuance of the convertible note in December 2012. We recorded the remaining $3.6 million of the charges in operating expenses as a non-recurring non-cash charge associated with a convertible note. See Note 7 in the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including wages, benefits and share-based compensation, related to our executive, sales, marketing, finance and human resources personnel, as well as professional fees, including legal and accounting fees, and other selling costs incurred related to business development and to building product and brand awareness. We create brand awareness through programs such as speaking at industry events, trade show displays and hosting local-level grower and distributor meetings. In addition, we dedicate significant resources to technical marketing literature, targeted advertising in print and online media, webinars and radio advertising. Costs related to these activities, including travel, are included in selling expenses. Our administrative expenses have increased in recent periods in preparation for becoming a public company.

We expect our selling expenses to increase in the near term, both in absolute dollars and as a percent of revenue, particularly as we market and sell new products or product formulations to the marketplace. In the long term, we expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to decline as a percent of revenue. We expect our overall selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in order to drive product sales, and we will incur significant additional expenses associated with operating as a public company. Such increases may include increased insurance premiums, investor relations expenses, legal and accounting fees associated with the expansion of our business and corporate governance, financial reporting expenses, expenses related to Sarbanes-Oxley and other regulatory compliance obligations. We expect to hire additional personnel, particularly in the area of general and administrative activities to support the growth of the business.

Interest Expense

We recognize interest expense on notes payable, convertible notes and other debt obligations. During 2012, we entered into a $0.5 million term loans and issued $24.1 million in convertible notes and $17.5 million in promissory notes, including a $10 million promissory note paid off prior to its maturity date. Accordingly, our interest expense increased both in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenues. In October 2012, we issued a $2.5 million convertible note, and we incurred $0.2 million of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the excess in the $2.7 million estimated fair value of the convertible note on the date of issuance compared to the cash received. Immediately following the completion of this offering, the convertible notes will convert into shares of our common stock. Accordingly, we will cease to incur the interest expense associated with these convertible notes. Please see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of the term loan, convertible notes and promissory notes.

Interest Income

Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on investments and cash balances. Our interest income will vary each reporting period depending on our average investment and cash balances during the period and market interest rates.

Change in Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Deemed Dividend on Convertible Notes

We account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into shares of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock as liability instruments, as the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock into which these warrants are convertible upon the occurrence of certain events or transactions. We also account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into a variable number of common shares at a fixed monetary amount as liability instruments. Our convertible notes are recorded at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as the predominant settlement feature of the convertible notes is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares. We adjust the warrants and the convertible notes to fair value at each reporting period with the change in estimated fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. See “—Critical Accounting Policies” for further detail.

 

48


Table of Contents

Based on our operating performance (including the closing of several debt financings) and the increased likelihood of completing an initial public offering or a merger between April 18, 2012 (the issuance date of the warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock) and December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the warrant liability increased by $1.6 million, which was recognized as a loss in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012. There were no material changes to the estimated fair value of warrants for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

We issued $24.1 million in convertible notes during the year ended December 31, 2012. Based on our operating performance and the increased likelihood of completing an initial public offering or a merger between the issuance dates of these convertible notes and the respective fiscal period ends, we recognized a loss due to the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments of $10.9 million and $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. In addition to the ongoing adjustments to the estimated fair value of our convertible notes, we also recognized a one-time deemed dividend in connection with the issuance of certain convertible notes to preferred shareholders because we estimated the fair value of the convertible notes as of the issuance dates to be $11.1 million whereas we received cash proceeds of $9.1 million. Accordingly, we determined that the $2.0 million excess of the estimated fair value of the convertible notes on the dates of issuance over cash proceeds to us represents a deemed dividend to preferred stockholders, and this amount was reflected in the net loss attributable to common stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2012.

We do not expect any adjustments relating to these warrants and convertible notes to continue upon the completion of this offering because the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants, the common stock warrants and the convertible notes will automatically convert into common stock in accordance with their terms at such time, and the Series C convertible preferred stock warrants will, if not otherwise exercised, automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock.

Income Tax Provision

Since our inception, we have been subject to income taxes principally in the United States. We anticipate that as we further expand our sales into foreign countries, we will become subject to taxation based on the foreign statutory rates and our effective tax rate could fluctuate accordingly.

Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. As of March 31, 2013, based on the available information, it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized, and accordingly we have taken a full valuation allowance against all of our United States deferred tax assets.

As of March 31, 2013, we had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax reporting purposes of $56.4 million, which begin to expire in 2026, and state net operating loss carry-forwards of $54.7 million, which begin to expire in 2016. Additionally, as of March 31, 2013, we had federal research and development tax credits carry-forwards of $1.0 million, which begin to expire in 2026, and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $1.0 million, which have no expiration date.

Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards in the event of an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. We have completed a Section 382 analysis as of May 1, 2013, and have concluded that $0.5 million in limitations are expected to be placed on these carry-forwards as a result of our previous ownership changes. We have not updated our Section 382 analysis to consider events since May 1, 2013, including the effect of issuing common stock pursuant to this offering, the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible notes as a result of this offering, and any other related transactions. Our existing net operating loss carry-forwards or credits may be subject to significant limitations due to these events. Our inability to use these net operating loss carry-forwards as a result of the Section 382 limitations could harm our financial condition.

 

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenues:

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR     THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
 
     2012     2011     2013     2012  
                 (Unaudited)  

Revenues:

        

Product

     97     99     97     98

License

     3        1        3        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100   

Cost of product revenues

     61        41        66        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     39        59        34        57   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     178        179        120        137   

Non-cash charge associated with a convertible note

     51                        

Selling, general and administrative

     144        129        104        116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     373        308        224        253   

Loss from operations

     (334     (249     (190     (196

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

                            

Interest expense

     (34     (2     (73     (3

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     (175            (131       

Other income (expense)

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (209     (2     (204     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (543 )%      (251 )%      (394 )%      (199 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

Product Revenues

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Product revenues

   $ 2,649      $ 1,956   

    % of total revenues

     97     98

 

 

Product revenues increased by approximately $0.7 million, or 35%, due to increased acceptance of our products, offset by a negative impact on Regalia sales of unseasonal widespread drought in the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to same period in 2012.

License Revenues

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

License revenues

   $ 81      $ 43   

    % of total revenues

     3     2

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

License revenues related to certain strategic collaboration and distribution agreements increased by 88% but do not comprise a significant portion of our total revenues.

Cost of Product Revenues and Gross Profit

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Costs of product revenues

   $ 1,795      $ 860   

    % of total revenues

     66     43

Gross profit

   $ 935      $ 1,139   

    % of total revenues (gross margin)

     34     57

 

 

Our cost of product revenues increased by $0.9 million, or 109%, and our gross margins declined from 57% to 34%, in each case primarily due to an increase in sales of Grandevo products, which have lower gross margins than our Regalia products, and a decrease in sales of Regalia products.

Research and Development

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 3,283      $ 2,733   

    % of total revenues

     120     137

 

 

 

Research and development expense increased by $0.6 million, or 20%, attributable primarily to an increase of $0.4 million in employee-related expenses, which consisted primarily of salaries and wages, and $0.2 million in expenses related primarily to outside expenses, fixed expenses and general expenses, which are made up of items such as depreciation, rent and laboratory fees.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 2,847      $ 2,322   

    % of total revenues

     104     116

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 23%. Of the increase, $0.3 million was employee-related, driven by increased headcount, which primarily related to salaries and wages, and $0.2 million was attributable to outside services such as consulting, accounting and tax fees, as well as other professional services.

 

51


Table of Contents

Other Expense, Net

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Interest income

   $ 1      $ 2   

Interest expense

     (1,985     (56

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     (3,563     (15

Other income (expense)

     (7     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

   $ (5,554   $ (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense increased primarily as a result of the increased borrowings under notes payable, convertible notes and capital lease agreements.

The change in the estimated fair value of financial instruments was associated with outstanding warrants and convertible notes issued subsequent to March 31, 2012. After such date, we issued $16.1 million in convertible notes, warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants for the issuance of a variable number of shares of common stock based on a fixed monetary amount. See “—Critical Accounting Policies” below for further discussion.

Comparison of Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

Product Revenues

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Product revenues

   $ 6,961      $ 5,194   

    % of total revenues

     97     99

 

 

Product revenues increased by approximately $1.8 million, or 34%, as a result of a $1.9 million increase in Regalia and Grandevo sales, including $0.9 million related to an increase in international sales. Grandevo was introduced in 2011, and the year ended December 31, 2012 represented the first full year of sales of this product. The increased revenues due to sales of Regalia and Grandevo were partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in sales of our GreenMatch product, which we elected to discontinue marketing in mid-2011 to focus on more attractive opportunities and products.

License Revenues

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

License revenues

   $ 179      $ 57   

    % of total revenues

     3     1

 

 

License revenues increased by $0.1 million related to certain strategic collaboration and distribution agreements which were in effect for only a portion of 2011.

 

52


Table of Contents

Cost of Product Revenues and Gross Profit

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Costs of product revenues

   $ 4,333      $ 2,172   

    % of total revenues

     61     41

Gross profit

   $ 2,807      $ 3,079   

    % of total revenues (gross margin)

     39     59

 

 

Our cost of product revenues increased by $2.2 million, or 99%, due to a $0.9 million charge in 2012 due to inventory write-off of an early formulation of our Zequanox line of products that was not suitable for sale, and a $1.4 million increase in product costs, consisting of $0.4 million and $0.6 million associated with higher revenues from Regalia and Grandevo, respectively, $0.3 million associated with increased royalties and purchase incentives and $0.1 million of other product costs, primarily associated with Zequanox. These higher product costs were offset by a $0.1 million decrease in GreenMatch product costs.

Gross profit decreased by $0.3 million, or 9%, due primarily to the inventory write-off on Zequanox.

Research and Development

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 12,741      $ 9,410   

    % of total revenues

     178     179

 

 

Research and development expense increased by $3.3 million, or 35%, attributable to an increase of approximately $1.3 million in direct testing costs, $1.1 million in employee-related expenses driven by increased headcount, $0.2 million in supplies and materials, $0.2 million in fixed expenses primarily related to rent and depreciation, $0.2 million in outside consulting services and $0.3 million in travel expenses and general costs. Our direct testing costs in fiscal year 2012 were primarily driven by testing of Regalia and Zequanox for foreign markets.

Non-Cash Charge Associated with a Convertible Note

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-cash charge associated with a convertible note

   $ 3,610      $   

    % of total revenues

     51    

 

 

This charge was associated with the issuance of a convertible note during 2012 for which the estimated fair value at the date of issuance was greater than the proceeds received from the convertible note. Because the holder of this convertible note is one of our existing preferred stockholders and is an affiliate of one of our distributors as of the date of issuance, we recorded $0.3 million of the expense as a reduction to the revenues associated with the affiliated distributor from inception through the date of issuance, and the remaining $3.6 million was recorded in operating expenses as a non-recurring non-cash charge associated with a convertible note.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 10,294      $ 6,793   

    % of total revenues

     144     129

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $3.5 million, or 52%. Of the increase, $2.0 million was employee-related driven by increased headcount, $1.1 million was attributable to marketing and professional services and overhead costs and $0.4 million was travel-related.

Total Other Expense, Net

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 16      $ 22   

Interest expense

     (2,466     (88

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     (12,461     1   

Other income (expense)

     (45     9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

   $ (14,956   $ (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income for fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011, consisting primarily of interest on cash and short-term investments, was largely unchanged. Interest expense increased significantly in fiscal year 2012 due to the issuance of new debt totaling $18.0 million and convertible notes totaling $24.1 million.

The change in estimated fair value of financial instruments was associated with outstanding warrants and convertible notes. In fiscal year 2012, we issued $24.1 million in convertible notes, warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants for the issuance of a variable number of shares of common stock based on a fixed monetary amount. We are required to assess the fair value of the outstanding financial instruments at every reporting period. The change in estimated fair value of the financial instruments is the result of the changing probability weighted expected returns associated with the specific financial instrument. See “—Critical Accounting Policies” below for further discussion.

Other expense in 2012 primarily reflects foreign currency transaction expenses incurred during the year.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

Our sales of individual products are generally expected to be seasonal. For example, we expect that Regalia, a fungicide, will be sold and applied to crops in greater quantity in the second and fourth quarters. These seasonal variations may be especially pronounced because sales of Regalia accounted for 84%, 95%, and 47% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. As we expand the registration and commercialization of Regalia into the southern hemisphere, where seasonality of sales should be counter cyclical to the northern hemisphere, we expect Regalia’s worldwide sales volatility to decrease over time. In addition, we expect that our sales of Zequanox will be seasonal. Invasive zebra and quagga mussels typically feed and reproduce at water temperatures above 59°F. Treatments to kill these mussels are therefore most effective from June through September in the eastern United States, Canada and Europe and from April through October in the southwestern United States along the mussel-infested lower Colorado River. We expect that until we initiate sales of Zequanox in the southern hemisphere, sales of Zequanox will not be significant during the months of November through March.

However, planting and growing seasons, climatic conditions and other variables on which sales of our products are dependent vary from year to year and quarter to quarter. As a result, we have historically experienced substantial fluctuations in quarterly sales. In particular, weather conditions and natural disasters such as heavy rains, hurricanes, hail, floods, tornadoes, freezing conditions, drought or fire, affect decisions by our distributors, direct customers and end users about the types and amounts of pest management products to purchase and the timing of use of such products. For example, in 2012, the United States experienced nationwide abnormally low rainfall or drought, reducing the incidence of fungal diseases such as mildews, and these conditions have been present in some of our key markets in 2013 as well. We believe these conditions have reduced industry-wide sales of

 

54


Table of Contents

fungicides in 2012 and 2013 relative to prior years, inhibiting growth in sales of Regalia, a biofungicide. On the other hand, drought may increase the incidence of pest insect infestations, and therefore we believe sales of insecticides, including Grandevo, which we introduced in 2012, are likely to increase if these current drought conditions persist. In addition, disruptions that cause delays by growers in harvesting or planting can result in the movement of orders to a future quarter, which would negatively affect the quarter and cause fluctuations in our operating results.

The level of seasonality in our business overall is difficult to evaluate as a result of our relatively early stage of development, our relatively limited number of commercialized products, our expansion into new geographical territories, the introduction of new products and the timing of introductions of new formulations and products. It is possible that our business may be more seasonal, or experience seasonality in different periods, than anticipated. For example, if sales of Zequanox become a more significant component of our revenue, the separate seasonal sales cycles could cause further shifts in our quarterly revenue. Other factors may also contribute to the unpredictability of our operating results, including the size and timing of significant distributor transactions, the delay or deferral of use of our products and the fiscal or quarterly budget cycles of our distributors, direct customers and end users. Customers may purchase large quantities of our products in a particular quarter to store and use over long periods of time or time their purchases to manage their inventories, which may cause significant fluctuations in our operating results for a particular quarter or year. For example, we believe that we experienced higher sales of Regalia in the first quarter of 2011 than in the second as a result of distributors ordering in advance of the application season.

The following tables set forth our unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 and for each of the four quarters covering fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011, both in terms of dollars and as a percentage of revenues. The quarterly data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial information set forth below. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected in future reporting periods.

 

55


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year 2011:

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2011
    JUNE 30,
2011
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2011
    DECEMBER 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Revenues:

        

Product

   $ 1,934      $ 1,070      $ 993      $ 1,197   

License

                   13        44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,934        1,070        1,006        1,241   

Cost of product revenues

     777        462        401        532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,157        608        605        709   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     1,641        2,547        2,542        2,680   

Selling, general and administrative

     1,471        1,642        1,699        1,981   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,112        4,189        4,241        4,661   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,955     (3,581     (3,636     (3,952

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     1        2        7        12   

Interest expense

     (23     (25     (15     (25

Change in estimated fair value financial instruments

     4        2        (2     (3

Other income, net

     1        2        2        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (17     (19     (8     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,972   $ (3,600   $ (3,644   $ (3,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       MARCH 31,
2011
    JUNE 30,
2011
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2011
    DECEMBER 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)  

Revenues:

        

Product

     100     100     99     96

License

                   1        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100   

Cost of product revenues

     40        43        40        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     60        57        60        57   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     85        238        253        216   

Selling, general and administrative

     76        154        169        160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     161        392        422        376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (101     (335     (362     (319

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

                   1        1   

Interest expense

     (1     (2     (1     (1

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

            1                 

Other income, net

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (1     (1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (102 )%      (336 )%      (362 )%      (319 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year 2012 and First Quarter of Fiscal Year 2013:

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED  
     MARCH 31,
2012
    JUNE 30,
2012
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2012
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
    MARCH 31,
2013
 
     (In thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  
  

Revenues (1) :

          

Product

   $ 1,956      $ 1,421      $ 662      $ 2,922      $ 2,649   

License

     43        88        76        (28     81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,999        1,509        738        2,894        2,730   

Cost of product revenues

     860        684        521        2,268        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,139        825        217        626        935   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     2,733        2,415        3,350        4,243        3,283   

Non-cash financing costs associated with a convertible note

                          3,610          

Selling, general and administrative

     2,322        2,166        2,617        3,189        2,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,055        4,581        5,967        11,042        6,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,916     (3,756     (5,750     (10,416     (5,195

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     2        4        10               1   

Interest expense

     (56     (601     (593     (1,216     (1,985

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments (2)

     (15     435        (7,473     (5,408     (3,563

Other income (expense), net

     1        6        4        (56     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (68     (156     (8,052     (6,680     (5,554
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3,984   $ (3,912   $ (13,802   $ (17,096   $ (10,749
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED  
     MARCH 31,
2012
    JUNE 30,
2012
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2012
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
    MARCH 31,
2013
 
     (Unaudited)  

Revenues (1) :

          

Product

     98     94     90     101     97

License

     2        6        10        (1     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100        100   

Cost of product revenues

     43        45        71        78        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57        55        29        22        34   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     137        160        454        147        120   

Non-cash financing charges associated with a convertible note

                          125          

Selling, general and administrative

     116        143        355        110        104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     253        303        809        382        224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (196     (248     (780     (360     (190

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

                   1                 

Interest expense

     (3     (40     (80     (42     (73

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments (2)

            29        (1,013     (187     (131

Other income (expense), net

                   1        (2       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (3     (11     (1,091     (231     (204
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (199 )%      (259 )%      (1,871 )%      (591 )%      (394 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

We also receive payments under strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which we provide third parties with exclusive development, marketing and distribution rights. These payments are initially classified as deferred revenues and recognized as revenues over the exclusivity period. During the three months ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a reduction of revenue of $0.3 million associated consideration provided to an affiliate of a distributor. Of this, $0.2 million related to product and $0.1 million related to license. Please see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate license revenues and Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements related to the reduction of revenues.

(2)    

Refers to the change in fair value of financial instruments. We account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into shares of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock as liability instruments, as the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock into which these warrants are convertible upon the occurrence of certain events or transactions. We also account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into a variable number of common shares at a fixed monetary amount as liability instruments. In addition, we account for our convertible notes at estimated fair value. We adjust the warrant instruments and convertible notes to fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded in the statements of operations. We do not expect these charges to continue after the completion of this offering because the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants, the common stock warrants and the convertible notes will automatically convert into common stock in accordance with their terms at such time and the Series C convertible preferred stock warrants will, if not otherwise exercised, automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Key Components of Our Results of Operations—Change in Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Deemed Dividend, Convertible Notes.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From our inception through March 31, 2013, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the private placements of convertible preferred stock, convertible notes, promissory notes, term loans, as well as proceeds from the sale of our products and payments under strategic collaboration and distribution agreements and government grants. As of March 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $1.8 million. In addition, subsequent to March 31, 2013, as of June 17, 2013, we received gross proceeds of $10.2 in connection with the sale of convertible notes and promissory notes, and entered into a credit facility with a group of lenders under which such lenders have committed to permit us to draw an aggregate of up to $5.0 million (subject to our obtaining

 

58


Table of Contents

additional commitments from lenders, such amount may be increased to up to $7.0 million). We believe our current cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, along with the proceeds from this offering and cash from revenues, will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for the next 24 months.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses, and, as of March 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $86.3 million, and we expect to incur additional losses related to the continued development and expansion of our business. Our liquidity may be negatively impacted as a result of slower than expected adoption of our products and higher than anticipated costs incurred in connection with repurposing our manufacturing facility acquired in July 2012. We have certain strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which we receive payments for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events. As of March 31, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $2.4 million in payments under these agreements, and there were up to $4.9 million in payments under these agreements that we could potentially receive if the testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events occur.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we used $2.8 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million, respectively, in cash to fund capital expenditures. In July 2012, we acquired a manufacturing facility, including associated land, property and equipment, located in Bangor, Michigan, for approximately $1.5 million. Our business plan contemplates developing significant internal commercial manufacturing capacity using this facility, and we are repurposing the facility to commence manufacturing our natural pest management and plant health products in the first half of 2013. We currently anticipate that this upgrade and preparation of the facility will require between $5.0 million and $7.0 million of capital expenditures during the nine months ending December 31, 2013. In addition, should we expand our facility to accommodate higher volumes, we anticipate we will need to spend $19.0 million to $21.0 million of additional funds in 2014. We anticipate that these additional expenditures will be in part funded using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

We had various convertible note and debt arrangements in place as of March 31, 2013, in each case as discussed further in “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and below, consisting of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION

   STATED ANNUAL
INTEREST RATE
    PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
BALANCE (INCLUDING
ACCRUED INTEREST)
    

PAYMENT/MATURITY

Promissory Note (1)

     6.25   $ 13       Monthly/May 2013

Promissory Note (1)

     7.00   $ 231       Monthly/November 2014

Term Loan (1)

     7.00   $ 397       Monthly/April 2016

Convertible Notes (2)

     10.00   $ 9,999       September 2013

Promissory Notes (3)

     12.00   $ 7,500       Monthly   (6) /October 2015

Convertible Note (4)

     12.00   $ 2,639       October 2015

Convertible Note (5)

     10.00   $ 12,903       October 2015

 

 

(1)  

See “—Five Star Bank.”

(2)    

See “—March and October 2012 Convertible Notes.”

(3)  

See “—October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes.”

(4)    

See “—October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note.”

(5)  

See “—December 2012 Convertible Note.”

(6)    

Monthly payments are interest only until maturity.

 

59


Table of Contents

Five Star Bank:

We have entered into two promissory notes with Five Star Bank: in May 2008, we entered into a promissory note that we repaid at a rate of approximately $8,000 per month through maturity in May 2013, and in March 2009, we entered into a promissory note that we repay at a rate of approximately $13,000 per month through maturity in November 2014. In addition, in March 2012, we entered into a term loan agreement with Five Star Bank, which replaced our existing revolving line of credit with the bank. Under the term loan agreement, we are obligated to repay the loan at a rate of approximately $12,000 per month through maturity.

Under the terms of the promissory notes and the term loan agreement, all of our outstanding debt to Five Star Bank is secured by all of our inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and any intellectual property). Among other things, a payment default with respect to each of the promissory notes and the term loan, as well as other events such as a default under other loans or agreements that would materially affect us, constitute events of default. Upon an event of default, Five Star Bank may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable.

March and October 2012 Convertible Notes:

From March 2012 through October 2012, we completed the sale of convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of $9.1 million to 38 existing investors, including certain holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, in a private placement. We are not obligated to pay interest or principal on the convertible notes, but all principal and accrued interest become convertible into a new class of preferred stock at maturity in September 2013, unless the convertible notes have previously converted into other equity securities. The convertible notes and all principal and accrued interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering at a conversion price equal to 70% of the initial public offering price, with respect to $8.1 million in principal of the notes, and 80% of the initial public offering price, with respect to $1.0 million in principal of the notes. Among other things, an acceleration of the maturity of our other indebtedness, if not cured, may result in an event of default.

October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes:

In October 2012, we completed the sale of promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million to 12 lenders in a private placement. We are only obligated to pay interest on the promissory notes on a monthly basis until maturity, when the remaining interest and all principal become due. Maturity, currently October 2015, may be extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases to 13% in the first year of the extension and the note matures in October 2016, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of extension and the note matures in October 2017. These promissory notes are secured by a security interest in all of our present and future accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, goods, inventory, equipment, personal property, instruments, investment properties, documents, letter of credit rights, deposit accounts, general intangibles, records, real property, appurtenances and fixtures, tenant improvements and intellectual property, which consists in part of its patents, copyrights and other intangibles.

October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note:

In October 2012, we completed the sale of a convertible note in the amount of $2.5 million to a lender in a private placement. We are not obligated to pay interest or principal on the convertible note until maturity, when all interest and principal become due. Maturity, currently October 2015, may be extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 12% to 13% in the first year of the extension and the notes mature in October 2016, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of extension and the notes mature in October 2017. The convertible note and all principal and accrued interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering at a conversion price equal to 85% of the initial public offering price.

The convertible note is subordinate to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and is secured by a security interest in all of our present and future accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, goods, inventory, equipment, personal property, instruments, investment properties, documents, letter of credit rights, deposit accounts, general intangibles, records, real property, appurtenances and fixtures, tenant improvements and intellectual property, which consists in part of its patents, copyrights and other intangibles.

 

60


Table of Contents

December 2012 Convertible Note:

In December 2012, we completed the sale of a convertible note in the amount of $12.5 million in a private placement to Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD., a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. We are not obligated to pay interest or principal on the convertible note until maturity, when all interest and principal become due. Maturity, currently October 2015, may be extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension and the note matures in October 2016, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of extension and the note matures in October 2017. The convertible note and all principal and accrued interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering at a conversion price equal to 70% of the initial public offering price.

See also “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for a summary of the material terms of our term loan, promissory notes credit facility and convertible notes outstanding as of June 17, 2013, including those issued subsequent to March 31, 2013.

In addition, on June 13, 2013, we entered into a factoring and security agreement with a third-party that will enable us to sell the entire interest in certain accounts receivable up to $5.0 million. Under the agreement, 15% of the sales proceeds will be held back by the purchaser until collection of such receivables. Upon the sale of the receivable, we will not maintain servicing, but the purchaser may require us to repurchase accounts receivable if (i) the payment is disputed by the account debtor, with the purchaser being under no obligation to determine the bona fides of such dispute, (ii) the account debtor has become insolvent or (iii) upon the effective date of the termination of the agreement. The agreement is secured by all of our personal property and fixtures, and proceeds thereof, including accounts, inventory, equipment and general intangibles other than intellectual property, and the purchaser will retain its security interest in any accounts repurchased by us.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR     THREE MONTHS
ENDED

MARCH 31,
2013
 
     2012     2011    
           (In thousands)        
                 (Unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (22,425   $ (12,425   $ (7,675

Net cash used in investing activities

     (757     (2,423     (432

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     30,973        12,776        (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,791      $ (2,072   $ (8,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities of $22.4 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 primarily resulted from our net loss of $38.8 million, which included non-cash charges of $12.5 million in connection with a change in fair value of financial instruments, $3.9 million in connection with the issuance of a convertible note, $1.2 million of interest expense, $0.7 million in share-based compensation and $0.6 million in depreciation and amortization. In addition, net cash used in operating activities resulted from net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $2.5 million, primarily due to increases in inventory of $1.6 million, $2.5 million in accounts receivable and $2.1 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, offset by increase of $1.2 million in deferred revenue and $2.6 million in accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities of $12.4 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 primarily resulted from our net loss of $13.2 million and increases in inventory of $1.7 million and net increases in prepaid expenses and other assets and other liabilities of $0.6 million. This was offset by $0.5 million in depreciation and amortization expense, $0.3 million in share-based compensation expense, an increase of $0.8 million in deferred revenue, an increase of $0.7 million in accrued liabilities, an increase of $0.4 million in accounts payable and a decrease $0.4 million in accounts receivable.

 

61


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities of $7.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily resulted from our net loss of $10.7 million and increases of $0.5 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, inventory of $0.5 million, a decrease in deferred revenues of $0.1 million and a decrease of $1.2 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. This was offset by $3.6 million in change in fair value of financial instruments, $1.5 million in non-cash interest expense, $0.2 million in share-based compensation expense, and $0.2 million in depreciation and amortization expense.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, consisting of approximately $2.8 million used for purchase of property, plant and equipment, primarily associated with a manufacturing plant and its subsequent improvement, offset by $2.0 million provided from the maturity of a short term investment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.4 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. Of these amounts, we used $0.4 million for the purchases of property and equipment to support growth in our operations. We used $2.0 million in cash for the purchase of short-term investments.

Net cash used by investing activities was $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, and was comprised of the purchase of property and equipment to support growth in our operations.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $31.0 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 consisted primarily of $24.1 million from the issuance of convertible notes, $17.4 million from the issuance of debt, net of financial costs and $0.5 million in draws on our line of credit, partially offset by $9.1 million transferred from cash to restricted cash as part of our obligations under a debt agreement to repay a then-outstanding note payable and $1.9 million in payments on our line of credit, debt and capital lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $12.8 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 consisted primarily of $13.2 million from the issuance of preferred stock and $0.5 million in draws on our line of credit, partially offset by $0.9 million in payments on our line of credit, debt and capital lease obligations.

Net cash used by financing activities of $0.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 consisted primarily of $9.2 million in in payments on our debt and capital lease obligations, $9.1 million of which was funded with restricted cash.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

     TOTAL      2013      2014-2015      2016-2017      2018
AND BEYOND
 
     (In thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 947       $ 350       $ 554       $ 43       $   

Debt and capital leases

     8,596         397         8,144         55           

Interest payments relating to debt and capital leases

     2,380         736         1,643         1           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 11,923       $ 1,483       $ 10,341       $ 99       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases consist of contractual obligations from agreements for non-cancelable office space and leases used to finance the acquisition of equipment. Debt and capital equipment leases and the interest payments relating thereto include promissory notes and capital lease obligations.

Since March 31, 2013, we have not added any leases that would qualify as operating leases, and there have been no material changes to our contractual obligations except the issuance of $10.2 million of additional debt in April and May 2013. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

62


Table of Contents

Inflation

We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not been involved in any material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (net of realizable value or replacement cost) and include the cost of material and external labor and manufacturing costs. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis. We provide for inventory reserves when conditions indicate that the selling price may be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other factors. Additionally, we provide reserves for excess and slow-moving inventory to its estimated net realizable value. The reserves are based upon estimates about future demand from our customers and distributors and market conditions.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as an exit price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A three-tier fair value hierarchy has been established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: Level 1, observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and Level 3, unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires that we develop our own assumptions. This hierarchy requires the use of observable data, when available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

We account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into shares of our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock as liability instruments, as the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock into which these warrants are convertible upon the occurrence of certain events or transactions. We also account for the outstanding warrants exercisable into a variable number of shares of common stock at a fixed monetary amount as liability instruments. Our convertible notes are recorded at estimated fair value on a recurring basis as the predominant settlement feature of the convertible notes is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares. We adjust the warrants and the convertible notes to estimated fair value at each reporting period with the change in estimated fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we estimated the fair value of our financial instruments, including our outstanding warrants, utilizing the option pricing method, which we refer to as the “option method.” The option method treats each class of equity securities as if it were an option to purchase common stock, with an exercise price based on the value of the enterprise and based further on the liquidation preference and rights of the relevant class of equity. While this method relies on certain key assumptions, it is best used when the range of possible future outcomes and the corresponding time frames are highly uncertain.

Starting with fiscal year 2012, due to our closing several debt financings and an initial public offering becoming more probable as we began investing significant time and resources into the initial public offering process, we changed our valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of our financial instruments, including our outstanding warrants and convertible notes, from the option method to the probability weighted expected return method, which we refer to as the “expected return method.” The expected return method analyzes the returns afforded to common equity holders under multiple possible future scenarios. Under the expected return method, share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows (distributions to shareholders) under each of the possible scenarios, giving consideration to the rights and preferences of each share class. This method is most appropriate when the long-term outlook for an enterprise is largely known and multiple possible future scenarios can be reasonably estimated. As the expected return method estimates the fair value of our warrants and convertible notes using unobservable inputs, they are both considered to be Level 3 fair value measurements. Changes in the probability weights and discount rates used in the expected return method valuation model and the estimated time to a liquidity event may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of the preferred and common stock warrant liabilities and the convertible notes.

 

63


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery and transfer of title has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured, unless contractual obligations, acceptance provisions or other contingencies exist. If such obligations or provisions exist, revenues is recognized after such obligations or provisions are fulfilled or expire.

Product revenues consist of revenues generated from sales to distributors and from sales of our products to direct customers, net of rebates and cash discounts. For sales of products made to distributors, we consider a number of factors in determining whether revenue is recognized upon transfer of title to the distributor, or when payment is received. These factors include, but are not limited to, whether the payment terms offered to the distributor are considered to be non-standard, the distributor history of adhering to the terms of its contractual arrangements with us, whether we have a pattern of granting concessions for the benefit of the distributor and whether there are other conditions that may indicate that the sale to the distributor is not substantive. We currently recognize revenues primarily on the sell-in method with our distributors. Distributors do not have price protection or return rights.

We offer certain product rebates, which are recorded as reductions to product revenues. An accrued liability for these product rebates is recorded at the time the revenues are recorded.

We recognize license revenues pursuant to strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which we receive fees for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events. As these activities and payments are associated with exclusive rights that we provide in connection with strategic collaboration and distribution agreements over the term of the agreements, revenues related to the payments received are deferred and recognized as revenues over the term of the exclusive period of the respective agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we received payments under these agreements totaling $1.5 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we received no payments under these agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recognized $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, as license revenues in the consolidated statements of operations from these payments. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, we had recorded current deferred license revenues of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and noncurrent deferred license revenues of $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, related to payments received under these agreements.

Share-Based Compensation

We recognize share-based compensation expense for all stock options made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values.

We estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the stock options that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods using the straight-line method. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The estimated fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $1.35, $0.25, and $2.51, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.7 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the total share-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options granted to employees under our share-based compensation plans but not yet recognized was $3.3 million. These costs will be amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average remaining term of 3.4 years. We expect that $0.8 million of these compensation costs will be amortized during the remaining nine months ending December 31, 2013.

 

64


Table of Contents

For purposes of determining our historical share-based compensation expense, we used the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to calculate the estimated fair value of stock options on the measurement date (generally, the grant date). This model requires inputs for the expected life of the stock option, estimated volatility factor, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. Our estimates of forfeiture rates also affect the amount of aggregate compensation expense. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant judgment. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we calculated the fair value of stock options granted using the following assumptions:

 

 

 

     FISCAL YEAR     THREE MONTHS
ENDED

MARCH  31,
2013
 
     2012     2011    
                 (Unaudited)  

Expected life (years)

     5.00-6.08        5.00-6.28        7.71   

Estimated volatility factor

     .72-.76        .70        .75   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.74-1.16     0.86-2.40     1.42-1.43

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

 

 

Expected Life —Our expected life represents the period that our share-based payment awards are expected to be outstanding. We use the “simplified method” in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107, Share-Based Payment, and SAB No. 110, Simplified Method for Plain Vanilla Share Options, to develop the expected term of an employee stock option. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual end of the option grant. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, stock options were granted with an exercise price not equal to the determined fair market value. For these options, we estimated the expected life based on historical data and management’s expectations about exercises and post-vesting termination behavior.

Estimated Volatility Factor —We use the calculated volatility based upon the trading history and calculated volatility of the common stock of comparable but publicly traded agricultural biotechnology companies in determining an estimated volatility factor.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —We base the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury constant-maturity securities with the same or substantially equivalent remaining term.

Expected Dividend Yield —We have not declared dividends nor do we expect to in the foreseeable future. Therefore, a zero value was assumed for the expected dividend yield.

Estimated Forfeitures —When estimating forfeitures, we consider voluntary and involuntary termination behavior and actual option forfeitures.

If in the future we determine that other methods are more reasonable, or other methods for calculating these assumptions are prescribed by authoritative guidance, the fair value calculated for our stock options could change significantly. Higher volatility and longer expected lives result in an increase to share-based compensation expense determined at the grant date. Share-based compensation expense affects our research and development expense and selling, general and administrative expense.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferrable, characteristics not present in our stock options. Existing valuation models, including the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our stock options. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair values of our stock options on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon exercise. Stock options may expire or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments is significantly higher than the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. To the extent deferred tax assets cannot be recognized under the preceding criteria, we establish valuation allowances as necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and March 31, 2013, all deferred tax assets were fully offset by a valuation allowance. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future federal, state and foreign taxable income. Our judgments regarding deferred tax assets may change as we expand into international jurisdictions, due to future market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws and other factors. These changes, if any, may require possible material adjustments to these deferred tax assets, resulting in a reduction in net income or an increase in net loss in the period when such determinations are made.

We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based upon a two-step process. To the extent a tax position does not meet a more-likely-than-not level of certainty, no benefit is recognized in the consolidated financial statements. If a position meets the more-likely-than-not level of certainty, it is recognized in the consolidated financial statements at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Our policy is to analyze our tax positions taken with respect to all applicable income tax issues for all open tax years (in each respective jurisdiction). As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and March 31, 2013, we have concluded that no uncertain tax positions were required to be recognized in our consolidated financial statements. It is our practice to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. No amounts were recognized for interest and penalties during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Fair Market Value of our Common Stock

Given the absence of a public market for our common stock, the fair values of our common stock underlying stock option grants were estimated by our board of directors, which intended all stock options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair market value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. Our board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock utilizing methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “ Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation ,” or the AICPA Practice Aid, based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and, beginning in May 2011, reports of a third-party valuation firm, along with other relevant objective and subjective factors it deemed important in each valuation, exercising significant judgment and reflecting the board of directors’ best estimates at the time of each grant. These factors included:

 

  n  

the nature and history of our business;

 

  n  

EPA approvals and introductions of new products;

 

  n  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  n  

general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;

 

  n  

the lack of liquidity and marketability for our common stock;

 

  n  

the market price of companies engaged in the same or similar businesses with equity securities that are publicly traded;

 

  n  

the differences between the terms of our preferred and common stock related to liquidation preferences, conversion rights, dividend rights, voting rights and other features; and

 

  n  

the likelihood of achieving, and timing and pricing with respect to, various exit scenarios, including an initial public offering and sale liquidity events.

In these valuations, our aggregate equity value was estimated first and then allocated to our outstanding classes of equity securities. Aggregate equity value was estimated using a combination of the income approach, which incorporated a discounted cash flow valuation, and the market approach. Until March 2012, the option method was used to allocate our aggregate equity value to the underlying classes of equity securities for all valuations, as discrete exit scenarios were unknown at the time of valuation. An allocation utilizing the option method was performed

 

66


Table of Contents

because the preferred stockholders are entitled to certain rights and preferences over common stockholders, which resulted in a greater percentage of the aggregate equity value being allocated to the preferred stockholders than common stockholders. In early 2012, we began to significantly increase efforts in preparation for a potential initial public offering. Accordingly, beginning with our March 2012 common stock valuation, we have used an expected return method to allocate our aggregate equity value to the underlying classes of equity securities.

The table below sets forth information regarding stock option grants between January 1, 2012 and the date of this prospectus:

 

 

 

GRANTS BY MONTH

   NUMBER OF
SHARES
     EXERCISE
PRICE ($)
     ESTIMATED
FAIR VALUE OF
COMMON
STOCK ($)
 

January 2012

     75,000         0.45         0.45   

February 2012

     698,080         0.99         0.95   

April 2012

     136,000         2.00         2.00   

May 2012

     115,000         2.00         2.00   

June 2012

     166,000         2.00         2.00   

July 2012

     105,000         2.00         2.00   

August 2012

     79,000         2.00         2.00   

September 2012

     417,000         2.00         2.00   

October 2012

     838,750         3.85         3.85   

November 2012

     72,000         3.85         3.85   

December 2012

     128,000         3.85         3.85   

January 2013

     62,000         4.25         4.25   

February 2013

     48,000         3.37         3.37   

March 2013

     44,000         3.37         3.37   

 

 

The table below sets forth the estimated fair value of our common stock at each valuation date since December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

DATE

   ESTIMATED
FAIR VALUE OF
COMMON  STOCK($)
 

December 31, 2011

     0.45   

March 16, 2012

     0.95   

July 2, 2012

     1.71   

September 30, 2012

     2.53   

December 31, 2012

     3.37   

March 31, 2013

     3.76   

 

 

Valuation as of December 31, 2011

We obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in estimating the fair market value of $0.45 per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 using an option method. We first estimated our aggregate equity value of $55 million, based on equal weightings of valuations derived from a comparable public company analysis and a discounted cash flow analysis. We then allocated the aggregate equity value to the underlying classes of equity using the option method, estimating a time until liquidity event of one year, a risk-free rate of 0.1% and a volatility input of 55%, applying a 20% adjustment for the lack of marketability of our common stock. The increase in our valuation was due to increased long-term revenues and cash flow projections, as compared to our prior forecasts, as a result of execution of exclusive distribution agreements in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 and an increase in revenues from the sale of our Regalia products.

 

67


Table of Contents

Valuation as of March 16, 2012

We obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in estimating the fair market value of $0.95 per share of our common stock as of March 16, 2012 using a probability-weighted expected return method, under which we estimated the probability of six future scenarios for our business. We utilized the expected return method to estimate the fair value of our common stock as of March 16, 2012 instead of the option method because we believe the probability-weighted expected return method is more appropriate when discrete future scenarios become more certain. The scenarios that we used in the expect return method, and the associated probabilities, consisted of the following: executing an initial public offering prior to December 31, 2012 at a high and a lower valuation (2% and 5% probabilities, respectively), executing an initial public offering prior to December 31, 2013 (30% probability), high and low valuation merger scenarios (35% and 23% probabilities, respectively) and a dissolution scenario (5% probability). The results from the probability-weighted expected return method were then discounted by a 20% marketability discount to determine the fair value of our common stock. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from December 31, 2011 was attributable to a number of factors. During the period from January 1, 2012 through March 16, 2012, an initial public offering scenario became more probable as we began investing significant time and resources into the initial public offering process. In addition, we achieved significant business milestones, including EPA approval of our new formulation of Zequanox, we closed on a substantial portion of our $8.1 million convertible note financing, putting us in an improved capital position, and our board considered the fact that we were proceeding in negotiations with other investors for additional financings, which would support our longer term capital requirements.

In April, May and June 2012, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock with input from management and based on prior third-party valuations up to and including the March 16, 2012 valuation. Based on factors following the date of this valuation, including increased sales, the closing of our $10.0 million promissory note financing and the remainder of our $8.1 million convertible note financing, our anticipation that the EPA would approve a new label for Grandevo (subsequently approved in May 2012), and the commencement of marketing Zequanox, our board of directors determined that our fair value had increased compared to March 16, 2012, and granted options in April, May and June 2012 at an exercise price of $2.00 per share.

Valuation as of July 2, 2012

We obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in estimating the fair value of $1.71 per share of our common stock as of July 2, 2012 using an expected return method, under which we estimated the probability of six future scenarios for our business. The scenarios that we used in the expected return method, and the associated probabilities, consisted of the following: executing an initial public offering in 2012, in early 2013 and in the middle of 2013 (2%, 30% and 20% probabilities, respectively), high and low valuation merger scenarios (20% and 23% probabilities, respectively) and a sale of intellectual property scenario (5% probability). The results from the expected return method were then discounted by a 20% marketability discount to determine the fair value of our common stock. The increase in the third-party valuation of our common stock from March 16, 2012 was attributable to a number of factors. During the period from March 16, 2012 through July 2, 2012, an initial public offering scenario became more probable as we confidentially submitted a draft registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, we achieved significant business milestones, including receiving the EPA approvals discussed above, the closings of debt financings discussed above, and negotiations with other investors for additional financings, which would support our longer term capital requirements, and progress in negotiations regarding the acquisition of a manufacturing facility.

Although the estimated fair value of our common stock under this expected return scenario was determined as of July 2, 2012 to be $1.71, the report was not available at the time of our July and August 2012 grant dates. Our board of directors therefore decided, based on the March 16, 2012 third-party valuation, the factors discussed above and additional input from management regarding the impact of the closing of the acquisition of our manufacturing facility and commencement of commercial sales of Grandevo to issue options in July and August 2012 with an exercise price of $2.00 per share. In addition, based on these factors, and the July 2, 2012 third party valuation, our board of directors granted options in September 2012 at an exercise price of $2.00 per share.

 

68


Table of Contents

Valuation as of September 30, 2012

We obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in estimating the fair value of $2.53 per share of our common stock as of September 30, 2012 using an expected return method, under which we estimated the probability of six future scenarios for our business. The scenarios that we used in the expected return method, and the associated probabilities, consisted of the following: executing an initial public offering in 2012, in the latter half of 2013 and in the early in 2014 (2%, 20% and 30% probabilities, respectively), high and low valuation merger scenarios (30% and 15% probabilities, respectively) and a sale of intellectual property scenario (3% probability). The results from the expected return method were then discounted by a 20% marketability discount to determine the fair value of our common stock. The increase in the third-party valuation of our common stock from July 2, 2012 was attributable to a number of factors. During the period from July 2, 2012 through September 30, 2012, we achieved significant business milestones, including the closing of the acquisition of our manufacturing facility and the commencement of commercial sales of Grandevo, as discussed above, as well as the negotiation of term sheets for various debt financings to support our longer term capital requirements and the submission of a first amended confidential draft registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

In October, November and December 2012, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock with input from management and based on prior third-party valuations up to and including the September 30, 2012 valuation. Based on factors following the date of this valuation, including the closing of $3.5 million of convertible notes and $7.5 million of promissory notes during October 2012 and the negotiation of term sheets for an additional $12.5 million in financing, our board of directors determined that our fair value had increased compared to September 30, 2012, and granted options in October, November and December 2012 at an exercise price of $3.85 per share.

Valuation as of December 31, 2012

We obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in estimating the fair value of $3.37 per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2012 using an expected return method, under which we estimated the probability of six future scenarios for our business. The scenarios that we used in the expected return method, and the associated probabilities, consisted of the following: executing an initial public offering in the first half of 2013, in the latter half of 2013 and in the early in 2014 (2%, 20% and 30% probabilities, respectively), high and low valuation merger scenarios (30% and 15% probabilities, respectively) and a sale of intellectual property scenario (3% probability). The results from the expected return method were then discounted by an 18% marketability discount to determine the fair value of our common stock. The increase in the third-party valuation of our common stock from September 30, 2012 was attributable to a number of factors. During the period from September 30, 2012 through December 31, 2012, we achieved significant business milestones, including the closing of $23.5 million of debt financing to support our longer term capital requirements as discussed above, as well as above-plan sales during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and the submission of a second amended confidential draft registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although the estimated fair value of our common stock under this expected return scenario was determined as of December 31, 2012 to be $3.37, the report was not available at the time of our January 2013 grant dates. Our board of directors therefore decided, based on the September 30, 2012 third-party valuation and additional input from management regarding the business milestones achieved subsequent to September 30, 2012, discussed above to issue options in January 2013 with an exercise price of $4.25 per share. In addition, based on these factors but also including their review of the December 31, 2012 third party valuation, our board of directors granted options in February and March 2013 at an exercise price of $3.37 per share.

Valuation as of March 31, 2012

We obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in estimating the fair value of $3.76 per share of our common stock as of March 31, 2013 using an expected return method, under which we estimated the probability of six future scenarios for our business. The scenarios that we used in the expected return method, and the associated probabilities, consisted of the following: executing an initial public offering in the first half of 2013, in the latter half of 2013 and in the early in 2014 (30%, 20% and 30% probabilities, respectively), high and low valuation merger scenarios (2% and 15% probabilities, respectively) and a sale of intellectual property scenario (3%

 

69


Table of Contents

probability). The results from the expected return method were then discounted by 18% marketability discount to determine the fair value of our common stock.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We currently have minimal exposure to the effect of interest rate changes, foreign currency fluctuations and changes in commodity prices. We are exposed to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business, which currently is substantially all in the United States. Our current investment strategy is to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid, readily convertible into cash and which mature within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative financial instruments to manage any of our market risks or entered into transactions using derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

We do not believe our cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $10.0 million at December 31, 2012, which was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not have any variable debt and a 10% change in market interest rates will not have a significant impact on our future interest expense.

Foreign Currency Risk

Revenue and expenses have been primarily denominated in U.S. dollars and foreign currency fluctuations have not had a significant impact on our historical results of operations. In addition, our strategic collaboration and distribution agreements for current products provide for payments in U.S. dollars. As we market new products internationally, our product revenues and expenses may be in currencies other than U.S. dollars, and accordingly, foreign currency fluctuations may have a greater impact on our financial position and operating results.

Commodity Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in commodity prices currently is minimal. As our commercial operations grow, our exposure will relate mostly to the demand side as our end users are exposed to fluctuations in prices of agricultural commodities.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued additional guidance on fair value disclosures. This guidance contains certain updates to the measurement guidance as well as enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for “Level 3” measurements including enhanced disclosure for: (1) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity; and (2) the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. We adopted this guidance for fiscal year 2012 and have enhanced our fair value disclosures in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The guidance allows two presentation alternatives: (1) present items of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income; or (2) in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and interim periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted, but full retrospective application is required under both sets of accounting standards. The guidance also previously required the presentation of adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented; however, this portion of the guidance has been deferred. We adopted this guidance for fiscal year 2012 and have presented the net income and other comprehensive income in two separate consecutive statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We make bio-based pest management and plant health products. Bio-based products are comprised of naturally occurring microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi, and plant extracts. We target the major markets that use conventional chemical pesticides, including certain agricultural and water markets, where our bio-based products are used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides. We also target new markets for which there are no available conventional chemical pesticides, the use of conventional chemical products may not be desirable or permissible because of health and environmental concerns or the development of pest resistance has reduced the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. All of our current products are EPA-approved and registered as “biopesticides.” We believe our current portfolio of products and our pipeline address the growing global demand for effective, efficient and environmentally responsible products.

Our products currently target two core end markets: crop protection and water treatment. Crop protection products consist of herbicides (for weed control), fungicides (for plant disease control), nematicides (for parasitic roundworm control), insecticides (for insect and mite killers) and plant growth regulators that growers use to increase crop yields, improve plant health, manage pest resistance and reduce chemical residues. Our products can be used in both conventional and organic crop production. We currently sell our crop protection product lines, Regalia, for plant disease control and plant health, and Grandevo, for insect and mite control, to growers of specialty crops such as grapes, citrus, tomatoes, vegetables, nuts, leafy greens and ornamental plants. We have also initiated targeted sales of Regalia for large-acre row crops such as corn, cotton and soybeans. Water treatment products target invasive water pests across a broad range of applications, including hydroelectric and thermoelectric power generation, industrial applications, drinking water, aquaculture, irrigation and recreation. Our current water treatment product line, Zequanox, which we began selling in the second half of 2012, selectively kills invasive mussels that cause significant infrastructure and ecological damage.

In addition to our current two core end markets, we are also taking steps through strategic collaborations to commercialize products for other non-crop pest management markets. These products will be different formulations of our crop protection products that are specifically targeted for industrial and institutional, turf and ornamental, home and garden and animal health uses such as controlling grubs, cockroaches, flies and mosquitoes in and around schools, parks, golf courses and other public-use areas.

The agricultural industry is increasingly dependent on effective and sustainable pest management practices to maximize yields and quality in a world of increased demand for agricultural products, rising consumer awareness of food production processes and finite land and water resources. We believe that our competitive strengths, including our commercially available products, robust pipeline of novel product candidates, proprietary technology and product development process, commercial relationships and industry experience, position us for rapid growth by providing solutions for these global trends.

Industry Overview

Pest management is an important global industry. Most of the markets we currently target or plan to target primarily rely on conventional chemical pesticides, supplemented in certain agricultural markets by the use of genetically modified crops. Conventional chemical pesticides are generally synthetic materials that directly kill or inactivate pests. Agranova estimated that global agrichemical sales for the crop protection market were $50.0 billion in 2012, which represented an increase of 8.2% from 2011. Agrow estimated that the global non-crop market for pesticides was $21.0 billion in 2009. The market for treatment of fruits and vegetables, the largest current users of bio-based pest management and plant health products, accounted for $16.2 billion of this total. Other agricultural applications, notably crops such as corn, soybeans, rice, cotton and cereals, which we expect will become increasingly important users of bio-based products, accounted for $24.7 billion of the total.

Demand for effective and environmentally responsible bio-based products for crop protection and water treatment continues to increase. The global market for biopesticides, which control pests by non-toxic mechanisms such as attracting pests to traps or interfering with their ability to digest food, was valued at $1.6 billion for 2009 and is expected to reach $3.3 billion by 2014, with a 15.6% compound annual growth projected during that period, according to BCC Research, an independent market research firm. In comparison, global agrichemical sales were valued at $42.5 billion for 2010, with a 5.5% compound annual growth projected during the period from 2011

 

71


Table of Contents

through 2016, according to AgroPages, an independent market research firm. We believe these trends will continue as the benefits of using bio-based pest management and plant health products become more widely known.

Crop Protection

Conventional Production . Growers are constantly challenged to supply the escalating global demand for food, while reducing the negative impact of crop protection practices on consumers, farm workers and the environment. The dominant technologies for crop protection are conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops. Major agrichemical companies have invested billions of dollars to develop genetically modified crops that resist pests or have high tolerance to conventional chemical pesticides. The market for genetically modified crops was estimated at $12 billion in 2011 and is predicted to grow 5% annually through 2015, according to Phillips McDougall, an independent advisory firm. In addition, according to the International Service for the Acquisition of Agri-biotech Applications, a third-party not-for-profit organization, in 2012, 170 million hectares (420 million acres) were planted with genetically modified crops. Soybean, corn and cotton plantings have made the greatest inroads, accounting for 47%, 32% and 15% respectively of genetically modified seeds planted globally, respectively.

Conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops have historically been effective in controlling pests. However, there are increasing challenges facing the use of conventional chemical pesticides such as pest resistance and environmental, consumer and worker safety concerns. Governmental agencies are further pressuring growers by restricting or banning certain forms of conventional chemical pesticide usage, particularly in the European Union, as some conventional chemical pesticide products are being phased out. At the same time, a number of supermarket chains and food processors, key purchasers of specialty fruits, nuts and vegetables, are imposing synthetic chemical residue restrictions, limiting options available to growers close to harvest. Consumers, scientists and environmental groups have also voiced concerns about the unintended effects of genetically modified crops, including pest resistance and contamination of non-genetically modified crops. In response to consumer and environmental group concerns and restrictions by importing countries, several large-scale food purchasers have demanded that their contracted growers supply them only non-genetically modified crops.

These factors are significant market drivers for conventional producers, and their impact is continuing to grow. An increasing number of growers are implementing integrated pest management (IPM) programs that, among other things, combine bio-based pest management products and crop cultivating practices and techniques such as crop rotation, with conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops. Bio-based pest management products are becoming a larger component of IPM programs due in part to the challenges associated with conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops.

Organic Production. Certified organic crops such as food, cotton and ornamental plants, are produced without the use of synthetic chemicals, genetic modification or any other bioengineering or adulteration. As such, organic growers are limited in the number of alternatives for pest management. The U.S. Department of Agriculture, or the USDA, approved national production and labeling standards for organic food marketed in the United States in late 2000. These standards have contributed to the growth of organic food consumption in the United States, and other countries have implemented similar programs. The global market for organic food and beverages is projected to grow to $105 billion by 2015, a 67% increase from 2011, according to the United Nations Environment Program. We believe this growth is primarily driven by concerns about food safety and the adverse environmental effects of conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops. Large food processors and agricultural businesses such as Dole, General Mills, Gerber, H.J. Heinz and Kellogg have developed products aimed at organic food consumers. Major supermarket chains in the United States such as Krogers, Safeway and Wal-Mart and in Europe such as Marks & Spencer, Sainsbury and Tesco offer a wide selection of organic food products.

Water Treatment

Global demand for water treatment products was estimated to be $48 billion in 2012, according to Freedonia, and the global market for specialty biocide chemicals for water treatment is projected to be $5.2 billion in 2013, according to BCC Research, an independent market research firm. Invasive and native pest species are increasingly a concern in diverse applications such as hydroelectric and thermoelectric power generation, industrial applications, drinking water, aquaculture, irrigation and recreation. However, discharge of water treatment chemicals to target these pests is highly regulated, and in many cases, such as with management of open waters and sensitive environmental habitats, use of conventional chemicals is prohibited.

 

72


Table of Contents

One particular area of concern has been the damage caused by invasive zebra and quagga mussels, which clog pipes, disrupt ecosystems, encrust infrastructure and blanket beaches with razor-sharp shells. These species initially infested the Great Lakes region and spread across the United States. Industry reports estimate that these mussels cause approximately $1 billion in damage and associated control costs annually in parts of the United States alone. There are limited treatment options available, many of which are toxic to aquatic flora and fauna. To date, most treatment options have been focused either on manual removal of the mussels, which is time consuming and costly, or conventional chemical treatments, which potentially jeopardize the environment and are thus controlled tightly by regulatory agencies.

The water treatment market also includes products to control algae, aquatic weeds and unwanted microorganisms. For example, one of the most effective and popular methods for controlling algae and unwanted microorganisms is chlorination. One of the major concerns in using chlorination in surface water supplies is that chlorine combines with various organic compounds to form by-products, some of which are considered possible carcinogens.

Other Target Markets

Although conventional chemical pesticides have traditionally serviced the industrial and institutional, professional turf and ornamental, home and garden and animal health markets, governmental regulations are restricting their use, and reports indicate that end users increasingly value environmentally friendly products; with some households willing to forego pest control treatments entirely if alternatives to conventional chemical pesticides are not available.

Industrial and Institutional . Significant amounts are spent annually worldwide on conventional chemical pesticide products to control pests such as cockroaches, flies and mosquitoes in the institutional market, including in and around schools, parks, golf courses and other public-use areas.

Professional Turf and Ornamental. Manufacturer sales of pesticides for use on turf and ornamental plants in the United States rose by 4.9% to $737 million in 2012, continuing a 3.1% sales growth trend for 2011, according to Specialty Products Consultants. Insecticides and pre-emergence herbicides were the fastest growing product category within this market. Historically, nearly half of sales for this market have been fungicides, herbicides, insecticides and plant growth regulators for use in golf courses.

Home and Garden . U.S. demand for home and garden pesticides is projected to be $1.7 billion in 2013, according to The Freedonia Group. The number of U.S. households that use only all-natural or organic fertilizer, insect controls and weed controls increased from an estimated 5 million households in 2004 to 12 million in 2008, according to the National Gardening Association. We believe this trend reflects the increasing importance people attribute today to maintaining lawns and gardens in an environmentally friendly way.

Animal Health . Homes with pets and producers of livestock such as cattle, swine and poultry use pest management products to control fleas, ticks and other pests and parasites.

Benefits of Bio-Based Pest Management

While conventional chemical pesticides are often effective in controlling pests, some of these chemicals are acutely toxic, some are suspected carcinogens and some can have other harmful effects on the environment and other animals. Health and environmental concerns have prompted stricter legislation around the use of conventional chemical pesticides, particularly in Europe, where the use of some highly toxic or endocrine-disrupting chemical pesticides is banned or severely limited and the importation of produce is subject to strict regulatory standards on pesticide residues. In addition, the European Union has passed the Sustainable Use Directive, which requires EU-member countries to reduce the use of conventional chemical pesticides and to use alternative pest management methods, including bio-based pest management products. Over the past two decades, U.S. regulatory agencies have also developed stricter standards and regulations. Furthermore, a growing shift in consumer preference towards organic and sustainable food production has led many large, global food retailers to require their supply chains to implement these practices, including the use of bio-based pest management and fertilizer solutions, water and energy efficiency practices, and localized food product sourcing. For example, in 2010, Wal-Mart announced its global sustainable agriculture goals to require sustainable best practices throughout its global food supply chain.

Aside from the health and environmental concerns, conventional chemical pesticide users face additional challenges such as pest resistance and reduced worker productivity, as workers may not return to the fields for a certain period

 

73


Table of Contents

of time after treatment. Similar risks and hazards are also prevalent in the water treatment market, as chlorine and other chemicals used to control invasive water pests contaminate and endanger natural waterways. Costs of using conventional chemical pesticides are also increasing due to a number of factors, including raw materials costs such as rising costs of petroleum, stringent regulatory requirements and pest resistance to conventional chemical pesticides, which requires increasing application rates or the use of more expensive substitute products.

As the cost of conventional chemical pesticides increases and the use of conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops meets increased opposition from government agencies and consumers, and the efficacy of bio-based pest management products becomes more widely recognized among growers, bio-based pest management products are gaining popularity and represent a strong growth sector within the market for pest management technologies. Growers are increasingly incorporating bio-based pest management products into IPM programs, and bio-based pest management products help create the type of sustainable agriculture programs that growers and food companies increasingly emphasize.

Bio-based pest management products include biopesticides, as well as minerals such as copper and sulfur. The EPA registers biopesticides in two major categories: (1) microbial pesticides, which contain a microorganism such as a bacterium or fungus as the active ingredient; and (2) biochemical pesticides, which are naturally occurring substances such as insect sex pheromones, certain plant extracts and fatty acids.

We believe many bio-based pest management products perform as well as or better than conventional chemical pesticides. When used in alternation or in spray tank mixtures with conventional chemical pesticides, bio-based pest management products can increase crop yields and quality over chemical-only programs. Agricultural industry reports, as well as our own research, indicate that bio-based pest management products can affect plant physiology and morphology in ways that may improve crop yield and can increase the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. In addition, pests rarely develop resistance to bio-based pest management products due to their complex modes of action. Likewise, bio-based pest management products have been shown to extend the product life of conventional chemical pesticides and limit the development of pest resistance, a key issue facing users of conventional chemical pesticides, by eliminating pests that survive conventional chemical pesticide treatments. Most bio-based pest management products are listed for use in organic farming, providing those growers with compelling pest control options to protect yields and quality. Given their generally lower toxicity compared with many conventional chemical pesticides, bio-based pest management products can add flexibility to harvest timing and worker re-entry times and can improve worker safety. Many bio-based pest management products are also exempt from conventional chemical residue tolerances, which are permissible levels of chemical residue at time of harvest set by governmental agencies. Bio-based pest management products may not be subject to restrictions by food retailers and governmental agencies limiting chemical residues on produce, which enables growers to export to wider markets.

In addition to performance attributes, bio-based pest management products registered with the EPA as biopesticides can offer other advantages over conventional chemical pesticides. From an environmental perspective, biopesticides have low toxicity, posing low risk to most non-target organisms, including humans, other mammals, birds, fish and beneficial insects. Biopesticides are biodegradable, resulting in less risk to surface water and groundwater and generally have low air-polluting volatile organic compounds content. Because biopesticides tend to pose fewer risks than conventional pesticides, the EPA offers a more streamlined registration process for these products, which generally requires significantly less toxicological and environmental data and a lower registration fee. As a result, both the time and money required to bring a new product to market are reduced.

Our Solution

Our technology platform produces bio-based pest management and plant health products that are highly effective and generally designed to be compatible with existing pest control equipment and infrastructure. This allows them to be used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides, as well as in markets for which there are no available conventional chemical pesticides or the use of conventional chemical products may not be desirable or permissible because of health and environmental concerns. We believe that compared with conventional chemical pesticides, our products:

 

  n  

Are competitive in both price and efficacy;

 

  n  

Provide viable alternatives where conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops are subject to regulatory restrictions;

 

74


Table of Contents
  n  

Comply with market-imposed requirements for pest management programs by food processors and retailers;

 

  n  

Are environmentally friendly;

 

  n  

Meet stringent organic farming requirements;

 

  n  

Improve worker productivity by shortening field re-entry times after spraying and allowing spraying up to the time of harvest;

 

  n  

Are exempt from residue restrictions applicable to conventional chemical pesticides in both the agriculture and water markets; and

 

  n  

Are less likely to result in the development of pest resistance.

In addition, our experience has shown that when our products are used in conjunction with conventional chemical pesticides, they can:

 

  n  

Increase the effectiveness of conventional chemical pesticides while reducing their required application levels;

 

  n  

Increase levels of pest control and consistency of control;

 

  n  

Increase crop yields;

 

  n  

Increase crop quality, including producing crops with higher levels of protein, better taste and color and more attractive flowers; and

 

  n  

Delay the development of pest resistance to conventional chemical pesticides.

We believe that the benefits of our products will encourage sustained adoption by end users. For example, we have seen that growers that have used our products on a trial basis in one year have generally continued to use our products in higher levels in subsequent years.

Our Competitive Strengths

Commercially Available Products. We believe we have one of the leading portfolios of bio-based pest management products. We have three commercially available product lines, Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox. In conjunction with our progress in solving the issues facing growers of conventional and organic crops, our products aimed at solving pest issues for water treatment provide us with access to several distinct multibillion dollar markets subject to different market forces, diversifying our revenues portfolio.

Robust Pipeline of Novel Product Candidates. Our pipeline of early-stage discoveries and new product candidates extends across a variety of product types for different end markets, including herbicides, fungicides, nematicides, insecticides, algaecides (for algae control), molluscicides (for mussel and snail control) and plant growth regulators. Our product candidates are both developed internally and sourced from third parties. Our research and development process enables us to discover, source and develop multiple products in parallel, which keeps our pipeline robust. For example, we received EPA approval for Opportune, an herbicidal biopesticide, or “bioherbicide,” in April 2012. Venerate, an insecticidal biopesticide, or “bioinsecticide,” and MBI-011, a weed-controlling bioherbicide, have been submitted for EPA registration. These products are still undergoing commercialization, and we have additional product candidates at various other stages of development. In addition, while we expect individual product sales to remain seasonal and impacted by weather as a result of certain of our products being targeted to specific pests and geographic areas, as we develop and commercialize additional product candidates we believe these effects will have a reduced impact on our overall operating results. For example, during periods of hot, dry weather, sales of biofungicides such as Regalia, may decline, but we expect that our revenues may be offset by increased sales of bioinsecticides such as Grandevo.

Rapid and Efficient Development Process. We believe we can develop and commercialize novel and effective products faster and at a lower cost than many other developers of pest management products. For example, we have moved each of Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox through development, EPA approval and U.S. market launch in approximately four years at a cost of $6 million or less. In comparison, a report from Phillips McDougall shows that the average cost for major agrichemical companies to bring a new crop protection product to market is over $250 million, and these products have historically taken an average of nearly ten years to move through development, regulatory approval and market launch.

 

75


Table of Contents

Proprietary Discovery Process . Our discovery process allows us to efficiently discover microorganisms and plant extracts that produce or contain compounds that display a high level of pesticidal activity against various pests. We then use various analytical chemistry techniques to identify and characterize the natural product chemistry of the compounds, which we optimize and patent. Our research has shown that on average, major agrichemical companies synthesize approximately 108 thousand chemicals to yield each candidate for crop protection product development. In contrast, with 25 candidates identified for product development, we have identified more than one potential bio-based pest management product for every thousand microorganisms or plant extracts in our database. Three of our product candidates, one of which has been submitted to the EPA, are newly identified microorganism species, two of which produce novel compounds that we have identified and one of which has a novel mode of action that we have identified. Our proprietary discovery process is protected by patents on the microorganisms, their natural product compounds and their uses for pest management, as well as a patent application we have filed on a screening process to identify enzyme-inhibiting herbicides. We also maintain trade secrets related to the discovery, formulation, process development and manufacturing capabilities. By conducting our own discovery as well as working with outside collaborators, we are able to access the broadest range of products for commercialization, giving us an advantage over other natural bio-based pest management companies.

Sourcing and Commercialization Expertise. We use our technical and commercial development expertise to evaluate early-stage discoveries by third parties to determine commercial viability, secure promising technologies through in-licensing and add considerable value to these in-licensed product candidates. Our efficient development process and significant experience in applying natural product chemistry has led universities, corporations and government entities to collaborate with us to develop or commercialize a number of their early-stage discoveries. As with our internally discovered products, early-stage products we source and commercialize are subject to our own patents and trade secrets related to our added value in characterizing, formulating, developing and manufacturing marketable products. For example, we developed an analytical method to measure and characterize the major compounds in the extract we licensed to produce Regalia, and we enhanced these compounds several times in new formulations, providing Regalia with a broader spectrum of activity and better efficacy than the original licensed product.

Existing Agreements with Global Market Leaders. The markets for pest management products are intensely competitive. This has presented a significant challenge for biopesticide companies looking to enter these markets, which are typically dominated by major multinational agrichemical companies with significant resources, brand recognition and established customer bases. To help address this challenge, we have entered into strategic agreements with global market leaders across agricultural and consumer retail markets. For example, we have signed exclusive international distribution agreements for Regalia with Syngenta in Africa, Europe and the Middle East and with FMC in Latin America. We also have a technology evaluation and development agreement with Scotts Miracle-Gro, which grants it a right of first access to the active ingredients in our full portfolio of bio-based pest management and plant health products for use in its consumer lawn and garden products. We believe we will be able to further leverage these distribution channels to gain robust geographic market penetration, particularly in the highly competitive European and Latin American markets, with modest sales and marketing expenditures.

Management Team with Significant Industry Experience. Our management team has deep experience in bio-based pest management products and the broader agriculture industry. Our executive officers and key employees average 28 years of experience and include individuals who have led agrichemical sales and marketing organizations, top scientists and industry experts, some of whom have served in leadership roles at large multinational corporations and governmental agencies, commercialized multiple products, brought multiple products through EPA, state and foreign regulatory processes, filed and received patents, led groundbreaking research studies and published numerous scientific articles.

Our Growth Strategy

Continue to Develop and Commercialize New Products in Both Existing and New Markets. Our goal is to rapidly and efficiently develop, register and commercialize new products each year, with the goal of developing a full suite of pest management and plant health products. For example, while our current crop protection products address plant diseases and insects, we intend to provide products that can also control nematodes and weeds as well as products for improving fertilizer efficiency and reducing drought stress. We are also currently screening for water treatment products that control algae and aquatic weeds to complement Zequanox, our invasive mussel control product line.

 

76


Table of Contents

Expand Applications of Our Existing Product Lines. Biopesticide products, including our bio-based pest management and plant health products, are generally initially approved for use in a limited number of applications. However, we have identified opportunities to broaden the commercial applications and expand the use of our existing products lines into several key end markets, including large-acre row crop applications, seed treatment, irrigation, aquaculture and animal health. We believe these opportunities could help to drive significant growth for our company.

Accelerate Adoption of New Products, Product Applications and Product Lines . Our goal is to provide growers with complete and effective solutions to a broad range of pest management needs that can be used individually, together and in conjunction with conventional chemical pesticides to maximize yield and quality. We believe we will be able to leverage relationships with existing distributors as well as growers’ positive experiences using our Regalia and Grandevo product lines to accelerate adoption of new products, product applications and product lines. We will also continue to target early adopters of new pest management technologies with controlled product launches and to educate growers and water resource managers about the benefits of bio-based pest management products through on-farm and in-facility demonstrations to accelerate commercial adoption of our products. We believe that these strategies and the strength of our products has led to a recent quarterly adoption rate in U.S. specialty crops for Grandevo that would outpace that of leading chemical insecticides on an annual basis, which our research has shown to be approximately $5.0 million per year on average from 2005 to 2010.

Leverage Existing Distribution Arrangements and Develop New Relationships. To expand the availability of our products, we intend to continue to use relationships with conventional chemical pesticide distributors in the United States and leverage the international distribution capabilities under our existing strategic collaboration and distribution agreements. We intend to form new strategic relationships with other market-leading companies in our target markets and regions to expand the supply of our products globally. For example, we have engaged new distributors to launch Regalia in Canada for specialty crops, in the United States for turf and ornamental plants and in parts of the Midwest United States for row crops. We have also engaged a distributor to launch Grandevo in the United States for turf and ornamental plants.

Develop and Expand Manufacturing Capabilities. We currently use third-party manufacturers to produce our products on a commercial scale. To date, these arrangements have allowed us to focus our time and direct our capital towards discovering and commercializing new product candidates. We are repurposing a manufacturing facility that we purchased in July 2012 and plan to further expand capacity at this facility using a portion of the proceeds from this offering. We believe there are considerable advantages in having our own manufacturing capabilities such as allowing us to better manage scale-up processes and institute process changes more efficiently, protecting our intellectual property and helping to lower our manufacturing costs.

Pursue Strategic Collaborations and Acquisitions. We intend to continue collaborating with chemical manufacturers to develop products that combine our bio-based pest management products with their technologies, delivering more compelling product solutions to growers. We also may pursue acquisition and in-licensing opportunities to gain access to later-stage products and technologies that we believe would be a good strategic fit for our business and would create additional value for our stockholders.

Our Products

We produce both microorganism-based and plant extract-based products. Our technology platform enables us to develop bio-based pest management and plant health products that offer customers an attractive value proposition when compared against conventional chemical pesticide and genetically modified crop alternatives alone. We are focused on producing bio-based products that we sell into the crop protection, water treatment and other target markets. We believe that we should be able to continue to develop products in our product pipeline in a manner consistent with our historical experience. We have historically been able to move our products through development, EPA approval and U.S. market launch in four years or less and at a cost of under $6 million. We currently believe that we can obtain similar results for our other product candidates, such as Opportune, Venerate, MBI-011, MBI-010, MBI-302, MBI-303, MBI-601 and MBI 110, but we cannot assure you that this will be true for each product and that we will not encounter unexpected delays or cost overruns.

Regalia

 

  n  

Biofungicide

 

  n  

Crop Protection: Targets Plant Disease, Improves Plant Health

 

  n  

Commercially Available

 

77


Table of Contents

Regalia, a plant extract-based fungicidal biopesticide, or “biofungicide,” is EPA-registered for crop and non-crop uses and approved for use on foliage and roots in all states in the United States, including California and Florida, where the majority of the specialty crops are grown. It is also approved for sale in Ecuador (flowers), Mexico (vegetables and grapes), Turkey (covered vegetables) and Canada (tomatoes, grapes, strawberries, cucurbits, ornamental plants and wheat) and Panama (cane, tobacco, rice, coffee, avocado, dried beans, cucurbits, citrus and papaya). University researchers have extensively tested the product against several important plant diseases, especially against mildews. We have also conducted hundreds of trials in the United States and abroad, including four years of crop trials in Europe. The data show that Regalia is an effective addition to a disease management program against a broad range of diseases and can increase yields in crops such as strawberries, tomatoes, potatoes, soybeans and corn.

Regalia is made from an extract of the giant knotweed plant and acts by turning on a plant’s “immune system,” a process called induced systemic resistance. Regalia also enhances the efficacy of major conventional chemical fungicides, and we have filed a patent on this synergism. Regalia is also effective for seed treatment of soybean, corn and cotton, for which we have filed a patent, and we have filed a patent on the effects on root growth and yield when Regalia is applied to the seed or as a root stimulant. For example, in field tests and in actual grower use, Regalia has shown significant yield increases on strawberries, tomatoes, potatoes, soybeans and corn.

We obtained an exclusive license relating to the technology used in our Regalia product line while Regalia was in the process development and formulation stage of product development. In addition to developing the supply chain to commercially market the product, using our natural product chemistry expertise, we developed an analytical method to measure and characterize the major compounds in the plant extract, and we enhanced these compounds several times in new formulations, providing Regalia with a broader spectrum of activity and better efficacy than the original licensed product. In addition, we improved the physical properties of our Regalia formulations and developed four formulations that meet organic farming standards. We have filed several patent applications with respect to these innovations.

We launched Regalia SC, an earlier formulation of Regalia, into the Florida fresh tomatoes market in December 2008. This formulation had a limited label with a few crops and uses on the label and it was not compliant for organic listing. In 2009, we began sales of Regalia in the United Kingdom and Ecuador, and we received a revised, broader label with hundreds of crops for a new organic formulation, which we subsequently launched into the Florida vegetables and Arizona leafy greens markets. In January 2010, we received state approval in California and immediately launched Regalia into the leafy greens and walnuts markets. Key markets include vegetables in the southeast, citrus in Florida, leafy greens and vegetables in California and Arizona, walnuts and stone fruit in California and pome fruit and grapes in California and the Pacific Northwest. In December 2011 and August 2012, we received EPA approval and California regulatory approval, respectively, for an expanded label that includes new soil applications, instructions for yield improvement in corn and soybeans and additional crops and target pathogens. We submitted Regalia for registration in the European Union, which according to our research has recently been the largest fungicide market in the world, and in Brazil, and we received completeness checks with respect to such submissions in March 2012 and May 2012, respectively.

Grandevo

 

  n  

Bioinsecticide

 

  n  

Crop Protection: Targets Insects and Mites

 

  n  

Commercially Available

Grandevo is based on a new species of microorganism, Chromobacterium substugae , which was discovered by a scientist at the USDA in Beltsville, Maryland, and which we have licensed and commercialized. Grandevo is a powerful feeding inhibitor: insects and mites become agitated when encountering it and will not feed and starve, or, if they do ingest it, die from disruption to their digestive system. Grandevo also has repellent effects on and reduces egg hatching and reproduction of target insects and mites. Grandevo is particularly effective against chewing insects (such as caterpillars and beetles) and sucking insects (such as stinkbugs and mealybugs, as well as thrips and psyllids, which are respectively known as “corn lice” and “plant lice”). Field trials are in progress to further characterize Grandevo’s efficacy. Trials to date and reports from grower use have shown instances of commercial levels of efficacy as good as the leading conventional chemical pesticides on a range of chewing and sucking insect

 

78


Table of Contents

and mite pests, including two invasive species of psyllid affecting citrus and potato crops, and indicate that the length of control is as long as three weeks, matching leading conventional chemical pesticides. Grandevo has also shown significant control of other pests such as plant-feeding fly larvae, mosquitoes, white grubs in turf grass, “leafmining” caterpillar larvae and other leaf-eating caterpillars.

We obtained a co-exclusive license for the bacterial strain used in our Grandevo product line while Grandevo was undergoing primary screening as a potential product candidate. At the time we entered into this agreement, the licensor had produced no toxicology or field efficacy data; all of these data were subsequently created by us. In addition, since licensing the microorganism, we completed the testing and development necessary to produce and commercialize an EPA-approved product and have filed our own patent applications with respect to the microorganism, including its genome, as well as the chemistry produced by the microorganism upon which Grandevo is based, including a novel compound produced by the bacteria, synergistic combinations with conventional chemical pesticides, product formulations containing the bacterial strain and novel insecticidal and nematicidal uses.

We launched a liquid formulation of Grandevo on a targeted basis under a limited label into the Florida citrus crop market in 2011. Commencing in the summer of 2012, we launched a dry formulation of Grandevo in markets across the United States where state registrations have been approved, targeting key markets, including citrus, tomatoes, peppers, strawberries, potatoes, leafy greens and other fruits and vegetables. This dry formulation has improved shelf life and efficacy, can be used on more crops and pests than the original liquid formulation, was approved by the EPA in May 2012 and has been registered in 49 of 50 states (Hawaii pending) as well as Puerto Rico. In May 2013, the EPA permitted MBI to remove a “honey bee toxicity” warning on the Grandevo label, and we are currently submitting a revised label, with the warning removed, to all U.S. states and Puerto Rico.

Zequanox

 

  n  

Biomolluscicide

 

  n  

Water Treatment: Targets Invasive Mussels

 

  n  

Commercially Available

Zequanox is a biopesticide targeted at mussels, or “biomolluscicide,” derived from a common microbe found in soil and water bodies, Pseudomonas fluorescens , which we licensed from the University of the State of New York and subsequently developed and commercialized. Zequanox is an environmentally friendly bio-based pest management product that is designed to kill over 75% of invasive mussels in treated pipe systems without causing collateral ecological damage. In July 2012, we conducted an open water trial in Deep Quarry Lake, Illinois, where the Zequanox treatment killed more than 90% of the invasive mussels on the lake bed.

At recommended application rates, Zequanox is not toxic to other aquatic life, including ducks, fish, crustaceans and other bivalve species such as native clams or mussels.

Invasive zebra mussels and quagga mussels are having a billion-dollar impact on the North American economy and major negative impacts on freshwater ecosystems. Introduced into North America from Eastern Europe in the 1980s, mussels damage freshwater ecosystems and clog the intake pipes of industrial facilities that draw water from infested lakes and rivers. Power plants and other water-dependent facilities currently use nonselective, polluting chemicals to reduce densities of fouling mussels. For open water habitats such as rivers and lakes, because there is no cost-effective and environmentally friendly solution, invasive mussels continue to spread, causing economic damage to industry, recreational users and waterfront property and substantial ecological harm.

We believe Zequanox has significant benefits over conventional chemical pesticide treatments, which can be toxic to beneficial species and pollute waterways. Zequanox is safer to workers, less labor intensive and requires shorter treatment times compared with conventional chemical pesticides. Zequanox can be used by power plants and raw water treatment facilities as an alternative to conventional chemical treatments such as chlorine, or as a complement to those products.

We entered into exclusive license agreements relating to the bacterial strain used in our Zequanox product line while the product’s natural product chemistry was still under investigation. Since then, we have developed dry powder formulations, significantly improved the fermentation process for higher cell yield, allowing us to increase

 

79


Table of Contents

manufacturing scale, and we have filed patents relating to natural product compounds in the Zequanox cells we have identified and product formulations we have developed.

We collaborated with the U.S. Bureau of Recreation and Ontario Power Generation in Canada, two organizations seeking ways to treat issues they continuously face with mussel damage in their hydroelectric plants to test early and improved versions of Zequanox we developed. In 2011 and 2012, we successfully treated the cooling water of a hydroelectric facility managed by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation on the lower Colorado River and achieved a commercial level of mussel control. In 2012, we achieved a commercial level of control in two cooling water treatments of an Ontario Power Generation facility along the Niagara River, and we generated revenues for treating an Oklahoma Gas & Electric facility. In addition, we have received $1.1 million in grants from the National Science Foundation for work needed to commercialize the bacterial strain in Zequanox, which is currently being marketed and sold directly to U.S. power and industrial companies.

Opportune

 

  n  

Bioherbicide

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home, Turf: Targets Weeds

 

  n  

EPA Approved

Opportune is based on a Streptomyces species. Opportune demonstrates a novel mode of herbicidal action, producing a compound, thaxtomin, which disrupts the production of cellulose in certain plants, killing weeds before they emerge and selectively killing broad-leaved weeds after they have emerged. This product, in its initial testing, has been shown not to be harmful to crops such as rice, wheat, corn, sorghum and turf. It controls sedges and broadleaf weeds in rice, for which there are few solutions, either for conventional or organic growers. Based on field trials, we believe that Opportune provides longer duration of weed control than other bioherbicides. Opportune has also demonstrated synergistic activity with several conventional chemical pesticides, resulting in better weed control than either Opportune or the conventional chemical pesticides when used alone.

We entered into a licensing agreement with DuPont and Instituto Biomar for ownership of certain technology related to our Opportune product line. At the time we entered into this agreement, DuPont and Instituto Biomar had produced no toxicology and minimal efficacy data; all of these data were subsequently created by us. We have conducted field trials on rice, wheat, turf and other crops, improved the fermentation process and developed a commercial formulation, and we have filed patent applications with respect to synergistic and other uses of the product. We received EPA approval for Opportune in April 2012.

Venerate

 

  n  

Bioinsecticide

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home, Turf, Animal Health: Targets Insects and Mites

 

  n  

Submitted for EPA Registration

Venerate is based on a microbial fermentation of a new bacterial species we isolated using our proprietary discovery process. We have identified compounds produced by the microorganism in Venerate that kill a broad range of chewing and sucking insects and mites, as well as flies and plant parasitic nematodes, on contact, which is complementary to the anti-feeding effects of Grandevo. We submitted Venerate for EPA registration and for the Canadian Pest Management Regulatory Agency registration in August 2010. We have conducted field trials on several crops and insects and mites, many of which show efficacy as good as leading conventional chemical pesticides. We have filed patent applications on the microorganism and the natural product compounds that demonstrate insecticidal and nematicidal activity, as well as product formulations containing the microorganism.

MBI-010

 

  n  

Bioherbicide

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home, Turf: Targets Weeds

 

  n  

Under Development

MBI-010 is based on the same species of bacteria that we isolated to produce Venerate using our proprietary discovery process that identifies herbicides that inhibit a certain plant enzyme. MBI-010 produces several herbicidal compounds, some of which are novel, that are rapidly taken up by germinating seeds and by the roots of seedling and mature weeds. MBI-010 has demonstrated effectiveness against a range of weeds either after or before the weeds’

 

80


Table of Contents

emergence. MBI-010 has also demonstrated a novel mode of action, in which it is transmitted systemically through the vascular structure of a weed. We have filed a patent application with respect to the MBI-010 formulation uses, and its associated natural product compounds as an herbicide. We expect to submit MBI-010 to the EPA in 2013.

MBI-110

 

  n  

Biofungicide

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home: Targets Plant Disease, Improves Plant Health

 

  n  

Under Development

MBI-110 is based on a microbial fermentation of a newly identified Bacillus strain we isolated using our proprietary screening platform, targeting difficult to control plant diseases such as gray mold and downy mildews (such as potato late blight). We have identified compounds, some of which are novel, produced by the microorganism in MBI-110 that control a broad range of plant diseases. MBI-110 has also been shown to increase plant growth in absence of plant disease. This product has demonstrated increased efficacy in disease control when used synergistically with Regalia, and as a result, we expect to market this product both separately and in combination with Regalia. We expect to submit this product to the EPA in 2014.

MBI-302 and MBI-303

 

  n  

Bionematicides

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home, Turf: Targets Nematodes

 

  n  

Under Development

We isolated MBI-302 and MBI-303, nematicidal biopesticides, or “bionematicides,” using our proprietary discovery process. MBI-302 is based on a new species of bacteria that produces natural fermentation products, some of which are novel. MBI-303 is based on a novel strain of a known species of bacteria that produces natural fermentation products that we discovered have nematicidal properties. MBI-302 and MBI-303 kill juvenile root knot and sting nematodes, serious global pests of many crops, and reduce the number of eggs produced by the female nematodes. These products have also been shown to improve plant growth in absence of the pest nematodes. We have filed a patent application on the bacterial strains and the compounds produced by the bacteria in these products, and we plan to submit one of these to the EPA in 2013.

MBI-601

 

  n  

Biofumigant

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home, Industrial: Targets Plant Disease, Nematodes and Insects

 

  n  

Under Development

MBI-601, a biopesticide that produces gaseous natural compounds, or “biofumigant,” is based on a novel and proprietary genus of fungus, Muscodor , which was discovered by a scientist at Montana State University. We obtained a co-exclusive license for several strains and species of this fungus, which produces a suite of gaseous natural product compounds that have been shown to kill certain species of harmful fungi and bacteria that cause plant diseases and to kill nematodes and some insect species. We believe that MBI-601 may be used for agricultural and industrial applications, including post-harvest control of fruit and flower decay and pre-planting control of plant diseases and nematodes, as a viable alternative to methyl bromide, which is subject to significant regulatory restrictions and for which few effective, non-toxic alternatives are available. We expect to submit this product to the EPA in 2013 or 2014.

MBI-011

 

  n  

Bioherbicide

 

  n  

Crop Protection, Home, Turf: Targets Weeds

 

  n  

Under Development

MBI-011 is based on an herbicidal compound, sarmentine, extracted from a Chinese pepper plant we screened using our proprietary discovery process. MBI-011 kills a broad range of weeds and acts as a “burndown” herbicide (controls weed foliage). We have filed a patent application with respect to the use of sarmentine as an herbicide and weed killer and a patent application disclosing and claiming a synergistic composition with Opportune. We submitted MBI-011 to the EPA in December 2012.

 

81


Table of Contents

Other Candidates

We have also discovered MBI-701, an algaecide, and over 25 additional algaecide, fungicide, herbicide, insecticide and nematicide candidates using our proprietary screening platform. We also have produced a collection of microorganisms from taxonomic groups that research suggests may enhance nutrient uptake in plants, reduce stress and otherwise increase plant growth such as MBI-506, a plant yield and drought tolerance enhancer, and MBI-505, an “anti-transpirant,” which helps prevent plants from drying out.

Our Technology and Product Development Process

Our proprietary technology comprises a sourcing process for microorganisms and plant extracts, an extensive proprietary microorganism collection, microbial fermentation technology, screening technology and a process to identify and characterize natural compounds with pesticidal activity. Our technology enables us to isolate and screen naturally occurring microorganisms and plant extracts in an efficient manner and to identify those that may have novel, effective and safe pest management or plant health promoting characteristics. We then analyze and characterize the structures of compounds either produced by selected microorganisms or found in plant extracts to identify product candidates for further development and commercialization. As of March 31, 2013, we have screened more than 18,000 microorganisms and 350 plant extracts, and we have identified multiple product candidates that display significant levels of activity against insects, nematodes, weeds, plant diseases and invasive species such as zebra and quagga mussels, aquatic weeds and algae. We also have produced a collection of microorganisms from taxonomic groups that may enhance nutrient uptake in plants, reduce stress and otherwise increase plant growth. Our product candidates come from our own discovery and development as well as in-licensed technology from universities, corporations and governmental entities.

Our proprietary product development process includes several important components. For all our product candidates, we develop an analytical method to detect the quantity of the active natural product compounds that are produced by the microorganism or that are extracted from plants. For microbial products, we develop unique proprietary fermentation processes that increase the active natural compounds produced by the microorganisms. We also scale-up fermentation volumes to maximize yields consistently in each batch. Similarly, for our plant extract-based products, we develop a manufacturing process that increases the amount of active natural compounds extracted from plant materials. Our deep understanding of natural product chemistry allows us to develop formulations that optimize the efficacy and stability of compounds produced by microorganisms or plants. Products are not released for sale unless the quantity of the compounds meets our desired efficacy specifications. These methods allow us to produce products that are highly effective and of a consistent quality on a commercial scale.

These product formulations are tailored to meet customers’ needs and display enhanced performance characteristics such as effectiveness, shelf life, compatibility with other pesticides and ease of use. Our senior management’s numerous years of experience in the development of commercial products and formulations have resulted in a highly efficient product development process, which allows us to rapidly commercialize new products.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our discovery and development process is illustrated in the following diagram:

 

LOGO

 

83


Table of Contents

Discovery

We have found over 25 candidates for commercial development from our proprietary discovery process, including Venerate, a new bacterial species and bioinsecticide, MBI-011, a burndown bioherbicide, MBI-010, a non-selective bioherbicide, MBI-302 and MBI-303, bionematicides, MBI-110 biofungicide, as well as several bioalgaecides, additional biofungicides, bioherbicides and bionematicides and plant growth enhancers. Key aspects of our discovery process include:

Collection and isolation . Using our years of experience, we target selected habitats and niches of high biodiversity to collect soil, compost, insects, flowers, or other biological matter from which we isolate our proprietary microorganisms on proprietary media. We capture information in a microorganism database such as taxonomic groups, geographical locations, types of samples, niches and habitats where collected and biological activity. We also isolate microorganisms that improve the efficiency of plants to uptake nitrogen and phosphorous. In addition to isolating our own microorganisms, which make up approximately 90% of our collection, we have collaborations with three companies plus the Scripps Institution of Oceanography to diversify our sourcing of microorganisms.

Fermentation . For our microbial products, before testing the selected microorganisms for activity against pests, we ferment them to produce sufficient quantities for testing. We grow the selected microorganisms in proprietary media, which maximizes their pesticidal properties. In addition, we use proprietary fermentation processes that are designed to replicate those that would be required for large-scale fermentation and commercial production, avoiding the time and expense of an unsuccessful scale-up.

Primary screening . We use automated, miniaturized biological assays to test the selected microorganism’s or plant extract’s effectiveness against several weed, insect and nematode pests and plant pathogens and algae. We compare those results to conventional chemical pesticide standards. When a microorganism shows a high level of pesticidal activity, we conduct further tests to determine the spectrum of activity, mode of action, stability and activity on plants.

Novel and proprietary screening methods for weeds and nematodes . We have proprietary assays based on specific enzymes that find systemic herbicidal compounds from microorganisms, one of which is subject of a pending patent application covering identification of compounds that act systemically through plants’ vascular systems. We have developed a rapid, efficient method to find microorganisms that produce compounds with a high level of activity against plant parasitic nematodes.

Natural product chemistry . Using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with diode array detection technology, liquid chromatography-mass spectroscopy (LCMS), and gas chromatography-mass spectroscopy (GC-MS), we compare the natural product compounds produced by each of the selected microorganisms with known compounds. This allows us to eliminate those microorganisms that produce known toxins and to select those that we believe are novel and safe. From the selected microorganisms, we identify and characterize the natural product compounds responsible for their pesticidal activity by using HPLC, LCMS, GC-MS and NMR equipment. We then develop analytical methods to measure the quantity of these compounds in individual fermentation batches, determine the quantities needed to maximize efficacy and to insure consistent levels of these compounds from batch to batch.

Genetic identification . After confirming pesticidal activity during our primary screen, we perform the initial genetic identification of the microorganisms. Further characterization of the genome of our early stage candidates is contracted with one of several genome sequencing service companies. This characterization allows us to determine novelty compared to discoveries from others, the relatedness to human or animal pathogens, genes for compounds that are not expressed in fermentation or detected by our chemists, and information about the possible mode of action on the target pest. We also file additional patents based on the results of these genetic identification processes.

 

84


Table of Contents

Product Development

We believe that by maintaining a strong reputation in the industry, many opportunities come to us for development in addition to our own discoveries from our in-house efforts. Once we discover or are brought an opportunity, we make a preliminary assessment of the commercial potential of a natural product determined through laboratory, greenhouse and initial field tests. We then select product candidates we have discovered in-house or in-licensed for further development. Key aspects of our product development include:

Development of the manufacturing process that maximizes the active natural product compounds. For our microbial products, we develop proprietary processes that increase the yield of both the microorganism and the active natural product compounds produced by the microorganism during fermentation. Similarly, for our plant extract-based products, we develop proprietary processes that increase the amount of active natural compounds extracted from plant materials. This process development allows us to produce products that have superior performance. For our microbial products, we then scale up these proprietary processes in progressively larger fermentation tanks. We develop quality control methods based on the active natural product compounds rather than just the microorganisms or plant extracts. This approach results in a more consistent and effective product.

Formulation. We are able to develop proprietary water-soluble powder, liquid and granule formulations that allow us to tailor our products to customers’ needs. This allows us to develop product formulations with enhanced performance characteristics such as effectiveness, value, shelf life, suitability for organic agriculture, water solubility, rain resistance, compatibility with other pesticides and ease of use. Formulation is critical to ensuring a bio-based pest management and plant health product’s performance. Our understanding of the natural product chemistry allows us to develop formulations that maximize the effectiveness and stability of the compounds produced by the microorganisms or plants.

Field testing. We conduct numerous field trials for each product candidate that we develop. These field trials are conducted in small plots on commercial farms or research stations by our own field development specialists as well as private and public researchers to determine large-scale effectiveness, use rates, spray timing and crop safety. We conduct crop protection product field trials globally in both hemispheres to accelerate the results of our field trials and provide alternate season learning opportunities. As the crop protection product candidate nears commercialization, we conduct demonstration trials on the farm. These trials are conducted with distributors, influential growers and food processors on larger acreages. For Zequanox, we have been working with large power and industrial customers both in the United States and Canada to obtain field trial data to help with product commercialization efforts and obtain efficacy data.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

In the United States, we sell our products through our internal sales force, which consists of 21 employees dedicated to our distributor relationships and our domestic sales and marketing. Our internal sales force is organized into five geographic sales territories for crop protection in the major specialty crops regions of California, Pacific Northwest, Southeast, Northeast and Great Lakes. We currently sell our crop protection product lines, Regalia and Grandevo, through leading agricultural distributors such as Crop Production Services, Helena and Wilbur Ellis. These are the same distributors that the major agrichemical companies use for distributing conventional chemical pesticides. For our water treatment product line, Zequanox, we employ a product manager, a national sales manager, an open-water development manager and several technical support specialists. Zequanox is currently being marketed and sold directly to U.S. power and industrial companies.

With respect to sales outside of the United States, we have signed exclusive international distribution agreements for Regalia with FMC (for markets in Latin America) and Syngenta (for markets in Africa, Europe and the Middle East) and Engage Agro (for markets in Canada and professional turf and ornamental plants in the United States). We are also in discussions with several leaders in water treatment technology and applications regarding potential arrangements to distribute Zequanox in international markets.

In addition, we have signed a technology evaluation and development agreement with Scotts Miracle-Gro under which we have granted Scotts Miracle-Gro first rights to negotiate for exclusive worldwide distribution rights with respect to bio-based pest management and plant health products we jointly develop for the consumer lawn and garden market.

 

85


Table of Contents

We derived approximately 84%, 95% and 47% of our revenues from Regalia in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. In addition, we currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our revenues since we sell through highly concentrated, traditional distribution channels. We currently sell our crop protection products through the same leading agricultural distributors used by the major agrichemical companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our top three distributors accounted for 58% of our total revenues, with Crop Production Services, Engage Agro and Helena Chemical accounting for 33%, 13% and 12% of our total revenues, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our top four distributors accounted for 56% of our total revenues, with Chem Nut, Engage Agro, Crop Production Services and Wilbur Ellis accounting for 17%, 15%, 13% and 11% of our total revenues, respectively.

While the biopesticide industry has been growing, customers in the crop production sector and the water treatment sector are generally cautious in their adoption of new products and technologies and may perceive bio-based pest management products as less effective than conventional chemical pesticides. Growers often require on-farm demonstrations of a given pest management or plant health product, and given the relative novelty of our water treatment products, consumers of those products will continue to require education on their use. We anticipate adding additional sales and marketing personnel in the United States and in international territories, and we are implementing the following strategies to accelerate adoption rates and promote sales of our bio-based pest management and plant health products:

Target early adopters of new pest management technologies. For crop protection products, we target large commercial growers in the United States, who generally set industry standards through early adoption of new pest management technologies. We plan to continue to recruit leading growers and their consultants to participate in field trials, enabling them to become familiar with our bio-based pest management and plant health products and to experience their benefits firsthand. For Zequanox, we have developed strategic relationships with early adopters in the power generation business to do efficacy demonstrations while perfecting the formulations and application of the product.

Educate growers and water resource managers about the benefits of our bio-based pest management products. We will continue to perform on-farm and in-facility demonstrations and provide field data packages to support and validate our products claims. We will also continue to participate in trade shows and conferences to educate growers, their licensed pest control advisors and water resource managers about the benefits of our bio-based pest management products. We have provided a free application for mobile phones users to assist in calculating tank mix quantities as well as a webinar, and an online course on bio-based pest management products, which can be taken by growers for continuing education credit to maintain crop protection product applicator licenses. We intend to continue and expand our efforts to work with utilities such as Ontario Power Generation, which we believe will create increased demand for Zequanox in adjacent market spaces beyond the current power and industrial treatment opportunities we are currently targeting.

Enhance distribution relationships. We will continue using established agrichemical distribution channels to distribute Regalia, Grandevo and our future crop protection products. We intend to provide distributors with a portfolio of products that we believe will offer attractive profit margins and growth potential. In addition, we will continue to provide distributors access to innovative alternative pest management solutions, which we believe will provide them additional value that chemical pesticides do not provide.

Develop and leverage relationships with key industry influencers. We will continue to develop relationships early in the product development process with influential members within our target markets, including large innovative growers, technical experts at leading agricultural universities, licensed pest control advisors, wineries, food processors, produce packers, retailers and power facilities. We believe that educating industry influencers about the benefits of Regalia, Grandevo, Zequanox and our future products increases the likelihood that they will recommend our products to our distributors and end users.

Focus our own sales and marketing on the United States and Canada, while signing strategic agreements for international markets, turf, ornamental plants and consumer retail. Because of the concentration of large growers and large power and industrial customers in the United States and Canada, we can access these customers through

 

86


Table of Contents

our own sales force. For international markets for Zequanox, we intend to develop strategic partnerships with large water companies. For Regalia, we have signed distribution agreements with leading agrichemical companies. For Grandevo and future products, distribution agreements will be developed with regional and national distributors or large multinationals on a case by case basis, depending on their expertise in the regions. We have engaged new distributors to launch Regalia in Canada for specialty crops, in the United States for turf and ornamental plants, and in parts of the Midwest United States for row crops. We have also engaged a distributor to launch Grandevo in the United States for turf and ornamental plants. We have an exclusive relationship with Scotts Miracle-Gro for the consumer retail market.

Strategic Collaborations and Relationships

We will continue to pursue strategic collaborations and relationships with agrichemical, water treatment and industrial and consumer retail companies to support the development and commercialization of bio-based pest management and plant health product candidates identified through our proprietary technology platform and those which we obtain through in-licensing efforts. We collaborate with chemical manufacturers to develop products that combine our bio-based pest management products with their technologies, to deliver more compelling products to growers. We also use relationships with conventional chemical pesticide distributors to expand the availability of our products. The terms of the strategic collaborations and relationships we undertake depend on the nature and stage of development of the particular product candidate. We believe these strategic collaborations and relationships can allow us to maximize the potential value and reinforce the credibility of our proprietary technology platform, as well as enhance our market presence and revenues growth.

We have entered into the following key strategic collaboration and distribution agreements:

Syngenta . In February 2011, we entered into a commercial agreement with Syngenta Crop Protection AG, referred to as Syngenta, whereby we have designated Syngenta as our exclusive distributor for Regalia in specialty crop markets in Europe, Africa and the Middle East. Syngenta’s exclusive rights under this agreement will terminate with respect to each country identified on the earlier to occur of five years after the date of Syngenta’s first sale of Regalia under the agreement in such country or 15 years after the date of the first registration of Regalia completed in these regions. In addition to buying Regalia products from us, under this agreement, Syngenta will pay us upon achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events, and Syngenta is committed to making upfront investments to prepare the platform for launching Regalia and other development- and marketing-related costs.

FMC. In August 2011, we entered into an exclusive development and distribution agreement with FMC Corporation, referred to as FMC, whereby we have designated FMC as our exclusive distributor for Regalia in specialty crop and large-acre row crop markets in certain Latin American countries. This agreement expires 10 years from the date of the first registration to be completed in Argentina, Brazil or Colombia. FMC remitted an initial payment to us upon signing the agreement, and, in addition to buying Regalia products from us, FMC will pay us additional amounts upon achievement of regulatory progress events.

Scotts Miracle-Gro. In September 2011, we entered into a technology evaluation and master development agreement with The Scotts Company LLC, a subsidiary of The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company and referred to as Scotts Miracle-Gro, a world-leading marketer of branded consumer lawn and garden products. Under the agreement, we have granted Scotts Miracle-Gro a right of first refusal to evaluate, develop and serve as our exclusive distributor for existing and future pipeline products for consumer markets until 2016, and we will enter into separate supply and license agreements with Scotts Miracle-Gro for each of our technologies that they elect to commercialize. Scotts Miracle-Gro made payments to us in 2011, and we anticipate receiving future payments to maintain exclusivity and for the achievement of a commercialization event under this agreement.

As of March 31, 2013, we had received an aggregate of $2.4 million in payments under our strategic collaboration and distribution agreements, and there were $4.9 million in payments under these agreements that we could potentially receive if the testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events occur.

Manufacturing

The active ingredient in our Regalia product line is derived from the giant knotweed plant, which we obtain from China. We have scaled production of Regalia using a single supplier to acquire raw knotweed from numerous regional

 

87


Table of Contents

sources and perform an extraction process on this plant and create a dried extract that is shipped to our third-party manufacturers in the United States for production and packaging to our product specifications. We do not maintain a long-term supply contract with this supplier. While there can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to obtain dried giant knotweed plant extract from our supplier in China at a competitive price point, we estimate that our current supply of the ingredient will be sufficient to manufacture product to meet the next 12 months’ demand. Should we elect to do so, we do not believe we would face substantial difficulty in finding an alternative supplier, as we believe knotweed is widely available from a variety of other suppliers.

For Grandevo and Zequanox, we are currently using third-party manufacturers for fermentation production and downstream processing and formulation of liquids, freeze dried and spray-dried powders. In order to control product quality and the speed and timing of manufacturing for these products and new fermentation-based products we may introduce to market, we acquired a manufacturing facility, formerly used as a biodiesel plant, in July 2012. This facility has adequate utilities, including steam generation and cooling capacity, to support the fermentation and harvest tanks we initially intend to install. However, only a small portion of the plant’s processing equipment is appropriate for our purposes. Our business plan therefore contemplates using $10.0 to $12.0 million of available cash to complete an initial upgrade and repurpose of this facility to develop significant internal commercial manufacturing capacity, and we believe we will commence production of our products using this facility in the first half of 2013. After this initial repurposing, based on forecasted volumes and sales growth, we intend to spend approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million, consisting of available cash and a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, to further expand capacity at this facility in 2014, including by adding additional steam and cooling capacity to support larger tank volume.

While we intend ultimately to produce the majority of our products using our own manufacturing capacity, we expect to continue primarily to rely on third-party manufacturers through 2013, and thereafter we may from time to time continue to utilize third-party manufacturers for supplemental production capacity to meet excess seasonal demand.

Based on our current management team’s extensive experience in operating fermentation-based production facilities, greater control of our own manufacturing capacity should allow us to scale-up processes and institute process changes more quickly and efficiently and lower manufacturing costs over time to achieve the desired margins, while protecting the proprietary position of our products.

Research and Development

As of March 31, 2013, we had 67 full-time employees dedicated to research and development, 17 of whom hold Ph.D. degrees, plus 9 sales and field development personnel who focus on technical support and demonstration and research field trials. Our research and development team has technical expertise in microbiology, natural product and analytical chemistry, biochemistry, fermentation, entomology, nematology, weed science, plant physiology, plant pathology and aquatic sciences. Our research and development activities are principally conducted at our Davis, California facility as well as by our field development specialists on crops and mussel-infested facilities in their respective regions. We have made, and will continue to make, substantial investments in research and development. Our research and development expenses were $12.7 million, $9.4 million and $3.3 million in fiscal years 2012 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively.

Intellectual Property Rights

We rely on patents and other proprietary right protections, including trade secrets and proprietary know-how, to preserve our competitive position. As of March 31, 2013, we owned 1 and in-licensed 5 U.S. patents and we owned 30 and in-licensed 2 provisional and pending U.S. patent applications covering our products, including microorganisms and natural product compounds, uses and related technologies. Also, as of March 31, 2013, we had acquired ownership of 1 and in-licensed 23 foreign patents and owned 151 and in-licensed 6 pending foreign patent applications. As of March 31, 2013, we had received 11 trademark registrations and had 7 trademark applications pending in the United States. As of March 31, 2013, we also had received 14 trademark registrations and had 10 trademark applications pending in various other countries.

When we find a microbial product in our screen that kills or inhibits one or more pests or pathogens in at least three replicated tests and identify the microorganism and its associated chemistry, we file a patent claiming any one or more of the following:

 

  n  

the microorganism, its gene sequences, as well as mutations and other derivatives;

 

88


Table of Contents
  n  

the use of the microorganism for pest management;

 

  n  

novel natural product compounds, their analogs and unique mixtures of compounds produced by the microorganism;

 

  n  

the new use of known natural product compounds for pest management;

 

  n  

formulations of the microorganism or compounds; and

 

  n  

synergistic mixtures of the microorganism or compounds with conventional chemical or other pesticides.

We have also entered into in-license and research and development agreements with respect to the use and commercialization of our three commercially available product lines and certain products under development, including Regalia, Grandevo and Zequanox. Under these licensing arrangements, we are obligated to pay royalty fees between 2% and 5% of net sales of these products, subject in certain cases to aggregate dollar caps. The exclusivity and royalty provisions of these agreements are generally tied to the expiration of underlying patents, which will expire in 2017 for Regalia and Zequanox and in 2024 for Grandevo, subject to extensions in certain cases. After the termination of these provisions, we may continue to produce and sell these products. While third parties thereafter may develop products using the technology under the expired patents, we do not believe that they can produce competitive products without infringing other aspects of our proprietary technology, and we therefore do not expect the expiration of the patents or the related exclusivity obligations to have a significant adverse financial or operational impact on our business.

Regalia . We entered into an exclusive license agreement with a company co-founded by Dr. Hans von Amsberg, a former employee of German chemical producer BASF, in May 2007 for the U.S. and limited international use of the U.S.- and foreign-issued patents relating to the technology used in our Regalia product line. We have also filed patent applications with respect to new formulations of Regalia, synergistic combinations with biopesticides and conventional chemical pesticides and new uses for soil and roots.

Grandevo . We entered into a co-exclusive license agreement with the USDA in November 2007 for the use in the United States of the U.S.-issued patents relating to the Chromobacterium substugae bacteria used in our Grandevo product line. We have filed patent applications on the compounds produced in the bacterial cells, gene sequences, new uses for the Chromobacterium substugae bacteria and for new uses and new formulations of our Grandevo product line. While a second company has licensed the USDA’s patent with respect to the Chromobacterium substugae bacteria, they have not submitted a product to the EPA, and we do not believe they could commercially sell a product without licensing our patents, if approved.

Zequanox . We entered into an exclusive license agreement with the University of the State of New York in December 2009 for the worldwide use of U.S.- and Canadian-issued patents relating to the Pseudomonas fluorescens bacteria used in our Zequanox product line. We have filed patent applications on the natural, mussel-killing compounds in the bacteria, as well as applications relating to various Zequanox formulations.

Regulatory Considerations

Our activities are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulations. These regulations may prevent us or our collaborators from developing or commercializing products in a timely manner or under technically or commercially feasible conditions and may impose expenses, delays and other impediments to our product development and registration efforts. In the United States, the EPA regulates our bio-based pest management products under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act and the Food Quality Protection Act. In addition, our plant health products are regulated as fertilizers in each of the fifty states. In 2004, the United States Congress passed the Pesticide Registration Improvement Renewal Act, which was reauthorized in 2007 and 2012, a result of efforts from an industry coalition of pesticide companies and environmental groups, to codify pesticide approval times in return for user fees. This law made biopesticide approval times faster, with EPA approvals typically received between 16 and 24 months, compared with 36 months or longer for conventional chemical pesticides. Registration processes for state and foreign governments vary between jurisdictions and can take up to 12 months for state governments such as California and New York and up to 36 months for foreign governments. Because registration processes for California and foreign governments can

 

89


Table of Contents

be concurrent with EPA registrations, we generally expect to complete federal, state and foreign registration between two and three years after our initial EPA submission.

To register a crop protection product with the EPA, companies must demonstrate the product is safe to mammals, non-target organisms, endangered species and the environment. To demonstrate the bio-based pest management product’s safety, required studies must be conducted that evaluate mammalian toxicology, toxicological effects to non-target organisms in the environment (ecotoxicological exposures) and physical and chemical properties of the product. The registration dossier is subject to both scientific and administrative reviews by EPA scientists and management before registration approval. The scientific review involves thorough evaluation of submitted data and completion of risk assessments for human dietary and ecotoxicological exposures. Upon completion of this process, the registration package, including the proposed label, is sent to the Office of General Council for legal review. The final step in the registration process is administrative sign-off by the EPA director of the Biopesticides and Pollution Prevention Division.

In addition to EPA approval, we are required to obtain regulatory approval from the appropriate state regulatory authority in individual states and foreign regulatory authorities before we can market or sell any pest management product in those jurisdictions. California and foreign jurisdictions also require us to submit product efficacy data, which the EPA historically has not required, but may request.

While these regulations substantially increase the time and cost associated with bringing our products to market, we believe that our management team’s significant experience in bringing our and other companies’ technologies through EPA, state and foreign regulatory approval, efficient development process, and ability to leverage our strategic collaborations to assist with registrations, particularly in Europe and Latin America, will enable us to overcome these challenges,

Regalia . The EPA granted approval for the Regalia SC formulation in August 2008, for the Regalia Maxx 5% formulation in May 2009, for the Regalia 20% formulation in January 2010 and for a “ready to use” consumer formulation in January 2010. Regalia is currently registered in all U.S. states. We have also registered Regalia in Ecuador, Mexico, Turkey, Panama and Canada, and we have submitted an Annex 1 registration dossier to the European Union. Our Regalia dossier for the European Union has been declared complete, and the registration package is under review by regulatory authorities in the United Kingdom, which will serve as lead for conducting the Annex 1 listing of Regalia for the European Union. In addition to obtaining the Annex 1 listing, we must obtain Annex 3 authorization approval from each country in which we plan to market and sell products. Regalia dossiers are also under review by Brazil and South Africa.

Grandevo . In August 2011 and May 2012, the EPA granted approval for the Grandevo insecticide “technical grade active ingredient” and a dry flowable formulation, respectively. This dry flowable formulation is registered in 49 of 50 states (Hawaii pending) as well as Puerto Rico. In addition, a dossier has been submitted to Brazil, and we expect to submit dossiers for Grandevo registration in Europe, Canada and Mexico in the second half of 2013.

Zequanox . In August 2010, the EPA granted the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation a Section 18 emergency use for Zequanox for three western states for use in pipe treatments in power facilities. Under this emergency use, we are allowed to sell various formulations of Zequanox. In July 2011, the EPA granted a conditional approval of the “technical grade active ingredient” in and an early formulation of Zequanox, which allows us to market this product line once commercial production processes have been concluded. We plan to submit additional data to expand the label to open water uses. A spray dried powder formulation, which is improved over the “end product” approved in July 2011, was approved in March 2012, and this formulation is now commercially available. We have also received approval for Zequanox use in hydroelectric plants in Canada.

As with any pesticide, our pest management products will continue to be subject to review by the EPA and state regulatory agencies. The EPA has the authority to revoke the registration or impose limitations on the use of any of our pest management products if we do not comply with the regulatory requirements, if unexpected problems occur with a product or the EPA receives other newly discovered adverse information. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy—Our inability to obtain regulatory approvals, or to comply with ongoing and changing regulatory requirements, could delay or prevent sales of the products we are developing and commercializing.” Our

 

90


Table of Contents

research and development activities are also subject to federal, state and local worker safety, air pollution, water pollution and solid and hazardous waste regulatory programs and periodic inspection. We believe that our facilities are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental regulatory requirements.

Competition

For pest management products, performance and value are critical competitive factors. To compete against manufacturers of conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified crops, we need to demonstrate the advantages of our products over these more established pest management products. Many large agrichemical companies are developing and have introduced new conventional chemical pesticides and genetically modified products that they believe are safer and more environmentally friendly than older conventional chemical products.

The pest management market is very competitive and is dominated by multinational chemical and life sciences companies such as BASF, Bayer, Dow Chemical, DuPont, Monsanto, Sumitomo Chemical and Syngenta. Universities, research institutes and government agencies may also conduct research, seek patent protection and, through collaborations, develop competitive pest management products. Other companies, including bio-specialized biopesticide businesses such as Arysta, AgraQuest (now a part of Bayer), Certis USA (now a part of Mitsui) and Valent Biosciences (now a part of Sumitomo) may prove to be significant competitors in the bio-based pest management and plant health market.

In many instances, agrichemical companies have substantially greater financial, technical, development, distribution and sales and marketing resources than we do. Moreover, these companies may have greater name recognition than we do and may offer discounts as a competitive tactic. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not succeed in developing pest management products that are more effective or less expensive than ours or that would render our products obsolete or less competitive. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with our technologies and products.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we had 107 full-time employees, of whom 17 hold Ph.D. degrees. Approximately 67 employees are engaged in research and development, 30 in sales and marketing (including 9 sales and field development personnel who focus on technical support and demonstration and research field trials) and 10 in management, operations, accounting/finance and administration. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located at 2121 Second St. Suite A-107 in Davis, California, in a facility consisting of approximately 24,500 square feet of office and laboratory space under a lease, as amended, that expires with respect to various portions of the covered premises between February 2014 and October 2016. This facility accommodates our research, development, sales, marketing, operations, finance and administrative activities. We also purchased an 11,400 square-foot manufacturing facility in Bangor, Michigan, in July 2012, which we are repurposing to accommodate large-scale manufacturing of our products, and we intend to further expand capacity at this facility using a portion of the proceeds from this offering. We also lease approximately 3,000 square feet of greenhouse space located at 21538 C.R.99 in Woodland, California. We believe that our leased facilities and our manufacturing facility are adequate to meet our short-term needs, but expect we will need to lease additional space within 12 months to expand our research and development laboratories.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be involved in litigation that we believe is of the type common to companies engaged in our line of business, including intellectual property and employment issues. As of the date of this filing, we are not involved in any pending legal proceedings.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers, directors and key employees as of March 31, 2013:

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

Board of Directors:

     

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.

     56       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Elin Miller

     53       Chair of the Board

Ranjeet Bhatia  (2)

     42       Director

Timothy Fogarty  (2)

     52       Director

Lawrence A. Hough  (1)

     68       Director

Joseph Hudson  (1)

     41       Director

Richard Rominger  (1)

     85       Director

Sean Schickedanz

     45       Director

Shaugn Stanley  (2)

     53       Director

Other Executive Officers and Key Employees:

     

Donald J. Glidewell

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Hector Absi

     44       Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations

Phyllis Himmel, Ph.D.

     61       Vice President of Biological Research

Keith Pitts

     49       Vice President of Regulatory and Government Affairs

Alison Stewart

     55       Chief Science Officer

 

 

(1)  

Member of the Compensation Committee

(2)  

Member of the Audit Committee

Board of Directors

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D. is our founder and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and been a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2006. Prior to founding MBI, in 1995 Dr. Marrone founded AgraQuest, Inc. (acquired by Bayer), where she served as Chief Executive Officer until May 2004 and as President or Chairman from such time until March 2006, and where she led teams that discovered and commercialized several bio-based pest management products. She served as founding president and business unit head for Entotech, Inc., a biopesticide subsidiary of Denmark-based Novo Nordisk A/S (acquired by Abbott Laboratories) from 1990 to 1995, and held various positions at the Monsanto Company from 1983 until 1990, where she led the Insect Biology Group, which was involved in pioneering projects in transgenic crops, natural products and microbial pesticides. Dr. Marrone is an author of over a dozen invited publications, is in demand as a speaker and has served on the boards and advisory councils of numerous professional and academic organizations. Dr. Marrone earned a B.S. in Entomology from Cornell University and a Ph.D. in Entomology from North Carolina State University. We believe Dr. Marrone’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include the fact that, as our founder, Dr. Marrone is uniquely familiar with the business, structure, culture and history of our company and that she also brings to the board of directors considerable expertise based on her management and technical and commercialization experience in the biopesticide industry.

Elin D. Miller has served on our board of directors since June 2011 and was appointed the Chair of our board in 2013. Ms. Miller is the principal of Elin Miller Consulting, LLC and she also currently serves on the board of directors of Vestaron Corporation, a venture-backed agricultural biotechnology firm. Appointed by the President of the United States, Ms. Miller assumed regional management of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in the Pacific Northwest from 2006 to 2009. Prior to serving at the EPA, Ms. Miller led Arysta Lifescience Corporation as President and Chief Executive Officer of North America and Australasia from 2004 to 2006. Ms. Miller also served at various positions at Dow Agroscienses/Dow Chemical from 1996 to 2004, including Vice President, Pest Management, Vice President Asia Pacific, and Global Vice President of Public Affairs. Ms. Miller’s career also includes directing the California Department of Conservation and serving as Chief Deputy Director of the Department

 

92


Table of Contents

of Pesticide Regulation at the California Environmental Protection Agency. Ms. Miller earned a B.S. in Agronomy and Plant Protection from the University of Arizona and is a graduate of INSEAD’s Advanced Management Program. We believe Ms. Miller’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include her years of regulatory experience and her perspective gained in management of companies in the life sciences, pesticide and agricultural industries.

Ranjeet Bhatia has served on our board of directors since 2007. He is the Managing Director of Saffron Hill Ventures, which he co-founded in 2000. He is currently on the boards of Agilyx, Coyuchi, Image Metrics, Faceware Technologies and Optasia Medical. Prior to founding Saffron Hill Ventures, from 1999 to 2000, Mr. Bhatia served as Advisor to the Chairman of Loot Ltd, a media company, where he advised on strategy and investment. Mr. Bhatia has also worked in the environment and energy consulting groups at Booz-Allen & Hamilton, a consulting firm, and Dyncorp-Meridian, a consulting firm. Mr. Bhatia earned an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Business, an M.A. in International Relations and Economics from the Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies and a B.A. in Environmental Science from Occidental College. We believe Mr. Bhatia’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience in investment management and his perspective gained as a board member of various early-stage companies.

Timothy Fogarty has served on our board of directors since 2010. As the Chief Financial Officer and a Partner of The Contrarian Group, Inc., a private equity fund where he has worked since May 2006, Mr. Fogarty is also currently on the boards of TeachTown, Amanzi and Bellwether Marine Acquisition Corporation. From December 2003 to March 2006, Mr. Fogarty worked for Cypress Reinsurance, a startup Bermuda reinsurer, as President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Fogarty is a Certified Public Accountant in good standing in California and earned a B.S. in Accounting from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona. We believe Mr. Fogarty’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience in investment management and accounting and his perspective gained as a board member of various early-stage companies.

Lawrence A. Hough has served on our board of directors since 2008. As a Managing Director of Stuart Mill Venture Partners and Chairman of Stuart Mill Capital, Inc., a management firm he founded in 1998, Mr. Hough is also currently on the boards of GeoEye, Inc. and Appistry, Inc. Mr. Hough is a trustee for the Shakespeare Theatre Company and the Levine School of Music. Prior to founding Stuart Mill Capital, Mr. Hough worked with Sallie Mae for 25 years, where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer from 1990 to 1997. Mr. Hough earned a B.S. in Engineering from Stanford University and a S.M. in Management from Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe Mr. Hough’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his experience in investment management, his experience as an executive of a multi-billion dollar public company and his perspective gained as a board member of various public and technology orientated companies.

Joseph Hudson has served on our board of directors since 2007. Mr. Hudson has primarily worked as a strategic consultant in the financial, wireless and environmental industries, and his clients have included Barclays Global Investors, Sprint and the Walton Foundation, as well as dozens of smaller companies across six continents. As a Principal of One Earth Capital, which focuses on sustainable technology in agriculture, water and energy sectors and where he has worked since 2007, Mr. Hudson is also currently on the board of PureSense. Prior to joining One Earth Capital, Mr. Hudson worked with and consulted for many companies, including Wells Fargo Bank, Environmental Defense Fund and the Bureau of Reclamation. Mr. Hudson graduated valedictorian from Maryland’s Public Honors College. We believe Mr. Hudson’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include extensive experience in investment management in and consulting for companies in the agricultural, water and environmental sectors and his perspective gained as a board member of various for profit and non-profit companies.

Richard Rominger has served on our board since our inception in 2006 and was Chair of our board from 2008 until 2013. Mr. Rominger is a fourth generation Yolo County, California farmer and is active in farm organizations and cooperatives. Mr. Rominger served as Director (Secretary) of the California Department of Food and Agriculture from 1977 to 1982 and was the Deputy Secretary at the U. S. Department of Agriculture in Washington, DC from 1993 to 2001. Mr. Rominger has served as a production agriculture advisor at University of California Davis, University of California Riverside, California State University Fresno and Cal Poly San Luis Obispo. He continues to serve on the advisory committee of the Agricultural Sustainability Institute at University of California Davis and as a special advisor to the Chancellor at University of California Davis. He is a member of the University of California President’s Advisory Commission on Agriculture and Natural Resources and the California Roundtable on Agriculture and the Environment and serves on the board of directors of Oryzatech, Inc., a plant based building material company.

 

93


Table of Contents

Mr. Rominger earned a B.S. in Plant Science from University of California Davis summa cum laude. We believe Mr. Rominger’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his years of government experience and his perspective gained as a leader in keeping American agriculture healthy and sustainable.

Sean Schickedanz has served on our board of directors since 2007. As a General Partner of Clean Pacific Ventures, which he co-founded in 2006, he is also currently on the boards of American Efficient and Lumigrow. Prior to founding Clean Pacific Ventures, Mr. Schickedanz served as Managing Partner at Sunflower Capital Partners, an early-stage venture fund, from 2000 to 2005, and as Managing Director and group head within the consumer investment banking practice of Montgomery Securities (now Bank of America Merrill Lynch) from 1996 to 2000. Mr. Schickedanz earned a J.D. and an M.B.A. from Duke University and a B.A. in English from Brigham Young University. We believe Mr. Schickedanz’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience in investment management and his perspective gained as a board member of various early-stage companies.

Shaugn Stanley has served on our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Stanley currently serves as Senior Managing Director at Stifel Financial Corp., which in 2010 purchased Thomas Weisel Partners, an investment firm that Mr. Stanley co-founded in 1998 and at which Mr. Stanley served in a number of senior positions, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer and Director of Private Client Services. Prior to that, from 1997 to 1998, Mr. Stanley served as Chief Financial Officer for Montgomery Securities and in various executive financial roles at Fidelity Investments Brokerage Group from 1991 to 1997. Mr. Stanley earned a B.B.A. in Accounting from Stephen F. Austin State University and is a certified public accountant. We believe Mr. Stanley’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience in financial services and his expertise and experience in corporate accounting and financial reporting processes.

Executive Officers and Key Employees

Donald J. Glidewell has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2011. Prior to joining MBI, from July 2007 to March 2011, he served as Director of Finance and Senior Director of Finance at Valent USA Corporation, a subsidiary of Sumitomo Chemical Co. Ltd., where he oversaw financial analysis for strategic acquisitions and divestitures and oversaw significant reductions in financial reporting time and costs. From 2000 to 2006, he served as Chief Financial Officer of AgraQuest, Inc. (acquired by Bayer), where he was responsible for the negotiation, purchase and operational startup of that company’s fermentation facility and oversaw its venture and debt financings. From 1994 to 2000, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Bio-Trends International, Inc., a global companion animal vaccine research and development and manufacturing company, until its sale to Intervet Inc. (acquired by Merck Animal Health). Mr. Glidewell holds a California Certified Public Accountant license and a B.S. in Business Administration/Accounting from Arizona State University.

Hector Absi has served as our Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations since October 2012. Previously, from 2005 to 2012, Mr. Absi served as Vice President of Global Sales and Director of Sales and Marketing for Suterra, a leading provider of environmentally friendly products for agricultural crop protection and commercial pest control, where he was responsible for leading the Suterra’s global and U.S. sales organizations. Prior to his position at Suterra, from 1993 to 2005, Mr. Absi served in various sales executive roles at Monsanto. Mr. Absi holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Valparaiso University and a Masters of Business Administration from Washington University.

Phyllis Himmel, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President of Biological Research since September 2010. Prior to joining MBI, from 1991 to 2010, Dr. Himmel served as Director of Research Pathology at Monsanto Vegetable Seeds, ultimately leading a global team of 64 scientists and staff. From 1989 to 1991, Dr. Himmel specialized in disease resistance to soil-borne wheat mosaic virus in soft red winter wheat during a three year U.S. Department of Agriculture post-doctoral study based at the University of Illinois. Dr. Himmel started her agricultural career as a scientist at Asgrow Seed Company (currently Monsanto Vegetable Seeds) developing and running programs to identify viral disease resistance in vegetables. Dr. Himmel earned a B.S. in Biology, a M.S. in Plant Pathology and a Ph.D. in Plant Pathology all from the University of Arizona.

 

94


Table of Contents

Keith Pitts has served as our Vice President of Regulatory Affairs since July 2008. Prior to joining MBI, from January 2001 to June 2007, Mr. Pitts served as Director of Public Policy at the Pew Initiative on Food and Biotechnology, a nonpartisan research and policy organization based in Washington, D.C. From 1986 to 2001, Mr. Pitts worked in senior legislative, administrative, regulatory and public policy roles in both the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the House Committee on Agriculture. Mr. Pitts earned a B.A. in Chemistry from the University of North Carolina.

Alison Stewart, Ph.D. , and Professor Emeritus of Lincoln University, New Zealand, has served as our Chief Science Officer since April 2013. Prior to joining MBI, from 2012 to 2013, Dr. Stewart served as a Distinguished Professor of Plant Pathology in the Bio-Protection Research Centre of Lincoln University, New Zealand, where her work concentrated on beneficial strains of Trichoderma that resulted in four commercial products. In addition, for eight years, Dr. Stewart served as the Director of the Centre, assisting scientists in moving technology discovered in New Zealand out into commercial enterprises to enhance New Zealand agriculture and farmers’ livelihoods. Dr. Stewart is an author of approximately 200 peer-reviewed journal publications and a contributor to more than 300 other client reports, conference presentations, industry workshops and other significant research outputs. In addition, Dr. Stewart has served as Deputy Chair of the Board of Plant & Food Research in New Zealand, a board member of the Waite Research Institute in Adelaide, Australia, Vice President of the Australasian Plant Pathology Society and of the New Zealand Plant Protection Society, a senior editor of Australasian Plant Pathology and an editor of Phytopathologia Mediterranea .

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  n  

The Class I directors will be                     and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  n  

The Class II directors will be                     and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  n  

The Class III directors will be                     and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

Voting Arrangements

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws in effect prior to this offering and our second amended and restated voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and certain holders of our preferred stock, who together have substantial control of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, such holders voted together to cause the election of our directors as follows:

 

  n  

Timothy Fogarty, who was elected as the designee of CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and its affiliated entities;

 

  n  

Lawrence A. Hough, who was elected as the designee of Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. and its affiliated entities;

 

  n  

Ranjeet Bhatia, who was elected as the designee of Saffron Hill Ventures and its affiliated entities;

 

  n  

Sean Schickedanz, who was elected as the designee of Clean Pacific Ventures LP and its affiliated entities;

 

  n  

Joseph Hudson, who was elected as the designee of One Earth Capital, LLC and its affiliated entities;

 

  n  

Dr. Pamela G. Marrone, our Chief Executive Officer, and Richard Rominger, who were elected as designees of certain holders of our common stock; and

 

  n  

Elin Miller, our Chair of the Board, and Shaugn Stanley, who were elected by the holders of our convertible preferred stock and holders of common stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis and approved by our board of directors.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our second amended and restated voting agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the completion of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under Nasdaq rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, Nasdaq rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will undertake a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Our board of directors will also review whether the directors that will comprise our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, respectively, at the time of the completion of this offering satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by the applicable SEC rules and Nasdaq rules. In making this determination, our board of directors will consider the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deem relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock held by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee, which have the composition and responsibilities described below. In addition, prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to establish one additional committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, which will have the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Mr. Bhatia, Mr. Fogarty, and Mr. Stanley, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Stanley is our audit committee chairman and is our audit committee financial expert, as currently defined under the SEC rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of                ,                 and is independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee; discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law; reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and will annually review the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.

 

96


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Mr. Hough, Mr. Hudson and Mr. Rominger, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Hough is our compensation committee chairman.

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of                 , each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors.                 will be our nominating and corporate governance committee chairman. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and the composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance principles and making recommendations concerning governance matters. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Director Compensation

Directors who are employees of ours do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. Our board of directors has adopted the following compensation policy that, effective upon the completion of this offering, will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors:

 

  n  

Initial Equity Grants. Each non-employee director who joins the board after the completion of this offering will receive an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock. In addition, upon completion of this offering, Ms. Miller, Mr. Rominger and Mr. Stanley will each receive an additional option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock, which will vest in accordance with the schedules applicable to their existing stock options, discussed below, and all of such director’s existing and initial options grants will accelerate fully in the event of their removal from the board of directors prior to completion of vesting.

 

  n  

Annual Retainers. Each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer for service on the board valued at $50,000, consisting, at each director’s option, of up to $25,000 in cash and the remainder in options, in addition to annual retainers for service as chair of our board of directors, or committees of our board of directors, valued as follows, consisting in each case, at each director’s option, of up to 50% in cash and the remainder in options. Each director who is an affiliate of an investor holding more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the completion of this offering will receive the entire value of their eligible retainers in options.

 

 

 

Annual retainer fee for services on the board of directors:

   $ 50,000   

Additional annual retainer fees for service as chair of:

  

Board of Directors:

   $ 15,000   

Audit Committee:

   $ 10,000   

Compensation Committee:

   $ 7,500   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:

   $ 7,500   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Pursuant to an agreement dated June 23, 2011, we agreed to pay Elin Miller $15,000 per year in equal monthly installments for her participation on our board of directors. In fiscal 2012, we paid Ms. Miller an aggregate of $15,000. On June 24, 2011, we granted Ms. Miller an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock with a per share exercise price of $0.38, which our board of directors determined equaled the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. One-quarter of the total shares subject to her option vest one year from her vesting commencement date of July 1, 2011, and 1/48th of the total shares subject to her option vest monthly for 36 months thereafter, such that all of the shares subject to the option will be fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of her vesting commencement date.

On December 15, 2011, we granted Richard Rominger an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock with a per share exercise price of $0.45, which our board of directors determined equaled the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. One-half of the total shares subject to the option vested as of the vesting commencement date of November 1, 2011, with 1/120th of the grant vesting monthly thereafter for 60 months, such that all of the shares subject to the option will be fully vested upon the fifth anniversary of his vesting commencement date.

On August 21, 2012, we granted Shaugn Stanley an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock with a per share exercise price of $2.00, which our board of directors determined equaled the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. One-quarter of the total shares subject to his option vest one year from his vesting commencement date of May 1, 2012, and 1/48th of the total shares subject to his option vest monthly for 36 months thereafter, such that all of the shares subject to the option will be fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of his vesting commencement date.

No other non-employee directors were paid cash fees in the year ended December 31, 2012 or have received equity awards.

Consideration and Determination of Executive and Director Compensation

Because compensation decisions for executive officers are made by our entire board of directors, Dr. Pamela G. Marrone, our President and Chief Executive Officer, participates in the determination of compensation policy, including by making recommendations and participating in the voting with respect to the compensation of executive officers, other than with respect to her own compensation.

 

98


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We refer to our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers discussed below as our “named executive officers.” Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2012 were as follows:

 

  n  

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph. D., President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  n  

Donald J. Glidewell, Chief Financial Officer

 

  n  

Hector Absi, Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding compensation earned by or awards to our named executive officers during fiscal year 2012.

 

 

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION

  YEAR     SALARY
($)
    BONUS
($)
    OPTION
AWARDS
($) (1)
    NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN
COMPENSATION
($)
    ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION
($)  (2)
    TOTAL
($)
 

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.

    2012        250,000               452,144        75,375        11,804        789,323   

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

    2011        220,833               66,146        34,642   (3)       10,307        331,928   

Donald J. Glidewell

    2012        175,000               335,067        38,763        7,320        556,150   

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

    2011        116,641               87,155        14,930        2,856        221,582   

Hector Absi

    2012        52,038        10,000   (4)       323,750        11,527        7,458        404,773   

Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations

             

 

 

(1)  

This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted to our named executive officers estimated pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation Share-based compensation (“ASC 718”). Valuation assumptions are described under Note 2 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements.

(2)  

This column includes our company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan matching, payment of life insurance premiums, long-term disability and other insurance-related reimbursements.

(3)    

Dr. Marrone elected to defer $4,167 of her non-equity incentive plan compensation related to 2011.

(4)  

Represents a signing bonus.

Non-Equity Incentive Awards

We structure our annual non-equity incentive awards to reward named executive officers for the successful performance of our company as a whole and of each participating named executive officer as an individual. For the 2012 fiscal year, our compensation committee established a bonus plan available to all of our executive officers and other key employees. The bonus plan provides for a target cash award of up to 30% of the named executive officer’s salary, with 75% of the target award based upon the achievement of company-wide goals, and 25% of the target award based upon the achievement of individual goals. The progress of the goals is tracked by the compensation committee on a quarterly basis, and our full board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer do not have discretion to adjust the award amounts. Each company-wide goal and individual goal received a weighting, such that a named executive officer would receive a portion of the target non-equity incentive award for each goal achieved. The company-wide goals were based on our forecasts and plans for fiscal year 2012 and took into account factors, including net revenues objectives, based on anticipated timing and volume of new customer activity, and product development events such as completion of development work and EPA submissions for new products, processing

 

99


Table of Contents

international registrations and introduction of products into new market. The individual goals for each named executive officer were based on the following factors:

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer

Dr. Marrone was evaluated on the basis of the overall performance of our company, including the extent to which we were successful in achieving net revenues goals, developing strategic collaborations, product development, commercialization targets, geographical expansion, organizational development and growth. For fiscal year 2012, Dr. Marrone achieved 74% of her target non-equity incentive award, with 66% of the award (or 49% of her target) based on company-wide performance and 34% of the award (or 25% of her target) based on individual performance.

Donald J. Glidewell, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Glidewell was evaluated on his management of our financial operations, manufacturing site procurement, participation in the IPO process, implementation of enhanced controls and procedures, development of our financial planning and analysis capabilities and management of our Zequanox business. For fiscal year 2012, Mr. Glidewell achieved 74% of his target non-equity incentive award, with 66% of the award (or 49% of his target) based on company-wide performance and 34% of the award (or 25% of his target) based on individual performance.

Hector Absi, Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations

Mr. Absi was not eligible evaluated on the achievement of certain revenues and business development goals. For fiscal year 2012, Mr. Absi achieved 74% of his target non-equity incentive award, with 66% of the award (or 49% of his target) based on company-wide performance and 34% of the award (or 25% of his target) based on individual performance.

The non-equity incentive award can either be paid out or deferred to a future payout time at the discretion of the board of directors. Payments are not guaranteed and are subject to approval by the board of directors. In addition, the determination of goal achievement (full or partial) is made by the compensation committee and approved by the board of directors.

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of Fiscal Year 2012

The following table provides information regarding unexercised stock options held by each of the named executive officers as of the end of fiscal year 2012.

 

 

 

NAME

   GRANT DATE      SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
EXERCISABLE

(#)  (1)
    SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS
UNEXERCISABLE

(#)
     OPTION
EXERCISE
PRICE

($)
     OPTION
EXPIRATION
DATE
 

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph. D.

     5/1/2007         167,524  (2)               0.15         5/1/2017   
     10/22/2008         150,000  (3)               0.38         10/22/2018   
     1/28/2009         30,000  (4)               0.38         1/28/2019   
     1/11/2010         15,000  (5)               0.38         1/11/2020   
     1/24/2011         59,920  (6)               0.38         1/24/2021   
     1/24/2011         100,000  (7)               0.38         1/24/2021   
     12/15/2011         21,667  (8)       78,333         0.45         12/15/2021   
     2/20/2012         48,300  (11)               0.99         2/20/2022   
     10/29/2012         —  (12)       200,000         3.85         10/18/2022   

Donald J. Glidewell

     4/27/2011         300,000  (9)               0.38         4/27/2021   
     12/15/2011         10,833  (8)       39,167         0.45         12/15/2021   
     2/20/2012         33,600  (11)               0.99         2/20/2022   
     5/11/2012         39,588  (13)       60,412         2.00         5/11/2022   
     10/29/2012         —  (12)       100,000         3.85         10/18/2022   

Hector Absi

     9/28/2012         —  (10)       250,000         2.00         9/28/2022   

 

 

(1)  

Options granted under the Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the 2006 Plan, are immediately exercisable in full, regardless of vesting. Any unvested shares issued upon the exercise to these options are subject to a right of repurchase.

 

100


Table of Contents
(2)  

The option vested with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of May 1, 2007, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares were fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date.

(3)  

The option vested with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of November 1, 2008, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date.

(4)  

Includes 625 unvested shares underlying exercisable options. The option vests with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2009, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date.

(5)  

The option vested with respect to 100% of the total shares subject to the option on the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2010.

(6)  

The options vested with respect to 100% of the total shares subject to the option on the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2011.

(7)  

Includes 52,076 shares underlying exercisable options that are unvested. The options vest with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2011, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the options monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of the options’ vesting commencement date.

(8)  

The options vest with respect to 1/60th of the total shares subject to the option one month after the vesting commencement date of November 1, 2011, and with respect to 1/60th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested upon the fifth anniversary of the options’ vesting commencement date.

(9)  

Includes 181,236 shares underlying exercisable options that are unvested. The option vests with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of May 1, 2011, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested upon the fourth anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date.

(10)    

The option vests with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on September 28, 2013, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested on September 28, 2016.

(11)    

The options vested with respect to 100% of the total shares subject to the option on the vesting commencement date of February 20, 2012.

(12)    

The option vests with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on October 18, 2013, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested on October 18, 2016.

(13)    

The option vests with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on May 1, 2013, and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all the shares will be fully vested on May 1, 2016.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

No options were exercised by named executive officers in fiscal year 2012.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers described below, and employee proprietary information and inventions assignment agreements, under which each of our named executive officers has agreed not to disclose our confidential information or induce us to use proprietary information or trade secrets of others at any time.

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D.

Effective as of June 29, 2006, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Pamela G. Marrone, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the offer letter, Dr. Marrone is entitled to an annual base salary, which is currently $250,000, and is eligible for our benefit programs on the same terms as our other executives. In addition, in accordance with the terms of the offer letter, our board of directors granted Dr. Marrone a restricted stock award of 305,761 shares, which completely vested on June 29, 2010, and an option to purchase 167,524 shares of our common stock on May 1, 2007, which completely vested on May 1, 2011.

The letter agreement provides that either party may terminate the employment arrangement for any reason or no reason, but four weeks’ notice is requested if the agreement is terminated by Dr. Marrone. In addition, the agreement provides that if we actively or constructively terminate Dr. Marrone’s employment without cause (whether or not in connection with a change of control), Dr. Marrone will be eligible to receive:

 

  n  

an amount equal to twelve months of her then-current annual base salary payable in the form of salary continuation; and

 

  n  

medical and dental coverage, plus disability and life insurance premiums, for a period of twelve months following her termination.

 

101


Table of Contents

Donald J. Glidewell

Effective as of March 24, 2011, we entered into an offer letter with Donald J. Glidewell, our Chief Financial Officer. Under the offer letter, Mr. Glidewell is entitled to an annual base salary, which is currently $180,000, and is eligible for our benefit programs, vacation benefits, medical benefits and 401(k) plan participation. In addition, in satisfaction of obligations to Mr. Glidewell in the offer letter with respect to option awards, our board of directors granted Mr. Glidewell an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock on April 27, 2011 and an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock on December 15, 2011, each of which vests, subject to continued employment on each vesting date, with respect to 1/4 th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date of May 1, 2011 and November 1, 2011, respectively, and with respect to 1/48 th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months, such that all shares subject to the option will be fully vested on the fourth anniversary of such option’s vesting commencement date.

The letter provides that either party may terminate the employment arrangement for any reason or no reason, but four weeks’ notice is requested if the agreement is terminated by Mr. Glidewell. In addition, the agreement provides that if we actively or constructively terminate Mr. Glidewell’s employment without cause (whether or not in connection with a change of control), Mr. Glidewell will be eligible to receive:

 

  n  

an amount equal to six months of his then-current annual base salary payable in the form of salary continuation; and

 

  n  

medical and dental coverage, plus disability and life insurance premiums, for a period of six months following his termination.

Hector Absi

Effective as of August 7, 2012, we entered into an offer letter with Hector Absi, our Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations. Under the offer letter, Mr. Absi is entitled to a base annual salary, which is currently $205,000, and is eligible for our benefit programs, including our non-equity incentive program, vacation benefits, medical benefits and 401(k) plan participation, and was granted an option for the right to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock on September 28, 2012, each of which vests, subject to continued employment on each vesting date, with respect to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the option’s vesting commencement date of September 28, 2012 and with respect to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option monthly thereafter for 36 months. The letter agreement provides that either party may terminate the employment arrangement for any reason or no reason, but four weeks’ notice is requested if Mr. Absi terminates his employment. The offer letter also provided for a $10,000 signing bonus upon Mr. Absi’s acceptance and relocation expenses of $2,000 per month for a period of 24 months starting in September 2012. Both the signing bonus and the relocation expenses are recoupable in part if Mr. Absi terminates his employment prior to the second anniversary of his commencement of employment with us.

Compensation Risk Management

We have considered the risk associated with our compensation policies and practices for all employees, and we believe we have designed our compensation policies and practices in a manner that does not create incentives that could lead to excessive risk taking that would have a material adverse effect on our Company.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan

We established the Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the 2006 Plan, effective as of July 26, 2006. The 2006 Plan was amended as of February 25, 2010, at which time a total of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock had been authorized for issuance thereunder, and as of March 31, 2013, 3,174,283 shares of our common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted under the 2006 Plan. We ceased granting options under our 2006 Plan after, and the 2006 Plan terminated upon, the adoption of our 2011 Plan on July 19, 2011. Our 2006 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options to our employees, outside directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

102


Table of Contents

Administration. Our board of directors administered our 2006 Plan. The administrator’s powers include the power to: determine the fair market value of our common stock; select the individuals to whom options may be granted; determine the number of shares of stock covered by each option; approve forms of award agreement; determine the terms and conditions of options granted to employees and consultants (e.g., the exercise price, the times when options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any option or the underlying shares of stock); reduce the exercise price of any option granted to employees and consultants to the then current fair market value of our common stock if such fair market value has declined since the date of grant; prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to our 2006 Plan; modify or amend each option; institute an option exchange program; and make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering our 2006 Plan.

Transferability of Options. Our 2006 Plan allows for the transfer of options only (i) by will, and (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution. Only the recipient of an option may exercise such option during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization our board of directors will make adjustments to one or more of (i) the number of shares that are covered by outstanding options, (ii) the exercise price of outstanding options, and (iii) the numerical share limits contained in our 2006 Plan. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, recipients must be notified at least ten (10) days prior to the proposed transaction and may exercise all vested and unvested options until ten (10) days prior to such transaction; all outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in our 2006 Plan, each outstanding option will become immediately vested. In the event of a corporate transaction involving a merger or sale of assets, options will be exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date that notice of the transaction is provided; the option will then terminate upon the expiration of that period.

2011 Stock Plan

We established our 2011 Stock Plan, which we refer to as the 2011 Plan, effective as of July 19, 2011. Our 2011 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Shares. As of March 31, 2013, a total of 4,419,500 shares of our common stock, plus any additional shares which are subject to options granted under our 2006 Plan but are forfeited or otherwise terminate or expire subsequent March 31, 2013, were authorized for issuance under our 2011 Plan. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, under the 2011 Plan, 3,229,405 shares of our common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted, and 1,178,929 additional shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants. Any shares allocable to the unexercised portion of an award that is cancelled, terminated or expires, or shares that are repurchased pursuant to our repurchase option will be returned to the 2011 plan and shall be available for grant. The number of shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of incentive stock options granted under the 2011 Plan may not exceed 7,677,459 shares.

Administration. Our board of directors administers our 2011 Plan. Their powers include the power to: determine the persons to whom, and the times at which, awards shall be granted and the number of shares of our common stock subject to each award; determine the fair market value of our common stock; determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each award (e.g. the exercise price, the method of payment, the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation, the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability and vesting of the award, the time of the expiration of the award, and the effect of the recipient’s termination of service); approve forms of award agreement; amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any award or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any award; accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any award; prescribe, amend or rescind rules guidelines and policies relating to the 2011 Plan; and make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the 2011 Plan or any award as it deems advisable and that is consistent with applicable law, regulations and rules.

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Stock Options. Our 2011 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, and consultants and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. The exercise price of all options granted under our 2011 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or the outstanding stock of any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date (i) the term of an incentive stock option must not exceed five (5) years, and (ii) the exercise price of an incentive stock option must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the award agreement. If his or her continuous service terminates for cause, however, the option shall immediately terminate. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Purchase Rights. Our 2011 Plan allows for the grant of stock purchase rights. Stock purchase rights are rights to purchase our common stock for at least one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of our common stock and which are exercisable for thirty (30) days from the date of grant. The purchase price of a stock purchase right may be paid in cash or in the form of services rendered. The board of directors may subject a stock purchase right to vesting conditions.

Transferability of Awards. Our 2011 Plan allows for the transfer of awards only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for non-qualified stock options, to the extent authorized by the board of directors. Only the recipient of an award may exercise such award during his or her lifetime except that non-qualified stock options may be transferred to certain trusts and certain family members.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2011 Plan, the board of directors will make adjustments to one or more of (i) the number and class of shares subject to the 2011 Plan and that are covered by outstanding awards, (ii) the exercise price of outstanding awards, and (iii) the incentive stock option share limit contained in the 2011 Plan.

Changes in Control. Our 2011 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2011 Plan, the board of directors, in its discretion may provide that (i) the vesting and exercisability of any outstanding awards shall accelerate; or (ii) that each outstanding award (including, at the board of directors’ discretion, unvested awards) shall be cashed out; payment due with respect to unvested awards would then be payable in accordance with the existing vesting schedule. Further, the successor corporation may assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award; if the successor corporation does not do so, awards held by recipients who have not terminated employment with us will vest in full as of the change in control.

Plan Amendments and Termination. Our 2011 Plan will automatically terminate ten (10) years following its effective date, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan provided such action does not adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the recipient.

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2013 Plan. The 2013 Plan will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and will serve as the successor to our 2011 Plan. Our 2013 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

 

104


Table of Contents

Shares. We will authorize a total of                 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Plan. In addition, the number of shares authorized for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Plan will be increased by any additional shares that would otherwise return to the 2011 Plan after                 as a result of the forfeiture, termination or expiration of awards previously granted under the 2011 Plan. Further, our 2013 Plan will provide for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to                 percent of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of such date.

Administration. Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer our 2013 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code the committee will consist of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator will have the power to determine and interpret the terms and conditions of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of the awards, the restrictions on transferability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also will have the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for other awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices) or awards of a different type.

Stock Options. Our 2013 Plan will allow for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. The exercise price of all options granted under our 2013 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five (5) years and the exercise price must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value on the grant date.

After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Our 2013 Plan will allow for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the base appreciation amount for the cash or shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation right agreement.

Restricted Stock Awards. Our 2013 Plan will allow for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units. Our 2013 Plan will allow for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, restrictions and conditions to payment it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrator’s discretion, in cash, with shares of our common stock or other securities, or a combination thereof.

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Dividend Equivalent Rights. Our 2013 Plan will allow for the grant of dividend equivalent rights. Dividend equivalent rights are awards that entitle the recipients to compensation measured by the dividends we pay with respect to our common stock.

Transferability of Awards. Our 2013 Plan will allow for the transfer of awards under the 2013 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent authorized by the administrator. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number or class of shares that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical share limits contained in the 2013 Plan and any other terms that the administrator determines require adjustment. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards will terminate immediately upon the consummation of such transaction.

Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control. Our 2013 Plan will provide that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the 2013 Plan, each outstanding award will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction to the extent that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring or succeeding corporation. Prior to or upon the consummation of a corporate transaction or a change in control, as defined in the 2013 Plan, an outstanding award may vest, in whole or in part, to the extent provided in the award agreement or as determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator may condition the vesting of an award upon the subsequent termination of the recipient’s service or employment within a specified period of time following the consummation of a corporate transaction or change in control. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly in the event of a corporate transaction or change in control.

Plan Amendments and Termination. Our 2013 Plan will automatically terminate ten (10) years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award unless mutually agreed to in writing by the recipient and us.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan. Each participant who is a U.S. employee may contribute to the 401(k) plan, through payroll deductions, up to a statutorily prescribed annual limit imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (which limit was $17,500 in 2013). All amounts contributed by employee participants and earnings on these contributions are fully vested at all times and are not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Employee participants may elect to invest their contributions in various established funds. We may make contributions to the accounts of plan participants.

 

106


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our securities on a pro forma, as-converted into common stock basis, as of March 31, 2013 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, by:

 

  n  

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  n  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  n  

each of our directors; and

 

  n  

all current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options held by the respective person or group that may be exercised or converted within 60 days after March 31, 2013. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2013 are included for that person or group but not the stock options of any other person or group.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on                 shares of common stock outstanding at March 31, 2013, assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock, on a one-for-one basis, into 4,655,770, 7,036,465 and 14,997,104 shares of common stock, respectively, (ii) the issuance of                 shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, upon the net exercise, at the completion of this offering, of outstanding warrants, which would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, to purchase 48,157 shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.2771 per share, (iii) the issuance of                 shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock automatically exercisable upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms, and (iv) the issuance of                 shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, at the completion of this offering, upon the conversion of all outstanding convertible notes, including principal and interest accrued automatically convertible upon the completion of this offering in accordance with their terms. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that shares                 of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering, based on (i)                 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and (ii)                 shares that will be sold by us in the offering.

 

107


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., 2121 Second St. Suite A-107, Davis, CA 95618.

 

 

 

     SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
PRIOR TO THE OFFERING
   SHARES BENEFICIALLY
OWNED AFTER THE OFFERING

NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

   SHARES
(#)
   PERCENTAGE
(%)
   SHARES
(#)
   PERCENTAGE
(%)

5% Stockholders:

           

CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. (1)

           

5 San Joaquin Plaza, Suite 330

Newport Beach, CA 92660

           

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC (2)

           

c/o Mitsui & Co. Global Investment, Inc.

200 Park Avenue 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

           

One Earth Capital, LLC (3)

           

201 Entrada Drive

Santa Monica, CA 90402

           

Entities affiliated with Saffron Hill Ventures (4)

           

130 Wood Street

London EC2V 6DL

United Kingdom

           

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. (5)

           

252 North Washington Street

Falls Church, VA 22046

           

Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD. (6)

           

1, Harbourfront Avenue

098632 Singapore

           

CPV Partners GP, LLC (7)

           

Two Transamerica Center

505 Sansome, Suite 1200

San Francisco, CA 94111

           

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

           

Pamela G. Marrone, Ph.D. (8)

           

Elin Miller (9)

           

Ranjeet Bhatia (10)

           

Tim Fogarty (11)

           

Lawrence Hough (12)

           

Joseph Hudson (13)

           

Richard Rominger (14)

           

Sean Schickedanz (15)

           

Shaugn Stanley (16)

           

Donald J. Glidewell (17)

           

Hector Absi (18)

           

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons) (19)

           

 

 

(1)  

Peter V. Ueberroth and Joseph Ueberroth are Partners of CGI Opportunity Gen Par II, LLC, the sole General Partner of CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P.

 

108


Table of Contents
(2)  

Hiromichi Takeuchi, Wataru Ebata, Katsuhiko Oizumi, Shigeyuki Toya and Kenichi Kimura are directors of Mitsui & Co. Global Investment, Inc., the manager of MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC, and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by of MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC.

(3)  

David H. Jacobs, Jr., the sole member and the sole manager of Henry Street LLC, the sole managing member of One Earth Capital, LLC, and therefore may be deemed to have sole voting control and investment power over the securities held by of One Earth Capital, LLC. See also note 12 to this section.

(4)  

Includes                 shares of common stock held by Saffron Hill Ventures L.P. and                 shares of common stock held by Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. Shawn Luetchens and Ranjeet Bhatia are Directors of Saffron Hill MGP Ltd and Saffron Hill MGP2 Ltd, the General Partners of Saffron Hill Ventures L.P. and Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. respectively, and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by Saffron Hill Ventures L.P. and Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. See also note 10 to this section.

(5)  

Lawrence Hough is the Managing Director and Walter Lubsen, Jeffrey Salinger and Jana Hernandes are the Managing Partners of Stuart Mill Partners, LLC, the general partner of Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P., and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. See also note 11 to this section.

(6)  

Includes                 shares of common stock. Syngenta AG, the ultimate parent of Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD., is a public company traded on both the SIX Swiss Exchange and the NYSE.

(7)  

Includes                 shares of common stock held by CPV Partners Pledge Fund, L.P. Series (A-2),                 shares of common stock held by CPV Partners Pledge Fund, L.P. Series (A-5),                 shares of common stock held by CPV Partners Pledge Fund, L.P. Series (A-8) and shares of common stock held by CPV Partners Pledge Fund, L.P. Series (A-15) (such stockholders together, the “CVP Affiliates”). Jeff Barnes, Dave Herron and Sean Schickedanz are managing members of CPV Partners GP, LLC, the sole General Partner of each of the CVP Affiliates, and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by the CVP Affiliates. See also note 15 of this section.

(8)  

Includes                 shares of common stock held by Dr. Marrone, 600,744 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Marrone upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days,                 shares of common stock held by Florence H. Marrone TOD Pamela G. Marrone and 150,335 shares of common stock held by Dr. Marrone and Michael Rogers. Does not include 270,000 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Marrone upon the exercise of outstanding options not exercisable within 60 days.

(9)  

Includes 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.

(10)    

Ranjeet Bhatia is a Director of Saffron Hill MGP Ltd and Saffron Hill MGP2 Ltd, the General Partners of Saffron Hill Ventures L.P. and Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. respectively, and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by Saffron Hill Ventures L.P. and Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. See also note 4 to this section.

(11)    

Tim Fogarty is a Partner of the Contrarian Group, an affiliate of CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P., and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. with the other Partners of the Contrarian Group. See also note 1 to this section.

(12)    

Lawrence Hough is the Managing Director of Stuart Mill Partners, LLC, the general partner of Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P., and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. See also note 5 to this section.

(13)    

Joseph Hudson is a member of One Earth Capital, LLC and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over the securities held by One Earth Capital, LLC. See also note 3 to this section.

(14)    

Includes 467,218 shares of common stock held by Mr. Rominger’s family members and trusts affiliated with Mr. Rominger, including Richard Stuart Rominger, Patricia A. Rominger, Katherine Marie Rominger, Sarah Anne Rominger, Ruth Elizabeth Rominger, Lars Tomanek, Bruce James Rominger, Robyn Jean Rominger, Justin Dennis Rominger, Bruce J. Rominger, Custodian for John Rutger Rominger under the California Uniform Gift to Minors Act Until Age 21, Bruce J. Rominger, Custodian for Rachel Violet Rominger under the California Uniform Gift to Minors Act Until Age 21, Cairn E. Aran, Cairn E. Aran, Custodian for Cienna Loch Rominger under the California Uniform Gift to Minors Act Until Age 21, Cairn E. Aran, Custodian for Aldo Bruce Rominger under the California Uniform Gift to Minors Act Until Age 21, Lars Tomanek and Ruth E. Rominger and The Richard and Mary Rominger Community Trust and 38,038 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Rominger upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 14,000 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Rominger upon the exercise of outstanding options not exercisable within 60 days. Richard Rominger, Mary Evelyne Rominger and Richard Stuart Rominger share voting control and investment power over the securities held by The Richard and Mary Rominger Community Trust.

(15)    

Sean Schickedanz is a managing member of CPV Partners GP, LLC and therefore may be deemed to share voting control and investment power over an aggregate of                 securities held by the CPV Affiliates.

(16)    

Includes 9,600 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 30,400 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options not exercisable within 60 days.

(17)    

Includes 398,608 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 184,992 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options not exercisable within 60 days.

(18)    

Does not include 250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options not exercisable within 60 days.

(19)    

Includes                 shares of common stock, 1,086,990 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options held by current directors and executive officers exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 749,392 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options held by current directors and executive officers not exercisable within 60 days.

 

109


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since December 31, 2009, to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

 

  n  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  n  

any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock (which we refer to as 5% stockholders) or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

June 2013 Credit Facility

In June 2013, we entered into a credit facility agreement with a group of lenders under which such lenders have committed to permit us to draw, in exchange for promissory notes that accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum, an aggregate of up to $5.0 million. In addition, in connection with our entry into the credit facility agreement, we have agreed to pay each lender a fee of 2% of such lender’s commitment amount, and we issued warrants to purchase a variable number of shares of common stock to the lenders, which upon completion of this offering, will represent the right to purchase an aggregate of up to                  shares of common stock with the exercise price of $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, 70% of the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan, Promissory Notes and Credit Facility” and “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

The table below sets forth, for each lender under the credit facility agreement that is a director, executive officer or 5% stockholder, and their respective affiliates, the aggregate principal amount committed under the credit facility agreement, the fee paid to such lender in respect of such commitment, and the number of shares of common stock into which the warrants issuable to such lender are convertible following this offering based on initial public offering price of $         per share, 70% of the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGGREGATE
COMMITMENT
AMOUNT ($)
     CREDIT
FEE ($)
     WARRANT
SHARES
ISSUABLE

One Earth Capital, LLC (1)

     750,000         15,000      

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. (2)

     2,000,000         40,000      

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. (3)

     750,000         15,000      

Timothy and Patricia Fogarty 2011 Trust, Dated August 1, 2011 (4)

     100,000         2,000      

Lawrence Hough (5)

     300,000         6,000      

 

 

(1)    

One Earth Capital, LLC is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Joseph Hudson, is a member of our board of directors.

(2 )    

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P., is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Ranjeet Bhatia, is a member of our board of directors.

(3)    

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P., is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Lawrence Hough is a member of our board of directors. See also note 5 to this section.

(4)    

Timothy Fogarty is a member of our board of directors as a representative of CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P., and its related affiliates.

(5)    

Lawrence Hough is a member of our board of directors as a representative of Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. See also note 3 to this section.

Issuance of Syngenta Convertible Note

In December 2012, we issued and sold to Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD a convertible note in the aggregate principal amount of $12.5 million under a convertible note purchase agreement. The convertible note accrues interest at a rate of 10.00% per annum and matures on October 16, 2015, unless extended, but the convertible note and all principal and accrued interest will automatically convert into                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed conversion price of $         per share, 70% of the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Convertible Notes—December 2012 Convertible Note.”

 

110


Table of Contents

Issuance of Insider Convertible Notes

From March through October 2012, we issued and sold in a series of closings convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $9.1 million under a convertible note purchase agreement. The convertible notes all accrue interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum and mature on September 30, 2013, but the convertible notes and all principal and accrued interest will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Convertible Notes—March and October 2012 Convertible Notes.”

The table below sets forth, for each purchaser of the convertible notes that is a director, executive officer or 5% stockholder, and their respective affiliates, the aggregate principal amount and purchase price of convertible notes purchased and the number of shares of common stock into which such convertible notes are convertible in this offering at an assumed conversion price of $     per share, 70% of the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AND
AGGREGATE  PURCHASE PRICE
OF CONVERTIBLE NOTES ($)
     SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK
ISSUABLE

CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. (1)

     1,000,000      

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC (2)

     500,000      

One Earth Capital, LLC (3)

     1,000,000      

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. (4)

     1,474,960      

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. (5)

     1,500,000      

Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD. (6)

     500,000      

Entities affiliated with Clean Pacific Ventures (7)

     790,000      

Ranjeet Bhatia (8)

     150,000      

Dr. Pamela G. Marrone (9)

     30,049      

 

 

(1)  

CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Tim Fogarty, is a member of our board of directors.

(2)    

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC is a 5% stockholder.

(3)    

One Earth Capital, LLC is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Joseph Hudson, is a member of our board of directors.

(4)    

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Ranjeet Bhatia, is a member of our board of directors. See also note 8 to this section.

(5)    

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Lawrence Hough, is a member of our board of directors.

(6)  

Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD. is a 5% stockholder.

(7)  

Clean Pacific Ventures is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Sean Schickedanz, is a member of our board of directors.

(8)    

Ranjeet Bhatia is a member of our board of directors as a representative of Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. See also note 4 to this section.

(9)  

Pamela G. Marrone is our Chief Executive Officer, a member of our board of directors and a 5% stockholder. The convertible notes purchased by Pamela G. Marrone and Michael J. Rogers and those purchased by Florence H. Marrone TOD Pamela G. Marrone are aggregated with those purchased by Pamela G. Marrone for purposes above.

 

111


Table of Contents

Issuance of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

During 2010 and 2011, we issued and sold in a series of closings an aggregate of 14,997,104 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.6940, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $25.4 million. In connection with Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD.’s participation in the financing, we agreed not to issue or sell any shares of preferred stock to any material direct competitor of Syngenta AG or its affiliates, provided that this provision will terminate upon completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased for each purchaser that is a director, executive officer or 5% stockholders, and their affiliates.

 

 

 

NAME

   SHARES OF
SERIES C
PREFERRED
STOCK (#)
     AGGREGATE
PURCHASE
PRICE ($)
 

CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. (1)

     1,938,781         3,284,324   

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC (2)

     1,770,939         2,999,998   

One Earth Capital, LLC (3)

     1,770,942         3,000,003   

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. (4)

     1,814,313         3,073,474   

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. (5)

     1,938,781         3,284,324   

Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD. (6)

     1,770,939         2,999,998   

Entities affiliated with Clean Pacific Ventures (7)

     1,509,958         2,557,892   

Dr. Pamela G. Marrone (8)

     50,609         85,732   

 

 

(1)  

CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Tim Fogarty, is a member of our board of directors.

(2)  

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC is a 5% stockholder.

(3)  

One Earth Capital, LLC is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Joseph Hudson, is a member of our board of directors.

(4)  

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P. is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Ranjeet Bhatia, is a member of our board of directors.

(5)  

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Lawrence Hough, is a member of our board of directors.

(6)  

Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD. is a 5% stockholder.

(7)  

Clean Pacific Ventures is a 5% stockholder whose representative, Sean Schickedanz, is a member of our board of directors.

(8)  

Pamela G. Marrone is our Chief Executive Officer, a member of our board of directors and a 5% stockholder. The shares of Series C preferred stock are held by Pamela G. Marrone and Michael J. Rogers.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to a second amended and restated investor rights agreement which provides that the holders of common stock (including those issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock), including Dr. Pamela G. Marrone, our Chief Executive Officer, and Richard Rominger, our Chairman of the Board, have certain rights relating to the registration of shares of such common stock. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” In addition to such registration rights, the investor rights agreement provides for certain information rights, board observer rights and rights of first refusal. The provisions of the investor rights agreement, other than those relating to registration rights, will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Voting Agreement

We have entered into a second amended and restated voting agreement with certain holders of our common stock and certain holders of our preferred stock which will terminate upon completion of this offering. For a description of the third amended and restated voting agreement, see the section titled “Management—Voting Arrangements.”

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with, and offer letters to, our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.

 

112


Table of Contents

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers, and we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Syngenta Commercial Agreement

In February 2011, we entered into an agreement with Syngenta Crop Protection AG, an affiliate of a 5% stockholder, whereby we have designated Syngenta as our exclusive distributor for Regalia in specialty crop markets in Europe, Africa and the Middle East. See “—Issuance of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock,” and, for a description of the agreement, see the section titled “Business—Strategic Collaborations and Relationships.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews related party transactions for potential conflict of interest issues. Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy to be effective upon or prior to the completion of this offering to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us or a related person.

Director Independence

For a discussion of the independence of our directors, please see “Management—Director Independence” above.

 

113


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Term Loan, and Promissory Notes and Credit Facility

The following is a summary of the material terms of our term loan, promissory notes and credit facility outstanding as of June 17, 2013, all of which will remain outstanding upon completion of this offering. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Five Star Bank

In March 2009, we entered into a promissory note with Five Star Bank in the aggregate of $0.65 million, which accrues interest at a rate of 7.0% per annum and which we repay at a rate of approximately $13,000 per month through maturity on November 1, 2014. As of May 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the promissory note was $0.2 million.

In addition, in March 2012, we entered into a term loan agreement with Five Star Bank for $0.5 million, which replaced a prior revolving line of credit with the bank. Under the term loan agreement, interest accrues at a rate of 7.0% per annum, and we are obligated to repay the loan at a rate of approximately $12,000 per month through maturity on April 1, 2016. As of May 31, 2013, the outstanding principal amount of the term loan was $0.4 million.

Under the terms of the promissory notes and the term loan agreement, all our outstanding debt to Five Star Bank is secured by all of our inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and any intellectual property). Among other things, a payment default with respect to each of the promissory notes and the term loan, as well as other events such as a default under other loans or agreements that would materially affect us, constitute events of default. Upon an event of default, Five Star Bank may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable.

October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes

In October 2012, we completed the sale of promissory notes under a note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million to 12 investors in a private placement. The promissory notes accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum and mature on October 2, 2015, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 12% to 13% in the first year of the extension to October 2, 2016, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to October 2, 2017. We are only obligated to pay interest on the promissory notes on a monthly basis until maturity, when remaining interest and all principal becomes due. In addition, in connection with the promissory notes, each note holder received a warrant to purchase a variable number of common shares, which will be automatically exercisable by net exercise, at the completion of this offering, with warrant coverage equal to a number of shares determined by multiplying the purchase price paid by each holder for the respective note by 15% and dividing such product by 70% of the initial public offering price per share, and with the exercise price for the warrants equal to 70% of the initial public offering price per share. See “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

In addition, in April 2013, we completed the sale of an additional $4.95 million of promissory notes to 10 investors in a private placement under an amendment to the note purchase agreement in exchange for $3.7 million in cash and $1.25 million in cancellation of indebtedness under an outstanding convertible note. See “—Convertible Notes—October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note.” The additional promissory notes bear interest at the same rates, mature on the same schedule, and are subject to substantially the same terms as the promissory notes issued in October 2012, but the warrants issued in connection with additional notes have coverage based on 20% of the purchase price paid (including consideration in the form of cancellation of indebtedness).

As of May 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the promissory notes was $12.45 million.

Under the terms of the note purchase agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of the promissory notes, we have agreed to certain covenants, including certain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness. The promissory notes are secured by a security interest in all of our present and future accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, goods, inventory, equipment, personal property, instruments, investment

 

114


Table of Contents

properties, documents, letter of credit rights, deposit accounts, general intangibles, records, real property, appurtenances and fixtures, tenant improvements and intellectual property, which consists in part of its patents, copyrights and other intangibles.

June 2013 Credit Facility

On June 14, 2013, we entered into a credit facility agreement with a group of lenders. Under the credit agreement, the lenders have committed to permit us to draw an aggregate of up to $5.0 million, and, subject to our obtaining additional commitments from lenders, such amount may be increased to up to $7.0 million. The credit facility expires on June 30, 2014. During the term of the credit facility, we may request from the lenders up to four advances, with each advance equal to one quarter of each lender’s aggregate commitment amount. We will issue promissory notes in the principal amount of each such advance that will accrue interest at rate of 10% per annum. We are not obligated to pay principal or interest on the promissory notes until their maturity on June 30, 2014, at which point all principal and unpaid interest will become due. In addition, we may not prepay the promissory notes prior to their maturity date without consent of at least a majority in interest of the aggregate principal amount of the promissory notes then outstanding under the credit facility. In addition, in connection with our entry into the credit facility agreement, we have agreed to pay each lender a fee of 2% of such lender’s commitment amount, and we issued to each lender a warrant to purchase a variable number of common shares, with warrant coverage equal to a number of shares determined by multiplying such lender’s commitment amount by 10% and dividing such product by 70% of the initial public offering price per share, and with the exercise price for the warrants equal to 70% of the initial public offering price per share. See “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

As of June 17, 2013, we have not drawn on the credit facility, and accordingly have issued no promissory notes and have no outstanding indebtedness thereunder. If we obtain additional commitments from existing or new lenders under the credit agreement, we will pay to such lenders a fee of 2% of such additional commitment amount and issue to such lender a warrant on the same terms discussed above.

Convertible Notes

The following is a summary of the material terms of our convertible notes outstanding as of June 17, 2013, all of which will, in accordance with their terms, automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreements which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

March and October 2012 Convertible Notes

From March 2012 through October 2012, we completed the sale of convertible notes under a convertible note purchase agreement, as amended, in the aggregate principal amount of $9.1 million to 38 investors, including certain holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, in a private placement. The convertible notes all accrue interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum and mature on September 30, 2013.

As of May 31, 2013, the outstanding amount of the convertible notes was $10.2 million including accrued interest of $1.1 million.

We are not obligated to pay interest or principal on the convertible notes, but under the terms of the convertible notes, if we close an initial public offering prior to the maturity date in which we receive gross cash proceeds, before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees, of at least $30 million (referred to as a “qualified initial public offering”), the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will be automatically converted into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 70% of the per share price of our common stock sold in such qualified initial public offering, with respect to $8.1 million in principal of the notes, and 80% of the initial public offering price, with respect to $1.0 million in principal of the notes. Therefore, immediately after completion of this offering, based on assumed conversion prices of $         per share and $         per share, which are 70% and 80% of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, respectively, all principal and accrued interest under the convertible notes as of                 , 2013, will be automatically converted into an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, and the convertible notes shall no longer be outstanding.

Alternatively, the convertible notes will be automatically converted into other new securities, as follows, if prior to closing a qualified initial public offering, we close an equity financing for an aggregate consideration of at least

 

115


Table of Contents

$5.0 million (referred to as a “qualified equity financing”) or a debt financing for an aggregate consideration of at least $5.0 million (referred to as a “qualified debt financing,” provided that the closing of certain financings under consideration at the time of the issuance of the convertible notes will not be considered qualified debt financings). If prior to closing a qualified initial public offering, we close a qualified equity financing, the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will convert into the number of equity securities issued in the equity financing determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 80% of the purchase price of such securities, with respect to $8.1 million in principal of the notes, and 85% of the purchase price of such securities, with respect to $1.0 million in principal of the notes. If prior to closing a qualified initial public offering or a qualified equity financing, we close a qualified debt financing, the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will, subject to certain exceptions, convert into the equivalent dollar amount of debt securities issued in the debt financing. In addition, if prior to closing a qualified initial public offering, but after June 15, 2012, we close a qualified debt financing, we will be obligated to issue, to the holders of the convertible notes, warrants to purchase either shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock or, if we close a qualified equity financing by September 30, 2013, the preferred stock issued in such a qualified equity financing. Any such warrants would be exercisable for a number of shares of the applicable preferred stock determined by dividing 20% of outstanding principal and accrued interest under the convertible notes at the time of exercise by the applicable purchase price per share of such preferred stock.

Further, if prior to their maturity on September 30, 2013, the convertible notes have not previously converted into shares of our common stock or other equity securities in connection with a qualified initial public offering, qualified equity financing or qualified debt financing, as described above, the convertible notes will automatically convert into a new series of preferred stock, to be authorized immediately prior to the convertible notes’ maturity, at a rate of $2.50 per share.

The convertible notes are unsecured, and may become due and payable upon an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an acceleration of the maturity of our other indebtedness, if not cured.

October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note

In October 2012, we completed the sale of a convertible note under a convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $2.5 million to an investor in a private placement. The convertible note accrues interest at a rate of 12% per annum and matures on October 16, 2015, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 12% to 13% in the first year of the extension to October 16, 2016, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to October 16, 2017. In April 2013, $1.25 million of principal indebtedness under the convertible note was cancelled in exchange for delivery of a promissory note and related warrant. See “—Term Loan, Promissory Notes and Credit Facility—October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes.” As of May 31, 2013, the outstanding amount of the convertible note was $1.34 million including accrued interest of $91,000.

We are not obligated to pay interest or principal on the convertible note until maturity, when all interest and principal become due, but under the terms of the convertible note, if we close an initial public offering prior to the maturity date, the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will be automatically converted into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 85% of the per share price of our common stock sold in the initial public offering, if the initial public offering occurs on or before April 16, 2014, or 80% of the per share price of our common stock sold in the initial public offering, if the initial public offering occurs after April 16, 2014, or. Therefore, immediately after completion of this offering, based on an assumed conversion price of $         per share, which is     % of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, all principal and accrued interest under the convertible notes as of                 , 2013, will be automatically converted into an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, and the convertible notes shall no longer be outstanding.

Alternatively, the convertible note will be automatically converted into other new securities, as follows. If prior to closing an initial public offering, we close a financing of equity securities for an aggregate consideration of at least $5.0 million, the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible note will convert into the number of equity securities issued in the financing determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 85% of the purchase price of such securities if the financing occurs on or prior to April 16, 2014, or 80% of the purchase price of such

 

116


Table of Contents

securities if the financing occurs thereafter. In addition, if prior to closing an initial public offering, we close a sale of the Company, the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible note will convert into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 85% of the fair value of our common stock, if the sale occurs on or prior to April 16, 2014, or 80% of the fair value of our common stock if the sale occurs thereafter.

Under the terms of the convertible note purchase agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of the convertible note, we have agreed to certain covenants, including certain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness. The convertible note is subordinate to our $12.45 million in outstanding “outsider” promissory notes and is secured by a security interest in all of our present and future accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, goods, inventory, equipment, personal property, instruments, investment properties, documents, letter of credit rights, deposit accounts, general intangibles, records, real property, appurtenances and fixtures, tenant improvements and intellectual property, which consists in part of its patents, copyrights and other intangibles.

December 2012 Convertible Note

In December 2012, we completed the sale of a convertible note under a convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $12.5 million in a private placement to Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD., a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. The convertible note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum and matures on October 16, 2015, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to October 16, 2016, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to October 16, 2017. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. As of May 31, 2013, the outstanding amount of the convertible note was $13.1 million including accrued interest of $0.6 million.

No payments are due under the convertible note until maturity, but under the terms of the convertible note, if we close an initial public offering prior to the maturity date in which we receive gross cash proceeds, before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees, of at least $20.0 million where at least 50% of the amount invested comes from sources other than existing holders of the our equity, strategic investors or affiliates (referred to as a “qualified initial public offering”), the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will be automatically converted into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 70% of the per share price of our common stock sold in such qualified initial public offering. Therefore, immediately after completion of this offering, based on an assumed conversion price of $         per share, which is 70% of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, all principal and accrued interest under the notes as of                 , 2013, will be automatically converted into an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, and the convertible notes shall no longer be outstanding.

Alternatively, the convertible notes will be automatically converted into other new securities, as follows, if prior to closing a qualified initial public offering, we close an equity financing for an aggregate consideration of at least $20.0 million where at least 50% of the amount invested comes from sources other than existing holders of the our equity, strategic investors or affiliates (referred to as a “qualified financing”). If prior to closing a qualified initial public offering, we close a qualified financing, the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will convert into the number of equity securities issued in the financing determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 75% of the purchase price of such securities if the financing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2013, or 70% of the purchase price of such securities if the financing occurs thereafter. In addition, in the earlier event of a non-qualified financing of equity or debt securities the convertible note may be converted, at the option of the holder, into the same type of securities issued in such financing, and in the earlier event of a transaction or series of transactions that result in the transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company or that result in gross proceeds of at least $120.0 million, the convertible note may be either, at the option of the holder, repaid at a premium or converted at a discount into shares of our common stock.

Under the terms of the convertible note purchase agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of the convertible note, we have agreed to certain covenants, including certain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of distributions on our capital stock and entry into certain transactions with affiliates. The convertible notes are unsecured.

 

117


Table of Contents

First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes

In May 2013, we completed the sale of convertible notes under a convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $3.5 million in a private placement to 22 investors, including Valley Oak Investments, LP. The convertible note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum and matures on May 22, 2016, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to May 22, 2017, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to May 22, 2018. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $0.1 million, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. As of May 31, 2013, the convertible notes, and the outstanding amount of the convertible notes was $3.5 million.

In addition, in May 2013, we completed the sale of a convertible note under a separate convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $3.0 million in a private placement to DSM Venturing BV. The convertible note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum and matures on May 30, 2016, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to May 30, 2017, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to May 30, 2018. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. As of May 31, 2013, the outstanding amount of the convertible note was $3.0 million.

No payments are due under the convertible notes until maturity, but under the terms of the convertible notes, if we close an equity financing, including an initial public offering, prior to the maturity date in which we receive immediately available gross cash proceeds of at least $20.0 million where at least 50% of the amount invested comes from sources other than existing holders of the our equity, strategic investors or affiliates (referred to as a “qualified financing”), the principal and accrued interest due under the convertible notes will be automatically converted into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 70% of the per share price of our common stock sold in such qualified financing. Therefore, immediately after completion of this offering, based on an assumed conversion price of $         per share, which is 70% of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, all principal and accrued interest under the notes as of                 , 2013, will be automatically converted into an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, and the convertible notes shall no longer be outstanding.

Alternatively, in the earlier event of a non-qualified financing of equity or debt securities the convertible note may be converted, at the option of the holder, into the same type of securities issued in such financing, and in the earlier event of a transaction or series of transactions that result in the transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company, the convertible notes may be either, at the option of the holder, repaid at a premium or converted at a discount into shares of our common stock.

Under the terms of the convertible note purchase agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes, we have agreed to certain covenants, including certain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of distributions on our capital stock and entry into certain transactions with affiliates. The convertible notes are unsecured.

 

118


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our certificate of incorporation as in effect upon the consummation of this offering will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.00001 per share, of which:

 

  n  

                    shares will be designated as common stock; and

 

  n  

                    shares will be designated as preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding 3,982,601 shares of common stock. In addition, we had outstanding 4,655,770 shares of Series A preferred stock, 7,036,465 shares of Series B preferred stock and 14,997,104 shares of Series C preferred stock, all of which will be converted at a one-for-one ratio into an aggregate of 26,689,339 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our outstanding capital stock is held by 126 stockholders of record. As of March 31, 2013, we also had outstanding options to acquire 6,403,688 shares of common stock held by employees, directors and consultants. As of March 31, 2013, there were warrants outstanding for the purchase of 18,057 shares of Series A preferred stock, 30,100 shares of Series B preferred stock and 600,000 shares of Series C preferred stock, on an as-converted to common stock basis, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per equivalent share of common stock. In addition, we also have outstanding warrants to purchase a variable number of common shares, which will be automatically exercisable by net exercise, at the completion of this offering, for                 shares of common stock, with coverage and exercise price based on an assumed price of $         per share, which is 70% of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon completion of this offering, each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our common stock votes as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time.

 

119


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those granted to the holders of common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:

 

  n  

diluting the voting power of the holders of common stock;

 

  n  

reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend payments;

 

  n  

reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive payments in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up; and

 

  n  

delaying, deterring or preventing a change-in-control or other corporate takeover.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2013, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 18,057 shares of Series A preferred stock, 30,100 shares of Series B preferred stock and 600,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. Unless they are earlier exercised or terminated, the warrants to purchase shares of Series A preferred stock and shares of Series B preferred stock will terminate in accordance with their terms upon the completion of this offering, and, as such, we expect that such warrants will be exercised by net exercise at the completion of this offering. The warrants to purchase shares of Series C preferred stock will terminate in accordance with their terms upon the one year anniversary of the completion of this offering, if they are not earlier exercised or terminated. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise upon the occurrence of certain events, including stock dividends, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

We also have outstanding warrants to purchase a variable number of common shares, which will be automatically exercisable by net exercise, at the completion of this offering, for                 shares of common stock, with coverage and exercise price based on an assumed price of $         per share, which is 70% of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The warrants were issued in connection with outstanding promissory notes. The warrant coverage for warrants issued in October 2012 is equal to a number of shares determined by multiplying the purchase price paid by each holder for the respective note by 15% (or, based on a total of $7.5 million paid for the notes, $1.125 million) and dividing such product by 70% of the initial public offering price per share, and with the exercise price for the warrants equal to 70% of the initial public offering price per share. The warrant coverage for warrants issued in April 2013 is equal to a number of shares determined by multiplying the purchase price paid by each holder for the respective note by 20% (or, based on a total $4.95 million paid for the notes, $0.99 million) and dividing such product by 70% of the initial public offering price per share, and with the exercise price for the warrants equal to 70% of the initial public offering price

 

120


Table of Contents

per share. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loans, Promissory Notes and Credit Facility—October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes.”

We have also issued warrants to purchase a variable number of common shares, which will terminate upon the earlier to occur of June 2023 and the acquisition of the Company (as defined in the warrants). Following the completion of this offering, the warrants will be exercisable for                     shares of common stock, with coverage and exercise price based on an assumed price of $         per share, which is 70% of an assumed initial public offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The warrants were issued in connection with a credit facility, and the coverage is equal to a number of shares determined by multiplying the amounts committed under the credit facility by 10% (or, based on the $5.0 million committed under the credit facility as of June 17, 2013, $0.5 million) and dividing such product by 70% of the initial public offering price per share, with the exercise price for the warrant equal to 70% of the initial public offering price per share. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan, Promissory Notes and Credit Facility—June 2013 Credit Facility.”

Registration Rights

In March 2010, we entered into the second amended and restated investor rights agreement, referred to as the investor rights agreement, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, pursuant to which we agree to provide certain rights relating to registration of common stock (i) held by such holders of common stock, (ii) issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by such holders and (iii) issuable upon conversion or exercise of any warrant held by such holder, and issued as a dividend or a distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of these securities described above. Subject to certain exceptions, we will generally bear the expenses incurred in connection with such registration and compliance with the relevant provisions of the investor rights agreement.

In addition, the holder of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of Series A preferred stock is also entitled to certain rights relating to the registration of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A preferred stock purchasable upon exercise of the warrant.

Substantially all of our stockholders with rights relating to registration of our common stock have executed agreements with the representatives of the underwriters pursuant to which they are prohibited from exercising their registration rights for 180 days following the date of this prospectus (subject to extension under certain circumstances), as described in the section titled “Underwriting.”

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, after the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time after the earlier of 180 days following the date of this prospectus or March 5, 2013, the holders of at least 40% of these shares can request that we register all or a portion of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their shares, provided that we are not required to effect a registration in certain circumstances, including if we have already effected two registrations that were declared effective pursuant to such demand registration rights. Such request for registration must cover that number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10 million. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the 180 days following the effectiveness of a company-initiated registration statement relating to an initial public offering of our securities, and if we give notice to requesting holders that we intend to file a registration statement for an initial public offering within 90 days, provided that we use reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed and become effective.

If an underwriter in the underwritten offering advises us that marketing factors would require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then subject to certain exceptions, the number of shares of registrable securities that may be included in the underwriting will be allocated to all holders of registrable securities in proportion to the number of registrable securities held by such holders of registrable securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately

 

121


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing such holders to include these shares of common stock (including those issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock) in such registration, provided that, if the underwriters in the underwritten offering determines that marketing factors require a limitation of number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares such holders are entitled to include in the registration may be subject to certain cutbacks based on the priority set forth in the investor rights agreement. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, the holders of these shares are entitled to receive notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations described above, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately                 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of more than 10% of these shares can make a written request that we register the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered, including those of holders that are entitled to inclusion in such registration, is at least $1.5 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S- 3 if we have previously effected two such registrations in the 12-month period preceding the request for registration.

We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire upon the earlier of (i) five years after our initial public offering in which the public offering price per share is at least $3.388 (as adjusted) and the proceeds to us before deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses are at least $30 million, (ii) with respect to any particular stockholder, when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90 day period, or (iii) the closing of a change of control event or the sale of substantially all of our assets.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will require a 66 2 / 3 % stockholder vote for the removal of a director without cause or the rescission, alteration, amendment or repeal of the bylaws by stockholders, and our amended and restated bylaws will require an 80% stockholder vote to amend the provisions of our bylaws relating to the election and classification of directors. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 66 2 / 3 % and 80% stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or

 

122


Table of Contents

threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  n  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  n  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  n  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  n  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  n  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  n  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  n  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  n  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We have adopted provisions in our current certificate of incorporation and our certificate of incorporation as amended and restated immediately prior to the closing of this offering that limit or eliminate the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Accordingly, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except with respect to of the following:

 

  n  

any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  n  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  n  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  n  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

123


Table of Contents

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of director liability, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, as currently in effect and as will be amended and restated immediately prior to the closing of this offering, also provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and shall indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws, as currently in effect and as will be amended and restated immediately prior to the closing of this offering, also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would permit indemnification.

We have entered and intend to continue to enter into separate indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers that are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions provided by Delaware law and our charter documents, and may provide additional procedural protection. These agreements will require us, among other things, to:

 

  n  

indemnify officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise because of their status as officers and directors;

 

  n  

advance expenses, as incurred, to officers and directors in connection with a legal proceeding subject to limited exceptions; and

 

  n  

cover officers and directors under any general or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by us.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law. We also make available standard life insurance and accidental death and disability insurance policies to our employees.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                 .

Exchange Listing

We will apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MBII.”

 

124


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding or options, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on                 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, upon completion of this offering, shares of common stock will be outstanding, reflecting                 shares of common stock sold in this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. All of the shares sold in this offering (including any shares sold upon the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. In addition, substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

 

 

DATE

   NUMBER OF
SHARES

On the date of this prospectus

  

Between 90 and 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus

  

At various times beginning more than 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus

  

 

 

In addition, of the 6,403,688 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, options to purchase                 shares of common stock were vested as of March 31, 2013 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to extension as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  n  

one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

  n  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has

 

125


Table of Contents

beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the date of this prospectus without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, substantially all of the shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below and will only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

As of March 31, 2013, 167,383 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended under certain circumstances), we and they will not, among other things:

 

  n  

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

  n  

in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

  n  

in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.

This agreement is subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” below for additional information.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that certain stockholders have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” in this prospectus. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Underwriting” in this prospectus.

Registration Statements

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.

 

126


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, final, temporary or proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, the Medicare surtax on net investment income, or any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, U.S. alternative minimum tax, or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:

 

  n  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  n  

brokers;

 

  n  

partnerships or other pass-through entities, or investors therein;

 

  n  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  n  

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  n  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  n  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  n  

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  n  

investors subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  n  

controlled foreign corporations;

 

  n  

passive foreign investment companies;

 

  n  

persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and

 

  n  

persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction for tax purposes.

Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a collaboration holding shares of our common stock should consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, THE MEDICARE SURTAX ON NET INVESTMENT INCOME, THE U.S. ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX RULES, OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

127


Table of Contents

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:

 

  n  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  n  

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

  n  

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

  n  

a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, other than certain pro rata distributions of common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Dividends on our common stock generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at a gross rate of 30%, subject to any exemption or lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, except to the extent that the dividends are “effectively connected dividends,” as described below. We may withhold up to 30% of the gross amount of the entire distribution even if greater than the amount constituting a dividend, as described above, to the extent provided for in the Treasury Regulations. If tax is withheld on the amount of a distribution in excess of the amount constituting a dividend, then a refund of any such excess amounts may be obtained if a claim for refund is timely filed with the IRS.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification (generally, IRS Form W-8BEN) and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

128


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  n  

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the United States;

 

  n  

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  n  

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.

We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a non-U.S. corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form), or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

129


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” foreign financial institutions (which term includes most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with certain new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S.-source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments include generally U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers, even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Final Treasury regulations defer this withholding obligation until January 1, 2014 for payments of U.S.-source dividends and until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of stock in a U.S. corporation.

We will not pay any additional amounts to non-U.S. holders in respect of any amounts withheld pursuant to FATCA. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

 

130


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2013, among us, and Jefferies LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., as the representatives of the underwriters named below and the joint book-running managers of this offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES

Jefferies LLC.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $                     per share of common stock. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $                     per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

131


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares .

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

 

 

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $         .

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “MBII.”

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n  

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or

 

132


Table of Contents
  n  

otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

  n  

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

The representatives may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a

 

133


Table of Contents

specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to             shares of common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares in this offering. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. Except for certain participants who have entered into lock-up agreements as contemplated above, each person buying shares through the directed share program has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from and including the date of this prospectus, he or she will not, without the prior written consent of each of the representatives, dispose of or hedge any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock with respect to shares purchased in the program. For those participants who have entered into lock-up agreements as contemplated above, the lock-up agreements contemplated therein shall govern with respect to their purchases of shares of common stock in the program. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Shaugn Stanley, one of our directors, currently serves as Senior Managing Director at Stifel Financial Corp., an affiliate of one of the underwriters.

Disclaimers About Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date ), no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate,

 

134


Table of Contents

approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

 

135


Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “ SFA ”), (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

 

  (iii) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

136


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, San Francisco, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Jones Day, New York, New York. A partner of Morrison & Foerster LLP, our counsel, beneficially owns less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

137


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

138


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

139


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-38   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-39   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-40   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-41   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-42   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Sacramento, California

June 17, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Par Value)

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012     2011  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,006      $ 2,215   

Short-term investments

            2,000   

Restricted cash

     9,139          

Accounts receivable

     2,970        447   

Inventories

     4,872        3,247   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     478        329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     27,465        8,238   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     3,528        1,067   

Other assets

     2,785        513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 33,778      $ 9,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,104      $ 930   

Accrued liabilities

     3,023        1,678   

Deferred revenue, current portion

     324        175   

Capital lease obligations, current portion

     207        179   

Debt, current portion

     8,572        219   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,884        27   

Common stock warrant liability

     301          

Convertible notes payable, current portion

     22,518          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     38,933        3,208   

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     1,696        601   

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     195        115   

Debt, less current portion

     7,766        293   

Convertible notes payable, less current portion

     19,342          

Other liabilities

     481        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     68,413        4,306   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Convertible preferred stock—Series A: $0.00001 par value; 4,674 shares authorized; 4,656 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (aggregate liquidation preference of $3,867 at December 31, 2012)

     3,747        3,747   

Convertible preferred stock—Series B: $0.00001 par value; 7,066 shares authorized; 7,036 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (aggregate liquidation preference of $10,870 at December 31, 2012)

     10,758        10,758   

Convertible preferred stock—Series C: $0.00001 par value; 15,950 shares authorized; 14,997 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 (aggregate liquidation preference of $25,405 at December 31, 2012)

     25,107        25,107   

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock: $0.00001 par value; 40,600 shares authorized; 3,979 and 3,915 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

              

Additional paid-in capital

     1,322        636   

Accumulated deficit

     (75,569     (34,736
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (74,247     (34,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 33,778      $ 9,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amount)

 

 

 

           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31      
       2012      2011  

Revenues:

       

Product

     $          6,961       $ 5,194   

License

       179         57   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

       7,140         5,251   

Cost of product revenues

       4,333         2,172   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

       2,807         3,079   

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

       12,741         9,410   

Non-cash charge associated with a convertible note

       3,610           

Selling, general, and administrative

       10,294         6,793   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

       26,645         16,203   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

       (23,838      (13,124

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

       16         22   

Interest expense

       (2,466      (88

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

       (12,461      1   

Other income (expense), net

       (45      9   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

       (14,956      (56
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

       (38,794      (13,180

Income taxes

                 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

       (38,794      (13,180

Deemed dividend on convertible notes

       (2,039        
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

     $ (40,833    $ (13,180
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

       

Basic and diluted

     $ (10.35    $ (3.39
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per common share:

       

Basic and diluted

       3,945         3,888   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31  
     2012     2011  

Net loss

   $            (38,794   $     (13,180

Other comprehensive loss

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (38,794   $ (13,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

     CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK      STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT  
                   ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
     ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’
DEFICIT
 
     SERIES A      SERIES B      SERIES C      TOTAL      COMMON STOCK          
     SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT          

Balance at December 31, 2010

     4,656       $ 3,747         7,036       $ 10,758         7,175       $ 11,947         18,867       $ 26,452         3,873       $       $ 352       $ (21,556   $ (21,204

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $91

                                     7,822         13,160         7,822         13,160                                          

Exercise of stock options

                                                                     42                 13                13   

Share-based compensation

                                                                                     271                271   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                                                                             (13,180     (13,180
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     4,656         3,747         7,036         10,758         14,997         25,107         26,689         39,612         3,915                 636         (34,736     (34,100

Exercise of stock options

                                                                     64                 24                24   

Share-based compensation

                                                                                     662                662   

Deemed dividend, convertible notes

                                                                                             (2,039     (2,039

Net loss and comprehensive loss

                                                                                             (38,794     (38,794
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     4,656       $ 3,747         7,036       $ 10,758         14,997       $ 25,107         26,689       $ 39,612         3,979       $       $ 1,322       $ (75,569   $ (74,247
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31  
     2012      2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net loss

   $        (38,794    $     (13,180

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

     613         499   

Share-based compensation

     662         271   

Noncash interest expense

     1,224         4   

Reduction of revenue associated with issuance of a convertible note ( Note 7)

     245           

Non-cash charge associated with a convertible note ( Note 7)

     3,610           

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     12,461         (1

Gain on equipment sale and leaseback

             (6

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

     (2,523      430   

Inventories

     (1,625      (1,703

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (149      (191

Other assets

     (1,948      (472

Accounts payable

     1,174         438   

Accrued liabilities

     1,345         668   

Deferred revenue

     1,244         776   

Other liabilities

     36         42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (22,425      (12,425

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Purchases of plant, property and equipment

     (2,757      (423

Purchase of short-term investments

             (2,000

Maturity of short-term investments

     2,000           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (757      (2,423

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

             13,160   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

     24,076           

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of financing costs

     17,375           

Proceeds from line of credit

     500         500   

Repayment of line of credit

     (500      (500

Repayment of debt

     (1,154      (206

Repayment of capital leases

     (209      (191

Change in restricted cash

     (9,139        

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     24         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     30,973         12,776   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,791         (2,072

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     2,215         4,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 10,006       $ 2,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

     

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized of $106 and $0 for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

   $ 1,136       $ 84   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities

     

Interest added to the principal of convertible notes

   $ 837       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 317       $ 93   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012

1. Summary of Business

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (Company), formerly Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 15, 2006, and is located in Davis, California. In July 2012, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Marrone Michigan Manufacturing LCC (MMM LLC), a Michigan corporation, which holds the assets of a manufacturing plant the Company purchased in July 2012 as discussed in Note 2. The Company makes bio-based pest management and plant health products. The Company targets the major markets that use conventional chemical pesticides, including certain agricultural and water markets where its bio-based products are used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides. The Company also targets new markets for which there are no available conventional chemical pesticides, the use of conventional chemical pesticides may not be desirable or permissible, or the development of pest resistance has reduced the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. The Company delivers EPA-approved and registered biopesticide products and other bio-based products that address the global demand for effective, safe and environmentally responsible products.

The Company is an early stage company with a limited operating history and has only recently begun commercializing its products. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $75,569,000 and expects to incur losses for the next several years. Since its inception, the Company has funded operations primarily with the net proceeds from the private placements of convertible preferred stock, convertible notes, promissory notes, term loans, as well as proceeds from the sale of its products and payments under strategic collaboration agreements and government grants. As a result, the Company will need to generate significant revenue to achieve and maintain profitability. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a working capital deficit of $11,468,000, which includes $22,518,000 of the current portion of convertible notes payable which will be settled via conversion into the Company’s equity instruments (see Note 7), and cash and cash equivalents of $10,006,000. Management believes that currently available resources combined with the additional proceeds raised from the issuance of convertible notes in 2013 (see Note 16) will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash requirements through at least December 31, 2013.

The Company participates in a heavily regulated and highly competitive crop protection industry and believes that adverse changes in any of the following areas could have a material effect on the Company’s future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, inability to obtain regulatory approvals, increased competition in the pesticide market, market acceptance of the Company’s products, weather and other seasonal factors beyond the Company’s control, litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property, patent, product, regulatory or other factors, and the Company’s ability to support increased growth.

Although management recognizes that it may need to raise additional funds in the future, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful or that, in the event that they are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will not be unfavorable. Any failure to obtain additional financing or fund the operations with cash flows from revenues will have a material effect upon the Company and will likely result in a substantial reduction in the scope of the Company’s operations.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through June 17, 2013, the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and has appropriately accounted for and disclosed all relevant subsequent events through this date.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid financial instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit, money market funds and certificates of deposit accounts with U.S. financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by financial institutions to the extent that cash and cash equivalents balances with financial institutions are in excess of amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses on these deposits.

Restricted Cash

The Company’s restricted cash consists of cash that the Company was contractually obligated as of December 31, 2012 to use to pay off the entire indebtedness of the promissory note entered into in April 2012 with an original principal balance of $10,000,000. See Notes 6 and 16 for further discussion.

Short-Term Investments

The Company’s short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit with original maturities less than one year but greater than three months which are classified as held-to-maturity. Certificates of deposit are stated at their amortized cost with realized gains or losses, if any, reported as other income or expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company routinely evaluates the realizability of its short-term investments and recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the estimated fair value of a short-term investment is below the amortized cost and determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers various factors in determining whether to recognize an impairment charge, including the duration of time and the severity to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, any adverse changes in the investee’s financial condition, and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the short-term investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on its short-term investments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as an exit price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A three-tier fair value hierarchy has been established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: Level 1, observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and Level 3, unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires that the Company develop its own assumptions. This hierarchy requires the use of observable data, when available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

The following tables present the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2012  
     TOTAL      LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 7,668       $ 7,668       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Common stock warrant liability

   $ 301       $       $       $ 301   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,884                         1,884   

Convertible notes payable

     41,860                         41,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ 44,045       $       $       $ 44,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

 

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2011  
     TOTAL      LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 305       $ 305       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 27       $       $       $ 27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The money market funds held as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, were in active markets and, therefore, measured based on the Level 1 valuation hierarchy.

Starting with fiscal year 2012, the Company changed the valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability from the Option Pricing Method (OPM) to the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM) due to the increased probability of a successful initial public offering and the closing of additional debt financing. The PWERM analyzes the returns afforded to common equity holders under multiple future scenarios. Under the PWERM, share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows (distributions to shareholders), considering each of the possible future events and giving consideration to the rights and preferences of each share class. This method is most appropriate when the long-term outlook for an enterprise is largely known and multiple future scenarios can be reasonably estimated. The OPM treats each class of equity securities as if it were an option to purchase common stock, with an exercise price based on the value of the enterprise and based further on the liquidation preference and rights of the relevant class of equity. While this method relies on certain key assumptions, it is best used when the range of possible future outcomes and the corresponding time frames are highly uncertain.

The common and preferred stock warrant liabilities were valued by a PWERM valuation using six scenarios, which included three initial public offering scenarios, two merger scenarios and a sale of the Company’s intellectual property. An annual discount rate of 35% was applied to the PWERM valuation. The common stock warrants also include an 18% discount for lack of marketability. As the PWERM estimates the fair value of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities using unobservable inputs, it is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. Changes in the probability weights and discount rates have a significant impact on the fair value of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities. As a result of the changing probability weights between December 31, 2011, issuance dates and December 31, 2012, the Company recognized a loss from the change in fair value as shown in the table below.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

     COMMON
STOCK
WARRANT
LIABILITY
 

Fair value at December 31, 2011

   $   

Warrants issued

     282   

Change in fair value recorded in change in fair value of financial instruments

     19   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 301   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

 

 

     PREFERRED
STOCK
WARRANT
LIABILITY
 

Fair value at December 31, 2010

   $ 28   

Warrant issued

       

Change in fair value recorded in change in fair value of financial instruments

     (1
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2011

     27   

Series C preferred stock warrant issued

     306   

Change in fair value recorded in change in fair value of financial instruments

     1,551   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,884   
  

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued several convertible notes in a series of transactions as described in Note 7. These convertible notes were valued by a PWERM valuation utilizing inputs similar to those used for estimating fair values of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities described further above. A discount rate of 25% was used for valuing the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes defined in Note 7. A discount rate of 18% was used for the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note and the December 2012 Convertible Note, both defined in Note 7. These discount rates were applied into the PWERM valuations. Changes in the probability weights and discount rates have a significant impact on the valuation of the convertible notes. As a result of the changing probability weights between the issuance dates of the convertible notes and December 31, 2012, the Company recognized a loss from the change in estimated fair value of the convertible notes as shown in the table below and discussed in Note 7.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the convertible notes measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2011

   $   

Convertible notes issued

     30,132   

Accrued interest

     837   

Change in fair valued recorded in change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     10,891   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 41,860   
  

 

 

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, no transfers were made into or out of the Level 1, 2, or 3 categories.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and debt. The Company deposits its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments with high credit quality domestic financial institutions. Such deposits may exceed federal deposit insurance limits. The Company believes the financial risks associated with these financial instruments are minimal.

The Company’s customer base is dispersed across many different geographic areas, and currently most customers are pest management distributors in the U.S. Generally, receivables are due 30 days from the invoice date and are considered past due after this date.

As of December 31, 2012, four customers accounted for 33%, 17%, 11%, and 11%, respectively, or a total of 72% of the Company’s accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2011, five customers accounted for 26%, 17%, 17%, 15%, and 11%, respectively, or a total of 86% of the Company’s accounts receivable. Since its inception, the Company’s principal source of revenues has been its Regalia product. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, Regalia accounted for 84% and 95%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues. For the year ended

 

F-11


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012, three customers represented 33%, 13%, and 12%, respectively, or a total of 58% of the Company’s total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2011, three customers represented 39%, 17%, and 10%, respectively, or a total of 66% of the Company’s revenues. Domestic revenues accounted for 80% and 93% of the Company’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Concentrations of Supplier Dependence

The active ingredient in the Company’s Regalia product line is derived from the giant knotweed plant, which the Company obtains from China. The Company’s single supplier acquires raw knotweed from numerous regional sources and performs an extraction process on this plant, creating a dried extract that is shipped to the Company’s third party manufacturer in the U.S. A disruption at this supplier’s manufacturing site or a disruption in trade between the U.S. and China could negatively impact sales of Regalia. The Company currently uses one supplier and there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be able to obtain dried extract from China at a competitive price.

Accounts Receivable

The carrying value of the Company’s receivables represents their estimated net realizable values. The Company generally does not require collateral and estimates any required allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical collection trends, the age of outstanding receivables, and existing economic conditions. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that specific receivable balances may be impaired, further consideration is given to the collectibility of those balances and the allowance is recorded accordingly. Past-due receivable balances are written off when the Company’s internal collection efforts have been unsuccessful in collecting the amount due.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value (net realizable value or replacement cost) and include the cost of material and external labor and manufacturing costs. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis. The Company provides for inventory reserves when conditions indicate that the selling price may be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other factors. Additionally, the Company provides reserves for excess and slow-moving inventory on hand that is not expected to be sold to reduce the carrying amount of excess slow-moving inventory to its estimated net realizable value. The reserves are based upon estimates about future demand from the Company’s customers and distributors and market conditions. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no reserves against its inventories. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $913,000 of inventory write-off primarily due to an early formulation of the Zequanox line of products that was not suitable for sale. No such inventory write-off recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012      2011  

Raw materials

   $ 3,204       $ 1,992   

Work-in-process

     607           

Finished goods

     1,061         1,255   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,872       $ 3,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The Company generally uses the following estimate useful lives for each asset category:

 

 

 

ASSET CATEGORY

  

ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE

Building

   30 years

Computer equipment

   2-3 years

Machinery and equipment

   3-20 years

Office equipment

   3-5 years

Furniture

   3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease term or useful life

Software

   3 years

 

 

Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that substantially increase an asset’s useful life are capitalized.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs, net include fees and costs incurred to obtain long-term financing. The costs are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans on a basis that approximates level yield. Unamortized deferred financing fees are written-off when debt is retired before the maturity date. Upon amendment or termination of a debt, unamortized deferred financing fees are accounted for in accordance with ASC 470-50-40, Modifications and Extinguishments . As of December 31, 2012, $145,000 and $261,000 of the deferred financing costs were recorded as a component of current and non-current other assets, respectively, and being amortized as interest expense. No such deferred financing costs were recorded as of December 31, 2011.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment losses related to long-lived assets are recognized in the event the net carrying value of such assets exceeds fair value. The Company assesses the impairment of its long-lived assets annually or more frequently upon events or changes in circumstances that indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company performs impairment testing at the asset group level that represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. In making this determination, the Company considers the specific operating characteristics of the relevant long-lived assets, including (i) the nature of the direct and any indirect revenues generated by the assets; (ii) the interdependency of the revenues generated by the assets; and (iii) the nature and extent of any shared costs necessary to operate the assets in their intended use. An impairment test would be performed when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group are less than the carrying amount. Impairment is measured by assessing the usefulness of an asset by comparing its carrying value to its fair value. If an asset is considered impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair value is determined based upon estimated discounted future cash flows. To date, the Company has not recognized any such impairment loss associated with its long-lived assets.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company accounts for outstanding warrants exercisable into shares of its preferred stock as liability instruments as the preferred stock into which these warrants are convertible are contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of certain events or transactions. The Company adjusts the warrant instruments to fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Common Stock Warrant Liability

The Company issued detachable common stock warrants in conjunction with the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes as defined and discussed in Note 6 to purchase a variable number of the Company’s shares of common stock based on a fixed monetary amount. As the predominant settlement feature of these common stock warrants is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, these common stock warrants fall

 

F-13


Table of Contents

within the scope of ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480). Accordingly, these common stock warrants were recorded at estimated fair value on their issuance date and are adjusted to their estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery and transfer of title has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured, unless contractual obligations, acceptance provisions or other contingencies exist. If such obligations or provisions exist, revenue is recognized after such obligations or provisions are fulfilled or expire.

Product revenues consist of revenues generated from sales to distributors and from sales of the Company’s products to direct customers, net of rebates and cash discounts. For sales of products made to distributors, the Company considers a number of factors in determining whether revenue is recognized upon transfer of title to the distributor, or when payment is received. These factors include, but are not limited to, whether the payment terms offered to the distributor are considered to be non-standard, the distributor history of adhering to the terms of its contractual arrangements with the Company, whether the Company has a pattern of granting concessions for the benefit of the distributor, and whether there are other conditions that may indicate that the sale to the distributor is not substantive. The Company currently recognizes revenue primarily on the sell-in method with its distributors. Distributors do not have price protection or return rights.

The Company offers certain product rebates, which are recorded as reductions to product revenues. An accrued liability for these product rebates is recorded at the time the revenues are recorded.

The Company recognizes license revenues pursuant to strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which the Company receives payments for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events. As these activities and payments are associated with exclusive rights that the Company provides in connection with strategic collaboration and distribution agreements over the term of the agreements, revenues related to the payments received are deferred and recognized as revenues over the term of the exclusive distribution period of the respective agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company received payments totaling $1,533,000 and $833,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $179,000 and $57,000, respectively, in license revenues. In addition, in conjunction with the December 2012 Convertible Note issued in December 2012, which is described in Note 7, the Company recorded a reduction of license revenue of $110,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, the Company had recorded current and non-current deferred revenues of $324,000 and $1,696,000, respectively, related to payments received under these agreements. At December 31, 2011, the Company had recorded current and non-current deferred revenues of $175,000 and $601,000, respectively, related to payments received under these agreements.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no deferred product revenues.

Research and Development

Research and development expenditures, which primarily consist of payroll-related expenses, toxicology costs, regulatory costs, consulting costs and lab costs, are expensed to operations as incurred. Grants received from third parties for research and development activity are recorded as reductions of expense over the term of the agreement as the related activities are conducted.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company received payments under grants totaling $140,000 and $164,000, respectively. Of these amounts, $0 and $31,000 are recorded in accrued liabilities as accrued grant proceeds for which the underlying grant services have not been provided as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company reduced research and development expenses by $171,000 and $195,000, respectively, as services were performed under the grants.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Amounts billed for shipping and handling are included as a component of revenues. Related costs for shipping and handling have been included as a component of cost of product revenues.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, were $609,000 and $286,000, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for all stock options made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the stock options that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods using the straight-line method. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

For purposes of determining the Company’s historical share-based compensation expense, it used the Black-Scholes-Merton (BSM) option-pricing model to calculate the estimated fair value of stock options on the measurement date (generally, the grant date). This model requires inputs for the expected life of the stock options, estimated volatility factor, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield. The Company’s estimates of forfeiture rates also affect the amount of aggregate compensation expense. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant judgment. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company calculated the fair value of stock options granted using the following assumptions:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
     2012    2011

Expected life (years)

   5.00–6.08    5.00–6.28

Estimated volatility factor

   .72–.76    .70

Risk-free interest rate

   0.74%–1.16%    0.86%–2.40%

Expected dividend yield

     

 

 

Expected Life— The Company’s expected life represents the period that its share-based payment awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses the “simplified method” in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107, Share-Based Payment , and SAB No. 110, Simplified Method for Plain Vanilla Share Options , to develop the expected term of an employee stock option. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual end of the option grant.

Estimated Volatility Factor —The Company uses the calculated volatility based upon the trading history and calculated volatility of the common stock of comparable but publicly traded agricultural biotechnology companies in determining an estimated volatility factor.

Risk-Free Interest Rate— The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury constant-maturity securities with the same or substantially equivalent remaining term.

Expected Dividend Yield— The Company has not declared dividends nor does it expect to in the foreseeable future. Therefore, a zero value was assumed for the expected dividend yield.

Estimated Forfeitures— When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers voluntary and involuntary termination behavior and actual option forfeitures.

If in the future the Company determines that other methods are more reasonable, or other methods for calculating these assumptions are prescribed by authoritative guidance, the fair value calculated for the Company’s stock options could change significantly. Higher volatility and longer expected lives result in an increase to share-based compensation expense determined at the grant date. Share-based compensation expense affects the Company’s research and development expense and selling, general, and administrative expense.

The BSM option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable characteristics not present in the Company’s stock options. Existing

 

F-15


Table of Contents

valuation models, including the BSM option-pricing model, may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of the Company’s stock options. Consequently, there is a risk that the Company’s estimates of the fair values of the stock options on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon exercise. Stock options may expire or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in the consolidated financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments is significantly higher than the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in the consolidated financial statements.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net principally included losses resulting from foreign currency transactions in the amount of $54,000 and $0, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. To the extent deferred tax assets cannot be recognized under the preceding criteria, the Company establishes valuation allowances as necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, all deferred tax assets were fully offset by a valuation allowance. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future federal, state, and foreign taxable income. The Company’s judgments regarding deferred tax assets may change as the Company expands into international jurisdictions, due to future market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws, and other factors. These changes, if any, may require possible material adjustments to these deferred tax assets, resulting in a reduction in net income or an increase in net loss in the period when such determinations are made.

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based upon a two-step process. To the extent a tax position does not meet a more-likely-than-not level of certainty, no benefit is recognized in the consolidated financial statements. If a position meets the more-likely-than-not level of certainty, it is recognized in the consolidated financial statements at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company’s policy is to analyze the Company’s tax positions taken with respect to all applicable income tax issues for all open tax years (in each respective jurisdiction). As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has concluded that no uncertain tax positions were required to be recognized in its consolidated financial statements. It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. No amounts were recognized for interest and penalties during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents the net loss for the period plus the results of certain changes to stockholders’ deficit that are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations, if applicable. The only component of the Company’s comprehensive loss for the periods presented is net loss.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company’s potentially dilutive shares, which include outstanding stock options, convertible notes, convertible preferred stock and warrants, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for all periods as their effect would be anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce the loss per share.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth potential shares of common stock that are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive as of the end of each period presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31  
             2012                      2011          

Convertible preferred stock

     26,689         26,689   

Convertible notes (1)

               

Stock options outstanding

     6,482         4,344   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     648         48   

Warrants to purchase common stock (2)

             15   

 

 

(1)    

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately $41,860,000 in contingently convertible notes payable and related accrued interest for which the contingencies related to conversion had not been met as of December 31, 2012. Therefore, it would have no dilutive or anti-dilutive impact for the year ended December 31, 2012. Refer to Note 7 for further discussion.

(2)    

The warrant to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock was outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and expired in April 2012. In October 2012, the Company issued warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 15% of the funded principal amount of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes as defined in Note 6, divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an initial public offering (IPO), with an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO. These warrants are contingently exercisable for which the contingencies related to exercise had not been met as of December 31, 2012. Therefore, it would have no dilutive or anti-dilutive impact for the year ended December 31, 2012. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the numbers of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock were at a ratio of one-to-one.

Segment Information

The Company is organized as a single operating segment, whereby its chief operating decision maker assesses the performance of and allocates resources to the business as a whole.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued additional guidance on fair value disclosures. This guidance contains certain updates to the measurement guidance as well as enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for “Level 3” measurements including enhanced disclosure for: (1) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity; and (2) the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The Company adopted this guidance for fiscal year 2012 and has enhanced its fair value disclosures in the Fair Value of Financial Instruments sections of this note.

In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The guidance allows two presentation alternatives: (1) present items of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income; or (2) in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and interim periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted, but full retrospective application is required under both sets of accounting standards. The guidance also previously required the presentation of adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented; however, this portion of the guidance has been deferred. The Company adopted this guidance for fiscal year 2012 and has presented the net income and other comprehensive income in two separate consecutive statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

3. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012     2011  

Land

   $ 1      $   

Buildings

              

Computer equipment and software

     355        207   

Furniture, fixtures, and office equipment

     192        145   

Lab equipment

     2,446        1,812   

Leasehold improvements

     472        331   

Construction in progress

     2,103          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,569        2,495   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (2,041     (1,428
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,528      $ 1,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The Company has granted to third parties interests in specific property and equipment as part of certain financing arrangements (see Note 6).

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, was $613,000 and $499,000, respectively, which included amortization expense related to capital leases for those periods (see Note 12).

On July 19, 2012 (Acquisition Date), the Company purchased land, building and equipment (Manufacturing Plant) for $1,459,000, including $341,000 of transaction costs. The Manufacturing Plant is located in Bangor, Michigan. Prior to the acquisition, the Manufacturing Plant was owned by a bank and sold in a foreclosure auction. Accordingly, the purchase price for the Manufacturing Plant was less than the estimated fair value of the assets acquired by $257,000. The excess of fair value of the assets acquired over the purchase price is allocated on a relative fair value basis to all assets acquired. The acquisition of the Manufacturing Plant will allow the Company to manufacture certain products internally and improve the overall operating efficiencies and margins of the business as the production of these products historically has been outsourced.

The acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . The assets acquired under the Manufacturing Plant acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the Acquisition Date. The purchase price was allocated to assets acquired as of the Acquisition Date.

Prior to the allocation of the excess of fair value of the assets acquired over the purchase price, the assets acquired are first measured at their fair values. The Company engaged a third-party valuation firm to assist with its estimated fair value of the assets acquired. The following methods and assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of each class of asset acquired:

Land—Market approach based on similar, but not identical, transactions in the market. Adjustments to comparable sales are based on both the quantitative and qualitative data.

Building—The cost approach, market approach and income approach were used to assess fair value. Cost approach is based on replacement cost new less depreciation adjusted for physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and external/economic obsolescence, as applicable. The market approach is based on similar, but not identical, transactions in the market using both quantitative and qualitative data. The income approach is based on the direct capitalization method using similar but not identical lease rates and making an assessment of net operating income.

Equipment—Both the cost approach and the market approach were used to assess fair value. Cost approach is based on replacement cost new less depreciation adjusted for physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and external/

 

F-18


Table of Contents

economic obsolescence, as applicable. The market approach is based on similar, but not identical, transactions in the market using both quantitative and qualitative data. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired as of the Acquisition Date, which were determined using level two and three inputs as described above (in thousands):

 

 

 

     JULY 19, 2012  

Land

   $ 1   

Building

     314   

Equipment

     1,144   
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired

   $ 1,459   
  

 

 

 

 

 

As the Manufacturing Plant had not yet been placed in service as of December 31, 2012, the assets acquired, except the land, were recorded as construction in process as a component of property, plant and equipment in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012.

4. Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012      2011  

Prepaid initial public offering costs

   $ 2,257       $ 303   

Prepaid distribution fees

     134         157   

Deferred financing costs, less current portion

     261           

Other assets

     133         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,785       $ 513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

5. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012      2011  

Accrued compensation

   $ 1,342       $ 786   

Accrued expenses

     1,295         484   

Accrued product rebates

     386         408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,023       $ 1,678   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

6. Debt

Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012     2011  

Promissory note bearing interest at 6.25% per annum, which is payable monthly through May 2013, collateralized by all of the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property), net of unamortized debt discount at December 31, 2012 of $1, subordinated (1)

   $ 35      $ 122   

Revolving line of credit (Revolver) bearing interest at the prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2011) plus 2.00% with a minimum interest rate of 6.00% per annum. The Revolver was terminated in March 2012 (1)

              

Term Loan (Term Loan) bearing interest at 7.00% per annum which is payable monthly through April 2016. The Term Loan is collateralized by all the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property) pledged as collateral under the Term Loan, subordinated (1)

     426          

Promissory note bearing interest at 7.00% per annum which is payable monthly through November 2014, collateralized by all of the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property), net of unamortized debt discount at December 31, 2012 of $4, subordinated (1)

   $ 261      $ 390   

Senior secured promissory note (April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note) bearing interest at 15.00% per annum which is payable monthly through April 2017, collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, net of unamortized debt discount at December 31, 2012 of $765

     8,374          

Junior secured promissory notes (October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes) bearing interest at 12.00% per annum which is payable monthly through October 2015, collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, net of unamortized debt discount at December 31, 2012 of $258 (1)

     7,242          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt

     16,338        512   

Less current portion

     (8,572     (219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 7,766      $ 293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The lender’s security interest is subordinate to the holders of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note with the exception of its interest in equipment.

As of December 31, 2012, aggregate contractual future principal payments on the Company’s debt, by year, are due as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 9,433   

2014

     251   

2015

     7,635   

2016

     47   
  

 

 

 

Total future principal payments

   $ 17,366   
  

 

 

 

 

 

The Company believes the carrying values of its debt approximate their fair values at December 31, 2012 and 2011 based on the interest rates as of those dates compared to similar debt instruments.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Promissory Notes, Term Loan and Revolving Line of Credit

In May 2008, the Company borrowed $400,000 pursuant to a promissory note with a bank which bears interest at the rate of 6.25% per annum and is repayable in 60 equal monthly installments of $7,785 commencing June 1, 2008.

In March 2009, October 2010 and October 2011, the Company and the bank agreed to modify the terms of its existing revolving line of credit (Revolver). Under the modified terms of the Revolver, the Company’s borrowings under the Revolver are limited to 75% of qualifying accounts receivable with a maximum borrowing limit of $500,000. In March 2012, the Company entered into a change in terms agreement with the bank under which the existing Revolver was replaced by Term Loan in the amount of $500,000 with a rate of 7.00% per annum, maturing April 1, 2016. The Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property) have been pledged as collateral under Term Loan. There was no outstanding balance on the Revolver as of December 31, 2011 and the Revolver was terminated in March 2012.

In March 2009, the Company borrowed $650,000 pursuant to a promissory note with the bank which bears interest at the rate of 7.00% per annum and is repayable in six monthly interest only payments starting May 1, 2009, followed by 60 equal monthly installments of $13,000 commencing November 1, 2009, with the final payment due on November 1, 2014.

All of the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and any intellectual property) have been pledged as collateral for the promissory notes.

On April 13, 2012, the Company borrowed $10,000,000 pursuant to a senior secured promissory note (April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note) which bears interest at 15.00% per annum and required the Company to pay the lender non-refundable loan fees of $625,000. The April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note is payable in 59 monthly installments of $238,000 beginning in May 2012 with all unpaid principal and interest due in April 2017. The April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s present and future assets. The Company also issued a warrant (Series C Warrant) to the lender to purchase 600,000 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $2.50 per share. The Series C Warrant will expire, unless exercised, on the earlier to occur of April 2022 or one year after the Company successfully completes its IPO. The Company estimated the fair value of the Series C Warrant using a PWERM valuation based on unobservable inputs, and therefore the Series C Warrant is considered to be a Level 3 liability.

The loan fees and the fair value of the Series C Warrant at the date of issuance of $625,000 and $306,000, respectively, were being recorded as a debt discount to the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the effective interest rate method.

The April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note contains certain covenant requirements which includes a requirement to maintain a minimum cash balance of at least $3,000,000 starting January 1, 2013. In the event of default on the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note, the lender may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable.

Under the terms of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note, the Company may elect to prepay the entire outstanding principal balance upon thirty days written notice to the lender. In the event the Company decides to prepay the entire loan balance, the Company will incur a termination fee that is calculated based on the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note’s outstanding principal balance as of the effective date of termination notice. The termination fee is 0% to 3% of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note’s outstanding balance as of the effective date of termination notice, depending on the timing of the termination.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Activity related to the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note from its issuance on April 13, 2012 through December 31, 2012 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     APRIL 13,
2012
    AMORTIZATION
OF DEBT
DISCOUNT
     PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Principal

   $ 10,000      $       $ (861   $ 9,139   

Discount related to Series C Warrant (1)

     (306     55                (251

Discount related to financing costs (1)

     (625     111                (514
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 9,069      $ 166       $ (861   $ 8,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The amortization of this account is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and noncash interest expense in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Under the terms of the December 2012 Convertible Note issued in December 2012 (Note 7), the Company is required to use the proceeds from this convertible note to repay all outstanding balance of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note within 35 days of closing. The Company repaid the outstanding balance of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note in January 2013 (Note 16) and has classified the outstanding balance of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note as of December 31, 2012 as a current liability.

On October 2, 2012, the Company borrowed $7,500,000 pursuant to senior notes (October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes) with a group of lenders. The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes have an initial term of three years and can be extended for an additional two years in one year increments. During the initial three-year term, the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes bear interest at 12% per annum. If the term of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes is extended an additional year, the interest rate increases to 13% during the fourth year. If the term of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes is extended for an additional two years, the interest rate is 14% during the fifth year. Interest on the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes is payable monthly through the initial maturity date of the loan which is October 2, 2015 or through any extension period. The principal and all unpaid interest are due on the maturity date, as may be extended.

As part of the terms of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is required to pay a fee of 5% of the funded principal amount to the agent that facilitated the borrowing (Agent Fee). This Agent Fee is payable within 30 days after all interest and principal have been paid. For each year the Company extends the maturity date of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes beyond the initial term, the agent will receive an additional 1% fee based on the funded principal amount. The present value of the unpaid Agent Fee, based on 5% of the funded principal amount, or $261,000 as of the closing date of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes was recorded as both deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and non-current other liabilities. The amortization of the deferred financing costs and the accretion of the Agent Fee are recorded to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method. As of December 31, 2012, $270,000 of Agent Fee was recorded under non-current other liabilities. In addition, the Company incurred an additional $66,000 in financing-related costs, primarily legal fees. These costs were recorded as deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method.

The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes are secured by the Company’s ownership interest in MMM LLC, a security interest in the assets of the Manufacturing Plant, and all of the Company’s other assets, subject to certain permitted liens. This security interest is subordinate to the security interest held by the holders of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note as described above, which also have a security interest in MMM LLC.

The Company also issued warrants (Common Stock Warrants) to the group of lenders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 15% of the funded principal amount of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with such Common Stock Warrants to have an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO. The Common Stock Warrants will be automatically exercised immediately prior to expiration on the earlier to occur of an

 

F-22


Table of Contents

IPO or a sale of the Company or the maturity of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes. The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes can be prepaid six months after the initial funding date or earlier if an IPO or a sale of the Company occurs. As the predominant settlement feature of the Common Stock Warrants is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the Common Stock Warrants are accounted for under ASC 480. Accordingly, the Common Stock Warrants were recorded at estimated fair value on their issuance date and are adjusted to its estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the Common Stock Warrants at the date of issuance of $282,000 is recorded as a discount to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method. The Company estimated the fair value of the Common Stock Warrants using a PWERM valuation based on unobservable inputs, and therefore the Common Stock Warrants are considered to be Level 3 liabilities.

The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes contain certain covenant requirements which include a requirement to maintain a minimum cash balance of the lesser of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note indebtedness described above or $5,000,000. As discussed above, the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note was fully paid off in January 2013. The Company is also precluded from adding additional debt unless such debt is subordinated to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and not more than $2,000,000. In the event of default on the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, the lenders may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable.

Activity related to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes from their issuance on October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     OCTOBER 2,
2012
    AMORTIZATION
OF DEBT
DISCOUNT
     PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Principal

   $ 7,500      $       $       $ 7,500   

Discount related to issuance of common stock warrants  (1)

     (282     24                 (258
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,218      $ 24       $       $ 7,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The amortization of this account is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and as noncash interest expense in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

The Company is also required to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants under the debt agreements discussed above. In the event of default on the debt, the lender(s) may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all of the affirmative and negative covenants, and there were no events of default as defined in the agreements related to the debt.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

7. Convertible Notes Payable

Convertible notes payable consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MATURITY
DATE
   DECEMBER 31
2012
 

Convertible notes (March 2012 Convertible Notes) bearing interest at 10.00% per annum issued in March and April 2012, including accrued interest of $658

   September
2013
   $ 20,204   

Convertible note (October 2012 Convertible Note) bearing interest at 10.00% per annum issued in October 2012, including accrued interest of $25

   September
2013
     2,314   
     

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable, current portion

        22,518   

Convertible note (October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note) bearing interest at 12.00% per annum issued in October 2012, including accrued interest of $64

   October
2015
     2,797   

Convertible note (December 2012 Convertible Note) bearing interest at 10.00% per annum issued in December 2012, including accrued interest of $90

   October
2015
     16,545   
     

 

 

 

Total convertible notes payable

      $ 41,860   
     

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes

During March 2012 through April 2012, the Company issued and sold in a series of closings $8,076,000 of convertible notes (March 2012 Convertible Notes) to existing preferred stock holders. During October 2012, the Company issued an additional $1,000,000 convertible note (October 2012 Convertible Note) to another existing preferred stock holder. Collectively, the March 2012 Convertible Notes and the October 2012 Convertible Note are referred to as the “March and October 2012 Convertible Notes,” and they accrue interest at 10% per annum. The principal and accrued interest then outstanding under the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes (Outstanding Balance) matures on September 30, 2013 (Maturity Date) or earlier, at which time all such Outstanding Balance will automatically convert into a new series of preferred stock to be authorized immediately prior to the Maturity Date.

The Outstanding Balance may become due and payable prior to the Maturity Date upon an event of default. The Maturity Date may be extended by six months with the written approval of the holders of at least 80% of the Outstanding Balance, and the Company may not incur any debt senior in preference to the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes without the written consent of holders of 70% of the Outstanding Balance.

If the Company closes an IPO in which the Company receives gross cash proceeds, before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees, of at least $30,000,000 (a Qualified IPO) or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or a series of transactions that result in the transfer of more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting power (an Acquisition), the Outstanding Balance of the March 2012 Convertible Notes will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate of 70% of the per share price of the Company’s common stock sold in the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition. In the event of an Qualified IPO or Acquisition, the Outstanding Balance of the October 2012 Convertible Note will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate of 80% of the per share price of the Company’s common stock sold in the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition.

Alternatively, the Outstanding Balance will be automatically converted into other new securities, as follows, if prior to closing the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition, the Company closes an equity financing for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 (a Qualified Equity Financing). If prior to closing the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition, the Company closes a Qualified Equity Financing, the Outstanding Balance of the March 2012 Convertible Notes will convert into the equity securities issued in the equity financing at 80% of the purchase price of such securities. In the event of a Qualified Equity Financing, the Outstanding Balance of the October 2012 Convertible Note will convert into the equity securities issued in the equity financing at 85% of the purchase price of such securities.

The Company has assessed the probability of the potential conversion scenarios under the terms of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes and has determined that the predominant settlement feature of the March and

 

F-24


Table of Contents

October 2012 Convertible Notes will be the conversion of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable at a 30% or 20% discount to the per share price payable in connection with the completion of the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition during the term of the arrangement. As the predominant settlement feature of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes fall within the scope of ASC 480. Accordingly, the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes were recorded at estimated fair value on their respective issuance dates and are adjusted to their estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimated the fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes as of the issuance dates to be $9,343,000 and $1,772,000, respectively. As the Company received total cash proceeds of $9,076,000 through the issuance of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes, the Company determined that $2,039,000 of the excess of the estimated fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes on the issuance dates over cash proceeds to the Company represents a deemed dividend to preferred stockholders, and this amount was reflected in the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes was $22,518,000. Due to changes in the probability and timing of the completion of a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition between the dates of issuance and December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes increased by $10,721,000, which was recognized as additional expense in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As discussed above, the Company is not required to pay interest on the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes, but interest accrues as part of the principal balance under the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes and is convertible, along with the initial principal, into a new series of preferred stock at the Maturity Date or common stock if earlier converted in connection with a Qualified IPO.

October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note

On October 16, 2012, the Company borrowed $2,500,000 pursuant to a convertible note (October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note) from a lender. The October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note has an initial term of three years and can be extended for an additional two years in one-year increments. During the initial three-year term, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note bears interest at 12% per annum. If the term of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is extended an additional year, the interest rate increases to 13% during the fourth year. If the term of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is extended for an additional two years, the interest rate is 14% during the fifth year. The accrued interest and principal on the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is payable at maturity.

As part of the terms of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note, the Company is required to pay the Agent Fee of 5% of the funded principal amount to the agent that facilitated the borrowing and who also facilitated the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes discussed in Note 6 above. This Agent Fee is payable within 30 days after all interest and principal have been paid. For each year the Company extends the maturity date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note beyond the initial term, the agent will receive an additional 1% fee based on the funded principal amount. The present value of the unpaid Agent Fee, based on 5% of the funded principal amount, or $87,000 as of the closing date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note was recorded as both deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and non-current other liabilities. The amortization of the deferred financing costs and the accretion of the Agent Fee are recorded to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method. As of December 31, 2012, $89,000 of the Agent Fee was recorded in non-current other liabilities. In addition, the Company incurred an additional $22,000 in financing-related costs, primarily legal fees. These costs were recorded as deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note can be prepaid six months after the initial funding date or earlier if an IPO or a sale of the Company occurs.

The October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is secured by certain assets of the Company, subject to certain permitted liens. This security interest is subordinate to the security interest held by the holders of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note and the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Note holders, both described in Note 6.

If the Company closes an IPO or an Acquisition, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note and any accrued interest will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate of 85% of the purchase price of common stock sold, provided the closing occurs on or prior to eighteen months from the issuance date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note. The conversion rate is adjusted to 80% of the purchase price of such securities, if the closing occurs on or after eighteen months from the issuance date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note through the date of maturity.

The Company has assessed the probability of potential conversion under its terms of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note and has determined that the predominate settlement feature of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note will be the conversion of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable at a 15% or 20% discount to the per share price payable upon the completion of an IPO, an Acquisition, or Qualified Equity Financing. As the predominant settlement feature of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note falls within the scope of ASC 480. Accordingly, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note was recorded at estimated fair value on its issuance date and is adjusted to its estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimated the fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note as of the issuance date to be $2,662,000. As the Company received cash proceeds of $2,500,000 through the issuance of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note, $162,000 of the excess of the estimated fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note on the issuance date over cash proceeds was recorded as additional interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note was $2,797,000. Due to changes in the probability and timing of the completion of a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition between the date of issuance and December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note increased by $70,000, which was recognized as additional expense in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

December 2012 Convertible Note

On December 6, 2012, the Company borrowed $12,500,000 pursuant to a convertible note (December 2012 Convertible Note) from an existing preferred stock holder that also is an affiliate of one of the Company’s distributors. The December 2012 Convertible Note has an initial maturity date of October 16, 2015 and can be extended for an additional two years in one year increments. During the initial approximately three-year (two-year and ten-month) term, the December 2012 Convertible Note bears interest at 10% per annum. If the term of the December 2012 Convertible Note is extended an additional year, the interest rate increases to 12% during the fourth year. If the term of the December 2012 Convertible Note is extended for an additional two years, the interest rate is 14% during the fifth year. The maturity date of the December 2012 Convertible Note shall be contemporaneously extended with the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note described above. The accrued interest and principal on the December 2012 Convertible Note is payable at maturity.

The December 2012 Convertible Note may not be pre-paid unless such prepayment is mandated by a sale event. A sale event as defined in the agreement is the transfer of substantially all of the Company’s assets, a transaction or series of transactions that result in the transfer of more than 50% voting power of the Company, or transactions that result in gross proceeds of at least $120,000,000 (Sale Event). In the case of a Sale Event, the holder may elect to either convert all outstanding principal and accrued interest into shares of common stock in accordance with the

 

F-26


Table of Contents

conversion terms of this agreement or receive cash equal to the principal and accrued interest then outstanding multiplied by 133.33% if the Sale Event occurs prior to or as of June 30, 2013 or multiplied by 142.86% if the Sale Event occurs after June 30, 2013.

A Qualified Financing means an equity financing for which the gross proceeds are at least $20,000,000 and at least 50% of the amount invested comes from sources other than holders of the Company’s equity, strategic investors, or affiliates (Qualified Financing). In the event of a Qualified Financing, all outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the December 2012 Convertible Note will be automatically converted into new securities issued and sold in such qualified financing at a rate of 75% of the purchase price of such new securities provided the closing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2013. The conversion rate is adjusted to 70% of the purchase price of such new securities, if the closing occurs after June 30, 2013.

In the event of a non-qualified financing (Non-Qualified Financing) or the Sale Event, the holder of the December 2012 Convertible Note shall have the right, but not the obligation, to convert all or a part of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the December 2012 Convertible Note into the same type of securities issued in the Non-Qualified Financing. A Non-Qualified Financing represents either a convertible note financing or an equity transaction that does not qualify as a Qualified Financing.

If the Non-Qualified Financing relates to an equity financing or Sale Event, the number of shares of common stock or common stock equivalents to be received by the holder of the December 2012 Convertible Note will be calculated by dividing the principal and unpaid accrued interest elected to be converted by the holder by a price per share equal to the price per share paid in the Non-Qualified Financing multiplied by a conversion discount.

If the Non-Qualified Financing relates to a debt financing, the December 2012 Convertible Note holder will receive new convertible notes convertible into the shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price equal to the conversion price per share applicable to the other convertible debt issued in the Non-Qualified Financing multiplied by a conversion discount. In each case, if the Non-Qualified Financing occurs on or before June 30, 2013, the conversion rate will be equal to 75%, and thereafter the conversion rate will be equal to 70%.

The Company has assessed the probability of the potential conversion scenarios under the terms of the December 2012 Convertible Note and has determined that the predominant settlement feature of the December 2012 Convertible Note will be the conversion of the December 2012 Convertible Note into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable at a 25% or 30% discount to the per share price payable in connection with the completion of a Qualified Financing or a Sale Event during the term of the arrangement. As the predominant settlement feature of the December 2012 Convertible Note is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the December 2012 Convertible Note falls within the scope of ASC 480. Accordingly, the Company determined that the December 2012 Convertible Note should be recorded at estimated fair value on its issuance date and adjusted to its estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Following the issuance of the December 2012 Convertible Note, the Company estimated the fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note as of the issuance date using a PWERM valuation consisting of six scenarios. This valuation included three initial public offering scenarios, two merger scenarios and a sale of the Company’s intellectual property along with the applicable conversion ratios based on the estimated timing of each scenario. Based on this valuation, the Company estimated the fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note to be $16,355,000 as of the issuance date. As the holder of the December 2012 Convertible Note was an affiliate of one of the Company’s distributors at the date of issuance, the $3,855,000 excess of the estimated fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note on the date of issuance over gross cash proceeds has been recorded as a reduction of revenue to the extent of revenue recognized from the distributor, $245,000 ($110,000 from license revenue and $135,000 from product revenues), and the remaining excess of $3,610,000 has been recorded separately to an operating expense in accordance with ASC 606-50, Customer Payments and Incentives, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note was $16,545,000. Due to changes in the probability and timing of the completion of a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition between the dates of

 

F-27


Table of Contents

issuance and December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note increased by $100,000, which was recognized as additional expense in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The December 2012 Convertible Note purchase agreement also requires the Company to use the proceeds from this note to repay all outstanding obligations under the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note within 35 days of closing. See subsequent event Note 16 for further discussion.

In addition to the repayment requirement under the terms of the December 2012 Convertible Note discussed above, the Company is also required to comply with certain other affirmative and negative covenants under the convertible debt agreements discussed above. In the event of default on the convertible debt, the lender may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all of such affirmative and negative covenants, and there were no events of default as defined in the December 2012 Convertible Note agreement.

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company sold 4,656,000 shares of its Series A convertible preferred stock in private placements in April 2007 for $0.831 per share, including conversion of certain convertible notes payable, 7,036,000 shares of its Series B convertible preferred stock in August 2008 for $1.545 per share, including conversion of convertible notes payable, and 14,997,000 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock from March 2010 to June 2011 for $1.694 per share, including conversion of the $514,000 of convertible notes payable plus accrued interest of $5,000. The Company recorded the issuance of its Series A, B, and C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

In May 2012, in connection with the issuance of the Series C Warrant, the Company amended its Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock the Company is authorized to issue from 40,000,000 shares to 40,600,000 shares and to increase the number of shares of convertible preferred stock the Company is authorized to issue from 27,090,000 shares to 27,690,000, of which 4,674,000 shares were designated as Series A convertible preferred stock, 7,066,000 shares were designated as Series B convertible preferred stock, and 15,950,000 shares were designated as Series C convertible preferred stock.

Investors in the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, before and in preference to any amounts paid to Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock holders and common stockholders, and investors in the Company’s Series A and B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, on a pari passu basis, before and in preference to any amounts paid to common stockholders. Dividends will be paid only when and if declared by the Board of Directors. In addition, these investors are entitled to voting rights equal to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock are convertible as of the close of business on the record date fixed for each stockholder’s meeting. No dividends have been declared during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Under certain conditions, including election by the holders and pursuant to an initial public offering, the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock shall be converted into common stock on a one-for-one basis subject to certain adjustments for dilution, if any, resulting from future stock issuances. As of December 31, 2012, the conversion prices for shares of Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock are the respective issuance prices of $0.831, $1.545 and $1.694 per share, respectively.

In the event of a liquidation event, as defined in the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Series C convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to their original purchase price plus declared, but unpaid, dividends prior to any distribution to the holders of either Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, or the Company’s common stock. From any remaining assets and funds legally available for distribution, Series B convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to their original purchase price plus declared, but unpaid, dividends prior to any distribution to the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock or the Company’s common stock. From any remaining assets and funds legally available for distribution, Series A convertible preferred stockholders are entitled

 

F-28


Table of Contents

to receive an amount per share equal to their original purchase price plus declared, but unpaid, dividends prior to any distribution to the holders of the Company’s common stock. After such distribution, the remaining assets and funds legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, and the Company’s common stock in proportion to the shares of common stock each party would hold assuming conversion of the preferred stock into common stock. At December 31, 2012, the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock was $3,867,000, $10,870,000 and $25,405,000, respectively.

At any time after August 5, 2016, at the individual option of each Series B convertible preferred or Series C convertible preferred stockholder, the Company shall redeem for cash, from any funds legally available, in three annual installments, commencing on the date specified by such holder in a written request, the outstanding shares of preferred stock that the stockholders have elected to be redeemed. The redemption price for each share of Series B convertible preferred or Series C convertible preferred stock shall be equal to the original issuance price of such share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

As the Company’s Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock contain redemption features that are outside of the Company’s control, all shares of Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity.

9. Warrants

The following tables summarize information about the Company’s convertible preferred stock and common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION

   ISSUE DATE    EXPIRATION
DATE
   NUMBER OF
SHARES
SUBJECT TO
WARRANTS
ISSUED
    EXERCISE
PRICE
     ESTIMATED
FAIR VALUE
AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
2012
     ESTIMATED
FAIR VALUE
AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
2011
 

In connection with loan agreement (Series A convertible preferred stock)

   April 2007    April 2014      18      $ 0.831       $ 68       $ 10   

In connection with promissory note and revolving line of credit (Series B convertible preferred stock)

   August 2008    May 2013      10      $ 1.545         34         5   

In connection with promissory note (Series B convertible preferred stock)

   March 2009    March 2014      20      $ 1.545         72         12   

In connection with the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note (Series C convertible preferred stock)

   April 2012    April 2022      600      $ 2.50         1,710           

In connection with the Senior notes (Common stock)  (1)

   October 2012    October 2015       (1)               301           
        

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 
           648         $ 2,185       $ 27   
        

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock equal to 15% of the funded principal amount of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes (Note 6) divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or IPO. These warrants are contingently exercisable for which the contingencies related to exercise had not been met as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

All warrants are exercisable and generally expire 3—10 years from the issuance date. For warrants issued through December 31, 2011, the Company valued these warrants using the option pricing method (OPM), which is typically analyzed using the BSM option-pricing model utilizing inputs similar to those used for estimating the fair values of the stock options described in Note 2. Starting in fiscal year 2012, the Company changed the valuation method used for warrants to the probability expected return model (PWERM) due to the increased probability of a successful initial public offering and closing of additional debt financing. Note 2 describes the probable future events associated with the PWERM used for the warrants.

The Company’s warrants to purchase common and convertible preferred stock were issued in connection with the Company’s debt transactions. The fair value of the warrants at the date of issuance was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement.

10. Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 40,600,000 shares of common stock with $0.00001 par value. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuances as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     SHARE  

Series A convertible preferred stock outstanding

     4,656   

Series B convertible preferred stock outstanding

     7,036   

Series C convertible preferred stock outstanding

     14,997   

Stock options available for future grant

     1,105   

Stock options outstanding

     6,482   

Warrants to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock

     18   

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

     30   

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible preferred stock

     600   

Warrants to purchase common stock (1)

       (1)  
  

 

 

 
     34,924   
  

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock equal to 15% of the funded principal amount of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes (Note 6) divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or IPO. These warrants are contingently exercisable for which the contingencies related to exercise had not been met as of December 31, 2012.

11. Stock Option Plan

In July 2006, the Company authorized the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, (2006 Plan). The 2006 Plan provided for the issuance of up to 4,500,000 shares of common stock underlying awards. The 2006 Plan was terminated as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no shares available to be granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

In July 2011 and as amended in September 2012, the Company authorized the 2011 Stock Plan (2011 Plan). Collectively, the 2006 Plan and the 2011 Plan are referred to as the “Plans.” The 2011 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 3,664,000 shares of common stock underlying awards, plus any shares of common stock underlying awards previously issued under the 2006 Plan that terminate or expire after the date of authorization of the 2011 Plan, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, the 2011 Plan provides that the Company may not deliver more than 7,677,000 shares upon the exercise of incentive stock options issued under both the Plans. The 2011 Plan has a term of 10 years.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Under the Plans, the Company may grant Incentive Stock Options (ISOs) to employees and Nonstatutory Stock Options (NSOs) to officers, directors, employees and consultants. Both ISOs and NSOs are generally exercisable for a period not exceeding 10 years from the date of grant and must be issued at a price at least equal to 100% of the estimated fair value at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, but ISOs granted to any stockholder who owns greater than 10% of the Company’s outstanding stock at the time of grant are exercisable for a period not exceeding five years from the date of grant and must be issued at prices not less than 110% of the estimated fair value at the date of grant.

Generally, options vest 25% on the first anniversary from the date of grant and 1/48 per month thereafter; however, options may be granted with different vesting terms as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

The 2006 Plan allowed holders to exercise stock options prior to their vesting. The common stock received by the employee is restricted and follows the same vesting schedule as the originally granted option. In the event the employee terminates employment from the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), the Company retains a right to repurchase the unvested common stock at the original option exercise price. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no options had been exercised that would be subject to repurchase.

The 2006 Plan provided for the issuance of options to purchase up to 4,500,000 shares of common stock. Options may no longer be granted under this plan. As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase 3,217,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.33 per share were outstanding under the 2006 Plan, of which 2,636,000 were vested at December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, 56,000 and 453,000 options were exercised and canceled, respectively.

The 2011 Plan provides for the issuance of options to purchase up to 3,664,000 shares of common stock, plus any shares of common stock underling awards previously issued under the 2006 Plan that terminate or expire after the date of authorization of the 2011 Plan, subject to certain adjustments. As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase 3,265,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.12 per share were outstanding under the 2011 Plan, of which 595,000 were vested at December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, 7,000 and 176,000 options were exercised and canceled, respectively, under the 2011 Plan.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands, except exercise price and remaining contractual life data):

 

 

 

     SHARES
AVAILABLE FOR
GRANT
    SHARES
OUTSTANDING
    WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE
(IN YEARS)
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Balances at December 31, 2010

     1,983        2,459      $ 0.30         7.9       $ 202   

Options authorized

     1,000                  

Options granted

     (2,227     2,227      $ 0.40         

Options exercised

            (42   $ 0.23         

Options canceled

     300        (300   $ 0.30         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2011

     1,056        4,344      $ 0.35         8.1       $ 434   

Options authorized

     2,250                  

Options granted

     (2,830     2,830      $ 2.39         

Options exercised

            (63   $ 0.37         

Options canceled

     629        (629   $ 0.47         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2012

     1,105        6,482      $ 1.23         7.7       $ 14,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

       6,105      $ 1.18         7.6       $ 13,814   
    

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

       3,231      $ 0.43         6.3       $ 9,505   
    

 

 

         

 

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of December 31, 2012, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, is as follows (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

 

 

     SHARES     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
 

Non-vested shares at December 31, 2010

     1,079      $ 0.22   

Grants of options

     2,227      $ 0.25   

Vested

     (1,040   $ 0.21   

Forfeitures

     (99   $ 0.23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested shares at December 31, 2011

     2,167      $ 0.25   

Grants of options

     2,830      $ 1.35   

Vested

     (1,305   $ 0.37   

Forfeitures

     (441   $ 0.28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested shares at December 31, 2012

     3,251      $ 1.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $93,000 and $7,000, respectively.

The estimated fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, was $489,000 and $228,000, respectively. The weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1.35 and $0.25, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $662,000 and $271,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not realize any tax benefit associated with its share-based compensation expense. No tax benefit was recognized because a portion of the option grants were ISOs for which stock-based compensation expense is not deductible and also due to the full valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax asset that is further discussed in Note 14.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, the total share-based compensation expense related to unvested options granted to employees under the Company’s Plans but not yet recognized was $3,200,000. These costs will be amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average remaining term of 3.5 years.

The following table summarizes information concerning common stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2012 (shares in thousands):

 

 

 

     OPTIONS OUTSTANDING      OPTIONS EXERCISABLE  

EXERCISE PRICES

   NUMBER
OF SHARES
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE
(IN YEARS)
     NUMBER
OF SHARES
     WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
LIFE
(IN YEARS)
 

$0.03

     60         3.6         60         3.6   

$0.15

     640         4.7         640         4.7   

$0.38

     2,541         6.7         1,946         6.3   

$0.45

     547         8.9         135         8.9   

$0.99

     649         8.7         410         8.4   

$2.00

     1,006         9.3         40         9.4   

$3.85

     1,039         9.6                 9.8   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     6,482         7.7         3,231         6.3   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

12. Capital Leases

The Company accounts for certain equipment acquired under financing arrangements as capital leases. This equipment is included in property and equipment and related amortization is included in depreciation expense.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the cost of this equipment was $939,000 and $717,000, respectively, and the related accumulated amortization was $465,000 and $344,000, respectively.

Amortization of capital leases for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $175,000 and $143,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012, aggregate contractual future minimum lease payments on the capital leases, are due as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     CAPITAL
LEASES
 

Years ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 258   

2014

     161   

2015

     45   

2016

     8   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

     472   

Less: amount representing interest

     (70
  

 

 

 

Present value of future payments

     402   

Less: current portion

     (207
  

 

 

 
   $ 195   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has a non-cancelable lease for an aggregate of approximately 24,500 square feet of non-contiguous office space in an office complex in Davis, California under which a portion of the covered space terminates between February 2014 and October 2016. A portion of the lease that terminates in February 2015 provides for an option to extend the term for five years at the then prevailing market rent. The lease includes negotiated annual increases in the monthly rental payments.

The Company recognizes expense under its leases on a straight-line basis over the lease terms. At December 31, 2012, the Company’s aggregate commitment under non-cancelable lease agreements is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2013

   $ 475   

2014

     439   

2015

     115   

2016

     43   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

   $ 1,072   
  

 

 

 

 

 

Rental expense charged to operations for all operating leases was $484,000 and $412,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2012, there were no current proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

14. Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax reporting purposes of $50,989,000, which begin to expire in 2026, and California and Florida state net operating loss carry-forwards of $46,300,000 and $3,324,000, respectively, which begin to expire in 2016 and 2031, respectively. Additionally, as of December 31, 2012, the Company had federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $773,000, which begin to expire in 2026, and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $919,000, which have no expiration date.

As of December 31, 2012, deferred tax assets of $22,400,000, arising principally as a result of the Company’s net operating loss carry-forwards, tax credits, and certain costs capitalized for tax purposes during the Company’s development stage, were fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $8,134,000 and $5,211,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company performed a Section 382 study of the Internal Revenue Code (and similar state provisions) for the periods from inception (June 15, 2006) through December 31, 2012, and adjusted its deferred tax assets related to its net operating loss carry-forwards and its research and development credits accordingly.

The temporary timing differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31  
     2012      2011  

Components of deferred taxes:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 19,966       $ 12,324   

Research and development tax credit

     1,002         915   

Other, net

     1,432         1,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     22,400         14,266   

Less valuation allowance

     (22,400      (14,266
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Company had no deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company recognized no income tax expense, and did not receive a benefit from income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The provision for income taxes is different than the amount computed using the applicable statutory federal income tax rate with the difference for each year summarized below:

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31  
     2012     2011  

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

     34     34

State tax benefit, net of federal benefit

     5        6   

Research and development credit

            2   

Mark to market accounting

     (12       

Deemed dividend

     (6       

Other

     (1     (2

Adjustment due to change in valuation allowance

     (20     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $340,000. The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not impact the Company’s effective tax rate as the recognition of these tax benefits would be offset by changes in the Company’s valuation allowance. The Company does not believe there will be any material changes in its unrecognized tax position over the next twelve months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

     2012      2011  

Balance at January 1

   $ 305       $ 224   

Increase (decrease) related to prior year tax positions

               

Increase related to current year tax positions

     35         81   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 340       $ 305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state examination for the calendar tax years ended 2006 through 2012.

15. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a defined contribution plan offered to all eligible employees, which is qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company currently provides a matching contribution. Matching contributions are based on a formula which provides for an 80% match of the employee’s 401(k) contribution up to 4% of the employee’s salary. Each participant is 100% vested in elective contributions and the Company’s matching contribution. The Company provided 401(k) matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $229,000 and $190,000, respectively.

16. Subsequent Events

In January 2013, the Company repaid the indebtedness due under the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note described in Note 6 above entered into in April 2012 with an original principal balance of $10,000,000. The total amount of the payout was $9,451,000 which consisted of $9,139,000 in principal, $34,000 in accrued interest, and an early termination fee of $278,000. The termination fee will be recorded as additional interest expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

On April 10, 2013 (Conversion Date), the Company entered an amendment to increase by up to $5,000,000 the amount available under the terms of the loan agreement with respect to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes described in Note 6 above. Under this amendment, an additional $4,950,000 was issued in partial consideration for $3,700,000 in cash received and in partial conversion for cancellation of $1,250,000 of the total principal balance of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note described in Note 7 (collectively, April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes). The total amount borrowed under the amended loan agreement for the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes increased from $7,500,000 to $12,450,000 as of the Conversion Date. The accrued interest of $74,000 for the partially converted October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note as of the Conversion Date shall be paid on the applicable maturity date of the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes.

The amendment to the loan agreement also amended the interest provision applicable to the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes to allow any holder of the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes to request the Company to defer all interest due monthly to the applicable maturity date, and the optional prepayment provision applicable to the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes to allow the Company to repay the outstanding amount of the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, either (i) with the written consent of the lender or the agent on such lenders’ behalf, or (ii) without such consent provided that the Company pays the interest that would have been due from the prepayment date to the initial maturity date.

In conjunction with the issuance of the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company issued additional warrants (Additional Common Stock Warrants) to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 20% of the funded principal amount of the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with such Additional Common Stock Warrants to have an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

On May 22, 2013, the Company completed the sale of convertible notes under a convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $3,529,000 million in a private placement to 22 investors (First May 2013 Convertible Notes). The First May 2013 Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum and mature on May 22, 2016, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to May 22, 2017, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to May 22, 2018. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. The First May 2013 Convertible Notes may be pre-paid at any time without penalty.

In addition, on May 28, 2013, the Company completed the sale of a convertible note under a separate convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $3,000,000 in a private placement (Second May 2013 Convertible Note). The Second May 2013 Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum and matures on May 30, 2016, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to May 30, 2017, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to May 30, 2018. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. The Second May 2013 Convertible Note may not be pre-paid in whole or in part prior to the maturity date unless in accordance with the Sale Event, as defined in Note 7 above.

No payments are due under the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes until maturity. In a event of the Qualified Financing, as defined in Note 7 above, all outstanding principal and accrued interest due under the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes will be automatically converted into the number of shares of the Company’s common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 70% of the per share price of the Company’s common stock sold in such Qualified Financing.

Alternatively, in the earlier event of a Non-Qualified Financing of equity or debt securities, the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes may be converted, at the option of the holder, into the same type of securities issued in

 

F-36


Table of Contents

such financing, and in the earlier the Sale Event, the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes may be either, at the option of the holder, repaid the principal and accrued interest then outstanding multiplied by 142.86% or converted at a discount into shares of the Company’s common stock.

If the Qualified Financing, Non-Qualified Financing, or Sale Event has not occurred from the date of issuance of the convertible note through January 14, 2014, the holder of the Second May 2013 Convertible Note may elect to convert all outstanding principal and accrued interest into a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing this amount by the greater of (i) the per share price into which the Outstanding Balance under the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes discussed in Note 7 will be converted at their maturity in the event a Qualified Financing has not occurred as of September 30, 2013, or (ii) the purchase price paid per share for the most recent Non-Qualified Financing that occurs prior to a Sale Event, provided such Non-Qualified Financing is at least $2,000,000 and at least 50% of the proceeds of such Non-Qualified Financing are from persons or entities who were not common shareholders, or common share equivalents or affiliates of the Company.

Under the terms of the convertible note purchase agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes, we have agreed to certain covenants, including certain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of distributions on the Company’s capital stock and entry into certain transactions with affiliates. The First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes are unsecured.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

On June 13, 2013, the Company entered into a factoring and security agreement (Factoring and Security Agreement) with a third-party that would enable the Company to sell the entire interest in certain accounts receivable up to $5,000,000. Under the Factoring and Security Agreement, 15% of the sales proceeds will be held back by the purchaser until collection of such receivables. Such holdbacks are not considered legal securities, nor are they certificated. Upon the sale of the receivable, the Company will not maintain servicing. The purchaser may require the Company to repurchase accounts receivable if (i) the payment is disputed by the account debtor, with the purchaser being under no obligation to determine the bona fides of such dispute, (ii) the account debtor has become insolvent or (iii) upon the effective date of the termination of the Factoring and Security Agreement. The purchaser will retain its security interest in any accounts repurchased by the Company. The Factoring and Security Agreement is secured by all of the Company’s personal property and fixtures, and proceeds thereof, including accounts, inventory, equipment and general intangibles other than intellectual property.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Factoring and Security Agreement on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

On June 14, 2013, the Company entered into a credit facility agreement (June 2013 Credit Facility) with a group of lenders that are, or that are affiliated with, existing investors in the Company. Under the June 2013 Credit Facility, the lenders have committed to permit the Company to draw an aggregate of up to $5,000,000, and, subject to the Company’s obtaining additional commitments from lenders, such amount may be increased to up to $7,000,000. The June 2013 Credit Facility expires on June 30, 2014. During the term of the June 2013 Credit Facility, the Company may request from the lenders up to four advances, with each advance equal to one quarter of each lender’s aggregate commitment amount. The Company will issue a promissory note in the principal amount of each such advance that will accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The principal and all unpaid interest under the promissory notes are due on the maturity date, and the Company may not prepay the promissory notes prior to the maturity date without consent of at least a majority in interest of the aggregate principal amount of the promissory notes then outstanding under the credit facility. In connection with the June 2013 Credit Facility, the Company agreed to pay a fee of 2% of the total commitment amount to the lenders.

In conjunction with the June 2013 Credit Facility, the Company issued warrants (June 2013 Warrants) to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the total committed amount of the June 2013 Credit Facility divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with such June 2013 Common Stock Warrants to have an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO. The June 2013 Common Stock Warrants expire upon the earlier of June 14, 2023 or the sale of the Company.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the June 2013 Credit Facility and the June 2013 Warrants on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Par Value)

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2013
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
    PRO FORMA CONVERTIBLE
NOTES, WARRANTS,
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY MARCH 31, 2013
 
     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,791      $ 10,006      $     

Restricted cash

            9,139     

Accounts receivable

     3,043        2,970     

Inventories

     5,367        4,872     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     927        478     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     11,128        27,465     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     3,853        3,528     

Other assets

     2,858        2,785     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 17,839      $ 33,778      $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 2,242      $ 2,104      $     

Accrued liabilities

     1,716        3,023     

Deferred revenue, current portion

     324        324     

Capital lease obligations, current portion

     245        207     

Debt, current portion

     181        8,572     

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,883        1,884     

Common stock warrant liability

     316        301     

Convertible notes payable, current portion

     25,803        22,518     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     32,710        38,933     

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     1,615        1,696     

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     209        195     

Debt, less current portion

     7,723        7,766     

Convertible notes payable, less current portion

     20,234        19,342     

Other liabilities

     481        481     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     62,972        68,413     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

      

Convertible preferred stock—Series A: $0.00001 par value; 4,674 shares authorized; 4,656 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (aggregate liquidation preference of $3,867 at March 31, 2013)

     3,747        3,747     

Convertible preferred stock—Series B: $0.00001 par value; 7,066 shares authorized; 7,036 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (aggregate liquidation preference of $10,870 at March 31, 2013)

     10,758        10,758     

Convertible preferred stock—Series C: $0.00001 par value; 15,950 shares authorized; 14,997 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (aggregate liquidation preference of $25,405 at March 31, 2013)

     25,107        25,107     

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Common stock: $0.00001 par value; 40,600 shares authorized; 3,983 and 3,979 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

                

Additional paid-in capital

     1,573        1,322     

Accumulated deficit

     (86,318     (75,569  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (84,745     (74,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 17,839      $ 33,778      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amount)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31
 
     2013     2012  

Revenues:

    

Product

   $       2,649      $       1,956   

License

     81        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     2,730        1,999   

Cost of product revenues

     1,795        860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     935        1,139   

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     3,283        2,733   

Selling, general and administrative

     2,847        2,322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,130        5,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,195     (3,916

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     1        2   

Interest expense

     (1,985     (56

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     (3,563     (15

Other (expense) income, net

     (7     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,554     (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (10,749     (3,984

Income taxes

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (10,749     (3,984

Deemed dividend on convertible notes

            (1,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (10,749   $ (5,237
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (2.70   $ (1.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

     3,980        3,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $       
  

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In Thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31
 
     2013     2012  

Net loss

   $     (10,749   $     (3,984

Other comprehensive loss

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (10,749   $ (3,984
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31
 
     2013     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $     (10,749   $     (3,984

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     184        144   

Share-based compensation

     249        292   

Noncash interest expense

     1,467        36   

Change in estimated fair value of financial instruments

     3,563        15   

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (73     (1,063

Inventories

     (495     (468

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (449     (59

Other assets

     (109     (459

Accounts payable

     138        839   

Accrued liabilities

     (1,307     (539

Deferred revenue

     (81     457   

Other liabilities

     (13     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,675     (4,790

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (432     (289

Maturities of short-term investments

            2,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (432     1,711   

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

            7,991   

Proceeds from issuance of debt

            500   

Proceeds from line of credit

            500   

Repayment of line of credit

            (500

Repayment of debt

     (9,224     (54

Repayment of capital leases

     (25     (46

Change in restricted cash

     9,139          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     2          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (108     8,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (8,215     5,312   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     10,006        2,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 1,791      $ 7,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest of $113 and $0 for three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

   $ 518      $ 20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Interest added to the principal of convertible notes

   $ 628      $ 35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 77      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2013

(Unaudited)

1. Summary of Business

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (Company), formerly Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 15, 2006, and is located in Davis, California. In July 2012, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Marrone Michigan Manufacturing LCC (MMM LLC), a Michigan corporation, which holds the assets of a manufacturing plant the Company purchased in July 2012 as discussed in Note 2. The Company makes bio-based pest management and plant health products. The Company targets the major markets that use conventional chemical pesticides, including certain agricultural and water markets where its bio-based products are used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, conventional chemical pesticides. The Company also targets new markets for which there are no available conventional chemical pesticides, the use of conventional chemical pesticides may not be desirable or permissible, or the development of pest resistance has reduced the efficacy of conventional chemical pesticides. The Company delivers EPA-approved and registered biopesticide products and other bio-based products that address the global demand for effective, safe and environmentally responsible products.

The Company is an early stage company with a limited operating history and has only recently begun commercializing its products. As of March 31, 2013, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $86,318,000 and expects to incur losses for the next several years. Since its inception, Company has funded operations primarily with the net proceeds from the private placements of convertible preferred stock, convertible notes, promissory notes, term loans, as well as proceeds from the sale of its products and payments under strategic collaboration agreements and government grants. As a result, the Company will need to generate significant revenue to achieve and maintain profitability. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had a working capital deficit of $21,582,000, which includes $22,518,000 of the current portion of convertible notes payable which will be settled via conversion into the Company’s equity instruments (see Note 9), and cash and cash equivalents of $1,791,000. Management believes that currently available resources combined with the additional proceeds raised from the issuance of convertible notes in the second quarter of 2013 (see Note 12) will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash requirements through at least March 31, 2014.

The Company participates in a heavily regulated and highly competitive crop protection industry and believes that adverse changes in any of the following areas could have a material effect on the Company’s future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, inability to obtain regulatory approvals, increased competition in the pesticide market, market acceptance of the Company’s products, weather and other seasonal factors beyond the Company’s control, litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property, patent, product, regulatory or other factors, and the Company’s ability to support increased growth.

Although management recognizes that it may need to raise additional funds in the future, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful or that, in the event that they are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will not be unfavorable. Any failure to obtain additional financing or fund the operations with cash flows from revenues will have a material effect upon the Company and will likely result in a substantial reduction in the scope of the Company’s operations.

Pro Forma Convertible Notes, Warrants, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

In May 2012, the Board of Directors authorized management to confidentially submit a registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. Assuming the initial public offering is completed under the terms presently anticipated, all of the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time of the offering will automatically convert at a 1-to-1 conversion ratio into 26,689,000 shares of common stock, all of the principal and accrued interest under convertible notes outstanding at the time of the offering will automatically convert at per share prices that range from 70%–85% of the initial public offering price into a number of shares of common stock and all of the warrants to purchase shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time of the offering will automatically be net

 

F-42


Table of Contents

exercised for shares of common stock based on the initial public offering price. In addition, all of the warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time of the offering will automatically convert into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock. The pro forma convertible notes, warrants, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock, conversion of the convertible notes, the net exercise of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock purchase warrants and the net exercise of the warrants to purchase a variable number of shares of common stock, is set forth on the accompanying balance sheets. The pro forma convertible notes, warrants, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity does not reflect the exercise of warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock or their conversion, assuming a 1-to-1 conversion ratio, into warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of common stock. These warrants have an exercise price of $2.50 per share.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation

The accompanying financial information as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 has been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S.) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The December 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet was derived from audited consolidated financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. However, the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial information as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 reflects all adjustments, which are normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present a fair statement of financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full fiscal year or any future periods.

Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through June 17, 2013, the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and has appropriately accounted for and disclosed all relevant subsequent events through this date.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid financial instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit, money market funds and certificates of deposit accounts with U.S. financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by financial institutions to the extent that cash and cash equivalents balances with financial institutions are in excess of amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses on these deposits.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and debt. The Company deposits its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments with high credit quality domestic financial institutions with locations in the U.S. Such deposits may exceed federal deposit insurance limits. The Company believes the financial risks associated with these financial instruments are minimal.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The Company’s customer base is dispersed across many different geographic areas, and currently most customers are pest management distributors in the U.S. Generally, receivables are due 30 days from the invoice date and are considered past due after this date. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, 14% and 15%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues were generated from international customers.

As of March 31, 2013, five customers accounted for 18%, 15%, 13%, 13%, and 11%, or a total of 70%, of the Company’s accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2012, four customers accounted for 33%, 17%, 11%, and 11%, respectively, or a total of 72% of the Company’s accounts receivable.

From inception through December 31, 2012, the Company’s principal source of revenues was its Regalia product line. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Grandevo and Regalia were the principal sources of the Company’s total revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Grandevo accounted for 50% and 1%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Regalia accounted for 47% and 95%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, four customers accounted for 17%, 15%, 13% and 11%, or a total of 56%, of the Company’s revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, three customers represented 31%, 16% and 14%, or a total of 61%, of the Company’s total revenues.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value (net realizable value or replacement cost) and include the cost of material and external labor and manufacturing costs. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis. The Company provides for inventory reserves when conditions indicate that the selling price may be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other factors. Additionally, the Company provides reserves for excess and slow-moving inventory on hand that is not expected to be sold to reduce the carrying amount of excess slow-moving inventory to its estimated net realizable value. The reserves are based upon estimates about future demand from the Company’s customers and distributors and market conditions. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no reserves against its inventories.

Acquisition

On July 19, 2012 (Acquisition Date), the Company purchased land, building and equipment (Manufacturing Plant) for $1,459,000, including $341,000 of transaction costs. The Manufacturing Plant is located in Bangor, Michigan. Prior to the acquisition, the Manufacturing Plant was owned by a bank and sold in a foreclosure auction. Accordingly, the purchase price for the Manufacturing Plant was less than the estimated fair value of the assets acquired by $257,000. The excess of fair value of the assets acquired over the purchase price was allocated on a relative fair value basis to all assets acquired. The acquisition of the Manufacturing Plant will allow the Company to manufacture certain products internally and improve the overall operating efficiencies and margins of the business as the production of these products historically has been outsourced.

The acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . The assets acquired under the Manufacturing Plant acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the Acquisition Date. The purchase price was allocated to assets acquired as of the Acquisition Date.

Prior to the allocation of the excess of fair value of the assets acquired over the purchase price, the assets acquired are first measured at their fair values. The Company engaged a third-party valuation firm to assist with its estimated fair value of the assets acquired. The following methods and assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of each class of asset acquired:

Land—Market approach based on similar, but not identical, transactions in the market. Adjustments to comparable sales are based on both the quantitative and qualitative data.

Building—The cost approach, market approach and income approach were used to assess fair value. Cost approach is based on replacement cost new less depreciation adjusted for physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and external/economic obsolescence, as applicable. The market approach is based on similar, but not identical, transactions in the market using both quantitative and qualitative data. The income approach is based on the direct capitalization method using similar but not identical lease rates and making an assessment of net operating income.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Equipment—Both the cost approach and the market approach were used to assess fair value. Cost approach is based on replacement cost new less depreciation adjusted for physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and external/economic obsolescence, as applicable. The market approach is based on similar, but not identical, transactions in the market using both quantitative and qualitative data.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired as of the Acquisition Date, which were determined using level two and three inputs as described above (in thousands):

 

 

 

     JULY 19,
2012
 

Land

   $ 1   

Building

     314   

Equipment

     1,144   
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired

   $     1,459   
  

 

 

 

 

 

As the Manufacturing Plant had not yet been placed in service as of March 31, 2013, the assets acquired, except the land, were recorded as construction in process as a component of property, plant and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery and transfer of title has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured, unless contractual obligations, acceptance provisions or other contingencies exist. If such obligations or provisions exist, revenue is recognized after such obligations or provisions are fulfilled or expire.

Product revenues consist of revenues generated from sales to distributors and from sales of our products to direct customers, net of rebates and cash discounts. For sales of products made to distributors, the Company considers a number of factors in determining whether revenue is recognized upon transfer of title to the distributor, or when payment is received. These factors include, but are not limited to, whether the payment terms offered to the distributor are considered to be non-standard, the distributor history of adhering to the terms of its contractual arrangements with the Company, whether the Company has a pattern of granting concessions for the benefit of the distributor, and whether there are other conditions that may indicate that the sale to the distributor is not substantive. The Company currently recognizes revenue primarily on the sell-in method with its distributors. Distributors do not have price protection or return rights.

The Company offers certain product rebates, which are recorded as reductions to product revenues. An accrued liability for these product rebates is recorded at the time the revenues are recorded.

The Company recognizes license revenues pursuant to strategic collaboration and distribution agreements under which the Company receives payments for the achievement of testing validation, regulatory progress and commercialization events. As these activities and payments are associated with exclusive rights that the Company provides in connection with strategic collaboration and distribution agreements over the term of the agreements, revenues related to the payments received are deferred and recognized over the term of the exclusive distribution period of the respective agreement. No payments were received under these agreements during the three months ended March 31, 2013, and $500,000 was received during the three months ended March 31, 2012. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $81,000 and $43,000, respectively, as license revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At March 31, 2013, the Company recorded current and non-current deferred revenues of $324,000 and $1,615,000, respectively, related to payments received under these agreements. At December 31, 2012, the Company recorded current and non-current deferred revenues of $324,000 and $1,696,000 respectively, related to payments received under these agreements.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no deferred product revenues.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

There have been no new accounting pronouncements issued during the three months ending March 31, 2013 that are of significance, or potential significance, to the Company. Any recent accounting pronouncements that are of significance, or potential significance, to the Company are set forth in the notes of the annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31, 2013  
     TOTAL      LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 262       $ 262       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Common stock warrant liability

   $ 316       $       $       $ 316   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,883                         1,883   

Convertible notes payable

     46,037                         46,037   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ 48,236       $       $       $ 48,236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2012  
     TOTAL      LEVEL 1      LEVEL 2      LEVEL 3  

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 7,668       $ 7,668       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Common stock warrant liability

   $ 301       $       $       $ 301   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,884                         1,884   

Convertible notes payable

     41,860                         41,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ 44,045       $       $       $ 44,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The money market funds held as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, were in active markets and, therefore, measured based on the Level 1 valuation hierarchy.

The Company estimates the fair value of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM) which analyzes the returns afforded to common equity holders under multiple future scenarios. Under the PWERM, share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows (distributions to shareholders), considering each of the possible future events and giving consideration to the rights and preferences of each share class. This method is most appropriate when the long-term outlook for an enterprise is largely known and multiple future scenarios can be reasonably estimated.

The common and preferred stock warrant liabilities were valued by a PWERM valuation using six scenarios, which included three initial public offering scenarios, two merger scenarios and a sale of the Company’s intellectual property. An annual discount rate of 35% was applied to both the PWERM valuations as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The common stock warrants also include an 18% discount for lack of marketability as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. As the PWERM estimates the fair value of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities using unobservable inputs, it is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. Changes in the probability weights and discount rates have a significant impact on the fair value of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

     COMMON
STOCK
WARRANT
LIABILITY
 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 301   

Change in fair value recorded in change in fair value of financial instruments

     15   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at March 31, 2013

   $ 316   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

     PREFERRED
STOCK
WARRANT
LIABILITY
 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,884   

Change in fair valued recorded in change in fair value of financial instruments

     (1
  

 

 

 

Fair value at March 31, 2013

   $ 1,883   
  

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes were valued by a PWERM valuation utilizing inputs similar to those used for estimating fair values of the common and preferred stock warrant liabilities described above. A discount rate of 23% and 25% was used for valuing the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes, defined in Note 9, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. A discount rate of 16% and 18% was used for valuing the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Notes and the December 2012 Convertible Note, both defined in Note 9, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These annual discount rates were applied in the PWERM valuation. Changes in the probability weights and discount rates have a significant impact on the valuation of the convertible notes. As a result of the changing probability weights between December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company recognized a loss from the change in estimated fair value of the convertible notes as shown in the table below.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the convertible notes measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 41,860   

Accrued interest

     628   

Change in fair valued recorded in change in fair value of financial instruments

     3,549   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at March 31, 2013

   $ 46,037   
  

 

 

 

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, no transfers were made into or out of the Level 1, 2, or 3 categories.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

4. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2013
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Raw materials

   $ 3,887       $ 3,204   

Work in progress

     645         607   

Finished goods

     835         1,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,367       $ 4,872   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

5. Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company’s potentially dilutive shares, which include outstanding stock options, convertible notes, convertible preferred stock and warrants, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for all periods as their effect would be anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce the loss per share.

The following table sets forth potential shares of common stock that are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive as of the end of each period presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31
 
         2013              2012      

Convertible preferred stock

     26,689         26,689   

Convertible notes (1)

               

Stock options outstanding

     6,404         5,016   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     648         48   

Warrants to purchase common stock (2)

             15   

 

 

(1)    

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $46,037,000 and $9,280,000, respectively, in contingently convertible notes payable and related accrued interest for which the contingencies related to conversion had not been met as of March 31, 2013 and 2012. Therefore, it would have no dilutive or anti-dilutive impact for the three months ended March 31, 2013 or 2012. Refer to Note 9 for further discussion.

(2)    

The warrant to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock was outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and expired in April 2012. In October 2012, the Company issued warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 15% of the funded principal amount of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes as defined in Note 6, divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an initial public offering (IPO), with an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO. These warrants are contingently exercisable for which the contingencies related to exercise had not been met as of March 31, 2013. Therefore, it would have no dilutive or anti-dilutive impact for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Refer to Note 8 for further discussion.

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the numbers of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock were at a ratio of one-to-one.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, all outstanding principal and accrued interest of the convertible notes, the net exercise of the outstanding Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock warrants, and the exercise of the outstanding common stock warrants into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2013, or the date of issuance, if later (in thousands, except per share data).

 

 

 

     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31  
           2013                 2012        

Net loss

   $ (10,749   $ (3,984

Deemed dividend on convertible notes

            (1,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (10,749   $ (5,237
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator for historical basic and diluted net loss per share:

    

Shares used for historical basic and diluted net loss per share

     3,980        3,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of preferred stock, convertible notes and warrants

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

    
  

 

 

   

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (2.70   $ (1.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

   $       
  

 

 

   

 

 

6. Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2013
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Prepaid initial public offering costs

   $ 2,337       $ 2,257   

Prepaid distribution fees

     132         134   

Deferred financing costs

     225         261   

Other assets

     164         133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,858       $ 2,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2013
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Accrued compensation

   $ 871       $ 1,342   

Accrued expenses

     835         1,295   

Accrued product rebates

     10         386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,716       $ 3,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

8. Debt

Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MARCH 31,
2013
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Promissory note bearing interest at 6.25% per annum, which is payable monthly through May 2013, collateralized by all of the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property), net of unamortized debt discount at March 31, 2013 of $1, subordinated (1)

   $ 12      $ 35   

Term Loan (Term Loan) bearing interest at 7.00% per annum which is payable monthly through April 2016. The Term Loan is collateralized by all the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property) pledged as collateral under the Term Loan, subordinated (1)

     397        426   

Promissory note bearing interest at 7.00% per annum which is payable monthly through November 2014, collateralized by all of the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property), net of unamortized debt discount at March 31, 2013 of $2, subordinated (1)

     229        261   

Senior secured promissory note (April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note) bearing interest at 15.00% per annum which is payable monthly through April 2017, collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note was repaid in January 2013

            8,374   

Junior secured promissory notes (October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes) bearing interest at 12.00% per annum which is payable monthly through October 2015, collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, net of unamortized debt discount at March 31, 2013 of $234 (1)

     7,266        7,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt

     7,904        16,338   

Less current portion

     (181     (8,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 7,723      $ 7,766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The lender’s security interest is subordinate to the holders of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note with the exception of its interest in equipment.

The Company believes the carrying values of its debt approximate their fair values at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 based on the interest rates as of those dates compared to similar debt instruments.

Promissory Notes, Term Loan and Revolving Line of Credit

In May 2008, the Company borrowed $400,000 pursuant to a promissory note with a bank which bears interest at the rate of 6.25% per annum and is repayable in 60 equal monthly installments of $7,785 commencing June 1, 2008.

In March 2009, October 2010 and October 2011, the Company and the bank agreed to modify the terms of its existing revolving line of credit (Revolver). Under the modified terms of the Revolver, the Company’s borrowings under the Revolver are limited to 75% of qualifying accounts receivable with a maximum borrowing limit of $500,000. In March 2012, the Company entered into a change in terms agreement with the bank under which the existing Revolver was replaced by Term Loan in the amount of $500,000 with a rate of 7.00% per annum, maturing April 1, 2016. The Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and intellectual property) have been pledged as collateral under Term Loan. There was no outstanding balance on the Revolver as of December 31, 2011 and the Revolver was terminated in March 2012.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

In March 2009, the Company borrowed $650,000 pursuant to a promissory note with the bank which bears interest at the rate of 7.00% per annum and is repayable in six monthly interest only payments starting May 1, 2009, followed by 60 equal monthly installments of $13,000 commencing November 1, 2009, with the final payment due on November 1, 2014.

All of the Company’s inventories, chattel paper, accounts receivable, equipment and general intangibles (excluding certain financed equipment and any intellectual property) have been pledged as collateral for the promissory notes.

On April 13, 2012, the Company borrowed $10,000,000 pursuant to a senior secured promissory note (April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note), which bears interest at 15.00% per annum and required the Company to pay the lender non-refundable loan fees of $625,000. The April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note is payable in 59 monthly installments of $238,000 beginning in May 2012 with all unpaid principal and interest due in April 2017. The April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s present and future assets. The Company also issued a warrant (Series C Warrant) to the lender to purchase 600,000 shares of the Company’s Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $2.50 per share. The Series C Warrant will expire, unless exercised, on the earlier to occur of April 2022 or one year after the Company successfully completes its IPO. The Company estimated the fair value of the Series C Warrant using a PWERM valuation based on unobservable inputs, and, therefore, the Series C Warrant is considered to be a Level 3 liability.

The loan fees and the fair value of the Series C Warrant at the date of issuance of $625,000 and $306,000, respectively, were being recorded as a debt discount to the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the effective interest rate method.

Under the terms of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note, the Company may elect to prepay the entire outstanding principal balance upon thirty days written notice to the lender. In the event the Company decides to prepay the entire loan balance, the Company will incur a termination fee that is calculated based on the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note’s outstanding principal balance as of the effective date of termination notice. The termination fee is 0% to 3% of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note’s outstanding balance as of the effective date of termination notice, depending on the timing of the termination.

Under the terms of the December 2012 Convertible Note issued in December 2012 (Note 9), the Company is required to use the proceeds from this convertible note to repay all outstanding balance of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note within 35 days of closing. The Company repaid the outstanding balance of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note in January 2013 and has classified the outstanding balance of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note as of December 31, 2012 as a current liability. The total amount of the payout was $9,451,000 which consisted of $9,139,000 in principal, $34,000 in accrued interest, and an early termination fee of $278,000. The termination fee was recorded as incremental interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Activity related to the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note from its issuance on December 31, 2012 through March 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    AMORTIZATION
OF DEBT
DISCOUNT
     PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS
    MARCH 31,
2013
 

Principal

   $ 9,139      $       $ (9,139   $   

Discount related to Series C Warrant (1)

     (251     251                  

Discount related to financing costs (1)

     (514     514                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,374      $ 765       $ (9,139   $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The amortization of this account is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and noncash interest expense in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

On October 2, 2012, the Company borrowed $7,500,000 pursuant to senior notes (October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes) with a group of lenders. The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes have an initial term of three years and can be extended for an additional two years in one year increments. During the initial three-year term, the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes bear interest at 12% per annum. If the term of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes is extended an additional year, the interest rate increases to 13% during the fourth year. If the term of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes is extended for an additional two years, the interest rate is 14% during the fifth year. Interest on the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes is payable monthly through the initial maturity date of the loan which is October 2, 2015 or through any extension period. The principal and all unpaid interest are due on the maturity date, as may be extended.

As part of the terms of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is required to pay a fee of 5% of the funded principal amount to the agent that facilitated the borrowing (Agent Fee). This Agent Fee is payable within 30 days after all interest and principal have been paid. For each year the Company extends the maturity date of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes beyond the initial term, the agent will receive an additional 1% fee based on the funded principal amount. The present value of the unpaid Agent Fee, based on 5% of the funded principal amount, or $261,000 as of the closing date of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes was recorded as both deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and non-current other liabilities. The amortization of the deferred financing costs and the accretion of the Agent Fee are recorded to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $280,000 and $270,000, respectively, of the Agent Fee was recorded under non-current other liabilities. In addition, the Company incurred an additional $66,000 in financing-related costs, primarily legal fees. These costs were recorded as deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method.

The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes are secured by the Company’s ownership interest in MMM LLC, a security interest in the assets of the Manufacturing Plant, and all of the Company’s other assets, subject to certain permitted liens. This security interest is subordinate to the security interest held by the holders of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note as described above, which also have a security interest in MMM LLC.

The Company also issued warrants (Common Stock Warrants) to the group of lenders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 15% of the funded principal amount of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with such Common Stock Warrants to have an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO. The Common Stock Warrants will be automatically exercised immediately prior to expiration on the earlier to occur of an IPO or a sale of the Company or the maturity of the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes. The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes can be prepaid six months after the initial funding date or earlier if an IPO or a sale of the Company occurs. As the predominant settlement feature of the Common Stock Warrants is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the Common Stock Warrants are accounted for under ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480). Accordingly, the Common Stock Warrants were recorded at estimated fair value on their issuance date and are adjusted to its estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the Common Stock Warrants at the date of issuance of $282,000 is recorded as a discount to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method. The Company estimated the fair value of the Common Stock Warrants using a PWERM valuation based on unobservable inputs, and, therefore, the Common Stock Warrants are considered to be Level 3 liabilities.

The October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes contain certain covenant requirements which include a requirement to maintain a minimum cash balance of the lesser of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note indebtedness described above or $5,000,000. As discussed above, the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note was fully paid off in January 2013. The Company is also precluded from adding additional debt unless such debt is subordinated to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and not more than $2,000,000. In the event of default on the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, the lenders may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Activity related to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes from December 31, 2012 through March 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    AMORTIZATION
OF DEBT
DISCOUNT
     PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS
     MARCH 31,
2013
 

Principal

   $ 7,500      $       $       $ 7,500   

Discount related to issuance of common stock warrants  (1)

     (258     24                 (234
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,242      $ 24       $       $ 7,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

The amortization of this account is included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations and as noncash interest expense in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

The Company is also required to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants under the debt agreements discussed above. In the event of default on the debt, the lender(s) may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of the affirmative and negative covenants, and there were no events of default, as defined in the agreements, related to the debt.

9. Convertible Notes Payable

Convertible notes payable consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

     MATURITY
DATE
     MARCH 31,
2013
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Convertible notes (March 2012 Convertible Notes) bearing interest at 10.00% per annum issued in March and April 2012, including accrued interest at March 31, 2013 of $873

     September 2013       $ 23,145       $ 20,204   

Convertible note (October 2012 Convertible Note) bearing interest at 10.00% per annum issued in October 2012, including accrued interest at March 31, 2013 of $50

     September 2013         2,658         2,314   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable, current portion

        25,803         22,518   

Convertible note (October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note) bearing interest at 12.00% per annum issued in October 2012, including accrued interest at March 31, 2013 of $139

     October 2015         2,860         2,797   

Convertible note (December 2012 Convertible Note) bearing interest at 10.00% per annum issued in December 2012, including accrued interest at March 31, 2013 of $403

     October 2015         17,374         16,545   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total convertible notes payable

      $ 46,037       $ 41,860   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes

During March 2012 through April 2012, the Company issued and sold in a series of closings $8,076,000 of convertible notes (March 2012 Convertible Notes) to existing preferred stock holders. During October 2012, the Company issued an additional $1,000,000 convertible note (October 2012 Convertible Note) to another existing preferred stock holder. Collectively, the March 2012 Convertible Notes and the October 2012 Convertible Note are referred to as the “March and October 2012 Convertible Notes,” and they accrue interest at 10% per annum. The principal and accrued interest then outstanding under the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes (Outstanding Balance) matures on September 30, 2013 (Maturity Date) or earlier, at which time all such Outstanding Balance will automatically convert into a new series of preferred stock to be authorized immediately prior to the Maturity Date.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The Outstanding Balance may become due and payable prior to the Maturity Date upon an event of default. The Maturity Date may be extended by six months with the written approval of the holders of at least 80% of the Outstanding Balance, and the Company may not incur any debt senior in preference to the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes without the written consent of holders of 70% of the Outstanding Balance.

If the Company closes an IPO in which the Company receives gross cash proceeds, before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees, of at least $30,000,000 (a Qualified IPO) or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or a series of transactions that result in the transfer of more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting power (an Acquisition), the Outstanding Balance of the March 2012 Convertible Notes will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate of 70% of the per share price of the Company’s common stock sold in the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition. In the event of an Qualified IPO or Acquisition, the Outstanding Balance of the October 2012 Convertible Note will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate of 80% of the per share price of the Company’s common stock sold in the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition.

Alternatively, the Outstanding Balance will be automatically converted into other new securities, as follows, if prior to closing the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition, the Company closes an equity financing for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 (a Qualified Equity Financing). If prior to closing the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition, the Company closes a Qualified Equity Financing, the Outstanding Balance of the March 2012 Convertible Notes will convert into the equity securities issued in the equity financing at 80% of the purchase price of such securities. In the event of a Qualified Equity Financing, the Outstanding Balance of the October 2012 Convertible Note will convert into the equity securities issued in the equity financing at 85% of the purchase price of such securities.

The Company has assessed the probability of the potential conversion scenarios under the terms of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes and has determined that the predominant settlement feature of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes will be the conversion of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable at a 30% or 20% discount to the per share price payable in connection with the completion of the Qualified IPO or the Acquisition during the term of the arrangement. As the predominant settlement feature of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes fall within the scope of ASC 480. Accordingly, the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes were recorded at estimated fair value on their respective issuance dates and are adjusted to their estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimated the fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes as of the issuance dates to be $9,343,000 and $1,772,000, respectively. As the Company received total cash proceeds of $9,076,000 through the issuance of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes, the Company determined that $2,039,000 of the excess of the estimated fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes on the issuance dates over cash proceeds to the Company represents a deemed dividend to preferred stockholders, and this amount was reflected in the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes was $22,518,000 and $25,083,000, respectively. Due to changes in the probability and timing of the completion of a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition between the dates of issuance and December 31, 2012 and between December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes increased by $10,721,000 and $3,285,000 during these periods respectively, which was recognized as additional expense in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 30, 2013 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As discussed above, the Company is not required to pay interest on the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes, but interest accrues as part of the principal balance under the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes and is convertible, along with the initial principal, into a new series of preferred stock at the Maturity Date or common stock if earlier converted in connection with a Qualified IPO.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note

On October 16, 2012, the Company borrowed $2,500,000 pursuant to a convertible note (October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note) from a lender. The October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note has an initial term of three years and can be extended for an additional two years in one-year increments. During the initial three-year term, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note bears interest at 12% per annum. If the term of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is extended an additional year, the interest rate increases to 13% during the fourth year. If the term of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is extended for an additional two years, the interest rate is 14% during the fifth year. The accrued interest and principal on the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is payable at maturity.

As part of the terms of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note, the Company is required to pay the Agent Fee of 5% of the funded principal amount to the agent that facilitated the borrowing and who also facilitated the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes discussed in Note 6 above. This Agent Fee is payable within 30 days after all interest and principal have been paid. For each year the Company extends the maturity date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note beyond the initial term, the agent will receive an additional 1% fee based on the funded principal amount. The present value of the unpaid Agent Fee, based on 5% of the funded principal amount, or $87,000 as of the closing date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note was recorded as both deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and non-current other liabilities. The amortization of the deferred financing costs and the accretion of the Agent Fee are recorded to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $92,000 and $89,000, respectively, of the Agent Fee was recorded in non-current other liabilities. In addition, the Company incurred an additional $22,000 in financing-related costs, primarily legal fees. These costs were recorded as deferred financing costs as a component of current and non-current other assets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the arrangement using the straight-line method.

The October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note can be prepaid six months after the initial funding date or earlier if an IPO or a sale of the Company occurs.

The October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is secured by certain assets of the Company, subject to certain permitted liens. This security interest is subordinate to the security interest held by the holders of the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note and the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Note, both described in Note 8.

If the Company closes an IPO or an Acquisition, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note and any accrued interest will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate of 85% of the purchase price of common stock sold, provided the closing occurs on or prior to eighteen months from the issuance date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note. The conversion rate is adjusted to 80% of the purchase price of such securities, if the closing occurs on or after eighteen months from the issuance date of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note through the date of maturity.

The Company has assessed the probability of potential conversion under its terms of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note and has determined that the predominate settlement feature of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note will be the conversion of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable at a 15% or 20% discount to the per share price payable upon the completion of an IPO, an Acquisition, or Qualified Equity Financing. As the predominant settlement feature of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note falls within the scope of ASC 480. Accordingly, the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note was recorded at estimated fair value on its issuance date and is adjusted to its estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company estimated the fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note as of the issuance date to be $2,662,000. As the Company received cash proceeds of $2,500,000 through the issuance of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note, $162,000 of the excess of the estimated fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note on the issuance date over cash proceeds was recorded as additional interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note was $2,797,000 and $2,860,000, respectively. Due to changes in the probability and timing of the completion of a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition between the date of issuance and December 31, 2012 and between December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note increased by $70,000 and $63,000 during these periods, respectively, which was recognized as additional expense in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

In April 2013, the Company entered an amendment to convert $1,250,000 of the outstanding principal balance of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note and the related accrued interest as of the conversion date to Amended October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, as defined and further discussed in Note 12.

December 2012 Convertible Note

On December 6, 2012, the Company borrowed $12,500,000 pursuant to a convertible note (December 2012 Convertible Note) from an existing preferred stock holder that also is an affiliate of one of the Company’s distributors. The December 2012 Convertible Note has an initial maturity date of October 16, 2015 and can be extended for an additional two years in one year increments. During the initial approximately three-year (two-year and ten-month) term, the December 2012 Convertible Note bears interest at 10% per annum. If the term of the December 2012 Convertible Note is extended an additional year, the interest rate increases to 12% during the fourth year. If the term of the December 2012 Convertible Note is extended for an additional two years, the interest rate is 14% during the fifth year. The maturity date of the December 2012 Convertible Note shall be contemporaneously extended with the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note described above. The accrued interest and principal on the December 2012 Convertible Note is payable at maturity.

The December 2012 Convertible Note may not be pre-paid unless such prepayment is mandated by a sale event. A sale event as defined in the agreement is the transfer of substantially all of the Company’s assets, a transaction or series of transactions that result in the transfer of more than 50% voting power of the Company, or transactions that result in gross proceeds of at least $120,000,000 (Sale Event). In the case of a Sale Event, the holder may elect to either convert all outstanding principal and accrued interest into shares of common stock in accordance with the conversion terms of this agreement or receive cash equal to the principal and accrued interest then outstanding multiplied by 133.33% if the Sale Event occurs prior to or as of June 30, 2013 or multiplied by 142.86% if the Sale Event occurs after June 30, 2013.

A Qualified Financing means an equity financing for which the gross proceeds are at least $20,000,000 and at least 50% of the amount invested comes from sources other than holders of the Company’s equity, strategic investors, or affiliates (Qualified Financing). In the event of a Qualified Financing, all outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the December 2012 Convertible Note will be automatically converted into new securities issued and sold in such qualified financing at a rate of 75% of the purchase price of such new securities provided the closing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2013. The conversion rate is adjusted to 70% of the purchase price of such new securities, if the closing occurs after June 30, 2013.

In the event of a non-qualified financing (Non-Qualified Financing) or the Sale Event, the holder of the December 2012 Convertible Note shall have the right, but not the obligation, to convert all or a part of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the December 2012 Convertible Note into the same type of securities issued in the Non-Qualified Financing. A Non-Qualified Financing represents either a convertible note financing or an equity transaction that does not qualify as a Qualified Financing.

If the Non-Qualified Financing relates to an equity financing or Sale Event, the number of shares of common stock or common stock equivalents to be received by the holder of the December 2012 Convertible Note will be calculated by dividing the principal and unpaid accrued interest elected to be converted by the holder by a price per share equal to the price per share paid in the Non-Qualified Financing multiplied by a conversion discount.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

If the Non-Qualified Financing relates to a debt financing, the December 2012 Convertible Note holder will receive new convertible notes convertible into the shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price equal to the conversion price per share applicable to the other convertible debt issued in the Non-Qualified Financing multiplied by a conversion discount. In each case, if the Non-Qualified Financing occurs on or before June 30, 2013, the conversion rate will be equal to 75%, and thereafter the conversion rate will be equal to 70%.

The Company has assessed the probability of the potential conversion scenarios under the terms of the December 2012 Convertible Note and has determined that the predominant settlement feature of the December 2012 Convertible Note will be the conversion of the December 2012 Convertible Note into shares of the Company’s common stock issuable at a 25% or 30% discount to the per share price payable in connection with the completion of a Qualified Financing or a Sale Event during the term of the arrangement. As the predominant settlement feature of the December 2012 Convertible Note is to settle a fixed monetary amount in a variable number of shares, the December 2012 Convertible Note falls within the scope of ASC 480. Accordingly, the Company determined that the December 2012 Convertible Note should be recorded at estimated fair value on its issuance date and adjusted to its estimated fair value as of each reporting date with the change in estimated fair value recorded as a component of change in estimated fair value of financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Following the issuance of the December 2012 Convertible Note, the Company estimated the fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note as of the issuance date using a PWERM valuation consisting of six scenarios. This valuation included three initial public offering scenarios, two merger scenarios and a sale of the Company’s intellectual property along with the applicable conversion ratios based on the estimated timing of each scenario. Based on this valuation, the Company estimated the fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note to be $16,355,000 as of the issuance date. As the holder of the December 2012 Convertible Note was an affiliate of one of the Company’s distributors at the date of issuance, the $3,855,000 excess of the estimated fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note on the date of issuance over gross cash proceeds has been recorded as a reduction of revenue to the extent of revenue recognized from the distributor, $245,000 ($110,000 from license revenue and $135,000 from product revenues), and the remaining excess of $3,610,000 has been recorded separately to an operating expense in accordance with ASC 606-50, Customer Payments and Incentives, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note was $16,545,000 and $17,374,000, respectively. Due to changes in the probability and timing of the completion of a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition between the dates of issuance and December 31, 2012 and between December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of the December 2012 Convertible Note increased by $100,000 and $829,000 during these periods, respectively, which was recognized as additional expense in the change in estimated fair value of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The December 2012 Convertible Note purchase agreement also required the Company to use the proceeds from this note to repay all outstanding obligations under the April 2012 Senior Secured Promissory Note within 35 days of closing as discussed in Note 8.

In addition to the repayment requirement under the terms of the December 2012 Convertible Note discussed above, the Company is also required to comply with certain other affirmative and negative covenants under the convertible debt agreements discussed above. In the event of default on the convertible debt, the lender may declare the entire unpaid principal and interest immediately due and payable. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of such affirmative and negative covenants, and there were no events of default as defined in the December 2012 Convertible Note agreement.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

10. Stock Option Plans

As of March 31, 2013, there were 6,404,000 options outstanding and 1,179,000 options available for grant under the outstanding option plans.

The Company recognized $249,000 and $292,000 in compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company granted 154,000 options at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.00 per share.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. As of March 31, 2013, there were no current proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. Subsequent Events

On April 10, 2013 (Conversion Date), the Company entered an amendment to increase by up to $5,000,000 the amount available under the terms of the loan agreement with respect to the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes described in Note 7 above. Under this amendment, an additional $4,950,000 was issued in partial consideration for $3,700,000 in cash received and in partial conversion for cancellation of $1,250,000 of the total principal balance of the October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note described in Note 8 (collectively, April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes). The total amount borrowed under the amended loan agreement for the October 2012 Junior Secured Promissory Notes and the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes increased from $7,500,000 to $12,450,000 as of the Conversion Date. The accrued interest of $74,000 for the partially converted October 2012 Subordinated Convertible Note as of the Conversion Date shall be paid on the applicable maturity date of the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes.

The amendment to the loan agreement also amended the interest provision applicable to the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes to allow any holder of the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes to request the Company to defer all interest due monthly to the applicable maturity date, and the optional prepayment provision applicable to the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes to allow the Company to repay the outstanding amount of the October 2012 and April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, either (i) with the written consent of the lender or the agent on such lenders’ behalf, or (ii) without such consent provided that the Company pays the interest that would have been due from the prepayment date to the initial maturity date.

In conjunction with the issuance of the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company issued additional warrants (Additional Common Stock Warrants) to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 20% of the funded principal amount of the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with such Additional Common Stock Warrants to have an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the April 2013 Junior Secured Promissory Notes on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

On May 22, 2013, the Company completed the sale of convertible notes under a convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $3,529,000 in a private placement to 22 investors (First May 2013 Convertible Notes). The First May 2013 Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum and mature on May 22, 2016, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to May 22, 2017, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to May 22, 2018. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. The First May 2013 Convertible Notes may be pre-paid at any time without penalty.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

In addition, on May 28, 2013, the Company completed the sale of a convertible note under a separate convertible note purchase agreement in the amount of $3,000,000 in a private placement (Second May 2013 Convertible Note). The Second May 2013 Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum and matures on May 30, 2016, unless extended in one year increments for a period of no more than two years. In the event the maturity date is extended, the interest rate increases from 10% to 12% in the first year of the extension to May 30, 2017, and if extended for an additional year thereafter, the interest rate increases to 14% in the second year of the extension to May 30, 2018. In addition, if there is an event of default, which may occur as a result of, among other things, an uncured default under the terms of another debt instrument in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, the then-applicable interest rate shall be increased by 4%. The Second May 2013 Convertible Note may not be pre-paid in whole or in part prior to the maturity date unless in accordance with the Sale Event, as defined in Note 9 above.

No payments are due under the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes until maturity. In a event of the Qualified Financing, as defined in Note 9 above, all outstanding principal and accrued interest due under the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes will be automatically converted into the number of shares of the Company’s common stock determined by dividing such unpaid amounts by 70% of the per share price of the Company’s common stock sold in such qualified financing.

Alternatively, in the earlier event of a Non-Qualified Financing of equity or debt securities the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes may be converted, at the option of the holder, into the same type of securities issued in such financing, and in the earlier the Sale Event, the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes may be either, at the option of the holder, repaid the principal and accrued interest then outstanding multiplied by 142.86% or converted at a discount into shares of the Company’s common stock.

If the Qualified Financing, Non-Qualified Financing, or Sale Event has not occurred from the date of issuance of the convertible note through January 14, 2014, the holder of the Second May 2013 Convertible Note may elect to convert all outstanding principal and accrued interest into a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing this amount by the greater of (i) the per share price into which the Outstanding Balance under the March and October 2012 Convertible Notes discussed in Note 9 will be converted at their maturity in the event a Qualified Financing has not occurred as of September 30, 2013, or (ii) the purchase price paid per share for the most recent Non-Qualified Financing that occurs prior to a Sale Event, provided such Non-Qualified Financing is at least $2,000,000 and at least 50% of the proceeds of such Non-Qualified Financing are from persons or entities who were not common shareholders, or common share equivalents or affiliates of the Company.

Under the terms of the convertible note purchase agreements entered into in connection with the issuance of the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes, we have agreed to certain covenants, including certain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of distributions on the Company’s capital stock and entry into certain transactions with affiliates. The First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes are unsecured.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the First and Second May 2013 Convertible Notes on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

On June 13, 2013, the Company entered into a factoring and security agreement (Factoring and Security Agreement) with a third-party that would enable the Company to sell the entire interest in certain accounts receivable up to $5,000,000. Under the Factoring and Security Agreement, 15% of the sales proceeds will be held back by the purchaser until collection of such receivables. Such holdbacks are not considered legal securities, nor are they certificated. Upon the sale of the receivable, the Company will not maintain servicing. The purchaser may require the Company to repurchase accounts receivable if (i) the payment is disputed by the account debtor, with the purchaser being under no obligation to determine the bona fides of such dispute, (ii) the account debtor has become insolvent or (iii) upon the effective date of the termination of the Factoring and Security Agreement. The purchaser will retain its security interest in any accounts repurchased by the Company. The Factoring and Security Agreement is secured by all of the Company’s personal property and fixtures, and proceeds thereof, including accounts, inventory, equipment and general intangibles other than intellectual property.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Factoring and Security Agreement on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

On June 14, 2013, the Company entered into a credit facility agreement (June 2013 Credit Facility) with a group of lenders that are, or that are affiliated with, existing investors in the Company. Under the June 2013 Credit Facility, the lenders have committed to permit the Company to draw an aggregate of up to $5,000,000, and, subject to the Company’s obtaining additional commitments from lenders, such amount may be increased to up to $7,000,000. The June 2013 Credit Facility expires on June 30, 2014. During the term of the June 2013 Credit Facility, the Company may request from the lenders up to four advances, with each advance equal to one quarter of each lender’s aggregate commitment amount. The Company will issue a promissory note in the principal amount of each such advance that will accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The principal and all unpaid interest under the promissory notes are due on the maturity date, and the Company may not prepay the promissory notes prior to the maturity date without consent of at least a majority in interest of the aggregate principal amount of the promissory notes then outstanding under the credit facility. In connection with the June 2013 Credit Facility, the Company agreed to pay a fee of 2% of the total commitment amount to the lenders.

In conjunction with the June 2013 Credit Facility, the Company issued warrants (June 2013 Warrants) to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the total committed amount of the June 2013 Credit Facility divided by 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO, with such June 2013 Common Stock Warrants to have an exercise price of 70% of the value of common stock in a sale of the Company or an IPO. The June 2013 Common Stock Warrants expire upon the earlier of June 14, 2023 or the sale of the Company.

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the June 2013 Credit Facility and the June 2013 Warrants on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

 

 

 

         Shares

 

LOGO

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

Jefferies

Piper Jaffray

Co-Managers

Roth Capital Partners

Stifel

            , 2013

Until             , 2013 (the expiration date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

 

 

 

     AMOUNT
TO BE PAID
 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ *   

FINRA Filing Fee

     9,500   

Initial Nasdaq Listing Fee

     *   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     *   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     *   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     *   

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

     *   

Miscellaneous Expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   

 

 

*   To be listed in amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that a corporation may, in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto, eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

Our certificate of incorporation as currently in effect provides for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

Our bylaws as currently in effect provide for the indemnification of officers and directors acting on our behalf if this person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

In addition, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors, a form of which will be filed as Exhibit 10.4 hereto. Such agreements may require us, among other things, to advance expenses and otherwise indemnify our executive officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as executive officers or directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The underwriting agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

We have purchased and intend to maintain insurance on behalf of us and any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since December 31, 2009, we have sold the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock.

From March 2010 through June 2011, we sold to accredited investors in a series of closings an aggregate of 14,997,104 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a per share price of $1.6940, for aggregate consideration of approximately $25.3 million.

Warrants

In March 2009, we issued to an accredited investor a warrant to purchase 20,390 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.5449 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $31,500.

In April 2012, we issued to an accredited investor a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $1.5 million.

In October 2012, we issued to accredited investors warrants to purchase a variable number of shares of common stock, with coverage based on 15% of the aggregate of $7.5 million invested by such investors in promissory notes.

In April 2013, we issued to accredited investors warrants to purchase a variable number of shares of common stock, with coverage based on 20% of the aggregate of $4.95 million invested by such investors in promissory notes.

In June 2013, we issued to accredited investors warrants to purchase a variable number of shares of common stock, with coverage based on 10% of the $5.0 million provided by such investors under a credit facility agreement.

Debt Securities

From March 2012 through May 2013, we sold to accredited investors, in a series of closings, convertible promissory notes for an aggregate consideration of approximately $30.6 million.

In April 2012, we sold to an accredited investor a senior secured promissory note for an aggregate consideration of $10.0 million (subsequently repaid).

From October 2012 through April 2013, we sold to accredited investors, in a series of closings, promissory notes for an aggregate consideration of approximately $12.45 million.

Equity Incentive Plans

Since December 31, 2009 pursuant to the 2006 Plan, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,293,195 shares of common stock to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case having an exercise price of $0.38 per share.

Since December 31, 2009 pursuant to the 2011 Plan, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 3,977,830 shares of common stock to directors, officers, employees and consultants, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.28 per share.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1.1   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
  3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., filed April 28, 2011.
  3.1.3   Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., filed May 4, 2012.
  3.2*   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  3.3   Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., as amended.
  3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  4.1*   Form of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.’s common stock certificate.
  4.2   Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated March 5, 2010, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and certain security holders of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
  4.3   Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated October 26, 2006, issued to VenCore Solutions LLC.
  4.4   Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 31, 2009, issued to Five Star Bank.
  4.5   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 18, 2012, issued to Point Financial, Inc.
  5.1*   Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP.
10.1†   Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan and related documents.
10.2†   Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. 2011 Stock Plan and related documents.
10.3*†   Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and related documents.
10.4*†   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.5†   Offer letter, dated June 29, 2006, between Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. and Dr. Pamela G. Marrone.
10.6†   Offer letter, dated March 16, 2011, between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and Donald J. Glidewell.
10.7†   Offer letter, dated August 7, 2012, between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and Hector Absi.
10.8   Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease, dated August 3, 2007, by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.9   First Amendment to Lease, dated January 1, 2008, by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.10   Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 13, 2008, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

10.11    Third Amendment to Lease, dated September 20, 2010, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.12    Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated March 14, 2012, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.13    Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated March 14, 2012, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.14    Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated December 21, 2012, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.15    Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 15, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note and form of warrant.
10.16    Amendment and Consent, dated August 30, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.17    Loan Agreement, dated October 2, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., the Investors party thereto and the administrative and collateral agent, including form of promissory note and warrant.
10.18    Security Agreement, dated October 2, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the administrative and collateral agent.
10.19    Loan Agreement, dated October 16, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., the Investor party thereto and the administrative and collateral agent, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.20    Security Agreement, dated October 16, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the administrative and collateral agent.
10.21    Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 6, 2012, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and Syngenta Ventures Pte. Ltd., including convertible promissory note.
10.22    Intercreditor Agreement, dated December 6, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., Syngenta Ventures Pte. Ltd. and the administrative agent and collateral agent.
10.23    Amendment and Consent, dated April 10, 2013, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the administrative agent party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.24††    License Agreement, dated May 22, 2007, between the KHH Biosci, Inc. and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.25††    License Agreement, dated November 13, 2007, between the U.S. Government, as represented by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.26††    License Agreement, dated December 28, 2009, between the University of the State of New York and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.27††    Commercial Agreement, dated February 1, 2011, between Syngenta Crop Protection AG and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.28††    Commercial Agreement, dated August 26, 2011, between FMC Corporation and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.29††    Technology Evaluation and Master Development Agreement, dated September 13, 2011, between The Scotts Company LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.30    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 2012, between Bankruptcy Trustee for Michigan BioDiesel, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

10.31   

Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 22, 2013, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note.

10.32    Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and DSM Venturing BV, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.33   

Credit Facility Agreement, dated June 14, 2013, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of promissory note and warrant.

21.1*    Subsidiary List of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Counsel (included in exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
†† Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Davis, State of California, on July 1, 2013.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
/ S /    P AMELA G. M ARRONE        

Pamela G. Marrone

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Pamela G. Marrone and Donald J. Glidewell, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including posteffective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

SIGNATURE

      

TITLE

     

DATE

/ S /    P AMELA G. M ARRONE        

Pamela G. Marrone

     President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)     July 1, 2013

/ S /    D ONALD J. G LIDEWELL        

Donald J. Glidewell

    

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

    July 1, 2013

/ S /    E LIN M ILLER        

Elin Miller

    

Chair of the Board

    July 1, 2013

/ S /    R ANJEET B HATIA        

Ranjeet Bhatia

     Director     July 1, 2013

/ S /    T IM F OGARTY        

Tim Fogarty

     Director     July 1, 2013

/ S /    L AWRENCE H OUGH        

Lawrence Hough

     Director     July 1, 2013

/ S /    J OSEPH H UDSON        

Joseph Hudson

     Director     July 1, 2013

/ S /    R ICHARD R OMINGER        

Richard Rominger

     Director     July 1, 2013

/ S /    S EAN S CHICKEDANZ        

Sean Schickedanz

     Director     July 1, 2013

/ S /    S HAUGN S TANLEY        

Shaugn Stanley

     Director     July 1, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1.1   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., filed April 28, 2011.
3.1.3   Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., filed May 4, 2012.
3.2*   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
3.3   Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., as amended.
3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
4.1*   Form of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.’s common stock certificate.
4.2   Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated March 5, 2010, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and certain security holders of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
4.3   Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated October 26, 2006, issued to VenCore Solutions LLC.
4.4   Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated March 31, 2009, issued to Five Star Bank.
4.5   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, dated April 18, 2012, issued to Point Financial, Inc.
5.1*   Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP.
10.1†   Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan and related documents.
10.2†   Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. 2011 Stock Plan and related documents.
10.3*†   Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and related documents.
10.4*†   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.5†   Offer letter, dated June 29, 2006, between Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. and Dr. Pamela G. Marrone.
10.6†   Offer letter, dated March 16, 2011, between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and Donald J. Glidewell.
10.7†   Offer letter, dated August 7, 2012, between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and Hector Absi.
10.8  

Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease, dated August 3, 2007, by and between Davis

Commerce Center, LLC and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.

10.9   First Amendment to Lease, dated January 1, 2008, by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.10   Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 13, 2008, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.11   Third Amendment to Lease, dated September 20, 2010, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.12   Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated March 14, 2012, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.13   Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated March 14, 2012, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.


Table of Contents
10.14    Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated December 21, 2012, by and between 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.15    Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 15, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note and form of warrant.
10.16    Amendment and Consent, dated August 30, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.17    Loan Agreement, dated October 2, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., the Investors party thereto and the administrative and collateral agent, including form of promissory note and warrant.
10.18    Security Agreement, dated October 2, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the administrative and collateral agent.
10.19    Loan Agreement, dated October 16, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., the Investor party thereto and the administrative and collateral agent, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.20    Security Agreement, dated October 16, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the administrative and collateral agent.
10.21    Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 6, 2012, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and Syngenta Ventures Pte. Ltd., including convertible promissory note.
10.22    Intercreditor Agreement, dated December 6, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., Syngenta Ventures Pte. Ltd. and the administrative agent and collateral agent.
10.23    Amendment and Consent, dated April 10, 2013, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the administrative agent party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.24††    License Agreement, dated May 22, 2007, between the KHH Biosci, Inc. and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.25††    License Agreement, dated November 13, 2007, between the U.S. Government, as represented by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
10.26††    License Agreement, dated December 28, 2009, between the University of the State of New York and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.27††    Commercial Agreement, dated February 1, 2011, between Syngenta Crop Protection AG and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.28††    Commercial Agreement, dated August 26, 2011, between FMC Corporation and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.29††    Technology Evaluation and Master Development Agreement, dated September 13, 2011, between The Scotts Company LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.30    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 2012, between Bankruptcy Trustee for Michigan BioDiesel, LLC and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
10.31   

Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 22, 2013, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of convertible promissory note.

10.32    Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and DSM Venturing BV, including form of convertible promissory note.
10.33   

Credit Facility Agreement, dated June 14, 2013, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. and the Investors party thereto, including form of promissory note and warrant.

21.1*    Subsidiary List of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Counsel (included in exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
†† Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State on June 15, 2006. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.

SECOND: That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

I.

The name of this company is Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (the “Company” ).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Company in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, and the name of the registered agent of this Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IV.


A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 51,480,564 shares, 30,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ) and 21,480,564 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock” ). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.00001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.00001 per share.

B. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series Preferred (as defined below) set forth herein. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Series Preferred that may be required by the terms of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation” )) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis) irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

C. 4,673,827 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred” ), 7,066,565 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred” ) and 9,740,172 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred” and collectively with the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the “Series Preferred” ).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

 

  1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) (i) The holders of shares of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock) on any other shares of capital stock of the Company, at a rate equal to 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) of the Series C Preferred per share per annum, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ). In the event that the amount of dividends declared by the Board shall be insufficient to permit payment of the full aforesaid dividends under this Section 1(a)(i), such dividends will be paid ratably to each holder of Series C Preferred in proportion to the dividend amounts to which each holder of Series C Preferred is entitled as provided herein.

(ii) After payment of the full amount of all dividends pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to

 

2


receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock) on the Common Stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Company (other than the Series C Preferred), at a rate equal to 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred per share per annum, payable when, as and if declared by the Board . In the event that the amount of dividends declared by the Board shall be insufficient to permit payment of the full aforesaid dividends under this Section 1(a)(ii), such dividends will be paid ratably to each holder of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred in proportion to the dividend amounts to which each holder of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred is entitled as provided herein.

(iii) In the event dividends or other distributions are paid on any shares of Common Stock, a similar dividend or distribution, in addition to that which may be paid to satisfy the preference set forth in Sections 1(a)(i) and (ii) above, shall be paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Series Preferred (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis). The right to dividends on shares of the Common Stock and Series Preferred shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of the Common Stock or Series Preferred by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any prior period.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $0.8307 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $1.54488 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C Preferred shall be $1.6940152 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California General Corporation Law ( “CGCL” ), Sections 502 and 503 of the CGCL shall not apply with respect to distributions on shares junior to the Series Preferred as they relate to (i) repurchases of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as an employee, officer, consultant or director, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, consultants or directors pursuant to Company rights of first refusal and (iii) any other repurchase or redemption of shares of Series Preferred as provided herein.

 

  2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 4 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for each stockholders’ meeting or the effective date of each written consent of stockholders and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

 

3


(b) Separate Vote of Series A Preferred. For so long as at least 500,000 shares of Series A Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, operation of law or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a certificate of determination) in a manner adverse to the Series A Preferred;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any of the rights, preference or privileges of the Series A Preferred set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iv) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred;

(v) Any redemption, repurchase or payment of dividends (other than pursuant to Section 1(a) and dividends payable in shares of the Company’s Common Stock) with respect to any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company, acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares or distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Section 3 hereof);

(vi) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders to undertake an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 3), unless such Asset Transfer or Acquisition exceeds $50,000,000.00 in value;

(vii) Any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

(viii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board.

(c) Separate Vote of Series B Preferred. For so long as at least 800,000 shares of Series B Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, operation of law or otherwise):

 

4


(i) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a certificate of determination) in a manner adverse to the Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred or Common Stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any of the rights, preference or privileges of the Series B Preferred set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iv) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred;

(v) Any redemption, repurchase or payment of dividends (other than pursuant to Section 1(a) and dividends payable in shares of Common Stock) with respect to any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company, acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares or distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Section 3 hereof);

(vi) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders to undertake an Asset Transfer or Acquisition;

(vii) Any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

(viii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board or alteration, amendment or repeal of Section 2(e) below.

(d) Separate Vote of Series C Preferred. For so long as at least 800,000 shares of Series C Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, operation of law or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a certificate of determination) in a manner adverse to the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred or Common Stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any of the rights, preference or privileges of the Series C Preferred set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

5


(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iv) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred;

(v) Any redemption, repurchase or payment of dividends (other than pursuant to Section 1(a) and dividends payable in shares of Common Stock) with respect to any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company, acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares or distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Section 3 hereof);

(vi) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders to undertake an Asset Transfer or Acquisition;

(vii) Any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

(viii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board or alteration, amendment or repeal of Section 2(e) below.

(e) Election of Board.

(i) For so long as at least 800,000 shares of Series C Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect 1 member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) For so long as at least 800,000 shares of Series B Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect 2 members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iii) For so long as at least 500,000 shares of Series A Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect 2 members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by

 

6


the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect 2 members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect 1 member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(vi) Any director elected as provided in the provisions of this Section 2(e) may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to this Section 2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series Preferred or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Company other than by the stockholders of the Company that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.

(vii) The designation of the directors elected pursuant to this Section 2(e) may be governed by a voting agreement or similar arrangement to which the holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred may from time to time be a party.

 

  3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon (i) any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (ii) a merger, consolidation or sale of voting control or other corporate reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions do not own securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or its parent immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, but excluding (x) any transaction effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company, or (y) any transaction effected principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof (an “Acquisition” ), or (iii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (an “Asset Transfer” ) (items (i), (ii) and (iii), each a “Liquidation Event” ), prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or payment made to the holders of any shares of Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred, Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Company, the holders of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally

 

7


available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series C Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series C Preferred equal to the Original Issue Price of such Series C Preferred, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series C Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon completion of the distribution to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred required by Section 3(a) above, but prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or payment made to the holders of any shares of Series A Preferred, Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Company, the holders of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series B Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series B Preferred equal to the Original Issue Price of such Series B Preferred, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series B Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series B Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(c) In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon completion of the distribution to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred required by Section 3(a) above and the Series B Preferred required by Section 3(b) above, but prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or payment made to the holders of any shares of Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Company, the holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series A Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series A Preferred equal to the Original Issue Price of such Series A Preferred, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(c), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(d) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series C Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the Series B Preferred as set forth in Section 3(b) above and the Series A Preferred as set forth in Section 3(c) above, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in such transaction), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred and Common Stock (on an as-if converted basis).

(e) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be

 

8


received is property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(i) The value of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be:

(A) if traded on a securities exchange or through the NASDAQ Global Market system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30 day period (or portion thereof) ending 3 days prior to the closing;

(B) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the 30 day period (or portion thereof) ending 3 days prior to the closing; and

(C) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board in good faith.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the value determined as above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board.

(f) Any payments or proceeds that could be made or distributed following the closing of any Acquisition or Asset Transfer as the result of termination or expiration of an escrow or operation of an earn-out or similar arrangement or termination of dissenter’s or appraisal rights, shall not be treated for the purposes of this Section 3 as if paid at the closing of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer. The portion of the consideration to be received that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration” ) shall be allocated among the holders of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Sections 3(a), (b), (c) and (d) above as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with the Acquisition or Asset Transfer. Any additional consideration that becomes payable to the holders of the Company’s capital stock upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among them in accordance with Sections 3(a), (b), (c) and (d) above after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

 

  4. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights” ):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, be converted at any time

 

9


and from time to time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect for such series of Series Preferred (determined as provided in Section 4(b)) by the number of shares of such series of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” ) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of such series of Series Preferred by the “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 4(c).

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred, the conversion price for the Series B Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred and the conversion price for the Series C Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series C Preferred (each, the “Series Preferred Conversion Price” with respect to each series). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price with respect to each series shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price for a series herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Price with respect to such series as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of such conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series C Preferred is issued (the “Original Issue Date” ) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of any series of Series Preferred, the Series Preferred Conversion Price of each such series of Series Preferred in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock

 

10


into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of any series of Series Preferred, the Series Preferred Conversion Price of each such series of Series Preferred in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock without a corresponding dividend or other distribution to holders of any series of Series Preferred, the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect for such series of Series Preferred shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 3 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series

 

11


Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 4(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than any then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price (a “Qualifying Dilutive Issuance” ), then and in each such case, such existing Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying such Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to any Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent per share. Any adjustment required by this Section 4(h) shall be rounded to the nearest $0.01 per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 4(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding two sentences shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to such Series Preferred Conversion Price.

 

12


(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 4(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration” ) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 4(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities” ) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than any Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price (as defined below) shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration

 

13


payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of any Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, such Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to any Series Preferred Conversion Price required under this Section 4(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, warrants or other Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such options, warrants or other Convertible Securities;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination transaction; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board and, if applicable,

 

14


the Series Preferred as provided in Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) herein and under applicable law, and such transaction does not exceed $5,000,000.00 in value;

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, credit agreements, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank, equipment lessor, landlord or similar institution; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board;

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board;

(G) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing, customer, vendor or distribution arrangements or (ii) collaboration, technology transfer or development arrangements, including technology licenses; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board;

(H) shares of Common Stock issued in a registered public offering under the Securities Act, pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Series Preferred are automatically converted to Common Stock; and

(I) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with any transaction approved by the Board and the vote or written consent of the holders of (i) at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred, (ii) at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred and (iii) at least a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred, each voting as a separate series, such vote or consent of holders specifically providing that such shares shall not be considered Additional Shares of Common Stock hereunder.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 4(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 4(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issuance under this Section 4(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance” ), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed

 

15


to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance” ), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 4, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall promptly mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least 20 days (or such shorter period approved by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) prior to the record date for any event specified in clause (i) above, or the effective date for any event specified in clause (ii) above, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion

 

16


Price, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 & 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the per share price is at least $3.3880304 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof), and (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000.00. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

(ii) Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 4(k)(i) above, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

17


(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) 5 days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) 1 day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Taxes. The Company shall pay any issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred pursuant to this Section 4; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

 

  5. R EDEMPTION .

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 5, at any time after August 5, 2016, at the individual option of each holder of shares of Series B Preferred or shares of Series C Preferred, the Company shall redeem in three installments, commencing on the date specified in the Shareholder Redemption Notice (as defined below) (each a “Redemption Date” ), the number of shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred held by such holder that is specified in a written request for redemption delivered to the Company by the holder (the “Shareholder Redemption Notice” ), by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to Original Issue Price per share of Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred (as applicable), plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares (the “Redemption Price” ); provided, however, that the first installment of such redemption shall occur on the first such Redemption Date (which shall be no earlier than 90 days or later than 150 days after the date of the Shareholder Redemption Notice), the second installment of such redemption shall occur on the first anniversary of the first such Redemption Date and the third installment of such redemption shall occur on the second anniversary of the first such Redemption Date. The number of shares of Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred that the Company shall be required to redeem on any one Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (i) the aggregate number of shares requested to be redeemed but not yet redeemed prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, by written notice to all holders delivering Shareholder Redemptions Notices, consolidate all redemptions hereunder into the three Redemption Dates provided herein.

(b) At least 15 but no more than 30 days prior to a Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, at the address last shown on the records of the Company for

 

18


such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the applicable Redemption Date, specifying the aggregate number of shares to be redeemed, the number of such holder’s shares to be redeemed, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon any such holder participating in such redemption to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Company Redemption Notice” ). Except as provided in Section 5(c), on or after a Redemption Date, each holder of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred to be redeemed on such Redemption Date shall surrender to the Company the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Company Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled.

(c) From and after each Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred designated for redemption on such Redemption Date in the Redemption Notice (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Company legally available for redemption of shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred on a Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem in full the total number of such shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred to be redeemed on such date as specified in all Shareholder Redemption Notices, those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem (i) first, the maximum possible number of shares of Series C Preferred ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed as specified in all Shareholder Redemption Notices such that each such holder of a share of Series C Preferred to be redeemed receives the same percentage of the applicable Redemption Price for each share of Series C Preferred, and (ii) only after all shares of Series C Preferred to be redeemed on such date as specified in all Shareholder Redemption Notices have been redeemed in full and the full amount of the applicable Redemption Price in respect of such redeemed shares of Series C Preferred has been paid to the holders thereof, then, the maximum possible number of shares of Series B Preferred ratably among the holders of shares of Series B Preferred to be redeemed on such date as specified in all Shareholder Redemption Notices such that each such holder of a share of Series B Preferred to be redeemed receives the same percentage of the applicable Redemption Price for each share of Series B Preferred. The shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Company has become obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed, and such redemptions shall be in accordance with the preferences stated in this Section 5.

 

  6. N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

No shares or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, sold or transferred. This Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended and/or restated to effect the

 

19


corresponding reduction in the Company’s authorized capital stock.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. The Company is authorized to provide indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors, officers and agents, and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification and for breach of duty to the Company and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by applicable law.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation.

B. Subject to any additional vote which may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company so provide.

VII.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Company may provide. The books of the Company may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Company.

*    *    *

THIRD: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of

 

20


the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: That said amendment and restatement was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by the President of this Company on this 3 rd day of March, 2010.

 

/s/ Pamela G. Marrone
Pamela G. Marrone, President

Exhibit 3.1.2

 

   

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:00 PM 04/28/2011

FILED 06:57 PM 04/28/2011

SRV 110470725 - 4175693 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Marrone Bio Innovations, lnc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that:

1. The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted resolutions by written consent effective April 27, 2011 setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation declaring said amendment to be advisable and authorizing and directing the officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth said amendment are as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to increase by 10,000,000 shares the authorized number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, to increase by 5,609,828 shares the authorized number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock and to increase by 5,609,828 shares the a number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock designated as Series C Preferred Stock;

RESOLVED FURTHER, that Clause A of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 67,090,392 shares, 40,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ) and 27,090,392 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock” ) The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.00001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0. 00001 per share.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that Clause C of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

C . 4,673,827 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred” ), 7,066,565 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred” ) and 15,350,000 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred” and collectively with the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the “Series Preferred” )

*    *    *


2. Thereafter, the necessary number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock as required by Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware consented by written consent in lieu of a meeting in favor of the amendment

3. Said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

Dated: April 28, 2011     MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
    By:    /s/ Pamela Marrone
      Pamela Marrone, President

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 3.1.3

 

        

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 11:19 AM 05/04/2012

FILED 11:09 AM 05/04/2012

SRV 120510726 - 4175693 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that:

1. The Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted resolutions by written consent effective April 12, 2012 setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and authorizing and directing the officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation for consideration thereof The resolutions setting forth said amendment are as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to increase by 600,000 shares the authorized number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, to increase by 600,000 shares the authorized number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock and to increase by 600,000 shares the a number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock designated as Series C Preferred Stock;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that Clause A of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock. ” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 68,290,392 shares, 40,600,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 27,690,392 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.00001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.00001 per share.

RESOLVED FURTHER , that Clause C of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

C. 4,673,827 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series A Preferred ”), 7,066,565 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series B Preferred ”) and 15,950,000 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series C Preferred ” and collectively with the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the “ Series Preferred ”).

*        *        *

2. Thereafter, the necessary number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock as required by Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware consented by written consent in


lieu of a meeting in favor of the amendment.

3. Said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

Dated: May 03, 2012     MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
    By:   /s/ Pamela Marrone
     

 

      Pamela Marrone, President

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware Corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

  OFFICES      1   

Section 1.

        REGISTERED OFFICE      1   

Section 2.

        PRINCIPAL OFFICE      1   

Section 3.

        OTHER OFFICES      ]   

ARTICLE II

  MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS      1   

Section 1.

        PLACE OF MEETINGS      1   

Section 2.

        ANNUAL MEETING      1   

Section 3.

        SPECIAL MEETING      1   

Section 4.

        NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING      2   

Section 5.

        MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE      2   

Section 6.

        QUORUM      3   

Section 7.

        ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      3   

Section 8.

        VOTING      3   

Section 9.

        WAIVER OF NOTICE OR CONSENT BY ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS      4   

Section 10.

        SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      4   

Section 11.

        RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE, VOTING, AND GIVING CONSENTS      5   

Section 12.

        PROXIES      5   

Section 13.

        INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      6   

ARTICLE III

  DIRECTORS      7   

Section 1.

        POWERS      7   

Section 2.

        NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS      7   

Section 3.

        ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      8   

Section 4.

        VACANCIES      8   

Section 5.

        PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      9   

Section 6.

        ANNUAL MEETING      9   

Section 7.

        OTHER REGULAR MEETINGS      9   

Section 8.

        SPECIAL MEETINGS      9   

Section 9.

        QUORUM      10   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 10.

        WAIVER OF NOTICE      10   

Section 11.

        ADJOURNMENT      10   

Section 12.

        NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT      10   

Section 13.

        ACTION WITHOUT MEETING      10   

Section 14.

        FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      10   

ARTICLE IV

  COMMITTEES      11   

Section 1.

        COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      11   

Section 2.

        MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      11   

ARTICLE V

  OFFICERS      11   

Section 1.

        OFFICERS      11   

Section 2.

        ELECTION OF OFFICERS      11   

Section 3.

        ADDITIONAL OFFICERS      11   

Section 4.

        REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      12   

Section 5.

        VACANCIES IN OFFICES      12   

Section 6.

        CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      12   

Section 7.

        PRESIDENT      12   

Section 8.

        VICE PRESIDENTS      13   

Section 9.

        SECRETARY      13   

Section 10.

        CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER      14   

Section 11.

        REIMBURSEMENT OF DISALLOWED PAYMENTS      14   

ARTICLE VI

  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS      14   

Section 1.

        AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS, AND EXPENSES      14   

Section 2.

        ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY THE CORPORATION      15   

Section 3.

        ACTIONS BY THE CORPORATION      15   

Section 4.

        ACTIONS BY CORPORATION AGAINST DIRECTORS      15   

Section 5.

        FURTHER INDEMNIFICATION BY AGREEMENT      16   

Section 6.

        SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT      16   

Section 7.

        ANNUAL APPROVAL      16   

Section 8.

        ADVANCE OF EXPENSES      17   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 9.

        OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS      17   

Section 10.

        LIMITATIONS      17   

Section 11.

        INSURANCE      17   

Section 12.

        CONTINUATION OF RIGHTS      17   

Section 13.

        FIDUCIARIES OF CORPORATE EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN      18   

ARTICLE VII

  RECORDS AND REPORTS      18   

Section 1.

        MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER      18   

Section 2.

        MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS      18   

Section 3.

        MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS      18   

Section 4.

        INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS      19   

Section 5.

        ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS      19   

Section 6.

        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      19   

ARTICLE VIII

  GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS      20   

Section 1.

        FISCAL YEAR      20   

Section 2.

        RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING      20   

Section 3.

        CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS      20   

Section 4.

        CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED      20   

Section 5.

        CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES      20   

Section 6.

        LOST CERTIFICATES      21   

Section 7.

        REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATION      21   

Section 8.

        CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS      22   

ARTICLE IX

  AMENDMENTS      22   

Section 1.

        AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS      22   

Section 2.

        AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS      22   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS

OF

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The board of directors shall fix the location of the principal office for the transaction of the business of the corporation (“ principal executive office ”). The principal executive office may be within or without the State of Delaware as the board may determine. The board of directors may change the principal office from one location to another.

Section 3. OTHER OFFICES. The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. The board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the date and at the time designated by the board of directors. However, if this day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At this meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETING. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board of directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by


registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

Section 4. NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING. All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 5 of this Article II not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and that no other business may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of the nominee or nominees whom, at the time of the notice, management intends to present for election.

Section 5. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or other means of written communication, including by electronic means as provided for in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by first-class mail or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books at the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholders’ meeting may be executed by the secretary, assistant secretary, or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, and, if so executed, shall be filed and maintained in the minute books of the corporation.

 

2


Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter shall be the act of the shareholders.

The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum, or if required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware or the certificate of incorporation, the vote of a greater number or voting by classes.

Section 7. ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE. Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting, either in person or by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum no other business may be transacted at that meeting, except as provided in Section 6 of this Article II.

When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at a meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, or unless the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting, in which case the board of directors shall set a new record date. Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of this Article II. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 8. VOTING. The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 of this Article II, subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or a joint ownership).

Voting may be by voice or ballot, provided that any election of directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder before the voting begins. Each shareholder entitled to vote at any election of directors shall have the right to cumulate his votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which his shares are entitled, or to distribute his votes on the same principle among as many candidates as he desires. No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes unless the candidate or candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate the shareholder’s votes. If any one shareholder has given such notice, all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination. The candidates, up to the number of directors to be elected, receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected.

In voting on all other matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders, each share shall be entitled to one vote, unless provided otherwise in the certificate of incorporation;

 

3


provided that with respect to an amendment to the corporation’s certificate of incorporation that would create a class of shares with preferences or rights superior to those of any existing class, or with respect to any merger, reorganization, share exchange among all or any class of shareholders, sale of substantially all of the corporation’s assets, or dissolution of the corporation (“Significant Transactions”), a two-thirds majority of the outstanding shares of each class of the corporation’s shares then outstanding shall be required for approval of such Significant Transaction Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal but if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares such shareholder is entitled to vote.

Section 9. WAIVER OF NOTICE OR CONSENT BY ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS. The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if each person entitled to vote who was not present in person or by proxy either before or after the meeting signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 10. SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted. In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; provided , however , that a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the board of directors that has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxyholder, or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.

 

4


If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders shall not have been received, the secretary shall give prompt notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting. This notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 5 of this Article II. In the case of approval of any of the following, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval: (i) contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest; (ii) indemnification of agents of the corporation; (iii) a reorganization of the corporation; and (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares.

Section 11. RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE, VOTING, AND GIVING CONSENTS. For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to give consent to corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any such action without a meeting, and in this event only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, or by agreement, or in the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) shall be the day on which the first written consent is given when no prior action by the board has been taken, or (ii) shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of such other action, whichever is later, when prior action of the board has been taken.

Section 12. PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote for directors or on any other matter shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission, or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney in fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked, or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy, or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is

 

5


counted; provided , however , that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Every form of proxy or written consent, which provides an opportunity to specify approval or disapproval with respect to any proposal, shall also contain an appropriate space marked “abstain” whereby a shareholder may indicate a desire to abstain from voting his or her shares on the proposal. A proxy marked “abstain” by the shareholder with respect to a particular proposal shall not be voted either for or against such proposal. In any election of directors, any form of proxy in which the directors to be voted upon are named therein as candidates and which is marked by a shareholder “withhold” or otherwise marked in a manner indicating that the authority to vote for the election of directors is withheld shall not be voted either for or against the election of a director. Failure to comply with this paragraph shall not invalidate any corporate action taken, but may be the basis for challenging any proxy at a meeting.

Section 13. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. Before any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If there are three (3) inspectors of election the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

These inspectors shall:

(a) Determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(b) Receive votes, ballots, or consents;

(c) Determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(d) Count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(e) Determine when the polls shall close;

(f) Determine the result; and

(g) Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

 

6


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. POWERS. Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Without prejudice to these general powers, and subject to the same limitations, the directors shall have the power to:

(a) Select and remove the president, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the corporation; prescribe any powers and duties for them that are consistent with law, with the certificate of incorporation, and with these bylaws; fix their compensation; and require from them security for faithful service. The chief executive officer shall have the power to select and remove all other officers, agents, and employees of the corporation; prescribe any powers and duties for them that are consistent with law, with the certificate of incorporation, and with these bylaws; fix their compensation; and require from them security for faithful service.

(b) Change the principal executive office or the principal business office from one location to another; cause the corporation to be qualified to do business in any other state, territory, dependency, or country and conduct business within or without the State of Delaware; and designate any place within or without the State of Delaware for the holding of any shareholders’ meeting, or meetings, including annual meetings.

(c) Adopt, make, and use a corporate seal; prescribe the forms of certificates of stock; and alter the form of the seal and certificates.

(d) Authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation on any lawful terms, in consideration of money paid, labor done, services actually rendered, debts or securities canceled, or tangible or intangible property actually received; provided , the board of directors shall state by resolution its determination of the fair value to the corporation in monetary terms of any consideration other than money for which shares are issued.

(e) Borrow money and incur indebtedness on behalf of the corporation, and cause to be executed and delivered for the corporation’s purposes, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations, and other evidences of debt and securities.

Section 2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than three (3) and nor more than five (5), and the exact number of directors shall be three (3) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the shareholders. The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment

 

7


to the certificate of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is only one shareholder at any time, the number of directors may be one or two; and if there are only two shareholders at any time, the number of directors may be two.

Section 3. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting; however, if any annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected at any annual meeting, they may be elected at any special shareholders’ meeting held for that purpose. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or elected at a special shareholders’ meeting, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy or vacancies in the board of directors shall be deemed to exist in the event of death, resignation, or removal of any director, or if the board of directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by approval of the board, or if the number of directors then in office is less than a quorum, by (a) the unanimous written consent of the directors then in office, (b) the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at a meeting held pursuant to notice or waivers of notice complying with Article II, Sections 4 and 9 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (c) a sole remaining director, regardless of the manner in which the vacancy is created, including a vacancy created by removal of a director by the shareholders pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware or by court order. Each director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

If, after the filling of any vacancy by the directors, the directors then in office who have been elected by the shareholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of

 

8


shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors may call a special meeting of shareholders to be held to elect the entire board of directors. The term of office of any director shall terminate upon such election of a successor.

The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time, to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election by written consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal shall require the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. An election by written consent to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the unanimous consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

Section 5. PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation. Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 5, a regular or special meeting of the board of directors may be held at any place consented to in writing by all the board members, either before or after the meeting. If consents are given, they shall be filed with the minutes of the meeting. Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another, and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting as long as each member participating has been verified to be a director, can communicate with all other members concurrently, and each member is provided a means to participate.

Section 6. ANNUAL MEETING. Immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders, the board of directors shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, any desired election of officers, and the transaction of other business. Notice of this meeting shall not be required unless some place other than the place of the annual shareholders’ meeting has been designated.

Section 7. OTHER REGULAR MEETINGS. Other regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the board of directors and made a part of these bylaws by a notation opposite this Section entered by the secretary or by amendment to this Section. Such regular meetings may be held without notice.

Section 8. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board or the president or any vice president or the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, electronic mail, or other electronic means to each

 

9


director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. In case the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. In case the notice is delivered personally, by telephone or telegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means it shall be delivered at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting to the recipient, or in the case of a telegram, to the telegraph company. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

Section 9. QUORUM. A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 11 of this Article III. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (as to (i) approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest, (ii) appointment of committees, and (iii) indemnification of directors). A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

Section 10. WAIVER OF NOTICE. The transactions of any meeting of the board of directors, however called and noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify the purpose of the meeting. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of a meeting shall also be deemed given to any director who attends the meeting without protesting, before or at its commencement, the lack of notice to that director.

Section 11. ADJOURNMENT. A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

Section 12. NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 13. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

Section 14. FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement of expenses, as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the

 

10


corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation for those services.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, except as may be limited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Section 2. MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES. Meetings and action of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 5 (place of meetings), 7 (regular meetings), 8 (special meetings and notice), 9 (quorum), 10 (waiver of notice), 11 (adjournment), 12 (notice of adjournment), and 13 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members, except that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee; special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. Minutes shall be kept of each meeting of any committee and shall be filed with the corporate records. The board of directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a president (who shall also serve as the chief executive officer, unless a separate position is created by the board of directors), one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article V. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article V, shall be chosen by the board of directors, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

11


Section 3. ADDITIONAL OFFICERS. The board of directors may appoint, and may authorize the chairman of the board or the president or another officer to appoint, any other officers that the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall have the title, hold office for the period, have the authority, and perform the duties specified in the bylaws or determined from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. Subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Article V and the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, each of the president, chief executive officer and chief financial officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors, at any regular or special meeting of the board. Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any other officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the chief executive officer.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

Section 5. VACANCIES IN OFFICES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the board of directors or prescribed by the bylaws. If there is no president, the chairman of the board shall in addition be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article V.

Section 7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. She shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the chairman of the board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the board of directors. She shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws. The office of the president shall also be the office of the chief executive officer of the corporation, and references in any document relating to the corporation (including these bylaws) to any single office shall refer to the combined office of the president and chief executive officer, provided , however , that a separate office shall be created at such time as the board of directors shall, in its sole discretion, establish a separate office of chief executive officer and the duties therefor.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4 of this Article V, Ms. Pamela Marrone (“ Marrone ”) may only be removed as the president of the corporation for “just cause”

 

12


and by a unanimous vote of the members of the corporation board of directors, other than Marrone if she is then a director of the corporation. “ Just cause ” as applied to Marrone pursuant to this Section 7 of Article V shall mean (i) conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere in, a court of competent and final jurisdiction for a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses); (ii) commission of an act of fraud upon the corporation, embezzlement, theft or conversion of the corporation’s property; (iii) a dishonest act (other than an inadvertent or immaterial act the result of which is not adverse to the corporation) or fraudulent act, bad faith or willful misconduct in the performance of her duties to the corporation or its affiliates; or (iv) the gross negligence in the performance of her duties; provided , however , that in the case of the “just causes” described in the preceding subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) that are susceptible to cure, Marrone may not be removed as president of the corporation for any such alleged “just cause” unless: (A) Marrone shall have first received written notice from the corporation specifying in reasonable detail the conduct or other actions constituting such alleged “just cause”, and (B) Marrone shall have failed to fully cure the alleged act, misconduct or gross negligence within a reasonable period of time not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days; provided , further , that if Marrone disputes in writing any allegation of “just cause” pursuant to this Section 7 of Article V, then Marrone shall not be removed as president of the corporation until such dispute is settled or finally determined by binding arbitration held in the County of Yolo, State of California in accordance with the then applicable Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof.

Neither the provisions of this Section 7 of Article V nor the removal of Marrone as president of the corporation pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7 of Article V shall, in any way, limit, reduce, terminate or otherwise effect Marrone’s rights to indemnification as a director and officer of the corporation as such rights to indemnification are provided for by these bylaws, the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors or the bylaws, and the president, or the chairman of the board.

Section 9. SECRETARY. The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and shareholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of those present at directors’ meetings of committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board

 

13


of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors required by the bylaws or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the corporation if one be adopted, in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.

Section 10. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.

If required by the board of directors the chief financial officer shall give the corporation a bond in the amount and with the surety or sureties specified by the board for faithful performance of the duties of his office and for restoration to the corporation of all its books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of every kind in his possession or under his control on his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office.

Section 11. REIMBURSEMENT OF DISALLOWED PAYMENTS. Any payments made to an officer, director, or employee of the corporation, including without limitation salary payments, commissions, bonuses, interest payments, or reimbursements for business or entertainment expenses incurred by him, that shall be disallowed for federal or state income tax purposes in whole or in part as a deductible expense of the corporation, shall be reimbursed to the corporation by such officer, director, or employee to the full extent of the disallowance within ninety (90) days after the corporation has been notified of the disallowed amount. It shall be the duty of the board of directors to enforce payment of each amount disallowed. In lieu of payment by the officer, director, or employee, the board of directors of the corporation may withhold up to fifty percent (50%) of any future salary payments or other payments due such officer, director, or employee until the amount owed the corporation has been recovered.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

 

14


Section 1. AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS, AND EXPENSES. For the purposes of this Article, “ agent ” means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or other agent of this corporation, or is or was serving at the request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of this corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation; “ proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and “ expenses ” includes, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under Section 6 or 7(d) of this Article VI.

Section 2. ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY THE CORPORATION. This corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this corporation or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 3. ACTIONS BY THE CORPORATION. Subject to Section 4 below, this corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of this corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in good faith, in a manner that such person believed to be in the best interests of this corporation and its shareholders. No indemnification shall be made under this Section 3:

(a) respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable to this corporation in the performance of that person’s duty to this corporation and its shareholders, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses, and then only to the extent that the court shall determine;

(b) of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending action without court approval; or

(c) of expenses incurred in defending a pending action of which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.

 

15


Section 4. ACTIONS BY CORPORATION AGAINST DIRECTORS. This corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding by or in the right of this corporation for breach of such person’s duties as a director of this corporation against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made under this Section 4 for those circumstances set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of Section 3 above, or in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged liable to this corporation and its shareholders for:

(a) acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing and culpable violation of law;

(b) acts or omissions that such person believed to be contrary to the best interest of this corporation or its shareholders, or that involve the absence of good faith on the part of the person;

(c) any transaction from which that person derived an improper personal benefit;

(d) acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for that person’s duty to the corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which that person was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of performing that person’s duties to the corporation, of a risk of serious injury to the corporation or its shareholders;

(e) acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of that person’s duty to the corporation or its shareholders;

(f) acts or omissions occurring prior to the date this section 4 becomes effective.

Section 5. FURTHER INDEMNIFICATION BY AGREEMENT. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, the corporation may provide for further indemnification of an agent of the corporation against liability for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders by:

(a) agreement with such agent;

(b) vote of the shareholders other than the proposed indemnitee, or

(c) vote of the disinterested directors of the corporation.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, no indemnification of such agent may be made as to circumstances in which indemnity is expressly prohibited by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

16


Section 6. SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT. To the extent that an agent of this corporation has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith.

Section 7. ANNUAL APPROVAL. Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6 of this Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this corporation only if authorized in the specific case on a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article, by:

(a) a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the proceeding;

(b) if such a quorum of directors is not obtainable, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;

(c) approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of this corporation entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present or by the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. For this purpose, the shares owned by the person to be indemnified shall not be considered outstanding or entitled to vote thereon; or

(d) the court in which the proceeding is or was pending, on application made by this corporation or the agent or the attorney or other person rendering services in connection with the defense, whether or not such application by the agent, attorney, or other person is opposed by this corporation.

Section 8. ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be advanced by this corporation before the final disposition of the proceeding on receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the agent to repay the amount of the advance if it shall be determined ultimately that the agent is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article.

Section 9. OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS. Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than directors and officers of this corporation or any subsidiary hereof may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

Section 10. LIMITATIONS. No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article, except as provided in Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7(c), in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) that it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

 

17


(b) that it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

Section 11. INSURANCE. Upon and in the event of a determination by the board of directors of this corporation to purchase such insurance, this corporation shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such, whether or not this corporation would have the power to indemnify the agent against that liability under the provisions of this Article.

Section 12. CONTINUATION OF RIGHTS. The rights to indemnity under this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executions and administrators of that person.

Section 13. FIDUCIARIES OF CORPORATE EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN. This Article does not apply to any proceeding against any trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in that person’s capacity as such. even though that person may also be an agent of the corporation as defined in Section 1 of this Article. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise, which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

Section 1. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER. The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if either be appointed and as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder. Shareholders shall have the right to inspect and copy the records of shareholder’s names and addresses as provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Section 2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS. The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or if its principal executive office is not in the State of Delaware, at its principal business office in this state, the original or a copy of the bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the corporation is outside the State of Delaware and the corporation has no principal business office in this state, the secretary shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to that shareholder a copy of the bylaws as amended to date.

Section 3. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS. The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the board of directors and any committee or committees of the board of directors shall be

 

18


kept at such place or places designated by the board of directors, or in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form. The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate and as provided for in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. These rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.

Section 4. INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS. Every director shall have the right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, documents and the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations as provided for in Section 220(d) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. This inspection by a director may be made in person of by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

Section 5. ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS As long as there are fewer than 100 shareholders, the annual report to shareholders is expressly dispensed with, but nothing herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the board of directors from issuing annual or other periodic reports to the shareholders of the corporation as they consider appropriate.

Section 6. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. A copy of any annual financial statement and, any income statement of the corporation for each quarterly period of each fiscal year, and any accompanying balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of such period, that has been prepared by the corporation shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the corporation for twelve (12) months and each such statement shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of any such statement or a copy shall be mailed to any such shareholder.

If a shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the corporation makes a written request to the corporation for (i) an income statement of the corporation for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the then current fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days before the date of the request, or (ii) a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period, (iii) or both, then the chief financial officer shall cause such statement or balance sheet to be prepared, if not already prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail such statement or balance sheet within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the request. If the corporation has not sent to the shareholders an annual report for the last fiscal year, the chief financial officer shall upon the written request of any shareholder made more than 120 days after the close of that fiscal year, deliver or mail to the requesting shareholder or shareholders, within thirty (30) days after the request, a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year.

The corporation shall also, on the written request of any shareholder, mail to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semi-annual, or quarterly income statement which it has prepared, and a balance sheet as of the end of that period.

 

19


The income statements, statements of changes in financial position, and balance sheet referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

Section 1. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by action of the board of directors.

Section 2. RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING. For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (subject to the provisions of Article II. Section II of these bylaws), the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action, and in that case only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or by agreement, or in the certificate of incorporation.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

Section 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS. All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 4. CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED. The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and this authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 5. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. A certificate or certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any of these shares are fully paid. In addition to the issuance of fully paid share certificates, the board of directors

 

20


may authorize the issuance of certificates or shares as partly paid; provided that these certificates shall state the amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the chairman of the board or vice chairman of the board or the president or vice president and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate shall have ceased to be that officer, transfer agent, or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

If the shares of the corporation are classified or if any class of shares has two or more series, there shall appear on the certificate one of the following: (a) a statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each class or series of shares authorized to be issued and upon the holders thereof; (b) a summary of such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions with reference to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and any certificate of determination establishing the same; (c) a statement setting forth the office or agency of the corporation from which shareholders may obtain, upon request and without charge, a copy of the statement referred to in (a) above.

There shall also appear on the certificate the statements required by all of the following clauses to the extent applicable: (1) the fact that the shares are subject to restrictions upon transfer; (2) if the shares are assessable or are not fully paid, a statement that they are assessable or, on partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon; (3) the fact that the shares are subject to a close corporation voting agreement or an irrevocable proxy or restrictions upon voting rights contractually imposed by the corporation; (4) the fact that the shares are redeemable; and (5) the fact that the shares are convertible and the period for conversion, following the form of the legend set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

When the certificate of incorporation is amended in any way affecting the statements contained in the certificates for outstanding shares, or it becomes desirable for any reason, in the discretion of the board of directors, to cancel any outstanding certificate for shares and issue a new certificate therefor conforming to the rights of the holder, the board of directors may order any holders of outstanding certificates for shares to surrender and exchange them for new certificates within a reasonable time to be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 6. LOST CERTIFICATES. Except as provided in this Section 6, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen, or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a replacement certificate on such terms and conditions as the board may require, including provision for indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

 

21


Section 7. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATION. All stock of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the board of directors or in absence of such authorization, by the chairman of the board or by the president or by any vice president.

Section 8. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the above, the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes, without limitation, natural persons, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, and any other entity.

Approved by (or approval of) outstanding shares ” shall mean approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote (by class, if applicable). Such approval shall include the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of series entitled, by any provision of these bylaws, the certificate of incorporation or the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to vote as a class or series on the subject matter being voted upon and shall also include the affirmative vote of such greater proportion (including all) of the outstanding shares of any class or series if such greater proportion is required by the certificate of incorporation or the General Corporation Law of Delaware

“Approved by (or approval of) the shareholders” shall mean approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voted affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) or by the written consent of shareholders or by the affirmative vote or written consent of such greater proportion (including all) of the shares of any class or series as may be provided in the certificate of incorporation or the General Corporation Law of Delaware for all or any specified shareholder action.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS. New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed by approval of the outstanding shares, or their proxies, or by the written assent of these persons; provided , however , that if the certificate of incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of authorized directors of the corporation, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by an amendment of the certificate of incorporation; and provided further , that a bylaw or amendment of the certificate of incorporation reducing the number or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting or the shares not consenting in the case of action by written consent are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16 2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; and provided further that the voting requirements with respect to Significant Transactions may be amended only by a vote sufficient to approve a Significant Transaction.

 

22


Section 2. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS. Subject to the right of shareholders under Section 1 of this Article IX, bylaws other than Section 8 of Article II, Section 7 of Article V or a bylaw fixing or changing the authorized number of directors may be adopted, amended, or repealed by the board of directors. However, if the certificate of incorporation or bylaws adopted by the shareholders provide for an indefinite number of directors within specified limits, the directors may adopt or amend a bylaw fixing the exact number of directors within those limits,

 

23


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

1. That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2. That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the corporation as ratified by the director of this corporation on June 30, 2006.

Dated as of June 30, 2006.

 

/s/ Julie Morris
Julie Morris, Secretary


AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE III, SECTION 2

OF THE BYLAWS OF

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.

ADOPTED AUGUST 15, 2006

Section 2 of Article III of Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.‘s Bylaws is amended to read as follows:

“Section 2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than four (4) and nor more than seven (7), and the exact number of directors shall be four (4) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the shareholders. The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is only one shareholder at any time, the number of directors may be one or two; and if there are only two shareholders at any time, the number of directors may be two.”

 

1


AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE V, SECTION 8

OF THE BYLAWS OF

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

ADOPTED JULY 24, 2009

Section 8 of Article V of the Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. are hereby amended to read as follows:

“Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors or the bylaws, and the president, or the chairman of the board.”


AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE III, SECTION 2

OF THE BYLAWS OF

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

ADOPTED FEBRUARY 25, 2010

The first sentence of Section 2 of Article III of the Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. is hereby amended to read as follows:

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than four (4) nor more than eight (8), and the exact number of directors shall be eight (8) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the shareholders.


AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE III, SECTION 2

OF THE BYLAWS OF

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

ADOPTED JUNE 27, 2012

Section 2 of Article III of the Bylaws of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. is hereby amended to read as follows:

“The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than eight (8) nor more than eleven (11), and the exact number of directors shall be eleven (11) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the shareholders”

Exhibit 4.2

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of March 5, 2010, by and among MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), the persons and entities holding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock ( “Series A Stock” ) listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “Series A Investors” ), the persons and entities holding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Stock ”) listed on Exhibit B hereto (the “Series B Investors” ), the persons and entities holding shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock ( “Series C Stock” ) listed on Exhibit C hereto (the “Series C Investors” and collectively with the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors, the “Investors” ) and each of Pamela G. Marrone, Julie I. Morris, Richard C. Dorf and Richard E. Rominger (the “Founders” ).

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , the Series A Investors, the Series B Investors and the Founders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (the “Prior IR Agreement” ) dated as of August 5, 2008.

W HEREAS , the Series C Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series C Stock pursuant to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement” ) of even date herewith (the “Financing” ).

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Series C Investors, the Series B Investors, the Series A Investors, the Founders and the Company; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration rights, information rights and other rights to the Investors as set forth below, and the Series B Investors, the Series A Investors, the Founders and the Company desire to amend and restate the Prior IR Agreement as set forth herein.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.


1. G ENERAL .

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) “Founders Stock” means shares of Common Stock of the Company held by the Founders as of the date hereof or hereafter acquired (but excluding any Shares and any Common Stock issued or issuable on conversion of any Shares).

(c) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public, or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof.

(e) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f) “Qualified IPO” means a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the Company for the account of the Company in which (i) the per share price is at least $3.3880304 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof), and (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000.00.

(g) “Register , ” “registered , and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(h) “Registrable Securities” means (i) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares, (ii) the Founders Stock; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 2.2, 2.4 and 2.12 the Founders Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Founders shall not be deemed Holders and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (A) sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (B) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned or (C) held by a Holder (together with its affiliates), if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any 90 day period.

 

2.


(i) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(j) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed $30,000 of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(k) “Restated Charter” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

(l) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(n) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to any registrations hereunder.

(o) “Shares” shall mean the Series A Stock held by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, the Series B Stock held by the Investors listed on Exhibit B hereto and the Series C Stock held by the Investors listed on Exhibit C hereto, and their permitted assigns.

(p) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement relating to (i) any employee benefit plan, (ii) any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statement related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction, (iii) stock issued upon conversion of debt securities, or (iv) a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales.

 

2. R EGISTRATION ; R ESTRICTIONS O N T RANSFER .

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities held by such Holder unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition

 

3.


and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at such Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their membership interests, (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or family member or members or (E) transferring to an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT” ), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to promptly reissue unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and if the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the

 

4.


Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of more than 40% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “Initiating Holders” ) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price before underwriting discounts and commissions, of not less than $10,000,000, then the Company shall promptly give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, shall effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders request to be registered, together with all Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by a request made pursuant to this Section 2.2, or any request pursuant to Section 2.4, by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of such request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company (including securities to be issued by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

5.


(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement pertaining to a registered public offering of the Company’s securities; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for a registered public offering of the Company’s securities within 90 days; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed and become effective;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board (or if none, the President of the Company) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the written request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12 month period; and provided , further , that the Company may not register any shares for its own account or for the account of others during such 90 day period;

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least 15 days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within 15 days after the above-described notice from the

 

6.


Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders (excluding Founders Stock held by the Founders) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to the Founders (as to Founders Stock) and any other stockholders of the Company (other than the Holders) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Company securities held by such holders; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is a Qualified IPO and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least 10 days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders and affiliates of such Holder, and the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members or retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all entities and individuals deemed to be such single “Holder” as provided in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include securities in

 

7.


such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses, if any, of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. After the Company has qualified for use of Form S-3, if the Company shall receive a written request from any Holder or Holders of more than 10% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “S-3 Initiating Holders” ) that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such S-3 Initiating Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such S-3 Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the S-3 Initiating Holders;

(ii) if the S-3 Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,500,000;

(iii) if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from any S-3 Initiating Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such S-3 Initiating Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within 90 days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed and become effective;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the S-3 Initiating Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.4 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board (or if none, the President of the Company) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the written request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12 month period; and provided , further , that the Company may not register any shares for its own account or for the account of others during such 90 day period;

(v) if the Company has, within the 12 month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

 

8.


(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the S-3 Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, or any registration under Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 herein, shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the requisite Holders (including because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn from the registration so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Section 2.2 and 2.4 are no longer satisfied), unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the requisite Holders were not aware at the time of such request, or (b) in the case of a registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 2.2, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then the Holders shall not forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as expeditiously as possible, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period a Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to ninety (90) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold; provided, further, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed 60

 

9.


days thereafter (the “Suspension Period” ), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two such Suspension Periods shall occur in any 12 month period. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed 120 days in the aggregate. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension and (ii) use reasonable efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such

 

10.


registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; provided that in the case of a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 above, which registration constitutes the Initial Offering, the Registrable Securities will be listed on a national securities exchange.

(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

2.7 Termination of Registration Rights. All registration rights granted under this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect with respect to any Holder on the earlier of (a) such date, on or after a Qualified IPO, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holder (and any subsidiaries, parents, partners, limited partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders, affiliates or entities under common investment management with such Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under SEC Rule 144) may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any 90 day period, (b) the closing of an “Acquisition” or “Asset Transfer” (each as defined in the Restated Charter) or (c) 5 years after the closing of a Qualified IPO.

2.8 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and

 

11.


the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if, due to the operation of subsection 2.2(b), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.9 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, legal counsel, accountants, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, legal counsel, accountant, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder, partner, member, legal counsel, accountant, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder to the Company and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, on a several and not joint basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, legal counsel, and accountants, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any

 

12.


other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, legal counsel, accountant, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, member, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation is made in such registration statement, prospectus, or other document incorporated by reference therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder to the Company and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, legal counsel, accountant, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, member, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9. Each indemnified party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

13.


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of this Agreement. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.10 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or family member or members, (c) acquires at least 120,000 (or, in the event that the transferor holds less than 120,000 Registrable Securities, all) of the Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof) held by the transferor, (d) is a Holder of Registrable Securities prior to the transfer, or (e) is an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall provide prior written notice to the Company of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and (iii) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof, the Company’s Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of even date herewith, the Company’s bylaws, and applicable securities laws.

2.11 Amendment of Registration Rights. Any provision of this Section 2 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders Stock; provided, however, that if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting

 

14.


the Founders Stock (a) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (b) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders Stock, then such amendment or waiver shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders Stock. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.11 shall be binding upon each Holder, each future holder of all Registrable Securities of each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 2, Holders of Registrable Securities hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

2.12 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders or would otherwise grant registration rights on a parity with or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder, other than the right to a Special Registration Statement, without the prior written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

2.13 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not without the prior written consent of the Company and the representative of the underwriters, sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided that:

(i) such agreement shall apply only to a Qualified IPO; and

(ii) all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of 1% or more of the Company’s securities (including any entities with which they are affiliated) enter into similar agreements.

Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under this Section 2.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within 10 days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 2.13 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such specified period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by this Section 2.13. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are

 

15.


intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 2.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of compliance with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), if (a) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (b) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case, each Holder hereby consents to an extension to the Lock-Up Period until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless such extension is waived in writing.

2.14 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times from and after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

3. C OVENANTS O F T HE C OMPANY .

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) So long as an Investor (together with its affiliates) holds not less than 120,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof) (a “Major Investor” ), as soon as practicable after the end of each quarter, and in any event within 45 days thereafter, the Company will furnish to each Major Investor an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarter, unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such quarter, including a comparison to budget figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments

 

16.


may not have been made, and an updated capitalization chart of the Company (in such form as may be approved by the Board).

(b) So long as any Shares remain outstanding, the Company will furnish:

(i) to each Major Investor, at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, an annual budget for such fiscal year as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and

(ii) to each Investor as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 270 days thereafter, an audited balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, audited statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such year, including a comparison to budget figures for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and certified by a firm of independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Board of Directors of the Company, and an updated capitalization chart of the Company (in such form as may be approved by the Board).

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its executive officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to any Major Investor whom the Board determines in good faith to be a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor that the Company identifies, or which would otherwise reasonably appear, as being confidential or proprietary, except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, member, subsidiary, parent or affiliate of such Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as such partner, member, subsidiary, parent or affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; or (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Series A Stock, Series B Stock and Series C Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5 Stock Vesting; Repurchase. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors or duly authorized committee thereof, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service

 

17.


providers shall be subject to vesting over a four-year period, as follows: (a) 25% of such stock shall vest at the end of the first 12 months of service, and (b) 75% of such stock shall vest in equal monthly installments over the remaining three years. Any agreement regarding the acceleration of vesting of any stock options and other stock equivalents must be approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors or duly authorized committee thereof. The Company shall maintain a right to repurchase in the applicable documents relating to any stock options and other stock equivalents, at a price equal to the original issue price, any unvested shares issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers in the event that such person’s employment with the Company is terminated or such person otherwise ceases to perform services for the Company.

3.6 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a proprietary information and invention assignment agreement in the form attached to the Purchase Agreement as Exhibit H.

3.7 Director and Officer Insurance. The Company will take all reasonable actions necessary to maintain director and officer liability insurance in the amount of at least $1,000,000 and pay all premiums and other amounts due with respect to such policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to maintain such insurance if the Board of Directors determines it would not be in the best interests of the Company.

3.8 Qualified Small Business. The Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations. The Company further covenants to submit to its stockholders and to state and federal taxation authorities such forms and filings as may be required to document such compliance, including the California Franchise Tax Board Form 3565, Small Business Stock Questionnaire, with its franchise or income tax return for the current income year.

3.9 Key Person Insurance. Promptly after the date hereof, the Company and the Investors will take all reasonable actions necessary to obtain a term life insurance policy in the amount of approximately $4,000,000 on the life of Pamela G. Marrone with the Company as the sole beneficiary under the policy. Thereafter, the Company will pay all premiums and other amounts due with respect to such policy and will use its reasonable efforts to maintain such policy in full force and effect.

3.10 Stock Option Plan. The Company agrees that on or after the date hereof it shall not, without the consent of the Board of Directors or duly authorized committee thereof grant any shares, awards, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities under (or amend, modify or alter any of the foregoing that are outstanding on the date hereof), or amend, modify or alter the Company’s stock option plan, or approve or adopt any other stock option plan, stock incentive plan, employee stock benefit plan, employee stock bonus plan or other equity compensation arrangement.

3.11 Observer Rights.

 

18.


(a) If at any time (i) CGI Opportunity Fund II, L.P. ( “Contrarian” ) has not elected a designee to the Board of Directors and (ii) Contrarian is the owner of at least 970,000 Shares, Contrarian shall be entitled to appoint one representative to attend each meeting (including telephonic meetings) of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity (the “Contrarian Board Observer” ). The Contrarian Board Observer shall be entitled to receive notice of each such meeting in the same form and manner as is given to the members of the Board of Directors (the “Directors” ) and the same materials as and when provided to the Directors. The Board of Directors shall not conduct any material business by written consent without giving notice (which may be after the fact) to the Contrarian Board Observer. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Contrarian Board Observer may be excluded from any meeting or receiving any information to the extent necessary or appropriate to protect any confidential matters discussed therein, as necessary or appropriate to protect the Company’s attorney/client privilege or in the event that the Board of Directors reasonably determines in good faith that the Contrarian Board Observer has a conflicting interest.

(b) If at any time (i) CVV Partners L.P. ( “CVVP” ) has not elected a designee to the Board of Directors and (ii) CVVP is the owner of at least 120,000 Shares, CVVP shall be entitled to appoint one representative to attend each meeting (including telephonic meetings) of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity (the “CVVP Board Observer” ). The CVVP Board Observer shall be entitled to receive notice of each such meeting in the same form and manner as is given to the Directors and the same materials as and when provided to the Directors. The Board of Directors shall not conduct any material business by written consent without giving notice (which may be after the fact) to the CVVP Board Observer. The foregoing notwithstanding, the CVVP Board Observer may be excluded from any meeting or receiving any information to the extent necessary or appropriate to protect any confidential matters discussed therein, as necessary or appropriate to protect the Company’s attorney/client privilege or in the event that the Board of Directors reasonably determines in good faith that the CVVP Board Observer has a conflicting interest.

(c) If at any time (i) One Earth Capital, LLC ( “One Earth” ) has not elected a designee to the Board of Directors and (ii) One Earth is the owner of at least 970,000 Shares, One Earth shall be entitled to appoint one representative to attend each meeting (including telephonic meetings) of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity (the “One Earth Board Observer” ). The One Earth Board Observer shall be entitled to receive notice of each such meeting in the same form and manner as is given to the Directors and the same materials as and when provided to the Directors. The Board of Directors shall not conduct any material business by written consent without giving notice (which may be after the fact) to the One Earth Board Observer. The foregoing notwithstanding, the One Earth Board Observer may be excluded from any meeting or receiving any information to the extent necessary or appropriate to protect any confidential matters discussed therein, as necessary or appropriate to protect the Company’s attorney/client privilege or in the event that the Board of Directors reasonably determines in good faith that the One Earth Board Observer has a conflicting interest.

(d) If at any time (i) Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P. (“ SMVP ”) has not elected a designee to the Board of Directors and (ii) SMVP is the owner of at least 970,000 Shares, SMVP shall be entitled to appoint one representative to attend each meeting (including telephonic meetings) of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity (the “ SMVP

 

19.


Board Observer” ). The SMVP Board Observer shall be entitled to receive notice of each such meeting in the same form and manner as is given to the members of the Board of Directors (the “Directors” ) and the same materials as and when provided to the Directors. The Board of Directors shall not conduct any material business by written consent without giving notice (which may be after the fact) to the SMVP Board Observer. The foregoing notwithstanding, the SMVP Board Observer may be excluded from any meeting or receiving any information to the extent necessary or appropriate to protect any confidential matters discussed therein, as necessary or appropriate to protect the Company’s attorney/client privilege or in the event that the Board of Directors reasonably determines in good faith that the SMVP Board Observer has a conflicting interest.

3.12 Restrictive Covenants. The vote or written consent of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof (in either case, including the approval of at least two of the Series C Director or the Series B Directors, as defined in the Restated Charter) shall be required for the Company to (a) enter into any transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and in each case immediately prior to such transaction any person or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company, or any employee, officer, director or 2% stockholder (or affiliate or immediate family member thereof) of the Company, on the other hand, other than (i) transactions involving employment, compensation, benefits or similar incidents of employment or (ii) transactions involving the financing of the Company that are subject to Section 4 of this Agreement or the waiver of rights thereunder or are excluded therefrom pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Agreement; or (b) adopt, amend or waive any provision with respect to any director only benefit plan, director only stock option plan, director only stock bonus plan or director only stock purchase plan.

3.13 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3 and Section 3.8) shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the Initial Offering, (ii) the closing of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or (iii) such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act.

 

4. R IGHTS O F F IRST R EFUSAL .

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws and the remainder of this Section 4, each Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares then held by such Investor or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options then held by such Investor) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other equity security of the Company or (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable for, with or without

 

20.


consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other equity security of the Company (including any option to purchase such a convertible security).

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have 15 days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase all or a portion of its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Investors elect to purchase their full pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Investors who do so elect ( “Fully-Exercising Investors” ) and shall offer such Fully-Exercising Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. Each such Fully-Exercising Investor shall have 10 days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion of its pro rata share of the unsubscribed shares. For purposes of the preceding sentence, each Fully-Exercising Investor’s pro rata share shall be as determined pursuant to Section 4.1, except that clause (b) thereof shall be equal to the total number of shares of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) of which the Fully-Exercising Investors are deemed to be the holders immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The Company shall have 90 days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investors’ rights were not exercised, at the same price and upon other terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company does not sell such Equity Securities within such 90 day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell such Equity Securities without first offering such Equity Securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the closing of a Qualified IPO or (ii) the closing of an Asset Transfer or Acquisition.

4.5 Transfer of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Investor set forth in this Section 4 may be transferred to the same parties, and subject to the same restrictions, as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.10.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) The Shares and the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of, or as a dividend or distribution of, the Shares;

 

21.


(b) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights, and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof) issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors and, if applicable, the holders of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Restated Charter;

(c) any Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;

(d) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights issued after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 were complied with or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.6 with respect to the initial issuance by the Company of such options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights;

(e) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance, or similar business combination transaction; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors and, if applicable, the holders of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Restated Charter;

(f) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(g) any Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights issued in connection with any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, credit agreements, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(h) any Equity Securities issued in a Qualified IPO;

(i) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

(j) any Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors; and

(k) any Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing, customer, vendor or distribution arrangements or (ii) collaboration, technology transfer or development arrangements, including technology licenses; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board of Directors.

 

22.


5. M ISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as provided below, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor or Holder without the prior written consent of the Company and any attempt by an Investor or Holder without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to Sections 2.10 and 4.5 hereof, any Investor or Holder may assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any and all of its rights, duties and obligations hereunder to any transferee or assignee of Shares held by such Investor or Holder. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement and the Related Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company, the Founders and the Investors who are parties to the Prior IR Agreement agree that the Prior IR Agreement is hereby amended and restated and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement and that the Prior IR Agreement shall be of no further force or effect.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) upon the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities not including the Founders Stock; provided, however, that if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting the Founders Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders Stock, then such amendment or waiver shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders Stock; provided, further, that the provisions regarding the Contrarian Board Observer

 

23.


in Section 3.11(a) of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Contrarian; provided, further, that the provisions regarding the CVVP Board Observer in Section 3.11(b) of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of CVVP; provided, further, that the provisions regarding the One Earth Board Observer in Section 3.11(c) of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of One Earth; and provided, further, that the provisions regarding the SMVP Board Observer in Section 3.11(d) of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of SMVP.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 5.5 shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all Registrable Securities of Holder, whether or not such party entered into or approved such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate the rights of such Holder under this Agreement except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) three days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be sent to the party to be notified (and, if to the Company, with a copy to Clifford S. Robbins, Esq., GCA Law Partners LLP, 1891 Landings Drive, Mountain View, California 94043, facsimile: (650) 428-3901) at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A , Exhibit B or Exhibit C hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by two days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party

 

24.


all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series C Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series C Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities described in Section 4.6 (e), (g), (i), (j) or (k) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14 Waiver. Each Investor hereby waives all rights of first refusal under the Prior IR Agreement, including any notice rights pertaining thereto, to purchase the shares of Series C Stock being issued and sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof). Each Investor hereby waives the limitation on granting subsequent registration rights pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Prior IR Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

25.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:     INVESTORS:

M ARRONE B IO I NNOVATIONS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

    P AMELA G. M ARRONE & M ICHAEL J. R OGERS
By:   /s/ Pam Marrone     By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone & Michael J. Rogers
  Pam Marrone     Name:    
  President     Title:    

    2121 Second Street, Suite B-107

    Davis, CA 95618

    Fax No.: (530) 750-2808

 

FOUNDERS:
/s/ Pamela G. Marrone
Pamela G. Marrone

 

/s/ Julie I. Morris
Julie I. Morris

 

/s/ Richard C. Dorf
Richard C. Dorf

 

/s/ Richard E. Rominger
Richard E. Rominger

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

    INVESTORS:
    J ULIE I ONE M ORRIS 2001 T RUST
      By:  

/s/ Julie I. Morris

      Name: Julie I. Morris
      Title: Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
R ICHARD & M ARY R OMINGER C OMMUNITY P ROPERTY T RUST
By:   /s/ Richard E. Rominger & Mary Evelyne Rominger
Name: Richard E. Rominger & Mary Evelyne Rominger
Title: Trustees

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
A KERS W ATERMAN T RUST
By:   /s/ Roger Akers
Name: Roger Akers
Title: Trustees

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
C ALVERT S OCIAL I NVESTMENT F UND E QUITY P ORTFOLIO
By:   /s/ Susan Walker Bender
Name: Susan Walker Bender
Title: Asst, Secretary and Authorized Signer

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
C AMILLE C HAN T RUST D ATED M ARCH 28, 2002
By:  

/s/ Camille Chan

Name: Camille Chan
Title: Investor

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
CGI O PPORTUNITY F UND II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Timothy T. Fogarty

Name: Timothy T. Fogarty
Title: Partner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

CPV P ARTNER P LEDGE F UND , LP (A2)

CPV P ARTNER P LEDGE F UND , LP (A5)

By:  

/s/ Sean Schickedanz

Name: Sean Schickedanz
Title: General Partner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

CPV P ARTNER P LEDGE F UND , LP

S ERIES A-8

By:  

/s/ Sean P. Schickedanz

Name: Sean P. Schickedanz
Title: General Partner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

C HARLES W. C UNNINGHAM

D EBORAH L.D UNHAM

By:  

/s/ Charles W. Cunningham

Name:   Charles W. Cunningham
Title:    
 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
CVV P ARTNERS L.P.
By:  

/s/ Peter Bernardoni

Name:   Peter Bernardoni
Title:   Manager

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
D AVIS M ONTESSORI S CHOOL S ERVICES
By:  

/s/ John M. Hillis

Name:   John M. Hillis
Title:   Owner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
F ARMAN R EVOCABLE T RUST
By:   /s/ Charles S. Farman
Name:   Charles S. Farman
Title:   Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:   /s/ Daniel S. Koellen
Name:   Daniel S. Koellen
Title:   Investor

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
E THAN A. L ERNER
By:   /s/ Ethan A. Lerner
Name:   Ethan A. Lerner
Title:   Investor

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:   /s/ Florence H. Marrone
Name:   Florence H. Marrone
Title:    

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:   /s/ Roger E. Merriam
Name:   Roger E. Merriam
Title:   Investor

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

 

Jeffrey M. Nash and Kathleen L. Nash

Trustees of the Nash Family Trust dated

3/18/80, as Amended

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey M. Nash

Name: Jeffrey M. Nash
Title: Co-Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
N ORMAN L R OGERS L IVING T RUST
By:  

/s/ Norman L Rogers

Name: Norman L Rogers
Title: TTEE

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
O NE E ARTH C APITAL , LLC
By:  

/s/ David Herry Jacobs

Name: David Herry Jacobs
Title: Managing Member

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
M ARTIN P ANCHAUD
By:  

/s/ Martin Panchaud

Name: Martin Panchaud
Title:    

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

P OLYCOMP T RUST C OMPANY C USTODIAN FBO

E VELYN F ALLON IRA

By:  

/s/ Edith Irvin

Name: Edith Irvin
Title: IRA Compliance Specialist

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

S AFFRON H ILL V ENTURES LP

S AFFRON H ILL V ENTURES 2 LP

By:  

/s/ Ranjeet Bhatia

Name: Ranjeet Bhatia
Title: General Partner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
S TUART M ILL V ENTURE P ARTNERS , L.P.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence A. Hough

Name: Lawrence A. Hough
Title: Managing Director

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
T HORNER V ENTURES
By:  

/s/ Tom Thorner

Name: Tom Thorner
Title: Managing Partner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:  

/s/ Todd Thorner

Name: Todd Thorner
Title:                                                                                                 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
V ALLEY DALE I NVESTMENTS LP
By:  

/s/ Daniel B. Hrdy

Name: Daniel B. Hrdy
Title: Asst. Secy.

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
J OSEPH E. W HITTERS
By:   /s/ Joseph E. Whitters
Name: Joseph E. Whitters
Title: Investor

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit A

SERIES A INVESTORS

 

N AME AND A DDRESS

  

S HARES OF S ERIES A

P REFERRED S TOCK

CPV P ARTNERS P LEDGE F UND , LP (A-2)

   601,902

O NE E ARTH C APITAL , LLC

   963,043

S AFFRON H ILL V ENTURES L.P.

   601,902

C ALVERT S OCIAL I NVESTMENT F UND E QUITY P ORTFOLIO

Attn: Jean-Luc Park

   240,761

N ORMAN L. R OGERS L IVING T RUST DATED N OVEMBER  23, 1998

   150,595

W ILLIAM D ALE Y OUNG  & S ONS T RUCKING AND N URSERY M ONEY P URCHASE P ENSION

   121,647


CVV P ARTNERS L.P.

   120,380

F ULCRUM F INANCIAL LLC

   120,380

L ABRADOR V ENTURES V-B, LP

   120,381

V ALLEY O AK I NVESTMENTS , LP

   120,380

D AVIS M ONTESSORI S CHOOL S ERVICES D EFINED B ENEFIT P ENSION P LAN

   112,155

D ANIEL S. K OELLEN

   67,301

K ATE I SA

   60,520

C ARLA H. S KODINSKI

   60,507


M ICHAEL M. F IELDMAN

   60,507

S TONE G OSSARD

   60,190

P AMELA G. M ARRONE AND M ICHAEL J. R OGERS

   51,745

F OUR B OYS ’ I NVESTMENTS

   48,152

J OSEPH E. W HITTERS

   55,810

J AMES A. S CHLINDWEIN

   52,111

JSS M ANAGEMENT C O . L TD .

   52,111

P ETE P RICE AND S USAN E. P RICE

   44,676

R ICHARD E. AND M ARY E VELYNE R OMINGER

   37,486


C AMILLE C HAN T RUST DATED M ARCH  28, 2002

   37,222

A RTHUR B ERNDT

   37,214

W ILLIAM K EITH B LADEN AND D OROTEA B LADEN

   37,206

C ESPED 1992 F AMILY T RUST DATED 2/26/92

   30,095

Y ASSO R EVOCABLE T RUST

   30,095

A NTHONY S. S ICA

   30,095

C HARLES W. C UNNINGHAM AND D EBORAH L. D UNHAM

   25,079

T HOMAS J. S PALDING AND B ARBARA J. S PALDING

   25,021

R ICHARD C. D ORF

   24,245


R ONALD D. R ANDOLPH -W ALL L IVING T RUST

   24,076

J ULIE I ONE M ORRIS 2001 T RUST DATED 14 S EPTEMBER 2001

   24,076

M IRANDA K AISER

   18,346

J ULIE V ERSMAN

   18,267

V IDANO 2005 F AMILY T RUST

   18,057

A KERS W ATERMAN T RUST

   18,057

D AVID B. L EHN AND C ARLA C. L EHN

   17,930

Z INGARO T RUST

   15,016

G EORGE A. B ARDEN AND S HARON M. B ARDEN

   14,886


N ICOLE B IGGART AND J AMES F. B IGGART

   14,883

A NDREW B. H ARGADON

   14,883

W EST A MERICA B ANK C USTODIAN FBO E VELYN F ALLON

   14,883

T HE F ARMAN R EVOCABLE T RUST

   14,883

S INTHYA P ENN

   14,883

T HORNER V ENTURES

   14,883

J OANNE Y AWITZ G ODINO T RUST

   14,883

M ARGARET S. B URNS

   12,413

T HE L ARKEY F AMILY T RUST

   12,299


J OAN D OYLE AND M ARIA F ANELLI

   12,260

C HARLES R. R AWLS

   12,204

D ANIEL B. C OHEN

   12,157

F LORENCE H. M ARRONE TOD P AMELA G. M ARRONE

   12,157

S ALMONSON F AMILY T RUST

   12,104

W ELLS F ARGO B ANK C/F M ARK E NGSTROM D EFINED B ENEFIT P LAN (2372 0522)

   12,104

N ASH F AMILY T RUST U / D / T 3/18/80 AS A MENDED

   12,038

R OGER E. M ERRIAM

   12,038


G OFF G ROUP I NVESTMENTS , LP

   12,038

J ULIE AND C RAIG M C N AMARA

   12,038

L ANDINGS I NVESTMENT P ARTNERS , LLC

   12,038

T HE D AWN U. D ARO AND P HILIP A. D ARO T RUST

   12,038

J ACK B. I RVINE III

   12,038

 


E XHIBIT B

SERIES B INVESTORS

 

N AME AND A DDRESS

  

S HARES OF S ERIES B

P REFERRED S TOCK

I NITIAL C LOSE A UGUST  5, 2008

  

S TUART M ILL V ENTURE P ARTNERS , L.P.

   1,618,249

CGI O PPORTUNITY F UND II, L.P.

   1,618,249

O NE E ARTH C APITAL , LLC

   1,294,599

T HE S AFFRON H ILL V ENTURES 2 L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

   970,950

CPV P ARTNERS P LEDGE F UND , LP (A-5)

   582,570

CVV P ARTNERS L.P.

   64,730


W ELLS F ARGO B ANK C/F M ARK E NGSTROM D EFINED B ENEFIT P LAN (2372 0522)

   9,092

A KERS W ATERMAN T RUST

   6,473

T HE F ARMAN R EVOCABLE T RUST

   6,473

E THAN L ERNER

   34,280

W ELLS F ARGO IRA C/F J OHN V ALENTINE

   32,797

C HARLES R. R AWLS

   27,586

T ODD T HORNER

   26,249


H ANS R. H ERREN AND B ARBARA G EMMILL H ERREN R EVOCABLE T RUST

   20,304

T HOMAS J. S PALDING AND B ARBARA J. S PALDING

   17,090

F OUR B OYS ’ I NVESTMENTS

   17,051

P AMELA G. M ARRONE AND M ICHAEL J. R OGERS

   16,955

T HE L ARKEY F AMILY T RUST

   13,178

A KERS W ATERMAN T RUST

   6,858

R ONALD D. R ANDOLPH -W ALL L IVING T RUST

   18,084
S ECOND C LOSE A UGUST  22, 2008   

N ORMAN L. R OGERS L IVING T RUST DATED

N OVEMBER  23, 1998

   130,000


L ABRADOR V ENTURES V-B, LP

   97,095

D ANIEL S. K OELLEN

   32,365

C ESPED 1992 F AMILY T RUST D ATED 2/26/92

   22,606

P AMELA G. M ARRONE AND M ICHAEL J. R OGERS

   21,913

P ETE P RICE AND S USAN E. P RICE

   19,500

J ULIE I ONE M ORRIS 2001 T RUST DATED 14 S EPTEMBER 2001

   16,183

T HOMAS J. S PALDING AND B ARBARA J. S PALDING

   16,182

D AVIS M ONTESSORI S CHOOL S ERVICES D EFINED B ENEFIT P ENSION P LAN

   11,651


T HORNER V ENTURES

   11,179

N ASH F AMILY T RUST U / D / T 3/18/80 AS A MENDED

   10,000

C HARLES W. C UNNINGHAM AND D EBORAH L. D UNHAM

   6,473

J OAN D OYLE AND M ARIA F ANELLI

   6,473

F OUR B OYS ’ I NVESTMENTS

   6,473

R OGER E. M ERRIAM

   6,473

J ULIE V ERSMAN

   6,473
T HIRD C LOSE S EPTEMBER  3, 2008   

C ALVERT S OCIAL I NVESTMENT F UND E QUITY P ORTFOLIO

   181,244


JSS M ANAGEMENT C O . L TD .

   19,419

T HE L EHN 2007 L IVING T RUST

   6,473

S INTHYA P ENN

   6,473

 


E XHIBIT C

SERIES C INVESTORS

 

N AME AND A DDRESS

  

S HARES   OF  S ERIES  C

PREFERRED S TOCK

S TUART M ILL V ENTURE P ARTNERS , L.P.

   1,180,627

CGI O PPORTUNITY F UND II, L.P.

   1,180,627

S AFFRON H ILL V ENTURES 2, L.P.

   1,092,080

O NE E ARTH C APITAL , LLC

   590,313

N ORMAN  L. R OGERS  L IVING  T RUST   DATED   N OVEMBER  23, 1998

   70,837

J ULIA N. H ARTE

   59,031


CVV P ARTNERS L.P.    29,516
E THAN L ERNER    29,515
M ARTIN P ANCHAUD    25,000
C AMILLE C HAN T RUST DATED M ARCH  28, 2002    14,758
M IRANDA K AISER    8,989
T HE F ARMAN R EVOCABLE T RUST    5,904
E NTRUST A DMINISTRATIVE S ERVICES I NC . FBO N ANCY L. L AWS T RADITIONAL IRA #1228090104    59,717
E NTRUST A DMINISTRATIVE S ERVICES I NC . FBO N ANCY L. L AWS R OTH IRA #1228090205    59,717


T HOMAS J. S PALDING AND B ARBARA J. S PALDING    29,975
S TONE G OSSARD    29,709
W ELLS F ARGO IRA C/F J OHN V ALENTINE    17,763
P AMELA G. M ARRONE AND M ICHAEL J. R OGERS    14,948
L ARS T OMANEK AND R UTH E. R OMINGER    14,871
T HE R ICHARD AND M ARY R OMINGER C OMMUNITY P ROPERTY T RUST    14,861
D ANIEL S. K OELLEN    14,809
C HARLES R. R AWLS    14,793
F OUR B OYS ’ I NVESTMENTS    14,780


S INTHYA P ENN

   10,487

J OAN D OYLE AND M ARIA F ANELLI

   9,267

T HORNER V ENTURES

   239,078

T ODD T HORNER

   5,904

CPV P ARTNERS P LEDGE F UND , LP S ERIES A-8

   177,095

Exhibit 4.3

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

Date of Issuance: October 26, 2006    Number of Shares:    “See Section 1 (e)”
                                  (Subject to Adjustment)

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION

Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant

Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware Corporation. (the “Company”), for value received, hereby certifies that V EN C ORE S OLUTIONS LLC , a Delaware Limited Liability Company, its successors and or its registered assigns (the “Registered Holder”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company up to Fifteen Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($15,000.00) worth of shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (“Preferred Stock”), at a purchase price per share as defined in Section 1e) below, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, at any time after the date hereof and on or before the earlier of (a) Seven and a half (7.5) years from the date of issuance hereof, or (b) the closing of the initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The number and types of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase price per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the “Warrant Stock” and the “Purchase Price,” respectively.

1. Exercise .

    a) This Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit A duly executed by such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder’s duly authorized attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchased upon such exercise.

    b) Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 1(a) above. At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Stock shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 1(d) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Stock represented by such certificates.


c) Net Issue Exercise .

    (i) In lieu of exercising this Warrant in the manner provided above in Section 1(a), the Registered Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to holder a number of shares of Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

X= Y (A – B)

    A

 

Where X = The number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Registered Holder.

 

     Y = The number of shares of Preferred Stock purchasable under this Warrant (at the date of such calculation).

 

     A = The fair market value of one share of Preferred Stock (at the date of such calculation).

 

     B = The Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

    (ii) For purposes of this Section 1(c), prior to the closing on the IPO the fair market value of Preferred Stock shall be the price per share, which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for the shares sold by the Company from authorized but unissued shares, as such price shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Following the IPO the market value will be determined by the value of the Company’s Common Stock.

d) As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in full or in part, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

(i) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled; and

(ii) in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in Section 1(a) above.

e) The Registered Holder shall have the right to purchase up to a limited number of shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Warrant Stock”) based on the “Purchase Price” (per share) such that if all of the Warrant Stock is purchased by the Registered Holder the total price paid by the Registered Holder will be Fifteen Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($15,000.00) and the number of shares Holder receives shall equal $15,000.00 divided by the Purchase Price. The Purchase Price

 

Confidential    Page 2 of 11


shall be the per share price of shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock as sold by the Company to investors in the Company’s current/next equity round (the “Offering”).

2. Adjustments .

a) If outstanding shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in Preferred Stock shall be paid in respect of Preferred Stock, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall simultaneously with the effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such dividend be proportionately reduced. If outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased. When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

b) In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the Company or of any reorganization of the Company (or any other corporation the stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) or any similar corporate reorganization on or after the date hereof, then and in each such case the holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification, change, reorganization, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise hereof prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which such holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in paragraph (a); and in each such case, the terms of this Section 2 shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities properly receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such consummation.

c) When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the Company shall promptly mail to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Such certificate shall also set forth the kind and amount of stock or other securities or property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable following the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2(a) or (b) above.

d) In order to avoid doubt, it is acknowledged that the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to the benefit of all adjustments in the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the Company which occur prior to the exercise of this Warrant, including without limitation, any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion as a result of a dilutive issuance of capital stock.

 

Confidential    Page 3 of 11


e) The Warrant Stock will be afforded the same antidilution protection as the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

3. Transfers .

a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereto, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of the Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit B hereto) at the principal office of the Company.

b) Each holder of this Warrant acknowledges that this Warrant, the Warrant Stock and the Common Stock of the Company have not been registered under the Securities Act, and agrees not to sell, pledge, distribute, offer for sale, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, any Warrant Stock issued upon its exercise or any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Warrant Stock in the absence of (i) an effective registration statement under the Act as to this Warrant, such Warrant Stock or such Common Stock and registration or qualification of this Warrant, such Warrant Stock or such Common Stock under any applicable Blue Sky or state securities law then in effect, or (ii) an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration and qualification are not required. Each certificate or other instrument for Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially to the foregoing effect.

c) Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided , however , that if and when this warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be required to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

d) The Company will maintain a register containing the names and addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant. Any Registered Holder may change such Registered Holder’s address as shown on the warrant register by written notice to the Company requesting such change.

4. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

5. Liquidating Dividends . If the Company pays a dividend or makes a distribution on the Preferred Stock payable otherwise than in cash out of earnings or earned surplus (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) except for a stock dividend payable in shares of Preferred Stock or other securities of the Company (a “ Liquidating Dividend ”), then the Company will pay or distribute to the Registered Holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof, in addition to the Warrant Stock purchased upon such exercise, the Liquidating Dividend which would have been paid to such Registered Holder if he had been the owner of record of such shares of

 

Confidential    Page 4 of 11


Warrant Stock immediately prior to the date on which a record was taken for such Liquidating Dividend or, if no record was taken, the date as of which the record holders of Preferred Stock entitled to such dividends or distribution were determined.

6. Piggyback Registration Rights .

a) If the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Registered Holder) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash, the Company shall, at such time, promptly give the Registered Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of the Registered Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company, the Company shall cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Warrant Stock (the “Registrable Securities”) that the Registered Holder has requested to be registered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders).

b) The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations hereunder, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling stockholders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

c) The Company will indemnify each Holder of Registrable Securities and each of its officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to which such registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Warrant, against all claims, losses, expenses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (Exchange Act), or any state securities law applicable to the Company or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any such state law and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification of compliance, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, within a reasonable amount of time after incurred for any reasonable legal and any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss,

 

Confidential    Page 5 of 11


damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided further, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage or liability arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder specifically for use therein. The Company shall not, except with the consent of Holder, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to Holder a release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation.

d) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, each officer and director of any such other Holder and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder, or by an officer or director of any such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 5 (d), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5 (d) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, further, that, in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 5 (d) exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder net of underwriters commissions and discounts.

e) At all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to make available to the Registered Holder the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that may at any time permit the Registered Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, including filing with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

f) Any restrictions and obligations, including lock-up, indemnification, reduction in number of shares to be registered, on the holders of Series A in a piggyback registration would apply to the Holder of the Warrant to the extent the shares were included in such registration

 

Confidential    Page 6 of 11


7. Notices of Certain Transactions/Delivery of Certain Documents.

The obligations in this Section 7 no longer apply if the Company (a) has closed the IPO, or (2) has been consolidated or merged with another company (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving entity).

a) So long as Registered Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Preferred Shares, the Company shall deliver to Registered Holder:

(i) Promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the shareholders of the Company; and

(ii) Starting with fiscal year 2007, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual reviewed financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing; and

(iii) Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

b) In case:

(i) the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Preferred Stock (or other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

(ii) of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger or reincorporation in which the Company is the surviving entity), or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(iii) of any redemption of the Preferred Stock or mandatory conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock of the Company;

then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Registered Holder of this Warrant a notice specifying, as the case may be, (a) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (b) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, redemption or conversion is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Preferred Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up, redemption or conversion shall) shall be determined. Such notice shall be mailed at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

Confidential    Page 7 of 11


8. Reservation of Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of Warrant Stock and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

9. Exchange of Warrants . Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Preferred Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered.

10. Replacement of Warrants. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

11. Mailing of Notices . Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the US mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to the Registered Holder, to the address of the Registered Holder most recently furnished in writing to the Company and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth below or subsequently modified by written notice to the Registered Holder.

12. No Rights as Stockholder . Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.

13. No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder. In lieu of any fractional shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Preferred Stock on the date of exercise, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

14. Amendment or Waiver . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or waiver is sought.

15. Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

Confidential    Page 8 of 11


16. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. In case any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Warrant shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Warrant and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof.

 

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.,

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
  PAMELA G. MARRONE, PH.D
Address:   215 MADSON PLACE, SUITES B/C
  DAVIS, CA 95618
Date of Issuance &  
Date of Signature:   10-26-06

 

Confidential    Page 9 of 11


Exhibit A

PURCHASE FORM

 

To:   MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

   Dated:                         

 

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of the Warrant Stock covered by the attached Warrant pursuant to the terms thereof, and (please indicate either (a) or (b) below):

 

           (a) tenders herewith payment in cash, check or wire transfer of the purchase price of such shares in full; or

 

           (b) elects to effect such purchase through the Net Issue Exercise provision set forth in Section 1(c) of the attached Warrant.

 

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below.

 

  Name:    
  Address:    
     
     

 

 

Signature:    
Address:    

 

 

Confidential    Page 10 of 11


Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                               hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant with respect to the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered thereby set forth below, unto:

 

Name of Assignee

  

Address

  

No. of Shares

 

   
Dated:         Signature:    
         
        PRINT NAME OF SIGNOR
       
      Witness:    
         
        PRINT NAME OF WITNESS

 

Confidential    Page 11 of 11

Exhibit 4.4

Execution Copy

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT.

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.

SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

Void after March 31, 2014

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth below, Five Star Bank (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase 20,390 shares of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Stock ”) of Marrone Organic Innvovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof). The capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall, to the extent not defined where first used, have the meanings given to them in Section 21 of this Warrant.

1. Method of Exercise; Payment .

(a) Cash Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, after the Exercise Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company, by certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Stock being purchased.

(b) Stock Certificates . In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of Stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or has expired, a new Warrant representing the shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder within such time.


2. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Stock . All of the Stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefor, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company shall at all times have authorized and reserved for issuance sufficient shares of its Series B Preferred Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.

3. Adjustments . The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification . In case of any reclassification or change of the Series B Preferred Stock (other than a change in par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), the Company shall execute a new Warrant, providing that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such new Warrant, and procure upon such exercise and payment of the same aggregate Exercise Price, in lieu of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification or change, by a holder of an equivalent number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3. The provisions of this subsection (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications or changes.

(b) Stock Splits, Dividends and Combinations . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

4. Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the number of shares purchasable hereunder or the Exercise Price thereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall promptly provide notice to the Holder setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the number and class of shares which may be purchased and the Exercise Price therefor after giving effect to such adjustment.

5. Fractional Shares . This Warrant may not be exercised for fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based upon the Exercise Price then in effect.

6. Representations of the Company . The Company represents that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the sale and

 

-2-


issuance of this Warrant and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder were taken, or will be taken, prior to and are, or will be, effective as of the Exercise Date.

7. Representations and Warranties by the Holder . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) This Warrant and the Stock issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

(b) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Stock have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is exempted from such registration. The Holder further understands that the Stock has not been qualified under any state securities law by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the qualification requirements thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent expressed above.

(c) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of this Warrant and the Stock purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(d) The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Stock pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

8. Restrictive Legend .

The Stock (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE

 

-3-


SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

9. IPO . Upon receipt of a written notice of the Company’s intention to raise capital by selling shares of Common Stock in an IPO (the “ IPO Notice ”), which notice shall be delivered to Holder at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the registration statement associated with the IPO, the Holder shall promptly notify the Company whether or not the Holder will exercise this Warrant prior to consummation of the IPO. Notwithstanding whether or not an IPO Notice has been delivered to Holder or any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, if Holder decides to exercise this Warrant while a registration statement is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO, this Warrant shall be deemed exercised on the consummation of the IPO and the fair market value of a share of Common Stock will be the price at which one share of Common Stock was sold to the public in the IPO. If Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant while a registration statement is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an IPO and the IPO is not consummated, then Holder’s exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective unless Holder confirms in writing Holder’s intention to go forward with the exercise of this Warrant.

10. Rights of Shareholders . No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or, except as provided in Section 11 below, to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Stock purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

11. Notices of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its capital stock;

(b) there shall be any capital reorganization, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company or an Acquisition; or

(c) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

the Company shall give to the Holder of this Warrant written notice of any relevant record, payment, effective and exchange dates and the amount and nature of any dividend, distribution or right. Such

 

-4-


notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to any record date for distribution or voting and also at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the transactions referred to in (b) and (c) above. Failure to so give notice or any defect in any certification or notice given under this Warrant shall not affect the validity or legality of any transaction giving rise thereto so long as such failure or defect does not result in the termination of Holder’s rights under this Warrant.

12. Expiration of Warrant . This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable upon the earlier to occur of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., California local time, on March 31, 2014;

(b) An Acquisition, provided that the Company has complied with Section 11 in all material respects; and

(c) The IPO, provided that the Company has complied with Section 9 in all material respects.

13. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to the Holder, at 6810 Five Star Blvd., Suite 100, P.O. Box 779000, Rocklin, CA 95677, and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: President), or at such other address as a party may designate by advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

14. “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder during a period of time determined by the Company and its underwriters not to exceed (180) days following the effective date of the Company’s initial registration statement.

If requested by the Company, Holder agrees to enter into a separate agreement consistent with the foregoing with any underwriter of the Company’s securities. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.

15. Right of First Refusal .

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 15(f) below, in the event the Holder, the Holder’s legal representative, or other holder of Stock acquired upon exercise of this Warrant proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Stock (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, the Company shall have the right to

 

-5-


repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 15 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Holder shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Transfer Shares, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Holder proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Holder shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Holder and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Holder and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Holder otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Holder of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Holder or issued by a person other than the Holder with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Holder shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company.

(d) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Holder otherwise agree) within the period specified above, the Holder may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Holder and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different

 

-6-


from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Holder, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Holder with the procedure described in this Section 15.

(e) Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant, including this Section 15 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any Stock acquired upon exercise of this Warrant shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 15 are met.

(f) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of Stock acquired upon exercise of this Warrant if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Acquisition.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

16. Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

17. Exchange of Warrants . On surrender for exchange of this Warrant, properly endorsed, the Company at its expense, but on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes, shall issue and deliver to or on the order of the Holder a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, for the same aggregate number of shares of Stock as called for by the Warrant surrendered.

18. Replacement of Warrants . In the case of the loss, theft or destruction of a Warrant then held by Holder or his assigns, an affidavit of an officer of such Holder stating the loss, theft or destruction, as the case may be, shall constitute evidence satisfactory to the Company and no indemnity or security shall be required for replacement other than the Holder’s written agreement to indemnify the Company.

19. No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

20. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Warrant is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Warrant shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

-7-


21. Certain Definitions . As used in this Warrant the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” shall mean (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company); or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

Exercise Date ” shall mean March 31, 2009.

Exercise Price ” shall mean $1.54488 per share of Stock, as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

IPO ” shall mean the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Issued as of this 31 st day of March, 2009.

 

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Julie I. Morris
Name:   Julie I. Morris
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

  TO: Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.
       2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107
       Davis, CA 95618
       Attention: President

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

2.                      The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith payment in full for the purchase price of the Stock being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

4. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares of Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 7 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(Signature)
Title:    
   
(Date)

 

-9-

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT.

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

Void after April 18, 2022

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth below, Point Financial Capital Partners, LLC (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase 600,000 shares of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Stock ”) of Marrone Bio Innvovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof). The capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall, to the extent not defined where first used, have the meanings given to them in Section 21 of this Warrant. This Warrant is issued by the Company pursuant to the LoanAgreement dated as of April 13, 2012 (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Loan Agreement ”) between Company and the Holder.

1. Method of Exercise; Payment .

(a) Cash Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, after the Exercise Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company, by certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Stock being purchased.

(b) Net Issue Exercise . In liu of of exercising this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant (or any portion thereof) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such conversion on the form attached hereto as


Exhibit A , in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A-B)

            A

Where X = the number of the Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y = the number of the Shares purchasable under this Warrant in respect of which the net issue exercise election is made pursuant to this Section 1(b).

A = the fair market value of one share of the Shares.

B = the Exercise Price on the date of conversion (as adjusted to the date of such conversion).

(c) Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 1, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall mean:

(i) If a registration statement is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an IPO, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall be the price per share of Common Stock sold to the public in the IPO (multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each such Share is convertible).

(ii) If the Company’s Common Stock is not publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall be such fair market value as is determined by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith upon a review of relevant factors, including due consideration of Holder’s determination of fair market value, it being further understood that the exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the net exercise provision contained in Section 1 shall be delayed until such determination is made.

(d) Stock Certificates . In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of Stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or has expired, a new Warrant representing the shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder within such time. Notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificates for the shares of Stock, the Company agrees that shares of Stock purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such Stock as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall be been surrendered, the completed exercise form and the payment of the purchase price has been delivered (or, in the alternative the conversion notice specified in Section 1(b) has been delivered) to the Company.

2. Stock Fully Paid . All of the Stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefor, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

-2-


3. Adjustments . The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification . In case of any reclassification or change of the Series CPreferred Stock (other than a change in par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), the Company shall execute a new Warrant, providing that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such new Warrant, and procure upon such exercise and payment of the same aggregate Exercise Price, in lieu of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification or change, by a holder of an equivalent number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3. The provisions of this subsection (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications or changes.

(b) Stock Splits, Dividends and Combinations . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

4. Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the number of shares purchasable hereunder or the Exercise Price thereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall promptly provide notice to the Holder setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the number and class of shares which may be purchased and the Exercise Price therefor after giving effect to such adjustment.

5. Fractional Shares . This Warrant may not be exercised for fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based upon the Exercise Price then in effect.

6. Representations of the Company . The Company represents that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the sale and issuance of this Warrant and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder were taken, or will be taken, prior to and are, or will be, effective as of the Exercise Date.

7. Representations and Warranties by the Holder . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) This Warrant and the Stock issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any

 

-3-


distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

(b) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Stock have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is exempted from such registration. The Holder further understands that the Stock has not been qualified under any state securities law by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the qualification requirements thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent expressed above.

(c) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of this Warrant and the Stock purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(d) The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Stock pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

8. Restrictive Legend .

The Stock (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

9. IPO . Upon receipt of a written notice of the Company’s intention to raise capital by selling shares of Common Stock in an IPO (the “ IPO Notice ”), which notice shall be delivered to Holder at least ten (10) but not more than ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the registration statement associated with the IPO,

 

-4-


the Holder shall, within 10 days of receipt of such notice, notify the Company whether or not the Holder will exercise this Warrant prior to consummation of the IPO. Notwithstanding whether or not an IPO Notice has been delivered to Holder or any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, if Holder decides to exercise this Warrant while a registration statement is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO, this Warrant shall be deemed exercised on the consummation of the IPO and the fair market value of a Share will be the price at which one share of Common Stock was sold to the public in the IPO (multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each such Share is convertible). If Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant while a registration statement is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an IPO and the IPO is not consummated, then Holder’s exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective unless Holder confirms in writing Holder’s intention to go forward with the exercise of this Warrant.

10. Rights of Shareholders . No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or, except as provided in Section 11 below, to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Stock purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

11. Notices of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its capital stock;

(b) there shall be any capital reorganization, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company or an Acquisition; or

(c) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

the Company shall give to the Holder of this Warrant written notice of any relevant record, payment, effective and exchange dates and the amount and nature of any dividend, distribution or right. Such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to any record date for distribution or voting and also at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the transactions referred to in (b) and (c) above. Failure to so give notice or any defect in any certification or notice given under this Warrant shall not affect the validity or legality of any transaction giving rise thereto.

12. Expiration of Warrant . This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable upon the earlier to occur of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., California local time, on April 18, 2022;

 

-5-


(b) An Acquisition, provided that the Company has complied with Section 11 in all material respects; and

(c) The date that is one year after the closing of an IPO.

13. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to the Holder, at Point Financial Capital Partners, LLC, P.O. Box 50576, Phoenix, AZ 85076, and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: President), or at such other address as a party may designate by advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

14. “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder during a period of time determined by the Company and its underwriters not to exceed (180) days following the effective date of the Company’s initial registration statement.

If requested by the Company, Holder agrees to enter into a separate agreement consistent with the foregoing with any underwriter of the Company’s securities. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter; provided, however, that such agreement (and the Holder’s obligation pursuant to the previous paragraph) shall not be required unless all officers and directors (and related funds) of the Company and all other holders of at least 1% of the Company’s outstanding equity securities enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.

15. Right of First Refusal .

(a) Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 15(f) below, in the event the Holder, the Holder’s legal representative, or other holder of Stock acquired upon exercise of this Warrant proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Stock (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 15 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(b) Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Holder shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Transfer Shares, as determined in good faith by

 

-6-


the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Holder proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Holder shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Holder and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Holder and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

(c) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Holder otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Holder of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Holder or issued by a person other than the Holder with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Holder shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company.

(d) Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Holder otherwise agree) within the period specified above, the Holder may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Holder and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Holder, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Holder with the procedure described in this Section 15.

(e) Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant, including this Section 15 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any Stock acquired upon exercise of this Warrant shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 15 are met.

 

-7-


(f) Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of Stock acquired upon exercise of this Warrant if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Acquisition or the IPO.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

16. Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

17. Exchange of Warrants . On surrender for exchange of this Warrant, properly endorsed, the Company at its expense, but on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes, shall issue and deliver to or on the order of the Holder a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, for the same aggregate number of shares of Stock as called for by the Warrant surrendered.

18. Replacement of Warrants . In the case of the loss, theft or destruction of a Warrant then held by Holder or his assigns, an affidavit of an officer of such Holder stating the loss, theft or destruction, as the case may be, shall constitute evidence satisfactory to the Company and no indemnity or security shall be required for replacement other than the Holder’s written agreement to indemnify the Company.

19. No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

20. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Warrant is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Warrant shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

21. Certain Definitions . As used in this Warrant the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” shall mean (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company); or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

 

-8-


Exercise Date ” shall mean April 18, 2012.

Exercise Price ” shall mean $2.50 per share of Stock, as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

IPO ” shall mean the Company’s firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the Company for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000,

Issued as of this 18 th day of April, 2012.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
Title:   President and CEO

 

-9-


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

  TO: Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107

Davis, CA 95618

Attention: President

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank):

             The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith payment in full for the purchase price of the Stock being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

             The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of the net exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant.

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

4. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares of Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 7 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

   
    (Signature)

 

Title:                                                                                   

 

   
    (Date)

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.1

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

(REPURCHASE PERMITTED)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are:

 

  (a) to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility;

 

  (b) to provide additional incentive to Employees, Consultants and certain Outside Directors; and

 

  (c) to promote the success of the Company’s business.

Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. The Company and Optionee may agree to permit the immediate exercise of unvested Options subject to the Company’s repurchase right on unvested shares as described in Section 11 of this Stock Option Plan, and as

set forth in Article V of the Repurchase Agreement.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under state corporate and securities laws and the Code.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Committee ” means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(t) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(g) “ Company ” means Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for such services. The term “Consultant” shall not include Directors who are paid only a director’s fee by the Company or who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors.


(i) “ Continuous Status ” means that the employment, directorship or consulting relationship with the Company, any Parent, or Subsidiary, is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted by transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. Continuous Status as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted by any leave of absence approved by the Company. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the ninety-first day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

G) “ Corporate Transaction ” means:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or

(ii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(iii) any other capital reorganization in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Company entitled to vote are exchanged; or

(iv) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(k) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(1) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(m) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(n) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

2


(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator in accordance with applicable law.

(p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(t) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached to this Agreement. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and may be amended from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board.

(u) “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding options are surrendered in exchange for options with a lower exercise price.

(v) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(w) “ Optionee ” means an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director who holds an outstanding Option.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as

 

3


defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Plan ” means this Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan, adopted as of July 26, 2006, as amended February 25, 2010.

(aa) “ Repurchase Agreement ” means a written Option Plan Purchase and Company Repurchase Agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the Optionee’s purchase of Shares of Common Stock under the Plan, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement. The Repurchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and may be amended from time to time at the sole discretion of the Board.

(bb) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(cc) “ Section 16(b ) ” means Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(dd) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ee) “ Subsidiary ” mean~ a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(t) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) Shares. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, or unvested Options are exercised and the Company thereafter repurchases Shares under the Repurchase Agreement, the Shares which were the subject of such Option shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated); provided, however, that Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan upon exercise of a vested Option shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . If permitted by Rule 16b-3, the Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers who are not Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

(ii) Administration with Respect to Employees who are Directors and Officers

 

4


Subiect to Section 16(b ) . With respect to Option grants made to Employees who are also Officers or Directors subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board may administer the Plan in a manner complying with the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made, or (B) a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which committee shall be constituted to comply with the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made.

(iii) Administration with Respect to Other Persons . With respect to Option grants made to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a committee designated by the Board, which committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(o) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Consultants, Outside Directors, and Employees to whom Options may be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted to Employees, Outside Directors, and Consultants hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option granted to Employees, outside Directors, and Consultants hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

5


(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted to Employees and Consultants hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine but in no event including a vesting term longer than five years at a rate of not less than twenty percent (20%) per year;

(vii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option granted to Employees and Consultants to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was granted;

(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(x) to modify or amend each Option (subject to Section 16(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to institute an Option Exchange Program;

(xiii) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Options granted to Employees and Consultants; and

(xiv) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Options and any holders of Options.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants, and Outside Directors. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. If otherwise eligible, an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director as specified in this Section who has been granted an Option may be granted additional Options.

6. Limitations .

 

6


(a) Each Option shall be designated in the written Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

(c) The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options to Employees:

(i) No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options to purchase more than One Hundred Thousand (100,000) Shares.

(ii) In connection with his or her initial employment, an Employee may be granted Options to purchase up to an additional One Hundred Thousand (100,000) Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection (i) above.

(iii) The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 13.

(iv) If an Option is canceled or terminated in the same fiscal year in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 13), the canceled or terminated Option will be counted against the limits set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) above. For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

7. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 20 of the Plan, the Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company as described in Section 20 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 16 of the Plan.

8. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement. The term of each Nonstatutory Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the date such Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of

 

7


stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; and

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator, but in no case shall be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; provided however, that where the Nonstatutory Stock Option is granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

(b) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. In so doing, the Administrator may specify that an Option may not be exercised until the completion of a service period.

(c) Form of Consideration . The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment as may be permitted under Sections 408 and 409 of the California General Corporation Law. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of:

(i) cash;

(ii) check;

(iii) promissory note;

(iv) other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price

 

8


of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

(v) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price;

(vi) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee’s participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

(vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

(viii) such other consideration and method of payment for the Issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement or Repurchase Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall comply with Section 260.140.1 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Status as Emplovee, Outside Director or Consultant . Upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant, other than as provided for in Section 10(c) and 10(d), the Optionee may exercise his or her

 

9


Option, but only within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (which in no event shall be less than thirty (30) days from the date of termination of employment where termination is without cause), and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise the Optionee’s entire Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan and become available for reissuance.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event of an Optionee’s change in status from Consultant to Employee or Employee to Consultant, an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not automatically terminate solely as a result of such change in status. However, in such event, an Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

(c) Disability of Optionee . In the event an Optionee terminates his or her Continuous Status as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option at any time within twelve (12) months from the date of such Disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as, set forth in the Option Agreement), but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. If, at the date of termination, the Optionee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee . In the event that an Optionee’s Continuous Status terminates due to the death of the Optionee, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death. If, at the time of death, the Optionee was not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buyout, for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

(f) Rule l6b-3 . Options granted to individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (“Insiders”) must comply with the applicable provisions of Rule l6b-3 and shall contain

 

10


such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

11. Repurchase Rights . The shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan shall be subject to certain repurchase rights of the Company in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Unvested Shares . The Administrator shall have the discretion to authorize the issuance of Shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of an unvested Option. Should the Optionee cease Continuous Status while holding such unvested Shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase, at the Option price paid per Share, all or (at the discretion of the Company) any of those unvested Shares. The terms and conditions upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased Shares) shall be established by the Administrator and set forth in the Repurchase Agreement. In no event, however, may the Administrator impose a vesting schedule upon any Option which is more restrictive than 20% per year annual vesting, beginning one year after the grant date of the Option.

(b) Corporate Transactions . All outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan shall terminate automatically upon the occurrence of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent the repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

12. Non-Transferability of Options . An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

13. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger, or Asset Sale .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the number of Shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

11


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction, but in no case shall the Administrator notify each Optionee less than ten (10) days before the proposed transaction. The Optionee shall have the right to exercise his or her Option until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including for Shares as to which the Option has not vested. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Option shall become immediately vested, and the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable due to non-vesting. If an Option is exercisable in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

14. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Withholding Taxes . In accordance with any applicable administrative guidelines it establishes, the Administrator may allow a purchaser to pay the amount of taxes required by law to be withheld as a result of a lapse of restrictions in connection with Shares purchased pursuant to an Option, by withholding from any payment of Common Stock due as a result of such purchase or lapse of restrictions, or by permitting the purchaser to deliver to the Company, Shares having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Administrator, equal to the amount of such required withholding taxes.

 

12


16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval. The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any successor rule or statute or other applicable law, rule or regulation, including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted). Such shareholder approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

17. Conditions upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

(c) Financial Statements . Optionees shall be entitled to receive annual financial statements in accordance with Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

 

18. Liability of the Company .

(a) Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

13


(b) Grants Exceeding Allotted Shares . If the Optioned Stock covered by an Option exceeds, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan without additional shareholder approval, such Option shall be void with respect to such excess Optioned Stock, unless shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Shares subject to the Plan is timely obtained in accordance with Section 16(b) of the Plan.

19. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

20. Shareholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable federal and state law.

21. Internal Revenue Code . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Plan contemplates the issuance of both Incentive Stock Options and Nonstatutory Stock Options. The provisions of Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, as may be amended from time to time, are incorporated into this document by reference. With respect to any Option issued under this Plan that is designated as Incentive Stock Option, it is intended that such Option qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, and no provision of this Plan that would cause such Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option shall apply. Any such provision shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to cause such Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option after use of the above-mentioned incorporation by reference.

 

14


MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (“Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee has been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, in the amounts and on the terms set forth in the Option Grant Summary attached to this Option Agreement.

Termination Period :

This option may be exercised until termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status with the Company. Upon the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised for such longer period as provided in the Plan. In the event of the Optionee’s change in status from Employee to Consultant or Consultant to Employee, this Option Agreement shall remain in effect. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the term as provided in the Vesting Schedule/Additional Terms of the Option Grant Summary.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Option Grant Summary attached to this Option Agreement (the “Optionee”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Option Grant Summary, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Option Grant Summary (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 16(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Option Grant Summary as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Option Grant Summary and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status, the exercisabilty of the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.


(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”), for Shares that have vested, or a separate Repurchase Agreement with the Company for Shares that have not vested (“Repurchase Agreement”). The Exercise Notice or Repurchase Agreement shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice or Repurchase Agreement shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Exercise Notice or Repurchase Agreement shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price and any tax withholding amount as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice or Repurchase Agreement accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price and tax withholding amount, if any.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation service upon which the Shares are then listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) promissory note;

(d) other Shares which (i) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

(e) delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price;

(f) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee’s participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

(g) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or


(h) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

4. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

5. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Vesting Schedule and Additional Terms of the Option Grant Summary, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

6. Tax Consequences . Some of the federal tax consequences relating to this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercising the Option .

(i) Nonstatutory Stock Option . The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax and state income tax liability upon exercise of an NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price. If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(ii) Incentive Stock Option . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax or state income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over the aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. In the event that the Optionee undergoes a change of status from Employee to Consultant, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the ninety-first (91st) day following such change of status.


(b) Disposition of Shares .

(i) NSO . If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

(ii) ISO . If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for at least one year after exercise and two years after the Grant Date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or two years after the Grant Date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the Grant Date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

7. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to the terms of the Plan, this Option Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by California law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.


EXHIBIT A

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC. STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

215 Madson, Suites B/C

Davis, CA 95618

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      ,              (the “Option Agreement”). The total purchase price for the Shares shall be $              of which $              is for taxes, as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. A share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by California law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.


 

Submitted by:

 

PURCHASER:

   

Accepted by:

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

      By:    
      Its:    
Print Name:      
       
Address     Address:
     
       
       

Exhibit 10.2

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

2011 STOCK PLAN

1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

Establishment . The Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. 2011 Stock Plan (the Plan ) is hereby established effective as of July 19, 2011.

Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Company shall not be liable to any Participant for any tax, interest or penalty the Participant might owe as a result of the grant, holding, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award under the Plan.

Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Award means an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(b) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

(c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).

(d) Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper


use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(e) Change in Control means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(t)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be; or

(ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(g) Committee means the compensation committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(h) Company means Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

2


(i) Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(j) Director means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(k) Disability means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(l) Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(m) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair

 

3


Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board as follows: (i) for Incentive Stock Options, in good faith and in accordance with Section 1.422-2(e) of the Treasury Regulations; and (ii) for Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights, according to a reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B) of the Treasury Regulations.

(o) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(p) Insider means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(q) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(s) Option means a right granted under Section 6 to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(t) Ownership Change Event means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(u) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) “ Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(w) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(x) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

 

4


(y) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(z) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. A Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(bb) Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(cc) “Stock Purchase Right” means a right granted under Section 7 to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(dd) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ee) Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power (as defined in Section 194.5 of the California Corporations Code) of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(ff) “ Treasury Regulations ” means regulations issued by the United States Treasury Department.

Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

5


3. A DMINISTRATION .

Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award.

Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

Powers of the Board . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Award or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Award or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Award, (vi) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Award or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without

 

6


limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be the sum of (a) one million four hundred fourteen thousand thirty-four (1,414,034) shares and (b) any shares of Stock which as of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”) are subject to awards granted under the Company’s Stock Option Plan adopted by the Board on July 26, 2006 (the “ Prior Plan ”) which, on or after the Adoption Date, are forfeited or otherwise terminate or expire for any reason without the issuance of shares to the holder thereof; provided, however, that no more than five million four hundred twenty-seven thousand four hundred fifty-nine (5,427,459) shares of Stock (the ISO Share Limit ) may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Award subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Award or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities

 

7


pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ( Section 260.140.45 ), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Awards (together with options outstanding under any other stock plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board or the Committee may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board or the Committee, in their discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise price of any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

Persons Eligible for Awards . Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

Participation in Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

 

8


(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the ISO Share Limit. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.

(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service as an Employee, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation . To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether

 

9


an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

Exercisability and Term of Options . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a Cashless Exercise ), if a Cashless Exercise program has been established by the Board and is then in effect, (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 8, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months (and were not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

 

10


(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

Effect of Termination of Service.

(c) Option Exercisability . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date ).

(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion and set forth in the Award Agreement) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion and set forth in the Award Agreement), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

11


(d) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Participant, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF S TOCK P URCHASE R IGHTS .

Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements, specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

Purchase Price . The purchase price under each Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board; provided, however, the purchase price per share under a Stock Purchase Right shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock either on the effective date of grant of the Stock Purchase Right or on the date on which the purchase is consummated.

Purchase Period . A Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Stock Purchase Right.

Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (b) in the form of the Participant’s past service rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the aggregate purchase price of the shares being acquired, (c) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (d) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard form of Award Agreement described in Section 8, or by other means, grant Stock Purchase Rights which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the purchase price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

 

12


Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Stock Purchase Right may or may not be made subject to vesting conditioned upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria (the Vesting Conditions ) as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period (the Restriction Period ) in which shares acquired pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.5. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of a Stock Purchase Right and set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

Nontransferability of Stock Purchase Rights . Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

8. S TANDARD F ORMS OF A WARD A GREEMENTS .

Award Agreements . Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement. Any Award Agreement may consist of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Agreement incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Board or the Committee may approve from time to time.

Authority to Vary Terms . The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

13


9. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

Effect of Change in Control on Awards .

(a) Accelerated Vesting . The Board may, in its sole discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and vesting in connection with such Change in Control of any or all outstanding Awards and shares acquired upon the exercise thereof upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, and to such extent as the Board shall determine.

(b) Assumption or Substitution of Awards . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of any Participant, either assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, an Award shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. In the event that the Acquiror elects not to assume, continue or substitute for outstanding Awards in connection with the Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Awards and any shares acquired upon exercise thereof held by a Participant whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date of the Change in Control. The exercise and vesting of any Award and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 9.1(b) shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Award or portions thereof which are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

(c) Cash-Out of Awards. The Board may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share,

 

14


if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control over the exercise price per share under such Award (the Spread ). In the event such determination is made by the Board, the Spread (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portion of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to such Awards as in effect prior to the Change in Control.

Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(d) Excess Parachute Payment. In the event that any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(e) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the Accountants ). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 9.2(b).

10. T AX W ITHHOLDING .

Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

15


Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

11. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW ; S ECTION  409A .

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Awards shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Awards may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Award be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company. Every Award granted pursuant to this Plan is intended to not constitute or provide for a “deferral of compensation,” with the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(b) of the Treasury Regulations. Any provision of this Plan or of an Award Agreement which is inconsistent with any of the requirements for an Award to not constitute or provide for a “deferral of compensation” shall, without further act or amendment by the Company, Committee or the Board, be reformed to comply with the applicable requirement.

12. A MENDMENT OR T ERMINATION OF P LAN .

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of

 

16


the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

13. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

Provision of Information . To the extent required by applicable law, at least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Participant and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Award. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 or another provision of the Plan.

Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

 

17


Retirement and Welfare Plans . Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards shall be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing such benefits.

Severability . If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

Stockholder Approval . The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “ Authorized Shares” ) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be the date on which all corporate actions necessary to create the legally binding right creating the Option have been taken, determined in accordance with Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(vi)(B) of the Treasury Regulations to the extent applicable.

 

18


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. 2011 Stock Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1 . D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the Exercise Notice ) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), if a

 

3


Cashless Exercise program has bee established by the Board and is then in effect, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (a) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option or (b) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a

 

4


violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

 

5


(a) Disability . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Participant’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8 . E FFECT OF C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror ), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or any portion thereof or substitute for the Option or any portion thereof a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the

 

6


consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Stock subject to the Option, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. In the event that the Acquiror elects not to assume, continue or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date of the Change in Control. The exercise and vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. R IGHTS AS A S TOCKHOLDER , D IRECTOR , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue

 

7


in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Right of First Refusal ).

Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the

 

8


Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s

 

9


rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

12. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

10


“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDERS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

11


16. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery . The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but

 

12


do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.4(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.4(a).

Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


¨ Incentive Stock Option    Participant:                                                      
¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option   
   Date:                                              

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

2121 Second Street, Suite B-107

Davis, CA 95618

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ) of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Grant Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

                        

Date of Grant:

       
Number of Option Shares:        
Exercise Price per Share:   $                                         
 

 

 

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:        
Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share) $   $                                       
 

 

 

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

¨ Cash:

   $                                     
  

 

 

 

¨ Check:

   $                                     
  

 

 

 

¨ Tender of Company Stock:

     Contact Plan Administrator   

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

¨ Cash:

   $                                     
  

 

 

 

¨ Check:

   $                                     
  

 

 

 

 

1


5. Participant Information .

 

My address is:

    
    

My Social Security Number is:                                                                                                                                                      

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,
   
(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

 

By:      
Title:    
Dated:    

 

2

Exhibit 10.5

 

   LOGO

Pam Marrone

 

   June 29, 2006

Dear Pam:

I am pleased to offer you the position of President/CEO with Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”). You will also be a member of the company’s Board of Directors. Your start date is June 29, 2006.

You will initially receive a salary of $150,000.00 on an annualized basis. This salary will be payable once the Company closes its Seed financing round (or closes at least $500,000 of bridge loan financing) or four months after the date of this letter, whichever is later and will be effective until the Company closes its Series A financing round. Upon closing of Series A financing, your salary will increase to $170,000.00 per annum. You are also eligible for a bonus based on Company performance, if approved by the Board of Directors.

The Company will defer your salary until the earlier of October 31, 2006, or the date that it secures Seed financing, whichever is later. The deferred salary amount shall be payable at the earlier of March 31, 2007 or the closing of a Series A financing, without any accrual for interest.

In consideration of your agreement to defer salary, the Company will make a restricted stock grant of 305,761 shares at the founder’s price of $0.025 per share (total value $7,644.03), issuable after you have provided two week’s services to the Company. Such restricted stock will be subject to repurchase by the Company at the original $0.025 per share price for a period of four years from June 29, 2006, with the repurchase rights elapsing based on your continued employment by the Company, 25% on June 29, 2007, and pro rata each month in the remaining three years. The restricted stock will represent wage income paid to you during 2006, and you would be subject to taxes on that amount even though you are not paid in cash. Such repurchase rights shall lapse upon a change in control of the Company, and shall also lapse in the event of your termination of employment other than for cause.

Upon closing of Series A financing, should the above mentioned restricted stock grant represent less than 5% of the fully dilutes shares of the Company, you will be granted one or more options to bring your ownership percentage back up to 5% of the Company.

You have also purchased shares in the founders round relating to the formation of the Company, and those shares are subject to a one year repurchase by the Company at the original $0.025 per share price for a period of one year from June 29, 2006.

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. We prefer that due to the stature of your position, that if you resigned you provided four weeks notice. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment

215 Madson Place, Suites B/C                 Davis, CA 95618                 530-750-2800


relationship with you at any time, with or without cause. However, in the event that your employment is actually or constructively terminated by the Company without cause (whether or not occurring in connection with a change of control of the Company) the Company will continue to pay for Salary, Life, Medical, Dental and Disability coverage for a period of twelve (12) months post termination.

You will be eligible for the Company’s benefits programs at such time as they are established on the same terms as other executives of the Company, which are expected to include:

 

   

Medical and Dental Insurance for you.

 

   

Cafeteria Plan (Section 125 Plan) which gives you the ability to set aside a portion of your paycheck on a pre-tax basis for dependent premiums as well as set up a flexible spending account for child care and unreimbursed medical expenses.

 

   

Transportation Incentive Program (Section 132 Plan). Gives you the ability to set aside a portion of your paycheck on a pre-tax basis to bay for transportation expenses to work.

 

   

Long-term disability insurance for you. $50,000.00 in Life Insurance for you with the option to increase the amount for you and dependents.

 

   

401(k) Plan participation.

You will be entitled to four weeks of vacation per year to start.

All the benefit programs and plans are offered solely at the discretion of the Company and may be added to, deleted from, or modified at any time and for any reason. In addition to a timely response, this offer is contingent upon successfully passing a background check, which may include work references, criminal, and education credential checks. For purposes of federal immigration laws, you are required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility to work in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire or our contingent employment relationship with you will be terminated.

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to Richard Dorf. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. This letter sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company and by you.


I look forward to building MOI together with you.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Richard C. Dorf
Richard C. Dorf
Chairman, Board of Directors

I, Pam Marrone, accept the terms of this agreement.

 

Signature:   /s/ Pam Marrone

Date Signed: June 29, 2006

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

March 16, 2011

DONALD J. GLIDEWELL, CPA

Dear Don:

I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer, with Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”), reporting to CEO, Pam Marrone. Your start date is April 8, 2011. Your first six months on the job will be considered an introductory period.

You will receive a salary of $160,000.00 on an annualized basis. The Company will also grant you an option to purchase 300,000 shares at a price to be determined by the Board of Directors. The option will vest over a period of four (4) years. One year from the date of grant of the shares, 25% of the total shares will be vested. Such option will continue vest over the remaining 3 years on a pro rata basis equally each month over the period following the date of grant (2.083% per month over 36 months). You must be continually employed by the Company for the option to continue to vest.

You will also be eligible for a second option grant on Dec 31, 2011 to purchase 100,000 shares, with a vesting period as stated above. This grant is based on achieved milestones toward the company’s Finance, Operations (such as Manufacturing site procurement) goals as agreed upon by Pam Marrone and the Board.

From time to time, the Board grants performance-based bonuses to senior management. The bonuses are either cash or an option to purchase company shares or both. The amount and option price are determined by the Board.

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. We prefer that due to the stature of your position, that if you resigned you would provide a four-week notice. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause. However, in the event that your employment is actually or constructively terminated by the Company without cause (whether or not occurring in connection with a change of control of the Company) the Company will continue to pay for Salary, Life, Medical, Dental and Disability coverage for a period of six (6) months post termination.

You will be eligible for the Company’s benefits programs. You become eligible for these benefits on the first day of the month following thirty (30) days of full-time employment with the company:

 

   

Medical and Dental Insurance for you. The Company will pay for 50% of your dependent premium for medical and dental insurance and you may pay the remaining 50% on a pre-tax basis under the Company’s medical plan.


   

Cafeteria Plan (Section 125 Plan) which gives you the ability to set aside a portion of your paycheck on a pre-tax basis for dependent premiums as well as set up a flexible spending account for child care and unreimbursed medical expenses.

 

   

Long-term Disability Insurance for you, and $50,000 in Life Insurance for you with the option to increase the amount for you and dependents.

 

   

401(k) Plan participation. Subject to board approval, you will receive a company match of $1 for $1 for the first 3% of your salary you contribute and $0.5 for the next 2% of your salary (i.e. the maximum match is 4% if you contribute 5% of your salary).

You will be entitled to three weeks of vacation per year to start, which you will start to accrue once you begin employment.

All the benefit programs and plans are offered solely at the discretion of the Company and may be added to, deleted from, or modified at any time and for any reason. In addition to a timely response, this offer is contingent upon successfully passing a background check, which may include work references, criminal, and education credential checks. For purposes of federal immigration laws, you are required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility to work in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire or our contingent employment relationship with you will be terminated. You will also be required to take a drug test within 24 hours of notification by the Company as a condition of employment.

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to Pam Marrone This letter sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company and by you.

I look forward to moving MBI to the next level with you as CFO.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Pam Marrone
Pam Marrone
President/CEO

I, Donald J. Glidewell, accept the terms of this agreement.

 

Signature:   /s/ Donald J. Glidewell   3/24/2011

2121 Second Street, Suite B-107                  Davis, CA 95618                 530-750-2800

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

August 7, 2012

HECTOR M. ABSI, Jr.

Dear Hector:

I am pleased to offer you the position of Sr. VP of Commercial Operations, with Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”), reporting to CEO, Pam Marrone. Your start date is September 4th, 2012. Your first six months on the job will be considered an introductory period. You will receive a salary of $205,000.00 on an annualized basis. The Company will also grant you an option to purchase 250,000 shares to be approved, at a price by the Board of Directors. The option will vest over a period of four (4) years. One year from the date of grant of the shares, 25% of the total shares will be vested. Such option will continue vest over the remaining 3 years on a pro rata basis equally each month over the period following the date of grant (2.083% per month over 36 months).

You are also eligible for the company’s bonus plan, which changes from year to year, based on company and individual goals. This bonus is typically a combination of stock options and cash and can be up to 40% of your salary. For achievement of sales goals above targeted numbers, you could earn an additional bonus in cash or options (which requires approval of the Board of Directors on an annual basis). You will also be granted the opportunity to earn a prorated bonus provided for the 4 months left in this calendar year starting September 4 th (your start date) assuming you have started work with the company by that date. This is equivalent to 1/3 of the bonus opportunity for the rest of this calendar year, 2012.

We will also provide to you a $10,000 sign-on bonus that will be paid directly to you upon signing of this agreement. We require you to pay back the bonus if you leave the company voluntarily after 12 months or less or you decide not to start with the company for any reason after the signing of this letter until your proposed start date. You will be required to payback a prorated amount of the bonus if you leave voluntarily from 12-24 months after your start date. In recognition of the fact that you will need to relocate to the Davis, CA area from Oregon, the Company will offer you living expenses of $2,000 per month for two years from the time you start with the company. Should you leave the Company before completing 12 months of service you agree to pay back a pro rata portion of the moving expenses. Should you leave the Company before completing between 12 and 24 months of service you agree to pay back a pro rata portion of the living expenses. For example, if you were to leave after 9 months you would owe back 25% of the living expenses.

You will be eligible for the Company’s benefits programs. You become eligible for these benefits on the first day of the month following thirty (30) days of full-time employment with the company:

Hector—Offer Letter


   

Medical and Dental Insurance for you. The Company will pay for 50% of your dependent premium for medical and dental insurance and you may pay the remaining 50% on a pre-tax basis under the Company’s medical plan. We will pay for your COBRA for one month if termination of your current insurance would leave a gap before MBI insurance starts.

 

   

Cafeteria Plan (Section 125 Plan) which gives you the ability to set aside a portion of your paycheck on a pre-tax basis for dependent premiums as well as set up a flexible spending account for child care and unreimbursed medical expenses.

 

   

Long-term Disability Insurance for you, and $50,000 in Life Insurance for you with the option to increase the amount for you and dependents.

 

   

401(k) Plan participation. Subject to board approval, you will receive a company match of $1 for $1 for the first 3% of your salary you contribute and $0.5 for the next 2% of your salary (i.e.the maximum match is 4% if you contribute 5% of your salary).

You will be entitled to three weeks of vacation per year to start, which you will start to accrue once you begin employment.

All the benefit programs and plans are offered solely at the discretion of the Company and may be added to, deleted from, or modified at any time and for any reason. In addition to a timely response, this offer is contingent upon successfully passing a background check, which may include work references, criminal, and education credential checks. For purposes of federal immigration laws, you are required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility to work in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire or our contingent employment relationship with you will be terminated. You will also be required to take and pass a drug test within 24 hours of notification by the Company as a condition of employment.

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. We prefer that due to the stature of your position, that if you resigned you would provide a two-week notice. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to Pam Marrone. This letter sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company and by you.

Hector—Offer Letter

2121 Second Street, Suite B-107                 Davis, CA 95618                 530-750-2800

 

2


I look forward to continuing to build MBI together.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Pam Marrone
Pam Marrone
President/CEO

I, Hector Absi, accept the terms of this agreement.

 

Signature:   /s/ Hector Absi

Date Signed: 8/9/12

Hector—Offer Letter

2121 Second Street, Suite B-107                 Davis, CA 95618                 530-750-2800

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

LOGO AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE—NET

 

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only August 3, 2007 , is made by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC ( “Lessor” ) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( “Lessee” ), (collectively the “Parties” , or individually a “Party” ).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Number(s) B-106 & 107, floor(s), consisting of approximately 5,207 rentable square feet and approximately – useable square feet ( “Premises” ). The Premises are located at: 2121 Second Street , in the City of Davis , County of Yolo , State of California, with zip code 95616. In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“ Building ”) or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project . The Project consists of approximately 58,957 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking : per quota unreserved and ____ reserved vehicle parking spaces at a monthly cost of $ 0 per unreserved space and $0 per reserved space. (See Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term : Approximately seven (7) years and four (4) months (“ Original Term ”) commencing (See Addendum Paragraph 51) (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending See Para. 51 ( Expiration Date ). (See also Paragraph 3 and Addendum Paragraph 51)

1.4 Early Possession : N/A ( “Early Possession Date” ). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent : $7,810.50 per month ( “Base Rent ), payable on the first (1st) day of each month commencing upon occupancy. (See also Paragraph 4)

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses: Eight and Eighty-Four Hundredth percent (8.84%) (“ Lessee’s Share ”), Lessee’s Share has been calculated by dividing the approximate rentable square footage of the Premises by the total approximate square footage of the rentable space contained in the Project and shall not be subject to revision except in connection with an actual change in the size of the Premises or a change in the space available for lease in the Project.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :

(a) Base Rent: $7,810.50 for the period First month rent

(b) Operating Expenses : $1,301.75 for the period First month rent

(c) Security Deposit: $9,372.60 (“ Security Deposit ”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Parking: $ —                                 for the period                                                                                       

(e) Other: $ —                                 for                                                                                                             

(f) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $18,484.85

1.8 Agreed Use: Administrative Office & Lab. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party” . (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨                                                                   represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker” );

 

¨                                                                   represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

 

þ Grubb & Ellis Company represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of N/A or N/A % of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers).

1.13 Lessor Supplied Services . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following:

 

þ Janitorial services

 

þ Electricity

 

¨ Other (specify):                                                                                                                                                                                 

1.14 Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

þ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 58

 

þ a plot plan depicting the Premises attached as Exhibit A hereto;

 

þ a current set of the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit B hereto;

 

þ a work Letter attached as Exhibit C hereto;

 

þ a janitorial schedule;

 

LOGO    PAGE 1 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


þ other (specify): a list of Permitted Hazardous Substances attached as Exhibit D hereto

 

2 Premises.

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.

2.3 Compliance . Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements comprising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances ( “Applicable Requirements” ) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s specific and unique use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (“ Capital Expenditure ”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by office tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such Capital Expenditure as follows: Lessor shall advance the funds necessary for such Capital Expenditure but Lessee shall be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying Lessee’s share of the cost of such Capital Expenditure (the percentage specified in Paragraph 1.6 by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance of Lessee’s share at a rate that is commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants. Lessee may, however, prepay its obligation at any time. Provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) Lessee has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking . Subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, during the Term and any Extended Term (as defined in the Addendum), Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at no additional cost to Lessee.

(a) If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, upon reasonable notice to Lessee, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas—Definition . The term “ Common Areas ” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are either described in the Declaration (defined below) and/or provided and designated by the Lessor (or the Project Association defined in the Declaration) from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms, elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas Lessee’s Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, subtenants, assignees, customers and invitees (each a “Lessee Party and collectively, “Lessee Parties”), during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of the Declaration or any other rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas—Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable

 

LOGO    PAGE 2 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


non-discriminatory rules and regulations (together with the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit B hereto, “Rules and Regulations” ) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees ; provided, however, that no Such Rules and Regulations adopted after the Commencement Date shall unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises or Lessee’s parking rights. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its good faith efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas—Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing anything to the contrary, Lessor’s exercise of the rights set forth in this Paragraph 2.10 shall not materially increase Lessee’s obligations or materially diminish Lessee’s rights hereunder, or unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s parking rights.

2.11 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that in connection with Lessor’s recording of a new parcel map covering the Project, Lessor presently intends to enter into and cause to be recorded against the Project and the Premises a “Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions and Grant of Easements for Davis Commerce Center” (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Declaration”) for, among other things, shared parking, access, circulation, maintenance and cost sharing, in a form as Lessor, in the exercise of its sole business judgment, shall determine to best promote the interest of the Project. In the event that the Declaration is recorded against the Project, Lessee hereby agrees that it shall comply with all provisions of the Declaration; provided, however, that, Lessee shall not be required to comply with any provision of the Declaration (or any amendment thereto) which restricts or prevents Lessee from operating its business at the Premises in a commercially reasonable manner for administrative office and lab use, including, without limitation, any provision of the Declaration that unreasonably restricts or prevents Lessee’s use of the “Permitted Hazardous Substances” in accordance with Paragraph 6.2(a) below. Lessee further acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, to the extent that this Lease imposes obligations with respect to the management, maintenance, control, and/or operation of the Common Areas or any other portion of the Project, Lessor shall only be responsible for complying with such provisions to the extent that both (a) Lessor then owns the subject portion of the Project, and (b) whether or not Lessor owns the subject portion of the Project, Lessor is the party then-obligated, pursuant to the Declaration or any other similar instrument to perform or comply with the subject obligation. In the event that, under the Declaration or any other similar instrument. Lessor is not the party obligated to perform or comply with the subject obligation, then Lessor shall be deemed to have complied with the provisions hereof so long as Lessor uses commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to cause the responsible party to perform or comply with the subject obligation (provided that the commencement of litigation or formal legal proceedings shall not be required of Lessor pursuant hereto). Lessee acknowledges receipt of the most recent draft of the Declaration submitted to the City of Davis for review.

 

3. Term.

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expenses) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to “substantially complete” the Tenant Improvements (as such terms are defined in the Work Letter) and deliver possession of the premises to Lessee in the condition required under Paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 above (the “Required Condition”) by the dates set forth in Paragraph 51 of the Addendum (the “Target Delivery Dates”). If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to substantially complete the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Work Letter and deliver possession of the Premises by such dates in the Required Condition, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Suite at issue in the Required Condition and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by Tenant Delays (as defined in Work Letter). If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the respective Target Delivery Dates, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed be Parties, the provisions of Paragraph 51 of the Addendum shall apply.

3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4. Rent.

4.1. Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“ Rent ”).

4.2 Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Operating Expenses” include all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95% occupied, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair, and maintenance in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings, decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;

(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication

 

LOGO    PAGE 3 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.

(ii) Trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections;

(iii) Any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an “Operating Expense”,

(iv) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas,

(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;

(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly mandated services not separately metered;

(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs, materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project;

(viii) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month;

(ix) Replacement of equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less;

(x) Assessments for “Common Expenses” payable by Lessor under the Declaration with respect to the Building and Premises, provided, however, there shall be no duplication in charges to Lessee by reason of this Paragraph 4.2(a)(x).

(b) Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises, Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of replacement for equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, exterior walls or a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators, fences that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more unless it is of the type described in paragraph 4.2(a) (viii), in which case their cost shall be included as above provided.

(f) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Breaches its Obligations under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional moneys with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 14 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within 30 days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. Lessee hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (i) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the Premises, it is being agreed that Lessor may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Paragraph 5 of the Lease and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Lessor for any loss or damage caused by Lessee’s default of the Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of the Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

6. Use.

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use or any other legal use which is related thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and other systems of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect

 

LOGO    PAGE 4 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor, In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit. Lessor hereby consents to Lessee’s use of the Hazardous Substances and the quantities thereof set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein (collectively, “Permitted Hazardous Substances”). Lessee’s use of any such permitted Hazardous Substances shall be conducted in strict compliance (at Lessee’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements, using all necessary and appropriate precautions.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was to the extent caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any Lessee Party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises (including, without limitation, any Permitted Hazardous Substance) by or for Lessee, or any Lessee Party and Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee Or any Lessee Party). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the Sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) investigations and Re mediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1 (e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately promptly give written notice to Lessor of; (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements by Lessee or any Lessee Party, or a Hazardous Substance Condition caused by Lessee or any Lessee Party (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination by Lessee Or any Lessee Party. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

 

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor’s obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any systems and equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises (the “Premises Systems”), to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements with the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee’s responsibility hereunder , and in Such event the cost of such maintenance or repairs performed by Lessee shall not be included in Operating Expenses.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, Base Building Systems (defined below) located outside of the Premises, including, the fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the

 

LOGO    PAGE 5 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


terms of this Lease For purposes of this Lease, the term “Base Building Systems” means all systems and equipment (including plumbing, electrical, fire/life safety, elevator, and security systems) that serve the entire Building other than simply the Premises, excluding all Premises Systems.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .

(a) Definitions . The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises, The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent . Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent and without obtaining all consents and approvals required under the Declaration. Lessee may, however, make non-structural utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings, floors or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $ 25,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as built plans and specifications.

(c) Liens; Bonds . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 125% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor at the time Lessee requests Lessor’s consent to any Lessee Owned Alteration or Utility Installation pursuant to Paragraph 7.3(b) above, or for items for which Lessor’s consent was not required, not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear, acts of God, casualties and condemnation excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any Lessee Party third party (except and Lessee shall not be responsible for Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below

 

8 Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (a)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building.

8.2 Liability Insurance .

(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement and coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance—Building, Improvements and Rental Value .

(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not

 

LOGO    PAGE 6 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


exceed $1,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project to the extent said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible reasonably acceptable to Lessor. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VI, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 20 days prior written notice to Lessor Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s negligence or willful misconduct, or that of Lessor’s agents, employees or contractors, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, except to the extent that said injury or damage is (a) caused by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, employees or contractors, and (b) is not covered by the insurance policies that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions Of this Paragraph 8, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 83(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises which requires repair, remediation, or restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s Expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance

 

LOGO    PAGE 7 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9 4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue (or thereafter shall not complete same within two hundred forty (240) days and no such delay is caused by Lessee or any Lessee Party), Lessee may, at any time prior to the

commencement or completion (as applicable) of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced or completed (as applicable) within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced or completed (as applicable) within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination ; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

9.8 Waive Statutes . Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10. Real Property Taxes

10.1 Definitions . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, federal or State income or estate, gift, franchise or similar taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties,

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

11. Utilities and Services

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor . Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures.

11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.

11.3 Hours of Service . Said services and utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

 

LOGO    PAGE 8 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9 4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue (or thereafter shall not complete same within two hundred forty (240) days and no such delay is caused by Lessee or any Lessee Party), Lessee may, at any time prior to the

commencement or completion (as applicable) of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced or completed (as applicable) within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced or completed (as applicable) within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination ; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

9.8 Waive Statutes . Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10. Real Property Taxes

10.1 Definitions . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, federal or State income or estate, gift, franchise or similar taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties,

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

11. Utilities and Services

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor . Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures.

11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.

11.3 Hours of Service . Said services and utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee. Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee’s expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee’s excess usage or loading.

11.5 Interruptions. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises should be rendered untentable as a direct consequence of cessation of utilities required to be provided to the Premises by Lessor pursuant to this Paragraph 11 solely as a result of Lessor’s or its agents’, employees’ or contractors’ active negligence or willful misconduct, and such cessation of utilities persists for three (3) consecutive business days, then Lessee shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Rent during the period the Premises (or part thereof) is untentable, but not to exceed the proceeds actually received by Lessor under the Rental Value Insurance.

 

12. Assignment and Subletting

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Subject to Paragraph 12.4 below, Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock ispublicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either; (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and nonfixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Breach at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a diminimus portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee. Lessor shall notify Lessee of Lessor’s consent or the withholding of its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s receipt of Lessee’s written request for such consent.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

(h) Provided that Lessee is not in Breach of this Lease, fifty percent (50%) (or 100% if Lessee is in Breach of this Lease) of any sums or other economic consideration received by Lessee as a result of any assignment or subletting entered into pursuant to this Paragraph 12, however denominated under the assignment or sublease, which exceed, in the aggregate (a) the total sums which Lessee is obligated to pay Lessor under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased), plus (b) (i) reasonable real estate brokerage commissions and legal fees payable by Lessee in connection with such assignment or subletting and (ii) reasonable costs of tenant improvements required to be constructed by Lessee for any such assignee or sublessee, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor as additional rent under this lease without affecting or reducing any obligations of Lessee hereunder. Lessee understands, acknowledges, and agrees that Lessor’s right to recapture any consideration paid in connection with an approved assignment or subletting is a material inducement for Lessor’s agreement to lease the Premises to Lessee upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. For purposes of this Lease, the proceeds from the sale or rental of Lessee’s personal property to the proposed transferee shall not be deemed excess economic consideration payable to Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 12.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 12, Lessor shall have the option, by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of any proposed assignment or sublease by Lessee (a “Transfer Notice”), to recapture the space which is the subject of such proposed transfer (the “Subject Space”). Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the proposed transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should Lessor elect to so cancel this Lease, Lessee shall have the right, for a period of ten (10) business days following Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s recapture notice, to rescind Lessee’s Transfer Notice, in which event this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a recapture by Lessor, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Lessor declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Paragraph 12(i), then, provided Lessor has consented to the proposed transfer pursuant to this Paragraph 12, Lessee shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed transferee, subject to provisions of this Paragraph 12.

 

LOGO    PAGE 9 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, atits option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease, provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

12.4 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 12, Lessee, without Lessor’s prior written consent, may sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to (each a “Permitted Transferee”): (i) a subsidiary, affiliate, franchisee, division or corporation controlling, controlled by or under common control with Lessee; (ii) a successor corporation related to Lessee by merger, consolidation, acquisition, non-bankruptcy reorganization or government action; or (iii) a purchaser of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, any transfer or issuance of stock over the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ or by virtue of a private placement with a venture capital firm or other equity investor wherein such venture capital firm or other equity investor receives stock in Lessee shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting or other transfer of this Lease or the Premises requiring Lessor’s consent. Lessor’s recapture right and right to excess rent shall not apply to a transfer permitted by this Paragraph 12.4 (each a “Permitted Transfer”). Lessee shall give Lessor notice of any such Permitted Transfer at least forty eight (48) days prior to its effective date (which notice shall include all written agreements governing the transfer and all other documentation necessary to verify the conditions contained in this Paragraph 12.4. Any such transfer, sublease or assignment shall be subject to Paragraph 12.2(f) above.

 

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(c) The commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guarantee and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days, provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed, (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer. Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

LOGO    PAGE 10 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions” , shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 5% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest ( “Interest” ) charged shall be computed at the rate of 8% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed, provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor and using the Building’s contractors or such other contractors’ reasonably approved by Lessor in writing, Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor. Lessee shall take no action pertaining to or affecting any portion of the base building systems that will adversely affect the enjoyment possession, or other rights of any other tenant in the building.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages, provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to seek from the condemning authority compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15 Brokerage Fees.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” ) shall within 10 business days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current” Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 business day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any

 

LOGO    PAGE 11 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor, provided, however, that Lessor Shall not be relieved of its obligations under the Lease unless and until any assignee of or the successor in interest to Lessor’s interest in the Lease assumes in writing the obligations of Lessor occurring on and after the effective date of the transfer. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project and the sales, rental, insurance and condemnation proceeds received by Lessor therefrom, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.

 

23. Notices.

23. 1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail or other reputable overnight courier service, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor or Lessee of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by such other party of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

LOGO    PAGE 12 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non Disturbance

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “ Lender” ) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attom to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

30.3 Non Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, if requested by Lessee in writing, within 60 days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request. Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or, during the last Six (6) months of the term of the Lease, tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. In addition, Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and safes, and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages or injuries or interference with Lessee’s property or business in connection therewith, except to the extent of any damages or injuries caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents, employees or contractors.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall be permitted the maximum allowance building signage per Lessor’s sign criteria and approval of all applicable governmental regulations and authorities. Lessor shall pay for the glass overhang above the Premises for Lessee’s signage, and Lessee shall pay for the lettering for the signage.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee within twenty (20) days after receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

 

LOGO    PAGE 13 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


39.1 Definition. Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee and any Permitted Transferee thereof, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or Permitted Transferee and only while the original Lessee or Permitted Transferee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39. 4 Effect of Default on Options .

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inabilityto exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation what so ever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost there of shall be an Operating Expense.

41. Reservations .

(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee’s expense, Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee’s view, air, or fight by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee’s business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is þ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act. Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises is the material reason that fequiros modifications or additions to the Premises are required in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING AND SIZE OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

LOGO    PAGE 14 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:                                                                      

      Executed Att: Davis, CA

On: 8/8/2007

      On: August 2, 2007
By LESSOR:       By LESSEE:

Davis Commerce Center, LLC., a California

      Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a

limited liability company

      Delaware corporation

By:   CT California Fund IV, LLC, a California limited liability company, its Sole Member

     

By:    /s/ Pam Marrone                                    

Name Printed: Pam Marrone

Title: CEO

By:   CT Fund Manager IV, LLC, a California limited liability company, its Manager

     

By:    /s/ Julie Morris                                       

Name Printed: Julie Morris

Title: VP Finance & Operations

Address: 215 Madison Place, Suites B/C

By: /s/ John G. Valentine

     

              Davis, CA 95618

 

Name Printed:                                                                                

Title:                                                                                               

     

 

Telephone: (530) 750-2800

Facsimile: (530) 750-2808

Federal ID No. 20-513 7161

By:                                                                                                 

Name Printed:                                                                              

     

Title:                                                                                               

     

Address: 20151 S. W. Birch, Suite 200

     

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

     

Telephone: (949) 752-5115

Facsimile: 949) 752-5334

     

Federal ID No.

     

 

LESSOR’S BROKER:

Grubb & Ellis Company

 

     

LESSEE’S BROKER:

Grubb & Ellis Company

 

 

       

Attn: Scott Bennett

Attn: Jason Rutherford

      Title: Senior Advisor

Title: Vice President

      Address: 1610 Arden Way, Suite 195

Address: 1610 Arden Way, Suite 195

                      Sacramento, CA 95815

                Sacramento, CA 95815

 

        

 

Telephone: (916) 418-6000

     

Telephone: (916) 418-6000

Facsimile: (916) 418-0231

      Facsimile: (916) 418-0231

Federal ID No.                                                                                                       

      Federal ID No.                                                                                                       

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

© Copyright 2002 - By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

LOGO    PAGE 15 OF 16    LOGO

 

© 2002 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION    FORM MTON-1-05/05E


ADDENDUM

TO STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE-NET

dated as of August 3, 2007,

by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC, a

California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and

Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”)

 

50. Base Rent . The Monthly Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

Months    Monthly Amount
01-12    $7,810.50 ($1.50 psf NNN)
13-24    $8,070.85 ($1.55 psf NNN)
25-36    $8,331.20 ($1.60 psf NNN)
37-48    $8,591.55 ($1.65 psf NNN)
49-60    $8,851.90 ($1.70 psf NNN)
61-72    $9,112.25 ($1.75 psf NNN)
72-84    $9,372.60 ($1.80 psf NNN)

This shall be a triple net (NNN) Lease. 2007 NNN estimates are $0.25 per square foot. Lessee is responsible for contracting for and paying its own utilities and janitorial. The Premises are separately metered for utilities.

 

51. Term / Delay in Possession .

(a) Commencement Date . The “Commencement Date” shall be the later of the dates of execution of the Lease by Lessor and Lessee as indicated by the dates inserted below such parties’ signatures on the Lease. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that Lessor shall construct certain “Tenant Improvements” to the Premises as more particularly described in the Work Letter attached to the Lease.

 

(b) Delay in Possession .

(i) Suite 107 . The parties agree that Suite 107 consists of approximately 2,192 rentable square feet, and that Suite 107 will be used for administrative and office uses while Landlord is constructing the Tenant Improvements in Suite 106, which will be used primarily as laboratory space. Lessor estimates that the Tenant Improvements for Suite 107 shall be “substantially completed” (as defined in the Work Letter) not later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date (“Estimated Office Completion Date”). Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3.3 of the Lease, upon delivery by Lessor to Lessee of Suite 107 with the Tenant Improvements for such suite substantially completed, Lessee shall commence paying Rent for Suite 107. The date on which Landlord delivers to Lessee possession of Suite 107 “substantially completed” in accordance with the Work Letter and in the condition required under Paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 of the Lease is sometimes referred to herein as the “Suite 107 Delivery Date.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Addendum, if the Suite 107 Delivery Date has not occurred by the date that is sixty (60) days after the Estimated Office Completion Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of the Work Letter, Lessee shall have the right, by written notice to Lessor within ten (10) days after the end of such 60-day period, to terminate the Lease with respect to the entire Premises, with such termination to be effective upon the last day of the ten (10)- day period; provided , however , that in the event that Lessor delivers the Suite 107 to Lessee within such ten (10)- day period, Lessee’s termination notice shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. In the event of Lessee’s termination of the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 51(b)(i), Lessor shall promptly return to Lessee all sums paid by Lessee to Lessor in connection with Lessee’s execution of the Lease and thereafter the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations under the Lease, except for accrued obligations and those obligations that survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. If Lessee’s notice of termination is not received by Lessor within the required 10-day period, Lessee’s right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 51(b)(i) shall cease and be of no further force or effect.

 

1


(ii) Suite 106 . The parties agree that Suite 106 consists of approximately 3,015 rentable square feet. Lessor estimates that the Tenant Improvements for Suite 106 shall be substantially completed not later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the Commencement Date (“Estimated Lab Completion Date.”). Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3.3 of the Lease, upon delivery by Lessor to Lessee of Suite 106 with the Tenant Improvements for such suite substantially completed, Lessee shall commence paying Rent for Suite 106. The date on which Landlord delivers to Lessee possession of Suite 106 “substantially completed” in accordance with the Work Letter and in the condition required under Paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 of the Lease is sometimes referred to herein as the “Suite 106 Delivery Date.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Addendum, if the Suite 106 Delivery Date has not occurred by the date that is sixty (60) days after the Estimated Lab Completion Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of the Work Letter for Tenant Delays and up to sixty (60) days of Force Majeure Delays (as such terms are defined in the Work Letter), Lessee shall have the right, by written notice to Lessor within ten (10) days after the end of such 60-day period, to terminate the Lease with respect to the entire Premises, with such termination to be effective upon the last day of the ten (10) - day period; provided . however , that in the event that Lessor delivers the Suite 106 to Lessee within such fifteen (15) day period, Lessee’s termination notice shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. In the event of Lessee’s termination of the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 51(b)(ii), Lessor promptly shall return to Lessee all sums paid by Lessee to Lessor in connection with Lessee’s execution of the Lease and thereafter the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations under the Lease, except for accrued obligations and those obligations that survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. If Lessee’s notice of termination is not received by Lessor within the required 10-day period, Lessee’s right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 51(b)(ii) shall cease and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Expiration Date . The Expiration Date shall be the date that is the last day of the month in which the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Suite 106 Delivery Date occurs.

(d) Confirmation of Lease Dates . Promptly after the Commencement Date, the Suite 106 Delivery Date, the Suite 107 Delivery Date and the Expiration Date have been determined, Lessor and Lessee shall execute a commencement date memorandum (“Memorandum”) establishing the Commencement Date, the Suite 106 Delivery Date, the Suite 107 Delivery Date and the Expiration Date. Failure to execute the Memorandum shall not affect the validity of the Lease.

 

52. Condition of the Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if either Suite 107 or 106, respectively, is not in the condition required by Paragraph 2.2 of the Lease when the Suite at issue is delivered by Lessor to Lessee, within thirty (30) days after delivery thereof Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of the manner in which the respective Suite does not comply with the provisions of Paragraph 2.2, and Lessor shall repair such condition at no cost to Lessee.

 

53. Operating Expenses: Right to Audit .

(a) Exclusions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Operating Expenses shall not include the following: (i) expense reserve and other non-cash items; (ii) the costs of management fees to the extent that they exceed comparable fees in comparable projects in the relevant market area; (iii) except for management fees, Lessor’s general overhead and any overhead or profit increment to any subsidiary or affiliate of Lessor for services on or to the Building, Common Areas, and/or the Project, to the extent that the cost of such service exceeds competitive costs for such services rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and experience other than a subsidiary or affiliate of Lessor; (iv) insurance costs for coverage not customarily paid by tenants of similar projects in the relevant market area; (v) increases in insurance costs to the extent caused by the activities of another occupant of the Project; (vi) costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Substances or Materials (other than de minimus costs to clean up and/or remove minor oil spills or minor amounts of other Hazardous Substances or Materials on or about the Common Areas), except to

 

2


the extent caused by the release or emission of the Hazardous Substances or Materials in question by Lessee, its agents, employees, contractors, invitees, sublessees or assigns; (vii) the costs and expenses attributable to correcting latent defects in the construction of the shell and core of the Building which under generally accepted real estate accounting practices are properly classified as capital improvements; (viii) the costs of repairs, alterations, and general maintenance necessitated by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, employees, or contractors; (ix) any amount payable by Lessor by way of indemnity or for damages or which constitute a fine or penalty, including interest or penalties for late payment, unless such fine or penalty resulted from Lessee’s non-payment of Rent; (x) any cost for overtime or other expenses to Lessor in curing Lessor defaults; (xi) the costs including fines, penalties, and legal fees incurred due to violations by Lessor, its employees, agents, or contractors or assigns of Applicable Requirements; (xii) leasing commissions, advertising expenses, promotional expenses, attorneys’ fees, disbursements, and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring prospective tenants, negotiating and executing leases, and constructing improvements required to prepare for a new tenant’s occupancy; (xiii) finance and debt service fees, principal and/or interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgages executed by Lessor covering Lessor’s property, any other indebtedness of Landlord, and rental under any ground lease or leases for the Project; (xiv) any depreciation allowance or amortization (except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 4.2 of the Lease); or (xv) the costs and expenses incurred in resolving disputes with other tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants or occupants of the Building.

(b) Right to Audit . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, within ninety (90) days after receipt by Lessee of Lessor’s statement of Operating Expenses for any prior calendar year during the Term, Lessee or its authorized representative shall have the right to inspect the books of Lessor during the business hours of Lessor at Lessor’s office in the Building, or, at Lessor’s option, such other location as Lessor reasonably may specify, for the purpose of verifying the information contained in the statement. Unless Lessee asserts specific errors within ninety (90) days after receipt of the statement, the statement shall be deemed correct as between Lessor and Lessee, except as to individual components subsequently determined to be in error by a future audit.

 

54. Access . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Lessee shall have the right to access the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days a week.

 

55. Option to Extend Term .

(a) Grant of Option . Subject to Paragraph 39 of the Lease, Lessor hereby grants to Lessee one (1) option (“Option”) to extend the Original Term of the Lease, for an additional term of five (5) years (“Extended Term”), commencing when the Original Term expires, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 55.

(b) Exercise of Option . Lessee may exercise such Option by giving Lessor written notice of its election to extend not less than one hundred eighty (180) days, and not more than twelve (12) months, prior to the expiration of the Original Term of the Lease. Upon proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that, as of the end of the Original Term of the Lease, Lessee is not in Breach of its obligations under the Lease, the Original Term of the Lease shall be extended for the Extended Term.

(c). Extended Term Rent . If the Option is exercised, the monthly Base Rent for the Premises during the Extended Term shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the then current fair market rental rate (“Fair Market Rental Rate”) for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extended Term, The “Fair Market Rental Rate” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, non-equity, non-sublease tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept on a non-sublease,
non-renewal basis, at arm’s length, for unencumbered space comparable to the Premises in the Building and in comparable office space in the City of Davis, taking into consideration all relevant factors, including, without limitation, such factors as credit-worthiness of the Lessee, the

 

3


duration of the term, any rental or other concessions granted, whether a broker’s commission or finder’s fee will be paid, responsibility for Operating Expenses, and the tenant improvement allowance, if any, to be paid by Lessor. Lessor and Lessee shall endeavor, in good faith, to agree upon a Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises during the thirty (30) day period following the receipt by Lessor of Lessee’s written notice of the exercise of the Option (the “Negotiation Period”). In the event Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rental Rate amount for said Extended Term during the Negotiation Period, Lessor and Lessee shall each, at their own cost and expense, within fifteen (15) days of the end of the Negotiation Period hire an independent designated MAI appraiser familiar with the market to prepare separate studies of the Fair Market Rental Rate then being charged in the market area. Lessor and Lessee shall immediately notify the other of the identity of its appraiser. The two appraisers so hired shall attempt to reach agreement on the Fair Market Rental Rate for comparable buildings within fifteen (15) days after their appointment and any such agreed upon Fair Market Rental Rate shall be the rental rate for the Premises during said Extended Term. In the event the two appraisers are unable to reach an agreement on the Fair Market Rental Rate, the two appraisers shall, within five (5) days of their failure to reach agreement, mutually select an independent third appraiser with the same qualifications, and each appraiser, within twenty (20) days after the third appraiser is selected, shall submit to Lessor and Lessee his or her determination of the then prevailing Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises. The Fair Market Rental Rate shall be the mean of the two closest rental determinations. Each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the appraiser it selects and one-half of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser. All of the appraisers selected shall be individuals with at least five (5) years commercial appraisal experience in the area in which the Premises are located, shall be members of the Appraisal Institute (M.A.I.), and in the case of the third appraiser, shall not have acted in any capacity for either Lessor or Lessee within five (5) years of his or her selection.

 

56. Right of First Refusal . If, at any time during the Term, as extended, Lessor intends to solicit or receives a bona fide offer in writing from a third party to lease all or any portion of Suite B-105 (“Expansion Space”), currently leased to the Aikido Institute, subject to Paragraph 39 of the Lease, Lessee shall have a one-time right of first refusal (“Right of First Refusal”) to lease the Expansion Space on the same terms and conditions as the Lease, including, without limitation, the then remaining term, existing rental rates per rentable square foot of premises, tenant improvement allowance and Work Letter terms and conditions, as set forth herein. Lessor shall so notify Lessee in writing of Lessor’s intention to lease the Expansion Space, and Lessee shall exercise its Right of First Refusal by providing Lessor with written notice of its exercise within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of Lessor’s notice. If Lessee exercises its Right of First Refusal within the ten (10) business-day period, Lessor and Lessee promptly shall execute an amendment to the Lease relating to the Expansion Space, which shall include the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease. If Lessee fails to provide Lessor with its written notice of exercise within the ten (10) business-day period, then Lessee shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to the Expansion Space at issue and Lessor shall be free to lease such Expansion Space to any other person or entity on any terms and conditions.

 

57. Right of First Opportunity . Following the Commencement Date and throughout the term of this Lease, Lessor shall provide written notification to Lessee if and when Suite B-108 in the Building (“Suite B-108”) becomes available to lease. Each such notice (an “Availability Notice”) shall contain the terms and conditions upon which Lessor is willing to lease Suite B-108. Subject to Paragraph 39 of the Lease, Lessee shall have a right of first refusal (“Right of First Opportunity”) to lease
Suite B-108 upon the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Availability Notice. Lessee shall exercise its Right of First Opportunity by providing Lessor with written notice of its exercise within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of Lessor’s Availability Notice. If Lessee exercises its Right of First Opportunity within the ten (10) business-day period, Lessor and Lessee promptly shall execute an amendment to the Lease relating to Suite B-108, which includes the terms and conditions set forth in the Availability Notice. If Lessee fails to provide Lessor with its written notice of exercise within such ten (10) business-day period, then Lessee shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its Right of First

 

4


Opportunity with respect to Suite B-108 and Lessor shall be free to lease such Available Space to any other person or entity on any terms and conditions; provided , however , that in the event that Lessor subsequently decides to market Suite B-108 to third parties on economic terms that are less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the economic terms offered to Lessee, Lessor shall re-offer Suite B-108 on such reduced economic terms in accordance with this Paragraph. Lessee’s Right of First Opportunity shall be continuous during the Term of this Lease and any extension thereof. Lessee’s rejection of any particular Availability Notice shall not relieve Lessor of its obligation to again offer Suite B-108 to Lessee at any time that Suite B-108 subsequently becomes available. Lessee’s right of first opportunity under this Lease shall be subject to the rights of renewal or extension contained in the existing lease or leases of all or any portion of Suite B-108 and shall also be subject to any renewal or extension rights contained in any future leases of all or any portion of the Suite B-108.

 

58. Release . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Addendum, except to the extent that the Hazardous Substance in question was released, emitted, used, stored, manufactured, transported or discharged by or for Lessee or any Lessee Party, Lessee shall not be responsible for, and hereby is released from, losses, costs (including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees), damages, claims, suits, actions and causes of action with respect to any Hazardous Substance present on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or the surrounding property, or the soil, groundwater or surface water thereof, without regard to whether the Hazardous Substances were present on the Premises, the Building, the Project or the surrounding property as of the Commencement Date, or whether the presence of the Hazardous Substance was caused by Lessor or any other person.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

5


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

LESSOR:

 

DAVIS COMMERCE CENTER, LLC,

a California limited liability company

   

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

LESSEE:

 

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS,

INC., a Delaware corporation

By:   CT California Fund IV, LLC, a California limited     By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
  liability company, its Sole Member     Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
      Title:   CEO
  By:   CT Fund Manager IV, LLC, a      
    California limited liability company, its Manager      
    By:   /s/ John G. Valentine     By:   /s/ Julie Morris
    Name:         Name:   Julie Morris
    Title:         Title:   VP Finance & Operator

 

Date:   8/6/, 2007     Date:   August 2, 2007

 

6


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 


 

LOGO

 


 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Exhibit B to that Leased dated August 3, 2007 , between Davis Commerce Center, LLC , a California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”) for the Premises commonly known as 2121 2 nd Street, Davis, CA 95616.

 

1. Definitions . Except as otherwise indicated, the terms used herein shall have the meanings specified for such terms in the body of the Lease of which this Exhibit is a part. The term “Building” shall mean the building or buildings of which the Premises are a part.

 

2. Rubbish . All garbage, rubbish and other waste shall be removed from the Premises regularly, kept in a container or containers of the type specified by Lessor and outside the Premises at a place designated by Lessor, and collected and removed from the area of the Building regularly in the manner and the times specified by Lessor. No garbage, rubbish or other waste shall be burned in or about the Premises or the Building.

 

3. Outside Maintenance and Storage . The outside area immediately adjoining the Premises shall be kept by Lessee clean and free from all dirt, garbage, rubbish and waste to the reasonable satisfaction of Lessor. No object whatsoever, including, but not limited to, equipment or materials used in Lessee’s business, storage sheds or containers, and rubbish, shall be placed or permitted to be placed, temporarily or permanently, in the area outside the Building.

 

4. Sound Producing Devises . Loudspeakers, televisions, phonographs, radios, musical instruments, or other sound-producing devised shall be used only in such a manner as not to be heard or seen outside the Premises.

 

5. Signs . Subject to Paragraph 34 of the Lease, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessor shall have the right to remove any sign; placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice not consented to by Lessor without notice to and at the expense of Lessee. All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Lessee by a person approved by Lessor.

 

6. Common Areas and Roof . All sidewalks, passageways, driveways, entrances and exits in or about the Building shall be used only for the purpose of ingress to and egress from the Premises and shall not otherwise be obstructed in any way whatsoever. Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the Premises, Building, or of the common areas. No person shall be allowed upon the roof of the Building without the prior written consent of Lessor.

 

7. Keys and Locks . Upon the expiration or other termination of the Lease all keys in Lessee’s possession to doors of the Premises or of the Building shall be delivered to Lessor. No lock on any door of the Premises shall be altered without the prior written consent of Lessor, and no new or additional locks or bolts shall be installed on any door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Lessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall have the right to install a card key or other reasonable security system in the Premises.

 

8. Toilet Facilities . Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, washbowls, and other similar apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspaper, magazines, or other inappropriate substances of any kind whatsoever shall be deposited therein.

 

9. Nuisances . No foul or noxious gas substance shall be used or kept at the Premises. The Premises shall not be occupied or used in any manner that is offensive or objectionable to Lessor or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odor, or vibration, or unreasonably interferes in any way with other tenants or occupants of or those having business at the Building. The Premises shall not be occupied or used for any illegal purpose.

 

10. Animals . No animal(s), including but not limited to cats and dogs (except seeing eye dogs), or bird(s) of any kind whatsoever shall be brought to or kept, temporarily or permanently, in or about the Premises or the Building.

 

11. Flammable Substances . No kerosene, gasoline, or flammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material shall be used or kept, temporarily or permanently, at the Premises.

Notwithstanding the above, Lessor acknowledges and agrees that Lessee will have small quantities of flammables, i.e. less than a gallon of methanol on the Premises.

 

12. Operating Equipment . Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than as provided by Lessor, without Lessor’s written consent.

 

13. Advertising . Lessor shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Lessee that, in Lessor’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a location for industrial tenants. Upon receipt of written notice from Lessor, Lessee shall immediately refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

14. Glass and Glazing . No material or covering shall be placed upon the glass or glazing, if any, at the Premises without the prior written consent of Lessor.

Initials: LOGO

 

Page 1 of 3


RULES AND REGULATIONS—Cont.

 

15. Aerials . No aerial shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises or the Building or on the grounds surrounding the Building without the prior written consent of Lessor. Any aerial so installed without such written consent may be removed by Lessor without notice to and at the expense of Lessee, and Lessor shall not be liable for damages or any, caused by such removal.

 

16. Window Coverings . No window coverings, shades, blinds or awnings shall be installed or used by Lessee, without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

17. Floor Covering . Lessee shall not affix linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner without Lessor’s prior written approval. The expenses of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Lessee.

 

18. Telephone Services . Lessor will determine where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be installed in the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Lessor. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lessor.

 

19. Smoking . Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or cigarettes in Premises or areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

 

20. Safety and Fire Protection . Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

 

21. Security . Lessee shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building and shall observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before Lessee or Lessee’s employees leave the Building, and that all electricity shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage. Lessee shall make good all injuries sustained by Lessor or by other tenants or occupants of the Building arising out of Lessee’s failure to comply with this Rule. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism.

 

22. Residential Use . No cooking (other than microwave cooking by or for Lessee’s employees and guests), lodging, sleeping or other residential use shall be permitted at the Premises.

 

23. Non-Liability . Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee by reason of any noncompliance with or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any tenant or occupant to the Building or other person.

 

24. Modification . Lessor shall have the right to make such other and further reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations, and to eliminate, augment, or modify those herein set forth as, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, may from time to time be necessary or desirable with respect to the operation and safety of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and it’s occupants.

Initials: LOGO

 

Page 2 of 3


PARKING RULES

 

1. Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

 

2. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.

 

3. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and lock his own vehicle. Lessor will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons, or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

 

4. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the Common Area is prohibited.

 

5. Lessee shall be responsible for using commercially reasonable good faith efforts to see that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

 

6. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

Initials: LOGO

 

Page 3 of 3


EXHIBIT “C”

WORK LETTER

TO STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE-NET

dated as of August 3, 2007,

by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC, a

California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and

Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”)

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises, comprised of Suites 107 and 106. All references in this Work Letter to Paragraphs or Sections of “the Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of Paragraphs 1 through 58 of the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit “C” (the “Lease”) and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portions of Sections 1 through 8 of this Work Letter. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall be used as defined in the Lease.

 

1. SPACE PLANS AND WORKING DRAWINGS

(a) Space Plans . Prior to the date hereof, Lessor has submitted to Lessee and Lessee has pre-approved the space plans attached as Exhibit A to the Lease (“Space Plans”).

(b) Working Drawings . Based upon the approved Space Plans for the Premises, Lessor’s architect and engineer shall prepare final working drawings for the construction of tenant improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) in accordance with the building standards for the Property, the Space Plans and the scope of work and costs attached hereto as Schedule 1 for the applicable portion of the Premises. Lessee agrees to cooperate with Lessor’s architect and provide all information reasonably necessary to prepare and complete the working drawings within ten (10) days following the date hereof. Lessor shall submit such working drawings to Lessee for its review and Lessee shall approve such drawings or notify Lessor of any comments or revisions within five (5) business days after receipt thereof. Lessee’s approval of the working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld. Representatives of both parties shall promptly make themselves available to discuss and resolve any comments or revisions, and such documents shall promptly be revised by Lessor to incorporate any agreed upon changes. In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any such documents, the parties shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on any disputed matters. Any delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements caused as a result of such good faith negotiation shall be deemed a Force Majeure Delay. The agreed upon working drawings shall be called the “Approved Working Drawings”.

(c) Changes in Plans . Any changes in the Space Plans or the Approved Working Drawings after approval by Lessee shall be approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and prepared at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, and any excess costs resulting from such changes shall be at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Furthermore, Lessee shall be liable for any resulting delays in completing the Tenant Improvements and for the increased costs in completing the Tenant Improvements, if any, resulting from such delays. Any sums required to be paid by Lessee pursuant to this Section 1(c) shall be paid to Lessor prior to Lessor’s commencement of the Tenant Improvements or if arising after commencement of the Tenant Improvements, within twenty (20) days after Lessee’s receipt of an invoice for such excess costs.

 

1


(d) Compliance with Law . The Space Plans and the Approved Working Drawings shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, including, without limitation, the building codes for the City of Davis. Lessor’s space planner or architect shall ensure that all plans and specifications shall be in a form satisfactory to appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits and licenses required for construction.

 

2. BUILDING PERMIT

Within three (3) business days after approval by Lessor and Lessee of the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements, Lessor shall submit the Approved Working Drawings to the appropriate governmental body for plan checking and a building permit. Lessor, with Lessee’s cooperation, shall cause to be made any change in the Approved Working Drawings necessary to obtain building permits for the Suites, as applicable. After final approval of the Approved Working Drawings by Lessor, Lessee and any appropriate governmental body, no further changes thereto may be made without the prior written approval of Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

3. COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT / LEASE COMMENCEMENT

(a) Construction of Tenant Improvements . Promptly upon receipt of all necessary governmental approvals required to construct the Tenant Improvements and Lessee’s payment to Lessor of the total amount of the cost of any changes to the Space Plans and/or the Approved Working Drawings, if any, pursuant to Section 1 (c) above, Lessor shall commence and complete construction of the Tenant Improvements for Suites 107 and 106 in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings at Lessor’s cost (subject to Section 1(c) above), including the cost of: (i) the preparation of the space plans and working drawings, (ii) all fees charged by the City of Davis (including without limitation fees for building permits and plan checks), and (iii) for the costs to complete the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Substantial Completion . For the purposes of this Work Letter, “ Substantial Completion ” of the Tenant Improvements for each of Suites 107 and 106, respectively, shall mean that, with the exception of any Lessee Work, as defined in Section 4 below and punch list items which would not prevent the use or occupancy of the Suite at issue for the permitted use thereof, the Tenant Improvements are completed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and all mechanical systems serving the Suite at issue are in good working order, and a Certificate of Occupancy (or equivalent) or Temporary Certificate of Occupancy (or equivalent), if required for Lessee’s occupation of the Suite at issue, shall have been obtained.

(c) Punch List . Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of the anticipated date of substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements for Suite 107 and Suite 106, as applicable (the “ Substantial Completion Date ”) and the scheduled date on which Lessee shall meet with Lessor to inspect the Tenant Improvements for the Suite at issue by notice given at least five (5) business days prior to the Substantial Completion Date stated therein. Within five (5) business days after the date of Lessee’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements for the Suite at issue, Lessee shall submit to Lessor a punch list of incomplete or defective items of the Tenant Improvements. Lessor shall endeavor to complete such punch list of items within thirty (30) days after such inspection. If Lessee fails to meet with Lessor on the scheduled inspection date for the Suite at issue and deliver the punch list to Lessor by the date that is five (5) business days thereafter, the Tenant Improvements for such Suite shall be deemed completed and satisfactory.

 

2


(d) Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 3(d), the Suite 106 Delivery Date and the Suite 107 Delivery Date shall occur as set forth in Paragraph 51 of the Lease. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to either the Suite 106 Delivery Date or the Suite 107 Delivery Date, as set forth in the Lease, solely as a result of any of the following (collectively, “ Tenant Delays ’”):

(i) Lessee’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Lessee’s approval;

(ii) A breach by Lessee of the terms of this Work Letter or the Lease;

(iii) Lessee’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings; or

(iv) Lessee’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the estimated date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, or which are different from, or not included in, Lessor’s standard improvement package items for the Building;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Suite at issue, the Suite 106 Delivery Date and the Suite 107 Delivery Date, as applicable, shall be deemed to be the date that such date(s) would have occurred if no Tenant Delay or Delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

The Estimated Office Completion Date and/or the Estimated Lab Completion Date, as the case may be, shall be extended day for day to the extent of any Tenant Delays and “Force Majeure Delays,” provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred unless Lessor gives Lessee prior written notice or written notice within five (5) business days after Lessor learns of the occurrence, specifying the claimed reasons for such Tenant Delay, and Lessee shall fail to promptly correct or cure such Tenant Delay. There shall be excluded from the number of days of any Tenant Delay any days of delay which are primarily caused by any act or omission of Lessor, Lessor’s space planner or architect, or its or their agents, employees or contractors, and/or any Force Majeure Delay.

“Force Majeure Delays” shall mean and refer to a period of delay or delays encountered by (i) Lessor in effecting the work of construction of the Tenant Improvements, or (ii) Lessee in performing its obligations hereunder because of any of the following events: excess time in obtaining governmental permits or approvals beyond the time period normally required to obtain such permits or approvals for similar space, similarly improved in similar office buildings in the area of the Building, labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable or other acts of God, unavoidable casualties, or any other causes beyond Lessor’s or its contractor’s (or, as applicable, Lessee’s) reasonable control (other than for financial reasons).

 

4. FURNITURE AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS

Lessee acknowledges and agrees that Lessee is solely responsible for obtaining, delivering and installing in Suites 107 and 106 all necessary and desired furniture, telephone equipment, telephone and computer cabling, telephone service, business equipment and other similar items, and that Lessor shall have no responsibility whatsoever with regard thereto (collectively, “Lessee’s Work”). Lessee shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to minimize interference with Lessor’s

 


construction of the Tenant Improvements while Lessee is installing the Lessee’s Work, and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to accommodate the work of each party while both parties are working in the Premises.

 

5. FAILURE OF LESSEE TO COMPLY

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if a default by Lessee, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, under the Lease or this Work Letter has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements for the Suite at issue, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Lessor pursuant to the Lease, Lessor shall have the right to cause its contractor to cease the construction of the Tenant Improvements for such Suite (in which case, Lessee shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 3 of this Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Lessor under the terms of this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease or this Work Letter.

 

6. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Lessor shall construct the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner using new materials and equipment of good quality, and in accordance with all Applicable Requirements.

 

7. LESSOR’S WARRANTY

In addition to (and not in lieu of) Lessor’s obligations under the Lease with respect to repairs, Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Tenant Improvements will be free from latent defects in workmanship and materials during the initial twelve (12) months of the Original Term of the Lease (“Warranty Period”). Therefore, if Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of a non-compliance with the foregoing warranty on or before the expiration of the Warranty Period, Lessor shall, promptly after receipt of such written notice from Lessee setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same, without cost or expense to Lessee. Such rectification shall be performed as promptly as practical and in such manner so as to minimize interference with Lessee’s operation in or about the Suite at issue.

 

8. INSPECTIONS AND SCHEDULING

Lessee and Lessee’s representatives shall have the right, from time to time, to observe the progress of the Tenant Improvements, to inspect installation of the Tenant Improvements and to reject any Tenant Improvements not in conformance with the Approved Working Drawings. Lessor shall be available, and cause its general contractor to be available, to Lessee or its representatives from time to time upon reasonable prior notice when necessary or desirable for the purpose of reviewing the Tenant Improvements.

 

4


SCHEDULE 1

SCOPE OF WORK AND COSTS

 

LOGO

 


 

LOGO

 

6


 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT D

LIST OF PERMITTED HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

Exhibit D to that Leased dated August 3, 2007 , between Davis Commerce Center, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”) for the Premises commonly known as 2121 2 nd Street, Davis, CA 95616.

Acids, bases and organic solvents used in the Marrone Organic Innovations laboratory: Maximum of 4 liters (1 gallon) of each liquid and 2 kg (4 lbs) of each solid is stored in the facility at any time point.

Acids:

Acetic acid

Formic acid

Hydrochloric acid

Phosphoric acid

Propionic acid

Sulfuric acid

Bases:

Ammonium hydroxide

Sodium hydroxide

Potassium hydroxide

Organic solvents:

Acetone

Acetonitrile

Dimethyl sulfoxide

Dimethyl formamide

Ethanol

Ethyl acetate

Isopropanol

Methanol

 

Exhibit 10.9

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of Effective Date (defined below), by and between DAVIS COMMERCE CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Lessor ”), and MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”), with respect to that certain Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease-Net dated August 3, 2007 (the “ Lease ”) for office and lab space located at 2121 2 nd Street, Suites B-106 & 107, Davis, California (“ Original Premises ”). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree to amend the Lease in the following particulars only.

 

1) Premises : Effective January 1, 2008 (“ Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”), the Premises shall be revised to include Suite B-104, which consists of approximately 3,159 square feet (“ Expansion Premises ”), and thereafter all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall mean and refer to collectively the Original Premises and the Additional Premises. Lessor shall deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Lessee not later than January 1, 2008 in the condition required by Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the Lease (the “ Required Condition ”). The parties acknowledge, however, that the Expansion Premises is currently occupied by Aikido Institute (“ Aikido ”) pursuant to a lease with Lessor that expires on December 31, 2007. Aikido shall continue to occupy the Expansion Premises from and after January 1, 2008 pursuant to the terms and conditions of a month-to-month sublease between Lessee and Aikido (“ Sublease ”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit “A” hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this First Amendment, if Lessor has not delivered the Expansion Premises to Lessee in the Required Condition by January 1, 2008 (subject to Aikido’s occupancy), Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefore, but Lessee shall not be obligated to perform its obligations with respect to the Expansion Premises until Lessor delivers the Expansion Premises to Lessee. If, however, Lessor has not delivered possession of the Expansion Premises to Lessee in the required condition (subject to Aikido’s occupancy) by January 15, 2008, Lessee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises, in which case the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and unmodified by this First Amendment. Subject to Paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 of the Lease and Paragraph 5 below, Lessor shall not be obligated to construct or pay for any improvements, additions or refurbishment in, to or of the Expansion Premises. Except as set forth herein, Lessee’s lease of the Expansion Premises is upon, and subject to, all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease (as amended hereby) and each party covenants, as a material part of the consideration for this Amendment, to keep and perform their respective obligations under the Lease.

 

1


2) Base Rent : Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing until and through December 31, 2008, the Base Rent payable for the Expansion Premises shall be $3,326.65 per month. Commencing upon the earlier of (i) January 1, 2009, or (ii) Substantial Completion (as defined in the Work Letter) of the Expansion Tenant Improvements (as defined below) for the Expansion Premises, the Base Rent will increase to the then–per square foot rental rate specified in Paragraph 50 of the Lease for the Original Premises.

 

3) Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses . In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay Operating Expenses applicable to the Expansion Premises pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 of the Lease. Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, “Lessee’s Share” as set forth and defined in Paragraph 1.6 of the Basic Provisions of the Lease is hereby amended to mean 14.19%, based upon the sum of the square footage contained in the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises, which sum the parties agree to be 8,366 square feet.

 

4) Security Deposit . On or before the Effective Date, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor an additional Security Deposit of Five Thousand Six Hundred Eighty Six and 20/00 Dollars ($5,686.20) and effective upon Lessor’s receipt of such amount, all references in the Lease to “Security Deposit” (as defined in Paragraph 1.9 of the Basic Lease Provisions thereto), shall thereafter be Fifteen Thousand Fifty Eight and 80/00 Dollars ($15,058.80).

 

5) Expansion Tenant Improvements : Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that during calendar year 2008 Lessee intends to terminate the Sublease and have Lessor construct certain tenant improvements (“ Expansion Tenant Improvements ”) in the Expansion Premises. Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance of $35.00 per square foot of the Expansion Premises, or $110,565.00 (“ Expansion Allowance ”) for construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements. Lessor shall cause the Expansion Tenant Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter attached as Exhibit “B” hereto and incorporated by reference herein at Lessor’s cost up to an amount not to exceed the Expansion Allowance.

 

6) Sublease : Lessor hereby consents to Lessee’s sublease of the to Aikido on a month-to-month basis terminable upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by either party and upon all of the other terms and conditions contained in the Sublease. The sublease of the Expansion Premises by Lessee to any party other than Aikido shall be subject to the provisions of Article 12 of the Lease. Lessor’s consent to the Sublease is upon, and subject to, all of the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 8.3 of the Sublease, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

7)

Brokers . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder in connection with the negotiation of this contemplated transaction and no other person, firm, broker or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby indemnify and hold the other

 

2


  harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorney’s fees or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party.

 

8) Limitation of Amendment : Except as expressly set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the Lease, the provisions of this Amendment shall control.

 

9) Further Acts . Each party agrees to perform any further acts and to execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents which may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of the Lease as amended hereby.

 

10) Counterparts; Facsimile/Email Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or email shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

11) Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

[Signature page follows]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the latest of the dates set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

LESSOR:

 

DAVIS COMMERCE CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company

   

LESSEE:

 

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:   CT California Fund IV, LLC, a California limited liability company, its Sole Member     By:   /s/ Julie I. Morris
 

 

By: CT Fund Manager IV, LLC, a

       California limited liability

   

Name: Julie I. Morris

Title: CEO

 

       company, its Manager

 

    By:   /s/ Pamela Marrone
 

       By: /s/ John G. Valentine                                        

       Name: John G. Valentine

       Title: Senior Vice President

   

Name: Pamela Marrone

Title: CEO

 

Date: December 13, 2007

   

 

Date: December 21, 2007

 

4


Exhibit “A”

Sublease

[Attached]

 

5


LOGO

AIR

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD SUBLEASE

(Short-form to be used with post 1995 AIREA leases)

(NOTE: DO NOT USE IF LESS THAN ENTIRE PREMISES ARE BEING SUBLET. FOR SITUATIONS WHERE THE PREMISES ARE TO BE OCCUPIED BY MORE THAN ONE TENANT OR SUBTENANT USE THE “STANDARD SUBLEASE-MULTI-TENANT” FORM)

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Sublease (“Sublease”), dated for reference purposes only ,

is made by and between Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation

(“Sublessor”) and Howard H. Newens, an individual, and Phoebe P. Newens, an individual, doing business as Aikido Institute (collectively, “Sublessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2 Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein, and commonly known by the street

address of 2121 Second Street, Suite B-104

located in the County of Yolo , State of California

and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property) 3,159 square feet

(“Premises”).

1.3 Term: Month-to-month years and months commencing January 1, 2008 (“Commencement Date”) and ending upon either party providing thirty (30) days prior written notice. (“Expiration Date”).

1.4 Early Possession: N/A

(“Early Possession Date”).

1.5 Base Rent: $ 1,840.00 per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of each month commencing

January 1, 2008

If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

1.6 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $ 1,840.00 for the period

each month during the month-to-month term.

(b) Security Deposit: $ 1,840.00 (“Security Deposit”).

(c) Association Fees: $ N/A for the period

(d) Other: $ N/A for.

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $1,840.00, Security Deposit due 1/31/08.

1.7 Agreed Use: The Premises shall be used and occupied only for a self defense course classroom and for no other purposes.

1.8 Real Estate Brokers:

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

N/A represents Sublessor exclusively (“Sublessor’s Broker”):

N/A represents Sublessee exclusively (“Sublessee’s Broker”); or

N/A represents both Sublessor and Sublessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Sublease by both Parties, Sublessor shall pay to the

Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of

or 0% of the total Base Rent) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

1.9 Guarantor. The obligations of the Sublessee under this Sublease shall be guaranteed by (“Guarantor”).

1.10 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Sublease:

an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 1 through 15;

a plot plan depicting the Premises;

a Work Letter;

a copy of the master lease and any and all amendments to such lease (collectively the “Master Lease”);

INITIALS

PAGE 1 OF 6

INITIALS

©1997 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM SBS-3-8/06E


LOGO

other (specify): Consent to Sublease

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Sublease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Sublease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. Note: Sublessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Sublease.

2.2 Condition. Sublessor shall deliver the Premises to Sublessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), and any items which the Sublessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Sublessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Sublessor shall, as Sublessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Sublessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Sublessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements. If Sublessee does not give Sublessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Sublessee at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense.

2.3 Compliance. Sublessor warrants that any improvements, alterations or utility installations made or installed by or on behalf of Sublessor to or on the Premises comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances (“Applicable Requirements”) in effect on the date that they were made or installed. Sublessor makes no warranty as to the use to which Sublessee will put the Premises or to modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Sublessee’s use. NOTE: Sublessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Sublessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Sublessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Sublessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Sublessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Sublessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Sublessee’s intended use, (b) Sublessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Sublessor, Sublessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Sublease. In addition, Sublessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Sublessee’s ability to honor the Sublease of suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Sublessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Americans with Disabilities Act. In the event that as a result of Sublessee’s use, or intended use, of the Premises the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar law requires modifications or the construction or installation of improvements in or to the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas, the Parties agree that such modifications, construction or improvements shall be made at: Sublessor’s expense Sublessee’s expense. See Addendum.

3. Possession.

3.1 Early Possession. If Sublessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Sublease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Sublessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.2 Delay in Commencement. Sublessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Sublessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, the rights and obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee shall be as set forth in Paragraph 3.3 of the Master Lease (as modified by Paragraph 6.3 of this Sublease).

3.3 Sublessee Compliance. Sublessor shall not be required to permit Sublessee to remain in tender possession of the Premises to Sublessee until Sublessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance. Pending delivery of such evidence, Sublessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Sublease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Sublessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Sublessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Sublessor may elect to withhold prohibit possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent and Other Charges.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Sublessee to Sublessor under the terms of this Sublease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”). Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to Sublessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublessor may designate in writing.

INITIALS

PAGE 2 OF 6

INITIALS

©1997 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM SBS-3-8/06E


LOGO

4.2 Utilities. Sublessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon.

5. Security Deposit. The rights and obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee as to said Security Deposit shall be as set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Master Lease (as modified by Paragraph 6.3 of this Sublease).

6. Master Lease.

6.1 Sublessor is the lessee of the Premises by virtue of the “Master Lease”, dated as of August 3, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of even date hereof wherein Davis Commerce Center, LLC is the lessor, hereinafter the “Master Lessor”.

6.2 This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.

6.3 The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease in which event the terms of this Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Lessor” is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Lessee” is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessee herein, except to the extent set forth in the Addendum.

6.4 During the term of this Sublease and for all periods subsequent for obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublessor and Master Lessor, each and every obligation of Sublessor under the Master Lease except for the following paragraphs which are excluded therefrom: See Addendum.

6.5 The obligations that Sublessee has assumed under paragraph 6.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “Sublessee’s Assumed Obligations”. The obligations that sublessee has not assumed under paragraph 6.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations”.

6.6 Sublessee shall hold Sublessor free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of Sublessee’s failure to comply with or perform Sublessee’s Assumed Obligations. See Addendum. 6.7 Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire term of this Sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Master Lease without the fault of the Sublessor, and to comply with or perform Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations and to hold Sublessee free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands arising out of Sublessor’s failure to comply with or perform Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations.

6.8 Sublessor represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full force and effect and that no default exists on the part of any Party to the Master Lease.

7. Assignment of Sublease and Default.

7.1 Sublessor hereby assigns and transfers to Master Lessor Sublessor’s interest in this Sublease, subject however to the provisions of Paragraph 8 7.2 hereof.

7.2 Master Lessor, by executing this document, agrees that until a Default shall occur in the performance of Sublessor’s Obligations under the Master Lease, that Sublessor may receive, collect and enjoy the Rent accruing under this Sublease. However, if Sublessor shall Default in the performance of its obligations to Master Lessor then Master Lessor may, at its option, receive and collect, directly from Sublessee, all Rent owing and to be owed under this Sublease. In the event, however, that the amount collected by Master Lessor exceeds Sublessor’s obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Sublessor. Master Lessor shall not, by reason of this assignment of the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of the Rent from the Sublessee, be deemed liable to Sublessee for any failure of the Sublessor to perform and comply with Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations.

7.3 Sublessor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Sublessee upon receipt of any written notice from the Master Lessor stating that a Default exists in the performance of Sublessor’s obligations under the Master Lease, to pay to Master Lessor the Rent due and to become due under the Sublease. Sublessor agrees that Sublessee shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Master Lessor, and that Sublessee shall pay such Rent to Master Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Sublessor to the contrary and Sublessor shall have no right or claim against Sublessee for any such Rent so paid by Sublessee.

7.4 No changes or modifications shall be made to this Sublease without the consent of Master Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

8. Consent of Master Lessor.

8.1 In the event that the Master Lease requires that Sublessor obtain the consent of Master Lessor to any subletting by Sublessor then, this Sublease shall not be effective unless, within 10 days of the date hereof, Master Lessor signs this Sublease thereby giving its consent to this Subletting. Master Lessors consent to the Subelase is set forth in the First Amendment.

8.2 In the event that the obligations of the Sublessor under the Master Lease have been guaranteed by third parties then neither this Sublease, nor the Master Lessor’s consent, shall be effective unless, within 10 days of the date hereof, said guarantors sign this Sublease thereby giving their consent to this Sublease.

8.3 In the event that Master Lessor does give such consent then: With respect to Master Lessor’s consent:

(a) Such consent shall not release Sublessor of its obligations or alter the primary liability of Sublessor to pay the Rent and perform and comply with all of the obligations of Sublessor to be performed under the Master Lease.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Master Lessor from Sublessee or any one else liable under the Master Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Master Lessor of any provisions of the Master Lease.

INITIALS

PAGE 3 OF 6

INITIALS

©1997 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM SBS-3-8/06E


LOGO

(c) The consent to this Sublease shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent subletting or assignment.

(d) In the event of any Default of Sublessor under the Master Lease, Master Lessor may proceed directly against Sublessor, any guarantors or any one else liable under the Master Lease or this Sublease without first exhausting Master Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Master Lessor.

(e) Master Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the Master Lease or this Sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Sublessor or any one else liable under the Master Lease and without obtaining their consent and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability.

(f) In the event that Sublessor shall Default in its obligations under the Master Lease, then Master Lessor, at its option and without being obligated to do so, may require Sublessee to attorn to Master Lessor in which event Master Lessor shall undertake the obligations of Sublessor under this Sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to termination of this Sublease but Master Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid Rent nor any Security Deposit paid by Sublessee, nor shall Master Lessor be liable for any other Defaults of the Sublessor under the Sublease.

(g) Unless directly contradicted by other provisions of this Sublease, the consent of Master Lessor to this Sublease shall not constitute an agreement to allow Sublessee to exercise any options which may have been granted to Sublessor in the Master Lease (see Paragraph 39.2 of the Master Lease).

8.4 The signatures of the Master Lessor and any Guarantors of Sublessor at the end of this document shall constitute their consent to the terms of this Sublease.

8.5 Master Lessor acknowledges that, to the best of Master Lessor’s knowledge, no Default presently exists under the Master Lease of obligations to be performed by Sublessor and that the Master Lease is in full force and effect.

8.6 In the event that Sublessor Defaults under its obligations to be performed under the Master Lease by Sublessor, Master Lessor agrees to deliver to Sublessee a copy of any such notice of default. Sublessee shall have the right to cure any Default of Sublessor described in any notice of default within ten days after service of such notice of default on Sublessee. If such Default is cured by Sublessee then Sublessee shall have the right of reimbursement and offset from and against Sublessor.

9. Additional Brokers Commissions.

9.1 Sublessor agrees that if Sublessee exercises any option or right of first refusal as granted by Sublessor herein, or any option or right substantially similar thereto, either to extend the term of this Sublease, to renew this Sublease, to purchase the Premises, or to lease of purchase adjacent property which Sublessor may own or in which Sublessor has an interest, then Sublessor shall pay to Broker a fee in accordance with the schedule of Broker in effect at the time of the execution of this Sublease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessor’s obligation under this Paragraph is limited to a transaction in which Sublessor is acting as a Sublessor, lessor or seller.

9.2 Master Lessor agrees that if Sublessee shall exercise any option or right of first refusal granted to Sublessee by Master Lessor in connection with this Sublease, or any option or right substantially similar thereto, either to extend or renew the Master Lease, to purchase the Premises or any part thereof, or to lease or purchase adjacent property which Master Lessor may own or in which Master Lessor has an interest, or if Broker is the procuring cause of any other lease or sale entered into between Sublessee and Master Lessor pertaining to the Premises, any part thereof, or any adjacent property which Master Lessor owns or in which it has an interest, then as to any of said transactions, Master Lessor shall pay to Broker a fee, in cash, in accordance with the schedule of Broker in effect at the time of the execution of this Sublease.

9.3 Any fee due from Sublessoror Master Lessor hereunder shall be due and payable upon the exercise of any option to extend or renew, upon the execution of any new lease, or, in the event of a purchase, at the close of escrow.

9.4 Any transferee of Sublessor’s interest in this Sublease, or of Master Lessor’s interest in the Master Lease, by accepting an assignment thereof, shall be deemed to have assumed the respective obligations of Sublessor or Master Lessor under this Paragraph 9. Broker shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this paragraph 9.

10. Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. The Parties each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Sublease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Sublessee and Sublessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions or the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

11. Attorney’s fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Sublessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

12. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Sublease and the addendum to Sublease so attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Sublessor and Sublessee each represents and warrants to

INITIALS

PAGE 4 OF 6

INITIALS

©1997 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM SBS-3-8/06E


LOGO

the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Sublease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery of performance by either Sublessor or Sublessee under this Sublease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Sublease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PROPERTY, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR SUBLESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE SUBLEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED

Executed at: Davis CA

Executed at: Davis, California

On: December 20 2007

On: 12/20/07

By Sublessor:

By Sublessee:

Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.,

Howard H. Newens, an individual, and Phoebe

a Delaware Corporation

P. Newens, an individual

By:

Name Printed: Pam Marrone

By:

Title:

Name Printed: Howard H. Newens

Title: an individual

By:

By:

Name Printed: JULIE MORRIS

Title: CFO

Name Printed: Phoebe P. Newens

Address:

Title: an individual

Address:

Telephone:(    )

Facsimile:(    )

Telephone: (530) 297-1215 / 530 574-0259 Phoebe cell

Federal ID No.

Facsimile:(    ) same

Federal ID No. 574-0258

BROKER:

BROKER: Howard cell 530 757-2234 home

Attn:

Attn:

Title:

Title:

Address:

Address:

Telephone:(    )

Telephone:(    )

Facsimile:(    )

Facsimile:(    )

Federal ID No.

Federal ID No.

Consent to the above Sublease is hereby given.

INITIALS

PAGE 5 OF 6

INITIALS

©1997 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM SBS-3-8/06E


LOGO

Executed at:

Executed at:

On:

On:

By Master Lessor:

By Guarantor(s):

Davis Commerce Center, LLC

By:

Name Printed:

Address:

By:

Name Printed: John G. Valentine

Title: Senior Vice President

By:

Name Printed:

By:

Address:

Name Printed:

Title:

Address:

Telephone: (    )

Facsimile:(    )

Federal ID No.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

©Copyright 1997 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association. All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

INITIALS

PAGE 6 OF 6

INITIALS

©1997 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM SBS-3-8/06E


ADDENDUM TO STANDARD SUBLEASE

BETWEEN MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC., AS SUBLESSOR,

AND HOWARD H. NEWENS AND PHOEBE P. NEWENS, INDIVIDUALS,

COLLECTIVELY, FOR PREMISES LOCATED AT 2121 SECOND STREET, SUITE B-104,

DAVIS, CALIFORNIA

THIS ADDENDUM TO STANDARD SUBLEASE (“Addendum”), dated as of December 20, 2007, is made by and between MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Sublessor, and HOWARD H. NEWENS AND PHOEBE P. NEWENS, individuals, doing business as Aikido Institute Davis, collectively as Sublessee, to be made a part of that certain Standard Sublease of even date herewith between Sublessor and Sublessee. All undefined capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Sublease and the Master Lease (in the manner and to the extent the terms of the Master Lease are incorporated into the Sublease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Master Lease or the Sublease, the Sublease is modified and supplemented as follows:

1. Possession . Sublessor and Sublessee acknowledge that Sublessee currently occupies the Premises pursuant to a lease with Master Lessor (“Direct Lease”) that expires as of December 31, 2007. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sublease, Sublessee shall have the right to continue to occupy the Premises from and after January 1, 2008 pursuant to the Sublease.

2. Condition of Premises . Sublessee shall occupy the Premises during the Term in its current “as is” condition. Sublessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to make or pay the cost of any alterations, improvements or repairs to the Premises, including, without limitation, any improvement or repair required to comply with any Applicable Requirements (including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 [“ADA”]). Sublessee shall look solely to the Master Lessor for performance of any repairs required to be performed by Master Lessor under the terms of the Master Lease.

3. Sublessee’s Indemnification . In addition to the indemnities set forth in the Master Lease, except to the extent caused by Sublessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Sublessee shall indemnify, protect, defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to Sublessor and hold harmless Sublessor from and against any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, causes of action, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees), caused by or arising in connection with: (i) the use, occupancy or condition of the Premises, (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessee or its employees, contractors, agents, invitees or visitors; or (iii) a breach of Sublessee’s obligations under the Sublease; or (iv) a breach of Sublessee’s obligations under the Master Lease to the extent incorporated herein

4. Right to Cure Defaults . If Sublessee fails to pay any sum of money to Sublessor, or fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, then Sublessor may, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or perform such act. All such sums paid, and all

 

1


the occurrence of any of the events of default set forth in Section 13.1 of the Master Lease.

10. Remedies : In the event of any default by Sublessee under the Sublease or this Addendum (including, without limitation, a default pursuant to Article 13 of the Master Lease), Sublessor shall have all remedies provided by applicable law, including, without limitation, all rights pursuant to Sections 13.2 through 13.5 of the Master Lease. Sublessor may resort to its remedies cumulatively or in the alternative.

11. Damage and Destruction; Condemnation . In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Premises or the Building, or in the event of condemnation of the Premises or the Building, the Sublease shall terminate as of the date of the damage, destruction or condemnation.

12. Surrender : On or before the date of the earlier of the expiration or termination of the Term of the Sublease, Sublessee shall remove all of its trade fixtures and shall surrender the Premises to Sublessor in the condition received, free of Hazardous Substances, reasonable wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted. If the Premises are not so surrendered, then Sublessee shall be liable to Sublessor for all costs incurred by Sublessor in returning the Premises to the required condition, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate. Sublessee shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Sublessor against any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, causes of action, damages, costs, and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees) resulting from Sublessee’s delay in surrendering the Premises.

13. Severability : If any term of the Sublease is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of the Sublease shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent possible under the law, and shall not be affected or impaired.

13. Amendment : The Sublease may not be amended except by the written agreement of both parties hereto.

14. Other Sublease Terms :

A. Incorporation by Reference : Except as otherwise provided in the Sublease or this Addendum, the terms and provisions contained in the Master Lease are incorporated herein by reference and are made a part hereof as if set forth at length; provided, however, that: (i) each reference in such incorporated sections to “Lease” and to “Premises” shall be deemed a reference to this “Sublease” and the “Premises” defined herein, respectively; (ii) each reference to “Lessor” and “Lessee” shall be deemed a reference to “Sublessor” and “Sublessee”, respectively, except as expressly set forth herein; (iii) with respect to work, services, repairs, restoration, insurance or the performance of any other obligation of Master Lessor under the Master Lease, the sole obligation of Sublessor shall be to request the same in writing from Master Lessor, as and when requested to do so by Sublessee, and, at Sublessee’s sole cost, to use Sublessor’s commercially reasonable good faith efforts to obtain Master Lessor’s performance;

 

3


agrees: (i) to comply with all provisions of the Master Lease applicable to the Premises to the extent incorporated herein with respect to the Term, (ii) to perform all the obligations on the part of the “Lessee” to be performed under the terms of the Master Lease with respect to the Premises during the Term to the extent incorporated herein, and (iii) to hold Sublessor free and harmless of and from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims, demands, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) arising out of Sublessee’s failure to comply with or to perform Sublessee’s obligations hereunder or the obligations of the “Lessee” under the Master Lease as herein provided or to act or omit to act in any manner which will constitute a breach of the Master Lease. The foregoing indemnification shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

C. Sublessor’s Obligations . Sublessee will look to Master Lessor under the Master Lease for all such services. Sublessor shall have no liability or responsibility whatsoever for Master Lessor’s failure or refusal to perform under the Master Lease. Despite Master Lessor’s failure or refusal to comply with any of those provisions of the Master Lease, this Sublease shall remain in full force and effect unless Sublessor elects to terminate the Master Lease, and Sublessee shall pay the Base Rent and provided for in this Sublease without any abatement, deduction or setoff. Sublessor’s obligation to use its commercially reasonable good faith efforts to cause Master Lessor to observe and perform its obligations under the Master Lease shall not be a guarantee by Sublessor of Master Lessor’s compliance with the provisions of the Master Lease, and in no event shall Sublessor be required to initiate any litigation proceedings or file suit against Master Lessor.

15. Joint and Several . If the Sublease and this Addendum are executed by more that one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to the Sublease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Sublessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease on the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLESSEE:     SUBLESSOR:

/s/ Howard H. Newens

    MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.,
Howard H. Newens     a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Julie Morris

/s/ Phoebe P. Newens

    Title:   CFO
Phoebe P. Newens      

 

5


Exhibit “B”

Work Letter

[Attached]

 

6


EXHIBIT “B”

WORK LETTER

TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

dated as of Dec. 13, 2007 (“First Amendment”),

by and between Davis Commerce Center, LLC, a

California limited liability company (“Lessor”) and

Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”)

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Paragraphs or Sections of “the Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of Paragraphs 1 through 58 of that certain Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease-Net dated August 3, 2007, as amended by the First Amendment (as so amended, the “ Lease ”) and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portions of Sections 1 through 9 of this Work Letter. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall be used as defined in the Lease.

 

1. SPACE PLANS AND WORKING DRAWINGS

(a) Space Plans . After Lessee notifies Lessor in writing that Lessee desires to commence the process of designing and constructing the Expansion Tenant Improvements. Lessor’s architect (the “ Architect ”) shall prepare detailed space plans (“ Space Plans ”) for the construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements in accordance with the building standards for the Property. Lessee agrees to cooperate with the Architect and provide all information reasonably necessary to prepare and complete the Space Plans as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of the Architect’s request, including, without limitation, location of doors, partitioning, electrical fixtures, outlets and switches, telephone jacks, computer and telecommunication jacks, and other special requirements. Lessee shall approve the Space Plans or notify Lessor of any comments or revisions in writing on or before the date which is five (5) business days following receipt thereof. Lessee’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Representatives of both parties shall promptly make themselves available to discuss and resolve any comments or revisions, and such documents shall promptly be revised by Lessor to incorporate any agreed upon changes. In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any such documents, the parties shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on any disputed matters.

(b) Working Drawings . Based upon the approved Space Plans for the Expansion Premises, Lessor’s Architect and engineer shall prepare final working drawings for the construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements in accordance with the building standards for the Property and the Space Plans. Lessee agrees to cooperate with Lessor’s Architect and provide all information reasonably necessary to prepare and complete the working drawings within ten (10) days following receipt of Lessor’s Architect’s request for such information. Lessor shall submit such working drawings to Lessee for its review and Lessee shall approve such drawings or notify Lessor of any comments or revisions within ten (10) days after receipt thereof. Lessee’s approval of the working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld. Representatives of both parties shall promptly make themselves available to discuss and resolve any comments or revisions, and such documents shall promptly be revised by Lessor to incorporate any agreed upon changes. In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any such documents, the parties shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on any disputed matters. The agreed upon working drawings shall be called the “ Approved Working Drawings ”.

(c) Changes in Plans . Any changes in the Space Plans or the Approved Working Drawings after approval by Lessee shall be approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and prepared at Lessee’s sole cost and

 

1


expense, and any Excess Costs (defined below) resulting from such changes shall be at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Furthermore, Lessee shall be liable for any resulting delays in completing the Expansion Tenant Improvements and for the increased costs in completing the Expansion Tenant Improvements, if any, resulting from such delays. Any sums required to be paid by Lessee pursuant to this Section 1(c) shall be paid to Lessor prior to Lessor’s commencement of the Expansion Tenant Improvements or if arising after commencement of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, within twenty (20) days after Lessee’s receipt of an invoice for such Excess Costs.

(d) Compliance with Law . The Space Plans and the Approved Working Drawings shall comply with all Applicable Requirements, including, without limitation, the building codes for the City of Davis. Lessor’s space planner or Architect shall ensure that all plans and specifications shall be in a form satisfactory to appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits and licenses required for construction.

 

2. BUILDING PERMIT

Within three (3) business days after approval by Lessor and Lessee of the Approved Working Drawings for the Expansion Tenant Improvements. Lessor shall submit the Approved Working Drawings to the appropriate governmental body for plan checking and a building permit. Lessor, with Lessee’s cooperation, shall cause to be made any change in the Approved Working Drawings necessary to obtain building permits for the Expansion Premises. After final approval of the Approved Working Drawings by Lessor, Lessee and any appropriate governmental body, no further changes thereto may be made without the prior written approval of Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

3. TENANT IMPROVEMENT COST/EXPANSION ALLOWANCE

(a) Expansion Tenant Improvement Costs . “ Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs ” shall mean and include all costs incurred to complete the Expansion Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the following: (i) payments to contractors for labor, material, equipment, and fixtures supplied pursuant to any construction contract entered into in accordance with this Work Letter, (ii) the costs incurred for the preparation of the Space Plans and Approved Working Drawings, (iii) the payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs, (iv) the cost of any changes in the base building of which the Expansion Premises are a part when such changes are required by the Approved Working Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), (v) the cost of any changes to the Approved Working Drawings or Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs required by any applicable building code, (vi) premiums for builder’s risk insurance and other insurance required by the Lease or the Work Letter, (vii) costs incurred for the management and administration of the construction, including without limitation, wages, labor burden, and expediting, procurement, and administrative expenses, and (viii) sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs shall not include the following: (A) subject to clause (v) above, any material work to the Expansion Premises that is not identified in the Approved Working Drawings (as the same may be modified by any change orders authorized in writing by Lessor and Lessee); (B) subject to clause (v) above, charges and expenses for material changes to the Approved Working Drawings that have not been authorized in writing by Lessee; (C) principal, interest and fees for construction and permanent financing; (D) costs for which Lessor actually receives reimbursement from others, including, without limitation, insurers and warrantors: (E) restoration costs in excess of insurance proceeds as a consequence of casualties; (F) penalties and late charges attributable to Lessor’s failure to pay the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs when due (unless such failure results

 

2


from Lessee’s failure to timely pay any applicable Excess Costs; and (G) costs arising from or in connection with the presence of Hazardous Substances on the Expansion Premises not caused by Lessee or any Lessee Party.

(b) Estimated Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs . Within fifteen (15) days after Lessor and Lessee have agreed on the Approved Working Drawings pursuant to Paragraph 1(b) above, Lessor shall submit the Approved Working Drawings to GP Construction (the “ Contractor ”) for bid. The Contractor’s bid shall include both a bid for the cost of constructing the Expansion Tenant Improvements (the “ Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs ”) and a preliminary construction schedule (the “ Construction Schedule ”). Upon Lessor’s receipt of the Contractor’s bid. Lessor shall promptly submit the bid to Lessee. Lessee shall review the bid, including the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs and Construction Schedule, and within seven (7) business days after receipt thereof, notify Lessor of any objections to the Approved Working Drawings and/or any proposed revisions thereto to reduce the Expansion Premises Improvements Costs and/or to adjust the Construction Schedule. Representatives of the parties shall promptly make themselves available to discuss and resolve any such objections to or revisions. Lessor then shall promptly cause the Contractor to revise the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs and/or the Construction Schedule to incorporate any agreed upon changes and resubmit the same for Lessee’s approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Once Lessee and Lessor have mutually agreed upon the Expansion Tenant Improvements and on the Construction Schedule. Lessee and Lessor shall mutually authorize commencement of construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements. In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any of the foregoing, the parties shall continue to meet and confer and negotiate in good faith until an agreement is reached on any disputed matters. If despite such good faith efforts, the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any of the foregoing. Lessee may elect by written notice to Lessor to construct the Expansion Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and Paragraph 7.3 of the Lease. In which event, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a tenant improvement allowance in the amount of the Expansion Allowance towards Lessee’s construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, which shall be paid to Lessee within twenty (20) business days after the receipt by Lessor of a payment requisition from Lessee certifying that the Expansion Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, provided that (i) there is no uncured default under the Lease by Lessee; (ii) Lessee provides Lessor waivers of liens from Lessee’s contractor and all subcontractors and materialmen providing work or materials with respect to the Improvements; (iii) Lessee delivers to Lessor a statement from Lessee’s architect indicating that, to the best of his/her knowledge, information and belief, the Expansion Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; and (iv) Lessee shall have complied with any and all requirements of Lessor’s lender with respect lo such requisition. Lessee’s contractor shall be reasonably acceptable to Lessor.

(c) Payment of Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs .

(i) Lessor’s Obligation . Lessor shall promptly pay when due and be responsible for all Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs up to an amount not to exceed the Expansion Allowance set forth in the First Amendment.

(ii) Lessee’s Obligation, Excess Costs . If the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs as approved by Lessor and Lessee pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) above shall exceed the Expansion Allowance (such amounts exceeding the Expansion Allowance being herein referred to as the “ Excess Costs ”). Lessee shall pay the Excess Costs to Lessor within twenty (20) days after receipt of Lessor’s written request therefore and prior to the commencement of construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements. In the event that the costs of the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs shall increase

 

3


after Lessor’s and Lessee’s approval thereof pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) above. Lessee shall pay the amount of such additional Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs to Lessor within twenty (20) days after Lessee’s receipt of an invoice for such additional costs.

(iii) Final Accounting . Within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, Lessor shall provide to Lessee a statement (the “ Final Invoice ”), with supporting documentation, setting forth the total amount of the Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs. All Expansion Tenant Improvements Costs and Excess Costs (if any) thereof shall be subject to reasonable audit, verification and correction, if necessary, by Lessee and/or its authorized representatives (who shall have access to the relevant portions of the Lessor’s books and records for such purpose) without either party being prejudiced by any payment thereunder. In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to the final accounting, the parties shall continue to meet and confer and negotiate in good faith until an agreement is reached on the final accounting. Once the final accounting has been approved by both parties, if the final accounting shows that Lessee has not paid in full its Excess Costs pursuant to this Section, Lessee shall pay the difference to Lessor within thirty (30) days after the date of the final accounting. If the final accounting shows that Lessee has paid to Lessor more than Lessee’s actual Excess Costs for the Expansion Tenant Improvements. Lessor shall refund the overpayment to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of the final accounting.

 

4. COMPLETION OF THE EXPANSION TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

(a) Construction of Tenant Improvements . Promptly upon receipt of all necessary governmental approvals required to construct the Expansion Tenant Improvements and Lessee’s payment to Lessor of any Excess Costs pursuant to Paragraph 3(c)(ii) above, if any, Lessor shall cause the Contractor to commence and complete construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings.

(b) Substantial Completion . For the purposes of this Work Letter, “ Substantial Completion ” of the Expansion Tenant Improvements shall mean that, with the exception of any Lessee Work, as defined in Section 5 below and punch list items which would not prevent the use or occupancy of Expansion Premises for the permitted use thereof, the Expansion Tenant Improvements arc completed in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and all mechanical systems serving the Expansion Premises are in good working order, and a Certificate of Occupancy (or equivalent) or Temporary Certificate of Occupancy (or equivalent), if required for Lessee’s occupation of the Expansion Premises shall have been obtained.

(c) Punch List . Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of the anticipated date of substantial completion of the Expansion Tenant Improvements (the “ Substantial Completion Date ”) and the scheduled date on which Lessee shall meet with Lessor to inspect the Expansion Tenant Improvements by notice given at least five (5) business days prior to the Substantial Completion Date stated therein. Within five (5) business days after the date of Lessee’s inspection of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, Lessee shall submit to Lessor a punch list of incomplete or defective items of the Expansion Tenant Improvements. Lessor shall endeavor to complete such punch list of items within thirty (30) days after such inspection. If Lessee fails to meet with Lessor on the scheduled inspection date and deliver the punch list to Lessor by the date that is five (5) business days thereafter, the Expansion Tenant Improvements shall be deemed completed and satisfactory.

 

5. FURNITURE AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS

Lessee acknowledges and agrees that Lessee is solely responsible, at Lessee’s sole

 

4


cost and expense, for obtaining, delivering and installing in the Expansion Premises all necessary and desired furniture, telephone equipment, telephone and computer cabling, telephone service, business equipment and other similar items, and that Lessor shall have no responsibility whatsoever with regard thereto (collectively, “ Lessee’s Work ”). Lessee shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to minimize interference with Lessor’s construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements while Lessee is installing the Lessee’s Work, and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to accommodate the work of each party while both parties are working in the Expansion Premises. No part of the Expansion Allowance shall be used for or applied to Lessee’s Work.

 

6. FAILURE OF LESSEE TO COMPLY

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if a default by Lessee, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, under the Lease or this Work Letter has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Lessor pursuant to the Lease. Lessor shall have the right to cause the Contractor to cease the construction of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, and (ii) all other obligations of Lessor under the terms of this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease or this Work Letter.

 

7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Lessor shall cause the Expansion Tenant Improvements to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using new materials and equipment of good quality, and in accordance with all Applicable Requirements.

 

8. LESSOR’S WARRANTY

In addition to (and not in lieu of) Lessor’s obligations under the Lease with respect to repairs, Lessor Warrants to Lessee that the Expansion Tenant Improvements will be free from latent defects in workmanship and materials during the initial twelve (12) months of the Substantial Completion Date (“ Warranty Period ”). Therefore, if Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of a non-compliance with the foregoing warranty on or before the expiration of the Warranty Period, Lessor shall, promptly after receipt of such written notice from Lessee setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same, without cost or expense to Lessee. Such rectification shall be performed as promptly as practical and in such manner so as to minimize interference with Lessee’s operation in or about the Expansion Premises.

 

9. INSPECTIONS AND SCHEDULING

Lessee and Lessee’s representatives shall have the right, from time to time, to observe the progress of the Expansion Tenant Improvements, to inspect installation of the Expansion Tenant Improvements and to reasonably reject any Expansion Tenant Improvements not in conformance with the Approved Working Drawings. Lessor shall be available, and cause the Contractor to be available, to Lessee or its representatives from time to time upon reasonable prior notice when necessary or desirable for the purpose of reviewing the Expansion Tenant Improvements.

 

LOGO    LOGO

Exhibit 10.10

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made this 13th day of November 2008, by and between 2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC (as “Landlord”) and MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (as “Tenant”) having an office at 2121 Second Street, Suite B-107, Davis, California.

Witnesseth:

Davis Commerce Center, LLC (Landlord’s predecessor in interest) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., having entered into a lease (the “Lease”) dated August 3, 2007 for suites B-106 & B-107 as amended by the First Amendment to Lease to include suite B-104 in the Project known as Davis Commerce Park, Davis, California; and

WHEREAS, LANDLORD and TENANT are desirous of amending said Lease in the manner as set forth below, hereby agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

PREMISES:

The parties hereto agree to increase the size of the demised premises by 2,592 rentable square feet in the suite known as B-108 as shown on the attached Exhibit “A”. Effective March 1, 2009 Tenant shall occupy a total of 10,958 rentable square feet.

TERM:

The Lease term for suite B-108 shall be seventy-one (71) months beginning March 1, 2009 and will terminate on February 10, 2015.

BASE MONTHLY RENT:

Beginning March 1, 2009 Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the remaining Lease Term for suite B-108 monthly rent as follows:

March 1, 2009 – February 28, 2010     $1.40 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2010 – February 28, 2011     $1.45 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2011 – February 28, 2012     $1.50 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2012 – February 28, 2013     $1.55 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2013 – February 28, 2014     $1.60 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2014 – February 10, 2015     $1.65 per sq. ft. NNN

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance equal to $25,920.00 to be paid to a tenant improvement contractor selected by Tenant. Any improvement allowance not used by improvements to suite B-108 shall be available to offset costs of improvements underway in B-104.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

Additional security deposit shall not be required.


LANDLORD:     TENANT:
2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC    

MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware Corporation

By:

  /s/ Dan Fivey    

By:

 

/s/ Julie I. Morris

  Dan Fivey       Julie I. Morris

Its:

  Managing Partner     Its:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.11

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made this, 20 th day of September 2010, by and between 2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC (as “Landlord”) and MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (as “Tenant”) having an office at 2121 Second Street, Suite B-107, Davis, California.

Witnesseth:

Davis Commerce Center, LLC (Landlord’s predecessor in interest) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., having entered into a lease (the “Lease”) dated August 3, 2007 for suites B-106 & B-107 as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease in the Project known as Davis Commerce Park, Davis, California; and

WHEREAS, LANDLORD and TENANT are desirous of amending said Lease in the manner as set forth below, hereby agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

PREMISES:

The parties hereto agree to increase the size of the demised premises by 5,254 square feet in the suite known as A-107 as shown on the attached Exhibit “A”, effective January 1, 2011 or upon substantial completion of Tenant Improvements. The total occupied space shall hereafter consist of 16, 212 square feet.

TERM:

The Lease term for suite A-107 shall be fifty (50) months beginning January 1, 2011 or upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements and will terminate on February 28, 2015. In the event the lease for suite A-107 commences after January 1, 2011, the three (3) months free rent shall begin on the revised commencement date and the termination date shall remain at February 28, 2015.

BASE MONTHLY RENT:

Beginning January 1, 2011 Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the remaining Lease Term for suite A-107 monthly rent as follows:

 

  

January 1, 2011 – March 31, 2011

April 1, 2011 – February 28, 2012

March 1, 2012 – February 28, 2013

March 1, 2013 – February 28, 2014

March 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015

  

FREE

$1.35 per sq. ft. NNN

$1.40 per sq. ft. NNN

$1.45 per sq. ft. NNN

$1.50 per sq. ft. NNN

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

Landlord shall provide at it’s sole expense the tenant improvements as shown on the space plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” in the amount of $164,675.00 as shown on the attached bid breakdown marked Exhibit “B”. Any design changes as may be requested by Tenant to the A-107 space plan resulting in an increase to the construction costs shall be the Tenant’s sole responsibility.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

No additional security deposit shall be required.

GENERAL TERMS:

All of the terms, covenants, provisions and agreements of the Lease as amended herein shall remain in full force and effect; except to the extent inconsistent with the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Third Amendment to Lease, in which case the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Third Amendment shall control.

 

1


Agreed and Accepted this 20 th day of September, 2010.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC    

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware Corporation

By:

 

/s/ Dan Fivey

   

By:

  /s/ Julie I. Morris
  Dan Fivey       Julie I. Morris

Its:

  Managing Partner     Its:   Chief Financial Officer

 

2


Exhibit A

 

LOGO


Exhibit B

 

LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.12

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made this 14th day of March 2012, by and between 2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC (as “Landlord”) and MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (as “Tenant”) having an office at 2121 Second Street, Suites B104-B108 & A-107, Davis, California.

Witnesseth:

Davis Commerce Center, LLC (Landlord’s predecessor in interest) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. (Tenant’s former business name), having entered into a lease (the “Lease”) dated August 3, 2007 for suites B-106 & B-107 as amended by the First Amendment to Lease to include suite B-104, as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease to include suite B-108, as amended by the Third Amendment to Lease to include suite A-107, as amended by the Assignment and Assumption of Lease for suite A-106 in the Project known as Davis Commerce Park, Davis, California; and

WHEREAS, LANDLORD and TENANT are desirous of amending said Lease in the manner as set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

TERMINATION OF LEASE FOR SUITE A-106:

Tenant is currently the Assignee of the Lease dated October 8, 2008 executed by 2121 Second Street Investors, LLC (“Lessor”) and Pincushion Boutique (“Lessee”) for suite A-106. The Pincushion lease shall hereby be deemed terminated as of February 29, 2012.

PREMISES:

As of March 1, 2012, Tenant shall directly lease from Landlord Suite A-106, consisting of 2,541 square feet.

TERM:

The Lease term for suite A-106 shall be for a period of thirty-six (36) months beginning March 1, 2012 and terminating February 28, 2015.

BASE MONTHLY RENT:

Beginning March 1, 2012 Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the remaining Lease Term for suite A-106 monthly rent as follows:

March 1, 2012 – February 28, 2013     $1.35 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2013 – February 28, 2014     $1.40 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015     $1.45 per sq. ft. NNN

 

1


TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

Tenant agrees to occupy suite A-106 in As-Is condition.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

No additional security deposit shall be required.

GENERAL TERMS:

All of the terms, covenants, provisions and agreements of the Lease as amended herein shall remain in full force and effect; except to the extent inconsistent with the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Fourth Amendment to Lease, in which case the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Fourth Amendment shall control.

Agreed and Accepted this 14th day of March , 2012.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC

   

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a

Delaware Corporation

By: 

 

/s/ Dan Fivey

   

By: 

 

/s/ Julie I. Morris

  Dan Fivey       Julie I. Morris

Its:

  Managing Partner     Its:  

VP Corporate Development & Operations

 

2

Exhibit 10.13

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made this 14th day of March 2012, by and between 2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC (as “Landlord”) and MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (as “Tenant”) having an office at 2121 Second Street, Suites B104-B108, A-106 & A-107, Davis, California.

Witnesseth:

Davis Commerce Center, LLC (Landlord’s predecessor in interest) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. (Tenant’s prior business name), having entered into a lease (the “Lease”) dated August 3, 2007 for suites B-106 & B-107 as amended by the First Amendment to Lease to include suite B-104, as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease to include suite B-108, as amended by the Third Amendment to Lease to include suite A-107, as amended by the Assignment and Assumption of Lease for suite A-106, as amended by the Fourth Amendment to Lease, in the Project known as Davis Commerce Park, Davis, California; and

WHEREAS, LANDLORD and TENANT are desirous of amending said Lease in the manner as set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

PREMISES:

Effective April 1,2012 the parties hereto agree to increase the size of the demised premises by 2,813 square feet in the suite known as C-109 as shown on the attached Exhibit “A”. The total occupied space hereafter shall consist of 21,566 square feet.

TERM:

The Lease term for suite C-109 shall be for a period of thirty-five (35) months beginning April 1,2012 and terminating February 28,2015.

BASE MONTHLY RENT:

Beginning April 1, 2012 Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the remaining Lease Term for suite C-109 monthly rent as follows:

April 1, 2012 – February 28, 2013     $1.35 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2013 – February 28, 2014   $1.40 per sq. ft. NNN

March 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015   $1.45 per sq. ft. NNN

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance in the amount of $20.00 per square foot for a total allowance of $56,260.00. Tenant improvement funds shall be paid to tenant once

 

1


approved invoices are received by Landlord and construction is deemed complete in a satisfactory manner.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

Additional security deposit in the amount of $4,078.85, which is equal to the last month’s rent shall be paid by tenant for suite C-109. Total security deposit held by Landlord shall be $22,998.53, which includes the security deposit in the amount of $3,860.88 transferred to Tenant from Pincushion Boutique.

GENERAL TERMS:

All of the terms, covenants, provisions and agreements of the Lease as amended herein shall remain in full force and effect; except to the extent inconsistent with the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Fifth Amendment to Lease, in which case the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Fifth Amendment shall control.

Agreed and Accepted this 14th day of March , 2012.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC    

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a

Delaware Corporation

By: 

 

/s/ Dan Fivey

   

By: 

 

/s/ Julie I. Morris

  Dan Fivey       Julie I. Morris

Its:

  Managing Partner     Its:   VP Corporate Development & Operations

 

2


Exhibit A

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.14

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Sixth Amendment ”) is made effective as of December 21, 2012, by and between 2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC (the “ Landlord ”) and MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC. (the “ Tenant ”).

WHEREAS, Davis Commerce Center, LLC (Landlord’s predecessor in interest) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc. (Tenant’s prior business name), entered into a lease (the “ Lease ”) dated August 3, 2007 for suites B-106 & B-107, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease to include suite B-104, as amended by the Second Amendment to Lease to include suite B-108, as amended by the Third Amendment to Lease to include suite A-107, as amended by the Assignment and Assumption of Lease for Suite A-106, as amended by the Fourth Amendment to Lease, as amended by the Fifth Amendment to Lease to include suite C-109, in the Project known as Davis commerce Park, Davis, California; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease pursuant to the terms thereof and as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

2. The term “forty eight (48) days” in Paragraph 12.4 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting the same and inserting the term “forty eight (48) hours” in its stead.

3. Except to the extent expressly amended by the terms of this Sixth Amendment, all the terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

4. This Sixth Amendment may be executed in any number of duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[balance of this page intentionally left blank]

 

1


[Sixth Amendment to Lease]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly signed this Sixth Amendment to Lease as of the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

2121 SECOND STREET INVESTORS, LLC

   

TENANT:

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

By:   /s/ Dan Fivey     By:   /s/ Pam Marrone
  Dan Fivey       Pam Marrone
  Managing Member       President and CEO

 

2

Exhibit 10.15

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made this 15 th day of March, 2012, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Investors ”).

1. Purchase of Notes; Convertibility of Notes; Closing .

(a) Purchase of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to each Investor, and each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, a Convertible Promissory Note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “ Note ”) in the respective principal amounts set forth opposite each Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto. The Company has agreed to sell in the aggregate up to $10,000,000 in principal amount of Notes. The Company may not sell Notes in excess of such amount without the written consent of holders in interest of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The purchase price of each Note shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Note. The Company’s agreements with each of the Investors are separate agreements, and the sales of the Notes to each of the Investors are separate sales.

(b) Convertibility of Notes . The Notes will be convertible into equity or debt securities of the Company upon the terms and conditions contained in the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit B . The Notes, any Warrants (as defined below) and the equity or debt securities issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Notes and any Warrants (and the securities issuable upon conversion of such equity or debt securities) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities .”

(c) Closing . The initial closing of the sale and issuance of the Notes shall be held at the offices of GCA Law Partners LLP, 1891 Landings Drive, Mountain View, California at 10:00 a.m. on March 15, 2012 or at such other time and place upon which the Company and the Investors who have agreed to purchase a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall agree, provided that at such time indications of interest for a minimum of $7,000,000 in principal amount of Notes, in the aggregate, will have been received (hereinafter referred to as the “ Initial Closing ”). In the event there is a closing or subsequent sale following the Initial Closing, the term “ Closing ” shall apply to the Initial Closing and such subsequent sale. The date of any Closing is referred to herein as the respective “ Closing Date .” At each Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor against payment of the purchase price therefor by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds made payable to the order of the Company. The Company may sell up to the balance of the Notes not sold at the Initial Closing at one or more additional closings on a date or dates not later than June 15, 2012 to (i) existing equity holders of the Company and to (ii) one or more other additional purchasers mutually acceptable to the Company and holders in interest of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes sold at the Initial Closing at the price


and on the terms set forth herein, provided that any such additional purchaser shall become a party to this Agreement and have the rights and obligations hereunder by executing and delivering to the Company an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement. The representations and warranties of such additional purchasers shall speak as of the date of such additional Closing. Any additional purchaser so acquiring Notes at any subsequent Closing shall be considered an “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement, and any Notes so acquired by such additional purchaser at any subsequent Closing shall be considered “Notes” for purposes of this Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby. Following any subsequent Closing, Exhibit A to this Agreement automatically shall be amended to add all Investors in such subsequent Closing.

2. Representations of the Company .

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:

(a) Organization and Standing . The Company is a corporation duly organized and existing under, and by virtue of, the laws of the State of Delaware, is in good standing under such laws and is duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The Company has requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, and to carry on its business as presently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.

(b) Corporate Power . The Company will have at the Closing all requisite legal and corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to sell and issue the Notes and the Warrant and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement and thereunder.

(c) Authorization . All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Notes and Warrants and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations hereunder and thereunder (except for the authorization and issuance of the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and the securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes) has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, and the Notes and Warrants, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies. The Securities, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any liens or encumbrances, other than any liens or encumbrances created by the Investors; provided, however, that the Securities may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws.

(d) Governmental Filing, Consent, etc . No consent, approval or authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement or

 

-2-


the offer, sale or issuance of the Notes, Warrants or other Securities except for (i) qualification (or taking such action as may be necessary to secure an exemption from qualification, if available) of the offer and sale of the Securities under the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, and other applicable blue sky laws, which filings and qualifications, if required, will be accomplished in a timely manner, and (ii) an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorizing the securities issuable upon conversion of or exercise of the Notes or any Warrants, and other securities underlying such Securities, which amendment will be accomplished in a timely manner in order to permit the due issuance of such Securities as contemplated hereunder and under the Notes and the Warrants.

(e) No Conflicts . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes nor the consummation or performance of any transaction contemplated hereunder or thereunder, except for the authorization and issuance of the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and upon conversion of the Notes, (a “ Contemplated Transaction ”) will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (i) contravene, conflict with or violate (A) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or (B) any resolution adopted by the board of directors or the shareholders of the Company; (ii) contravene, conflict with or violate, or give any governmental authority or other individual or entity the right to challenge any Contemplated Transaction or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any law or regulation to which the Company, or any assets owned or used by the Company, is subject; (iii) contravene, conflict with, breach, violate, result in the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under, or give any individual or entity the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy or to obtain any additional rights under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or payment under, or cancel, terminate or modify, any contract to which the Company is a party; or (iv) result in the imposition or creation of any lien or encumbrance upon, or with respect to, any assets owned or used by the Company. Except with respect to consents and waivers that have been obtained, or will be obtained by the Closing, the Company is not and shall not be required to give notice to, or obtain consent or waiver from, any individual or entity in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any Contemplated Transaction.

3. Representations of Investors . Each Investor hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, and only with respect to itself, to the Company with respect to the purchase and issuance of the Notes and any Warrants as follows:

(a) Investment . Investor understands that the investment in the Securities is a speculative investment, and represents that it is aware of the business affairs and financial condition of the Company, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities, and that it is purchasing the Securities for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or applicable state securities laws. Investor further represents that it understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws by reason of specific exemptions therefrom, which exemptions

 

-3-


depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Investor’s investment intent as expressed herein. Investor acknowledges and understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available, and that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Securities.

(b) Access to Data . Investor acknowledges that it has received and reviewed this Agreement and exhibits hereto. Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with the Company’s officers and directors.

(c) Accredited Investor . Investor is an “Accredited Investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such Investor’s prospective investment in the Securities. Investor has the ability to bear the economic risks of Investor’s prospective investment, including a complete loss of Investor’s investment in the Securities.

(d) Authorization . Investor has the full right, power and authority to enter into and perform the Investor’s obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and any Warrants, and this Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Investor, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

4. Registration . The Company shall treat the person or entity in whose name each Note shall be registered as the absolute owner of the Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal and interest and for all other purposes. Each Note may be exchanged only upon the surrender thereof by the registered holder at the office or agent of the Company, for a new Note of like tenor and dated as of such exchange. The Company shall maintain at the above-mentioned office or agency a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of each Note. The Notes may be surrendered for exchange or transfer at such office or agent.

5. Usury . This Agreement, the Notes and any other agreements which may subsequently be entered into between the Company and the Investors, are hereby expressly limited so that in no event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the loan evidenced hereby or thereby, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the Investors hereunder for the loan, use, forbearance or detention of money exceed that permissible under applicable law. If at any time the performance of any provision hereof or of the Notes or any other such agreement involves a payment exceeding the limit of the price that may be validly charged for the loan, use, forbearance or detention of money under applicable law, then automatically and retroactively, ipso facto, the obligation to be performed shall be reduced to such limit, it being the specific intent of the Company and Investors that all payments under this Agreement or the Notes are to be credited first to interest as permitted by law, but not in excess of (i) the agreed rate of interest set forth herein or therein or (ii) that permitted by law, whichever is the lesser, and the balance toward the reduction of principal.

 

-4-


6. Conditions to Investor’s Obligations at Closing . Each Investor’s obligation to purchase the Notes at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties Correct . The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2 hereof shall be true and correct when made and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of said date.

(b) Covenants . All agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed or complied with in all respects.

(c) Blue Sky . The Company shall have obtained all necessary federal and blue sky law permits and qualifications, or have the availability of exemptions therefrom, required by any governmental authority for the offer and sale of the Notes and any Warrants.

(d) Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Investor.

7. Conditions to the Company’s Obligations at Closing . The Company’s obligation to sell and issue the Notes and Warrants at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

(a) Representations . The representations made by each of the Investors in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct when made and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of said date.

(b) Covenants . All agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Investors on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed or complied with in all respects.

(c) Blue Sky . The Company shall have obtained all necessary blue sky law permits and qualifications, or have the availability of exemptions therefrom, required by any state for the offer and sale of the Notes and any Warrants.

8. Restrictive Legend . Each certificate or note representing the Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR UNDER ANY STATE

 

-5-


SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR A SIMILAR RULE AS THEN IN EFFECT UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND SUCH SATE SECURITIES LAWS.

COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SECURITIES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.

9. “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Investor hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except common stock included in such registration; provided, however, that such agreement shall not be required unless all officers and directors (and related funds) of the Company and all other holders of at least 1% of the Company’s outstanding equity securities enter into similar agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Investor (and the shares or other securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

10. Waiver of Right of First Refusal by holders of Registrable Securities . Pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among the Company and holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock dated as of March 5, 2010, as amended (the “ Rights Agreement ”), the undersigned Investors, in their capacity as holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Rights Agreement), who are the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities not including the Founders Stock (as defined in the Rights Agreement), on behalf of themselves and all other holders of Registrable Securities granted the right of first refusal pursuant to Section 4 of the Rights Agreement, and the Company, hereby agree to waive such right of first refusal and any notice requirement contained therein with respect to the Company’s sale and issuance of the Notes and any Warrants pursuant to this Agreement.

11. Warrants .

(a) Issuance of Warrants . In the event the Company has not closed a Qualified Financing (as defined in the Notes) on or before June 15, 2012, then, upon the occurrence of a Debt Financing (as defined in the Notes) thereafter, the Company shall promptly issue to each Investor a Warrant with substantially the terms described herein and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (a “ Warrant ”). Each Warrant shall be exercisable for the purchase

 

-6-


of that number of shares of Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Preferred Stock ”) as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained (i) by dividing (x) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Investor’s Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest as of the date of exercise by 0.20, by (y) the per share price paid for each share of the Company’s Preferred Stock in the Company’s Equity Financing (as defined in the Notes) (the “ QF Price Per Share ”); provided, however, that if no Equity Financing occurs on or before the Maturity Date (as defined in the Notes), then such Warrant shall be exercisable for the purchase of that number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained (ii) by dividing (x) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Investor’s Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest as of the date of exercise by 0.20, by (y) $1.6940152 (as the same may be adjusted for splits, combinations and the like, the “ Series C Price Per Share ”). The Warrants (when issued upon the the occurrence of a Debt Financing, if any) shall state an exercise price in the alternative, as follows: In the event of an Equity Financing, the per share exercise price of the Warrant shall be the QF Price Per Share, and in the event no Equity Financing occurs on or before the Maturity Date, the per share exercise price of the Warrant shall be the Series C Price Per Share. Each Warrant shall expire upon the date that is five years from the date of issuance of the Warrant or upon a Qualified IPO or Acquisition of the Company (as such terms are defined in the Note) if earlier and shall provide for the option of net issue exercise.

(b) Authorization and Reservation of Shares . The Company agrees that, no later than such time as the Warrants may be exercised, the Company will authorize and at all times thereafter have authorized and in reserve, and will keep available solely for delivery upon the exercise of the Warrants, (i) Preferred Stock as from time to time shall be receivable upon the exercise of the Warrants and (ii) common stock of the Company issuable upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock, free and clear of all restrictions on issuance, sale or transfer other than those imposed by law and free and clear of all pre-emptive rights. The Company agrees that the shares for which the Warrants may be exercised shall, at the time of such delivery upon due exercise, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.

12. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and the Notes and any Warrants shall in all respects be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, as such laws apply to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within such state.

(b) Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by the Investors and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto, provided, however, that the rights of the Investors to purchase the Notes and any Warrants shall not be assignable without the consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld) and provided further that the Company may not assign its rights hereunder.

 

-7-


(d) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, the Notes, any Warrants and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; provided, however, that the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, with the Company’s prior written consent, waive, modify or amend any provisions hereof and thereof.

(e) Notices, etc . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) three days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be sent to the party to be notified (and, (i) if to the Company, with a copy to Clifford S. Robbins, Esq., GCA Law Partners LLP, 1891 Landings Drive, Mountain View, California 94043, facsimile: (650) 428-3901; and (ii) if to be sent to an Investor, with a copy to Michael J. Goldberg., Casner & Edwards, LLP, 303 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210, facsimile: (617) 426-8810) at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by two days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

(f) Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any holder of the Securities, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Investor of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Investor of any provisions or conditions of this agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

(g) Expenses . The Company shall pay one counsel to the Investors its reasonable legal fees and its related expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement up to a maximum of $10,000. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, each of the Company and each Investor shall each bear its own expenses incurred on its behalf with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-8-


(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the party or parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(i) Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

(j) Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

(k) Exculpation Among Investors . Each Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm or corporation, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Each Investor agrees that no Investor nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Investor shall be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the Securities.

(l) Subsequent Debt . The Company shall not incur any debt senior in right of payment to the Notes without the written consent of holders in interest of at least seventy percent (70%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

(m) Monthly Financials . The Company shall furnish to each Investor holding at least $500,000.00 in principal amount of Notes monthly unaudited financial statements of the Company so long as the Notes remain outstanding.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-9-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Pam Marrone
 

 

Pam Marrone

  President

 

-10-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P.
By:   Stuart Mill Partners, LLC
  Its:    General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Lawrence A. Hough

Name:   Lawrence A. Hough
Title:   Managing Director

 

-11-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”

Saffron Hill Ventures 2 LP

By:      

/s/ Ranjeet Bhatia

  Its:  

General Partner

 

-12-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”

CPV Partners Pledge Fund, L.P. (A-21)

By:   Sean P. Schickedanz
  Its:    General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Sean P. Schickedanz
Name:   Sean P. Schickedanz
Title:   General Partner

 

-13-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”

One Earth Capital LLC

By:   /s/ David Henry Jacobs
  Its:  

Managing Member

 

By:   /s/ David Henry Jacobs
Name:   David Henry Jacobs
Title:   Managing Member

 

-14-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC

By:   Mitsui & Co. Global Investment, Inc.
  Its:  

Manager

 

By:   /s/ Kenichi Kimura
Name:   Kenichi Kimura
Title:   President & CEO

 

-15-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”

Syngenta Ventures Pte Ltd.

By:      
  Its:    

 

By:   /s/ Derek Norman
Name:   Derek Norman
Title:   Based on Power of Attorney for  Stockholder

 

-16-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
CALVERT SOCIAL INVESTMENT FUND EQUITY PORTFOLIO
By:   /s/ Susan Walker Bender
 

Susan Walker Bender

Asst. Secretary and Authorized Signer

 

-17-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTOR”
NEW ISLAND CAPITAL PRIVATE EQUITY II LP
By:   New Island Capital Private Equity II GP LLC,
  Its: General Partner

 

  By:   /s/ Lewis M. Linn
    Lewis M. Linn
    Manager  

 

-18-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:      
  Its:    

 

By:  

/s/ Ranjeet Bhatia

Name:  

Ranjeet Bhatia

Title:            

 

-19-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
Thorner Ventures
By:  

/s/ Tom Thorner

  Its:   Managing Partners

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-20-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
Valley Oak Investments, LP
By:       /s/ Daniel B. Hrdy
  Its:   asst. secretary

 

By:   /s/ Daniel B. Hrdy
Name:   Daniel B. Hrdy
Title:   asst. secretary

 

-21-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:      
  Its:    

 

By:   /s/ Tom & Barbara Spalding
Name:   Tom & Barbara Spalding
Title:            

 

-22-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
/s/ Lee Valkenaar
By:   Lee Valkenaar
  Its:    

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-23-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
     Norman L Rogers Living Trust dated 23 November 1998     
By:   /s/ Norman L Rogers
  Its:        Trustee    

 

By:   /s/ Norman L Rogers
Name:   Norman L Rogers    
Title:   Trustee    

 

-24-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
/s/ Daniel S. Koellen
Name:   Daniel S. Koellen

 

 

-25-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:        
  Its:    

 

By:           /s/ Julia H. Widdowson
Name:   Julia H. Widdowson
Title:            

 

-26-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
CVV Partners L.P.
By:   CVV Partners Management, LLC
  Its:    General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Peter Bernardoni
Name:   Peter Bernardoni
Title:   Manager

 

-27-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
Pamela G. Marrone and Michael J. Rogers
By:     /s/ Pamela G. Marrone and Michael J.  Rogers
  Its:    

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-28-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:      
  Its:    

 

By:  

/s/ Charles R. Rawls

Name:   Charles R. Rawls
Title:            

 

-29-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
Camille Chan Trust Ltd Mar 28, 2002
By:     /s/ Camille Chan
  Its:   Trustee                                                         

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-30-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
Martin Panchaud
By:    

/s/ Martin Panchaud

  Its:    

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-31-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:      
  Its:    

 

By:   /s/ Todd Thorner
Name:   Todd Thorner    
Title:          

 

-32-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
John G. Valentine Revocable Family Trust UDT 8/8/95
By:   /s/ John G. Valentine
  Its:    Trustee

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-33-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:        
  Its:                                                                         

 

By:   /s/ Ethan A. Lerner
Name:   Ethan A. Lerner
Title:   Individual Investor    

 

-34-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
Farman Revocable Trust
By:    
  Its:    

 

By:  

/s/ Charles S. Farman

Name:   Charles S. Farman
Title:   Trustee        

 

-35-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”

/s/ Ron D Randolph

By:   Ron D Randolph - WLT
  Its:    

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-36-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:  

/s/ Joan Doyle

  Its:     

 

By:            
Name:   Joan Doyle
Title:            

 

-37-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:  

/s/ Joanne Yawitz Godino

  Its:    

 

By:  

/s/ Joanne Yawitz Godino

Name:   Joanne Yawitz Godino
Title:   Trustee

 

-38-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”

/s/ Charles Vidano

By:     Charles Vidano
  Its:    

 

By:   Vidano 2005 Family Trust
Name:   Charles Vidano
Title:   Trustee

 

-39-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
 
By:      
  Its:    
By:      

/s/ Mildred Hollis Lerner

Name:      

Mildred Hollis Lerner

Title:      

 

-40-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

“INVESTORS”
Duane of Paulette Young
By:    

/s/ Duane of Paulette Young

  Its:    

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-41-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
Roger E. Merriam
By:    

/s/ Roger E. Merriam

  Its:    

 

By:            
Name:            
Title:            

 

-42-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
Landings Investment Partners LLC
By:  

/s/ Cliff Robbins

Name:   Cliff Robbins
Title:   Managing Member

 

-43-


[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

“INVESTORS”
Polycomp Trust Company CDN FBO Evelyn Fallon IRA #042793
 
By:        
  Its:    

 

By:  

/s/ Edith Ervin

Name:   Edith Ervin
Title:   IRA Compliance Specialist

 

-44-


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Name and Address    Principal Amount  

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P.

Attn: Lawrence A. Hough, Manager

252 North Washington Street

Falls Church, Virginia 22046

   $ 1,500,000   

Saffron Hill Ventures 2 LP

Attention: Yoma Fjoh

130 Wood Street

London E12U 6DL

England

   $ 1,474,960   

CGI Opportunity Fund II, LP

Attn: Tim Fogarty

1071 Camelback Street, Suite 111

Newport Beach, California 92660-3228

   $ 1,000,000   

One Earth Capital LLC

Attn: David Jacobs

201 Entrada Drive

Santa Monica, CA 90402

   $ 1,000,000   

CPV Partners Pledge Fund, L.P. (A-21)

Attn: Sean P. Schickendanz, General Partner

Clean Pacific Ventures

505 Sansome, Ste. 1200

San Francisco, CA 94111

   $ 790,000   

MCVP Technology Fund I, LLC

Attn: Stephen R. Gitto

c/o Mitsui & Co. Global Investment, Inc.

200 Park Avenue, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10166

   $ 500,000   

Syngenta Ventures Pte. LTD.

1, Harbourfront Avenue

#03-03, Keppel Bay Tower

098632 Singapore

   $ 500,000   


Calvert Social Investment Fund

Equity Portfolio

Attn: Stephen Moody/Special Equities

Calvert Asset Management Co.

4550 Montgomery Ave., Suite 1000N

Bethesda, MD 20814

   $ 200,000   

New Island Capital Private Equity II LP

c/o New Island Capital

Attn: Chris Larson and Jordan Breslow

505 Sansome Street, Suite 1450

San Francisco, CA 94111

   $ 165,030.06   

Ranjeet Bhatia

705 Barclay St.

Ann Arbor, MI 48105

   $ 150,000   

Thorner Ventures

Attn: Tom Thorner

P.O. Box 830

Larkspur, CA 94977

   $ 120,000   

Valley Oak Investments, LP

Attn: Daniel B. Hrdy, Assistant Secretary

21440 County Road 87

Winters, CA 95674

   $ 100,000   

Thomas J. Spalding and Barbara J. Spalding

6580 Felter Road

San Jose, CA 95132

   $ 87,454.91   

Lee Valkenaar

555 East 5 t h Street #809

Austin, TX 78701-3899

   $ 75,000   

Norman L. Rogers Living Trust dated

November 1998

Attn: Norman L. Rogers, Trustee

2627 Bayshore Dr. #1204

Miami, FL 33133

   $ 50,000   

Daniel S. Koellen

2682 Country Place Drive

Roseville, CA 95747

   $ 35,000   


Julia N. Harte

339 N. Mabbettsville Road

Millbrook, NY 12545 or

3 East 77 th Street, Apt. 8c

NY, NY 10075

   $ 35,000   

CVV Partners L.P.

Attn: Pete Bernadoni, Manager

1107 Investment Blvd. Suite 180

El Dorado Hills, CA 95862

   $ 25,000   

Pamela G. Marrone and Michael J. Rogers

3333 Victoria Place

Davis, CA 95616

   $ 25,000   

Charles R. Rawls

500 Summers Court

Alexandria, VA 22301

   $ 25,000   

Camille Chan Trust Dated March 28, 2002

1310 Cassel Place

Davis, CA 95616

   $ 25,000   

Martin Panchaud

32 Grand Rue, P.O. Box 68

1183 Bursins, Switzerland

   $ 25,000   

Todd Thorner

657 Mission St., Ste. 504

San Francisco, CA 94105

   $ 20,000   

John G. Valentine Revocable Family

Trust UDT 8/8/95

Attn: John G. Valentine

15150 Ponderosa Way

Mokelumne Hill, CA 95245

   $ 20,000   

Ethan A. Lerner

349 Commonwealth Ave.

Chestnut Hill, MA 02467-1013

   $ 20,000   

The Farman Revocable Trust

Attn: Charles S. Farman, Trustee

1541 Jasmine Ct.

Davis, CA 95616

   $ 15,242   


Ronald D. Randolph-Wall Living Trust

P.O. Box 4147

Incline Village, NV 89450

   $ 11,787   

Joan Doyle and Maria Fanelli

205 East Gravers Lane

Philadelphia, PA 19118

   $ 10,000   

Joanne Yawitz Godino Trust

117 Highland Ave.

San Rafael, CA 94901

   $ 10,000   

Vidano 2005 Family Trust

Charles Vidano and Michelle Vidano

784 Cordilleras Avenue

San Carlos, CA 94070

   $ 10,000   

Mildred Hollis Lerner

360 Fountain St. Apt. 3

New Haven, CT 06515-2610

   $ 10,000   

Duane and Paulette Young

41450 Yucca Lane

Bermuda Dunes, CA 92203

   $ 10,000   

Roger E. Merriam

8600 Lakeside Dr.

Reno, NV 89511

   $ 10,000   

Wells Fargo Bank C/F Mark Engstrom

Defined Benefit Plan

625 Marquette Avenue, 13th Floor

MAC N99311-13W

Minneapolis, MN 55402

   $ 5,925.62   

Landings Investment Partners, LLC

c/o GCA Law Partners LLP

Attn: Cliff Robbins

1891 Landings Dr.

Mountain View, CA 94043

   $ 5,400   

Florence H. Marrone

TOD Pamela G. Marrone

275 Route 148

Killingworth, CT 06419

   $ 5,048.91   


Polycomp Trust Company CDN

FBO Evelyn Fallon IRA #042793

Attn: IRA Department

Polycomp Trust Company

3000 Lava Ridge Court, Suite 130

Roseville, CA 95661

   $ 4,717.07   


Exhibit B

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY AND ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF HAVE BEEN AND WILL BE ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT.

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Note No. [            ]   March [    ], 2012

[$         .00]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”) promises to pay to [                    ] (“ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [$        .00], or such lesser amount as shall then equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Note (the “ Note ”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to ten percent (10.00%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) September 30, 2013 (the “ Maturity Date ”, which term shall include a later Maturity Date, if the initial Maturity Date is extended as provided in the next paragraph) or (ii) the date when such amounts are made due and payable upon or after the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below). This Note is one of a series of promissory notes issued by the Company (the “ Bridge Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March [    ], 2012 (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between Company and the Investors (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement).

The Maturity Date of this Note and all Bridge Notes may be extended by six (6) months upon the consent of the Holders of Bridge Notes holding, at such time, at least eighty percent (80%) of the unpaid principal amount of all Bridge Notes. The Company shall have no right to prepay all or any part of the principal balance of this Note, any interest thereon and any other sums payable hereunder without the consent of the Holders, at such time, of at least a majority of


the unpaid principal amount of all Bridge Notes (the “ Requisite Holders ”). Any payments made by the Company under this Note shall be made on a pro rata basis with payments made under the other Bridge Notes in the series in proportion to the principal amount each such Bridge Note represents in the aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Notes in the series.

The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which the Holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

1. Definitions . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

(a) “ Company ” includes the corporation initially executing this Note and any Person which shall succeed to or assume the obligations of Company under this Note.

(b) “ Holder ” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

(c) “ Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

(d) “ Transaction Documents ” shall mean the Note and the Note Purchase Agreement.

2. Interest . Interest on this Note shall accrue daily and be capitalized quarterly and shall be payable at such time as the outstanding principal amount hereof shall be paid in full.

3. Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

(a) Failure to Pay. Company shall fail to pay (i) any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due; or

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iii) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (iv) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (v) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(c) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to Company or the debts thereof under any

 

-2-


bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within one hundred twenty (120) days of commencement; or

(d) Breach of Agreements. The Company’s breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement, any Bridge Note or any other agreement with the Holder, which such breach, in the case of a covenant or agreement that is susceptible to cure, is not cured by the Company within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof given to the Company by the Requisite Holders; or

(e) Acceleration of Other Indebtedness. The acceleration of the maturity of the indebtedness and demand for payment of money borrowed by the Company under any indenture, agreement, undertaking or otherwise, provided the same, if susceptible to cure, is not cured by the Company within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof given to the Company by the Requisite Holders.

4. Rights of Holder upon Default . Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, and upon written notice given to the Company by the Requisite Holders, all outstanding obligations payable by Company hereunder shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, diligence in collection, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, and, at the option of the Holder, the conversion provisions of Section 5(e) hereof shall not apply. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

5. Conversion .

(a) Qualified Financing.

(i) Upon the closing of an equity financing of the Company for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000.00 (excluding conversion of the Bridge Notes and other than a Qualified IPO as defined below) (the “ Equity Financing ”) and in which the Company sells shares of its equity securities (the “ Equity Securities ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Equity Securities determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Financing Closing Date (as defined herein) by (A) if the Financing Closing Date of the Equity Financing occurs on or prior to December 31, 2012, eighty-five percent (85%) of the per share purchase price of the Equity Securities issued in the Equity Financing; or (B) if the Financing Closing Date of the Equity Financing occurs on or after January 1, 2013, eighty percent (80%) of the per share purchase price of the Equity Securities issued in the Equity Financing. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing or the date of the first closing (after which aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 has been received) in a series of closings (the “ Financing Closing Date ”). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the terms and conditions of the proposed Equity Financing and of the proposed

 

-3-


Financing Closing Date. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(a)(i), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute the definitive stock purchase agreement and such other agreements prepared in connection with the Equity Financing as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(a)(i), the Equity Securities, including any warrants or other property or rights associated therewith, received by the Holder shall have identical rights, preferences and privileges as received by investors in the Equity Financing, and shall benefit from identical representations, warranties, covenants and registration rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by the investors in the Equity Financing.

(ii) Upon the closing of a debt financing of the Company for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000.00 (excluding conversion of the Bridge Notes) (the “ Debt Financing ”) and in which the Company sells its notes or equivalent, including convertible debt, (the “ Debt Securities ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall, subject to the last two sentences of this Section 5(a)(ii), be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof into the equivalent dollar amount of Debt Securities issued in the Debt Financing as of the Debt Financing Closing Date (as defined herein). The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing or the date of the first closing (after which aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 has been received) in a series of closings (the “ Debt Financing Closing Date ”). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the terms and conditions of the proposed Debt Financing and of the proposed Debt Financing Closing Date. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(a)(ii), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute the definitive purchase agreement and such other agreements prepared in connection with the Debt Financing as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(a)(ii), the Debt Securities received by the Holder shall have identical rights, preferences and privileges as those received by investors in the Debt Financing, and shall benefit from identical representations, warranties, covenants and rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by the investors in the Debt Financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Debt Financing is with Point Financial, Inc. (or affiliates or nominees) or Clean Resources Asia Growth Fund, L.P. (or affiliates or nominees) on terms substantially similar to terms contemplated as of the date of the Note Purchase Agreement (either, a “ Currently Contemplated Debt Financing ”), then this Note will not convert into Debt Securities in such Debt Financing, and if either Currently Contemplated Debt Financing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2012, then this Section 5(a)(ii) will terminate and be of no further force or effect. In addition, and notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limitation on any other conversion provisions hereof, if this Note has a principal value of at least $500,000.00, the Holder shall have the right to decline, exercised by written notice to the Company, conversion into any Debt Financing under this Section 5(a)(ii).

(iii) A “ Qualified Financing ” as used in this Note and the Note Purchase Agreement shall mean an Equity Financing or a Debt Financing.

(b) Qualified IPO. Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) for the

 

-4-


account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000 (the “Qualified IPO ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the closing of the Qualified IPO by seventy percent (70%) of the per share price of the Common Stock sold in the Qualified IPO. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(b), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute such agreements and other documents prepared in connection with the Qualified IPO as are customary and executed by other purchasers of Common Stock in the Qualified IPO.

(c) Acquisition of the Company. In the event that, prior to the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the payment in full of all amounts due under this Note, or (iii) the conversion thereof pursuant to any other provisions of this Section 5, there occurs an Acquisition (as defined below) of the Company, the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, at the option of the Holder, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Conversion Closing Date (as defined herein) by seventy percent (70%) of the per share price of the Common Stock sold in or otherwise valued in such Acquisition. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date immediately prior to the closing of any such Acquisition (the “ Conversion Closing Date ”) unless the Holder does not elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 5(c). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the proposed Conversion Closing Date; and the Holder thereupon shall give written notice to the Company within five (5) days thereafter of its decision with respect to its election to convert the Note or to receive payment of the principal and interest thereon, as provided below. Upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(c), the Holder shall be entitled to all benefits obtained by other holders of Common Stock in such Acquisition. In the event the Holder does not elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 5(c), then all principal and interest due on this Note shall be paid in full contemporaneously with, or part of and immediately after, the closing of such Acquisition. For purposes of this Agreement, an “ Acquisition ” of the Company means (i) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (ii) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more that 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company; provided that a transaction shall not constitute an Acquisition if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) Optional Equity Conversion. Upon the closing of an equity financing of the Company (other than a Qualified IPO) in which the Company sells shares of its equity securities (the “ Optional Equity Conversion Securities ”), but which financing does not qualify as an Equity Financing pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) (the “ Optional Equity Financing ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, at the option of the Holder, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Optional Equity Conversion Securities determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Optional Equity

 

-5-


Financing Closing Date (as defined herein) by the per share purchase price of the Optional Equity Conversion Securities issued in the Optional Equity Financing. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing or the date of the first closing in a series of closings (the “ Optional Equity Financing Closing Date ”). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the terms and conditions of the proposed Optional Equity Financing and of the proposed Optional Equity Financing Closing Date. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(d), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute the definitive stock purchase agreement and such other agreements prepared in connection with the Optional Equity Financing as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(d), the Optional Equity Conversion Securities, including any warrants or other property or rights associated therewith, received by the Holder shall have identical rights, preferences and privileges as received by investors in the Optional Equity Financing, and shall benefit from identical representations, warranties, covenants and registration rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by the investors in the Optional Equity Financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the option to convert contained in this Section 5(d) shall not apply to any issuance of securities listed in Section 4.6(a) of the Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 5, 2010 (as amended, the “IRA”) between Company and the Investors and Founders (as defined therein) to which the rights of first refusal set forth in Section 4 of the IRA do not apply.

(e) Maturity . Upon the Maturity Date (including any extension thereof as provide in this Note), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Securities (as defined herein) determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Maturity Date by (A) if the Company has raised gross proceeds, in one or more closings, of at least $10,000,000.00 via any financing instrument or facility (excluding conversion of the Bridge Notes) on or prior to June 30, 2012 (the “ Triggering Financing ”), $2.50 per share; or (B) if the Triggering Financing has not occurred, $1.6940152 per share. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(e), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute a definitive stock purchase agreement and such other agreements as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(e), the Preferred Securities received by the Holder shall have substantially similar rights, preferences and privileges, and shall benefit from substantially similar representations, warranties, covenants and registration rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by holders of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock. The term “ Preferred Securities ” as used herein shall mean a new series of Preferred Stock of the Company to be authorized and issued immediately prior to the Maturity Date in the event the Triggering Financing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2012 and shall mean the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock if the Triggering Financing has not occurred.

(f) Issuance of Securities on Conversion . As soon as practicable after conversion of this Note, the Company, at its expense, will cause to be issued in the name of and delivered to the Holder of this Note, a certificate or certificates representing the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s capital stock or debt instruments to which Holder shall be entitled on such conversion. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion of this Note.

 

-6-


If Holder would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share, Holder shall receive a cash payment equal to the appropriate conversion price multiplied by the fractional share Holder would otherwise be entitled to receive. The Holder agrees to surrender this Note to the Company for cancellation as soon as is practicable following conversion of this Note.

(g) Authorization and Reservation of Shares . The Company agrees that, no later than such time as the Note is convertible into equity securities of the Company under the terms of this Agreement, the Company will authorize and at all times thereafter have authorized and in reserve, and will keep available solely for delivery upon the conversion of the Note, (i) Preferred Stock as from time to time shall be receivable upon the conversion of the Note and (ii) common stock of the Company issuable upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock, free and clear of all restrictions on issuance, sale or transfer other than those imposed by law and free and clear of all pre-emptive rights. The Company agrees that the shares for which the Note may be exercised shall, at the time of such delivery upon due exercise, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.

6. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 8 below, the rights and obligations of Company and Holder shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

7. Waiver and Amendment . Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of Company and the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Notes then outstanding. The Company as maker of this Note waives presentment, demand, diligence in collection, protest and notice of dishonor and protest.

8. Assignment by Company . Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by Company without the prior written consent of Holder except in connection with an assignment in whole to a successor corporation to Company, provided that such successor corporation acquires all or substantially all of Company’s property and assets and Holder’s rights hereunder are not impaired.

9. Treatment of Note . To the extent permitted by generally accepted accounting principles, Company will treat, account and report the Note as debt and not equity for accounting purposes and with respect to any returns filed with federal, state or local tax authorities.

10. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) three days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be sent to the party to be notified (and, if to the Company, with a copy to Clifford S. Robbins, Esq., GCA Law Partners LLP, 1891 Landings Drive, Mountain View, California 94043, facsimile: (650) 428-3901; and (ii) if to be sent to an Investor, with a copy to

 

-7-


Michael J. Goldberg., Casner & Edwards, LLP, 303 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210, facsimile: (617) 426-8810) at the address as set forth, if to the Holder, in the Note Purchase Agreement or on the register maintained by the Company, and if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (Attn: President), or at such other address as a party may designate by notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 10.

11. Payment and Enforcement . Payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States. In the event Holder is required to take legal action for the purpose of enforcing its rights under this Note, the Holder shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and expenses relating thereto, including reasonable attorneys fees.

12. Usury . In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

13. Governing Law . This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Pam Marrone
  President

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.16

AMENDMENT AND CONSENT

This Amendment and Consent (the “Amendment and Consent”) is made and entered into as of August 30, 2012, by and among MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the entities executing the signature page(s) hereto (the “Investors”).

W HEREAS , the Investors are parties to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and holders of the Company’s Convertible Promissory Notes dated March 15, 2012 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”);

W HEREAS , the Investors are holders in interest of at least seventy percent (70%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) outstanding.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree:

 

1. A MENDMENT .

1.1 Section 1(c) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the term “June 15, 2012” in the text thereof and substituting in its stead the term “December 15, 2012.”

1.2 Any Notes issued under the Note Purchase Agreement on or after the date hereof shall be convertible into securities of the Company upon the terms and conditions contained in the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A . Any Notes issued under the Note Purchase Agreement on or after the date hereof shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the terms “Note” or “Notes” as used in the Note Purchase Agreement shall include all Notes previously issued and any Notes issued on or after the date hereof.

 

2. C ONSENT .

Pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement as amended herein, the Investors and the Company hereby consent to the sale of Notes, up to an aggregate of $10,000,000 including all Notes sold to date, to Mr. Arthur Berndt or any affiliates and/or any other purchasers acceptable to the Company.

 

3. G ENERAL .

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Note Purchase Agreement. The term “Agreement” as used in the Note Purchase Agreement shall for all purposes refer to the Purchase Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Consent. Except to the extent expressly revised by the terms of this Amendment and Consent, all the terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement remain

 

1.


in full force and effect. This Amendment and Consent shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof. This Amendment and Consent may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment and Consent may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other parties.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment and Consent as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:     INVESTORS:

M ARRONE B IO I NNOVATIONS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

   

S AFFRON H ILL V ENTURES 2 L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ Pam Marrone

    By:  

/s/ Ranjeet Bhatia

 

 

     

 

  Pam Marrone     Name:  

Ranjeet Bhatia

  President     Title:  

General Partner

      S TUART M ILL V ENTURE P ARTNERS , L.P.
      By:  

/s/ Lawrence A. Hough

       

 

      Name:  

Lawrence A. Hough

      Title:  

Managing Director

INVESTORS:     CGI O PPORTUNITY F UND II, L.P.
N EW I SLAND C APITAL P RIVATE E QUITY II LP    
By:  

New Island Capital Private Equity II GP LLC,

its General Partner

     
By:  

/s/ Jo Sandlin

   

By:

 

/s/ Timothy Fogarty

 

 

     
Name:  

Jo Sandlin

   

Name:

 

Timothy Fogarty

Title:  

Vice President

   

Title:

 

Partner

CPV P ARTNERS P LEDGE F UND , LP (A-21)     O NE E ARTH C APITAL , LLC.
By:  

/s/ Sean P. Schickedanz

    By:   /s/ Joseph Hudson
 

 

     

 

Name:  

Sean P. Schickedanz

    Name:  

Joseph Hudson

Title:  

General Partner

    Title:  

M.D.

    MCVP T ECHNOLOGY F UND I, LLC
      By:   /s/ Kenichi Kimura
       

 

      Name:  

Kenichi Kimura

      Title:  

Manager / President & CEO : MGI, Inc

Signature Page to Amendment and Consent

 

1


Exhibit A

to Amendment and Consent

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY AND ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF HAVE BEEN AND WILL BE ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT.

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Note No. [              ]   [              ], 2012

[$              .00]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”) promises to pay to [              ] (“ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [$              .00], or such lesser amount as shall then equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Note (the “ Note ”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to ten percent (10.00%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) September 30, 2013 (the “ Maturity Date ”, which term shall include a later Maturity Date, if the initial Maturity Date is extended as provided in the next paragraph) or (ii) the date when such amounts are made due and payable upon or after the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below). This Note is one of a series of promissory notes issued by the Company (the “ Bridge Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 15, 2012 (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between Company and the Investors (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement).

The Maturity Date of this Note and all Bridge Notes may be extended by six (6) months upon the consent of the Holders of Bridge Notes holding, at such time, at least eighty percent


(80%) of the unpaid principal amount of all Bridge Notes. The Company shall have no right to prepay all or any part of the principal balance of this Note, any interest thereon and any other sums payable hereunder without the consent of the Holders, at such time, of at least a majority of the unpaid principal amount of all Bridge Notes (the “ Requisite Holders ”). Any payments made by the Company under this Note shall be made on a pro rata basis with payments made under the other Bridge Notes in the series in proportion to the principal amount each such Bridge Note represents in the aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Notes in the series.

The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which the Holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

1. Definitions . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

(a) “ Company ” includes the corporation initially executing this Note and any Person which shall succeed to or assume the obligations of Company under this Note.

(b) “ Holder ” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

(c) “ Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

(d) “ Transaction Documents ” shall mean the Note and the Note Purchase Agreement.

2. Interest . Interest on this Note shall accrue daily and be capitalized quarterly and shall be payable at such time as the outstanding principal amount hereof shall be paid in full.

3. Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

(a) Failure to Pay . Company shall fail to pay (i) any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due; or

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iii) be dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (iv) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (v) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

-2-


(c) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within one hundred twenty (120) days of commencement; or

(d) Breach of Agreements. The Company’s breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Note, the Note Purchase Agreement, any Bridge Note or any other agreement with the Holder, which such breach, in the case of a covenant or agreement that is susceptible to cure, is not cured by the Company within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof given to the Company by the Requisite Holders; or

(e) Acceleration of Other Indebtedness . The acceleration of the maturity of the indebtedness and demand for payment of money borrowed by the Company under any indenture, agreement, undertaking or otherwise, provided the same, if susceptible to cure, is not cured by the Company within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof given to the Company by the Requisite Holders.

4. Rights of Holder upon Default . Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, and upon written notice given to the Company by the Requisite Holders, all outstanding obligations payable by Company hereunder shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, diligence in collection, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, and, at the option of the Holder, the conversion provisions of Section 5(e) hereof shall not apply. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

5. Conversion .

(a) Qualified Financing .

(i) Upon the closing of an equity financing of the Company for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000.00 (excluding conversion of the Bridge Notes and other than a Qualified IPO as defined below) (the “ Equity Financing ”) and in which the Company sells shares of its equity securities (the “ Equity Securities ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Equity Securities determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Financing Closing Date (as defined herein) by eighty-five percent (85%) of the per share purchase price of the Equity Securities issued in the Equity Financing. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing or the date of the first closing (after which aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 has been received) in a series of closings (the “ Financing Closing Date ”). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of

 

-3-


the terms and conditions of the proposed Equity Financing and of the proposed Financing Closing Date. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(a)(i), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute the definitive stock purchase agreement and such other agreements prepared in connection with the Equity Financing as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(a)(i), the Equity Securities, including any warrants or other property or rights associated therewith, received by the Holder shall have identical rights, preferences and privileges as received by investors in the Equity Financing, and shall benefit from identical representations, warranties, covenants and registration rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by the investors in the Equity Financing.

(ii) Upon the closing of a debt financing of the Company for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000.00 (excluding conversion of the Bridge Notes) (the “ Debt Financing ”) and in which the Company sells its notes or equivalent, including convertible debt, (the “ Debt Securities ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall, subject to the last two sentences of this Section 5(a)(ii), be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof into the equivalent dollar amount of Debt Securities issued in the Debt Financing as of the Debt Financing Closing Date (as defined herein). The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing or the date of the first closing (after which aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 has been received) in a series of closings (the “ Debt Financing Closing Date ”). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the terms and conditions of the proposed Debt Financing and of the proposed Debt Financing Closing Date. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(a)(ii), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute the definitive purchase agreement and such other agreements prepared in connection with the Debt Financing as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(a)(ii), the Debt Securities received by the Holder shall have identical rights, preferences and privileges as those received by investors in the Debt Financing, and shall benefit from identical representations, warranties, covenants and rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by the investors in the Debt Financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Debt Financing is with Point Financial, Inc. (or affiliates or nominees) or Clean Resources Asia Growth Fund, L.P. (or affiliates or nominees) on terms substantially similar to terms contemplated as of the date of the Note Purchase Agreement (either, a “ Currently Contemplated Debt Financing ”), then this Note will not convert into Debt Securities in such Debt Financing, and if either Currently Contemplated Debt Financing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2012, then this Section 5(a)(ii) will terminate and be of no further force or effect. In addition, and notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limitation on any other conversion provisions hereof, if this Note has a principal value of at least $500,000.00, the Holder shall have the right to decline, exercised by written notice to the Company, conversion into any Debt Financing under this Section 5(a)(ii).

(iii) A “ Qualified Financing ” as used in this Note and the Note Purchase Agreement shall mean an Equity Financing or a Debt Financing.

(b) Qualified IPO . Upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) for the

 

-4-


account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000 (the “Qualified IPO ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the closing of the Qualified IPO by eighty percent (80%) of the per share price of the Common Stock sold in the Qualified IPO. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(b), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute such agreements and other documents prepared in connection with the Qualified IPO as are customary and executed by other purchasers of Common Stock in the Qualified IPO.

(c) Acquisition of the Company . In the event that, prior to the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the payment in full of all amounts due under this Note, or (iii) the conversion thereof pursuant to any other provisions of this Section 5, there occurs an Acquisition (as defined below) of the Company, the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, at the option of the Holder, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Conversion Closing Date (as defined herein) by eighty percent (80%) of the per share price of the Common Stock sold in or otherwise valued in such Acquisition. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date immediately prior to the closing of any such Acquisition (the “ Conversion Closing Date ”) unless the Holder does not elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 5(c). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the proposed Conversion Closing Date; and the Holder thereupon shall give written notice to the Company within five (5) days thereafter of its decision with respect to its election to convert the Note or to receive payment of the principal and interest thereon, as provided below. Upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(c), the Holder shall be entitled to all benefits obtained by other holders of Common Stock in such Acquisition. In the event the Holder does not elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 5(c), then all principal and interest due on this Note shall be paid in full contemporaneously with, or part of and immediately after, the closing of such Acquisition. For purposes of this Agreement, an “ Acquisition ” of the Company means (i) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (ii) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more that 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company; provided that a transaction shall not constitute an Acquisition if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) Optional Equity Conversion . Upon the closing of an equity financing of the Company (other than a Qualified IPO) in which the Company sells shares of its equity securities (the “ Optional Equity Conversion Securities” ), but which financing does not qualify as an Equity Financing pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) (the “ Optional Equity Financing ”), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, at the option of the Holder, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Optional Equity Conversion Securities determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Optional Equity

 

-5-


Financing Closing Date (as defined herein) by the per share purchase price of the Optional Equity Conversion Securities issued in the Optional Equity Financing. The conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such closing or the date of the first closing in a series of closings (the “ Optional Equity Financing Closing Date ”). The Company shall give the Holder at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the terms and conditions of the proposed Optional Equity Financing and of the proposed Optional Equity Financing Closing Date. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(d), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute the definitive stock purchase agreement and such other agreements prepared in connection with the Optional Equity Financing as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(d), the Optional Equity Conversion Securities, including any warrants or other property or rights associated therewith, received by the Holder shall have identical rights, preferences and privileges as received by investors in the Optional Equity Financing, and shall benefit from identical representations, warranties, covenants and registration rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by the investors in the Optional Equity Financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the option to convert contained in this Section 5(d) shall not apply to any issuance of securities listed in Section 4.6(a) of the Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 5, 2010 (as amended, the “IRA”) between Company and the Investors and Founders (as defined therein) to which the rights of first refusal set forth in Section 4 of the IRA do not apply.

(e) Maturity . Upon the Maturity Date (including any extension thereof as provide in this Note), the principal and interest due on this Note shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by the Holder hereof, into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Securities (as defined herein) determined by dividing the unpaid principal amount of this Note and interest due as of the Maturity Date by (A) if the Company has raised gross proceeds, in one or more closings, of at least $10,000,000.00 via any financing instrument or facility (excluding conversion of the Bridge Notes) on or prior to June 30, 2012 (the “ Triggering Financing ”), $2.50 per share; or (B) if the Triggering Financing has not occurred, $1.6940152 per share. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by the Company) to conversion of this Note as provided for in this Section 5(e), the Holder of this Note will be required to execute a definitive stock purchase agreement and such other agreements as are usual, reasonable and customary. In any event, upon the conversion of this Note as set forth in this Section 5(e), the Preferred Securities received by the Holder shall have substantially similar rights, preferences and privileges, and shall benefit from substantially similar representations, warranties, covenants and registration rights, if any, of and from the Company as those received by holders of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock. The term “ Preferred Securities ” as used herein shall mean a new series of Preferred Stock of the Company to be authorized and issued immediately prior to the Maturity Date in the event the Triggering Financing occurs on or prior to June 30, 2012 and shall mean the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock if the Triggering Financing has not occurred.

(f) Issuance of Securities on Conversion . As soon as practicable after conversion of this Note, the Company, at its expense, will cause to be issued in the name of and delivered to the Holder of this Note, a certificate or certificates representing the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s capital stock or debt instruments to which Holder shall be entitled on such conversion. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion of this Note.

 

-6-


If Holder would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share, Holder shall receive a cash payment equal to the appropriate conversion price multiplied by the fractional share Holder would otherwise be entitled to receive. The Holder agrees to surrender this Note to the Company for cancellation as soon as is practicable following conversion of this Note.

(g) Authorization and Reservation of Shares . The Company agrees that, no later than such time as the Note is convertible into equity securities of the Company under the terms of this Agreement, the Company will authorize and at all times thereafter have authorized and in reserve, and will keep available solely for delivery upon the conversion of the Note, (i) Preferred Stock as from time to time shall be receivable upon the conversion of the Note and (ii) common stock of the Company issuable upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock, free and clear of all restrictions on issuance, sale or transfer other than those imposed by law and free and clear of all pre-emptive rights. The Company agrees that the shares for which the Note may be exercised shall, at the time of such delivery upon due exercise, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.

6. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 8 below, the rights and obligations of Company and Holder shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

7. Waiver and Amendment . Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of Company and the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Notes then outstanding. The Company as maker of this Note waives presentment, demand, diligence in collection, protest and notice of dishonor and protest.

8. Assignment by Company . Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by Company without the prior written consent of Holder except in connection with an assignment in whole to a successor corporation to Company, provided that such successor corporation acquires all or substantially all of Company’s property and assets and Holder’s rights hereunder are not impaired.

9. Treatment of Note . To the extent permitted by generally accepted accounting principles, Company will treat, account and report the Note as debt and not equity for accounting purposes and with respect to any returns filed with federal, state or local tax authorities.

10. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) three days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be sent to the party to be notified (and, if to the Company, with a copy to Clifford S. Robbins, Esq., GCA Law Partners LLP, 1891 Landings Drive, Mountain View, California 94043, facsimile: (650) 428-3901; and (ii) if to be sent to an Investor, with a copy to

 

-7-


Michael J. Goldberg., Casner & Edwards, LLP, 303 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210, facsimile: (617) 426-8810) at the address as set forth, if to the Holder, in the Note Purchase Agreement or on the register maintained by the Company, and if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (Attn: President), or at such other address as a party may designate by notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 10.

11. Payment and Enforcement . Payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States. In the event Holder is required to take legal action for the purpose of enforcing its rights under this Note, the Holder shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and expenses relating thereto, including reasonable attorneys fees.

12. Usury . In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

13. Governing Law . This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:    
 

Pam Marrone

President

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.17

LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 2, 2012, is made by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the Lenders named on the signature pages of this Agreement (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Gordon Snyder, an individual (“ Snyder ”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

The Company has requested that the Lenders make term loans to the Company in an aggregate principal amount of up to $7,500,000 and that the Agent agree to act as administrative agent and collateral agent for the benefit of the Lenders with respect thereto.

The Company, the Agent, and the Lenders desire to enter into this Agreement to evidence the willingness of the Lenders to provide the term loan facility and of the Agent to act on behalf of the Lenders and to set forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to such credit facility.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement (including in the recitals hereof), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or stock is acquired by the Company in a Permitted Acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness (i) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (ii) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Administrative Agency Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05 .

Affiliate ” means any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Person. For purposes of the foregoing, “control,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” with respect to any Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power of the election of directors of such Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Applicable Maturity Date ” means, with respect to each Loan, the date when such Loan is paid in full or otherwise no longer outstanding.

Assignment and Assumption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07(b)(ii) .

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which banks are open for business in California.

 

1


Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” means the property described in the Collateral Documents, and all other property now existing or hereafter acquired which may at any time be or become subject to a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the Collateral Documents or otherwise, securing the payment and performance of the Obligations.

Collateral Documents ” means any Security Agreement, any pledge agreement or any other agreement pursuant to which the Company or any other Person provides a Lien on its assets in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, and all filings, documents and agreements made or delivered pursuant thereto.

Commitment ” means, as to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1 , or, where the context so requires, the obligation of such Lender to make its Loan up to such amount on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Company IPO ” means the Company’s initial public offering of common stock.

Convertible Note Financing October 2012 ” means the financing pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2012, by and among the lenders from time to time party thereto, Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, and the Company relating to the term loans in an aggregate amount of up to $2,500,000, as such agreement is amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Default ” means an Event of Default or an event or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” each means lawful money of the United States.

Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with (including consent decrees), any governmental agencies or authorities, in each case relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning public health, safety and environmental protection matters.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .

First Extended Term ” means the period of time commencing from and after (but not including) the Initial Maturity Date until October __, 2016.

GAAP ” means generally accepted principles of good accounting practice in the United States, consistently applied.

Highest Lawful Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 .

 

2


Indebtedness ” any indebtedness or obligation for borrowed money, the deferred purchase price of property or leases which would be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, any reimbursement and other obligations in respect of letters of credit and surety or performance bonds, and all net obligations in respect of derivative products; and any liability as a surety, guarantor, accommodation party or otherwise for or upon the indebtedness or obligation of any other Person of the nature described above.

Initial Maturity Date ” means October __, 2015.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other governmental agency or authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement or agreement among lenders or similar agreement between Snyder, as agent for the Lenders party hereto and the lenders party to the Loan Agreement with respect to the Convertible Note Financing October 2012, and Point setting forth the rights and obligations of such Persons with respect to the security interests granted to such Persons in and to the property of the Company.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto.

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, assignment, deposit arrangement in the nature of a security interest, charge or encumbrance, lien or other type of preferential arrangement (other than a financing statement filed by a lessor in respect of an operating lease not intended as security).

Loan ” and “ Loans ” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 2.01 .

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Collateral Documents, any Subordination Agreement, and all other certificates, documents, agreements and instruments required to be delivered to the Agent or the Lenders under or in connection with this Agreement.

Majority Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03 .

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, occurrence, event, circumstance or development that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operation or performance of the Company; or (ii) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Agent or the Lenders hereunder.

Michigan Facility ” means the plant facility located in Bangor, Michigan.

 

3


MMM ” means Marrone Michigan Manufacturing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability subsidiary.

Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 .

Obligations ” means the indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations of the Company to the Agent and the Lenders under or in connection with the Loan Documents, including the Loans, all interest accrued thereon, all fees due under this Agreement and all other amounts payable by the Company to the Agent or any Lender thereunder or in connection therewith, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, and whether due or to become due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined.

Organic Documents ” means, relative to any Person, its articles or certificate of incorporation, or certificate of limited partnership or formation, and its bylaws, partnership or operating agreement or other organizational documents.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition so long as:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition and the proposed acquisition is consensual;

(ii) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the Company as a result of such acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 5.03(a)(xi) and (xii)  and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of the Company as a result of such acquisition other than Permitted Liens;

(iii) the Company has provided the Agent with written notice of the proposed acquisition at least five (5) days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition and, not later than two (2) days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed acquisition;

(iv) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the Company’s total assets), or the Person whose stock is being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of the Company or a business reasonably related thereto; and

(v) prior to the closing of the Company IPO, the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed acquisition and including deferred payment obligations) shall not exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate (it being agreed and acknowledged by the Agent, the Lenders, and the Company that on, in connection with, or after the closing of the Company IPO, there shall not be a limit as to the purchase consideration payable in respect of Permitted Acquisitions).

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(b) .

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity of whatever nature or any governmental agency or authority.

Point ” means Point Financial, Inc.

 

4


Point Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated April 13, 2012, by and between the Company and Point, as such agreement is amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Point Security Agreement is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.

Prepayment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) .

Pro Rata Share ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal) at such time of such Lender’s Commitment divided by the combined Commitments of all Lenders (or, if all Commitments have been terminated, the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Loans divided by the aggregate principal amount of the Loans then held by all Lenders). The initial Pro Rata Share of each Lender is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1 under the heading “Pro Rata Share.”

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan, a capitalized lease or otherwise) or other assets (including manufacturing plants), including the development, furnishing and operation hereof.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person, or any other senior officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

Sale of the Company ” means (a) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (b) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company; provided that a transaction shall not constitute a Sale of the Company if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(c) .

Second Extended Term ” means the period of time commencing from and after (but not including) the First Extended Term until October __, 2017.

Security Agreements ” means (a) a Security Agreement between the Company and the Agent, and (b) a Security Agreement between MMM and the Agent, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

Snyder ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Obligations, incurred or outstanding in accordance with Section 5.03(a)(xv) and subject to a Subordination Agreement.

 

5


Subordination Agreement ” means any subordination agreement with respect to Subordinated Debt among the Company, the applicable creditor(s) and the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” each means the United States of America.

SECTION 1.02 Accounting Terms . Unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, all accounting terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all accounting determinations and computations required under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made, in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 1.03 Interpretation . In the Loan Documents, except to the extent the context otherwise requires: (i) any reference to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit is a reference to an article or Section thereof, or a schedule or an exhibit thereto, respectively, and to a subsection or a clause is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to a subsection or a clause of the Section or subsection in which the reference appears; (ii) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereunder” and the like mean and refer to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as a whole and not merely to the specific Article, Section, subsection, paragraph or clause in which the respective word appears; (iii) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; (iv) the words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” (v) references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of the Loan Documents; (vi) references to statutes or regulations are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, supplementing, interpreting or replacing the statute or regulation referred to; (vii) any table of contents, captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (viii) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

ARTICLE II

THE LOAN

SECTION 2.01 The Loans . Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a term loan (each, a “ Loan ” and collectively, the “ Loans ”) to the Company on or after the Closing Date, in a principal amount up to but not exceeding its Commitment. The Loans advanced to the Company hereunder shall equal an aggregate principal amount of up to $7,500,000.

 

6


SECTION 2.02 Maturity . The principal amount of the Loans shall be due and payable on the Initial Maturity Date, subject to (a) an extension until the last day of the First Extended Term at the option of the Company by providing written notice to the Agent of such extension prior to the Initial Maturity Date, and (b) an additional extension until the last day of the Second Extended Term at the option of the Company by providing written notice to the Agent of such extension prior to the last day of the First Extended Term; provided that , in the case of each of (a) and (b), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date the Company provides such written notice.

SECTION 2.03 Evidence of Indebtedness . As additional evidence of the Indebtedness of the Company to each Lender resulting from the Loan made by such Lender, upon such Lender’s written request (which request shall be communicated in writing by the Agent to the Company), the Company shall execute and deliver to each Lender a promissory note, in the principal amount of the Loan made by such Lender (a “ Note ”).

SECTION 2.04 Interest . The Company shall pay to each Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loan made by such Lender (in each of the following cases, with such interest to be paid monthly in arrears on the last Business Day in each month), (a) from the date of such Loan until and including the Initial Maturity Date, at a rate per annum equal to 12%, (b) from and after Initial Maturity Date until and including the last day of the First Extended Term (if applicable), at a rate per annum equal to 13%, (c) from and after the first day of the First Extended Term until and including the last day of the Second Extended Term (if applicable), at a rate per annum equal to 14%. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan shall accrue until all obligations of the Company to each Lender have been paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to 18%.

SECTION 2.05 Fees . The Company agrees to pay to the Agent a fee (the “ Administrative Agency Fee ”) equal to (a) if the Applicable Maturity Date is on or before the Initial Maturity Date, 5% of the principal amount of the Loans funded hereunder, (b) if the Applicable Maturity Date is after the Initial Maturity Date but on or before the last day of the First Extended Term, 6% of the principal amount of the Loans funded hereunder, and (c) if the Applicable Maturity Date is after the First Extended Term but on or before the last day of the Second Extended Term, 7% of the principal amount of the Loans funded hereunder, which fee shall be payable within thirty days following repayment in full of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.08 . All fees payable under this Section 2.05 shall be nonrefundable.

SECTION 2.06 Computations . All computations of fees and interest hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which any such interest or fee is payable.

SECTION 2.07 Highest Lawful Rate . In no event shall the Company be obligated to pay the Lenders interest, charges or fees at a rate in excess of the highest rate permitted by applicable law (the “ Highest Lawful Rate ”); provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall pay the Lenders such interest, charges, and fees not in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate as required by the terms of this Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 2.08 Repayment of the Loans . The Company shall repay to each Lender the principal amount of the Loan made by such Lender in full plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the Applicable Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.02 .

SECTION 2.09 Prepayments of the Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayments . Upon the earliest of (i) the date that is six months after the Closing Date, (ii) the closing of the Company IPO, and (iii) the date on which a Sale of the Company is consummated, the Company may, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Agent, prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that if the Company provides written notice to the Agent pursuant to this Section 2.09(a) (any such notice, a “ Prepayment Notice ”) buts fails to prepay the amount of the Loans to be prepaid as set forth in such Prepayment Notice on the prepayment date as set forth in such Prepayment Notice, then the Agent shall have the right to declare an Event of Default by providing the Company with two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice thereof; provided , further , that the first proviso of this Section 2.09(a) shall not apply (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Agent shall not have any right to declare any Event of Default) in the event of any Prepayment Notice provided to the Agent in connection with, or in contemplation of, (x) the closing of the Company IPO, (y) any Sale of the Company, or (z) any equity financing of the Company.

(b) Notice; Application . The notice given of any prepayment shall specify the date and amount of the prepayment. If the notice of prepayment is given, the Company shall make such prepayment and the prepayment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of the Loans shall be applied to the installments of principal thereof as determined by the Company in its sole discretion .

SECTION 2.10 Payments .

(a) Payments . Each payment made by the Company shall be made to the Agent not later than 5:00 p.m. (California time) on the day when due in Dollars and in same day funds, or such other funds as shall be separately agreed upon by the Company and the Agent, in accordance with the Agent’s wire instructions or other instructions provided in writing to the Company.

(b) Extension . Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due, or whenever any interest payment date or any other date specified hereunder would otherwise occur, on a day other than a Business Day, then, except as otherwise provided herein, such payment shall be made, and such interest payment date or other date shall occur, on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or per annum fee hereunder.

 

8


(c) Application . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 6.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in Section 6.02 ) each payment by or on behalf of the Company hereunder shall be applied (i) first, to any fees, costs, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest) due the Lenders; (ii) second, to accrued and unpaid interest due the Lenders; (iii) third, to principal due the Lenders, (iv) fourth, to the payment of fees due to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.05 , and (v) fifth, the balance, if any, after all Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Company or as otherwise required by applicable law.

(d) Subordination of Indebtedness Under the Convertible Note Financing October 2012 . As set forth in the Loan Agreement with respect to the Convertible Note Financing October 2012, the lenders party thereto and Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, have agreed to subordinate all of the Company’s Indebtedness and other obligations to such lenders and Snyder in connection with the Convertible Note Financing October 2012 to all of the Company’s Indebtedness and other obligations to the Agent and the Lenders party to this Agreement.

(e) Pro Rata Treatment .

(f) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each borrowing hereunder and each payment (including each prepayment) by the Company on account of the principal of and interest on the Loans and on account of any fees shall be made ratably in accordance with the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders.

SECTION 2.11 Obligations Several . The obligations of the Lenders under the Loan Documents are several. The failure of any Lender or the Agent to carry out its obligations thereunder shall not relieve any other Lender or the Agent of any obligation thereunder, nor shall any Lender or the Agent be responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Person hereunder or thereunder. Nothing contained in any Loan Document shall be deemed to cause any Lender or the Agent to be considered a partner of or joint venturer with any other Lender or Lenders, the Agent or the Company.

SECTION 2.12 Sharing . If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Loans made by it (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment) in excess of its Pro Rata Share of payments on account of the Loans obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders, without recourse, such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of the Company from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Company agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12 may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.12 shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.12 .

 

9


ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 3.01 Conditions Precedent to the Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make its Loan on the date of the borrowing hereunder (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent before or concurrently with the making of the Loans:

(a) Fees and Expenses . The Company shall have paid all fees and expenses required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.04 ; provided that the Agent shall have provided the Company with a detailed invoice at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Loan Documents . The Agent shall have received the following Loan Documents executed by each of the respective parties thereto:

(i) this Agreement;

(ii) any Notes required hereunder; and

(iii) the Security Agreements.

(c) Documents and Actions Relating to Collateral . The Agent shall have received all financing statements and other documents, instruments and agreements requested in writing by the Agent, which shall be necessary to create, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens.

(d) Additional Closing Documents /Closing Deliverables . The Agent shall have received the following, executed by each of the respective parties thereto:

(i) warrants substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . Each warrant shall be exercisable at the time of the Company’s IPO or a Sale of the Company (if occurring prior to maturity) for the purchase of that number of shares of common stock of the Company as is equal to 15% of the original principal amount of such Lender’s Loan divided by 70% of the value of such common stock in the Company IPO or such Sale of the Company, as applicable. The exercise price for shares purchased under the warrants shall be equal to 70% of the value of such common stock in the Company IPO or such Sale of the Company, as applicable.

(ii) the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(iii) a certificate of the Secretary or other appropriate officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying (A) copies, certified, where appropriate, by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, of the Organic Documents of the Company and the resolutions and other actions taken or adopted by the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, and (B) the incumbency, authority and signatures of each

 

10


officer of the Company authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and act with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.02 Certain Additional Conditions Precedent to the Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make its Loan shall also be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties . On the date of the Loans, both before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of proceeds therefrom: (i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 shall be true and correct in all material respects, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date (except for any such representation and warranty that by its terms is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date).

(c) No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result from the making of the Loans.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 4.01 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

(a) Organization and Powers . The Company is duly organized or formed, as the case may be, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Company and do not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, (i) contravene the terms of the Organic Documents of the Company; (ii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any material lease, instrument, contract or other agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, except where such breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) violate any provision of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or the like binding on or affecting the Company, except where such violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11


(c) Binding Obligation . The Loan Documents constitute, or when delivered under this Agreement will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

(d) Litigation . As of the Closing Date, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator which if determined adversely to the Company would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Financial Statements . All financial statements of the Company delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date are complete and correct in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as at the times and for the periods covered by such statements, in each case in accordance with GAAP, subject, in the case of any unaudited financial statements, to normal yearend adjustments and any absence of notes, except as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise subsequently modified by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date.

(f) Taxes . As of the Closing Date, the Company has duly filed all tax returns required to be filed, and has paid all taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges or levies that have become due and payable, except to the extent such taxes or other charges are being contested in good faith and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; provided that the failure to file tax returns or to pay taxes shall not constitute a breach of this representation and warranty unless the aggregate amount of taxes relating thereto could reasonably be expected to exceed $100,000.

(g) Insurance . The properties of the Company are insured in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(h) Compliance With Laws . As of the Closing Date, the Company is in compliance with all material laws, rules, regulations, orders and decrees which are applicable to it or its properties, except where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as of the Closing Date, the Company is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and there are no actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of the Company’s properties, relating to any Environmental Laws, where any adverse determination with respect thereto or liability imposed therein could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

12


ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01 Reporting Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid, the Company agrees that:

(a) Financial Statements and Other Reports . The Company will furnish to the Agent: (i) no later than 120 days after and as of the end of each fiscal year, the Company’s annual financial statements for such fiscal year; and (ii) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clause (i), a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent stating whether any Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate, and if so, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto (which delivery may be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes).

(b) Additional Information . The Company will furnish to the Agent: (i) promptly after the Company has knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) prompt written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, including any actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective properties, relating to Environmental Laws, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) prompt written notice of any other condition or event which has resulted, or that could reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02 Affirmative Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid, the Company agrees that:

(a) Preservation of Existence, Etc . The Company will maintain and preserve its legal existence, its rights to transact business and all other rights, franchises and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business and operations and the ownership of its properties, except in connection with any transactions not expressly prohibited hereunder.

(b) Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay and discharge all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of the Company, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; provided that the

 

13


failure to make any such payments shall not constitute a breach of this covenant unless the aggregate amount of such payments could reasonably be expected to exceed $200,000.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will (i) carry and maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and (ii) if requested by the Agent in writing, promptly provide the Agent with such evidence as it reasonably requests to demonstrate compliance with this Section 5.02(c) , including delivering to the Agent a report from the Company’s insurance broker regarding the adequacy of the Company’s insurance; provided , however , that (x) if the Agent requests such evidence that would require the Company to pay or incur additional fees and/or expenses in excess of the fees and expenses historically paid by the Company with respect to insurance as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, then the Company shall inform the Agent of such additional fees and/or expenses and (y) if the Agent requests such evidence after being informed of such additional fees and/or expenses, then such additional fees and/or expenses shall be paid by the Agent.

(d) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will keep adequate records and books of account, in which entries will be made in accordance with GAAP.

(e) Inspection Rights . Upon ten Business Days’ prior written notice, the Company will, at any reasonable time during normal business hours and from time to time, permit the Agent or any of its agents or representatives to examine the records and books of account of the Company.

(f) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Company will comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental agency or authority, including all Environmental Laws and ERISA, and the terms of any contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it may be bound.

(g) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . The Company will maintain and preserve all of its material properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(h) Licenses . The Company will obtain and maintain all material licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other governmental approvals of any governmental agency or authority necessary for the operation and conduct of its business.

(i) Observer Rights . From the Closing Date until the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of the Company IPO or (ii) the closing of a Sale of the Company, the Company will allow the Lenders to have the right to appoint one individual to attend meetings of the Company’s Board of

 

14


Directors as an observer; provided that such individual shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company; and provided , further , that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.02(i) , such observer may be excluded from any meeting or receiving any information, but only to the extent necessary or appropriate (A) to protect any confidential matters discussed therein, (B) to protect the Company’s attorney/client privilege or (C) in the event that the Company’s Board of Directors reasonably determines in good faith that such observer has a conflicting interest.

(j) Minimum Cash Balance . From the Closing Date until the date that the Indebtedness of the Company owed to Point has been paid in full, the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will maintain a cash balance at all times in an amount equal to or greater than the lesser of (i) $5,000,000 and (ii) the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company owed to Point.

SECTION 5.03 Negative Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid, the Company agrees that:

(a) Indebtedness . The Company will not create, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than:

(i) Indebtedness of the Company to the Lenders or the Agent hereunder;

(ii) Indebtedness of the Company existing on the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 2 and extensions, renewals and refinancings of such Indebtedness, provided that (x) such Indebtedness has been disclosed on the most recent financial statements of the Company submitted to the Agent or any Lender on or prior to the date of this Agreement, and (y) the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such extension, renewal or refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing unused commitments thereunder;

(iii) unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) [intentionally omitted];

(v) Purchase Money Indebtedness; provided that the material terms and conditions of any Purchase Money Indebtedness relating to the Michigan Facility shall have been (x) disclosed to the Agent prior to the Company’s incurrence of such Indebtedness such that the Agent is provided with reasonably sufficient time to review such terms and conditions prior to the Company becoming obligated to incur such Indebtedness, and (y) consented to in writing by the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned);

(vi) cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000;

(viii) sales rebates issued by the Company to customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

15


(ix) grants provided by the United States government in exchange for the Company’s obligation to purchase equipment specified by such grants or to fund research and development efforts specified in such grants;

(x) Indebtedness owed to the lenders pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement with respect to the Convertible Note Financing October 2012;

(xi) Indebtedness that is incurred on the date of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(xii) Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiii) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by the Company in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar financial products entered into or obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) Subordinated Debt;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Company to any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries;

(xvii) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to a working capital facility secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the Code) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the Code); and

(xviii) additional Indebtedness of the Company not otherwise described above in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(b) Liens . The Company will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (such Liens, collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”):

(i) Liens in favor of the Lenders or the Agent;

(ii) the existing Liens listed in Schedule 3 or incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by such existing Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (A) not yet due or as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 5.03(a)(v) ;

 

16


(v) attachments, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided , however , that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(vi) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, repairmen, carriers or employees or other similar Liens provided for by mandatory provisions of law (A) which are not filed or recorded for a period of more than sixty days, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(vii) pledges or deposits made or Liens in incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security or employment or insurance legislation;

(viii) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

(x) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(xi) Liens in favor of financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with, and which solely encumber, deposit, disbursement or concentration accounts maintained with such financial institutions on funds and other items in such accounts;

(xii) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

(xiii) Liens assumed by the Company in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that secure Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(x) ;

(xv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(xv) ;

(xvi) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(xvii) ;

(xvii) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Convertible Note Financing October 2012; and

(xviii) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000.

 

17


(c) Accounting Methods . The Company will not change (i) the times of commencement or termination of its fiscal year or (ii) its methods of accounting, in each case, except as required by GAAP.

(d) Name Change . The Company will not change its name unless the Company has provided at least 2 days’ prior written notice to the Agent of such change.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01 Events of Default . Any of the following events which shall occur shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Payments . Immediately and without notice from the Agent or any Lender upon the Company’s failure to pay when due any principal, interest or other charges or expenses that the Company is required to pay pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that Company shall have the right to cure such Event of Default by paying the full amount of such payment in accordance with this Agreement within thirty days following such failure.

(b) Representations and Warranties . Any representation or warranty by the Company under or in connection with the Loan Documents shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made.

(c) Failure by Company to Perform Covenants . The Company shall fail to perform or observe any covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and any such failure continues uncured for a period of thirty days after the Company receives written notice of such failure from the Agent.

(d) Voluntary Proceedings . The Company (i) generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing.

(e) Involuntary Proceedings . (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is commenced or filed against the Company, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of such Person’s properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company admits the material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the Company acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in

 

18


possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its property or business.

(f) Dissolution, Etc . The Company shall (i) liquidate, wind up or dissolve (or suffer any liquidation, wind-up or dissolution), except in connection with any Sale of the Company, (ii) suspend its operations other than in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) take any action to authorize any of the actions or events set forth above in this subsection (f).

(g) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(h) Collateral Documents . The Company or any other Person shall fail to perform or observe in any material respect any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Collateral Documents on its part to be performed or observed and any such failure shall remain unremedied beyond the grace period, if any, specified therein, or any “Event of Default” as defined in any Collateral Document shall have occurred; or any of the Collateral Documents after delivery thereof shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or any of the Collateral Documents for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, shall cease to create a valid and perfected Lien subject only to Permitted Liens in any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby.

SECTION 6.02 Effect of Event of Default . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing beyond any cure period provided for in this Agreement with respect to such Event of Default, the Agent may (i) by notice to the Company, (A) declare the Commitments of the Lenders to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (B) declare the entire unpaid principal amount of the Loans and any Notes, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other Obligations, including without limitation, (subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law) all out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by any Lender in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, all of which expenses shall be deemed added to the Obligations immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Loans and any Notes, all such accrued interest and all such other Obligations shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code, the result which would otherwise occur only upon giving of notice by the Agent to the Company as specified in this clause (i) shall occur automatically, without the giving of any such notice; and (ii) whether or not the actions referred to in clause (i) have been taken, (A) exercise any or all of the Lenders’ and/or the Agent’s rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents, and (B) proceed to enforce all other rights and remedies available to the Lenders and the Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders) under the Loan Documents and applicable law.

 

19


ARTICLE VII

THE AGENT

SECTION 7.01 Appointment . Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agent as the Agent of such Lender under the Loan Documents and each such Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent, as the Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

SECTION 7.02 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may execute any of its duties under the Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

SECTION 7.03 Successor Agent . The Agent may resign as Agent under the Loan Documents upon thirty days’ prior written notice to the Company and the Lenders representing the majority by dollar value of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans hereunder (the “ Majority Lenders ”). If the Agent shall resign, then the Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent, subject to the right of the Company to approve the successor Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, whereupon such successor Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent, and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent effective upon its appointment, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated, subject only to such former Agent’s right to be compensated in the amount of such portion of the Administrative Agency Fee as shall be equal to the portion of the time which shall have elapsed between the Closing Date and the date upon which the Administrative Agency Fee shall have become due and payable in accordance with Section 2.05 , during which time such former Agent served as Agent under the Loan Documents, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or successors thereto; provided that in no event shall the former Agent be compensated prior to the Applicable Maturity Date. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 7.03 (including the rights of such former Agent to proportional compensation from the Administrative Agency Fee as set forth herein) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 7.04 Authorization to the Agent . Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and perform such duties under this Agreement and the Notes as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The duties and obligations of the Agent are strictly limited to those expressly provided for herein, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agent. The Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of each of the Lenders to: (a) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, remedies or powers of the Lenders under applicable law in respect of the Loan Documents or all or any portion of any Collateral, (b) sell, release, surrender, realize upon, substitute or otherwise deal with, in any manner and in any order, all or any portion of any Collateral, (c) make any demands or give any notices under or in connection with the Notes, the Loan Documents and this Agreement, (d) effect amendments to and grant waivers under the Loan Documents, including without limitation, this Agreement and any Security Agreement, (e) distribute payments to the Lenders of amounts paid to it by the Company or received by it in connection with the Collateral, (f) receive and hold on behalf of the Lenders any instruments or other possessory Collateral, (g) exercise rights of conversion under the Notes and distribute corporate stock or partnership units among the Lenders in proportion to their investment, and (h) engage, replace, instruct and remunerate on behalf of the Lenders consultants,

 

20


experts, counsel and other persons to be engaged by the Agent or the Lenders, including legal counsel for Agent or the Lenders. As to the exercise of any of its powers and discharge of any of its duties, the Agent shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to obtain instructions of the Majority Lenders, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon such instructions and such instructions, if any, shall be binding upon all Lenders. Except for actions expressly required of the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act under this Agreement and the Notes and other Loan Documents unless it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action, and the Agent shall not in any event be required to take any action which exposes the Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Notes or applicable law. Each Lender hereby agrees with the other Lenders that it shall not seek to exercise remedies of a secured party hereunder except through the Agent.

SECTION 7.05 Apparent Authority . The Company acknowledges the authority granted to the Agent by the Lenders and shall be permitted to rely exclusively, without further investigation, upon the representations, consents, waivers and all other actions taken by the Agent. The Company, for itself and its affiliates and their successors and assigns, hereby acknowledges that at all times prior to the execution and delivery by the Agent of this Agreement, the Company has accepted and relied upon, and will continue to accept and rely upon the actual and apparent authority of the Agent acting alone and without further authorization from the Lenders or any of them, with respect to any or all of the rights, powers, authority or remedies granted or reserved to the Agent or the Lenders, the Loan Documents, or the Notes or any of them. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has all right and apparent and actual authority to exercise alone the rights, powers, and remedies granted or reserved to the Agent or the Lenders under this Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents without further evidence of such authority or confirmation thereof from or by any Lender.

(a) Substitution of Collateral . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has all necessary and sufficient authority, acting alone, to agree to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, the substitution of all loan or credit interests, including without limitation any perfected security interests granted by the Company or its affiliates, for the equity interests which are the subject of the conversion provisions set forth in this Agreement or in the Notes or other Loan Documents, whether such substituted equity interests are represented by partnership interests or by common or preferred stock interests in the Company, or its affiliates, successors or assigns.

(b) Allocation of Loan Payments . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has the all necessary and sufficient right and authority, acting alone to allocate any and all payments made by the Company to any of the outstanding loan balances which shall be or become due from the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the Loan Documents. The Company agrees that the Agent may apply any and all payments made pursuant this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the Loan Documents to any outstanding obligation of the Company to the Lenders or any of them in the manner the Agent, in his absolute discretion, sees fit, regardless of whether such allocation would or might have the effect of creating a breach or Default or Event of Default under any of this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE LENDERS

SECTION 8.01 Representations and Warranties

 

21


SECTION 8.02 of the Lenders . Each Lender represents and warrants to the Company, severally and not jointly, with respect to its Note and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of its Note, as follows:

(a) High Risk Investment . Such Lender is experienced in evaluating and investing in companies with similar financial concerns as those of the Company and understands the high risk nature of such Lender’s investment.

(b) Accredited Investor . Such Lender (i) is an “accredited” investor as defined under U.S. federal securities laws and (ii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Lender is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Company may consent in writing to allowing a Person to be a Lender under this Agreement even if such Person cannot make the representations and warranties set forth in clause (b)(i) of this Section 8.01 .

(c) Investment . Such Lender is acquiring its Note and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of such Note for investment for such Lender’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof. Such Lender understands that its Note to be issued to it and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of such Note have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of such Lender’s representations as expressed herein.

(d) Rule 144 . Such Lender acknowledges that its Note to be issued to it and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of such Note must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Such Lender is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” (as provided by Rule 144(f)) and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(e) No Public Market . Such Lender understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Notes or the equity securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

(f) Access to Data . Such Lender has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business and financial affairs with its management. Such Lender understands that such discussions, as well as any written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which it believes to be material but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. Such Lender acknowledges that any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in the future are based upon the best judgment of the Company’s management as of the date of this Agreement. Whether or not such estimates or projections may be achieved will depend upon the Company achieving its overall business objectives. There is no guarantee that any of these projections will be attained. Such Lender acknowledges that as part of the opportunity to investigate the Company’s affairs, such Lender has been provided with the Company’s website address: https://marronebio.com , and

 

22


access to a ShareFile Account maintained by the Company ( https://marronebio.sharefile.com/ ) containing, inter alia, copies of the financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding three (3) fiscal years, copies of loan documents representing the prior and existing indebtedness of the Company as disclosed on Schedule 2 of this Agreement, copies of summaries prepared for the purpose of acquainting investors with the business operations and prospects of the Company, an appraisal of the Michigan Facility and other data deemed pertinent by the Company to a reasonable portrayal of its financial and business affairs.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein or in any other Loan Document, (i) no amendment to any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Agent; and (ii) no waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or consent to any departure by the Company or other party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Company. Any such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.01 , any term or provision of any such other Loan Document may be amended without the agreement or consent of, or prior notice to, any party hereto, to the extent such Loan Document provides for amendments without the agreement or consent of, or notice to, such party.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent and the Company to add one or more additional term loan facilities to this Agreement, and to permit the extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith from time to time outstanding to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder.

SECTION 9.02 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including by facsimile transmission and by electronic mail) and mailed (by certified or registered mail), sent or delivered to the respective parties hereto at or to their respective addresses or facsimile numbers set forth below their names on the signature pages hereof, or at or to such other address, facsimile number or email address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective (i) if delivered by hand, sent by certified or registered mail or sent by an overnight courier service, when received; and (ii) if sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, when sent. Electronic mail may be used only for routine communications, such as financial statements and other information documents, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used for any other purpose.

SECTION 9.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies

 

23


under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges that may otherwise be available to the Lenders.

SECTION 9.04 Fees and Disbursements of Counsel . The Company agrees to pay on demand the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of the Loan Documents in an amount not to exceed (a) $25,000 minus (b) the fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of the documents relating to the Convertible Note Financing October 2012; provided that (x) in no event shall the Agent or any Lender deduct such fees and disbursements of counsel from the Loans and (y) Agent shall promptly provide the Company with a detailed invoice of such fees and disbursements of counsel upon request thereof.

SECTION 9.05 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made in any Loan Documents shall, except to the extent otherwise provided therein, survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the execution and delivery of any Notes, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Lender has any Commitment, the Loans shall remain outstanding or any other Obligations remain unpaid or any obligation to perform any other act hereunder or under any other Loan Document remains unsatisfied.

SECTION 9.06 Benefits of Agreement . The Loan Documents are entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect beneficiary of, or shall have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, any Loan Document.

SECTION 9.07 Binding Effect; Assignment.

(a) Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Company, the Lenders, and the Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company, each Lender, the Agent, and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Assignment . The Company shall not have the right to assign its rights and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein without the prior written consent of the Agent, except in connection with an assignment in whole to a successor to the Company; provided that such successor acquires all or substantially all of the assets or equity of the Company and the Agent’s and the Lenders’ rights hereunder are not materially impaired. Each Lender may sell, assign or transfer all or any portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to any Lender or other Person on the basis set forth below in this subsection (b) and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws.

(i) Any Lender may, with the written consent of the Company, at any time and from time to time, assign and delegate to one or more Persons all, or any ratable part, of such Lender’s Loan, its Commitment and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no written consent of the Company shall be required during the existence of a Default or in

 

24


connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to another Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender; and (ii) except in connection with an assignment of all of a Lender’s rights and obligations with respect to its Commitment and Loan, any such assignment to any Person that is not a Lender hereunder shall be equal to or greater than $1,000,000.

(ii) In the event of any such assignment, unless and until an assignment and assumption agreement (an “ Assignment and Assumption ”) and notice of assignment shall have been delivered by the assigning Lender and the assignee to the other Lenders and the Company (unless waived in writing by the Agent and the Company), such assignee shall not be entitled to exercise the rights of a Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to such assignment and the Company shall not be obligated to make payment of any amount to which such assignee may become entitled thereunder other than to the assigning Lender. Subject to satisfaction of the foregoing conditions in connection with any assignment, upon the effectiveness of such assignment the assignee shall be deemed a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the rights and obligations assigned to it, and the other Loan Documents with respect to the rights and obligations assigned to it, and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

(iii) In connection with any partial assignment, upon the written request of the assigning Lender, the Agent, or the assignee, (A) the Company shall execute and deliver substitute Notes to the assigning Lender or the assignee, dated the effective date of such assignment, setting forth the principal amount of the Loans held by such assigning Lender and assignee (after giving effect to the assignment), and containing other appropriate insertions, and the assigning Lender shall thereupon return the Note previously held by it; and (B)  Schedule 1 shall be deemed amended to reflect the adjustment of the Commitments and Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders resulting therefrom.

(iv) The Company agrees that in connection with any such grant or assignment, the Agent or such Lender may deliver to the prospective assignee financial statements and other relevant information relating to the Company.

(v) The Agent or each Lender shall obtain from any such prospective assignee a confidentiality agreement in which such assignee agrees to an obligation of confidentiality substantially similar to the terms of Section 9.08 .

SECTION 9.08 Confidentiality . The Agent and each Lender shall hold all nonpublic information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries obtained by it under this Agreement in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature, except for: (i) disclosure to it, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives in connection with the negotiation, execution or performance of the Loan Documents; (ii) disclosure as reasonably required in connection with a transfer to a prospective assignee of all or part of its Loan, as provided in Section 9.07 ; (iii) disclosure as may be required or requested by any governmental agency or authority or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process; (iv) disclosure to any Person and in any proceeding necessary in such Person’s judgment to protect its interests in connection with any claim or dispute involving such Person; and (v) any other disclosure with the prior written consent of the Company. Prior to any disclosure by the Agent or any Lender of such nonpublic information permitted under clause (iii), it shall, if permitted by applicable laws or judicial order, notify the Company of such pending disclosure. Upon the Company’s written request, the Agent and the Lenders shall promptly return any materials furnished by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such obligation of

 

25


confidentiality shall not apply if the information or substantially similar information is or becomes part of the public domain.

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

SECTION 9.10 Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company, the Lenders, and the Agent each hereby (i) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and the Federal courts of the United States sitting in the State of California for the purpose of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such courts, (iii) irrevocably waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any objection which it now or hereafter may have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding brought in any of the foregoing courts, and any objection on the ground that any such action or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (iv) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.11 Entire Agreement . The Loan Documents reflect the entire agreement between the Company, the Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the matters set forth herein and therein and supersede any prior agreements, commitments, drafts, communication, discussions and understandings, oral or written, with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.12 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of the Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under all applicable laws and regulations. If, however, any provision of any of the Loan Documents shall be prohibited by or invalid under any such law or regulation in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law or regulation, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be ineffective and invalid only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without affecting the remaining provisions of such Loan Document, or the validity or effectiveness of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

[signature pages follow]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By

  /s/ Pam Marrone
 

Title: Pam Marrone

 

Address: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2121 Second Street, Suite B-107

Davis, California 95618

Attn.: Chief Executive Officer

 

With a copy to:

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP

400 Capitol Mall

Suite 2600

Sacramento, California 95814

Attn.: Charles S. Farman, Esq.


THE AGENT
 /s/ Gordon Snyder
Gordon Snyder

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Barrie Cowan, Attorney and Counselor

595 Laidley Street

San Francisco, CA 94131-3039


LENDER:
Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable
Remainder Trust I
By:  

/s/ Dan Holmes

Name: Dan Holmes
Title: Trustee
By:   /s/ Danna Holmes
Name: Danna Holmes
Title: Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER:
Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable
Remainder Trust II
By:   /s/ Dan Holmes
Name: Dan Holmes
Title: Trustee
By:   /s/ Danna Holmes
Name: Danna Holmes
Title: Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER
/s/ Lorna Pomeroy
LORNA POMEROY

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER
/s/ Cindy Evans
CINDY EVANS

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

CINDY EVANS CHARITABLE

REMAINDER TRUST

By:   /s/ Cindy Evans
  Cindy Evans, Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

LINA TANS

/s/ Lina Tans

  Signature

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

ANNE BERNDT 2012

GRANDCHILDREN’S TRUST UAD

10/01/12

By:

 

/s/ Anne Berndt

Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER
/s/ Kevin Frank
KEVIN FRANK

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

JOHN AND WENDY EVANS

REVOCABLE TRUST

By:  

/s/ John Evans

Trustee
By:  

/s/ Wendy Evans

Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

JOHN AND WENDY EVANS

CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST I

By:  

/s/ John Evans

Trustee
By:  

/s/ Wendy Evans

Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

JOHN AND WENDY EVANS

CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST II

By:  

/s/ John Evans

Trustee
By:  

/s/ Wendy Evans

Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER

JANE BLAIR VILAS REVOCABLE TRUST

By:   /s/ Jane Blair Vilas
  Jane Blair Vilas, Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 1

Commitments and Pro Rata Shares

 

Lender

  

Commitment Amount

 

Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable Remainder Trust I

   $ 550,000   

Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable Remainder Trust II

   $ 450,000   

Lorna Pomeroy

   $ 1,000,000   

Cindy Evans

   $ 800,000   

Cindy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust

   $ 300,000   

Lina Tans

   $ 1,000,000   

Anne Berndt 2012 Grandchildren’s Trust UAD 10/01/12 Anne Berndt TTEE

   $ 750,000   

Kevin Frank

   $ 200,000   

John and Wendy Evans Revocable Trust

   $ 770,000   

John and Wendy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust I

   $ 400,000   

John and Wendy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust II

   $ 600,000   

Jane Blair Vilas Revocable Trust

   $ 680,000   

Total

   $ 7,500,000   


SCHEDULE 2

Existing Indebtedness

 

1. Indebtedness owed to Point Financial, Inc. (“ Point ”) pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (“ MBI ”) and Point, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $10,000,000, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Point Security Agreement is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.

 

2. Indebtedness relating to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2012, by and among MBI and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.

 

3. Indebtedness owed to Five Star Bank in an aggregate principal amount up to $1,000,000, as the agreement relating to such Indebtedness may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness to Five Star Bank is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.


SCHEDULE 3

Existing Liens

 

      

Secured Party

  

Initial Filing Number

    

Initial Filing Date

    

Collateral Description

1

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2009 2917117         9/11/2009       Equipment

2

   Wells Fargo Foothill      2009 3286207         10/13/2009       Equipment

3

   Thermo Fisher Financial Services Inc.      2011 0842388         3/8/2011       Equipment

4

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2011 1307423         4/7/2011       Equipment

5

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2011 1486599         4/20/2011       Equipment

6

   Point Financial, Inc.      2012 1440108         7/13/2012       All assets

7

   Thermo Fisher Financial Services Inc.      2012 1830845         5/11/2012       Equipment

8

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2012 2469296         6/26/2012       Equipment

9

   Farnam Street Financial, Inc.      2012 2776104         7/19/2012       Equipment

10

   Five Star Bank      08-7158560393         5/20/2008       All assets

11

   Five Star Bank      2012 0023053         1/3/2012       All assets


EXHIBIT A

Form of Warrant


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT.

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth below, as of the Exercise Date [                      ] (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) as set forth below under the definition of Warrant Shares (as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof). The capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall, to the extent not defined where first used, have the meanings given to them in Section 20 of this Warrant. This Warrant is one of a series of warrants issued by the Company pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated as of [              ], 2012 (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Loan Agreement ”) between Company and the Lenders (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

1. Method of Exercise; Payment .

(a) Cash Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, after the Exercise Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company, by certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being purchased.


(b) Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant (or any portion thereof) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such conversion on the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X =   Y (A-B)  
  A  

Where X = the number of the Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y = the number of the Shares purchasable under this Warrant in respect of which the net issue exercise election is made pursuant to this Section 1(b).

A = the fair market value of one share of the Shares.

B = the Exercise Price on the date of conversion (as adjusted to the date of such conversion).

(c) Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 1, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall mean:

(i) If this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of the IPO as provided in Section 9(a), the per share fair market value of the Shares shall be seventy percent (70%) of the price per share of Common Stock sold to the public in the IPO.

(ii) If if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the per share fair market value of the Shares shall be seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of Common Stock sold or valued in the Acquisition

(d) Stock Certificates . In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time. Notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificates for the Shares, the Company agrees that Shares purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall be been surrendered, the completed exercise form and the payment of the purchase price has been delivered (or, in the alternative the conversion notice specified in Section 1(b) has been delivered) to the Company.

2. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Stock . All of the Shares issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefor, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

-2-


3. Adjustments . The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification . In case of any reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), the Company shall execute a new Warrant, providing that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such new Warrant, and procure upon such exercise and payment of the same aggregate Exercise Price, in lieu of the shares of the Common Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification or change, by a holder of an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock. Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3. The provisions of this subsection (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications or changes.

(b) Stock Splits, Dividends and Combinations . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

4. Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the number of shares purchasable hereunder or the Exercise Price thereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall promptly provide notice to the Holder setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the number and class of shares which may be purchased and the Exercise Price therefor after giving effect to such adjustment.

5. Fractional Shares . This Warrant may not be exercised for fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based upon the Exercise Price then in effect.

6. Representations of the Company . The Company represents that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the sale and issuance of this Warrant and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder were taken, or will be taken, prior to and are, or will be, effective as of the Exercise Date.

7. Representations and Warranties by the Holder . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any

 

-3-


distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

(b) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Shares have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is exempted from such registration. The Holder further understands that the Shares have not been qualified under any state securities law by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the qualification requirements thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent expressed above.

(c) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of this Warrant and the Shares purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(d) The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

8. Restrictive Legend .

The Shares (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

9. IPO or Acquisition .

 

-4-


(a) Upon receipt of a written notice of the Company’s intention to raise capital by selling shares of Common Stock in an IPO, which notice shall be delivered to Holder at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the consummation of the IPO, the Holder shall, within 10 days of receipt of such notice, notify the Company whether or not the Holder will exercise this Warrant as part of the consummation of the IPO. If Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant as provided in this Section 9 in connection with an IPO and the IPO is not consummated, then Holder’s exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective.

(b) Upon receipt of a written notice of the Company’s intention to consummate an Acquisition, which notice shall be delivered to Holder at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the consummation of the Acquisition, the Holder shall, within 10 days of receipt of such notice, notify the Company whether or not the Holder will exercise this Warrant as part of the consummation of the Acquisition. If Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant as provided in this Section 9 in connection with an Acquisition and the Acquisition is not consummated, then Holder’s exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective.

10. Rights of Shareholders . No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or, except as provided in Section 11 below, to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

11. Notices of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its capital stock;

(b) there shall be any capital reorganization, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company or an Acquisition; or

(c) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

the Company shall give to the Holder of this Warrant written notice of any relevant record, payment, effective and exchange dates and the amount and nature of any dividend, distribution or right. Such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to any record date for distribution or voting and also at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the transactions referred to in (b) and (c) above. Failure to so give notice or any defect in any certification or notice given under this Warrant shall not affect the validity or legality of any transaction giving rise thereto so long as such failure or defect does not result in the termination of Holder’s rights under this Warrant.

 

-5-


12. Expiration of Warrant . This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable upon the earlier to occur of:

(a) the date of the later of the Initial Maturity Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement) or the later applicable maturity date (as such term is used in the Loan Agreement), if any;

(b) An Acquisition, provided that the Company has complied with Section 9(b) in all material respects; and

(c) The IPO, provided that the Company has complied with Section 9(a) in all material respects.

13. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to the Holder, at [                                          ], and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: President), or at such other address as a party may designate by advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

14. “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder during a period of time determined by the Company and its underwriters not to exceed (180) days following the effective date of the Company’s initial registration statement.

If requested by the Company, Holder agrees to enter into a separate agreement consistent with the foregoing with any underwriter of the Company’s securities. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter; provided, however, that such agreement (and the Holder’s obligation pursuant to the previous paragraph) shall not be required unless all officers and directors (and related funds) of the Company and all other holders of at least 1% of the Company’s outstanding equity securities enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.

15. Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

16. Exchange of Warrants . On surrender for exchange of this Warrant, properly endorsed, the Company at its expense, but on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes,

 

-6-


shall issue and deliver to or on the order of the Holder a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, for the same aggregate number of Shares as called for by the Warrant surrendered.

17. Replacement of Warrants . In the case of the loss, theft or destruction of a Warrant then held by Holder or his assigns, an affidavit of an officer of such Holder stating the loss, theft or destruction, as the case may be, shall constitute evidence satisfactory to the Company and no indemnity or security shall be required for replacement other than the Holder’s written agreement to indemnify the Company.

18. No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

19. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Warrant is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Warrant shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

20. Certain Definitions . As used in this Warrant the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” shall mean (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company); or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

Exercise Date ” shall mean (a) if this Warrant is to be exercised as part of the consummation of the IPO as provided in Section 9(a), the date immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO; and (b) if this Warrant is to be exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the date immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition.

Exercise Price ” shall mean (a) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of the IPO as provided in Section 9(a), the exercise price of a Share will be seventy percent (70%) of the price at which one share of Common Stock is sold to the public in the IPO; and (b) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the exercise price of a Share will be seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of Common Stock sold or valued in the Acquisition.

 

-7-


IPO ” shall mean the Company’s firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the Company for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000.

Warrant Shares ” shall mean as to the Holder (a) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of the IPO as provided in Section 9(a), the number of Shares as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (i) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Holder’s Loan (as defined in the Loan Agreement) by 0.15, by (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the price at which one share of Common Stock is sold to the public in the IPO; and (b) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the number of Shares as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (i) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Holder’s Loan (as defined in the Loan Agreement) by 0.15, by (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of Common Stock sold or valued in the Acquisition.

Issued as of [                      ], 2012.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

  TO: Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.
       2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107
       Davis, CA 95618
       Attention: President

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank):

                      The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith payment in full for the purchase price of the Shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

                      The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of the net exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant.

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 
  (Name)  
 

 

 
 

 

 
  (Address)  

4. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 7 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

 

(Signature)

Title:  

 

 

 

(Date)

 

-9-


EXHIBIT B

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$                         [City, State]
                       , 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                      (the “ Lender ”), in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, the principal sum of                      DOLLARS ($          ) or, if less, the unpaid principal amount of all Loans (as defined in the Agreement) made by the Lender pursuant to the Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Agreement (as defined below).

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the Lender in like money from the date hereof until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.04 of the Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of                   , 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement), by and among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Gordon Snyder, an individual, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Note is secured by the Security Agreements. As provided in the Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment prior to the applicable maturity date, in whole or in part.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.

In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing and the provisions of the Agreement, the undersigned further agrees, subject to the cure periods set forth in the Agreement and any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WTH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.


MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PROMISSORY NOTE

Exhibit 10.18

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 2, 2012, is made among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“MBI”), Marrone Michigan Manufacturing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MMM” and together with MBI, collectively, “Debtor”) and Gordon Snyder, an individual (“Snyder”), as collateral agent for the lenders party to the Loan Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, “Secured Party”).

Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 Definitions; Interpretation .

(a) All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

(b) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among MBI, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of California.

(c) Where applicable and except as otherwise defined herein, terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

(d) In this Agreement, (i) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; and (ii) the captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

SECTION 2 Security Interest .

(a) As security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party as collateral agent, for itself and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of its (i) personal property, wherever located and whether now existing or owned or hereafter acquired or arising, including all accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, equipment (including all fixtures), general intangibles, instruments, inventory, investment property, letter-of-credit rights, money, and other goods, and (ii) real property and real property interests, appurtenances, and fixtures, including rights of possession and use under leases and licenses, tenant improvements, and rights under options to lease or purchase and the like, and in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), all products, proceeds and supporting obligations of any and all of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). The interest of any Lender in the Collateral shall be on a parity with the interests of all other Lenders, and the interest of each Lender in the Collateral shall be ratable in the proportion that the aggregate indebtedness then outstanding and unpaid under the Note(s) held by such Lender bears to the aggregate indebtedness then outstanding and

 

1


unpaid under the Notes held by all Lenders (except to the extent the Lenders agree to any other ratable interest therein).

(b) This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral which shall remain in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 15 hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, the grant of a security interest as provided herein shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any general intangibles of Debtor (whether owned or held as licensee or lessee, or otherwise), to the extent that (i) such general intangibles are not assignable or capable of being encumbered as a matter of law or under the terms of the license, lease or other agreement applicable thereto (but solely to the extent that any such restriction shall be enforceable under applicable law), without the consent of the licensor or lessor thereof or other applicable party thereto and (ii) such consent has not been obtained; provided , however , that the foregoing grant of security interest shall extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall include, (A) any general intangible which is an account receivable or a proceed of, or otherwise related to the enforcement or collection of, any account receivable, or goods which are the subject of any account receivable, (B) any and all proceeds of any general intangibles which are otherwise excluded to the extent that the assignment or encumbrance of such proceeds is not so restricted, and (C) upon obtaining the consent of any such licensor, lessor or other applicable party’s consent with respect to any such otherwise excluded general intangibles, such general intangibles as well as any and all proceeds thereof that might have theretofore have been excluded from such grant of a security interest and the term “Collateral”.

(d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Collateral include, and Debtor shall not be deemed to have granted a security interest in, any of Debtor’s right, title or interest in any of the outstanding voting capital stock or other ownership interests of a Controlled Foreign Corporation (as defined below) in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock or other ownership interests of such Controlled Foreign Corporation entitled to vote; provided that (i) immediately upon the amendment of the Internal Revenue Code to allow the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital stock or other ownership interests in a Controlled Foreign Corporation without adverse tax consequences, the Collateral shall include, and Debtor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, such greater percentage of capital stock or other ownership interests of each Controlled Foreign Corporation; and (ii) if no adverse tax consequences to Debtor shall arise or exist in connection with the pledge of any Controlled Foreign Corporation, the Collateral shall include, and Debtor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, such Controlled Foreign Corporation. As used herein, “Controlled Foreign Corporation” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) Secured Party agrees that, notwithstanding the terms of any account control agreements, while no Event of Default exists, Secured Party (i) shall refrain from exerting control over any deposit or securities accounts subject to such account control agreements, (ii) shall defer to Debtor’s control over the assets and proceeds in such accounts, including Debtor’s ability to withdraw from, or otherwise direct the disposition of funds from, deposit accounts for the payment of Debtor’s obligations to third parties as they become due and payable, and including Debtor’s ability to withdraw from, designate investments in, or otherwise direct activities in its securities accounts, and (iii) shall not send a “Notice of Exclusive Control” (or similar notice pursuant to which Secured Party purports to exert exclusive control over any deposit or securities account of Debtor) to the applicable bank, broker or other securities intermediary party to an account control agreement.

 

2


SECTION 3 Financing Statements, Etc . Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file at any time and from time to time any financing statements describing the Collateral, and Debtor shall execute and deliver to Secured Party, and Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file (with or without Debtor’s signature), at any time and from time to time, all amendments to financing statements, assignments, continuation financing statements, termination statements, and other documents and instruments, in form reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party, as Secured Party may reasonably request, to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the security interest of Secured Party in the Collateral and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 4 Representations and Warranties . Debtor represents and warrants to Secured Party that:

(a) Debtor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Debtor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Debtor, and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Debtor, enforceable against Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

(c) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority or agency, or approval or consent of any other Person, is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by Debtor of this Agreement, except for any filings necessary to perfect any Liens on any Collateral.

(d) Debtor’s exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(e) Debtor has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and Debtor is the sole and complete owner of the Collateral, free from any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 5 Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied, Debtor agrees that:

(a) Debtor shall do and perform all reasonable acts that may be necessary and appropriate to maintain, preserve, and protect the Collateral.

(b) Debtor shall comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations and ordinances, and all policies of insurance, relating in a material way to the possession, operation, maintenance and control of the Collateral.

(c) Debtor shall give prompt written notice to Secured Party (and in any event not later than 60 days following any change described below in this subsection) of: (i) any change in its name; (ii) any changes in its identity or structure in any manner which might make any financing statement filed hereunder incorrect or misleading; (iii) any change in its registration as an organization (or any new such registration); or (iv) any change in its jurisdiction of organization.

 

3


(d) Debtor shall pay and discharge all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it with respect to the Collateral prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; provided that the failure to make any such payments shall not constitute a breach of this covenant unless the aggregate amount of such payments could reasonably be expected to exceed $200,000.

(e) Debtor shall maintain and preserve its legal existence, its rights to transact business and all other rights, franchises and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business and operations and the ownership of the Collateral, except in connection with any transactions expressly not expressly prohibited hereunder.

(f) Upon the written request of Secured Party, Debtor shall promptly deliver to Secured Party, or an agent designated by it, appropriately endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer or assignment, all documents and instruments, all certificated securities with respect to any investment property, all letters of credit and all accounts and other rights to payment at any time evidenced by promissory notes, trade acceptances or other instruments.

(g) Upon Secured Party’s written request, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party if Debtor holds or acquires (i) any commercial tort claims, (ii) any chattel paper, including any interest in any electronic chattel paper, or (iii) any letter-of-credit rights.

SECTION 6 Events of Default . An “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

SECTION 7 Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may, by notice to Debtor, declare any of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable and shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and other applicable laws.

(b) The cash proceeds actually received from the sale or other disposition or collection of Collateral, and any other amounts received in respect of the Collateral the application of which is not otherwise provided for herein, shall be applied to the payment of the Obligations as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any surplus thereof which exists after payment and performance in full of the Obligations shall be promptly paid over to Debtor or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the UCC or other applicable law.

SECTION 8 Notices . All notices or other communications hereunder shall be provided in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 9 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of Secured Party or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall

 

4


any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges that may otherwise be available to Secured Party and the Lenders.

SECTION 10 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Debtor, Secured Party, each Lender and their respective successors and assigns and shall bind any Person who becomes bound as a debtor to this Agreement.

SECTION 11 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of California, except as required by mandatory provisions of law and to the extent the validity or perfection of the security interests hereunder, or the remedies hereunder, in respect of any Collateral are governed by the law of a jurisdiction other than California.

SECTION 12 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, the Loan Agreement, any note executed by Debtor to evidence the obligations of Debtor to Secured Party, and any other Loan Document, taken together, contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by the written agreement of the parties.

SECTION 13 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under all applicable laws and regulations. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under any such law or regulation in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law or regulation, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be ineffective and invalid only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity or effectiveness of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

SECTION 15 Termination . Upon payment and performance in full of all Obligations, the security interest created under this Agreement shall terminate and Secured Party shall promptly execute and deliver to Debtor such documents and instruments reasonably requested by Debtor as shall be necessary or appropriate to evidence termination of all security interests given by Debtor to Secured Party hereunder.

SECTION 16 Joint and Several Liability . If Debtor consists of more than one Person, the liability of each Person comprising Debtor shall be joint and several, and each reference herein to “Debtor” shall mean and be a reference to each such Person comprising Debtor. The Debtors agree that

 

5


any and all of their obligations hereunder shall be the joint and several responsibility of each of them notwithstanding any absence herein of a reference such as “jointly and severally” with respect to any such obligation. The compromise of any claim with, or the release of, any Debtor shall not constitute a compromise with, or a release of, any other Debtor.

SECTION 17 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and the Loan Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 18 Confidentiality . Secured Party covenants and agrees, on a continuing basis, to use reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of and not to disclose to any person other than its officers, directors, attorneys and accountants and subsidiaries and affiliates, and such other persons to whom Secured Party shall at any time be required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law, any and all proprietary, trade secret or confidential information provided to or received by Secured Party from or on account of Debtor or any subsidiary or affiliate of Debtor, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices or contractual information, customer lists, employee relation matters, and any other information the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the business, finances or operations of Debtor or its subsidiaries and affiliates; provided , however , the foregoing provisions shall not be effective regarding the disposition of Collateral after an Event of Default.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Pam Marrone

Name:   Pam Marrone
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

MARRONE MICHIGAN

MANUFACTURING, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Pam Marrone
Name:   Pam Marrone
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

/s/ Gordon Snyder
GORDON SNYDER

Exhibit 10.19

LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 16, 2012, is made by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the Lenders named on the signature pages of this Agreement (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Gordon Snyder, an individual (“ Snyder ”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

The Company has requested that the Lenders make term loans to the Company in an aggregate principal amount of up to $2,500,000 and that the Agent agree to act as administrative agent and collateral agent for the benefit of the Lenders with respect thereto.

The Company, the Agent, and the Lenders desire to enter into this Agreement to evidence the willingness of the Lenders to provide the term loan facility and of the Agent to act on behalf of the Lenders and to set forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to such credit facility.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement (including in the recitals hereof), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or stock is acquired by the Company in a Permitted Acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness (i) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (ii) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Administrative Agency Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05 .

Affiliate ” means any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Person. For purposes of the foregoing, “control,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” with respect to any Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power of the election of directors of such Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Applicable Maturity Date ” means, with respect to each Loan, the date when such Loan is paid in full or otherwise no longer outstanding, including, without limitation, the date when any Note related to such Loan is converted pursuant to Section 2.13(a) , (b) , or (c) .

Assignment and Assumption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07(b)(ii) .

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

 

1


Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which banks are open for business in California.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” means the property described in the Collateral Documents, and all other property now existing or hereafter acquired which may at any time be or become subject to a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the Collateral Documents or otherwise, securing the payment and performance of the Obligations.

Collateral Documents ” means any Security Agreement, any pledge agreement or any other agreement pursuant to which the Company or any other Person provides a Lien on its assets in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, and all filings, documents and agreements made or delivered pursuant thereto.

Commitment ” means, as to any Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1 , or, where the context so requires, the obligation of such Lender to make its Loan up to such amount on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Company IPO ” means the Company’s initial public offering of common stock.

Default ” means an Event of Default or an event or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” each means lawful money of the United States.

Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with (including consent decrees), any governmental agencies or authorities, in each case relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning public health, safety and environmental protection matters.

Equity Financing ” means an equity financing of the Company for an aggregate consideration of at least $5,000,000 (other than the Company IPO).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .

First Extended Term ” means the period of time commencing from and after (but not including) the Initial Maturity Date until October 16, 2016.

GAAP ” means generally accepted principles of good accounting practice in the United States, consistently applied.

Highest Lawful Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07.

 

2


Indebtedness ” any indebtedness or obligation for borrowed money, the deferred purchase price of property or leases which would be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, any reimbursement and other obligations in respect of letters of credit and surety or performance bonds, and all net obligations in respect of derivative products; and any liability as a surety, guarantor, accommodation party or otherwise for or upon the indebtedness or obligation of any other Person of the nature described above.

Initial Maturity Date ” means October 16, 2015.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other governmental agency or authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement or agreement among lenders or similar agreement between Snyder, as agent for the Lenders party hereto and the lenders party to the Loan Agreement with respect to the Note Financing With Warrants [October] 2012, and Point setting forth the rights and obligations of such Persons with respect to the security interests granted to such Persons in and to the property of the Company.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto.

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, assignment, deposit arrangement in the nature of a security interest, charge or encumbrance, lien or other type of preferential arrangement (other than a financing statement filed by a lessor in respect of an operating lease not intended as security).

Loan ” and “ Loans ” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 2.01 .

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Collateral Documents, any Subordination Agreement, and all other certificates, documents, agreements and instruments required to be delivered to the Agent or the Lenders under or in connection with this Agreement.

Majority Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03 .

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, occurrence, event, circumstance or development that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operation or performance of the Company; or (ii) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Agent or the Lenders hereunder.

Michigan Facility ” means the plant facility located in Bangor, Michigan.

Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 .

 

3


Note Financing With Warrants October 2012 ” means the financing pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, by and among the lenders from time to time party thereto, Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, and the Company relating to the term loans in an aggregate amount of up to $7,500,000, as such agreement is amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Obligations ” means the indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations of the Company to the Agent and the Lenders under or in connection with the Loan Documents, including the Loans, all interest accrued thereon, all fees due under this Agreement and all other amounts payable by the Company to the Agent or any Lender thereunder or in connection therewith, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, and whether due or to become due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined.

Organic Documents ” means, relative to any Person, its articles or certificate of incorporation, or certificate of limited partnership or formation, and its bylaws, partnership or operating agreement or other organizational documents.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition so long as:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition and the proposed acquisition is consensual;

(ii) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the Company as a result of such acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 5.03(a)(xi) and (xii)  and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of the Company as a result of such acquisition other than Permitted Liens;

(iii) the Company has provided the Agent with written notice of the proposed acquisition at least five (5) days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition and, not later than two (2) days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed acquisition;

(iv) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the Company’s total assets), or the Person whose stock is being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of the Company or a business reasonably related thereto; and

(v) prior to the closing of the Company IPO, the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed acquisition and including deferred payment obligations) shall not exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate (it being agreed and acknowledged by the Agent, the Lenders, and the Company that on, in connection with, or after the closing of the Company IPO, there shall not be a limit as to the purchase consideration payable in respect of Permitted Acquisitions).

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(b) .

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity of whatever nature or any governmental agency or authority.

Point ” means Point Financial, Inc.

 

4


Point Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated April 13, 2012, by and between the Company and Point, as such agreement is amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Point Security Agreement is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.

Prepayment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) .

Pro Rata Share ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal) at such time of such Lender’s Commitment divided by the combined Commitments of all Lenders (or, if all Commitments have been terminated, the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Loans divided by the aggregate principal amount of the Loans then held by all Lenders). The initial Pro Rata Share of each Lender is set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1 under the heading “Pro Rata Share.”

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan, a capitalized lease or otherwise) or other assets (including manufacturing plants), including the development, furnishing and operation hereof.

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person, or any other senior officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

Sale of the Company ” means (a) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (b) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company; provided that a transaction shall not constitute a Sale of the Company if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(c) .

Second Extended Term ” means the period of time commencing from and after (but not including) the First Extended Term until October 16, 2017.

Security Agreement ” means a Security Agreement between the Company and the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

Snyder ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Obligations, incurred or outstanding in accordance with Section 5.03(a)(xv) and subject to a Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement ” means any subordination agreement with respect to Subordinated Debt among the Company, the applicable creditor(s) and the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

5


Subsidiary ” means any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” each means the United States of America.

SECTION 1.02 Accounting Terms . Unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, all accounting terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all accounting determinations and computations required under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made, in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 1.03 Interpretation . In the Loan Documents, except to the extent the context otherwise requires: (i) any reference to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit is a reference to an article or Section thereof, or a schedule or an exhibit thereto, respectively, and to a subsection or a clause is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to a subsection or a clause of the Section or subsection in which the reference appears; (ii) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereunder” and the like mean and refer to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as a whole and not merely to the specific Article, Section, subsection, paragraph or clause in which the respective word appears; (iii) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; (iv) the words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” (v) references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of the Loan Documents; (vi) references to statutes or regulations are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, supplementing, interpreting or replacing the statute or regulation referred to; (vii) any table of contents, captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (viii) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

ARTICLE II

THE LOAN

SECTION 2.01 The Loans . Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a term loan (each, a “ Loan ”) to the Company on the Closing Date, in a principal amount up to but not exceeding its Commitment. The Loans advanced to the Company on the Closing Date shall equal an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000.

SECTION 2.02 Maturity . The principal amount of the Loans shall be due and payable on the Initial Maturity Date, subject to (a) an extension until the last day of the First Extended Term at the option of the Company by providing written notice to the Agent of such extension prior to the Initial Maturity Date, and (b) an additional extension until the last day of the Second Extended Term at the option of the Company by providing written notice to the Agent of such extension prior to the last day of the First

 

6


Extended Term; provided that , in the case of each of (a) and (b), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date the Company provides such written notice.

SECTION 2.03 Evidence of Indebtedness . As additional evidence of the Indebtedness of the Company to each Lender resulting from the Loan made by such Lender, upon such Lender’s written request (which request shall be communicated in writing by the Agent to the Company), the Company shall execute and deliver to each Lender a promissory note dated the Closing Date in the principal amount of the Loan made by such Lender on the Closing Date (each, a “ Note ”).

SECTION 2.04 Interest . The Company shall pay to each Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loan made by such Lender (in each of the following cases, with such interest to be paid on the Applicable Maturity Date (other than when any Note related to a Loan is converted pursuant to Section 2.13(a) , (b) , or (c) , in which case any accrued and unpaid interest shall be converted pursuant to such sections)), (a) from the date of such Loan until and including the Initial Maturity Date, at a rate per annum equal to 12%, (b) from and after Initial Maturity Date until and including the last day of the First Extended Term (if applicable), at a rate per annum equal to 13%, (c) from and after the first day of the First Extended Term until and including the last day of the Second Extended Term (if applicable), at a rate per annum equal to 14%. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a) , interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan shall accrue until all obligations of the Company to each Lender have been paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to 18%.

SECTION 2.05 Fees . The Company agrees to pay to the Agent a fee (the “ Administrative Agency Fee ”) equal to (a) if the Applicable Maturity Date is on or before the Initial Maturity Date, 5% of the principal amount of the Loans funded on the Closing Date, (b) if the Applicable Maturity Date is after the Initial Maturity Date but on or before the last day of the First Extended Term, 6% of the principal amount of the Loans funded on the Closing Date, and (c) if the Applicable Maturity Date is after the First Extended Term but on or before the last day of the Second Extended Term, 7% of the principal amount of the Loans funded on the Closing Date, which fee shall be payable within thirty days following repayment in full of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.08 . All fees payable under this Section 2.05 shall be nonrefundable.

SECTION 2.06 Computations . All computations of fees and interest hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which any such interest or fee is payable.

SECTION 2.07 Highest Lawful Rate . In no event shall the Company be obligated to pay the Lenders interest, charges or fees at a rate in excess of the highest rate permitted by applicable law (the “ Highest Lawful Rate ”); provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall pay the Lenders such interest, charges, and fees not in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate as required by the terms of this Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 2.08 Repayment of the Loans . The Company shall repay to each Lender the principal amount of the Loan made by such Lender in full plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the Applicable Maturity Date pursuant to and as set forth in Section 2.02 so long as such Loan has not been converted pursuant to Section 2.13 .

SECTION 2.09 Prepayments of the Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayments . Upon the earliest of (i) the date that is six months after the Closing Date, (ii) the closing of the Company IPO, and (iii) the date on which a Sale of the Company is consummated, the Company may, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Agent, prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that if the Company provides written notice to the Agent pursuant to this Section 2.09(a) (any such notice, a “ Prepayment Notice ”) buts fails to prepay the amount of the Loans to be prepaid as set forth in such Prepayment Notice on the prepayment date as set forth in such Prepayment Notice, then the Agent shall have the right to declare an Event of Default by providing the Company with two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice thereof; provided , further , that the first proviso of this Section 2.09(a) shall not apply (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Agent shall not have any right to declare any Event of Default) in the event of any Prepayment Notice provided to the Agent in connection with, or in contemplation of, (x) the closing of the Company IPO, (y) any Sale of the Company, or (z) any equity financing of the Company.

(b) Notice; Application . The notice given of any prepayment shall specify the date and amount of the prepayment. If the notice of prepayment is given, the Company shall make such prepayment and the prepayment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of the Loans shall be applied to the installments of principal thereof as determined by the Company in its sole discretion .

SECTION 2.10 Payments .

(a) Payments . Each payment made by the Company shall be made to the Agent not later than 5:00 p.m. (California time) on the day when due in Dollars and in same day funds, or such other funds as shall be separately agreed upon by the Company and the Agent, in accordance with the Agent’s wire instructions or other instructions provided in writing to the Company.

(b) Extension . Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due, or whenever any interest payment date or any other date specified hereunder would otherwise occur, on a day other than a Business Day, then, except as otherwise provided herein, such payment shall be made, and such interest payment date or other date shall occur, on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or per annum fee hereunder.

(c) Application . Subject to Section 2.10(d) and after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 6.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in Section 6.02 ) each payment by or on behalf of the Company hereunder shall be applied (i) first, to any fees, costs,

 

8


expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest) due the Lenders; (ii) second, to accrued and unpaid interest due the Lenders; (iii) third, to principal due the Lenders, (iv) fourth, to the payment of fees due to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.05 , and (v) fifth, the balance, if any, after all Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Company or as otherwise required by applicable law.

(d) Subordination of Indebtedness . Anything to the contrary in the Intercreditor Agreement notwithstanding, the Agent and the Lenders each hereby agree:

(i) to subordinate all of the Company’s Indebtedness and other obligations to the Agent and the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents, whether presently existing or arising in the future (the “ Subordinated Convertible Indebtedness ”), to all of the Company’s Indebtedness and other obligations to the lenders party to the Loan Agreement with respect to the Note Financing With Warrants October 2012, and Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, in connection with the Note Financing With Warrants October 2012, whether presently existing or arising in the future (the “ Senior Warrant Indebtedness ”);

(ii) that the Subordinated Convertible Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company with respect to the Senior Warrant Indebtedness;

(iii) that any security interest or lien granted to the Agent or the Lenders to secure the Subordinated Convertible Indebtedness shall be subordinated to any security interest or lien granted to secure the Senior Warrant Indebtedness;

(iv) that any security interest or lien granted to secure the Senior Warrant Indebtedness shall at all times be prior to any security interest and lien granted to the Agent in connection with the Subordinated Convertible Indebtedness notwithstanding the respective dates of attachment or perfection of any such security interest or lien; and

(v) that this Section 2.10(d) shall remain effective for so long as the Company owes any amounts with respect to the Senior Warrant Indebtedness.

(e) Pro Rata Treatment

(f) . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each borrowing hereunder and each payment (including each prepayment) by the Company on account of the principal of and interest on the Loans and on account of any fees shall be made ratably in accordance with the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders.

SECTION 2.11 Obligations Several . The obligations of the Lenders under the Loan Documents are several. The failure of any Lender or the Agent to carry out its obligations thereunder shall not relieve any other Lender or the Agent of any obligation thereunder, nor shall any Lender or the Agent be responsible for the obligations of, or any action taken or omitted by, any other Person hereunder or thereunder. Nothing contained in any Loan Document shall be deemed to cause any Lender or the Agent to be considered a partner of or joint venturer with any other Lender or Lenders, the Agent or the Company.

 

9


SECTION 2.12 Sharing . If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Loans made by it (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment) in excess of its Pro Rata Share of payments on account of the Loans obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders, without recourse, such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of the Company from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Company agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12 may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.12 shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.12 .

SECTION 2.13 Conversion of the Notes; Lock-Up .

(a) Upon the closing of the Company IPO, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest due on each Lender’s Note(s) shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by such Lender, into that number of shares of the Company’s common stock that equals (i) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Note(s), plus all accrued and unpaid interest, divided by (ii) (x) if the closing of the Company IPO occurs on or before the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date, 85% of the per share price of the common stock sold in the Company IPO, and (y) if the closing of the Company IPO occurs after the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date but prior to the Initial Maturity Date (or the last day of the First Extended Term or the last day of the Second Extended Term, if applicable), 80% of the per share price of the common stock sold in the Company IPO.

(b) Upon the closing of a Sale of the Company, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest due on each Lender’s Note(s) shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by such Lender, into that number of shares of the Company’s common stock that equals (i) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Note(s), plus all accrued and unpaid interest, divided by (ii) (x) if the closing of such Sale of the Company occurs on or before the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date, 85% of the per share price of the common stock sold in or otherwise valued in such Sale of the Company, and (y) if the closing of the Sale of the Company occurs after the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date but prior to the Initial Maturity Date (or the last day of the First Extended Term or the last day of the Second Extended Term, if applicable), 80% of the per share price of the common stock sold in or otherwise valued in such Sale of the Company.

(c) Upon the closing of an Equity Financing, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest due on each Lender’s Note(s) shall be convertible, automatically and without further action by such Lender, into that number of shares of the Company’s common stock that equals (i) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Note(s), plus all accrued and unpaid interest, divided by (ii) (x) if the closing of such Equity Financing occurs on or before the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date, 85% of the per share price of the Company’s equity securities issued in such Equity Financing, and (y) if the closing of such Equity Financing occurs after the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date but prior to the Initial Maturity Date (or the last day of the First Extended Term or the last day of the Second Extended Term, if applicable), 80% of the per share price of the Company’s equity securities issued in such Equity Financing.

(d) The shares of the Company’s common stock issued to the Lenders upon conversion of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.13(a) , (b) , and (c)  shall be subject to the same underwriter’s

 

10


lock-up applicable to the other investors in the Company; provided that in no event shall the lock-up period exceed 180 days.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 3.01 Conditions Precedent to the Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make its Loan on the date of the borrowing hereunder (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent before or concurrently with the making of the Loans:

(a) Fees and Expenses . The Company shall have paid all fees and expenses required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.04 ; provided that the Agent shall have provided the Company with a detailed invoice at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Loan Documents . The Agent shall have received the following Loan Documents executed by each of the respective parties thereto:

(i) this Agreement;

(ii) any Notes required hereunder; and

(iii) the Security Agreement.

(c) Documents and Actions Relating to Collateral . The Agent shall have received all financing statements and other documents, instruments and agreements requested in writing by the Agent, which shall be necessary to create, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens.

(d) Additional Closing Documents /Closing Deliverables . The Agent shall have received the following, executed by each of the respective parties thereto:

(i) the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary or other appropriate officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying (A) copies, certified, where appropriate, by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, of the Organic Documents of the Company and the resolutions and other actions taken or adopted by the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, and (B) the incumbency, authority and signatures of each officer of the Company authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and act with respect thereto.

 

11


SECTION 3.02 Certain Additional Conditions Precedent to the Loans. The obligation of each Lender to make its Loan shall also be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties .

(i) On the date of the Loans, both before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of proceeds therefrom: (i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 shall be true and correct in all material respects, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date (except for any such representation and warranty that by its terms is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date).

(b) No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result from the making of the Loans.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 4.01 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

(a) Organization and Powers . The Company is duly organized or formed, as the case may be, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Company and do not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, (i) contravene the terms of the Organic Documents of the Company; (ii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any material lease, instrument, contract or other agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, except where such breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) violate any provision of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or the like binding on or affecting the Company, except where such violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Binding Obligation . The Loan Documents constitute, or when delivered under this Agreement will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,

 

12


insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

(d) Litigation . As of the Closing Date, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator which if determined adversely to the Company would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Financial Statements . All financial statements of the Company delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date are complete and correct in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as at the times and for the periods covered by such statements, in each case in accordance with GAAP, subject, in the case of any unaudited financial statements, to normal yearend adjustments and any absence of notes, except as otherwise amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise subsequently modified by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date.

(f) Taxes . As of the Closing Date, the Company has duly filed all tax returns required to be filed, and has paid all taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges or levies that have become due and payable, except to the extent such taxes or other charges are being contested in good faith and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; provided that the failure to file tax returns or to pay taxes shall not constitute a breach of this representation and warranty unless the aggregate amount of taxes relating thereto could reasonably be expected to exceed $100,000.

(g) Insurance . The properties of the Company are insured in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(h) Compliance With Laws . As of the Closing Date, the Company is in compliance with all material laws, rules, regulations, orders and decrees which are applicable to it or its properties, except where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as of the Closing Date, the Company is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and there are no actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of the Company’s properties, relating to any Environmental Laws, where any adverse determination with respect thereto or liability imposed therein could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

13


ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01 Reporting Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or the Lenders shall have any Commitments, the Company agrees that:

(a) Financial Statements and Other Reports . The Company will furnish to the Agent: (i) no later than 120 days after and as of the end of each fiscal year, the Company’s annual financial statements for such fiscal year; and (ii) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clause (i), a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent stating whether any Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate, and if so, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto (which delivery may be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes).

(b) Additional Information . The Company will furnish to the Agent: (i) promptly after the Company has knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) prompt written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, including any actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company, or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective properties, relating to Environmental Laws, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) prompt written notice of any other condition or event which has resulted, or that could reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02 Affirmative Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or the Lenders shall have any Commitments, the Company agrees that:

(a) Preservation of Existence, Etc . The Company will maintain and preserve its legal existence, its rights to transact business and all other rights, franchises and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business and operations and the ownership of its properties, except in connection with any transactions not expressly prohibited hereunder.

(b) Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay and discharge all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of the Company, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; provided that the failure to make any such payments shall not constitute a breach of this covenant unless the aggregate amount of such payments could reasonably be expected to exceed $200,000.

 

14


(c) Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will (i) carry and maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and (ii) if requested by the Agent in writing, promptly provide the Agent with such evidence as it reasonably requests to demonstrate compliance with this Section 5.02(c) , including delivering to the Agent a report from the Company’s insurance broker regarding the adequacy of the Company’s insurance; provided , however , that (x) if the Agent requests such evidence that would require the Company to pay or incur additional fees and/or expenses in excess of the fees and expenses historically paid by the Company with respect to insurance as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, then the Company shall inform the Agent of such additional fees and/or expenses and (y) if the Agent requests such evidence after being informed of such additional fees and/or expenses, then such additional fees and/or expenses shall be paid by the Agent.

(d) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will keep adequate records and books of account, in which entries will be made in accordance with GAAP.

(e) Inspection Rights . Upon ten Business Days’ prior written notice, the Company will, at any reasonable time during normal business hours and from time to time, permit the Agent or any of its agents or representatives to examine the records and books of account of the Company.

(f) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Company will comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental agency or authority, including all Environmental Laws and ERISA, and the terms of any contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it may be bound.

(g) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . The Company will maintain and preserve all of its material properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(h) Licenses . The Company will obtain and maintain all material licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other governmental approvals of any governmental agency or authority necessary for the operation and conduct of its business.

(i) Observer Rights . From the Closing Date until the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of the Company IPO or (ii) the closing of a Sale of the Company, the Company will allow the Lenders to have the right to appoint one individual to attend meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors as an observer; provided that such individual shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company; and provided , further , that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.02(i) , such observer may be excluded from any meeting or receiving any information, but only to the extent necessary or appropriate (A) to protect any confidential matters discussed therein, (B) to protect the Company’s

 

15


attorney/client privilege or (C) in the event that the Company’s Board of Directors reasonably determines in good faith that such observer has a conflicting interest.

(j) Minimum Cash Balance. From the Closing Date until the date that the Indebtedness of the Company owed to Point has been paid in full, the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will maintain a cash balance at all times in an amount equal to or greater than the lesser of (i) $5,000,000 and (ii) the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company owed to Point.

SECTION 5.03 Negative Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or the Lenders shall have any Commitments, the Company agrees that:

(a) Indebtedness . The Company will not create, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than:

(i) Indebtedness of the Company to the Lenders or the Agent hereunder;

(ii) Indebtedness of the Company existing on the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 2 and extensions, renewals and refinancings of such Indebtedness, provided that (x) such Indebtedness has been disclosed on the most recent financial statements of the Company submitted to the Agent or any Lender on or prior to the date of this Agreement, and (y) the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such extension, renewal or refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing unused commitments thereunder;

(iii) unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) [intentionally omitted];

(v) Purchase Money Indebtedness; provided that the material terms and conditions of any Purchase Money Indebtedness relating to the Michigan Facility shall have been (x) disclosed to the Agent prior to the Company’s incurrence of such Indebtedness such that the Agent is provided with reasonably sufficient time to review such terms and conditions prior to the Company becoming obligated to incur such Indebtedness, and (y) consented to in writing by the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned);

(vi) cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000;

(viii) sales rebates issued by the Company to customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

16


(ix) grants provided by the United States government in exchange for the Company’s obligation to purchase equipment specified by such grants or to fund research and development efforts specified in such grants;

(x) Indebtedness owed to the lenders pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement with respect to the Note Financing With Warrants October 2012;

(xi) Indebtedness that is incurred on the date of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(xii) Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiii) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by the Company in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar financial products entered into or obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) Subordinated Debt;

(xvi) Indebtedness of the Company to any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries;

(xvii) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to a working capital facility secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the Code) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the Code); and

(xviii) additional Indebtedness of the Company not otherwise described above in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(b) Liens . The Company will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (such Liens, collectively, “Permitted Liens”):

(i) Liens in favor of the Lenders or the Agent;

(ii) the existing Liens listed in Schedule 3 or incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by such existing Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (A) not yet due or as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 5.03(a)(v) ;

 

17


(v) attachments, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided , however , that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(vi) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, repairmen, carriers or employees or other similar Liens provided for by mandatory provisions of law (A) which are not filed or recorded for a period of more than sixty days, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(vii) pledges or deposits made or Liens in incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security or employment or insurance legislation;

(viii) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

(x) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(xi) Liens in favor of financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with, and which solely encumber, deposit, disbursement or concentration accounts maintained with such financial institutions on funds and other items in such accounts;

(xii) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

(xiii) Liens assumed by the Company in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that secure Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(x) ;

(xv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(xv) ;

(xvi) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(xvii) ;

(xvii) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Note Financing With Warrants October 2012; and

(xviii) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000.

 

18


(c) Accounting Methods . The Company will not change (i) the times of commencement or termination of its fiscal year or (ii) its methods of accounting, in each case, except as required by GAAP.

(d) Name Change . The Company will not change its name unless the Company has provided at least 2 days’ prior written notice to the Agent of such change.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01 Events of Default . Any of the following events which shall occur shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Payments . Immediately and without notice from the Agent or any Lender upon the Company’s failure to pay when due any principal, interest or other charges or expenses that the Company is required to pay pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that Company shall have the right to cure such Event of Default by paying the full amount of such payment in accordance with this Agreement within thirty days following such failure.

(b) Representations and Warranties . Any representation or warranty by the Company under or in connection with the Loan Documents shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made.

(c) Failure by Company to Perform Covenants . The Company shall fail to perform or observe any covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and any such failure continues uncured for a period of thirty days after the Company receives written notice of such failure from the Agent.

(d) Voluntary Proceedings . The Company (i) generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing.

(e) Involuntary Proceedings . (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is commenced or filed against the Company, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of such Person’s properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company admits the material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the Company acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in

 

19


possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its property or business.

(f) Dissolution, Etc . The Company shall (i) liquidate, wind up or dissolve (or suffer any liquidation, wind-up or dissolution), except in connection with any Sale of the Company, (ii) suspend its operations other than in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) take any action to authorize any of the actions or events set forth above in this subsection (f).

(g) [Intentionally Omitted] .

(h) Collateral Documents . The Company or any other Person shall fail to perform or observe in any material respect any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Collateral Documents on its part to be performed or observed and any such failure shall remain unremedied beyond the grace period, if any, specified therein, or any “Event of Default” as defined in any Collateral Document shall have occurred; or any of the Collateral Documents after delivery thereof shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or any of the Collateral Documents for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, shall cease to create a valid and perfected Lien subject only to Permitted Liens in any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby.

SECTION 6.02 Effect of Event of Default . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing beyond any cure period provided for in this Agreement with respect to such Event of Default, the Agent may (i) by notice to the Company, (A) declare the Commitments of the Lenders to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (B) declare the entire unpaid principal amount of the Loans and any Notes, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other Obligations, including without limitation, (subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law) all out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by any Lender in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, all of which expenses shall be deemed added to the Obligations immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Loans and any Notes, all such accrued interest and all such other Obligations shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code, the result which would otherwise occur only upon giving of notice by the Agent to the Company as specified in this clause (i) shall occur automatically, without the giving of any such notice; and (ii) whether or not the actions referred to in clause (i) have been taken, (A) exercise any or all of the Lenders’ and/or the Agent’s rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents, and (B) proceed to enforce all other rights and remedies available to the Lenders and the Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders) under the Loan Documents and applicable law.

 

20


ARTICLE VII

THE AGENT

SECTION 7.01 Appointment . Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agent as the Agent of such Lender under the Loan Documents and each such Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent, as the Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

SECTION 7.02 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may execute any of its duties under the Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

SECTION 7.03 Successor Agent . The Agent may resign as Agent under the Loan Documents upon thirty days’ prior written notice to the Company and the Lenders representing the majority by dollar value of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans hereunder (the “ Majority Lenders ”). If the Agent shall resign, then the Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent, subject to the right of the Company to approve the successor Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, whereupon such successor Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent, and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent effective upon its appointment, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated, subject only to such former Agent’s right to be compensated in the amount of such portion of the Administrative Agency Fee as shall be equal to the portion of the time which shall have elapsed between the Closing Date and the date upon which the Administrative Agency Fee shall have become due and payable in accordance with Section 2.05 , during which time such former Agent served as Agent under the Loan Documents, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or successors thereto; provided that in no event shall the former Agent be compensated prior to the Applicable Maturity Date. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 7.03 (including the rights of such former Agent to proportional compensation from the Administrative Agency Fee as set forth herein) shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 7.04 Authorization to the Agent . Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and perform such duties under this Agreement and the Notes as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The duties and obligations of the Agent are strictly limited to those expressly provided for herein, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agent. The Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of each of the Lenders to: (a) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, remedies or powers of the Lenders under applicable law in respect of the Loan Documents or all or any portion of any Collateral, (b) sell, release, surrender, realize upon, substitute or otherwise deal with, in any manner and in any order, all or any portion of any Collateral, (c) make any demands or give any notices under or in connection with the Notes, the Loan Documents and this Agreement, (d) effect amendments to and grant waivers under the Loan Documents, including without limitation, this Agreement and any Security Agreement, (e) distribute payments to the Lenders of amounts paid to it by the Company or received by it in connection with the Collateral, (f) receive and hold on behalf of the Lenders any instruments or other possessory Collateral, (g) exercise rights of conversion under the Notes and distribute corporate stock or partnership units among the Lenders in proportion to their investment, and (h) engage, replace, instruct and remunerate on behalf of the Lenders consultants, experts, counsel and

 

21


other persons to be engaged by the Agent or the Lenders, including legal counsel for Agent or the Lenders. As to the exercise of any of its powers and discharge of any of its duties, the Agent shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to obtain instructions of the Majority Lenders, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon such instructions and such instructions, if any, shall be binding upon all Lenders. Except for actions expressly required of the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act under this Agreement and the Notes and other Loan Documents unless it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action, and the Agent shall not in any event be required to take any action which exposes the Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Notes or applicable law. Each Lender hereby agrees with the other Lenders that it shall not seek to exercise remedies of a secured party hereunder except through the Agent.

SECTION 7.05 Apparent Authority . The Company acknowledges the authority granted to the Agent by the Lenders and shall be permitted to rely exclusively, without further investigation, upon the representations, consents, waivers and all other actions taken by the Agent. The Company, for itself and its affiliates and their successors and assigns, hereby acknowledges that at all times prior to the execution and delivery by the Agent of this Agreement, the Company has accepted and relied upon, and will continue to accept and rely upon the actual and apparent authority of the Agent acting alone and without further authorization from the Lenders or any of them, with respect to any or all of the rights, powers, authority or remedies granted or reserved to the Agent or the Lenders, the Loan Documents, or the Notes or any of them. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has all right and apparent and actual authority to exercise alone the rights, powers, and remedies granted or reserved to the Agent or the Lenders under this Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents without further evidence of such authority or confirmation thereof from or by any Lender.

(a) Substitution of Collateral . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has all necessary and sufficient authority, acting alone, to agree to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation, the substitution of all loan or credit interests, including without limitation any perfected security interests granted by the Company or its affiliates, for the equity interests which are the subject of the conversion provisions set forth in this Agreement or in the Notes or other Loan Documents, whether such substituted equity interests are represented by partnership interests or by common or preferred stock interests in the Company, or its affiliates, successors or assigns.

(b) Allocation of Loan Payments . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has the all necessary and sufficient right and authority, acting alone to allocate any and all payments made by the Company to any of the outstanding loan balances which shall be or become due from the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the Loan Documents. The Company agrees that the Agent may apply any and all payments made pursuant this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the Loan Documents to any outstanding obligation of the Company to the Lenders or any of them in the manner the Agent, in his absolute discretion, sees fit, regardless of whether such allocation would or might have the effect of creating a breach or Default or Event of Default under any of this Agreement, the Notes, or any of the Loan Documents.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE LENDERS

SECTION 8.01 Representations and Warranties

 

22


SECTION 8.02 of the Lenders . Each Lender represents and warrants to the Company, severally and not jointly, with respect to its Note and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of its Note, as follows:

(a) High Risk Investment . Such Lender is experienced in evaluating and investing in companies with similar financial concerns as those of the Company and understands the high risk nature of such Lender’s investment.

(b) Accredited Investor . Such Lender (i) is an “accredited” investor as defined under U.S. federal securities laws and (ii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Lender is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Company may consent in writing to allowing a Person to be a Lender under this Agreement even if such Person cannot make the representations and warranties set forth in clause (b)(i) of this Section 8.01 .

(c) Investment . Such Lender is acquiring its Note and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of such Note for investment for such Lender’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof. Such Lender understands that its Note to be issued to it and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of such Note have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of such Lender’s representations as expressed herein.

(d) Rule 144 . Such Lender acknowledges that its Note to be issued to it and any equity securities issuable upon any conversion of such Note must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Such Lender is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” (as provided by Rule 144(f)) and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(e) No Public Market . Such Lender understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Notes or the equity securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

(f) Access to Data . Such Lender has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business and financial affairs with its management. Such Lender understands that such discussions, as well as any written information issued by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s business and prospects which it believes to be material but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. Such Lender acknowledges that any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in the future are based upon the best judgment of the Company’s management as of the date of this Agreement. Whether or not such estimates or projections may be achieved will depend upon the Company achieving its overall business objectives. There is no guarantee that any of these projections will be attained. Such Lender acknowledges that as part of the opportunity to investigate the Company’s affairs, such Lender has been provided with the Company’s website address: https://marronebio.com , and

 

23


access to a ShareFile Account maintained by the Company ( https://marronebio.sharefile.com/ ) containing, inter alia, copies of the financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding three (3) fiscal years, copies of loan documents representing the prior and existing indebtedness of the Company as disclosed on Schedule 2 of this Agreement, copies of summaries prepared for the purpose of acquainting investors with the business operations and prospects of the Company, an appraisal of the Michigan Facility and other data deemed pertinent by the Company to a reasonable portrayal of its financial and business affairs.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01 Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein or in any other Loan Document, (i) no amendment to any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Agent; and (ii) no waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or consent to any departure by the Company or other party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Company. Any such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.01 , any term or provision of any such other Loan Document may be amended without the agreement or consent of, or prior notice to, any party hereto, to the extent such Loan Document provides for amendments without the agreement or consent of, or notice to, such party.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent and the Company to add one or more additional term loan facilities to this Agreement, and to permit the extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith from time to time outstanding to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder.

SECTION 9.02 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including by facsimile transmission and by electronic mail) and mailed (by certified or registered mail), sent or delivered to the respective parties hereto at or to their respective addresses or facsimile numbers set forth below their names on the signature pages hereof, or at or to such other address, facsimile number or email address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective (i) if delivered by hand, sent by certified or registered mail or sent by an overnight courier service, when received; and (ii) if sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, when sent. Electronic mail may be used only for routine communications, such as financial statements and other information documents, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used for any other purpose.

SECTION 9.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies

 

24


under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges that may otherwise be available to the Lenders.

SECTION 9.04 Fees and Disbursements of Counsel . The Company agrees to pay on demand the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of the Loan Documents in an amount not to exceed (a) $25,000 minus (b) the fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of the documents relating to the Note Financing With Warrants October 2012; provided that (x) in no event shall the Agent or any Lender deduct such fees and disbursements of counsel from the Loans and (y) Agent shall promptly provide the Company with a detailed invoice of such fees and disbursements of counsel upon request thereof.

SECTION 9.05 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made in any Loan Documents shall, except to the extent otherwise provided therein, survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the execution and delivery of any Notes, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Lender has any Commitment, the Loans shall remain outstanding or any other Obligations remain unpaid or any obligation to perform any other act hereunder or under any other Loan Document remains unsatisfied.

SECTION 9.06 Benefits of Agreement . The Loan Documents are entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect beneficiary of, or shall have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, any Loan Document.

SECTION 9.07 Binding Effect; Assignment . (a) Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Company, the Lenders, and the Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company, each Lender, the Agent, and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Assignment . The Company shall not have the right to assign its rights and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein without the prior written consent of the Agent, except in connection with an assignment in whole to a successor to the Company; provided that such successor acquires all or substantially all of the assets or equity of the Company and the Agent’s and the Lenders’ rights hereunder are not materially impaired. Each Lender may sell, assign or transfer all or any portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to any Lender or other Person on the basis set forth below in this subsection (b) and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws.

(i) Any Lender may, with the written consent of the Company, at any time and from time to time, assign and delegate to one or more Persons all, or any ratable part, of such Lender’s Loan, its Commitment and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no written consent of the Company shall be required during the existence of a Default or in

 

25


connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to another Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender; and (ii) except in connection with an assignment of all of a Lender’s rights and obligations with respect to its Commitment and Loan, any such assignment to any Person that is not a Lender hereunder shall be equal to or greater than $1,000,000.

(ii) In the event of any such assignment, unless and until an assignment and assumption agreement (an “Assignment and Assumption”) and notice of assignment shall have been delivered by the assigning Lender and the assignee to the other Lenders and the Company (unless waived in writing by the Agent and the Company), such assignee shall not be entitled to exercise the rights of a Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to such assignment and the Company shall not be obligated to make payment of any amount to which such assignee may become entitled thereunder other than to the assigning Lender. Subject to satisfaction of the foregoing conditions in connection with any assignment, upon the effectiveness of such assignment the assignee shall be deemed a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the rights and obligations assigned to it, and the other Loan Documents with respect to the rights and obligations assigned to it, and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

(iii) In connection with any partial assignment, upon the written request of the assigning Lender, the Agent, or the assignee, (A) the Company shall execute and deliver substitute Notes to the assigning Lender or the assignee, dated the effective date of such assignment, setting forth the principal amount of the Loans held by such assigning Lender and assignee (after giving effect to the assignment), and containing other appropriate insertions, and the assigning Lender shall thereupon return the Note previously held by it; and (B)  Schedule 1 shall be deemed amended to reflect the adjustment of the Commitments and Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders resulting therefrom.

(iv) The Company agrees that in connection with any such grant or assignment, the Agent or such Lender may deliver to the prospective assignee financial statements and other relevant information relating to the Company.

(v) The Agent or each Lender shall obtain from any such prospective assignee a confidentiality agreement in which such assignee agrees to an obligation of confidentiality substantially similar to the terms of Section 9.08 .

SECTION 9.08 Confidentiality . The Agent and each Lender shall hold all nonpublic information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries obtained by it under this Agreement in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature, except for: (i) disclosure to it, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives in connection with the negotiation, execution or performance of the Loan Documents; (ii) disclosure as reasonably required in connection with a transfer to a prospective assignee of all or part of its Loan, as provided in Section 9.07 ; (iii) disclosure as may be required or requested by any governmental agency or authority or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process; (iv) disclosure to any Person and in any proceeding necessary in such Person’s judgment to protect its interests in connection with any claim or dispute involving such Person; and (v) any other disclosure with the prior written consent of the Company. Prior to any disclosure by the Agent or any Lender of such nonpublic information permitted under clause (iii), it shall, if permitted by applicable laws or judicial order, notify the Company of such pending disclosure. Upon the Company’s written request, the Agent and the Lenders shall promptly return any materials furnished by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such obligation of

 

26


confidentiality shall not apply if the information or substantially similar information is or becomes part of the public domain.

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

SECTION 9.10 Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company, the Lenders, and the Agent each hereby (i) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California and the Federal courts of the United States sitting in the State of California for the purpose of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such courts, (iii) irrevocably waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any objection which it now or hereafter may have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding brought in any of the foregoing courts, and any objection on the ground that any such action or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (iv) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.11 Entire Agreement . The Loan Documents reflect the entire agreement between the Company, the Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the matters set forth herein and therein and supersede any prior agreements, commitments, drafts, communication, discussions and understandings, oral or written, with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.12 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of the Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under all applicable laws and regulations. If, however, any provision of any of the Loan Documents shall be prohibited by or invalid under any such law or regulation in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law or regulation, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be ineffective and invalid only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without affecting the remaining provisions of such Loan Document, or the validity or effectiveness of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

[signature pages follow]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By

   /s/ Pam Marrone
 

Title: President & CEO

 

Address:

 

2121 Second Street, Suite B-107

Davis, California 95618

Attn.: Chief Executive Officer

 

With a copy to:

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP

400 Capitol Mall

Suite 2600

Sacramento, California 95814

Attn.: Charles S. Farman, Esq.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


THE AGENT
 /s/ Gordon Snyder
Gordon Snyder

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


LENDER
IRREVOCABLE TRUST U/W J.H.
EVANS, a California trust
By:  

 /s/ Jane B. Vilas

  Jane B. Vilas, Trustee


SCHEDULE 1

Commitments and Pro Rata Shares

 

Lender

  

Commitment Amount

    

Pro Rata Share

 

Irrevocable Trust U/W J.H. Evans

   $ 2,500,000         100

Total

   $ 2,500,000         100


SCHEDULE 2

Existing Indebtedness

 

1. Indebtedness owed to Point Financial, Inc. (“ Point ”) pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. (“ MBI ”) and Point, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $10,000,000, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Point Security Agreement is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.

 

2. Indebtedness relating to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2012, by and among MBI and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced or secured by the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.

 

3. Indebtedness owed to Five Star Bank in an aggregate principal amount up to $1,000,000, as the agreement relating to such Indebtedness may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, that the principal amount of the indebtedness to Five Star Bank is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.


SCHEDULE 3

Existing Liens

 

      

Secured Party

  

Initial Filing Number

    

Initial Filing Date

    

Collateral Description

1

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2009 2917117         9/11/2009       Equipment

2

   Wells Fargo Foothill      2009 3286207         10/13/2009       Equipment

3

   Thermo Fisher Financial Services Inc.      2011 0842388         3/8/2011       Equipment

4

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2011 1307423         4/7/2011       Equipment

5

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2011 1486599         4/20/2011       Equipment

6

   Point Financial, Inc.      2012 1440108         7/13/2012       All assets

7

   Thermo Fisher Financial Services Inc.      2012 1830845         5/11/2012       Equipment

8

   Manufacturers’ Lease Plans, Inc.      2012 2469296         6/26/2012       Equipment

9

   Farnam Street Financial, Inc.      2012 2776104         7/19/2012       Equipment

10

   Five Star Bank      08-7158560393         5/20/2008       All assets

11

   Five Star Bank      2012 0023053         1/3/2012       All assets


PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$2,500,000.00   

Davis, California

October      , 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to              (the “ Lender ”), in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, the principal sum of TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2,500,000.00) or, if less, the unpaid principal amount of all Loans (as defined in the Agreement) made by the Lender pursuant to the Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Agreement (as defined below).

Subject to Section 2.13 of the Agreement, the Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the Lender in like money (in each of the following cases, with such interest to be paid on the date that is the earlier of (x) the date that this Note is converted pursuant to Section 2.13(a) , ( b) , or (c)  of the Agreement and (y) the applicable maturity date as set forth in Section 2.02 of the Agreement), (a) from the date of such Loan until and including the Initial Maturity Date, at a rate per annum equal to 12%, (b) from and after Initial Maturity Date until and including the last day of the First Extended Term (if applicable), at a rate per annum equal to 13%, (c) from and after the first day of the First Extended Term until and including the last day of the Second Extended Term (if applicable), at a rate per annum equal to 14%.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October      , 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement), by and among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Gordon Snyder, an individual, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. This Note is secured by the Security Agreement. As provided in the Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment prior to the applicable maturity date, in whole or in part.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.

In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing and the provisions of the Agreement, the undersigned further agrees, subject to the cure periods set forth in the Agreement and any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WTH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.


MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PROMISSORY NOTE

Exhibit 10.20

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 16, 2012, is made between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Debtor”) and Gordon Snyder, an individual (“Snyder”), as collateral agent for the lenders party to the Loan Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, “Secured Party”).

Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 Definitions; Interpretation .

(a) All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

(b) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among Debtor, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of California.

(c) Where applicable and except as otherwise defined herein, terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

(d) In this Agreement, (i) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; and (ii) the captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

SECTION 2 Security Interest .

(a) As security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party as collateral agent, for itself and for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of its (i) personal property, wherever located and whether now existing or owned or hereafter acquired or arising, including all accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, equipment (including all fixtures), general intangibles, instruments, inventory, investment property, letter-of-credit rights, money, and other goods, and (ii) real property and real property interests, appurtenances, and fixtures, including rights of possession and use under leases and licenses, tenant improvements, and rights under options to lease or purchase and the like, and in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), all products, proceeds and supporting obligations of any and all of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). The interest of any Lender in the Collateral shall be on a parity with the interests of all other Lenders, and the interest of each Lender in the Collateral shall be ratable in the proportion that the aggregate indebtedness then outstanding and unpaid under the Note(s) held by such Lender bears to the aggregate indebtedness then outstanding and unpaid under the Notes held by all Lenders (except to the extent the Lenders agree to any other ratable interest therein).

 

1


(b) This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral which shall remain in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 15 hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, the grant of a security interest as provided herein shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any general intangibles of Debtor (whether owned or held as licensee or lessee, or otherwise), to the extent that (i) such general intangibles are not assignable or capable of being encumbered as a matter of law or under the terms of the license, lease or other agreement applicable thereto (but solely to the extent that any such restriction shall be enforceable under applicable law), without the consent of the licensor or lessor thereof or other applicable party thereto and (ii) such consent has not been obtained; provided , however , that the foregoing grant of security interest shall extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall include, (A) any general intangible which is an account receivable or a proceed of, or otherwise related to the enforcement or collection of, any account receivable, or goods which are the subject of any account receivable, (B) any and all proceeds of any general intangibles which are otherwise excluded to the extent that the assignment or encumbrance of such proceeds is not so restricted, and (C) upon obtaining the consent of any such licensor, lessor or other applicable party’s consent with respect to any such otherwise excluded general intangibles, such general intangibles as well as any and all proceeds thereof that might have theretofore have been excluded from such grant of a security interest and the term “Collateral”.

(d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Collateral include, and Debtor shall not be deemed to have granted a security interest in, any of Debtor’s right, title or interest in any of the outstanding voting capital stock or other ownership interests of a Controlled Foreign Corporation (as defined below) in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock or other ownership interests of such Controlled Foreign Corporation entitled to vote; provided that (i) immediately upon the amendment of the Internal Revenue Code to allow the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital stock or other ownership interests in a Controlled Foreign Corporation without adverse tax consequences, the Collateral shall include, and Debtor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, such greater percentage of capital stock or other ownership interests of each Controlled Foreign Corporation; and (ii) if no adverse tax consequences to Debtor shall arise or exist in connection with the pledge of any Controlled Foreign Corporation, the Collateral shall include, and Debtor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, such Controlled Foreign Corporation. As used herein, “Controlled Foreign Corporation” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) Secured Party agrees that, notwithstanding the terms of any account control agreements, while no Event of Default exists Secured Party (i) shall refrain from exerting control over any deposit or securities accounts subject to such account control agreements, (ii) shall defer to Debtor’s control over the assets and proceeds in such accounts, including Debtor’s ability to withdraw from, or otherwise direct the disposition of funds from, deposit accounts for the payment of Debtor’s obligations to third parties as they become due and payable, and including Debtor’s ability to withdraw from, designate investments in, or otherwise direct activities in its securities accounts, and (iii) shall not send a “Notice of Exclusive Control” (or similar notice pursuant to which Secured Party purports to exert exclusive control over any deposit or securities account of Debtor) to the applicable bank, broker or other securities intermediary party to an account control agreement.

SECTION 3 Financing Statements, Etc.

Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file at any time and from time to time any financing statements describing the Collateral, and Debtor shall execute and deliver to Secured Party, and Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file (with or without Debtor’s signature), at any time and from time to time, all amendments to financing statements, assignments, continuation financing statements,

 

2


termination statements, and other documents and instruments, in form reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party, as Secured Party may reasonably request, to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the security interest of Secured Party in the Collateral and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 4 Representations and Warranties . Debtor represents and warrants to Secured Party that:

(a) Debtor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Debtor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Debtor, and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Debtor, enforceable against Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

(c) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority or agency, or approval or consent of any other Person, is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by Debtor of this Agreement, except for any filings necessary to perfect any Liens on any Collateral.

(d) Debtor’s exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(e) Debtor has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and Debtor is the sole and complete owner of the Collateral, free from any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 5 Covenants . So long as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied, Debtor agrees that:

(a) Debtor shall do and perform all reasonable acts that may be necessary and appropriate to maintain, preserve, and protect the Collateral.

(b) Debtor shall comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations and ordinances, and all policies of insurance, relating in a material way to the possession, operation, maintenance and control of the Collateral.

(c) Debtor shall give prompt written notice to Secured Party (and in any event not later than 60 days following any change described below in this subsection) of: (i) any change in its name; (ii) any changes in its identity or structure in any manner which might make any financing statement filed hereunder incorrect or misleading; (iii) any change in its registration as an organization (or any new such registration); or (iv) any change in its jurisdiction of organization.

(d) Debtor shall pay and discharge all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it with respect to the Collateral prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in

 

3


accordance with GAAP; provided that the failure to make any such payments shall not constitute a breach of this covenant unless the aggregate amount of such payments could reasonably be expected to exceed $200,000.

(e) Debtor shall maintain and preserve its legal existence, its rights to transact business and all other rights, franchises and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business and operations and the ownership of the Collateral, except in connection with any transactions expressly not expressly prohibited hereunder.

(f) Upon the written request of Secured Party, Debtor shall promptly deliver to Secured Party, or an agent designated by it, appropriately endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer or assignment, all documents and instruments, all certificated securities with respect to any investment property, all letters of credit and all accounts and other rights to payment at any time evidenced by promissory notes, trade acceptances or other instruments.

(g) Upon Secured Party’s written request, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party if Debtor holds or acquires (i) any commercial tort claims, (ii) any chattel paper, including any interest in any electronic chattel paper, or (iii) any letter-of-credit rights.

SECTION 6 Events of Default . An “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

SECTION 7 Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may, by notice to Debtor, declare any of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable and shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and other applicable laws.

(b) The cash proceeds actually received from the sale or other disposition or collection of Collateral, and any other amounts received in respect of the Collateral the application of which is not otherwise provided for herein, shall be applied to the payment of the Obligations as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any surplus thereof which exists after payment and performance in full of the Obligations shall be promptly paid over to Debtor or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the UCC or other applicable law.

SECTION 8 Notices . All notices or other communications hereunder shall be provided in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 9 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of Secured Party or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges that may otherwise be available to Secured Party and the Lenders.

 

4


SECTION 10 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Debtor, Secured Party, each Lender and their respective successors and assigns and shall bind any Person who becomes bound as a debtor to this Agreement.

SECTION 11 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of California, except as required by mandatory provisions of law and to the extent the validity or perfection of the security interests hereunder, or the remedies hereunder, in respect of any Collateral are governed by the law of a jurisdiction other than California.

SECTION 12 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be amended except by the written agreement of the parties.

SECTION 13 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under all applicable laws and regulations. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under any such law or regulation in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law or regulation, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be ineffective and invalid only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity or effectiveness of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

SECTION 15 Termination . Upon payment and performance in full of all Obligations, the security interest created under this Agreement shall terminate and Secured Party shall promptly execute and deliver to Debtor such documents and instruments reasonably requested by Debtor as shall be necessary or appropriate to evidence termination of all security interests given by Debtor to Secured Party hereunder.

SECTION 16 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and the Loan Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 17 Confidentiality . Secured Party covenants and agrees, on a continuing basis, to use reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of and not to disclose to any person other than its officers, directors, attorneys and accountants and subsidiaries and affiliates, and such other persons to whom Secured Party shall at any time be required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law, any and all proprietary, trade secret or confidential information provided to or received by Secured Party from or on account of

 

5


Debtor or any subsidiary or affiliate of Debtor, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices or contractual information, customer lists, employee relation matters, and any other information the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the business, finances or operations of Debtor or its subsidiaries and affiliates; provided , however , the foregoing provisions shall not be effective regarding the disposition of Collateral after an Event of Default.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
Title:   President & CEO

 

/s/ Gordon Snyder
GORDON SNYDER

Exhibit 10.21

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

between

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

and

SYNGENTA VENTURES PTE. LTD.

Dated as of December 6, 2012


NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 6th day of December, 2012, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Syngenta Ventures Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore (the “ Purchaser ”).

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of Note .

1.1. Authorization . The Company has duly authorized the issuance, sale and delivery to the Purchaser, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, of a convertible promissory note in an aggregate principal amount equal to $12,500,000 substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Note ”).

1.2. Issuance of Note . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in consideration of the Purchaser’s delivery of the Purchase Price (as defined below) to the Company, the Company agrees to issue and deliver the Note to the Purchaser at the Closing.

1.3. Closing; Delivery .

(a) The purchase and sale of the Note shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures, at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Time, on December 6, 2012, or at such other time and place as the Company and the Purchaser mutually agree upon, orally or in writing (which time and place are designated as the “ Closing ”).

(b) At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver $12,500,000 (the “ Purchase Price ”), in immediately available funds, to an account designated by the Company.

(c) At the Closing, the Company shall issue and deliver the Note, in the name of the Purchaser, to the Purchaser.

1.4. Defined Terms Used in this Agreement . In addition to the terms defined above or otherwise defined herein, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

2012 Note Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2012, as amended, among the Company and each of the investors party thereto.

2012 Noteholders ” means each of the holders of the 2012 Notes, together with any other holder of any Indebtedness under the 2012 Notes or the 2012 Note Purchase Agreement.

2012 Notes ” means each of the “Notes” (as defined in the 2012 Note Purchase Agreement) issued by the Company pursuant to the 2012 Note Purchase Agreement.


“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or stock is acquired by the Company in a Permitted Acquisition.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

Amendment to Voting Agreement ” means that certain Amendment, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , to the Voting Agreement.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company IPO ” means the first underwritten sale to the public of the Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means all Subsidiaries of the Company incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Environmental Laws ” means all former, current and future federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

Equity Interests ” means shares, shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay

 

2


(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than 90 days after the purchase of such property or service, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all obligations of such Person under or in respect of Hedging Agreements, and (k) all earn-out or similar obligations of such Person. For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of any Person under clause (j)  of the preceding sentence, the amount of the obligations of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Investor Rights Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2010, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

3


Knowledge ,” including the phrase “ to the Company’s Knowledge ,” means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of either Pam Marrone or Don Glidewell, CEO and CFO of the Company respectively.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, prospects, property or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) any material limitation on the ability of the Company to perform its material obligations under, or the legality, validity or enforceability of, any Transaction Agreement; provided , however , that no such effect resulting from or arising out of the following shall be considered when determining if a Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (a) changes in conditions in the U.S., foreign or global economy or capital or financial markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates; (b) changes in general legal, tax, regulatory, political or business conditions in the countries in which the Company does business; (c) acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism, or any escalation or worsening of any such acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism threatened or underway as of the date of this Agreement; or (d) earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, or other natural disasters.

Michigan Facility ” means the Company’s plant facility located in Bangor, Michigan.

MMM ” means Marrone Michigan Manufacturing, LLC, a Subsidiary of the Company.

MMM Debt Limit ” means (i) as of any date of determination, until such date as the cumulative revenues of the Company and MMM from third parties with respect to the Company’s and MMM’s Zequanox and Grandevo products exceeds $3,000,000, $15,000,000, and (ii) as of any date of determination, from and after the date on which the cumulative revenues of the Company and MMM from third parties with respect to the Company’s and MMM’s Zequanox and Grandevo products exceeds $3,000,000, $30,000,000.

Obligations ” means the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Note, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Company under the Note or this Agreement, when and as due, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Purchaser under this Agreement and each of the other

 

4


Transaction Agreements, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), when and as due.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of a Person or line of business of such Person or all or substantially all of the outstanding Equity Interests of a Person, in each case, so long as:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition and the proposed acquisition is consensual;

(ii) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c) ;

(iii) the Company has provided the Purchaser with written notice of the proposed acquisition at least five (5) days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition and, not later than two (2) days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed acquisition;

(iv) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the Company’s total assets), or the Person whose stock is being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of the Company or a business reasonably related thereto; and

(v) prior to the closing of the Company IPO, the purchase consideration (including deferred payment obligations, earnouts and all other elements of consideration), including any non-cash consideration (which shall be valued at the Value (as defined in the Note) thereof), payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions consummated following the Closing shall not exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate (it being agreed and acknowledged by the Purchaser and the Company that on or after the closing of the Company IPO, there shall not be a limit as to the purchase consideration payable in respect of Permitted Acquisitions).

“Person” means any individual, corporation, joint venture, association, joint stock company, partnership, trust, trustee, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, or other entity, including, without limitation, a governmental authority.

Point Lenders ” means Point Financial, Inc., as the lender under the Point Loan Agreement, together with any other holder of any Indebtedness under the Point Loan Agreement.

Point Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, between the Company and Point Financial, Inc., together with all “Loan Documents” as defined therein, in each case, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

5


Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan, a capitalized lease or otherwise) or other assets (including manufacturing plants), including the development, furnishing and operation hereof.

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Sale Event ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Note.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Snyder A Agent ” means Gordon Snyder as the administrative agent and collateral agent for the Snyder A Lenders under the Snyder A Loan Agreement and the Snyder A Loan Documents.

Snyder A Lenders ” means the lenders pursuant to the Snyder A Loan Agreement and the Snyder A Loan Documents, together with any other holder of any Indebtedness under the Snyder A Loan Agreement and the Snyder A Loan Documents.

Snyder A Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, among the Company, Gordon Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders party thereto, together with all “Loan Documents” as defined therein (the “ Snyder A Loan Documents ”), in each case, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Snyder B Agent ” means Gordon Snyder as the administrative agent and collateral agent for the Snyder B Lenders under the Snyder B Loan Agreement and the Snyder B Loan Documents.

Snyder B Lenders ” means the lenders pursuant to the Snyder B Loan Agreement and the Snyder B Loan Documents, together with any other holder of any Indebtedness under the Snyder B Loan Agreement and the Snyder B Loan Documents.

 

6


Snyder B Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2012, among the Company, Gordon Snyder, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders party thereto, together with all “Loan Documents” as defined therein (the “ Snyder B Loan Documents ”), in each case, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Obligations and subject to a Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement ” means any subordination agreement with respect to Subordinated Debt among the Company, the applicable creditor(s) and the Purchaser, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ Parent ”), any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, by the Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent or by the Parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company that is or becomes a party to a Subsidiary Guaranty.

Subsidiary Guaranty ” means a customary guaranty executed by the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

Syngenta VC Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of the Purchaser that is (i) a Subsidiary of the Purchaser, (ii) an entity that is a member of the venture capital division of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, or (iii) an entity established or maintained by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates for the purposes of holding any venture capital investments of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates; provided however that such Subsidiary or entity is engaged in overseeing, managing or holding venture capital investments of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.

Synthetic Lease ” means, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor.

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term.

 

7


Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Note, any Subsidiary Guaranty, the Amendment to Voting Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

UCC ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Voting Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2010, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”) which exceptions shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, except as otherwise indicated. For the purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2 , unless the context shall otherwise explicitly require, the term “Company” shall include the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

2.1. Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority (i) to carry on its business as presently conducted, (ii) to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (iii) to issue, sell and deliver the Note to be issued, sold and delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has furnished to the Purchaser a true and complete copy of its certificate of incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and bylaws, each as amended to date and presently in effect.

2.2. Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company, immediately prior to the Closing, consists of (i) 40,600,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 3,975,601 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 27,690,392 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of which 4,673,827 are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 4,655,770 of which are issued and outstanding, of which 7,066,565 are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 7,036,465 of which are issued and outstanding, and of which 15,950,000 are designated Series C Preferred Stock, 14,997,104 of which are issued and outstanding.

(b) Under the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), (i) no shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, (ii) options to purchase 3,144,530 shares of Common Stock have been granted and are currently outstanding and (iii) 1,377,728 shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company. The Plan and any amendments thereto have been duly adopted by the Company’s board of directors and, where required, approved by its stockholders.

 

8


(c) Other than warrants and convertible securities previously granted (as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule), the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan (as set forth above) and the conversion rights set forth in the Transactions Agreements, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal) or agreements of any kind for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities. Other than as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, there are no obligations of any kind on the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities.

(d) All issued and outstanding Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the Company (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities and (iii) are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company upon transfer.

(e) The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Preferred Stock of the Company are as stated in the Certificate of Incorporation.

(f) The Company does not hold any shares of its capital stock in its treasury account. The capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 2.2(f) sets forth a true, correct and complete list of the security holders of the Company immediately prior to the Closing, showing the number of shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other securities of the Company held by each such security holder and, in the case of options, warrants and other exercisable securities, the exercise price thereof and the number and type of securities issuable thereunder.

2.3. Subsidiaries . The Company has no Subsidiaries. The Company does not own or control any equity security or other interest of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in, and does not hold any interest in, any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.4. Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into and perform the Transaction Agreements and to issue the Note pursuant to this Agreement, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following the Closing. All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Note pursuant to this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,

 

9


reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

2.5. Valid Issuance . The Note, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Agreements, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in Section 3 of this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 2.6(ii) below, the Note will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Note in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Note under any applicable federal or state securities laws.

2.6. Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in Section 3 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the entry by the Company into the Transaction Agreements and the issuance of the Note hereunder, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.7. Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, currently threatened against the Company, including any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation that questions the validity of this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements, or the right of the Company to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the Company’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate (including, without limitation, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency).

2.8. Intellectual Property .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company owns or possesses or can obtain on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes that are material to its business as now conducted.

 

10


(b) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company has not misappropriated and is not infringing upon the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, or other proprietary rights of any party. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights owned by the Company is being infringed by activities, products or services of, or is being misappropriated by, any third party. The Company has not received any written or, to its Knowledge, other communications alleging that the Company has violated or, the Company by conducting its business as currently proposed to be conducted, would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other Person or entity.

(c) The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as currently proposed to be conducted. Each former and current employee, officer and consultant of the Company has executed a Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment Agreement in a form previously provided to the Purchaser, and to the Company’s Knowledge, no Person is in breach of any such agreement. No former or current employee, officer or consultant of the Company has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with the Company from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee, officer or consultant’s proprietary information and inventions agreement. No former or current employee, officer or consultant of the Company has made a claim against the Company alleging ownership interest in any intellectual property owned, or purported to be owned by, the Company. The Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions, trade secrets or proprietary information of any of its employees made prior to their employment by the Company, except for inventions, trade secrets or proprietary information that have been assigned to the Company.

2.9. Compliance with Law and Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default (i) of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) of any judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) of any material provision of any note, indenture or mortgage, material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) of any material provision of federal or state statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, principle of common law or any other law applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Note at the Closing will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (x) a default under, or violation of, any material provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, law, contract or agreement referred to in clause (i)  through (iv)  above or (y) an event which results in the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.10. Agreements; Actions .

(a) Except for agreements explicitly contemplated hereby and agreements between the Company and its employees with respect to the sale of the Company’s

 

11


Common Stock or options, agreements with respect to standard employee benefits, standard indemnification agreements and standard confidentiality and inventions assignment agreements, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates or any Affiliate thereof.

(b) Since September 30, 2012, the Company has not (i) accrued, declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred or guaranteed any Indebtedness or any other liabilities (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business) individually in excess of $25,000 or, in the case of Indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $25,000, in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, (iii) made any loans or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than sale of the Company’s inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For the purposes of subsection (b) above, all Indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same Person or entity (including Persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

2.11. Certain Transactions .

(a) Other than (i) customary employment agreements, (ii) standard employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (iii) standard director and officer indemnification agreements approved by the board of directors of the Company, (iv) the purchase of shares of the Company’s capital stock and the issuance of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock, and (v) agreements or transactions exclusively between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, consultants or employees, or any Affiliate thereof.

(b) Other than with respect to the 2012 Notes, the Company is not indebted, directly or indirectly, to any of its directors, officers or employees or to their respective spouses or children or to any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, other than in connection with expenses or advances of expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or employee relocation expenses and for other customary employee benefits made generally available to all employees. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the Company’s directors, officers or employees, or any members of their immediate families, or any Affiliate of the foregoing (i) are, directly or indirectly, indebted to the Company or, (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with the Company except that directors, officers or employees or stockholders of the Company may own stock in (but not exceeding two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock of) publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the directors or officers, or any members of their immediate families, has any material commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting,

 

12


charitable or familial relationship with any of the Company’s customers, suppliers, service providers, joint venture partners, licensees and competitors.

2.12. Absence of Liens . The property and assets that the Company owns are free and clear of all Liens, except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent and encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its Knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Liens other than those of the lessors of such property or assets.

2.13. Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to the Purchaser (a) its audited balance sheet as at December 31, 2011 (the “ Statement Date ”) and audited statement of income and cash flows for the year then ended, and (b) its unaudited balance sheet as at September 30, 2012 and unaudited statement of income and cash flows for the nine-month period ended on such date (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except as disclosed therein, and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and position of the Company as of the end of and for the periods presented; provided , however , that the unaudited financial statements as at September 30, 2012 are subject to normal year-end adjustments (which are not expected to be material either individually or in the aggregate) and do not contain all footnotes required under generally accepted accounting principles. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities and, to the Company’s Knowledge, has no material contingent liabilities, except (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the Statement Date and (b) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in both cases, are not, either in any individual case or in the aggregate, material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company.

2.14. Changes . Since September 30, 2012, there has not been:

(a) Any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of the Company;

(b) Any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the properties, business or prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(c) Any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other waiver by the Company of a material right or debt owed to it;

(d) Any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder of the Company;

(e) To the Company’s Knowledge, any labor organization activity related to the Company;

 

13


(f) Any sale, assignment, or exclusive license or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets of the Company;

(g) Any material amendment to any agreement to which the Company is or was a party or by which it is bound;

(h) Any other event or condition that, either individually or cumulatively, has materially and adversely affected the business, material assets, material liabilities, financial condition or operations of the Company;

(i) Any declaration, setting aside for payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such capital stock by the Company;

(j) Any issuance, sale or modification of the terms of any shares of capital stock or of other securities of the Company or the grant of any options or other rights with respect thereto, other than as contemplated hereby;

(k) Any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company;

(l) Any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or Lien, created by the Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and mechanics or similar liens incurred in the ordinary course;

(m) Any termination or material reduction (or to the Knowledge of the Company, any threat thereof) of customer or supplier purchases from or provision of products to the Company; or

(n) Any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the acts described in subsection (a) through (m) above.

2.15. Employee Matters .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, no employee of the Company, nor any consultant with whom the Company has contracted, is in material violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, the Company; and to the Company’s Knowledge the continued employment by the Company of its present employees, and the performance of the Company’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. The Company has not received any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or group of employees intends to terminate his, her or their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees. There are no actions pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, by any former or current employee concerning such person’s employment by the Company.

 

14


(b) Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s Knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

2.16. Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has never filed an S Corporation election with the Internal Revenue Service. The Company has timely filed or has obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it as of the date of this Agreement. All such tax returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and to the Company’s Knowledge all other taxes due and payable by the Company on or before the Closing, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositories.

2.17. Insurance . The Company has in place general commercial, product liability, fire and casualty insurance policies in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes to be adequate for the conduct of its business (subject to reasonable deductibles), to allow it to replace any of its material tangible properties that might be damaged or destroyed and in all other respects customary for similarly situated companies. The Company carries directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and such other policies of similar insurance approved from time to time by the board of directors of the Company, issued by nationally recognized, financially sound and reputable insurers, with such coverage and in such amounts as are customary for similar companies.

2.18. Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.19. Corporate Documents . The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company are in the form provided to the Purchaser. The Company has made available to the Purchaser copies of minutes of all meetings of directors and stockholders and all actions by written consent without a meeting by the directors and stockholders for the last 3 years, and such minutes accurately reflect in all material respects all actions by the directors and stockholders with respect to all transactions referred to in such minutes.

2.20. Environmental and Safety Laws . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not in violation in any material respect of any Environmental Law, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such Environmental Law.

 

15


2.21. Disclosure . The Company has made available to the Purchaser all the information reasonably available to the Company that the Purchaser has requested for deciding whether to acquire the Note. To the Company’s knowledge, no representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement, as qualified by the Disclosure Schedule, the Transaction Agreements or the certificates furnished or to be furnished to Purchaser at Closing contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. It is understood that this representation is qualified by the fact that the Company has not delivered to the Purchaser, and has not been requested to deliver, a private placement or similar memorandum or any written disclosure of the types of information customarily furnished to purchasers of securities.

2.22. USA PATRIOT Act and Other Regulations . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Note hereunder will be used by the Company, directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, use the proceeds of the Note or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

2.23. Investment Company . The Company is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2.24. Federal Reserve Regulations . The Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Note will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America, including Regulation T, U or X.

2.25. Real Property Holding Company . The Company is not a “real property holding company” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

2.26. Solvency . Immediately after the consummation of the transactions to occur at the Closing, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Note, the Company is solvent.

 

16


2.27. No Solicitation or Advertisement . Neither the Company nor any Person or entity acting on its behalf has engaged, in connection with the offering of the Note, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

3.1. Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. The Transaction Agreements to which the Purchaser is a party, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.2. Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Note will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to the Note or the Conversion Shares. The Purchaser has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Note or the Conversion Shares.

3.3. Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Note with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 of this Agreement or the right of the Purchaser to rely thereon.

3.4. Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the Note and the Conversion Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Note is, and the Conversion Shares will be, “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Note and the Conversion Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements

 

17


including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Note and the Conversion Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

3.5. No Public Market . The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Note or the Conversion Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that such a public market will ever exist.

3.6. Legends . The Purchaser understands that the Note and the Conversion Shares may bear one or all of the following legends:

(a) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(b) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

(c) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Note or the Conversion Shares represented by the certificate so legended.

3.7. Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3.8. Regulation S . If the Purchaser is not a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act), such Purchaser further hereby represents, warrants and agrees that (a) its principal address is outside the United States and it was located outside the United States at the time any offer to acquire the Notes or Conversion Shares was made to it, (b) it is not a “U.S. Person”, (c) it will not resell the Notes or Conversion Shares unless such resale is in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act and (d) it will not engage in hedging transactions involving the Notes or Conversion Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

4. Conditions to the Purchaser’s Obligations at Closing . The obligations of the Purchaser to purchase the Note at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

4.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing.

 

18


4.2. Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing.

4.3. Compliance Certificate . The President of the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser at the Closing a certificate certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been fulfilled.

4.4. Qualifications . All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

4.5. Secretary’s Certificate . The Secretary of the Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing a certificate certifying (i) the Bylaws of the Company, and (ii) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company approving the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Agreements.

4.6. Intercreditor Agreement . Each of the Company, the Snyder A Agent (on behalf of each Snyder A Lender), the Snyder B Agent (on behalf of each Snyder B Lender) and the Purchaser shall have executed and delivered the Intercreditor Agreement.

4.7. Amendment to Voting Agreement . Each of the Company and such other Persons as are necessary to consent to such Amendment to Voting Agreement pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Voting Agreement shall have executed and delivered the Amendment to Voting Agreement.

4.8. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser (or its counsel) shall have received all such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as reasonably requested. Such documents may include good standing certificates.

4.9. Preemptive Rights . The Company shall have obtained enforceable waivers in respect of any preemptive or similar rights directly or indirectly affecting any of its securities (including, without limitation, the rights arising under Section 4 of the Investor Rights Agreement) that shall be applicable to the issuance of the Note at the Closing.

5. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations at Closing . The obligations of the Company to sell the Note to the Purchaser at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

5.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing.

5.2. Performance . The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser on or before the Closing.

 

19


5.3. Qualifications . All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

6. Covenants .

6.1. Note . For so long as the Note remains outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall comply with the following covenants:

(a) Financial Statements and Inspection Rights . The Company shall deliver to the Purchaser the financial statements and other reports and information as set forth in, and within the time periods specified in, Section 3.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement and shall provide the Purchaser with the inspection rights as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, in each case, as if the Purchaser was a “Major Investor” under the Investor Rights Agreement.

(b) Indebtedness . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume or incur, or become at any time liable in respect of, any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than:

(i) Indebtedness arising under or in connection with the Note;

(ii) (A) Indebtedness of the Company existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.1(b)(ii) , and (B) any extensions, renewals and refinancings of any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the foregoing clause (A)  (“ Refinancing Indebtedness ”), provided , that, (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premiums or penalties required to be paid thereon plus any reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith, (w) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and a longer or equal weighted average life to maturity than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (x) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Purchaser than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, and (y) only the obligors in respect of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced may become obligated with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness;

(iii) unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) Purchase Money Indebtedness with respect to MMM in respect of the Michigan Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the MMM Debt Limit at any time outstanding;

(v) cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

 

20


(vi) Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000;

(vii) sales rebates issued by the Company and its Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) grants provided by the United States government in exchange for the Company’s obligation to purchase equipment specified by such grants or to fund research and development efforts specified in such grants;

(ix) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(x) interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar financial products that are entered into or obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) Indebtedness of (x) the Company to or from any wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) MMM owed to the Company so long as, in the case of this clause (y) , such Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(e)(i) ;

(xii) (x) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (y) Acquired Indebtedness; provided , that, unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xii)  shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(xiii) Subordinated Debt;

(xiv) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to a working capital facility secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC); and

(xvi) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries not otherwise described above in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(c) Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, suffer or permit to exist Liens, other than:

(i) Liens in favor of the Purchaser;

 

21


(ii) the existing Liens listed in Schedule 6.1(c)(ii) or incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by such existing Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (A) not yet due or as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iv) attachments, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided , however , that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(v) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, repairmen, carriers or employees or other similar Liens provided for by mandatory provisions of law (A) which are not filed or recorded for a period of more than sixty days, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(vi) pledges or deposits made or Liens in incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security or employment or insurance legislation;

(vii) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

(ix) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(x) Liens in favor of financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with, and which solely encumber, deposit, disbursement or concentration accounts maintained with such financial institutions on funds and other items in such accounts;

(xi) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iv) ; provided , that , in the event such Liens apply to any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes any assets of MMM), all Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary

 

22


Guarantor in respect of the Note or Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable, shall be equally and ratably secured by a pari passu Lien on such property or assets until such time as the applicable Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iv) is no longer secured by a Lien on such property or assets;

(xii) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

(xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xii) ;

(xiv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xiv) ;

(xv) Liens on the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC) securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xv) ; and

(xvi) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xvi) .

(d) Restrictions on Distributions . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, pay any dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions in respect of its capital stock or other Equity Interest, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding capital stock or other Equity Interests, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, other than (A) repurchases of outstanding equity interests from employees, directors and consultants upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s employment or engagement by the Company at a repurchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the original price paid to the Company in respect of such equity interests or (y) the fair market value of such equity interests pursuant to agreements entered in connection with the grant of such equity interests, (B) any such dividend or distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, (C) any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like to the extent that such dividends or distributions are made solely in the form of additional shares of capital stock of the Company or (D) so long as the Company complies with the material provisions of Section 4.4 of the Note in respect of such Sale Event, in connection with any Sale Event.

(e) Restriction on Investments . Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, except:

 

23


(i) (x) investments by the Company existing on the Closing Date in the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries and (y) additional and/or new investments by the Company and the Subsidiaries in the Equity Interests of any Persons; provided , that, (A) the aggregate amount of investments by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in, and loans and advances (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans and advances) by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to, Persons or Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, made on or after the Closing Date, shall not exceed $2,000,000, (B) in addition to any investments permitted pursuant to clause (A)  above, the Company may make additional and/or new investments in any Person or Subsidiaries to the extent such investments consist of non-cash intellectual property rights (such as licenses to intellectual property assets), (C) in addition to any investments permitted pursuant to clauses (A)  and (B)  above, the Company may make additional investments in MMM for working capital purposes, and (D) in addition to any investments permitted pursuant to clauses (A) , (B)  and (C)  above, the Company may make additional investments in MMM to finance the equity portion of assets financed by Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iv) so long as any such investment under this clause (D), in respect of any such financed asset, shall not exceed 35% of the cost of such financed asset at the time of the acquisition (or construction) thereof;

(ii) investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) the Company and the Subsidiaries may make loans and advances for corporate purposes to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries so long as the aggregate principal amount thereof at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans and advances) shall not exceed $50,000 at any time;

(iv) investments, loans and advances existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.1(e)(iv) ;

(v) Permitted Acquisitions;

(vi) investments by any Person existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary (and extensions, replacements and renewals thereof); provided , that, all such investments existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary and were not made or incurred in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof; and

(vii) additional investments, loans and advances (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans and advances) made on or after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1,000,000.

 

24


(f) Reorganization Transactions . Except with respect to any Sale Event (so long as the Company complies with the material provisions of Section 4.4 of the Note in respect of such Sale Event), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge into, amalgamate, or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other Person; provided, however (i) the Company may engage in any such transaction so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by a written instrument, all of the Obligations, (ii) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into or amalgamate with the Company in a transaction in which the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation, (iii) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into, amalgamate or consolidate with any other wholly owned Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving or continuing entity is a wholly owned Subsidiary and no Person other than the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary receives any consideration (provided that if any party to any such transaction is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the surviving entity of such transaction shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor) and (iv) the Company and the other Subsidiaries may make Permitted Acquisitions.

(g) Restrictive Agreements . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than MMM) to, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary (other than MMM) to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Company or any Subsidiary; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by applicable law, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority.

(h) Transactions with Affiliates . Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and except for transactions exclusively among the Company and a Subsidiary Guarantor or exclusively among Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except that (a) the Company or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) dividends may be paid to the extent provided in Section 6.1(d) , (c) securities may be issued and other payments, awards or grants (in cash, securities or otherwise) may be made pursuant to, or with respect to the funding of, employment arrangements, stock or share options and stock or share ownership plans for the benefit of employees approved by the board of directors of the Company, (d) the Company or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions with any Person who may be a competitor of Purchaser, any of Purchaser’s Affiliates, Syngenta Crop Protection AG or any Affiliates of Syngenta Crop

 

25


Protection AG if such transaction is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company’s board of directors, and (e) reasonable fees and compensation may be paid to, and reasonable indemnities may be provided on behalf of, officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

(i) Business of the Company and the Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by the Company and Subsidiaries and similar, related, ancillary or complementary businesses.

(j) Other Indebtedness and Agreements . Other than pursuant to the repayment of the Indebtedness of the Company under the Point Loan Agreement as described in Section 6.1(l) and pursuant to the repayment, at the stated maturity, of the Indebtedness of the Company under the Snyder A Loan Agreement and under the Snyder B Loan Agreement, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, permit any waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary is outstanding (including, without limitation, the Snyder A Loan Agreement, any Snyder A Loan Document, Snyder B Loan Agreement, any Snyder B Loan Document, the 2012 Note Purchase Agreement or any 2012 Note) if the effect of such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release would increase the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary (or confer additional rights on the holder of such Indebtedness) in a manner adverse to the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions), in respect of, or pay, or offer or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, any Subordinated Debt.

(k) Subsidiary Guarantors . In the event that the Borrower shall directly or indirectly acquire or organize any Domestic Subsidiary (other than MMM), the Borrower will, within 5 days following such acquisition or organization, cause such acquired or organized Domestic Subsidiary (other than MMM) to guarantee all of the Obligations of the Company by executing and delivering to the Purchaser a Subsidiary Guaranty.

(l) Use of Proceeds; Payoff and Release of Point Indebtedness . Within 35 days after the Closing, the Company shall use a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of and sale of the Note hereunder to repay in full the entire outstanding Indebtedness of the Company under the Point Loan Agreement at such time (the “ Point Payoff Amount ”) and shall deliver to the Purchaser a customary payoff letter executed by the Point Lenders. On the Closing Date, the Company shall deposit a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of and sale of the Note hereunder in an amount equal to the Point Payoff Amount in a separate account of the Company identified to Purchaser, and from the Closing Date until the repayment in full of the entire outstanding Indebtedness of the Company under the Point Loan Agreement pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall hold such amount in such separate account free and clear of all Liens and shall not apply such amount for any purpose other than such repayment of

 

26


the Point Payoff Amount. The Company shall use the remaining proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Note hereunder for general corporate purposes.

(m) Additional Information . The Company will furnish to the Purchaser: (i) promptly after the Company has Knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) prompt written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including any actions, suits, claims, notices of violation, hearings, investigations or proceedings pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective properties, relating to Environmental Laws, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) prompt written notice of any other condition or event which has resulted, or that would reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) Corporate Existence . The Company shall maintain its corporate existence, rights and franchises in full force and effect.

(o) Payment of Taxes . The Company will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all material taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or such claims, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP; provided that the failure to make any such payments shall not constitute a breach of this covenant unless the aggregate amount of such payments would reasonably be expected to exceed $200,000.

(p) Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, carry and maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates.

(q) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep adequate records and books of account, in which entries will be made in accordance with GAAP.

(r) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental agency or authority, including all Environmental Laws and ERISA, and the terms of any contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it may be bound.

 

27


(s) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its material properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(t) Licenses . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all material licenses, authorizations, consents, filings, exemptions, registrations and other governmental approvals of any governmental agency or authority necessary for the operation and conduct of its business.

(u) Payment on Notes . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into, become a party to or otherwise become subject to any agreement, contract or instrument, or any amendments or modifications of the foregoing, the provisions of which would specifically restrict the Company’s ability or obligation to make payments on the Notes or otherwise perform its material obligations under this Agreement and the Note.

(v) Exchange or Reissuance of Note . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Note, the Company shall deliver to the holder of the Note a new Note of like tenor for the principal amount of the Note so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, subject to reasonable indemnity or similar undertaking by such holder.

(w) Public Announcements . Except as may be required by law, regulation or order, no party shall issue any press release or make any public announcement regarding the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of (a) in the case of any press release or public announcement by the Purchaser, the Company, and (b) in the case of any press release or public announcement by the Company, the Purchaser. In addition to the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of the Purchaser, or include the name of the Purchaser in any governmental or regulatory filing, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, except to the extent such disclosure is required by applicable law, regulation or order, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchaser with prior notice of such disclosure; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) the disclosure of the name of the Purchaser, the Note or this Agreement to a potential purchaser of the Company in connection with the diligence process of such purchaser shall not, to the extent such disclosure shall be subject to a customary confidentiality agreement, be deemed to be a violation of this sentence and (y) the disclosure of the name of the Purchaser, the Note or this Agreement in connection with a Company IPO shall not be deemed to be a violation of this sentence.

(x) Conversion Event . Upon the occurrence of any transaction or event that shall result in the Note becoming convertible into any shares of capital stock of the Company, the Company will take all actions necessary such that immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or event (i) the Company will have all requisite corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver any shares of capital stock of the Company that may be issuable upon the conversion of the Note in accordance with its terms (the “ Conversion

 

28


Shares ”), and (ii) such Conversion Shares, when issued, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(y) Ranking . The Indebtedness represented by the Note shall constitute senior indebtedness of the Company and, accordingly, shall rank (x) equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior Indebtedness (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the 2012 Notes); and (y) senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated Indebtedness.

7. Events of Default and Remedies .

7.1. Events of Default . Each of the following events or occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, shall (i) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) generally not pay its debts as they become due (other than unsecured trade accounts payable paid in the ordinary course of business), (iii) file a voluntary case or petition in bankruptcy, (iv) file a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law pertinent to such circumstances, (v) file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar petition filed against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vi) seek or consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order, entered by a court or governmental commission of competent jurisdiction, that assumes custody or control of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, approves a petition seeking its reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law without such action being dismissed or without all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company being stayed, or if a stay of any such order or proceedings is thereafter set aside and the action setting it aside is not timely appealed, (viii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days, the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of any trustee, receiver or liquidator thereof or of all or any substantial part of the assets and properties of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company without such appointment being vacated, (ix) liquidate, wind up or dissolve or suspend its operations other than in the ordinary course of business or other than, so long as the Company complies with the material provisions of Section 4.4 of the Note in respect of such Sale Event, in connection with a Sale Event, or (x) take any action to authorize any of the foregoing;

(b) a default shall occur in the observance or performance by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the Note, which default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default from the holder of the Note; provided , that, such 30-day cure period shall not apply to any default in the observance or performance by the Company of the provisions clause (d) , (j)  or

 

29


(n) of Section 6.1 , which default shall become an Event of Default immediately upon the occurrence thereof;

(c) a representation or warranty made herein or in any certificate or other instrument furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection with this Agreement or the Note shall prove to have been false or misleading when made in any material respect;

(d) an uncured default or defaults occur under the terms of one or more instruments or agreements evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000;

(e) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an amount of more than $500,000 which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days;

(f) any Subsidiary Guaranty for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Subsidiary Guaranty; or

(g) the Company shall fail to pay any amount (whether for principal, interest or otherwise) that becomes due under the Note or this Agreement when such amount becomes due.

7.2. Remedies .

(a) Action in Bankruptcy . If any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(a) shall occur, the outstanding principal amount of the Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand or presentment.

(b) Action if Other Event of Default . If any Event of Default described in Sections 7.1(b) through 7.1(g) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the holder of the Note may, by written notice to the Company, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment.

(c) Other Rights and Remedies . In addition to the foregoing and subject to the limitations set forth herein, the holder of the Note shall be entitled to exercise such other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Survival of Warranties . Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or the Company.

 

30


8.2. Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Purchaser shall not be entitled to transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided , that, the Purchaser may transfer the Note along with all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Syngenta VC Affiliate without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

8.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

8.4. Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.5. Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

8.6. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on their signature page hereto, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8.6 .

8.7. No Finder’s Fees . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

31


8.8. Fees and Expenses . Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

8.9. Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Agreements, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

8.10. Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement or the Note may be amended, terminated or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

8.11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

8.12. Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

8.13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

8.14. No Commitment for Additional Financing . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser has not made any representation, undertaking, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance, other than the acquisition of the Note as set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein. In addition, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) no statements, whether written or oral, made by the Purchaser or its representatives on or after the date of this Agreement shall create an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or investment, (ii) the Company shall not rely on any such statement by the Purchaser or its representatives and (iii) an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or investment may only be created by a written agreement, signed by the Purchaser and the Company, setting forth the

 

32


terms and conditions of such financing or investment and stating that the parties intend for such writing to be a binding obligation or agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
 

 

Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
Title:   CEO & President
Address:  

2121 Second Street Ste B-107

Davis CA 95618


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PURCHASER:
SYNGENTA VENTURES PTE. LTD.
By:   /s/ Koh Teck Wah
 

 

Name:   Koh Teck Wah
Title:   Director
Address:  

1 Harbourfront Avenue

#03-03/10 Keppel Bay Tower

Singapore 098632


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE, AND ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN, AND WILL BE, ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$12,500,000   

December 6, 2012

Davis, California

 

No. N-050

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of SYNGENTA VENTURES PTE. LTD. (the “ Holder ”), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000), together with accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note from time to time outstanding, each due and payable on the dates and in the manner set forth below.

This Convertible Promissory Note is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2012, between the Company and the Holder (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated, the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Additional rights of the Holder are set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

1. Principal Repayment . Unless this Note has been converted in full in accordance with the terms of Section 4 below, and subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Purchase Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all unpaid accrued interest shall be fully due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date.

2. Interest Rate .

(a) Interest Rate . The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest accruing daily at a rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate per annum from the date hereof to (and including) the date on which the entire principal amount of this Note is paid in full, regardless of the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company. All accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

1


(b) Default Interest . From and after the occurrence of, and during the continuance of, any Event of Default, the outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate per annum under clause (a) above, plus 4% per annum.

3. Place of Payment . All amounts payable hereunder shall be payable at the office of the Holder, unless another place of payment shall be specified in writing by the Holder.

4. Conversion .

4.1 Definitions . As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Applicable Interest Rate ” means, as of any date of determination, (i) for the period from, and including the date hereof, through and including the Initial Maturity Date, 10%, (ii) for the period from the Initial Maturity Date, through and including the First Extension Maturity Date, 12%, and (iii) for the period from the First Extension Maturity Date, through and including the Final Maturity Date, 14%.

(b) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(c) “ Common Stock Equivalents ” shall mean any stock or equity security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and any warrant or option to acquire Common Stock or any such convertible or exchangeable security.

(d) “ Conversion Amount ” shall mean, as of any Conversion Date, an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note as of such Conversion Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the Conversion Date.

(e) “ Conversion Date ” shall mean any Qualified Financing Conversion Date, Non-Qualified Financing Conversion Date or Sale Event Conversion Date, as applicable.

(f) “ Convertible Debt Financing ” shall mean (x) any issuance and sale for cash, or series of related issuances and sales for cash, of Convertible Debt Securities by the Company occurring after the date hereof which results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000, and (y) any exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Debt Security issued or sold after the date hereof into any shares of Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalent after the date hereof (any such exercise, conversion or exchange described in this clause (y) is herein referred to as a “ Convertible Debt Conversion ”).

 

2


(g) “ Convertible Debt Security ” shall mean any debt security or evidence of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalent.

(h) “ Equity Financing ” shall mean any issuance and sale for cash of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents by the Company occurring after the date hereof; provided , however , that (i) the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall not constitute an Equity Financing for the purposes of this Note, and (ii) the issuance of any “Excluded Securities” of the type specified in clauses (a) through (g) and clauses (i) through (k) of Section 4.6 of the Investor Rights Agreement shall not constitute an Equity Financing for the purposes of this Note.

(i) “ Final Maturity Date ” shall mean October 16, 2017.

(j) “ First Extension Maturity Date ” shall mean October 16, 2016.

(k) “ Initial Maturity Date ” shall mean October 16, 2015.

(l) “ Maturity Date ” shall initially mean the Initial Maturity Date; provided , however , that (i) so long as the maturity date in respect of all outstanding Indebtedness in respect of the Snyder B Loan Agreement shall be contemporaneously extended until at least the First Extension Maturity Date, the Company shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice thereof by the Company to the Holder at least 5 days prior to the Initial Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date to the First Extension Maturity Date, and, in the event that the Maturity Date is duly extended in accordance with the foregoing, the “ Maturity Date ” shall thereafter mean the First Extension Maturity Date, and (ii) in the event that the Maturity Date is extended to the First Extension Maturity Date pursuant to clause (i)  above, so long as the maturity date in respect of all outstanding Indebtedness in respect of the Snyder B Loan Agreement shall be contemporaneously extended until at least the Final Maturity Date, the Company shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice thereof by the Company to the Holder at least 5 days prior to the First Extension Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date to the Final Maturity Date, and, in the event that the Maturity Date is duly extended in accordance with the foregoing, the “ Maturity Date ” shall thereafter mean the Final Maturity Date.

(m) “ New Securities ” shall mean the identical class or series of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company issued and sold in a Qualified Financing.

(n) “ Qualified Financing ” shall mean the first Equity Financing (or substantially concurrent Equity Financings), primarily for equity financing purposes, occurring after the date hereof which results in immediately available gross proceeds to the Company, excluding proceeds from this Note and any other indebtedness of the Company that converts into equity in such financing, of at

 

3


least $20 million; provided , that , in order for any such Equity Financing to constitute a “Qualified Financing,” at least 50% of the amount invested in such Equity Financing must be made by Persons who are not (i) a holder of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company, (ii) an Affiliate of the Company, (iii) any strategic investor or (iv) an Affiliate of any of the Persons identified in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above.

(o) “ Qualified Financing Conversion Price ” shall mean the product of (i) the lowest purchase price per share paid by the purchasers of the New Securities issued and sold in the Qualified Financing (provided, that, for the purposes of determining the “Qualified Financing Conversion Price” in connection with any Convertible Debt Conversion, any conversion discount applicable to the Convertible Debt Security being exercised, converted or exchanged in such Convertible Debt Conversion shall be excluded and disregarded from the calculation of the “Qualified Financing Conversion Price” in respect thereof), times (ii) either (x) 75%, in the event such Qualified Financing shall occur on or prior to June 30, 2013, or (y) 70%, in the event such Qualified Financing shall occur after June 30, 2013.

(p) “ Sale Event ” shall mean (i) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more that 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company, (iv) any “Liquidation Event” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as in effect on the date hereof)), or (v) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of any material portion of the assets of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries), including, without limitation, any such disposition effected through an investment in, or other transfer to, any joint venture or similar arrangement, which, in the case of any transaction or event described in this clause (v), when taken together with all other transactions or events of the type described in this clause (v), results in gross proceeds to the Company and/or its wholly owned Subsidiaries of at least $120,000,000; provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 6.1 of the Purchase Agreement, a transaction shall not constitute a Sale Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(q) “ Sale Event Conversion Price ” shall mean, with respect to any Sale Event, the product of (i) the Sale Event Value Per Share with respect to such Sale Event, times (ii) either (x) 75%, in the event such Sale Event shall occur on or prior to June 30, 2013, or (y) 70%, in the event such Sale Event shall occur after June 30, 2013.

 

4


(r) “ Sale Event Value Per Share ” shall mean (i) with respect to any Sale Event in which the proceeds of such Sale Event shall be paid to the holders of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents, the Value of the proceeds per share of Common Stock payable to the holders of Common Stock in connection with such Sale Event (calculated on a per share of Common Stock basis and calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event), and (ii) with respect to any Sale Event in which the proceeds of such Sale Event shall be paid to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount per share of Common Stock that would be distributable to the holders of Common Stock (calculated on a per share of Common Stock basis and calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event) pursuant to Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation assuming that (x) such Sale Event constituted a “Liquidation Event” under the Certificate of Incorporation and (y) the Company made a distribution to the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock and Common Stock (determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event) under Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation on the date of such Sale Event in an aggregate amount equal to the Value of the proceeds in respect of such Sale Event received by the Company on the date of such Sale Event.

(s) “ Value ” shall mean (a) the value as determined in the manner provided in Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation (it being understood that such determination of value shall also be applied by the Company in respect of any determination thereof required by the Certificate of Incorporation in connection with such Sale Event), or (b) such other amount agreed to in writing by the Company and the Holder.

4.2 Mandatory Conversion Upon a Qualified Financing .

(a) Conversion . If the Company consummates a Qualified Financing prior to the occurrence of the Maturity Date, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall, on the closing date of such Qualified Financing (the “ Qualified Financing Conversion Date ”), automatically convert in whole without any further action by the Company or the Holder, and without the payment of additional consideration by the Holder, into that number of shares of the New Securities issued and sold in such Qualified Financing determined by dividing (a) the Conversion Amount as of the Qualified Financing Conversion Date, by (b) the Qualified Financing Conversion Price. In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to this clause (a) , as a condition precedent to such conversion, the Holder will become a party to any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement and any other similar agreement entered into by the other investors in the Qualified Financing.

(b) Other Forms of Securities . In the event any warrants or other property or rights are issued or granted to investors in the Qualified Financing, a

 

5


proportionate (based upon the amount of principal and interest on the Note being converted (divided by (x) 75%, in the event such Qualified Financing shall occur on or prior to June 30, 2013, or (y) 70%, in the event such Qualified Financing shall occur after June 30, 2013), which shall be deemed to be the amount invested by the Holder in the Qualified Financing in respect of the conversion of the Note) number and amount of such warrants and other property or rights shall be issued to the Holder in connection with such Qualified Financing. In the event that the securities issued in the Qualified Financing shall consist of convertible securities or other instruments that shall not constitute New Securities, the Note will convert into an appropriate amount of such convertible securities or instruments consistent with the foregoing.

4.3 Optional Conversion Upon an Equity Financing Other Than a Qualified Financing . In the event that the Company consummates (x) any Equity Financing that shall not constitute a Qualified Financing or (y) any Convertible Debt Financing (in any such case, a “ Non-Qualified Financing ”), then (a) (i) in the case of a Non-Qualified Financing other than a Convertible Debt Conversion, the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of such Non-Qualified Financing but no earlier than ninety days prior to the reasonably anticipated closing date of such Non-Qualified Financing (as contemplated by any bona fide term sheet, letter of intent or similar indication of interest delivered to the Company by the proposed investors in respect of such Non-Qualified Financing), or (ii) in the case of a Non-Qualified Financing that is a Convertible Debt Conversion, the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days following the closing of such Non-Qualified Financing, in any such case, deliver written notice (a “ Non-Qualified Financing Notice ”) to the Holder of the occurrence of such Non-Qualified Financing, which Non-Qualified Financing Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the terms of such Non-Qualified Financing (including, without limitation, (A) the form and class of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents being issued in such Non-Qualified Financing, (B) the purchase price being paid by the investors in respect thereof, (C) any stockholder, investor, voting, registration or other similar rights being granted the investors in such offering, (D) the aggregate amount being invested by investors in such Non-Qualified Financing, excluding the Holder, and (E) the anticipated date of the Non-Qualified Financing, and (b) the Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company within five (5) business days after delivery of the Non-Qualified Financing Notice, to convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon into such number of shares of Common Stock, Common Stock Equivalents and other securities issued in such Non-Qualified Financing as determined in accordance with Section 4.2 above (calculated, for such purpose, as though such Non-Qualified Financing was a Qualified Financing for the purposes of Section 4.2 (including, without limitation, as though such Non-Qualified Financing was a Qualified Financing for the purposes of the definitions of “New Securities” and “Qualified Financing Conversion Price”)). In the event that the Holder shall elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 , such conversion shall occur on either (i) in the case of a Non-Qualified Financing other than a Convertible Debt Conversion, the closing date of the applicable Non-Qualified Financing or (ii) in the case of a Non-Qualified Financing that is a Convertible Debt Conversion, on the date on which the

 

6


Holder shall have so delivered written notice to the Company electing to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 (the “ Non-Qualified Financing Conversion Date ”), and shall be subject to the provisions of clause (b)  of Section 4.2 as though such Non-Qualified Financing were a Qualified Financing thereunder. In the event that (i) upon receipt of a Non-Qualified Financing Notice, the Holder shall timely elect to convert all or a portion of this Note into shares of Common Stock, Common Stock Equivalents and other securities issued in such Non-Qualified Financing in accordance with the foregoing and, following the delivery of such Non-Qualified Financing Notice, the terms of the Non-Qualified Financing are revised in a manner materially adverse to the investors in such Non-Qualified Financing from those set forth in such Non-Qualified Financing Notice, or (ii) upon receipt of a Non-Qualified Financing Notice, the Holder shall not timely elect to convert all or a portion of this Note into shares of Common Stock, Common Stock Equivalents and other securities issued in such Non-Qualified Financing in accordance with the foregoing and, following the delivery of such Non-Qualified Financing Notice, the terms of the Non-Qualified Financing are revised in any manner materially favorable to the investors in such Non-Qualified Financing from those set forth in such Non-Qualified Financing Notice, the Company shall deliver to the Holder a new Non-Qualified Financing Notice and grant the Holder the option to elect to convert this Note in such Non-Qualified Financing (or to withdraw any prior election to convert this Note in such Non-Qualified Financing) in accordance with the foregoing time periods and provisions. In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 , as a condition precedent to such conversion, the Holder will become a party to any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement and any other similar agreement entered into by the other investors in the Non-Qualified Financing.

4.4 Sale Events .

(a) If any Sale Event shall occur at any time that this Note shall remain outstanding (including, without limitation, to the extent that a portion of this Note remains outstanding following any conversion contemplated by Section 4 hereof), (x) the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of such Sale Event but no earlier than ninety days prior to the reasonably anticipated closing date of such Sale Event (as contemplated by any bona fide term sheet, letter of intent or similar indication of interest delivered to the Company by the proposed acquirer in respect of such Sale Event), deliver written notice (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) to the Holder of the occurrence of such Sale Event, which Sale Event Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the terms of such Sale Event (including, without limitation, (A) the cash amount payable in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Sale Event, (B) a description of any non-cash consideration payable in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Sale Event, (C) any other material terms and conditions of such Sale Event and (D) the anticipated date of the Sale Event, and (y) this Note shall, on the closing date of such Sale Event, automatically be repaid as provided in Section 4.4(a)(i) below or be converted as provided in Section 4.4(a)(ii) below. The Holder shall, by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company within five (5) business days after delivery of the Sale Event Notice referred to in clause (x)  above, elect to either:

 

7


(i) require the Company to pay to the Holder in cash, upon the closing or occurrence of such Sale Event and in full satisfaction of this Note, an amount (the “ Repayment Amount ”) equal to the product of (i) either (x) 133.33%, in the event such Sale Event shall occur on or prior to June 30, 2013, or (y) 142.86%, in the event such Sale Event shall occur after June 30, 2013, times (ii) the outstanding principal amount of this Note together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; or

(ii) convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (A) the Conversion Amount as of the Sale Event, by (B) the Sale Event Conversion Price.

In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall elect to be paid the Repayment Amount in cash in accordance with clause (i)  above, the Company shall be required to pay to the Holder, on the date of the closing or occurrence of such Sale Event and in full satisfaction of this Note, an amount in cash equal to the Repayment Amount, and the Holder shall execute and deliver a customary payoff letter and release. In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall elect to convert this Note in accordance with clause (ii)  above, such conversion shall occur immediately prior to the closing of the Sale Event (the “ Sale Event Conversion Date ”) and the Holder shall be entitled to receive in connection with such Sale Event, in respect of the shares of Common Stock received by the Holder in such conversion, the same proceeds per share payable to each holder of Common Stock in such Sale Event. In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall not timely make the election in accordance with this Section 4.4(a) , the Holder shall be deemed to have elected to require the Company to pay to the Holder the Repayment Amount in cash under clause (i)  above.

(b) In the event that (i) upon receipt of a Sale Event Notice the Holder shall timely elect to require the Company to repay to the Holder the Repayment Amount in accordance with clause (a)(i) above and, following the delivery of such Sale Event Notice, the terms of the Sale Event are revised in a manner materially favorable to the holders of Common Stock from those set forth in such Sale Event Notice, or (ii) upon receipt of a Sale Event Notice the Holder shall timely elect to convert the Note into shares of Common Stock in accordance with clause (a)(ii) above and, following the delivery of such Sale Event Notice, the terms of the Sale Event are revised in a manner materially adverse to the holders of Common Stock from those set forth in such Sale Event Notice, the Company shall deliver to the Holder a new Sale Event Notice and grant the Holder the option to elect to apply either clause (a)(i) or clause (a)(ii) above in respect of such Sale Event in accordance with the foregoing time periods and provisions.

4.5 General .

 

8


(a) Upon the occurrence of any conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 , the Holder shall deliver to the Company during regular business hours at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the Company, this Note, duly endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Company.

(b) All shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, issued upon the conversion of this Note in accordance with its terms shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) No fractional shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the applicable conversion price, as applicable.

(d) The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, to which the Holder shall be entitled under this Section 4 , together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

(e) The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will take all such actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, upon the conversion of this Note.

(f) The Company shall pay any issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 ; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares in a name other than the name of the Holder, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

 

9


5. Prepayment . Except as may be required pursuant to Section 4.4 , or with the written consent of the Holder, the Company may not prepay this Note in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date.

6. Application of Payments . Payments on this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding principal balance hereof.

7. Waiver . The Company waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and shall pay all costs of enforcement and collection when incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses.

8. Governing Law . This Note and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

9. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the following sentence, the provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on any successor to the parties. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, that, the Holder may transfer this Note to any Syngenta VC Affiliate without the prior written consent of the Company.

10. Amendment . This Note is the Note issued by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Any term of this Note may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only in accordance with Section 8.10 of the Purchase Agreement. No waivers of any term, condition or provisions of this Note, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

11. Remedies . The Holder shall have the rights and remedies in respect of this Note as set forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement.

12. Usury . In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

13. Lock-Up . The parties acknowledge that any shares of the Company’s capital stock issued to the Holder upon conversion of this Note shall be subject to Section 2.13 of the Investor Rights Agreement as if the Holder was a ‘Holder’ as that term is used in the Investor Rights Agreement.

[Signatures Follow]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has executed this Convertible Promissory Note on the date first above written.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

/s/ Pam Marrone

Name:   Pam Marrone
Title:   CEO & President

 

11

Exhibit 10.22

 

 

 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of

December 6, 2012,

among

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.,

as the Borrower,

GORDON SNYDER,

as Warrant Lender Agent,

GORDON SNYDER,

as Convertible Note Lender Agent,

and

SYNGENTA VENTURES PTE. LTD.,

as Noteholder

 

 

 


INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of December 6, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), among MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), GORDON SNYDER, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Warrant Lender Secured Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “ Warrant Lender Agent ”), GORDON SNYDER, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Convertible Note Lender Secured Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “ Convertible Note Lender Agent ”), and SYNGENTA VENTURES PTE. LTD. (the “ Noteholder ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

Reference is made to (a) that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012 (the “ Warrant Loan Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Warrant Lender Agent, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “ Warrant Lenders ”), (b) that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2012 (the “ Convertible Note Loan Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Convertible Note Lender Agent, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “ Convertible Note Lenders ”), and (c) that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2012 (the “ Noteholder Loan Agreement ”), between the Borrower and the Noteholder.

The Warrant Lender Agent, the Convertible Note Lender Agent, the Noteholder and the Borrower desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth certain rights and obligations in respect of the indebtedness outstanding under the Warrant Loan Agreement, the Convertible Note Loan Agreement and the Noteholder Loan Agreement.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

Applicable Creditor Control Party ” shall mean (x) the Warrant Lender Agent, with respect to the Warrant Loan Obligations, (y) the Convertible Note Lender Agent, with respect to the Convertible Note Loan Obligations, and (z) the Noteholder, with respect to the Noteholder Loan Obligations.

Applicable Creditor Party ” shall mean each Warrant Loan Secured Party, each Convertible Note Loan Secured Party, and the Noteholder, as applicable.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean (x) with respect to any Warrant Loan Secured Party, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the Warrant Loan Obligations then owed to such Warrant Loan Secured Party

 

1


and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Warrant Loan Obligations, Convertible Note Loan Obligations and Noteholder Loan Obligations then outstanding, (y) with respect to any Convertible Note Loan Secured Party, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the Convertible Note Loan Obligations then owed to such Convertible Note Loan Secured Party and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Warrant Loan Obligations, Convertible Note Loan Obligations and Noteholder Loan Obligations then outstanding, and (z) with respect to the Noteholder, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of the Noteholder Loan Obligations then owed to the Noteholder and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Warrant Loan Obligations, Convertible Note Loan Obligations and Noteholder Loan Obligations then outstanding.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereinafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Bankruptcy Law ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law.

Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Collateral ” shall mean the Warrant Loan Collateral and the Convertible Note Loan Collateral.

Convertible Note Lender Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Convertible Note Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Convertible Note Liens ” shall mean all Liens on the Convertible Note Loan Collateral securing the Convertible Note Loan Obligations.

Convertible Note Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Convertible Note Loan Collateral ” shall mean all “Collateral”, as defined in the Convertible Note Loan Agreement, and any other assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or at any time hereafter subject to Liens securing any Convertible Note Loan Obligations.

Convertible Note Loan Documents ” shall mean the “Loan Documents”, as defined in the Convertible Note Loan Agreement.

Convertible Note Loan Obligations ” shall mean the “Obligations”, as defined in the Convertible Note Loan Agreement.

 

2


Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties ” shall mean, at any time, (a) the Convertible Note Lender Agent, (b) the Convertible Note Lenders, (c) each other Person to whom any of the Convertible Note Loan Obligations is owed and (d) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Disposition ” shall mean any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition.

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” shall mean (a) any voluntary or involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Bankruptcy Law with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) any voluntary or involuntary appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or for all or a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) any voluntary or involuntary winding-up or liquidation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (d) a general assignment for the benefit of creditors by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Noteholder ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Noteholder Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Noteholder Loan Documents ” shall mean the “Loan Documents”, as defined in the Noteholder Loan Agreement.

Noteholder Loan Obligations ” shall mean the “Obligations”, as defined in the Noteholder Loan Agreement.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, joint venture, association, joint stock company, partnership, trust, trustee, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, or other entity, including, without limitation, a governmental authority.

Remedial Action ” shall mean, collectively or individually, a demand for payment or the acceleration of the time for payment of any Convertible Note Loan Obligations, Warrant Loan Obligations or Noteholder Loan Obligations, any claim, proceeding or action to foreclose upon, take possession or control of, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, or in any other manner realize, take steps to realize or seek to realize upon, the whole or any part of the Collateral, whether pursuant to applicable law, by foreclosure, by setoff, by self-help repossession, by notification to account debtors, by

 

3


the issuance of any statutorily required notices, by deed in lieu of foreclosure, by exercise of power of sale, by judicial action or otherwise, or the exercise of any other remedies with respect to the Collateral available under any of the Convertible Note Loan Documents, Warrant Loan Documents or Noteholder Loan Documents or under applicable law (whether voluntary or involuntary, partial or complete, and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership, or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any other marshalling of the Collateral) and includes the initiation of or participation in any legal action or proceeding.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ Parent ”), any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, by the Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent or by the Parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent.

Warrant Lender Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Warrant Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Warrant Loan Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.

Warrant Loan Collateral ” shall mean all “Collateral”, as defined in the Warrant Loan Agreement, and any other assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or at any time hereafter subject to Liens securing any Warrant Loan Obligations.

Warrant Loan Documents ” shall mean the “Loan Documents”, as defined in the Warrant Loan Agreement.

Warrant Loan Liens ” shall mean all Liens on the Warrant Loan Collateral securing the Warrant Loan Obligations.

Warrant Loan Obligations ” shall mean the “Obligations”, as defined in the Warrant Loan Agreement.

Warrant Loan Secured Parties ” shall mean, at any time, (a) the Warrant Lender Agent, (b) the Warrant Note Lenders, (c) each other Person to whom any of the Warrant Loan Obligations is owed and (d) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to

 

4


have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, (b) any reference herein (i) to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns and (ii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be construed to include the. Borrower or such Subsidiary as debtor and debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles or Sections shall be construed to refer to Articles or Sections of this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

ARTICLE II

Acknowledgement of Liens; No Subordination

SECTION 2.01. Acknowledgement of Liens . The Noteholder hereby acknowledges the existences of the Warrant Loan Liens and Convertible Note Liens in respect of the Collateral.

SECTION 2.02. No Subordination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein (but subject to the rights of the Warrant Loan Secured Parities and Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties in respect of the Warrant Loan Liens and Convertible Note Liens), this Agreement does not subordinate the Noteholder Loan Obligations in right of payment to the Warrant Loan Obligations or Convertible Note Loan Obligations, and nothing in this Agreement shall affect the entitlement the Noteholder to receive and retain required payments of interest, principal and other amounts in respect of the Noteholder Loan Obligations. The Noteholder may, in accordance with the terms of the Noteholder Loan Documents and applicable law, enforce rights and exercise remedies against the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as unsecured creditors; provided that no such action is otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the Noteholder of the required payments of principal, premium, interest, fees and other amounts due under the Noteholder Loan Documents or from the exercise of remedies available to an unsecured creditor.

SECTION 2.03. Payments Generally . Except with respect to (x) any proceeds of a Remedial Action in respect of the Collateral as described in Section 3.02 below, (y) regularly scheduled payments of interest under the Warrant Loan Documents, Convertible Note Loan Documents, or Noteholder Loan Documents, as applicable, or (z) any conversion of any of the Warrant Loan Obligations, Convertible Note Loan Obligations or Noteholder Loan Obligations into any Equity Interests of the Borrower as provided in the Warrant Loan Documents, Convertible Note Loan Documents, or

 

5


Noteholder Loan Documents, as applicable, in the event that any Warrant Loan Secured Party, any Convertible Note Loan Secured Party or the Noteholder receives any payment or distribution on or of the Warrant Loan Obligations, the Convertible Note Loan Obligations or the Noteholder Loan Obligations, as applicable (including, without limitation, any optional or mandatory prepayment of any such amounts prior to the regularly schedule date of payment thereof), in excess of its Applicable Percentage of such payment or distribution, such excess payment shall be remitted by such recipient to the other Applicable Creditor Control Parties, in an amount equal to each such other Applicable Creditor Control Party’s Applicable Percentage of such excess payment and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by the recipient for the benefit of the other Applicable Creditor Parties.

SECTION 2.04. Other Compensation . In the event that any Applicable Creditor Party shall receive any consent fee, waiver fee, amendment fee, forbearance fee or any other similar fee or other payment or consideration in connection with any consent, waiver, amendment, forbearance or other similar event under the Warrant Loan Documents, Convertible Note Loan Documents, or Noteholder Loan Documents, as applicable, in excess of its Applicable Percentage of such fee, payment or consideration, such excess payment shall be remitted by such recipient to the other Applicable Creditor Control Parties, in an amount equal to each such other Applicable Creditor Control Party’s Applicable Percentage of such excess payment and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by the recipient for the benefit of the other Applicable Creditor Parties.

SECTION 2.05. No Other Liens. The Warrant Lender Agent (on behalf of the Warrant Loan Secured Parties) hereby agrees that neither the Warrant Lender Agent nor any Warrant Loan Lender shall accept the benefit of any Lien with respect to any assets or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than a Lien granted in favor of the Warrant Lender Agent as representative of the Warrant Loan Secured Parties pursuant to the Warrant Loan Documents. The Convertible Note Lender Agent (on behalf of the Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties) hereby agrees that neither the Convertible Note Lender Agent nor any Convertible Note Loan Lender shall accept the benefit of any Lien with respect to any assets or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than a Lien granted in favor of the Convertible Note Lender Agent as representative of the Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties pursuant to the Convertible Note Loan Documents.

ARTICLE III

Enforcement of Rights; Matters Relating to Collateral

SECTION 3.01. Exercise of Rights and Remedies . In the event of any default or event of default, or any other violation of the Borrower’s obligations under, any of the Warrant Loan Documents, Convertible Note Loan Documents or Noteholder Loan Documents, prior to taking any Remedial Action in respect of such default, event of default or other violation, whether under the applicable Warrant Loan Documents,

 

6


Convertible Note Loan Documents or Noteholder Loan Documents or under applicable law, the Applicable Creditor Parties shall notify each of the other Applicable Credit Control Parties of such default, event of default or other violation and, to the extent reasonably practicable, shall permit each of the other Applicable Creditor Control Parties to have an opportunity to discuss such default, event of default or other violation, and any potential Remedial Action in respect thereof, with such Applicable Creditor Parties.

SECTION 3.02. Collateral Matters . In the event that any Warrant Loan Secured Party or Convertible Note Loan Secured Party shall take any Remedial Action in respect of the Collateral, the Warrant Lender Agent (on behalf of the Warrant Loan Secured Parties) and the Convertible Note Lender Agent (on behalf of the Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties) shall have the exclusive rights with respect to any determinations related to any such Remedial Action in respect of the Collateral; provided , however , that, in connection with any such Remedial Action in respect of the Collateral, the applicable Warrant Loan Secured Parties and Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to maximize the aggregate proceeds received in connection with any foreclosure, Disposition, sale or other transfer of the Collateral in respect of such Remedial Action.

ARTICLE IV

Other Agreements

SECTION 4.01. Matters Relating to Loan Documents . (a) The Warrant Loan Documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms without the consent of any other Applicable Creditor Party; provided, however , that, without the consent of the Noteholder, no such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification shall (i) contravene any provision of this Agreement, (ii) result in any increase in the Warrant Loan Obligations, (iii) increase the applicable interest rates under the Warrant Loan Documents or in respect of the Warrant Loan Obligations, (iv) increase the amount of any fees or other amounts payable under the Warrant Loan Documents or in respect of the Warrant Loan Obligations, (v) change to earlier dates any scheduled dates for payment of principal (including the final maturity date) or interest on, or any fees or other amounts in respect of, the Warrant Loan Obligations, (vi) change any default or event of default provisions set forth in the Warrant Loan Documents in a manner adverse to the Noteholder, (vii) add any assets to the Warrant Loan Collateral or otherwise increase the amount of any Warrant Loan Collateral, or (viii) otherwise materially increase the obligations of the Borrower or the other loan parties thereunder or confer additional rights on the Warrant Loan Secured Parties in a manner adverse to the Noteholder.

(b) The Convertible Note Loan Documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms without the consent of any other Applicable Creditor Party; provided, however , that, without the consent of the Noteholder, no such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification shall (i) contravene any provision of this Agreement, (ii) result in any increase in the Convertible Note Loan Obligations, (iii) increase the applicable

 

7


interest rates under the Convertible Note Loan Documents or in respect of the Convertible Note Loan Obligations, (iv) increase the amount of any fees or other amounts payable under the Convertible Note Loan Documents or in respect of the Convertible Note Loan Obligations, (v) change to earlier dates any scheduled dates for payment of principal (including the final maturity date) or interest on, or any fees or other amounts in respect of, the Convertible Note Loan Obligations, (vi) change any default or event of default provisions set forth in the Convertible Note Loan Documents in a manner adverse to the Noteholder, (vii) add any assets to the Convertible Note Loan Collateral or otherwise increase the amount of any Convertible Note Loan Collateral, or (viii) otherwise materially increase the obligations of the Borrower or the other loan parties thereunder or confer additional rights on the Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties in a manner adverse to the Noteholder.

(c) The Noteholder Loan Documents may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms without the consent of any other Applicable Creditor Party; provided, however , that, without the consent of the Warrant Lender Agent and the Convertible Note Lender Agent, no such amendment, restatement, supplement or modification shall (i) contravene any provision of this Agreement, (ii) result in any increase in the Noteholder Loan Obligations, (iii) increase the applicable interest rates under the Noteholder Loan Documents or in respect of the Noteholder Loan Obligations, (iv) increase the amount of any fees or other amounts payable under the Noteholder Loan Documents or in respect of the Noteholder Loan Obligations, (v) change to earlier dates any scheduled dates for payment of principal (including the final maturity date) or interest on, or any fees or other amounts in respect of, the Noteholder Loan Obligations, (vi) change any default or event of default provisions set forth in the Noteholder Loan Documents in a manner adverse to the Warrant Loan Secured Parties or Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties, or (vii) otherwise materially increase the obligations of the Borrower or the other loan parties thereunder or confer additional rights on the Noteholder in a manner adverse to the Warrant Loan Secured Parties or Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties.

SECTION 4.02. Further Assurances . Each of the Warrant Lender Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Warrant Loan Secured Parties, the Convertible Note Lender Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties, the Noteholder, and the Borrower, for itself and on behalf of its subsidiaries, agrees that it will execute, or will cause to be executed, any and all further documents, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions, as may be required under any applicable law, or which the Warrant Lender Agent, Convertible Lender Agent or the Noteholder may reasonably request, to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.

 

8


ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

SECTION 5.01. Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Such party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.

(b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement (i) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any governmental authority and (ii) will not violate any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of such party or any order of any governmental authority or any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such party.

SECTION 5.02. Representations and Warranties of Each Agent . Each of the Warrant Lender Agent and Convertible Note Lender Agent represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it has been authorized by the Lenders under and as defined in the Warrant Loan Agreement or the Convertible Note Loan Agreement, as applicable, to enter into this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on their signature page hereto, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.01.

 

9


SECTION 6.02. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Warrant Loan Document, Convertible Note Loan Document or Noteholder Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 6.03. Effectiveness; Survival . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall survive, and shall continue in full force and effect, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

SECTION 6.04. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 6.05. Amendments; Waivers . (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.05, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Warrant Lender Agent, the Convertible Note Lender Agent and the Noteholder.

SECTION 6.06. Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive

 

10


jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined only in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any New York State court or in any such Federal court. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 6.07. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.07.

SECTION 6.08. Parties in Interest . This provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, as well as the other Warrant Loan Secured Parties and Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement. No other Person shall have or be entitled to assert rights or benefits hereunder.

 

11


SECTION 6.09. Specific Performance . Each of the Warrant Lender Agent, the Convertible Note Lender Agent and the Noteholder may demand specific performance of this Agreement and, on behalf of itself and, as applicable, the other Warrant Loan Secured Parties and Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense that might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action which may be brought by the respective Secured Parties.

SECTION 6.10. Headings . Article and Section headings used herein and the Table of Contents hereto are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 6.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 6.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., “pdf”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.12. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Warrant Loan Secured Parties, the Convertible Note Loan Secured Parties and the Noteholder. None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, hereunder and none of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other creditor thereof may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Borrower, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Warrant Loan Obligations, the Convertible Note Loan Obligations and the Noteholder Loan Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 6.13. Consent . Anything to the contrary in the Warrant Loan Documents and Convertible Note Loan Documents notwithstanding, the Warrant Lender Agent (on behalf of the Warrant Lender Secured Parties) and the Convertible Note Lender Agent (on behalf of the Convertible Note Lender Secured Parties) consent to the incurrence of indebtedness by the Borrower pursuant to the Noteholder Loan Agreement and Noteholder Loan Documents.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

    COMPANY:
    MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.,
      By  

/s/ Pamela G. Marrone

       

 

        Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
        Title:   CEO & President
        Address:  

2121 Second Street Ste B-107

Davis, CA 95618


WARRANT LENDER AGENT:
  /s/ Gordon Snyder
 

 

  Gordon Snyder
  Address:  

28 MIDDLE ST., SUITE 100

KEENE, NH 03431

CONVERTIBLE NOTE LENDER AGENT:
  /s/ Gordon Snyder
 

 

  Gordon Snyder
  Address:  

28 MIDDLE ST., SUITE 100

KEENE, NH 03431


    NOTEHOLDER:
    SYNGENTA VENTURES PTE. LTD.,
      By   /s/ Koh Teck Wah
       

 

        Name:   Koh Teck Wah
        Title:   Director
        Address:  

1 Harbourfront Avenue

#03-03/10 Keppel Bay Tower

Singapore 098632

Exhibit 10.23

AMENDMENT AND CONSENT

THIS AMENDMENT AND CONSENT (the “ Amendment and Consent ”) is made and entered into as of April 10, 2013, by and among Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Gordon Snyder, an individual, as administrative agent for the Lenders (as defined below) (the “ Agent ”).

W HEREAS , the Company, the Agent and certain of the Lenders (as defined therein) are parties to that certain Loan Agreement dated as of October 2, 2012 (the “ Deal A Loan Agreement ”), related Security Agreements (as defined in the Deal A Loan Agreement) and other agreements and documents (collectively, including the Deal A Loan Agreement and the Security Agreements, the “ Deal A Loan Documents ”).

W HEREAS , the Company, the Agent and certain of the Lenders (as defined therein) are parties to that certain Loan Agreement dated as of October 16, 2012 (the “ Deal B Loan Agreement ”), related Security Agreement (as defined in the Deal B Loan Agreement) and other agreements and documents (collectively, including the Deal B Loan Agreement and the Security Agreement, the “ Deal B Loan Documents ”).

W HEREAS , the Company and the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) are parties to that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 6, 2012, with Syngenta Ventures Pte. Ltd. (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”).

W HEREAS , the parties to the Deal A Loan Documents wish to amend the same in order to increase the amount of the Loan (as defined in the Deal A Loan Agreement) by up to an additional US$5,000,000 by making certain additional advances to the Company, changing certain terms and as otherwise set forth below;

W HEREAS , the parties to the Deal B Loan Documents wish to amend the same to convert a portion of the outstanding balance of the Loan (as defined in the Deal B Loan Agreement) into an additional advance under the Deal A Loan Documents and, concomitantly, to reduce the balance of the Loan evidenced and secured by the Deal B Loan documents by an amount equal to the principal amount of the portion so converted to an additional advance under the Deal A Loan Documents.

W HEREAS , the Company and the Agent have the full right, power and authority to amend the terms of the Deal A Loan Documents and the Deal B Loan Documents and, respectively, to bind the Company and the Lenders thereto.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree:

 

1. Definitions.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Deal A Loan Documents and the Deal B Loan Documents.

 

1.


2. Loan Amount; Additional Advances; Partial Conversion; Notes.

2.1 Section 2.01 of the Deal A Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the term “$7,500,000” in the text thereof and substituting in its stead the term “$12,500,000.”

2.2 Certain of the Lenders named along with their Commitment amounts on Schedule 1 (Commitments and Pro Rata Shares) attached to the Deal A Loan Agreement and at least one other party which is not currently a Lender under the Deal A Loan Documents but is a related party to the named Lenders thereon, wish to make additional cash advances of funds to the Company (“Additional Advances”) in the respective amounts shown on the First Amended Deal A Schedule 1 attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this Amendment and Consent. The attached First Amended Deal A Schedule 1 hereby supplements and replaces for all purposes Schedule 1 attached to the Deal A Loan Agreement to the extent the Lenders named therein make the specified advances. Such additional advances may be made by wire of immediately available funds to the Company. Such additional advances shall be subordinate in priority of payment and security interests to the priority in payment and security interests of the Lenders making the initial advances under the Deal A Loan Documents as shown on the First Amended Deal A Schedule 1 .

2.3 The sole Lender under the Deal B Loan Documents wishes: (a) to convert a portion of the outstanding principal balance, plus interest accrued to date on such converted portion, of the Loan evidenced by that certain outstanding Note issued pursuant to the Deal B Loan Agreement (“ Deal B Note ”), into an additional advance under the Deal A Loan Documents as amended by this Amendment and Consent; and (b) to receive an amended and restated Note (“ Amended and Restated Deal B Note ”) evidencing the Company’s indebtedness under the Deal B Loan Documents for the remaining, unconverted portion of the principal Loan balance plus interest accrued to date under the Deal B Note, such Amended and Restated Deal B Note to be in the principal amount of the Deal B Note LESS the amount of the Deal B Note which is converted to an additional advance under the Deal A Loan Documents, all as set forth on the First Amended Deal A Schedule 1 and on the First Amended Deal B Schedule 1 attached hereto. The attached First Amended Deal B Schedule 1 hereby supplements and replaces for all purposes Schedule 1 attached to the Deal B Loan Agreement. Agent, on behalf of the sole Lender under the Deal B Loan Agreement, hereby agrees that the conversion of a portion of the Loan under the Deal B Loan Agreement evidenced by the Deal B Note into a Note evidencing an additional advance under the Deal A Loan Agreement as contemplated hereby and in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed paid without penalty or payment notwithstanding any limitations on prepayment (including notice requirements) under the Deal B Loan Agreement or otherwise.

2.4 If and to the extent that individuals or entities shall make additional advances to the Company pursuant to the Deal A Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Consent on or after the date of this Amendment and Consent, each and every such individual or entity shall become a party to the Deal A Loan Documents for all purposes (including representations and warranties), be deemed a “Lender” and a party thereunder and shall execute and deliver counterpart signature pages to the Deal A Loan Documents, and the Company shall execute and deliver to each such Lender of an additional advance a Note in substantially the same form as the Notes issued in connection with the Deal A Loan Documents, each in the principal amount of such additional advance made by such Lender, respectively.

 

3. Warrants.

If and to the extent that individuals or entities named as Lenders on the First Amended Deal A Schedule 1 shall make Loans to the Company in the form of additional advances pursuant to the Deal A Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and Consent, on or after the date of this Amendment

 

2.


and Consent, the Company shall issue a warrant to any such individual or entity substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Deal A Loan Agreement. Provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of the Deal A Loan Documents, each such warrant issued to a Lender making an additional advance as anticipated hereby (and without limitation or amendment to any warrants previously issued pursuant to the Deal A Loan Documents prior the date of this Amendment and Consent, the terms of which previously issued warrants shall remain unchanged by this Amendment and Consent) shall only be exercisable eighteen (18) months after the closing of the Company’s IPO or a Sale of the Company for the purchase of that number of shares of common stock of the Company as is equal to 20% of the original principal amount of such Lender’s Loan divided by 70% of the value of such common stock in the Company IPO or such Sale of the Company, as applicable. The exercise price for shares purchased under the warrants shall be equal to 70% of the value of such common stock in the Company IPO or such Sale of the Company, as applicable.

 

4. Interest.

Section 2.04 of the Deal A Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of the text thereof:

“Provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may, at its request (which request shall be communicated in writing by Lender (or the Agent on such Lender’s behalf) to the Company), defer all interest due hereunder, in which case such interest shall accrue and be paid on the Applicable Maturity Date.”

 

5. Prepayment.

Section 2.09(a) of the Deal A Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text thereof and substituting in its stead the following text:

Optional Prepayments. Prior to the Initial Maturity Date, the Company may prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans, either (i) with the written consent of the Lenders (or the Agent on such Lenders’ behalf), or (ii) without such consent but with the additional payment of an amount equal to such interest that would be payable (but for such prepayment) from the date of such prepayment until the Initial Maturity Date (“ Additional Prepayment Compensation ”).

For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing language providing for Additional Prepayment Compensation replaces, supersedes and substitutes entirely for the provision in Section 2.09 (a) of the Deal A Loan Agreement limiting the rights of Borrower to prepay the Deal A Loan until earliest of (i) the date that is six months after the Closing Date, (ii) the closing of the Company IPO, and (iii) the date on which a Sale of the Company is consummated.

 

6. Consent.

Anything to the contrary in the Deal A Loan Documents, the Deal B Loan Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement notwithstanding, the Company and the Agent (on behalf of all of the Lenders) consent to (a) the incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company pursuant to the Deal A Loan Documents as amended and as contemplated herein; (b) the conversion of a portion of the Deal B Note and issuance of the Amended and Restated Deal B Note as contemplated herein; (c) the continuing subordination as specified in the Intercreditor Agreement of the indebtedness and security interests evidenced and secured under the Deal B Loan Documents to interests of all the Lenders under the Deal A Loan Documents, including the Lenders making additional advances in accordance with this Amendment

 

3.


and Consent and the concomitant increase in the amount of indebtedness evidenced and secured under the Deal A Loan Documents; and (d) any and all security interests and liens granted in connection with the incurrence of indebtedness by Company as a result of such additional advances.

 

7. General.

The term “Agreement” as used in the Deal A Loan Agreement and the Deal B Loan Agreement shall for all purposes refer to the Deal A Loan Agreement and the Deal B Loan Agreements as respectively amended by this Amendment and Consent. Except to the extent expressly revised by the terms of this Amendment and Consent, all the terms and conditions of the Deal A Loan Documents and the Deal B Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. From and after the date of this Amendment and Consent, upon the request of the Agent or the Company, the Company and the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) shall execute and deliver such instruments, documents or other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Amendment and Consent. This Amendment and Consent shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof. This Amendment and Consent may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment and Consent may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other parties. The Company agrees to pay on demand the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and Consent and any related documents in an amount not to exceed $5,000; provided that in no event shall the Agent or any Lender deduct such fees and disbursements of counsel from the Loans and Agent shall promptly provide the Company with a detailed invoice of such fees and disbursements of counsel upon request thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment and Consent as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:     AGENT:

M ARRONE B IO I NNOVATIONS , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

    G ORDON S NYDER
By:   /s/ Pam Marrone     /s/ Gordon Snyder
 

Pam Marrone

President

   

Signature Page to Amendment and Consent


FIRST AMENDED DEAL A SCHEDULE 1

 

Lender

  Commitment Amount
(payment  method)
 

Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable Remainder Trust I

  $ 550,000  (cash) 

Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable Remainder Trust II

  $ 450,000  (cash) 

Lorna Pomeroy

  $ 1,000,000  (cash) 

Cindy Evans

  $ 800,000  (cash) 

Cindy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust

  $ 300,000  (cash) 

Lina Tans

  $ 1,000,000  (cash) 

Anne Berndt 2012 Grandchildren’s Trust UAD 10/01/12 Anne Berndt TTEE

  $ 750,000  (cash) 

Kevin Frank

  $ 200,000  (cash) 

John and Wendy Evans Revocable Trust

  $ 770,000  (cash) 

John and Wendy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust I

  $ 400,000  (cash) 

John and Wendy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust II

  $ 600,000  (cash) 

Jane Blair Vilas Revocable Trust

  $ 680,000  (cash) 

Subtotal

  $ 7,500,000   

On or after April 10, 2013

 
ADDITIONAL   ADVANCES  

Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable Remainder Trust I

  $ 100,000  (cash) 

Dan and Danna Holmes Charitable Remainder Trust II

  $ 200,000  (cash) 

Dan and Danna Holmes 2004 Revocable Trust

  $ 200,000  (cash) 

Cindy Evans

  $ 200,000  (cash) 

Cindy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust

  $ 300,000  (cash) 


John and Wendy Evans Charitable Remainder Trust II

   $ 200,000  (cash) 

Jane Blair Vilas Revocable Trust

   $ 500,000  (cash) 

Evans Family Limited Partnership

   $ 500,000  (cash) 

Irrevocable Trust U/W J.H. Evans

   $ 1,500,000  (cash) 

Irrevocable Trust U/W J.H. Evans

   $

 

 

1,250,000

(Partial Deal B

Note Conversion

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 4,950,000   

Total

   $ 12,450,000   


FIRST AMENDED DEAL B SCHEDULE 1

 

Lender

  

Commitment Amount

 

Irrevocable Trust U/W J.H. EVANS

   $ 1,250,000

Total

   $ 1,250,000   

 

* Note that the additional principal amount of $1,250,000 of the Loan was converted on April 10, 2013 (the “Conversion Date”) into a Note under the October 2, 2012 Loan Agreement, but accrued and unpaid interest on this additional principal amount from the date of the Loan to the Conversion Date, and on such unpaid interest from the Conversion Date, shall be accrued and paid on the Applicable Maturity Date as provided in the Agreement.

Exhibit 10.24

LICENSE AGREEMENT

T HIS L ICENSE A GREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made as of May 22, 2007 (the “Effective Date” ), between KHH B IOSCI , I NC ., a North Carolina corporation, having its principal office at 634 Lake Hogan Lane, North Carolina 27516 United States of America (“ KHH ”) and M ARRONE O RGANIC I NNOVATIONS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation, having its principal office at 215 Madson Place, Suite B, Davis, California 95618, United States of America (“ MOI ”).

ARTICLE 1

BACKGROUND

1.1     KHH has conducted research on the extract of Reynoutria sachalinensis and formulations that include this extract and owns a license and various intellectual property rights associated with such extract. KHH is interested in sub-licensing such rights to MOI for further commercial development and marketing.

1.2     MOI is in the business of research, development, registration and commercialization of natural products as biopesticides. MOI is interested in assessing the above described on such extract and related rights of KHH, which MOI may develop, register and bring to market.

1.3     To advance these goals, MOI and KHH have determined to enter into a commercial relationship regarding the future development, registration, commercialization, sales and marketing of products based on such extract and related rights.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

2.1      “Affiliate” means, in relation to a party to this Agreement, a body corporate which from time to time is, directly or indirectly, controlled by, in control of, or under common control with, such party and, for these purposes, “control” shall consist of the ownership of over 50% of the voting stock of the applicable entity.

2.2     “Agro-Kanesho Assignment and License Agreement” means that Assignment and License Agreement between KHH and Agro-Kanesho Co., Ltd., a Japanese corporation dated 18 September 2000, attached as Exhibit A.

2.3      “BASF” means BASF Aktiengesellschaft.

2.4      “BASF Agreement” means the Assignment and License Agreement between KHH and BASF, executed April 20, 1998.

2.5     “BASF Technology Rights” means the technology rights, including TECHNICAL INFORMATION, as set forth in the BASF Agreement. Attached as Exhibit B.

2.6     “BASF Territory” means the Territory as defined in the BASF Agreement.


2.7      “Confidential Information” means, as to either party and without limitation, such party’s proprietary or confidential data, know-how, formulas, compositions, processes, documents, designs, sketches, photographs, plans, graphs, drawings, specifications, equipment, samples, reports, findings, inventions, ideas and information, including business information related to Products and the BASF Technology Rights and the KHH Technology Rights.

2.8      “Customer” means any purchaser of a Product other than KHH, MOI, an Affiliate or a Sublicensee.

2.9      “Deductible Expenses” means the following items of expense incurred in connection with Sales of Products to the extent paid or allowed by MOI or a Sublicensee, and included in accordance with recognized principles of accounting in the gross sales price billed: (a) sales, use or turnover taxes; (b) excise, value added, importation or other taxes, custom duties or consular fees; (c) transportation, freight, and handling charges, and insurance on shipments to customers; (d) trade, cash or quantity discounts or rebates to the extent actually granted (including government-mandated rebates); (e) rebates, refunds, and credits for any rejected or returned Products or due to billing errors or because of retroactive price reductions, rebates or chargebacks; (f) uncollected accounts receivable attributable to Sales of Products; and (g) sales related fees or commissions paid for efforts in arranging actual Sales of Products.

2.10      “Exclusive” means that for the term of this Agreement KHH will not use or license to any licensee, other than MOI, the Licensed Patents, the BASF Technology Rights, the Technology Rights, subject to the rights of BASF to “Technical Information” (as defined in the BASF Agreement) under Section 3.3 of the BASF Agreement, and subject to the Agro-Kanesho Assignment and License Agreement.

2.11      “Licensed Patents” means: (i) all domestic and foreign patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit C attached hereto; (iii) all divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part of such patents and patent applications; (iv) all patents that issue on any of the foregoing patent applications; (v) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing patents and patent applications; and (vi) all reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, and supplementary protection certificates relating to any of the foregoing patents. Exhibit C may be updated from time to time on mutual agreement.

2.12      “Licensed Patent Rights” means any and all rights under the Licensed Patents.

2.13      “Net Revenues” means the amount received by MOI or a Sublicensee, in each case for the Sale of a Product to a Customer, less the Deductible Expenses applicable to such Sale. Net revenues shall also include imputed Net Revenues as provided in Section 10.4.

2.14      “Product” means any product or device that is covered by, or is made by or utilizes a process or material covered by, any Valid Claim or which utilizes any BASF Technology Rights or KHH Technology Rights.

2.15      “Registration” means approval by the United States Environmental Protection Agency of a microbial, a substance or a mixture of substances, as a biochemical or microbial pesticide.


2.16     “Sale” means the sale, transfer, exchange or other commercial disposition of a Product. In case of doubt, Sales of Products will be deemed consummated no later than receipt of payment by a Customer for the applicable transaction involving such Product.

2.17     “Sublicensee” will mean, with respect to a particular Product, a third party to which MOI has granted a license or sublicense under any or all of the Licensed Patent Rights.

2.18    “KHH Technology Rights” means any and all ideas, inventions, formulae, processes, trade secrets and substantial know-how, intellectual property, techniques, methods, specifications, practices, data and other forms of information relating to the processes, methods and techniques for manufacturing, formulating and using the Licensed Patent Rights or relating to the Products, whether patentable or not and whether or not reduced to practice, including Licensed Patent Rights and registration data in each case owned or licensable by KHH or directly or indirectly derived from the foregoing or from Confidential Information of Licensor at any time during the term of this Agreement, other than BASF Technology Rights.

2.19     “Technology Rights” means KHH Technology Rights and BASF Technology Rights.

2.20     “Territory” means:

a) with respect to the Licensed Patents, the United States of America

b) with respect to the BASF Technology Rights, the BASF Territory

c) with respect to the KHH Technology Rights, the world.

2.21     “Trademark” means all right of KHH to the trademark Milsana ® as well as any unregistered version thereof, and associated goodwill.

2.22    “Valid Claim” means, with respect to any country, a claim of an issued patent within the Licensed Patents that has not, with respect to such country (a) expired or been canceled, (b) been declared invalid by an unreversed decision of a court or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction from which there can be no further appeal, (c) been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reexamination, reissue, disclaimer or otherwise, and/or (d) been abandoned in accordance with or as permitted by the terms of this Agreement or by mutual written agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF KHH

KHH hereby represents, warrants and covenants to MOI as follows:

3.1      Corporate Power and Authority .  KHH has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder. KHH also represents and warrants that, except as set forth in Exhibit C, it has the right and the authority, including ownership or appropriate and valid licenses, to grant the licenses set forth in Article 5 and to grant and perform its other rights and obligations hereunder.


3.2      Compliance with Law . KHH will conduct its activities and operations in material compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, rules or regulations.

3.3      No Conflicting Agreement .  KHH represents and warrants that it has not granted to any third party any right or interest in any of the Licensed Patent Rights or other Technology Rights that is inconsistent with the rights granted to MOI herein and will not grant any third party such a right during the term of this Agreement.

3.4      No Litigation .  KHH represents and warrants that, as of the date of execution of this Agreement, there are no pending or, to its actual knowledge, threatened actions, suits, investigations, claims, or proceedings in any way relating to the Licensed Patent Rights or other Technology Rights.

3.5      BASF Agreement .  KHH represents and warrants that this Agreement is consistent with the relevant terms of the BASF Agreement and that MOI has no direct obligation to BASF under the BASF Agreement. As between KHH and MOI, KHH is solely responsible for performing its obligations under the BASF Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF MOI

MOI represents, warrants and covenants the following to KHH:

4.1 Corporate Power and Authority .  MOI has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

4.2 Compliance with Law .  MOI will conduct its activities and operations in material compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, rules or regulations.

ARTICLE 5

LICENSE GRANT AND APPLICATION ASSIGNMENT

5.1     Grant .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the terms and conditions of the BASF Agreement, to the terms and conditions of the Agro-Kanesho Assignment and License Agreement. KHH hereby grants to MOI an Exclusive, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license under the Licensed Patent Rights, BASF Technology Rights and KHH Technology Rights; and Trademarks, to research, develop, make, have made, import, have imported, use, have used, sell, have sold, offer for sale, have offered for sale, and otherwise exploit Products in the Territory.

5.2      Limits on Sublicensing .  MOI has the right to grant nonexclusive or exclusive sublicenses hereunder, provided, that: (a) MOI will include all Net Revenues of Sublicensees in MOI’s reports to KHH, as provided in Section 7.1 , and MOI will pay royalties thereon to KHH calculated pursuant to Section 6.2 ; and (b) MOI may grant sublicenses of no greater scope than the licenses granted under Section 5.1.

5.3      Assignment of Sublicenses .  Any sublicenses granted by MOI of the rights it receives under Section 5.1 , including any nonexclusive sublicenses, will remain in effect and, at


MOI’s and KHH’s election, may be assigned to KHH if the license in Section 5.1 terminates pursuant to Article 13 , provided the financial obligations of each Sublicensee to KHH will be at least the same as the Sublicensees’ obligations to MOI with respect to Licensed Patent Rights but, in any event, will not be less than MOI’s obligations to KHH for such sublicenses under this Agreement. In such event and subject to the preceding sentence, KHH will assume all the rights and obligations of MOI under such sublicenses with respect to the licenses granted under the Licensed Patents Rights and other Technology Rights to such Sublicensees. In the event of such assignment, unless otherwise agreed by KHH, KHH will not be obligated to assume any obligation of MOI under the license agreement other than the granting of the license rights consistent with the terms hereof.

5.4      Term of License .  The license grant in Section 5.1 will continue for the term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 13.1, unless the Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with Article 13 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 6

ROYALTIES

6.1      License Fee .  In consideration for the license rights granted herein, MOI will pay KHH a license fee of [*****] for the licenses granted under this Agreement. Such license fee is payable as follows:

(a)     [*****] of such fee is due within 15 days after the execution of this Agreement;

(b)     [*****] of such fee is due within 15 days after satisfactory completion by KHH of the Diligence (as defined in Section 8.3 ); provided that, unless this Agreement is sooner terminated, such fee is payable within 60 days of the Effective Date; and

(c)     [*****] be paid within 75 days of the Effective Date, contingent on successful due diligence.

6.2      Royalty on Sales of Products; Exclusions .  With respect to the Sale of Products by or for MOI, and Affiliate of MOI, a Sublicensee, or and Affiliate of a Sublicensee, MOI will pay KHH [*****] of Net Revenues based on such Sale in such country. No more than one royalty payment will be due with respect to a Sale of a particular Product. No multiple royalties will be payable because any Product, or its manufacture, sale or use is covered by more than one Valid Claim in a given country. No royalty will be payable under this Section with respect to (a) Sales of Products among MOI, its Sublicensees or Affiliates, provided that the Sublicensees or Affiliates are not end users of the Product, or (b) Products distributed for use in research and/or development or as promotional samples or otherwise distributed without charge to Third Parties.

6.3      Maximum Amount; Duration of Royalty Obligation .  Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, MOI is not obligated to pay KHH any royalties, license fees or other amounts under this Article or Article 10 , including royalties based on MOI or Sublicensee Product Sales, in excess of [*****] (the “ Maximum Amount ”). Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, royalties due under this Article will be payable in U.S. Dollars on a country-by-country and Product-by-Product basis until the expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


6.4      Minimum Royalties .  If MOI pays to KHH, royalties, service fees and other amounts, pursuant to this Article or Article 10, in calendar years 2007, 2008 and 2009, less than [*****] then within 30 days of the end of such year MOI must pay KHH such shortfall. MOI will be entitled to credit the amount of any payment of the shortfall made under this Section against any future actual royalty amounts owed pursuant to Section 6.2 or 10.4.

6.5     Expenses.  Independent of the foregoing royalty obligations, MOI shall be responsible for payment of all reasonable and pre-approved expenses of KHH in fulfilling its obligations to MOI under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

REPORTS, PAYMENTS AND RECORD

7.1      Reports; Payment .  Following the first Sale of a Product, on or before the 30 th day after the end of each MOI fiscal quarter, and for so long as royalties are payable under this Agreement, MOI will render to KHH a report in writing, setting forth Net Revenues and the number of units of Products Sold in each country during such quarter by MOI and Sublicensees. MOI will pay to KHH with each such report any royalties due to KHH as indicated in such report.

7.2      Currency Exchange; Overdue Interest .  Net Revenues received by MOI from Sublicensees in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be converted into U.S. dollars according to MOI’s reasonable standard internal conversion procedures. Overdue payments under this Agreement will bear interest from the date due until paid at the lower of a per annum rate 1% above the prime rate in effect as published in the Wall Street Journal or at the highest interest rate permissible under applicable law.

7.3      Records; Audit .  MOI will keep complete and accurate records and books of account in respect of all Products made and sold by MOI, its Affiliates and Sublicensees, under this Agreement, and, of all payment obligations to KHH under this Agreement. KHH will have the right, during business hours, no more often than annually unless there is breach of this Agreement by MOI to engage a nationally-certified auditing firm reasonably acceptable to MOI to examine such records and books of MOI its Sublicensees and Affiliates to verify the amounts paid to KHH hereunder. MOI will keep the same for at least 3 years after it pays KHH the royalties due for such Products. Such auditors will not disclose to KHH or to any third party any information learned through such examination. However, if MOI challenges any finding of underpayment, the auditors may disclose to KHH such information as is necessary to justify the auditors’ conclusions. KHH will not use any such information for any purpose other than determining and enforcing its rights under this Agreement. If KHH’s examination of such records and books reveals any underpayment greater than 4% of the amount actually paid to KHH in the relevant time period, MOI will promptly pay to KHH the amount of such underpayment, and MOI will pay to KHH the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by KHH in connection with such examination.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


ARTICLE 8

TRANSFER AND DILIGENCE

8.1      Transfer .  Within 60 days of the Effective Date, KHH will deliver to MOI the following:

(a)     A separate tangible description of all KHH and BASF Technology Rights and copies of all related contracts, including the method of manufacture and formulation of the Products except for “Assignee Information” as defined in the Agro Kanesho License Agreement.

(b)     All original or scanned (electronic) original documents and correspondence related to the Registration application filed by KHH with the United States Environmental Protection Agency with respect to technical registration of Reynoutria sachalinensis (REYSA) /Polygonum sachalinensis (POLSA), the Manufacturing Use Product, and the formulated product Milsana ® bioprotectant Concentrate (collectively, the “Registration Application” ).

(c)     All trademark and patent documents.

(d)     Efficacy data.

(e)     All documents relating to plant production, formulation experimentation and final formulas

8.2      Consulting Services .   MOI will pay KHH $100.00 per hour of expert consulting services by KHH personnel to facilitate the transfer under Section 8.1 and to otherwise assist MOI in the development of the Product; provided that MOI is not obligated to pay KHH more than a combined total of [*****], accumulated in 2007 and 2008 for such services, unless MOI requests more than [*****] hours of services, at which time the parties will mutually agree to a per hour price. The parties will mutually agree on the timing and scope of the services to be provided by KHH under this Section. The fees for such consulting services will be due 30 days after MOI’s receipt of the related invoice, which must be accompanied by detailed description of the services. In addition, MOI will be responsible for reimbursing KHH for all reasonable out-of-pocket, pre-approved expenses related to the provision of such services. The foregoing fee represents the entire amount MOI is obligated to pay to KHH for such services.

8.3      Diligence.   MOI may perform a due diligence investigation relating to the Technology Rights, the potential Products and the related business prospects (the “Diligence” ). MOI’s start of diligence is when patents, trademarks, EPA registration documents and production information have been received. If within sixty (60) days after receipt of this information, MOI determines that any aspect of the Technology Rights or the potential Products are not satisfactory, then MOI may terminate this Agreement upon 15 days’ notice to KHH. However, prior to so terminating this Agreement MOI shall first engage in good faith negotiations with KHH to modify the terms of this Agreement in order to reasonably address such unsatisfactory matters. If MOI finds something in its due diligence that requires termination, then MOI will be entitled to a fee refund of its initial [*****].

8.4      Assignment .  KHH hereby assigns to MOI all of KHH’s right title and interest in and to the Registration Application provided that such rights, title and interest shall revert if this Agreement is terminated for any reason.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


ARTICLE 9

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

9.1      Registrations; Improvements .  MOI is entitled to submit all regulatory filings in its name and shall own all such filings and other registrations, including the Registrations. Any improvements to the Licensed Patent Rights or any other Technology Rights, whether patentable or not, made by MOI shall be the sole property of MOI.

9.2      MOI Trademarks .  MOI will obtain and maintain trademarks for the Product as MOI sees fit at MOI’s sole discretion and at its own expense. MOI will retain sole and exclusive ownership of such trademarks at all times. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring on KHH the right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trademark or tradename of MOI or its products.

9.3     Publicity.   MOI may publicize the relationship under this Agreement as provided in Section 15.9.

ARTICLE 10

INFRINGEMENT BY THIRD PARTY

10.1      Right to Defend .  As between KHH and MOI, MOI will at its expense, have the first right but not the obligation to protect the Licensed Patent Rights and other Technology Rights from infringement and prosecute infringers. If KHH supplies MOI with evidence of infringement of Licensed Patent Rights or other Technology Rights, KHH may by written notice request MOI to take steps to enforce such intellectual property rights. If KHH does so, and MOI does not, within 90 days of the receipt of such notice, either (a) cause the infringement to terminate, or (b) initiate and continue a legal action against the infringer, KHH may, upon written notice to MOI, initiate an action against the infringer at KHH’s Notwithstanding the foregoing, MOI will have the right to sublicense any alleged infringer pursuant to Article 5.

10.2      Declaratory Judgment .  If a declaratory judgment action or claim or counterclaim alleging invalidity, unenforceability or noninfringement of any of the Licensed Patents or other Technology Rights is brought against KHH or MOI, MOI may elect to have sole control of the action, and if MOI so elects it will bear all the costs of the action.

10.3      Cooperation in an Action .  If one party institutes or carries on a legal action pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the other party will fully cooperate with and supply all assistance reasonably requested by the party instituting or carrying on such action, including, if requested by the party instituting the action and necessary to pursue the action, joining in such action at the expense of the party requesting such joinder. A party instituting or carrying on such an action will keep the other party informed of the progress of such action. Such other party will be entitled to be represented by counsel in connection with such action at its own expense.

10.4      Allocation of Recovery and Expenses.   Any amounts paid to KHH or MOI by third parties as the result of an action brought by either party pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2 (such as in satisfaction of a judgment or pursuant to a settlement), will first be applied to reimbursement of the unreimbursed expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expert fees) incurred by each party. If this Agreement has not been terminated and the recovery is in the form of lost


revenues, then any remainder of the recovery after expenses shall be paid first to KHH as provided in Article 6. If this Agreement has not been terminated and the recovery is in the nature of lost profits, then the parties will in good faith impute the amount of Net Revenues which would have generated such profits, and the amounts to be paid under Article 6 shall be paid to KHH with respect to such imputed Net Revenues, with the remainder in either case to be paid to MOI.

ARTICLE 11

CONFIDENTIALITY

11.1      Scope .  During the term of this Agreement and for 5 years thereafter, MOI and KHH agree: (a) not to disclose to any third party, except as specifically allowed by this Agreement, any Confidential Information of the other party, and (b) to limit disclosure of Confidential Information within its own organization to individuals whose duties justify the need to know such information and who are legally obligated to comply with the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing herein will limit disclosures by MOI in connection with MOI’s exercise of its license rights as granted in Article 5, so long as the recipient is likewise bound by Confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as Article 11. T o the extent practical, Confidential Information will be disclosed in tangible form and marked “Confidential.” Information disclosed in non-tangible form, such as orally or by visual inspection, will be considered confidential when the disclosing party confirms in writing the fact and general nature of the disclosure within 1 month after it is made.

11.2      Exclusions .  The recipient of Confidential Information will be under no obligation with respect to any information which: (a) at the time of disclosure is available to the public; (b) after disclosure becomes available to the public through no fault of the recipient, provided that the obligation of the recipient will cease only after the date on which such information has become available to the public; (c) the recipient can demonstrate through tangible evidence was in its possession before receipt from the disclosing party; (d) is disclosed to the recipient without restriction on disclosure by a third party who has the lawful right to disclose such information; or (e) was independently developed by the recipient as proven by contemporaneous documentation made prior to the disclosure to recipient. Confidential Information will not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because it is: (i) specific and embraced by more general information in the public domain or the recipient’s possession or; (ii) a combination which can be pieced together to reconstruct the Confidential Information from multiple sources, none of which shows the whole combination, its principle of operation, or method of use.

11.3      Required Disclosure .  It will not be a breach of this Article if the recipient party is required to disclose the other party’s Confidential Information pursuant to an order of the government or a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that (a) the recipient party provides the other party with adequate notice of the court or government order and the required disclosure, (b) the recipient party cooperates with the other party’s efforts to protect its Confidential Information with respect to such disclosure, and (c) the recipient party takes all reasonable measures requested by the other party to challenge or to modify the scope of such required disclosure.


11.4      Terms of this Agreement .   Except as expressly provided herein, MOI and KHH agree not to disclose any terms of this Agreement to any third party without the consent of the other party; provided , however , that disclosures may be made as required by securities or other applicable laws, to actual or prospective investors and corporate partners, and to a party’s accountants, attorneys, and other professional advisors who agree to appropriate confidentiality provisions to protect such information from disclosure or improper use, and by MOI to Sublicensees or potential Sublicensees. Also, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent MOI from providing to another customer MOI’s standard form agreements.

ARTICLE 12

PATENTS AND PATENT COSTS

12.1      Patent Costs .  Subject to the terms of Sections 12.2 and 13.3, from and after the Effective Date, MOI will pay for 100% of the patent costs incurred in connection with the Licensed Patent Rights,

12.2      Responsible Party .  MOI will have the sole right to right to apply for, prosecute and maintain, from the Effective Date through the termination of this Agreement, the Licensed Patent Rights and other Technology Rights. The application filings, prosecution, maintenance and payment of all fees and expenses, including legal fees, relating to the Licensed Patent Rights will be the responsibility of MOI during such period, subject to Section 133. At MOI’s expense, KHH will provide MOI with all information necessary or useful for the filing and prosecution of such Licensed Patent Rights and other Technology Rights and will cooperate fully with MOI so that MOI may establish and maintain such rights. Patent attorneys chosen by MOI will handle all patent filings and prosecutions, on behalf of KHH, provided , however , KHH will be entitled to review and comment upon and approve, all material actions undertaken in the prosecution of all patents and applications. KHH will be deemed to have approved any such action if it fails to disapprove such action within 10 business days of request for approval. KHH will promptly provide any comments or approvals which it elects to provide hereunder. If MOI declines to apply for, prosecute or maintain any Licensed Patent Rights and other Technology Rights, KHH will have the right to pursue the same at KHH’s expense and MOI will have no rights under KHH’s interest therein nor any obligation to reimburse KHH for its related prosecution and maintenance fees. If MOI decides not to apply for, prosecute or maintain any Licensed Patent Rights, MOI will give sufficient and timely notice to KHH so as to permit KHH to apply for, prosecute and maintain such Licensed Patent Rights. In such event, MOI will provide KHH with all information necessary or useful for the filing and prosecution of such Licensed Patent Rights and will cooperate fully with KHH so that KHH may establish and maintain such rights.

ARTICLE 13

TERM AND TERMINATION

13.1      Term .  The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Article, expire on the later of (a) the 10 th anniversary of the Effective Date, or (b) the expiration of the last-to-expire issued Valid Claim and any other patent issued relating to any other Technology Rights.


13.2      Termination by KHH .  KHH may terminate this Agreement prior to the date it would otherwise expire pursuant to Section 13.1 if (a) MOI materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within 60 days after notice from KHH of such breach, or (b) any proceedings are instituted by or against MOI under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or moratorium law and such remain undismissed for at least 90 days.

13.3      Termination by MOI .  MOI may terminate this Agreement prior to the date it would otherwise expire pursuant to Section 13.1 if (a) KHH materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within 60 days after notice from MOI of such breach, or (b) any proceedings are instituted by or against KHH under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or moratorium law and such remain undismissed for at least 90 days. Also, MOI may terminate this Agreement as provided in Sections 8.3.

13.4      Rights Regarding Products .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, following the termination or expiration of the term of this Agreement, MOI will have the right to use or sell Products on hand on the date of such termination or expiration and to complete Products in the process of manufacture at the time of such termination or expiration and use or sell the same, provided that MOI will submit the applicable royalty reports described in Sections 7.1 , along with the royalty payments required above in accordance with Section 6.2 for Sale of such Products. MOI may continue to sell Products to customers beyond the time period of the agreement.

13.5      No Waiver of Claims; Assignment of Sublicenses .  Termination of this Agreement for any reason will not release any either party from any liability which had accrued to the other party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination. Upon any termination of this Agreement, KHH will accept an assignment by MOI of any sublicenses granted by MOI to Sublicensees in accordance with Section 5.3 , and any sublicense so assigned will remain in full force and effect

13.6      Survival .  Termination of this Agreement will not relieve MOI of liability for payment of any royalty due for Products made prior to the effective date of such termination. Also, Articles 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, 13, 14 and 15 will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

13.7     Return of Materials and Confidential Information. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, MOI shall return to KHH all materials, Confidential Information, KHH Technology Rights and BASF Technology Rights, and MOI shall not use the same or any part thereof for any purpose whatsoever.

13.8     Consequences of Termination. Subject to its rights under Sections 13.4, if applicable, if MOI terminates this Agreement for any reason prior to 2016, it shall refrain, directly or indirectly, from the growing, production, marketing or distribution of Products anywhere within the Territory for two years after such termination, provided that MOI may retain and continue to use such materials as necessary to exercise rights under Sections 13.4.


ARTICLE 14

INDEMNITY

14.1      MOI Indemnity .  MOI hereby agrees to defend, at its own expense, KHH from and against any third party claim alleging, arising out of, or resulting from, (a) any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by MOI herein, or (b) the use or commercialization by MOI, its Sublicensees or assignees of the Licensed Patent Rights or any other Technology Rights to the extent that any such claim arise solely from the actions of MOI. Subject to compliance with Section 14.3, MOI agrees to pay any damage or award finally awarded against KHH in such action or agreed upon in settlement.

14.2      KHH Indemnity .  KHH agrees to defend MOI from and against any third party claim alleging, arising out of, or resulting from, any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by KHH herein. Subject to compliance with Section 14.3, KHH agrees to pay any damage or award finally awarded against MOI in such action or agreed upon in settlement.

14.3      Process .  Any party obligated to provide indemnity under this Article must be (a) notified promptly of any claims for which indemnity is sought and of which the applicable party has notice, (b) have the sole right to control and defend or settle any litigation within the scope of such party’s indemnity, and (c) provided reasonable cooperation be the indemnified party in the defense of any such claims.

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS

15.1     This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

15.2      Assignment .  This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by any party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided , however , that either party may assign this Agreement, without the consent of the other party (a) to any of its Affiliates, if the assigning party guarantees the full performance of its Affiliate’s obligations hereunder, or (b) in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the related assets or business or in the event of its merger or consolidation with another company. In all cases the assigning party will provide the other party with prompt notice of any such assignment. No assignment will release a party from responsibility for the performance of any accrued obligation of such party hereunder.

15.3      Notices .  All notices, requests or consents required or permitted under this Agreement will be made in writing and will be given to the other party by personal delivery, registered or certified mail (with return receipt), overnight air courier (with receipt signature) or facsimile transmission (with “answerback” confirmation of transmission), sent to such party’s address or telecopy numbers set forth below, or such other addresses or telecopy numbers of which the parties have given notice pursuant to this Section. Each such notice, request or consent will be deemed effective upon the date of actual receipt, receipt signature or confirmation of transmission, as applicable.

 

If to MOI:    If to KHH:


Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.    KHH Biosci, Inc.
215 Madson Place, Suites B/C   

[*****]

Davis, CA 95618 USA   
Attn: Dr. Pamela G. Marrone   
Phone: (530) 750-2800   
Facsimile: (530) 750-2808   

15.4      Entire Agreement .   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior agreements with respect thereto. This Agreement may be amended only in writing signed by both parties.

15.5      Severability .  If a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction determines that one or more of the paragraphs or provisions of this Agreement are or may be invalid or unenforceable such decision will not affect the remainder of this Agreement.

15.6      Force Majeure .  The parties will not be liable for any delay in or failure of performance hereunder due to any contingency beyond its reasonable control including but not limited to an act of God, war, mobilization, insurrection, rebellion, civil commotion, riot, act of extremist or public enemy, sabotage, labor dispute, lockout, strike, explosion, fire, flood, storm, accident, drought, equipment failure, power failure, shortage of cars, delay of carrier, embargo, law, ordinance, rule or regulation, whether valid or invalid, including priority requisition, allocation, or price control.

15.7      Waiver .  Failure by either party hereto to exercise or enforce any rights conferred upon it by this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any such rights or operate so as to bar the exercise or enforcement thereof or of any other rights at any subsequent time or times.

15.8      Status of the Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as to constitute a partnership or joint venture between the parties or authorize either to represent the other party or contract any liability on behalf of the other party.

15.9      Joint Press Release; Publicity .  Upon execution of this Agreement or as soon as practicable thereafter, the parties will issue a joint press release, the text of which will be mutually acceptable to the parties. In addition, from time to time during the term hereof, MOI may issue press releases and other forms of publicity referring to the Products and KHH’s role with respect thereto, such to be subject to the consent of KHH (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

15.10      No Consequential Damages .   Except for claims arising out of breach of Article 11, neither party will be liable to the other for any special, consequential, incidental, or indirect damages arising out of this agreement, however caused, under any theory of liability.

15.11      Construction .  This Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by, KHH and MOI. Accordingly, this Agreement will be deemed to be the product of both parties, and no ambiguity will be construed in favor of, or against, KHH or MOI.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


15.12      Other Interpretive Provisions .  References in this Agreement to “Articles” and “Sections” are to articles and sections herein unless otherwise indicated. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Except as provided in a particular context, the word “or” when used in this Agreement may mean each as well as all alternatives. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates indicated below but to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

M ARRONE O RGANIC I NNOVATIONS , I NC .     KHH B IOSCI , I NC .
By:   /s/ Pamela Marrone     By:   /s/ Hans von Amsberg
Name:   Pamela Marrone     Name:   Hans von Amsberg
Title:   President & CEO     Title:   President KHH BioSci, Inc.
Date:   May 21, 2007     Date:   May 22, 2007


EXHIBIT C

LICENSED PATENTS

 

Country

  

Number

  

Status

  

Expiring

USA    5,989,429    Granted    [On or around 2016]
USA    4,863,734    Granted    Sept. 05, 2006 [Expired]
Canada    1,292,679    Granted    Dec. 03, 2008 [Not maintained]
South Africa    0088/7962    Granted    Oct. 25, 2008 [Not maintained]
Australia    746341    Granted    November 5, 2018

Exhibit 10.25

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into between the U.S. Government, as represented by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service (hereinafter referred to as “USDA”) and Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation having offices at 215 Madison Place, Suites B/C, Davis, California (hereinafter referred to as “MOI”).

WHEREAS, USDA has performed research to develop novel strains of Chromobacterium subtsugae useful as biocontrol agents for insect pests and has received by assignment certain valuable patent rights thereon; and

WHEREAS, USDA desires, in the public interest, that said invention be perfected, marketed, and practiced so that the benefits are readily available for widest possible utilization in the shortest time possible; and

WHEREAS, MOI represents that it has the facilities, personnel and expertise and is willing to expend reasonable efforts and resources to bring the invention to the point of practical application; and

WHEREAS, USDA is willing to provide reasonable assistance to MOI to help bring the invention to the point of practical application;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and pursuant to 35 USC 207 and 37 CFR 404 and the mutual promises and obligations hereinafter set forth, USDA and MOI, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1        Licensed Patent means U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 10,678,023, entitled “Chromobacterium Subtsugae Sp. Nov. and Use for Control of Insect Pests” filed on October 1, 2003, the patent issuing therefrom, and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. I1/704,565, entitled “Chromobacterium Subtsugae Sp. Nov. and Use for Control of Insect Pests” filed on February 8, 2007, the patent issuing therefrom, and all continuations, divisions, reissues, reexaminations, patent term extensions of such patents, and any continuations-in-part that have complied with the requirements set forth in 37 CFR 404.7.

1.2        Licensed Products means any and all compositions or formulations comprising a strain of Chromobacterium subtsugae . sp. nov. and/or any insecticidally-active metabolite, supernatant, filtrate or extract obtained from a strain of Chromobacterium subtsugae . sp. nov. as covered in whole or in part by a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent.

1.3        Licensed Method means any and all methods for controlling insect pests using Licensed Products as covered in whole or in part by a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent.

 


License No. 1429-002

   Page 2 of 12

 

1.4        Licensed Territory means the United States of America, its possessions and territories.

1.5        Net Sales means the gross sales of Licensed Products by MOI to an independent third party less the sum of the following:

 

 

(a)

discounts, in amounts customary in the trade, for quantity purchases, cash payments, wholesalers, and distributors;

 

 

(b)

amounts repaid or credited by reason of rejection or returns; and

 

 

(c)

any freight or other transportation costs, insurance, duties, tariffs and sales and excise taxes based directly on sales or turnover or delivery of material produced under this Agreement.

No deductions shall be made for commissions paid to sales persons or agents or for the cost of collections. Licensed Products produced by MOI for its own use shall be included for the purposes of computing Net Sales, except such Licensed Products used for non-revenue producing activity such as promotional items or market trials. Licensed Products shall be considered sold when billed or invoiced.

1.6        Prorated Share means the total fees and expenses incurred by USDA for prosecuting and maintaining the Licensed Patent in the Licensed Territory divided by the number of licensees.

1.7        Valid Claim means a claim of any unexpired United States Patent or Patent Application included within the definition of the Licensed Patent that shall not have been withdrawn, canceled or disclaimed nor held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision. For the purposes of this Agreement, all pending and issued claims of the Licensed Patent shall be considered valid and enforceable unless and until either otherwise adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

1.8        First Commercial Sale means the initial transfer by or on behalf of MOI or its sublicensees of Licensed Products or product made by the Licensed Method in exchange for cash.

1.9        Effective Date means the later date on which this Agreement is executed by a party to the Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT

2.1        USDA grants to MOI, subject to the terms and conditions herein, a co-exclusive license in the Licensed Territory under the Licensed Patent to practice the Licensed Method and


License No. 1429-002

   Page 3 of 12

 

to make, have made, use, have used, sell and have sold Licensed Products for the term of this Agreement. USDA shall grant no more than two (2) licenses under the Licensed Patent in the Licensed Territory for the term of the Agreement.

2.2        USDA grants to MOI the right to grant sublicenses subject to the provisions of this Agreement and to the prior submission to and approval by USDA of the proposed sublicense, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. All sublicenses shall make reference to this Agreement, including the rights retained by the U.S. Government in accordance with the provisions of Article III below. MOI shall provide USDA with a copy of all sublicense agreements.

ARTICLE III

RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

3.1        The licenses granted in Article II above are subject to the reservation by USDA of an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable, royalty-free license for the practice of the Licensed Patent throughout the world by or on behalf of the U.S. Government, and on behalf of any foreign government pursuant to any existing or future treaty or agreement to which the United States is a signatory, including the right to engage in research, either alone or with one or more third parties, on inventions covered by the Licensed Patent.

3.2        USDA reserves the right to require MOI to grant sublicenses to responsible applicants, on reasonable terms, under any of the following circumstances:

 

 

(a)

such grant is necessary to fulfill health or safety needs; or

 

 

(b)

such grant is necessary to ensure that a specific commercial use for the Licensed Patent, which is not being actively brought to practical application by MOI in the United States, is made available for utilization by the United States public.

ARTICLE IV

FEES, ROYALTIES, AND PAYMENTS

4.1        MOI shall pay to USDA a license execution fee of [*****], no part of which shall be refunded for any reason. Payment of such fee shall be due within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date.

4.2        MOI shall pay to USDA an annual license maintenance fee in accordance with the following schedule:

 

   

Date

    

Amount

   
 

March 1, 2008

    

[*****]

 
 

March 1, 2009

      
 

March 1, 2010

      
 

March 1, 2011

      
 

March 1, 2012

      

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


License No. 1429-002

   Page 4 of 12

 

An annual maintenance fee of [*****] shall be due on March 1 of each calendar year thereafter for the term of the Agreement. The annual license maintenance fee shall be credited against royalties owed to USDA under Paragraph 4.3 below during the same calendar year. The annual license maintenance fee paid in a given calendar year shall not be credited against royalties owed in subsequent calendar years. No part of the annual license maintenance fee shall be refunded for any reason.

4.3        MOI shall pay USDA royalties of [*****] on the Net Sales of Licensed Products by MOI and its sublicensees. Royalties shall be due and payable upon submission of each royalty report, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 5.2 below.

4.4        MOI shall pay to USDA [*****] of any payments, other than royalties payable under Paragraph 4.3 above, received from a sublicensee as consideration for the rights granted to the sublicensee under the Licensed Patent. Such payments may include, but are not limited to, license execution fees, milestone payments, and license maintenance fees. Payments specifically committed to further research on Licensed Products are excluded and shall not be considered in this calculation. Any amount due to USDA under this paragraph shall be paid within thirty (30) days of receipt of such payments to MOI from its sublicensees.

4.5        MOI shall pay to USDA a milestone payment of [*****] within sixty (60) days of receiving a new biopesticide product registration for the Licensed Product from the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”). No part of the milestone payment shall be refunded for any reason.

4.6        MOI shall reimburse USDA a Prorated Share of all fees and expenses, including reasonable legal fees, incurred by USDA in filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Licensed Patent in the Licensed Territory during the term of this Agreement. USDA shall provide MOI a statement of all such fees and expenses on a quarterly basis, and reimbursement shall be due within thirty (30) days of receipt of such statement. Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, MOI shall request that USDA send copies of all official correspondence relating to the Licensed Patent to MOI. Such official correspondence includes, but is not limited to, patent applications, office actions, responses, notification of fees due. MOI shall have the right to advise USDA as to the conduct of such prosecution and maintenance, provided, however, that USDA shall have the right to make the final decisions for all matters associated with such prosecution and maintenance. USDA will use reasonable efforts to confer with MOI prior to making any decisions about patent prosecution and/or payment of fees.

4.7        Before any commitment to expend funds for an extraordinary and unusual procedure for maintaining the Licensed Patent, including but not limited to reissue and reexamination but not including infringement, USDA shall notify MOI of such extraordinary and unusual procedure and the estimated cost thereof. USDA and MOI agree to use best efforts to reach mutual agreement upon the best course of action.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


License No. 1429-002

   Page 5 of 12

 

4.8        All payments due USDA under this Article IV shall be payable in United States dollars for the account of USDA/Agricultural Research Service, License No. 1429-002. All checks and bank drafts shall be drawn on United States banks. A late payment of a license fee or royalty shall automatically raise said fee or royalty by an amount equal to [*****] of the amount due for each month beyond the due date of such late payment. Conversion of foreign currency to United States dollars shall be made on the last business day of the applicable reporting period for the purchase of United States dollar bank wire transfers for settlement of such payment obligations. Any and all loss of exchange, value, taxes, or other expenses incurred in the transfer or conversion of other currency to United States dollars shall be paid entirely by MOI.

ARTICLE V

REPORTS AND RECORDS

5.1        MOI shall provide written annual reports within sixty (60) days of the end of each calendar year detailing progress being made to bring the Licensed Patent to practical application. No further annual progress reports will be required after notification of the first commercial sale of Licensed Products unless otherwise requested by USDA.

5.2        After notification of the first commercial sale of Licensed Products, MOI shall submit to USDA within sixty (60) days after each calendar half year ending June 30 th and December 31 st , reports setting forth for the preceding six (6) month period the amount of Licensed Products made, used, or sold or otherwise disposed of by MOI, and its sublicensees, the Net Sales thereof and the royalties due pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 above. The report shall include an itemized accounting of the number of units of Licensed Products sold, price per unit, and each deduction taken from the gross sales for the purpose of calculating Net Sales. A written report shall be due for each reporting period whether or not any royalties are due to USDA.

5.3        MOI, and its sublicensees, shall keep accurate and complete records as are required for the determination of royalties owed to USDA pursuant to this Agreement. Such records shall be retained for at least five (5) years following a given reporting period. Upon reasonable notice and at the expense of USDA, such records shall be available during normal business hours for inspection and audit by representatives or agents of USDA for the sole purpose of verifying reports and payments hereunder. Such representatives or agents shall not disclose to USDA any information other than information relating to the accuracy of reports and payments made under this Agreement. MOI, and its sublicensees, shall provide full cooperation in such inspection and audit. Such cooperation shall include, but not limited to, providing sufficient time for such examination and convenient access to relevant personnel and records. If an inspection and audit show an underreporting or underpayment in excess of five percent (5%) for any twelve (12) month period, then MOI shall reimburse USDA for the cost of the inspection at the time MOI pays the unreported royalties, including any late charges as required by Paragraph 4.8 of this Agreement. All payments required under this Paragraph 5.3 shall be due within thirty (30) days of the date USDA provides MOI notice of the payment due.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


License No. 1429-002

   Page 6 of 12

 

ARTICLE VI

LICENSEE PERFORMANCE

6.1        MOI shall expend reasonable efforts and resources to carry out the development and marketing plan submitted with MOI’s application for a license and to bring the Licensed Patent to the point of practical application as defined in Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 404.3(d). MOI shall submit an application for new product registration to EPA within two (2) years of the Effective Date of this Agreement and MOI shall offer Licensed Products for sale within five (5) years of the Effective Date of this Agreement unless this period is extended by mutual agreement of the parties. USDA shall not unreasonably withhold approval of any request by MOI to extend this period if such request is supported by evidence of reasonable efforts by MOI to bring the Licensed Patent to practical application, including any reasonable and diligent application for regulatory approvals required by any U.S. Government agency.

6.2        MOI shall notify USDA in writing within fifteen (15) days after the first commercial sale of Licensed Products by MOI, or its sublicensees.

6.3        Licensed Products sold or otherwise disposed of in the United States by MOI, or its sublicensees, shall be manufactured substantially in the United States unless a waiver is obtained from USDA.

6.4        After bringing the Licensed Patent to the point of practical application in the United States, MOI shall keep Licensed Products reasonably available to the United States public during the term of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

DURATION, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

7.1        This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless sooner terminated as provided under this Article VII, shall remain in effect until the expiration of the last to expire Licensed Patent.

7.2        This Agreement may be modified or terminated by USDA, subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 7.3 and 12.4 below, if it is determined that any one of the following has occurred:

 

 

(a)

MOI, or its sublicensees, fails to meet the obligations set forth in Article VI above;

 

 

(b)

Such action is necessary to meet requirements for public use specified by Federal regulations issued after the date of this Agreement and such requirements are not reasonably satisfied by MOI, or one of its sublicensees;


License No. 1429-002

   Page 7 of 12

 

 

(c)

MOI has willfully made a false statement or willfully omitted a material fact in the license application or in any report required by this Agreement;

 

 

(d)

MOI, or its sublicensees, commits a substantial breach of a covenant or provision contained in this Agreement;

 

 

(e)

MOI has been found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have violated the Federal antitrust laws in connection with its performance under this Agreement;

 

 

(f)

MOI is adjudged bankrupt or has its assets placed in the hands of a receiver or makes any assignment or other accommodation for the benefit of creditors; or

 

 

(g)

MOI, or its sublicensees, misuses the Licensed Patent.

7.3        Prior to modification or termination of this Agreement, USDA shall furnish MOI and any sublicensees of record a written notice of intention to modify or terminate, and MOI shall be allowed thirty (30) days after the date of such notice to remedy any breach or default of any covenant or agreement of this Agreement or to show cause why this Agreement should not be modified or terminated.

7.4        MOI may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ninety (90) days written notice to USDA. If MOI terminates this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 7.4, MOI shall provide USDA with a summary report of the reasons for termination, whether of a business or technical nature, and USDA shall be free to disclose such information to any third party who contacts USDA concerning a license under the Licensed Patent.

7.5        Upon termination of this Agreement, all sums that have accrued and are due to USDA pursuant to Article IV hereunder shall become immediately payable. In all other respects, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto concerning the Licensed Patent included in such termination shall cease as of the effective date of such termination. MOI may, however, sell all Licensed Products completed and in inventory provided that royalties are paid on any such sales in accordance with the provisions of Article IV.

7.6        In the event of termination of this Agreement, any sublicense of record granted pursuant to Paragraph 2.2 may either be converted to a license directly between sublicensee and USDA or be terminated.

ARTICLE VIII

PATENT ENFORCEMENT

8.1        The U.S. Government is not obligated to enforce the Licensed Patent against infringers. MOI shall continue to make all payments accruing to USDA pursuant to Article IV hereunder until such time as this Agreement is terminated by either party, even if the Government elects not to enforce the Licensed Patent against infringers.


License No. 1429-002

   Page 8 of 12

 

8.2        MOI is granted the first option at its own expense, in its own name, to enforce the Licensed Patent against a specific party who may be infringing the Licensed Patent, subject to the following conditions:

 

 

(a)

The right of enforcement granted under this Paragraph 8.2 shall constitute the rights provided under Title 35, Chapter 29, of the U.S. Code.

 

 

(b)

If MOI elects the option to enforce the Licensed Patent against a specific party, the Government shall not be entitled to bring an enforcement action against such party except if it chooses to join with MOI.

 

 

(c)

The option is available to all other co-exclusive licensees, and if more than one co-exclusive licensee elects the option against a specific party, there shall be a joint, not separate, enforcement action in the name of all co-exclusive licensees.

 

 

(i)

The cost of enforcement shall be borne by whoever elects the option, and this cost shall be shared equally between all co-exclusive licensees who elect the option, unless they agree otherwise as to relative shares.

 

 

(ii)

After all co-exclusive licensees have been given the opportunity to make the election, USDA shall identify, to each co-exclusive licensee, all co-exclusive licensees that have elected the option against a specific party.

 

 

(d)

Prior to enforcement against a specific party, MOI shall submit a written request to elect the option to enforce the Licensed Patent, and USDA must approve the election before MOI may bring an enforcement action against such party. Such enforcement actions may include, but are not limited to, notifying such party, either verbally or in writing, to cease and desist the alleged infringing activity or filing an infringement suit against such party.

 

 

(i)

If USDA does not approve the election, and cannot reasonably establish non-infringement, within ninety (90) days of MOI’s request for approval, MOI shall not be obligated to pay royalties or fees that begin to accrue at the end of the ninety (90) day period.

 

 

(ii)

If USDA grants approval after the end of the ninety (90) day period, MOI shall be obligated to pay royalties and fees that accrue beginning with the day of subsequent approval, but shall not be obligated to pay royalties or fees that previously accrued during the time extending from the end of the ninety (90) day period to the day of subsequent approval.


License No. 1429-002

   Page 9 of 12

 

 

(e)

If USDA requests in writing that MOI decide whether to elect the option to enforce the Licensed Patent against a specific party, MOI shall submit its decision within sixty (60) days of the date of request. In the absence of a written response during the sixty (60) day period, the U.S. Government may enforce the Licensed Patent without MOI.

 

 

(f)

All co-exclusive licensees who elect the option against a specific party shall have the right to jointly, but not separately, grant a sublicense to such party, in lieu of the U.S. Government.

 

 

(i)

Co-exclusive licensees who do not elect the option against a specific party shall not have the right to grant a sublicense to such party.

 

 

(ii)

All such sublicenses shall be subject to approval by USDA, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

 

(iii)

Each such sublicense shall make reference to this Agreement, and a copy shall be furnished to USDA promptly after its execution.

8.3        The following disputes, if irreconcilable, between co-exclusive licensees who have elected the option, shall be submitted by such co-exclusive licensees to binding arbitration at their joint expense:

 

 

(a)

Disputes with regard to the terms of sublicenses granted to alleged infringers of the Licensed Patent.

 

 

(b)

Disputes as to the terms of settlement with regard to infringement of the Licensed Patent.

 

 

(c)

Disputes as to litigation procedure and strategy with regard to the Licensed Patent.

8.4        The following conditions apply to court awards and sublicensing revenues and other considerations as to the Licensed Patent, if MOI elects the enforcement option against a specific party.

 

 

(a)

MOI is not required to share, with USDA, court awards from such party, but is required to share sublicensing revenues and other considerations from such party pursuant to Article IV hereunder.

 

 

(b)

MOI’s reasonable attorney’s fees for attempting to sublicense or enforce the Licensed Patent against a specific party may be deducted from payments due to USDA under a sublicense to such party, provided that such reasonable attorney’s fees are not recouped as part of a court award for infringement of the Licensed Patent by such party, and provided that


License No. 1429-002

   Page 10 of 12

 

  any such deductions do not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the payments due to USDA during any single reporting period.

8.5        In the absence of prior written consent from USDA, MOI shall not be entitled to waive any rights in the Licensed Patent as part of an agreement with a party who may be infringing the Licensed Patent.

ARTICLE IX

MARKING AND NON-USE OF NAMES

9.1        MOI, and its sublicensees, shall mark Licensed Products or packages containing Licensed Products with all applicable patent numbers.

9.2        MOI shall not use the name of the U.S. Government, the name of any department or agency of the U.S. Government, the name of any U.S. Government employee, or any adaptation of the above in any promotional activity without prior written approval from USDA.

ARTICLE X

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

10.1        USDA represents and warrants that the entire right, title and interest in the Licensed Patent has been assigned to the United States of America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture and that USDA has the authority to issue licenses under the Licensed Patent.

10.2        USDA does not warrant the patentability or validity of the Licensed Patent and makes no representations whatsoever with regard to the scope of the Licensed Patent or that such Licensed Patent may be exploited without infringing other patents. USDA FURTHER MAKES NO WARRANTIES AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE LICENSED PATENT OR THE LICENSED PRODUCTS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

ARTICLE XI

NOTICES

Written notices and reports required to be given under this Agreement, and submission of license execution and maintenance fees and royalties, shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

If to USDA

  

If to MOI

Assistant Administrator

USDA, ARS, Office of Technology Transfer

5601 Sunnyside Avenue, 4-1159

Beltsville, Maryland 20705-5131

  

Pamela Marrone, CEO

Marrone Organic Innovations, Inc.

215 Madison Place, Suites B/C

Davis, California 95618


License No. 1429-002

   Page 11 of 12

 

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1        This Agreement shall not be transferred or assigned by MOI to any party other than to a successor or assignee of the entire business interest of MOI relating to the Licensed Patent, but in no event shall MOI assign or transfer this Agreement to a party not a citizen or resident of the United States of America. MOI shall notify USDA in writing prior to any such transfer or assignment.

12.2        The interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the United States as interpreted and applied by the Federal courts in the District of Columbia.

12.3        Neither party may waive or release any of its rights or interest in this Agreement except in writing. The failure of a party to assert a right hereunder or to insist on compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition by the other party.

12.4        The parties shall make every reasonable effort to resolve amicably any dispute concerning a question of fact arising under this Agreement. In accordance with the requirements of 37 CFR 404.11, USDA has established an administrative procedure for resolving disputes not settled amicably between the parties. Any such disputes shall be decided by the Assistant Administrator, Office of Technology Transfer, Agricultural Research Service (ARS), who shall reduce such decision to writing and mail or otherwise furnish a copy thereof to MOI. Any decision of the Assistant Administrator, ARS, whether it be a question of fact, or to modify or terminate this Agreement, may be appealed to the Administrator, ARS, whose decision shall be administratively final and conclusive. This shall not preclude MOI from taking additional legal action once all administrative avenues have been exhausted. Pending final decision of a dispute hereunder, MOI shall proceed diligently with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

12.5        Nothing relating to the grant of this license, nor the grant itself, shall be construed to confer upon MOI or its sublicensees any immunity from or defenses under the antitrust laws or from a charge of patent misuse, and the acquisition and use of rights pursuant to this license shall not be immunized from the operation of state or Federal law by reason of the source of the grant.

12.6        The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and the illegality or invalidity of any provision of this Agreement shall not impair, affect, or invalidate any other provisions of this Agreement.

12.7        This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties, and neither party shall be obligated by any condition, promise or representation other than those expressly stated herein or as may be subsequently agreed to by the parties hereto in writing.


License No. 1429-002

   Page 12 of 12

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

FOR THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE:

 

/s/ Richard J. Brenner     Nov. 9, 2007
Signature     Date

RICHARD J. BRENNER

Assistant Administrator, Agricultural Research Service

 

FOR MARRONE ORGANIC INNOVATIONS, INC.:

   

 

/s/ Pamela G. Marrone     Nov. 13, 2007
Signature     Date

Name: Pamela G. Marrone

   

Title: CEO

   

Exhibit 10.26

LICENSE AGREEMENT

T HIS L ICENSE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of December 28, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between THE U NIVERSITY OF THE S TATE OF N EW Y ORK (“ USNY ”), a New York corporation maintaining offices at State Education Building – Room 121, Albany, New York 12234-1000, and M ARRONE B IO I NNOVATIONS , I NC . (“ MBI ”), a Delaware corporation maintaining offices at 2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107, Davis, California 95618.

ARTICLE 1

BACKGROUND

1.1         USNY has the right and the authority to grant certain licenses to the patents, patent applications and other inventions listed in Exhibit A .

1.2         MBI is desirous of obtaining, and USNY wishes to grant to MBI, an exclusive license to the Licensed Patent Rights (as defined in Section 2.9 ) and the Technology Rights (as defined in Section 2.15 ) under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

2.1        “Affiliates” means, with respect to a party, any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party. For the avoidance of doubt, Affiliate, with respect to USNY includes without limitation the New York State Education Department (“NYSED”).

2.2        “Confidential Technology” means the following: (a) the detailed culturing (e.g., fermentation) protocols related to the Licensed Product; (b) the specific location in North America where [*****]; (c) detailed protocols (dosage, etc.) used for [*****] by either [*****]; and (d) detailed protocols for [*****] to achieve higher [*****] than would be achieved by [*****].

2.3        “Confidential Information” means, as to either party and without limitation, such party’s proprietary or confidential items including: Confidential Technology, data, know-how, formulas, compositions, processes, documents, designs, sketches, photographs, plans, graphs, drawings, specifications, equipment, samples, reports, findings, inventions, ideas and information, including business information related to Licensed Products and the Technology Rights.

2.4        “Customer” means any purchaser of a Licensed Product other than USNY, MBI, or a Sublicensee.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

1


2.5        “Deductible Expenses” means the following items of expense incurred in connection with Sales of Licensed Products to the extent paid or allowed by MBI and/or a Sublicensee: (a) sales, use or turnover taxes; (b) excise, value added, importation or other taxes, custom duties or consular fees; (c) transportation, freight, and handling charges, and insurance on shipments to customers; (d) trade, cash or quantity discounts or rebates to the extent actually granted (including government-mandated rebates); (e) rebates, refunds, and credits for any rejected or returned Licensed Products or due to billing errors or because of retroactive price reductions, rebates or chargebacks; and (f) uncollected accounts receivable attributable to Sales of Licensed Products.

2.6        “Exclusive” means that for the term of this Agreement USNY will not, in the Field, use or license to any licensee, other than MBI, the Licensed Patents or the Technology Rights.

2.7        “EPA Registration” means a Section 3 approval by the United States Environmental Protection Agency of a Licensed Product as a microbial pesticide.

2.8        “Field” means applications or uses as a pesticide.

2.9        “Licensed Patents” means: (i) all domestic and foreign patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A attached hereto; (ii) all divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part of the foregoing patent applications; (iii) all patents that issue on any of the foregoing patent applications; (iv) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing patents and patent applications; and (v) all reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, and supplementary protection certificates relating to any of the foregoing patents. Exhibit A may be updated from time to time on mutual agreement.

2.10        “Licensed Patent Rights” means any and all rights under the Licensed Patents.

2.11        “Licensed Product” means any product or device that is covered by, or is made by or utilizes a process or material covered by, the Licensed Patent Rights or based on the Technology Rights.

2.12        “Net Revenues” means the amount received by MBI or a Sublicensee, in each case for the Sale of a Licensed Product to a Customer, less the Deductible Expenses applicable to such Sale.

2.13        “Sale” means the sale, transfer, exchange or other commercial disposition of a Licensed Product, which shall include the use of such Licensed Product in a service performed for a Customer. In case of doubt, Sales of Licensed Products shall be deemed consummated no later than receipt of payment from a Customer for the applicable transaction involving such Licensed Product.

2.14        “Sublicensee” shall mean, with respect to a particular Licensed Product, a third party to which MBI has granted a license or sublicense under any or all of the Licensed Patent Rights and/or any other Technology Rights.

 

2


2.15        “Technology Rights” means all ideas, inventions, formulae, processes, trade secrets, know-how, intellectual property, techniques, methods, specifications, practices, data and other forms of information, including the Confidential Technology, relating to the processes, methods and techniques for manufacturing, formulating and using the Licensed Patent Rights or relating to the Licensed Products, whether patentable or not and whether or not reduced to practice, including Licensed Patent Rights and registration data, in each case owned or licensable or otherwise controlled by USNY or an Affiliate or directly or indirectly derived from the foregoing at any time during the term of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, Technology Rights do not include research results, protocols or the like that relate only to biological strains or organisms other than those disclosed or covered by the Licensed Patents, whether or not such other biological strains or organisms could be used in the Field.

2.16        “Territory” means the entire world.

2.17        “Valid Claim” means, with respect to any country, a claim of an issued patent within the Licensed Patents that has not, with respect to such country (a) expired or been canceled, (b) been declared invalid by an unreversed decision of a court or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction from which there can be no further appeal, (c) been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reexamination, reissue, disclaimer or otherwise, and/or (d) been abandoned in accordance with or as permitted by the terms of this Agreement or by mutual written agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF USNY

3.1          Corporate Power and Authority . USNY has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder. USNY also represents and warrants that it has the right and the authority, including ownership or appropriate and valid licenses, to grant the licenses set forth in Article 5 and to grant and perform its other rights and obligations thereunder.

3.2          Compliance with Law . USNY will conduct its activities and operations under this Agreement in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, rules or regulations.

3.3          Ownership; No Conflicting Agreement . USNY represents and warrants that it has the right to grant the licenses granted under this Agreement, that it has joint title and co-ownership of the Licensed Patent Rights and the Technology Rights with two co-owners, that it has obtained rights in the Field from one such co-owner of the Licensed Patent Rights and the Technology Rights and that to the best of USNY’s knowledge neither such co-owner nor any other joint or co-owner has granted to any third party any right or interest in any of the Licensed Patent Rights or other Technology Rights in the Field. USNY represents and warrants that it has not granted, and no Affiliate has granted, to any third party any right or interest in any of the Licensed Patent Rights or other Technology Rights that is inconsistent with the rights granted to MBI herein, and neither USNY or any Affiliate will grant any third party such a right during the term of this Agreement.

 

3


3.4          No Litigation . USNY represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, there are no pending or, to its or its Affiliates knowledge, threatened actions, suits, investigations, claims, or proceedings in any way relating to the Licensed Patent Rights or other Technology Rights.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF MBI

4.1          Corporate Power and Authority . MBI has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.

4.2          Compliance with Law . MBI will conduct its activities and operations under this Agreement in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, rules or regulations.

4.3          Commercialization . MBI will use its best efforts to commercialize the Licensed Products. MBI will not provide Licensed Products at less than fair market value in order to intentionally avoid the royalties required hereunder or in order to intentionally induce purchase of other products or services of MBI; provided , however , that nothing herein shall prohibit or impair the right of MBI to distribute Licensed Products at other than fair market value for use in research and/or development, as promotional samples, for testing, demonstrations or trials or otherwise to third parties to promote Sales.

4.4          Patent Coverage and Validity . MBI will not contest the validity of the Licensed Patents or the coverage of the Licensed Patents of MBI’s Licensed Products as currently planned, nor will MBI intentionally assist any third party, including any Sublicensee, in doing so.

ARTICLE 5

PATENT LICENSE GRANT

5.1          Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, USNY hereby grants to MBI an Exclusive, royalty-bearing, sublicensable license (or sublicense, as applicable) in the Field, under the Licensed Patent Rights and any other Technology Rights, to research, develop, make, have made, import, have imported, use, have used, sell, have sold, offer for sale, have offered for sale, and otherwise exploit Licensed Products in the Territory and in the Field.

5.2          Exceptions . The license grant in Section 5.1 is subject only to the reservation of USNY’s and NYSED’s rights: (a) to make, have made or use the Licensed Patent Rights and Technology Rights for USNY’s and NYSED’s research and educational purposes only (including such USNY or NYSED research sponsored or funded by non-profit or government entities) but not to assist or support any other party in connection with any commercial use in the Field and not for sale or other distribution to third parties for commercial use in the Field; and (b) to make, have made, use or license the Licensed Patent Rights and Technology Rights for use outside the Field. Consistent with the foregoing limited exception, USNY or NYSED may, and until January 1, 2010 as between themselves and MBI shall have the exclusive right to, submit the results of their research underlying the Licensed Patent Rights and Technology Rights in

 

4


reputable scientific journals or at scientific conferences; provided , however , that, at all times prior to January 1, 2010 and thereafter, MBI shall be furnished with a copy of any proposed publication, paper or any other oral or written disclosure prior to submission for publication or disclosure to a third party and for limitation as provided below. In the case of abstracts, MBI shall be given a copy at least seven (7) days prior to the earlier of submission or disclosure; in all other cases MBI shall be given such material at least fifteen (15) days prior to the earlier of submission or disclosure to third parties. At the end of such 7 or 15 day period USNY or NYSED may proceed with submission or disclosure unless MBI has notified NYSED (or USNY) that in MBI’s reasonable opinion, supported by evidence, the submission or disclosure may describe or relate to inventions, materials or discoveries made by MBI or USNY or Affiliates which MBI believes may be patentable and for which no patent application has been filed, or which is a trade secret or other confidential material the disclosure of which may be adverse to MBI’s commercialization of the Licensed Product. If MBI has made such notification, then USNY or NYSED shall, as reasonably notified by MBI, edit such submission or disclosure, redact from such submission or disclosure any such material or refrain from making such submission or disclosure; provided , however , that USNY or NYSED may elect to refrain from publishing such confidential material rather than publishing a redacted version. Without limitation to the foregoing, MBI, USNY and NYSED and any of their Affiliates will not publish or otherwise make public the following information: (a) the detailed culturing (e.g., fermentation) protocols related to the Licensed Product; (b) the specific location in North America where the bacterial strain was originally isolated; (c) the detailed protocols (dosage, etc.) used for killing the cells by either e-beaming or gamma ionizing radiation; or (d) the detailed protocols for combining supernatant with cells to achieve higher dreissenid mortality than would be achieved by just cells alone; provided , however , that nothing herein will limit confidential disclosures by MBI in connection with MBI’s exercise of its license rights as granted above.

5.3          Limits on Sublicensing . MBI has the right to grant nonexclusive or exclusive sublicenses hereunder, provided , that: (a) MBI shall pay royalties on all Net Revenues of Sublicensees to USNY in accordance with Article 6 ; (b) MBI may grant sublicenses of no greater scope than the licenses granted under Section 5.1 ; (c) MBI shall inform USNY of any proposed sublicenses; and (d) MBI shall not enter into a sublicense with any party that is barred from contracting with the State of New York

5.4          Assignment of Sublicenses . Any sublicenses granted by MBI of the rights it receives under Section 5.1 , including any nonexclusive sublicenses, will remain in effect and, at MBI’s election, may be assigned to USNY if the license in Section 5.1 terminates pursuant to Article 12 , provided the financial obligations of each Sublicensee to USNY will be at least the same as the Sublicensee’s obligations to MBI with respect to Licensed Patent Rights but, in any event, will not be less than MBI’s obligations to USNY for such sublicenses under this Agreement and provided that USNY has been provided with a copy of any sublicense agreement, USNY finds the terms of such agreement reasonably acceptable and any Sublicensee to be assigned agrees to comply with all of the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, USNY may reject assignment of a sublicense if USNY reasonably concludes that MBI or the Sublicensee has not provided adequate assurance of the capability of the Sublicensee to satisfy the financial obligations of this Agreement. In such event and subject to the preceding

 

5


sentences, and provided that any such Sublicensees are not barred from contracting with the State of New York, USNY will assume all the rights and obligations of MBI under such sublicenses with respect to the licenses granted under the Licensed Patents Rights and other Technology Rights to such Sublicensees. In the event of such assignment, unless otherwise agreed by USNY, USNY will not be obligated to assume any obligation of MBI under the license agreement other than the granting of the license rights consistent with the terms hereof.

5.5          Term of License . The license grant in Section 5.1 shall continue for the term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 12.1 , unless the Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with Article 12 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 6

ROYALTIES

6.1          Licensee Fee . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, MBI will pay USNY a license fee for the licenses granted under this Agreement. Such license fee shall be payable as follows:

(a)         [*****] of such fee is due within [*****] after the Effective Date of this Agreement; and

(b)         [*****] of such fee is due within [*****] after satisfactory receipt by MBI of the first EPA Registration.

6.2          Royalty on Sales of Licensed Products; Exclusions . With respect to the Sale after the Effective Date of Licensed Products by or for MBI in the United States or Canada where a Valid Claim in the Field remains in such country (“ North American Valid Claims ”), MBI shall pay USNY [*****] of Net Revenues based on such Sale in such country. With respect to the Sale after the Effective Date of Licensed Products by or for MBI in any other country, if and to the extent a North American Valid Claim in the Field remains, MBI shall pay USNY [*****] of Net Revenues based on such Sale in such country. With respect to the Sale after the Effective Date of Licensed Products by or for MBI in any country, where no North American Valid Claim in the Field remains, MBI shall pay USNY [*****] of Net Revenues based on such Sale in any such country during the term of this Agreement. No more than one royalty payment will be due with respect to a particular Sale of a Licensed Product. No multiple royalties will be payable because any Licensed Product, or its manufacture, sale or use is covered by more than one Valid Claim in a given country. No royalty will be payable under this Section with respect to (a) Sales of Licensed Products among MBI and its Sublicensees, provided that the Sublicensees are not end users of the Licensed Product and provided MBI pays USNY royalties owing on Net Revenues of such Sublicensees, or (b) Licensed Products distributed for use in research and/or development or as promotional samples or otherwise distributed without charge to third parties to promote Sales of Licensed Products.

6.3          Maximum Amount; Duration of Royalty Obligation . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, MBI is not obligated to pay USNY any royalties, license fees or other amounts under this Article or otherwise, including royalties based on MBI or Sublicensee Licensed Product Sales but excluding the license fees described in Section 6.1, in excess of [*****]. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, royalties due under this Article will

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

6


be payable in U.S. Dollars on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis until the end of the term of this Agreement.

6.4          Currency Exchange . For the purpose of determining royalties payable under this Agreement, any royalties or other revenues MBI receives in currencies other than U.S. dollars and any Net Revenues denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars shall be converted into U.S. dollars according to MBI’s reasonable standard conversion procedures (which shall be based on a readily available published rate).

ARTICLE 7

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

7.1          Registrations; Improvements . MBI is entitled to submit all regulatory filings in its name and shall own all such filings and other registrations, including the EPA Registrations and Canadian PMRA (Pest Management Regulatory Agency) registrations. USNY and its Affiliates shall provide MBI with all information reasonably necessary or useful for such filings and registrations and shall cooperate with MBI so that MBI may make and maintain such filings and registrations. Prior to March 1, 2010, USNY’s and its Affiliates’ obligations under the preceding sentence shall be at USNY’s cost, and from and after March 1, 2010, USNY and its Affiliates shall be reimbursed for reasonable and customary expenses USNY and its Affiliates actually incur thereafter in performing such obligation provided that such expenses are first disclosed to MBI. Any improvements to the Licensed Patent Rights or any other Technology Rights, whether patentable or not, made by MBI shall be the sole property of MBI.

7.2          MBI Trademarks . MBI will obtain and maintain trademarks for the Licensed Products as MBI sees fit at MBI’s sole discretion and at its own expense. MBI will retain sole and exclusive ownership of such trademarks at all times. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring on USNY the right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trademark or tradename of MBI or its products; provided , however ; in the event of an assignment of a sublicense from MBI to USNY in accordance with Section 5.4 of this Agreement, USNY shall have the limited right to use the MBI trademarks solely in connection with a sale, transfer, exchange or other commercial disposition of Licensed Products that use such MBI trademarks and are already manufactured at the time of such assignment of a sublicense if, and only to the extent, necessary to effect such sale, transfer, exchange or other commercial disposition.

ARTICLE 8

INFRINGEMENT BY THIRD PARTY

8.1          Right to Defend . As between USNY and MBI, MBI shall at its expense, have the first right but not the obligation to protect the Licensed Patent Rights and other Technology Rights from infringement and prosecute infringers when, in its sole judgment, such action may be reasonably necessary, proper and justified in order to maintain the value of MBI’s rights in the Field. If USNY shall have supplied MBI with evidence of infringement of Licensed Patent Rights, or other Technology Rights. USNY may by written notice request MBI to take steps to enforce such intellectual property rights. If USNY does so, and MBI does not, within one hundred eighty (180) days of the receipt of such notice, either (a) cause the infringement to

 

7


terminate, or (b) initiate and continue a legal action against the infringer, USNY may, upon written notice to MBI, initiate an action against the infringer at USNY’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MBI shall have the right to sublicense any alleged infringer pursuant to Article 5.

8.2          Declaratory Judgment . In the event that a declaratory judgment action or claim or counterclaim alleging invalidity, unenforceability or noninfringement of any of the Licensed Patents or other Technology Rights related to the Field shall be brought against USNY or MBI, MBI may elect to have control of the action, and if MBI so elects it shall bear all the costs of the action; provided, however, that if such action, claim or counterclaim materially and adversely impacts rights outside the Field reserved to USNY or its Affiliates or licensed to a third party, then USNY, the Affiliate, or the licensee shall have the right to participate in the action, claim or counterclaim, to comment on the defense or settlement of any such action, claim or counterclaim and their own expense, and to approve (such approval not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) any settlement of such action, claim or counterclaim that would have a material adverse impact on the Licensed Patent Rights or Technology Rights outside the Field reserved to USNY or its Affiliates.

8.3          Cooperation in an Action . In the event one party shall institute or carry on a legal action pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 , the other party shall fully cooperate with and supply all assistance reasonably requested by the party instituting or carrying on such action, including (a) by using commercially reasonable efforts to have its employees testify when requested and to make available relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like, and (b) if requested by the party instituting the action and necessary to pursue the action, joining in such action at the expense of the party requesting such joinder. A party instituting or carrying on such an action shall keep the other party informed of the progress of such action, and said other party shall be entitled to be represented by counsel in connection with such action at its own expense.

8.4          Allocation of Recovery . Any amounts paid to USNY or MBI by third parties as the result of an action brought by either party pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 (such as in satisfaction of a judgment or pursuant to a settlement), shall first be applied to reimbursement of the unreimbursed expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expert fees) incurred by each party. Any remainder of the amount paid to MBI or USNY shall be divided between the parties as follows: (a) if such amount was paid to USNY, fifty percent (50%) of such remainder shall be retained by USNY and the balance shall be paid to MBI; or (b) if such amount was paid to MBI, such remainder shall be deemed to be Net Revenues for Sale of Licensed Products and MBI shall pay to USNY royalties on such amounts pursuant to Section 6.2 .

ARTICLE 9

RECORDS, REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

9.1          Records; Audit . MBI shall keep complete and accurate records and books of account in respect of all Licensed Products made and sold by MBI and of all payment obligations to USNY hereunder. MBI shall keep the same for at least six (6) years after it pays USNY the royalties due for such Licensed Products. USNY shall have the right, during business hours, no more often than annually, to engage, at its own expense (other than as provided in the last sentence of this Section) a nationally-certified auditing firm reasonably acceptable to MBI to

 

8


examine such records and books to verify the amounts paid to USNY hereunder. Such auditors shall not disclose to USNY or to any third party any confidential information learned through an examination of such records and books, except for any information showing a discrepancy in amounts owed to USNY, and USNY shall not use any such information for any purpose other than determining and enforcing its rights under this Agreement. In the event that USNY’s examination of such records and books reveals any underpayment greater than ten percent (10%) of the amount actually paid to USNY in the relevant time period, MBI shall promptly pay to USNY the amount of such underpayment, and MBI shall pay to USNY the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by USNY in connection with such examination.

9.2          Reports; Payment . Following the first Sale of a Licensed Product, on or before the day that is sixty (60) days after the end of each MBI fiscal quarter, and for so long as royalties are payable under this Agreement, MBI shall render to USNY a report in writing setting forth Net Revenues and the number of units of Licensed Products Sold in each country during such quarter by MBI and Sublicensees during the preceding fiscal quarter (to the extent royalties are payable to USNY based on such revenues). Each such report shall also set forth an explanation of the calculation of the royalties payable hereunder and be accompanied by payment of the royalties shown by said report to be due USNY, as well as payment of any underpayment in any prior period revealed by any audit by MBI or USNY. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) USNY materially breaches this Agreement, (b) MBI gives USNY written notice of the breach, and (c) USNY has not cured the breach by the time a payment is due under this Section 9.2 , then MBI may make the required payment into an interest bearing escrow account to be released to USNY when the breach is cured, less any damages that are payable to MBI by virtue of USNY’s breach.

ARTICLE 10

CONFIDENTIALITY

10.1          Scop e. During the term of this Agreement and for 5 years thereafter, MBI and USNY agree: (a) not to disclose to any third party, except as specifically allowed by this Agreement, any Confidential Information of the other party, and (b) to limit disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information within its own organization to individuals whose duties justify the need to know such information and who are legally obligated to comply with the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing herein will limit disclosures by MBI in connection with MBI’s exercise of its license rights as granted in Article 5 , and provided , further , that nothing herein will limit disclosures among USNY and NYSED or to persons working with USNY or NYSED on research outside the Field and who have signed a confidentiality statement agreeing to abide by the terms of Article 10 of this Agreement. To the extent practical, Confidential Information will be disclosed in tangible form and marked “Confidential.” Information disclosed in non-tangible form, such as orally or by visual inspection, will be considered confidential when the disclosing party confirms in writing the fact and general nature of the disclosure within 1 month after it is made.

10.2          Exclusions; Required Disclosure . The recipient of Confidential Information will be under no obligation with respect to any information which: (a) at the time of disclosure is available to the public; (b) after disclosure becomes available to the public through no fault of the recipient, provided that the obligation of the recipient will cease only after the date on which

 

9


such information has become available to the public; (c) the recipient can demonstrate through tangible evidence was in its possession before receipt from the disclosing party; (d) is disclosed to the recipient without restriction on disclosure by a third party who has the lawful right to disclose such information; or (e) was independently developed by the recipient as proven by contemporaneous documentation made prior to the disclosure to recipient. It shall not be a breach of this Article 10 if the recipient party is required to disclose the other party’s Confidential Information pursuant to an order of the government or a court of competent jurisdiction or by state or federal law or regulation including but not limited to the Freedom of Information Act, provided that (a) the recipient party provides the other party with adequate notice of the court or government order or legal disclosure request and the required disclosure, (b) the recipient party cooperates with the other party’s efforts to protect its Confidential Information with respect to such disclosure, and (c) the recipient party takes all reasonable measures requested by the other party to challenge or to modify the scope of such required disclosure.

10.3          No Third Party Disclosure . Except as expressly provided herein, MBI and USNY agree not to disclose any terms of this Agreement to any third party without the consent of the other party; provided , however , that disclosures may be made as required by securities or other applicable laws, or to actual or prospective investors or corporate partners, or to a party’s accountants, attorneys, other professional advisors who agree to appropriate confidentiality provisions to protect such information from disclosure or improper use, and by MBI to Sublicensees or potential Sublicensees.

ARTICLE 11

PATENTS AND PATENT COSTS

11.1          Patent Costs . Subject to the terms of Section 11.2 , with respect to patent costs paid by USNY in connection with the preparation, filing, prosecution, issuance and maintenance of the Licensed Patents in the Territory, MBI shall pay to USNY [*****] of such patent costs that are incurred from and after the Effective Date.

11.2          Responsible Party . MBI shall have the sole right to apply for, prosecute and maintain, from the Effective Date through the termination of this Agreement, the Licensed Patent Rights. The application filings, prosecution, maintenance and payment of all fees and expenses, including legal fees, relating to the Licensed Patent Rights shall be the responsibility of MBI during such period. USNY shall provide MBI with all information necessary or useful for the filing and prosecution of such Licensed Patent Rights and shall cooperate fully with MBI so that MBI may establish and maintain such rights. Patent attorneys chosen by MBI and approved by USNY shall handle all patent filings and prosecutions, on behalf of USNY, provided , however , USNY shall be entitled to review and comment upon and approve, all material actions undertaken in the prosecution of all patents and applications; provided that USNY will be deemed to have approved any such action if it fails to disapprove such action within one month of notice per Section 3.5 of such request for approval. USNY shall promptly provide any comments or approvals which it elects or is required to provide hereunder. If MBI declines to apply for, prosecute or maintain any Licensed Patent Rights, USNY shall have the right to pursue the same at USNY’s expense and MBI shall have no rights under USNY’s interest therein nor any obligation to reimburse USNY for its related prosecution and maintenance fees. If MBI

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

10


decides not to apply for, prosecute or maintain any Licensed Patent Rights, MBI shall give sufficient and timely notice to USNY so as to permit USNY to apply for, prosecute and maintain such Licensed Patent Rights. In such event, MBI shall provide USNY with all information necessary or useful for the filing and prosecution of such Licensed Patent Rights and shall cooperate fully with USNY so that USNY may establish and maintain such rights.

ARTICLE 12

TERMINATION

12.1          Term and USNY Termination . The term of this Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Article 12 , expires upon the later of (a) the expiration of the last-to-expire issued Valid Claim or (b) December 31, 2017. USNY shall have the right, subject to Section 12.2 , to terminate this Agreement prior to the date it would otherwise expire pursuant to this Section 12.1 if: (a) MBI materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within sixty (60) days after notice from USNY of such breach or (b) any proceedings are instituted by or against MBI under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or moratorium law and such remain undismissed for at least 90 days.

12.2          Cure Right; No Waiver . USNY may exercise its right of termination under Section 12.1 by giving MBI, its trustees or receivers or assigns, sixty (60) days prior written notice of USNY’s election to terminate, which notice shall specify the basis for (and facts supporting) USNY’s right to terminate. Upon the expiration of such period, this Agreement shall automatically terminate unless MBI has previously cured the breach or condition permitting termination under Section 12.1 , in which case this Agreement shall not terminate; provided, however, that if MBI receives notification from USNY of a material breach and if MBI notifies USNY in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of such default notice that MBI disputes the asserted default, the matter will be submitted to arbitration as provided in Section 13.4 of this Agreement. In such event, USNY shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement until it has been determined in such arbitration proceeding that MBI materially breached this Agreement and MBI fails to cure such breach within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of such arbitration proceeding. Such notice and termination shall not prejudice USNY’s rights to any royalties and other sums due hereunder and shall not prejudice any cause of action or claim of USNY accrued or to accrue on account of any breach or default by MBI. Upon any termination of this Agreement USNY shall accept an assignment by MBI of any sublicenses granted by MBI to Sublicensees, subject to such Sublicensee’s eligibility to contract with the State of New York and subject to approval by USNY, such approval to not be unreasonably withheld, and any sublicense so assigned shall remain in full force and effect. The failure of USNY at any time, or for any period of time, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provisions or the right of USNY thereafter to enforce each and every such provision.

12.3          MBI Termination . MBI shall have the right to terminate this Agreement prior to the date it would otherwise expire if USNY materially breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within sixty (60) days after notice from MBI of such breach.

 

11


12.4          No Effect on Accrued Payment Obligations .   No termination of this Agreement shall relieve MBI of the liability for payment of any royalty due for Licensed Products made prior to the effective date of such termination.

12.5          Rights Regarding Licensed Products .   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any termination or expiration of the term of this Agreement, MBI shall have the right to use or sell Licensed Products on hand on the date of such termination or expiration and to complete Licensed Products in the process of manufacture at the time of such termination or expiration and use or sell the same, provided that MBI shall submit the applicable royalty reports described above, along with the royalty payments required above for Sale of such Licensed Products.

12.6          No Waiver of Claims .   Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release any party hereto from any liability which, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination, nor preclude either party from pursuing any rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity which accrued or are based upon any event occurring prior to such termination.

12.7          Survival .   Articles 6.3, 7, 9, 10, 12 and 13 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1          Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement sets forth the complete agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. No waiver of or amendment of any of the terms hereof shall have any force or effect unless in writing, signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.

13.2          Assignment .   This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by any party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, that any party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other, to any successor of such first party (by way of merger, acquisition, reorganization or similar transaction), or purchaser of all or a substantial part of the assets of the business to which this Agreement pertains and provided, further that USNY may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate but only along with an assignment to such Affiliate of all rights and interest in the Licensed Patent Rights and the Technology Rights. Any permitted assignee of MBI shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of MBI under this Agreement. The Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any permitted successor or permitted assignee.

13.3          Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted, in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law rules.

13.4          Arbitration .   Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising under, out of, or relating to this Agreement (and subsequent amendments thereof), its valid conclusion, binding effect, interpretation, performance, breach or termination, including tort claims, shall be referred to and

 

12


finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the American Arbitration Association under rules for commercial disputes in force at the time when arbitration is initiated. A sole arbitrator shall be appointed. Such arbitration shall be held in New York. In any legal proceeding (including arbitration) between the parties, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, in addition to any other relief awarded or granted, its costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and expert witness’ fees) incurred in any such proceeding.

13.5          Notices .   All notices, requests or consents required or permitted under this Agreement will be made in writing and will be given to the other party by personal delivery, registered or certified mail (with return receipt), overnight air courier (with receipt signature) or facsimile transmission (with “answerback” confirmation of transmission), sent to such party’s address or telecopy numbers set forth below, or such other addresses or telecopy numbers of which the parties have given notice pursuant to this Section. Each such notice, request or consent will be deemed effective upon the date of actual receipt, receipt signature or confirmation of transmission, as applicable.

 

 

      USNY:

      [*****]

 

 

      MBI:

       Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107

Davis, California 95618

Attn: President

Fax: 530-750-2808

13.6          Indemnity .   MBI shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless USNY, its directors, officers, managers, employees, representatives, Affiliates and agents (the “Indemnified Parties”) against any third party claim, suit or proceeding (“Claim”) brought against USNY or its Affiliates and arising out of a breach of any representation or warranty made by MBI in this Agreement or arising out of any allegation of damages resulting from any Licensed Product offered directly or indirectly by MBI, including without limitation any allegation that such a product or service is defective or has caused damage to person or property, to the extent such Claim arises solely from the actions or inactions of MBI or its Sublicensees; provided that (a) MBI is notified promptly of any claims brought against an Indemnified Party of which such Indemnified Party has notice, (b) MBI has the sole right to control and defend or settle any litigation within the scope of this indemnity, and (c) the Indemnified Parties reasonably cooperate in the defense of any claims.

13.7          No Consequential Damages . SUBJECT TO SECTION 13.6 AND EXCEPT FOR CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF ARTICLE 10 OR SECTION 13.6, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

13


13.8          Force Majeure .   Neither party shall lose any rights hereunder or be liable to the other party for damages or losses (except for payment obligations) on account of failure of performance by the defaulting party if the failure is occasioned by war, strike, fire, Act of God, earthquake, flood, lockout, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, failure of suppliers, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control and not caused by the negligence or intentional conduct or misconduct of the nonperforming party.

13.9          Severability .   In the event that any provisions of this Agreement are determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without said provision. The parties shall in good faith negotiate a substitute clause for any provision declared invalid or unenforceable, which shall most nearly approximate the intent of the parties in entering this Agreement.

13.10          Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

13.11          Headings .   The headings of the several sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

13.12          Waiver .   Failure by either party hereto to exercise or enforce any rights conferred upon it by this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any such rights or operate so as to bar the exercise or enforcement thereof or of any other rights at any subsequent time or times.

13.13          Status of the Parties .   Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as to constitute a partnership or joint venture between the parties or authorize either to represent the other party or contract any liability on behalf of the other party.

13.14          Joint Press Release; Publicity .   Upon execution of this Agreement or as soon as practicable thereafter, the parties will issue a joint press release, the text of which will be mutually acceptable to the parties. In addition, from time to time during the term hereof, MBI may issue press releases and other forms of publicity referring to the Licensed Products and USNY’s role with respect thereto, such to be subject to the consent of USNY (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


[Signature Page to License Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF THE

STATE OF NEW YORK

   

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ David M. Steiner

   

By: 

 

/s/ Pamela G. Marrone

Name:

 

David M. Steiner

     

Name: Pamela G. Marrone

Title:

 

President

     

Title: CEO

 

15


Exhibit A

Patents

Molloy, D. P. 2001. A Method for Controlling Dreissena Species. United States Patent and Trademark Office, U. S. Department of Commerce. Patent No. 6,194,194. (Filed December 17, 1997 & issued February 27, 2001.) 4 pp.

Molloy, D. P. 2004. A Method for Controlling Dreissena Species. Canadian Intellectual Property Office, Industry Canada. Patent No. 2,225,436. (Filed December 22, 1997 & issued December 21, 2004.) 13 pp.

 

16

Exhibit 10.27

COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 1, 2011

by and between

Syngenta Crop Protection AG

Schwarzwaldallee 215

P.O. Box

CH-4002 Basel

Switzerland

(hereinafter referred to as “ SYT ”)

and

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

2121 Second Street

Suite B-107

Davis

CA 95618

USA

(hereinafter referred to as “ MBI ”)

Each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”

* * * * * * * *

Relating to Biological Crop Protection Products

WHEREAS

MBI has available the biological fungicide Regalia [*****] for agricultural uses and other products under development;

SYT has a broad crop protection product portfolio and a highly developed distribution network all over Europe, Africa and the Middle East;

Gaining access to the Commercial Product of MBI can allow SYT to strengthen innovative crop programs in particular in the area of specialty crops;

Gaining access to the SYT distribution network and sales and marketing expertise can provide a unique possibility for MBI to reach the markets in Europe, Africa and the Middle East.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission


  1. Definitions, Interpretations and Exhibits

In this Commercial Agreement (including the preamble) the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them below:

 

“Additional Countries”    shall mean Turkey, Morocco, Israel, South Africa and Egypt;
“Affiliate”   

any business entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with either Party; for the purpose of this definition, a business entity shall be deemed to “control” another business entity if it owns, directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the outstanding voting securities or capital stock of such business entity or any other comparable equity or ownership interest with respect to a business entity other than a corporation;

“Annual Business Meeting”

and future business and the

  

shall mean a yearly meeting of both Parties to discuss current resolution of any potential operational and contractual issues;

“Bulk”   

shall mean ISO tanks of [*****] or other substantially similar bulk packaging;

“Business Plan”   

is an agreed document outlining the yearly SYT sales (in volume) to its customers based on an agreed Registration Plan and is attached hereto as Exhibit 1;

“COGS”   

of the Commercial Product shall mean all costs and expenses which are directly attributable to the manufacture of the Commercial Product, which include the costs to purchase raw materials or finished or semi-finished products, energy and utilities required to manufacture the Commercial Product and direct labour costs of the employees and toll manufacturing costs, but exclude costs for selling, distribution, advertising or research and development;

“Commercial Agreement”   

shall mean this supply, distribution and development agreement for the Commercial Product signed between the Parties;

“Commercial Product”   

shall mean Regalia [*****] and it’s Product Enhancements, ready for sale;

“Contract Year”   

shall mean the period of consecutive twelve months from January 1 st in any given year to December 31 of the same calendar year;

“Delivery Date”   

shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Sections 4.1 and 11;

“Effective Date”   

shall mean the date of signature of the Commercial Agreement by both Parties;

“EPPO Zonal Countries”   

shall mean the United Kingdom, France and Poland;

“Exclusivity”    shall mean the exclusive commercial rights for the Commercial Product in the Field in the Territory granted from Effective Date of the Commercial Agreement by MBI to SYT;

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

2


“Field”   

shall mean the use of Commercial Product for agricultural uses in Specialty Crops [*****];

“Force Majeure”   

shall mean blockade, civil commotion, earthquake, explosion, fire, flood, general army mobilization, insurrection, lightning, revolution, riot, sabotage, storm, war (declared or undeclared) and any similar cause which is not reasonably within the control of the Party affected. For the avoidance of doubt, events and circumstances within each Party’s responsibility, such as breakdown of a plant due to inability to hire sufficient and qualified staff shall not be deemed to constitute Force Majeure;

“Forecast”   

shall mean [*****] rolling forecast by SYT of quantities to be purchased as further described in Section 4 and Exhibit 4;

“Good Faith”   

All negotiations between the parties have to be led in Good Faith;

“Hardship”   

Shall mean the case if either the price of Reference Products drops a specified percent or more in a [*****] (or a specified percent over [*****] consecutive years) and/or the COGS increase by a specified percent or more in a [*****] (or a specified percent over [*****] consecutive years); all as described in Section 6;

“Key Crops”   

shall mean [*****],

“Lead Countries”   

shall mean Spain, Italy and France;

“Milestone Countries”   

shall mean UK, Spain, Italy and France;

“Milestone Payments”    shall mean payments from SYT to MBI upon reaching milestones in preparation of the Registration of the Commercial Product, as further described herein;
“Predevelopment Product”    shall mean products for agricultural use developed by MBI, which are on the path to being, but are not yet, a development product but for which the following have been completed: 1) rat limit test, 2) initial chemistry, 3) patent filed, 4) positive glasshouse efficacy, and 5) can be fermented consistently at 1 liter scale;
“Order”   

shall mean a written and binding order for the purchase of Commercial Product;

“Party”   

shall mean any one of the parties hereto and “Parties” shall mean both of them;

“Price”    shall mean the price at which MBI sells Commercial Product to SYT as set forth in, and subject to adjustment as provided in, Exhibit 5;
“Price Adjustments”    shall mean the annual adjustment of the Price for the Commercial Product;

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

3


“Product Enhancements”    shall mean any improvements and enhancements of the Commercial Product containing Reynoutria plant extract as an active ingredient, with enhanced features and properties including new formulations and other concentrations, that MBI has or obtains the right to Register and sell in the Field in the Territory; but not including combinations with other active ingredients;
“Reference Products”    shall mean three leading products proposed by SYT which are used in the Field in the three Lead Countries, as further described in Exhibit 5;
“Registration”    shall mean the permissions, authorizations, registrations or approvals, from applicable regulatory authorities that are necessary to develop, sell, formulate or distribute a pesticide product for uses in the Field in a specified jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, Registration, in Section 7 of this Commercial Agreement, refers to the Registration of the Commercial Product’s active ingredient (including, but not limited to, the inclusion of the Commercial Product’s active ingredient in Annex I of the EU Directive 91/414/EC and EC 1107/2009) as well as of end-use Commercial Product containing such active ingredient. The term to “Register” shall be construed accordingly;
“Registration Plan”    is an agreed to document outlining the target Registrations by crops and countries and is attached hereto as Exhibit 2;
“Registration Steering Team”   

shall mean a team of regulatory, technical and commercial people from both Parties who meet regularly to discuss status, progress and remedies that may be required towards the goal of achieving desired country Registrations and assessing the potential effects on the Business Plan;

“Specifications”   

the technical and quality specifications for the Commercial Product set forth in Exhibit 3, as amended from time to time by agreement in writing between the Parties hereto. The Specifications shall adequately describe the physical and chemical properties (such as e.g. particle sizes) of the Commercial Product. Exhibit 3 shall also contain the testing method for ascertaining compliance of the Commercial Product with the Specifications;

“SYT Group of Companies”   

shall mean any entity under the ultimate common control of Syngenta AG;

“Territory”   

shall mean EAME as further specified in Exhibit 6;

“Trademarks”   

shall mean the trademarks of the “SYT Group of Companies”;

“USD”    shall mean United States Dollars;

 

4


The Section headings contained in this Commercial Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or the interpretation of this Commercial Agreement.

The Exhibits shall constitute an integral part of this Commercial Agreement. In the event of any conflict between any of the Exhibits and the Commercial Agreement, the Commercial Agreement shall prevail.

2.     Purpose and Commitment

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, MBI intends to collaborate in researching, developing and Registering the Commercial Product and SYT in evaluating, marketing and selling biological crop protection products in Europe, Africa and Middle East (EAME).

2.2 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, SYT will be the exclusive distributor of the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory and MBI will exclusively supply the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory to SYT.

2.3 SYT is committed to pre-invest a total amount of USD [*****] from 2011 until 2013 to prepare the platform for the launch of the Commercial Product. For the development and for the technical pre-launch and the market research SYT shall invest additionally USD [*****].

2.4 SYT shall invest these amounts directly and in addition to the marketing and sales expenses necessary to reach the Business Plan targets.

2.5 During the year 2010 SYT is already testing the Commercial Product in Key Crops under the terms of the Material Transfer Agreement signed between the Parties in April 29, 2008.

3.     Exclusive Distribution

3.1 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI agrees to sell to SYT the Commercial Product and SYT agrees to purchase all of its requirements of the Commercial Product from MBI and distribute the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory.

3.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Italy will be excluded from the Territory until March 1, 2011, and shall be included in the Territory thereafter.

3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Turkey and Israel will not be included in the Territory for the time being, as MBI has informed SYT about prior existing commitments in Turkey and Israel. Both Parties will agree within 6 months after signing of this Commercial Agreement how SYT exclusive distribution rights in Turkey and Israel can be granted and automatically included in the Territory under the terms of this Commercial Agreement; provided, further, that if after 24 months after signing of this Commercial Agreement such exclusive distribution rights have not been obtained with respect to either country or countries then such country or countries will not be included in the Territory and the Registration and Business Plan will be amended accordingly.

3.4 Upon completion by SYT of initial commercial sales (commercial sales considered to be completed when first invoice to a SYT customer is issued) of the Commercial Product for use in the Field in a country within the Territory hereunder, MBI will discontinue the sales of Rey-

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

5


noutria active ingredient formulations in such respective country; provided, however, that MBI may sell off existing inventory or work in progress of such product in such country.

3.5 SYT shall use commercially reasonable efforts to develop sales and achieve targets agreed in the Business Plan attached hereto as Exhibit 1.

3.6 If at any time the sales targets set forth in the Business Plan are not met by SYT for any [*****] as a whole, MBI shall have the right to [*****] of the Commercial Product and any other Reynoutria active ingredient formulation in the Territory (the “Section 3.6 [*****] Right”), while all other terms of this Agreement not in conflict with this Section 3.6 shall remain unchanged; provided, however, that if the Section 3.6 [*****] Right is triggered and the right to [*****] is prohibited by law or regulation or judicial order in any country in the Territory, then MBI shall provide SYT with [*****] if MBI [*****] in such country and then SYT`s rights to purchase and distribute Commercial Product and any other Reynoutria active ingredient formulation in such country in the Territory under this Commercial Agreement shall immediately terminate (provided that MBI shall continue to supply the Commercial Product to SYT for a reasonable period of time as necessary to satisfy SYT’s obligations to its existing customers).

3.7 If at any time the binding forecasted purchase volumes for the first four quarters as described in Section 4.1 are below [*****] of [*****] of the previous year and sales targets set forth in the Business Plan are not met, MBI shall have the right to [*****] of the Commercial Product and any other Reynoutria active ingredient formulation in the Territory (the “Section 3.7 [*****] Right”); provided, however, that if the Section 3.7 [*****] Right is triggered and the right to [*****] is prohibited by law or regulation or judicial order in any country in the Territory, then, [*****] from MBI, SYT`s rights to purchase and distribute Commercial Product and any other Reynoutria active ingredient formulation in such country in the Territory under this Commercial Agreement shall immediately terminate (provided that MBI shall continue to supply the Commercial Product to SYT for a reasonable period of time as necessary to satisfy SYT’s obligations to its existing customers).

3.8 Both Parties agree to meet annually prior to September 15 of each year, starting in 2011, for the Annual Business Meeting. Participants attending the Annual Business Meeting shall be selected by each Party individually and may be changed at the discretion of such Party.

3.9 SYT shall at all times under this Commercial Agreement be regarded as an independent contractor and shall purchase the Commercial Product on its own account for resale to third parties.

4     Exclusive Supply

4.1 SYT shall submit [*****] rolling Forecasts with a [*****] for the [*****]. SYT shall submit an updated version of the rolling Forecast every quarter of the Contract Year in the first ten working days of the month of the respective quarter. The rolling Forecast submitted shall be confirmed by MBI within 10 working days after receipt. After MBI’s confirmation such Forecast shall be binding for the first four quarters for both Parties. The first quarter of each rolling Forecast shall be split into monthly sections. Scheduled Delivery Dates in SYT’s Orders for Commercial Product purchased hereunder shall be no less than 60 days before the expected Delivery Date.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

6


4.2 All Orders shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions of this Commercial Agreement, and any terms or provisions on any SYT Order forms that are inconsistent with those contained in this Commercial Agreement shall have no force or effect whatsoever as between the Parties. Neither MBI’s commencement of performance nor delivery shall be deemed or construed as acceptance of SYT’s additional or different terms and conditions. Orders may be sent by facsimile transmission or email or, if approved by MBI, other electronic media and shall set forth the exact quantity of Commercial Product required and the requested Delivery Date. Provided that each Order is given in accordance with this Commercial Agreement, the requested Delivery Date shall be binding on MBI. Orders for the Commercial Product must be in Bulk.

4.3 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall manufacture (or have manufactured) and supply Commercial Product in Bulk according to the Specifications and the Orders to SYT. The Commercial Product shall be supplied to SYT FOB delivery port of departure Atlantic Coast of the US in accordance with Incoterms 2010 (as published by the International Chamber of Commerce).

4.4 MBI shall supply such quantity of Commercial Product to SYT as SYT may order, subject to the maximums in the binding Forecasts, in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Agreement. MBI shall make available the required production capacity at MBI’s facility or a facility of a third party to comply with SYT’s Orders and the requested Delivery Date for the Commercial Product. In the event that Syngenta requires additional volumes above the agreed current quarter Forecast, with respect to Commercial Product supplied, MBI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supply such volumes, but shall not have any obligation to fill any Order to the extent that it exceeds one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the forecasted orders for such Commercial Product as set forth in the Forecast. Syngenta retains a right to visit, after mutual agreement, the contracted manufacturing and storage facilities of MBI subject to a reasonable prior notice.

4.5 MBI shall inform SYT immediately when it becomes aware of a possible delay in the supply of Commercial Product. In such case the Parties shall jointly discuss possible solutions to minimize damages caused through late delivery.

4.6 Should MBI not be able to supply the requested capacity of Commercial Product to SYT, in accordance with the Forecasts and Orders duly submitted in accordance with this Commercial Agreement, in the aggregate for a period of one year, then the Parties shall jointly discuss in Good Faith possible commercially reasonable solutions.

4.7 Both Parties shall comply at all times with applicable law regarding the delivery, storage, production, supply etc. of the Commercial Product.

4.8 Transfer of full title as well as risk of loss or damage to the Commercial Product shall occur in accordance with the chosen Incoterm (Incoterms 2010) as specified in this Section 4.

5     Price and Payment

5.1 The Price per unit at which SYT may purchase Commercial Product are set forth on Exhibit 5. All Prices are in United States Dollars.

5.2 Commencing in 2012, the Price shall be [*****], based on publicly available price variation of the [*****] in the jointly agreed three [*****].

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

7


5.3 Price [*****] shall begin with the [*****] of the [*****] and will continue for the duration of the Commercial Agreement in accordance with the Price [*****] process specified in Exhibit 5.

5.4 Invoices may be issued by MBI from any country outside Switzerland at any time after the FOB delivery.

5.6 MBI shall invoice SYT for each delivery made.

5.7 Payment for each delivery shall be due within [*****] of the date of MBI’s invoice.

6     Hardship

6.1 In the event of Hardship, the Price shall be adjusted as provided herein. If (a) the price of Reference Products drops by [*****] or more in a [*****] or [*****] or more over [*****] consecutive years, and/or (b) the COGS increases by [*****] or more in a [*****] or by [*****] or more over [*****] consecutive years; then the Price shall be adjusted to reflect such changes in such other prices or COGS and to maintain as near as reasonably possible SYT’s competitive status in the market and MBI’s margins. The Party claiming the adjustment of the Price due to Hardship shall provide sufficient proof to show the triggering values are reached. Hardship adjustments shall apply also for Product Enhancements.

6.2 In case the adverse Party decides that the proof provided by the Party claiming the adjustment is not satisfactory, an external auditor or appropriate expert, agreeable to both Parties, shall examine the proof and any supporting materials upon request of the adverse Party. If the expert confirms correctness of the claim, the dissenting Party shall have to cover the costs. Should the expert conclude that a price adjustment was due but the claim was not in line with the adjustment due, the costs shall be split between the Parties fifty-fifty. In case the expert concludes that no claim was due the claiming Party shall have to bear the costs of the expertise. The auditor’s assessment shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

7     Product Registration and Milestone Payments

General

7.1 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall Register the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory in the EPPO Zonal Countries, in the Milestone Countries and the Additional Countries, as provided below and according to the agreed Registration Plan and Business Plan.

7.2 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall obtain, as provided below, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain Registrations of the Commercial Product, in accordance with the Registration Plan and the Business Plan, until the expiration or termination of this Commercial Agreement. MBI shall solely own such Commercial Product Registrations except as may be otherwise provided in this Commercial Agreement.

7.3 SYT shall make Milestone Payments to MBI. These payments shall be made in consideration of the upfront costs incurred by MBI and for the exclusivity granted to SYT under this Commercial Agreement. SYT shall pay MBI the amount of USD [*****] in each of the [*****] upon reaching the applicable milestones as per Exhibit 2.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

8


7.4 Should MBI fail to timely achieve the Registrations in accordance with the Registration Plan, the Business Plan shall be amended accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, failure to obtain or maintain any Registrations of the Commercial Product shall not be a material breach of this Commercial Agreement but shall result in a Business Plan amendment as necessary.

7.5 SYT will provide MBI with Commercial Product trial data that SYT has generated for use to support Registration and commercial decisions for the Commercial Product

7.6 SYT may be consulted on the Registration approach for Registering the Commercial Product. SYT will assist MBI in the Registration process where possible with SYT’s existing resources and expertise. For this purpose, a Registration Steering Team will be established by and between both Parties.

Registration in the European Union

7.7 It is understood by MBI and SYT that, consistent with the requirements of the European Union (Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009), that MBI will prepare and submit the active ingredient dossier to obtain the active ingredient approval in the EU and prepare and submit the Commercial Product dossier, which addresses the full regulatory requirements for national authorisation in the three EPPO Zonal Countries including any national specific regulatory studies and risk assessments. This should be useful in achieving in principal the Registration of the Commercial Product in the three respective EPPO zones. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall Register the Commercial Product in the three EPPO Zonal Countries.

MBI agrees to prepare and submit 2 additional Commercial Product dossiers with respect to Registration in all four (4) Milestone Countries, in accordance with the Registration Plan and the Business Plan and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to Register the Commercial Product in the four Milestone Countries.

In the event additional country specific Registration or other regulatory requirements are required in any EU member states (other than the EPPO Zonal Countries), or other significant costs or efforts are required beyond the ones specified in the Registration Plan and the Business Plan, or herein, SYT and MBI technical and commercial people will discuss in Good Faith options to obtain desired Registration of the Commercial Product. The Parties shall jointly assess and discuss eventual adverse findings and difficult outcomes to obtain and maintain such Registrations. MBI and SYT shall both use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such desired Registrations; provided, however, that if MBI, after reasonable time and the previously described consultation decides in writing not to continue or pursue any such Registration, then SYT may take over the cost and responsibility for obtaining such Registration and shall reimburse MBI for incremental costs incurred to date in connection with such efforts by MBI (such costs to be reasonably documented). Incremental costs shall include costs which are incurred with respect to a specific country in connection with Registration. In the event SYT takes over the responsibility from MBI, reimburses MBI and bears the additional Registration costs, SYT will be the owner of the Registration in that EU member state. If SYT does not wish to reimburse MBI for such costs, but decides to pursue Registration in the respective country then SYT and MBI will jointly own the Registration in such EU member state (in recognition of the contribution of both Parties).

Registration in other Countries of the Territory

7.8 In addition, MBI agrees to prepare five (5) Commercial Product dossiers in accordance with the Registration Plan and the Business Plan in connection with the Registration of the

 

9


Commercial Product in the Additional Countries. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to Register the Commercial Product in these five countries. In the event significant costs or efforts are required beyond that specified in the Business Plan, the Registration Plan or herein with respect to any of these Registrations, SYT and MBI technical and commercial people will discuss in Good Faith options to obtain desired Registration of the Commercial Product. The Parties shall jointly assess and discuss eventual adverse findings and difficult outcomes to obtain and maintain such Registrations or amend the list of Additional Countries by mutual agreement. MBI and SYT shall both use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such Registrations; provided, however, that if MBI, after reasonable time and the previously described consultation decides in writing not to continue or pursue any such Registration, then SYT may take over the cost and responsibility for obtaining such Registration and shall reimburse MBI for incremental costs incurred to date in connection with such efforts by MBI. In the event SYT takes over the responsibility from MBI, reimburses MBI and bears the additional Registration costs, SYT will be the owner of the Registration in that country. If SYT does not wish to reimburse MBI for such costs, then SYT and MBI will jointly own the Registration in such country (in recognition of the contribution of both Parties).

7.9 Should SYT wish to Register the Commercial Product in [*****] of the Territory [*****], SYT shall inform MBI in writing of its intent. Thereafter MBI shall inform SYT within [*****] whether MBI wishes to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Registrations. Should MBI decline to undertake such efforts to Register the Commercial Product in such [*****], SYT may [*****] such Registration and shall [*****] connection with such efforts and SYT [*****] the Registration in that country.

7.10 Should MBI wish to Register the Commercial Product in [*****] of the Territory [*****], MBI shall inform SYT in writing of its intent. Thereafter SYT shall inform MBI within [*****] whether SYT wishes to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to market and sell the Commercial Product in that country based on a business plan. Should SYT decline to undertake such efforts in such [*****], or fail to make substantial steps in furtherance of such efforts, MBI shall have the right to Register the Commercial Product in [*****] and [*****] of the Commercial Product and any other Reynoutria active ingredient formulation in [*****] the Territory. All other terms of the Commercial Agreement shall in this case remain unaffected.

Registration Issues

7.11 In some jurisdictions it may be necessary or desirable for Registrations otherwise to be owned by MBI hereunder to be in the name of SYT, an affiliate of SYT or some local entity that may be affiliated with SYT. In such event, the Parties agree that such Registrations shall nonetheless be transferred to MBI upon MBI’s request or otherwise relinquished upon MBI’s request.

7.12 All Registrations under this Agreement shall reference the SYT Trademark(s) and MBI as the manufacturer, as further specified in Section 8 below.

8     Trademarks

8.1 SYT will register and solely own the Trademarks under which SYT shall sell the Commercial Product hereunder. SYT will propose such Trademarks for the Commercial Product to MBI, and MBI shall have one month to approve or object to SYT’s proposal. Keeping silent shall mean consent. MBI will not withhold its approval without material rea

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

10


son. In the event of objection by MBI, SYT and MBI shall jointly discuss possible changes or alternatives. All rights and costs related to the registration and maintenance of the Trademarks will be borne by SYT. In case of a discontinuation of the distribution of the Commercial Product, SYT will retain any and all rights related to the Trademarks.

8.2 SYT shall solely be responsible for the labelling of the packed Commercial Product. The labelling shall be done in accordance with the applicable rules for labelling and Registration as well as with the applicable national laws. MBI’s company name will be listed on the package in accordance with regulations.

8.3 SYT shall use reasonable efforts to maintain and safeguard its Trademarks and interests and shall take all reasonable steps to defend the Trademarks including, the prosecution of any actions which SYT may reasonably deem desirable to commence for the protection of any of its rights. If necessary, MBI will provide SYT with commercially reasonable assistance in connection with such efforts at SYT’s expenses.

8.4 MBI shall promptly bring to the attention of SYT any improper or wrongful use of any of the Trademarks in the Territory that comes to its notice.

8.5 All rights and goodwill relating to the Trademarks owned by SYT Group Companies shall remain the property of SYT Group Companies at all times.

8.6 No Party shall under any circumstances be allowed to use any Trademarks or similar designation of the other Party as part of its corporate name or on its business cards or letterheads.

8.7 Trademarks, service marks or any trade secrets or proprietary information of any kind that are proprietary to one of the Parties are and shall forever remain the sole property of that Party, and may not be used by the other for any purpose other than carrying out its responsibilities hereunder.

8.8 SYT shall sell the Commercial Product in the packaging and with the labels as chosen by SYT and under the Trademarks of a SYT Group Company. MBI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist SYT in assuring that the packaging and labels of the Commercial Product conforms to the Commercial Products’ Registration and all applicable laws and regulations in the Territory.

9     Intellectual Property

9.1 Each Party’s rights in its intellectual property shall not be affected by the Commercial Agreement unless otherwise specified herein.

9.2 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, MBI retains all copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights in and to the Commercial Product. Nothing in this Commercial Agreement is intended to create ownership by SYT in the intellectual property rights of MBI.

9.3 Without limitation to any of the rights and obligations elsewhere in this Commercial Agreement, in case a patentable invention made by one party is not severable from confidential Information received from the other Party, that inventing/patenting Party shall grant the other Party a royalty-free, worldwide, non-exclusive license for the use of such patented invention.

 

11


9.4 MBI shall be obliged to inform its licensor KHH Biosci, Inc., North Carolina, about this Commercial Agreement entered with SYT in writing. A copy of the respective letter shall be sent to SYT.

10     Health and Safety - Responsible Care

10.1 MBI shall provide SYT with Material Safety Data Sheets or other similar safety and health information, including, without limitation, warnings, precautionary safety measures, and instructions on proper care, use and handling, storage, and disposal of the Commercial Product.

10.2 MBI and SYT shall abide by sound health, safety and environment (HSE) principles. They agree to communicate openly on HSE issues which may have shown up and to work together to ensure long-term safe and secure handling, storage and disposal of the Commercial Product. Meetings to review business improvement may include HSE assessments.

10.3 Both Parties and its employees and customers shall follow safe handling, storage, transportation, use, and disposal practices with respect to the Commercial Products in accordance with the safety, health and environment standards of the industry and the label requirements.

10.4 In case there is any legislation change regarding the use of the Commercial Product in the Territory, the provisions of this legislation change shall overrule the terms of this Commercial Agreement and SYT shall follow all applicable national and international legislation for the Commercial Product in the Territory. MBI and SYT shall inform each other on new legislation that might affect the use of the Commercial Product in the Territory of which they become aware.

11     Acceptance; Limited Warranty

11.1 SYT shall have fifteen (15) days following receipt of each shipment of the Commercial Product at the FOB point in which to notify MBI in writing of any discrepancies in such shipment as to quantity, quality, weight, loss or damage to the Commercial Product. Such SYT written notice to MBI shall specify in reasonable detail the nature and basis of the claim and cite relevant control numbers or other information to enable identification of the shipment in question. MBI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct such discrepancies after being so notified. If SYT fails to give such written notice within fifteen (15) days, such shipment of Commercial Product will be deemed accepted.

11.2 MBI warrants to SYT that all Commercial Product sold to SYT pursuant to this Commercial Agreement shall conform to the Specifications for a period of 24 months from and after the date of delivery to SYT at the FOB point. Conformity with the Specifications shall be determined by reference to the method of analysis set forth in the Specifications.

11.3 Subject to the limitations set forth herein, upon discovery of any failure of any Commercial Products to conform to the Specifications, SYT shall promptly contact MBI, and MBI shall promptly replace or remedy such Products at MBI’s expense. MBI shall be responsible for all freight and insurance charges associated with any such replacement (and any reasonable charges in connection with any necessary return or disposal of nonconforming Product); provided, however, that if MBI’s inspection discloses that the returned Commercial Products or any other Commercial Products in connection with which a warranty claim is made are not defective within the terms of the warranty provided herein, then SYT shall pay such freight and insurance and disposal charges associated with such replacement, return and disposal. MBI shall not be liable under any warranty set forth herein with respect to any Commercial

 

12


Products that fail to conform to the Specifications if, and to the extent, such failure would have been avoided but for misuse, neglect, alteration, improper storage or improper testing of the Commercial Products by SYT or its customers.

11.4 If SYT and MBI are unable to agree as to whether Commercial Product fails to conform to the Specifications within the terms of the warranty provided herein, the Parties shall cooperate to have Commercial Product in dispute analyzed by an independent testing laboratory of recognized repute selected by MBI and approved by SYT, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The results of such laboratory testing shall be final and binding on the Parties on the issue of compliance of Commercial Product with Specifications within the terms of the warranty provided herein. If Commercial Products are determined to have complied with such warranty, then SYT shall bear the cost of the independent laboratory testing. If Commercial Product is determined to not to have complied with such warranty, then MBI shall bear the costs of the laboratory testing, and SYT shall have the warranty recourse afforded under Section 11.3.

11.5 The Warranty set forth herein is the only warranty, express or implied, that MBI makes with respect to the Commercial Product.

11.6 MBI shall for a period of at least thirtyy-six (36) months after the manufacture of Commercial Products keep all records and samples concerning each batch of the Commercial Products, except for any such records and samples that MBI reasonably believes would not be relevant for the determination of conformity of the Commercial Products with the Specifications; provided, that in the event Syngenta delivers notice of a defect (including a hidden defect), MBI shall maintain all such records and samples then in MBI’s possession related to the applicable batch of Commercial Products until resolution of such claim.

12     Use Extension

12.1 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, SYT shall have the exclusive option to extend the Field of use of the Commercial Product to flowers and ornamentals as well as to the use in seed treatment in the Territory. Such option shall be exercisable by [*****] the Parties [*****] prior to [*****] (within 12 months after signature of the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) signed between the Parties on [*****].

12.2 Should MBI decide to start Registration trials to support the extension of the Field of use of the Commercial Product to agricultural crop uses in the Territory, MBI shall promptly notify SYT of such Registration trials. SYT shall have 30 business days after receipt of such notification to confirm in writing its interest in testing the Commercial Product for such additional agricultural uses in the Territory. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, from the day SYT communicates its interest in such extension, a 12 months exclusive testing period starts during which SYT shall have the exclusive right (along with MBI) to test the Commercial Product for such additional agricultural crop uses in the Territory. Within this 12 months testing period, SYT shall have the exclusive option, exercisable by written notice to MBI, to enter into exclusive commercial negotiations with MBI regarding the extension of the agricultural crop uses of the Commercial Product in the Territory. As soon as SYT exercises this option, a 6 months exclusive commercial negotiation period starts where both Parties negotiate in Good Faith the commercial terms of an extension to SYT of exclusive distribution rights of the Commercial Product for the new crop uses in the Territory. SYT agrees that such distribution shall occur pursuant to a Business Plan and a Registration Plan for the additional crop uses similar to the one covering the use of the Commercial Product herein.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

13


12.3 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, during a period of 12 months after the Effective Date of this Commercial Agreement SYT shall have a non-exclusive option to negotiate the extension of the Territory of this Agreement. The NAFTA countries are not part of this option. If SYT exercises this non-exclusive option, both Parties agree to negotiate in Good Faith comparable terms to those included in this Commercial Agreement, including possible additional milestone payments for Registrations in the additional Territories.

12.4 Should SYT not timely exercise any of the exclusive options mentioned herein, MBI shall be free to offer the Commercial Product for other uses, for extended agricultural crop uses and in countries which are not part of the Territory to third parties.

13     Product Enhancements

MBI shall notify SYT of any Product Enhancements of the Commercial Product that MBI makes generally commercially available. Such Product Enhancements will be added in writing to this Commercial Agreement as an additional Commercial Product. The other terms of this Commercial Agreement shall remain unchanged, provided, however, prices may change if use rates change.

14     Access to Predevelopment Products

14.1 Prior to becoming a development product, a product must pass through MBI’s pre-development stage. During the term of this Commercial Agreement, MBI shall notify SYT of existing Predevelopment Products as of the Effective Date and, as soon as reasonably practical, and not later than any other third party, of each new available Predevelopment Product, its specifics, the crops with which it can be used (if known) and the field of application. SYT shall have [*****] after receipt of such notification to confirm to MBI in writing its interest in testing such Predevelopment Product. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, from the date of SYT’s written notice of interest to test, SYT shall have a [*****] testing period with respect to such Predevelopment Product. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Predevelopment Products shall exclude any product or candidate that has proceeded to the Predevelopment Product stage within MBI as a result of a separate discovery and development agreement with another third party.

14.2 Within this [*****] testing period, SYT shall have the opportunity, exercisable by written notice to MBI, to enter into exclusive commercial negotiations (the “Negotiation Option”) regarding the Predevelopment Product with MBI in the Territory if at the time of receipt of such notice MBI has not entered into exclusive commercial negotiations with any other third party with regard to such Predevelopment Product. As soon as SYT exercises this Negotiation Option, a [*****] commercial negotiation period starts where both Parties negotiate in Good Faith the terms regarding the commercial exploitation of the Predevelopment Product in the Territory. SYT agrees that such exploitation shall occur pursuant to an agreement including a Business Plan and a Registration Plan and Milestone Payments and shall include an exclusivity fee for any exclusive agreement.

14.3 The nonexclusive testing by SYT of the Predevelopment Product terminates upon the earlier of (i) when a Commercial Agreement between the Parties is executed, or (ii) the expiration of the [*****] negotiation period.

15     MBI Liability

15.1 MBI agrees to hold harmless and indemnify SYT against all claims and liabilities (including all costs incident to any suit and judgment including without limitation reasonable attor-

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

14


ney’s fees and investigation cost) made against SYT except where and to the extent caused by SYT’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct and except where damages sum up to less than USD [*****] as a result of (i) MBI’s noncompliance with any applicable law relating to the performance by MBI of the terms of this Commercial Agreement (ii) MBI’s breach of the terms of this Commercial Agreement.

15.2 The obligation to provide indemnification in Section 15.1 is contingent upon (a) the indemnified party giving prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any such claim, action or demand, (b) the indemnified party allowing the indemnifying party to control the defense through an attorney reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and related settlement negotiations, and (c) the indemnified party fully assisting in the defense so long as the indemnifying party pays the indemnified party’s out-of-pocket expenses.

15.3 Except for a Party’s breach of the intellectual property rights under Section 9 or the confidentiality obligations under Section 17 or gross negligence or wilful misconduct, neither Party shall have any liability, whether based in contract or tort, for any punitive, exemplary, consequential, special, indirect or incidental loss of profits or interruption of business, arising from or related to this Commercial Agreement.

15.4 MBI agrees to comply in all respects with the “Minimum Requirements for SYT suppliers” as further specified in Exhibit 8.

15.5 During the term of this Commercial Agreement MBI shall all times keep up product liability insurance. SYT shall have the right to ask for a written proof that such insurance agreement has been concluded.

16     SYT Responsibilities and Liability

16.1 SYT shall market, sell and distribute the Commercial Products at SYT’s risk and on SYT’s own account. In correspondence and other dealings relating directly or indirectly to the sale or other disposition of the Commercial Products, SYT shall indicate that it is acting on its own account.

16.2 SYT shall be responsible to sell and distribute Commercial Product only in accordance with the Commercial Product Registrations.

16.3 SYT agrees to hold harmless and indemnify MBI against all claims and liabilities (including all costs incident to any suit and judgment including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and investigation cost) made against MBI except where and to the extent caused by MBI’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct and except where damages sum up to less than USD [*****] as a result of (i) SYT’s non-compliance with any applicable law relating to the performance by SYT of the terms of this Commercial Agreement (ii) SYT’s breach of the terms of this Commercial Agreement.

16.4 The obligation to provide indemnification in Section 16.3 is contingent upon (a) the indemnified party giving prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any such claim, action or demand, (b) the indemnified party allowing he indemnifying party to control the defense through an attorney reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and related settlement negotiations, and (c) the indemnified party fully assisting in the defense so long as the indemnifying party pays the indemnified party’s out-of-pocket expenses.

16.5 Except for a Party’s breach of the intellectual property rights under Section 9 or the confidentiality obligations under Section 17 or gross negligence or wilful misconduct, neither Party shall have any liability, whether based in contract or tort, for any punitive, exemplary,

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

15


consequential, special, indirect or incidental loss of profits or interruption of business, arising from or related to this Commercial Agreement.

16.6 SYT agrees to comply in all respects with the “Minimum Requirements for SYT suppliers” as further specified in Exhibit 8

17     Confidentiality

17.1 The Parties shall hold in strict confidence all confidential or proprietary information and data disclosed by or on behalf of the other or its Affiliates prior to or after execution of this Commercial Agreement (collectively, “Information”) and the Parties shall not use such Information for any purpose other than the manufacture, supply and distribution of the Commercial Product and the performance of its other duties under this Commercial Agreement. The Parties shall not disclose such Information to third parties, without the other Party’s prior approval in writing.

17.2 The Parties shall only disclose the Information to those of its own and its Affiliates’ officers, employees, board members and consultants with a need to know for the proper performance of the duties under this Commercial Agreement and shall take all commercially reasonable steps to assure that all members of its staff to whom disclosure is made will observe the above obligations. Neither Party shall disclose such Information to any existing or potential shareholder who is a direct competitor of the other Party.

17.3 The above confidentiality obligations shall not apply to Information which:

 

  (i)

Parties can prove by written evidence was in its possession prior to disclosure by or on behalf of the other or its Affiliates; or

 

  (ii)

on the date of first disclosure to one of the Parties by or on behalf of the other Party or its Affiliates was in the public domain or thereafter becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by one Party’s breach of this Commercial Agreement; or

 

  (iii)

which one of the Parties may receive from a third party, provided, however, that such information was not obtained by such third party, directly or indirectly, from a Party to this Commercial Agreement or its Affiliates; or

 

  (iv)

which a Party may have to disclose to the competent regulatory bodies in order to obtain and/or maintain the manufacturing, distribution and other licences and authorisations necessary for the manufacture, supply and distribution of the Commercial Product.

17.4 The Parties agree that the terms of this Commercial Agreement, its exhibits and all related discussions will be treated as confidential. Provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit disclosure of the existence of this Commercial Agreement to existing or potential investors or compliance by MBI with applicable securities laws.

17.5 The obligation to confidentiality shall outlive this Commercial Agreement for a term of six years to be calculated starting from Termination or expiration of this Commercial Agreement.

18     Term and Termination

18.1 This Commercial Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

16


18.2 The term of this Commercial Agreement shall be 5 years calculated separately for each country of the Territory, starting from the first sales of Commercial Product in the Field in the respective country. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Commercial Agreement shall expire on the date that is fifteen (15) years after the date of the first Registration of the Commercial Product in the Territory.

18.3 The Commercial Agreement shall not be automatically renewed, but the Parties will meet two years prior to expiration of the Commercial Agreement in order to consider the renewal of the Commercial Agreement in Good Faith.

18.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may terminate this Commercial Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice of termination to the other Party:

 

  (i)

upon any material breach of this Commercial Agreement by the other Party which is not remedied within sixty (60) days from notification thereof;

 

  (ii)

upon the other Party committing an act of bankruptcy or compounding with its creditors or being confiscated or sequestrated or nationalised or in any other way transferred into state ownership;

 

  (iii)

SYT shall have the right to terminate the Commercial Agreement with a 30 day notice period should Exclusivity hereunder not be granted in Italy, Turkey or Israel within 24 months after the Effective Date of the Commercial Agreement.

18.5 Either Party may forthwith terminate this Commercial Agreement in writing if the other Party has been prevented from fulfilling its obligations under this Commercial Agreement, in whole or in part, for more than one hundred eighty (180) days due to a Force Majeure event.

18.6 In the event a petition for relief under any bankruptcy law or legislation is filed by or against MBI, or MBI makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a receiver is appointed for all or a substantial portion of MBI’s assets, and such petition, assignment or appointment is not dismissed or vacated within thirty (30) days, then the Parties shall jointly discuss in Good Faith possible commercially reasonable solutions regarding the supply of Commercial Product to SYT.

18.7 Upon the expiration or termination of this Commercial Agreement, any Registrations (but excluding any Trademarks of SYT) to be owned by MBI hereunder or jointly owned by MBI hereunder that may be in the name of SYT, an affiliate of SYT or some local entity that may be affiliated with SYT, or otherwise not in the name of MBI, shall nonetheless be transferred to MBI upon MBI’s request or otherwise relinquished upon MBI’s request at no additional cost to MBI.

18.8 Upon the expiration or termination of this Commercial Agreement, any Registrations (but excluding any Trademarks of SYT) to be owned by SYT hereunder or jointly owned by SYT hereunder, shall nonetheless be transferred to MBI upon MBI’s request or otherwise relinquished upon MBI’s request, and MBI shall pay SYT for such transfer an amount to be negotiated between the Parties in Good Faith reflecting the value of the business including the transferred Registrations at the time of such transfer.

19     Force Majeure

19.1 In the event that either Party is affected by any circumstance that prevents the fulfilment by such Party of its obligations hereunder in whole or in part, then such Party shall notify the other Party of the nature and extent of such circumstance(s), as promptly as possible.

 

17


19.2 Neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Commercial Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other Party, by reason of any delay in the performance, or non-performance, of any of its obligations hereunder to the extent that such delay or non-performance is due to Force Majeure of which it has notified the other Party and the time for the performance of such obligation shall be extended accordingly. The Party so affected shall take all reasonable steps to minimise the loss occasioned to the other Party and the Parties shall as soon as practicable enter into bona fide discussions with a view to alleviating the effects of said circumstance or to agreeing upon such alternative arrangements as may be fair and reasonable.

19.3 Upon cessation of the Force Majeure, the Party affected by Force Majeure shall resume the performance of its contractual obligation(s), as promptly as possible, unless such performance has been waived in writing by the Party to whom such performance was due.

19.4 Should the Force Majeure event lead to an interruption in the supply of Commercial Product to SYT hereunder for more than ninety (90) days, then the Parties shall jointly discuss possible commercially reasonable solutions.

20     Miscellaneous

20.1 This Commercial Agreement shall supersede all prior oral or written agreements between MBI and SYT or its Affiliates in relation to the subject matter hereof including the Memorandum of Understanding signed between the Parties on October 27, 2010 (the “MOU”) and such MOU shall herewith terminate and be of no further force or effect.

20.2 This Commercial Agreement may be amended only in writing signed by both Parties, and any provision of this Agreement may be waived only in writing signed by the party waiving compliance.

20.3 Any assignment of this Commercial Agreement, in whole or in part, by either Party shall require the written prior consent of the other Party, except that either Party is entitled to assign this Commercial Agreement to an Affiliate, successor in interest or purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, provided that (i) the assignor undertakes to inform in writing the other Party as soon as reasonably possible and (ii) the assignee undertakes in writing to be bound by the same rights and obligations as contained herein.

20.4 All notices provided required under this Commercial Agreement shall be in the English language and in writing and shall be given by registered letter, facsimile or e-mail to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either Party may communicate to the other Party in accordance with this Section. A notice shall be deemed to be received upon actual receipt of a registered letter (as evidenced by the respective receipt) or on the first business day following the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail.

If to SYT:

Syngenta Crop Protection AG

EAME Legal Department

Schwarzwaldallee 215

CH-4002 Basel

Switzerland

Fax: [*****]

If to MBI:

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

18


Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

Pam Marrone

2121 Second Street

Suite B-107

Davis, California 95618

USA

Fax: 530-750-2808

20.5 The Parties agree that any public press release to announce this Commercial Agreement will be agreed to by both Parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

20.6 In the event any provision of this Commercial Agreement is deemed to be void under any applicable law, the remaining provisions of this Commercial Agreement shall not be affected and the void provision shall be deemed to have been replaced by such valid and enforceable provision which most closely reflects the original intention of the Parties.

20.7 Failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Commercial Agreement, irrespective of any previous action or proceeding taken by it, shall in no way be considered:

 

  (i)

a waiver of such provisions:

  (ii)

to affect the validity of this Commercial Agreement; or

  (iii)

to preclude or prejudice the Party from exercising the same or any other rights it may have under this Commercial Agreement.

21     Governing Law and Jurisdiction

21.1 This Commercial Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Switzerland, excluding the principles of conflict of laws and the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods.

21.2 All disputes arising out of this Commercial Agreement shall be settled by binding arbitration, in accordance with the Rules of the International Chamber of Commerce by an arbitration tribunal consisting of three arbitrators, who are to be appointed in accordance with said rules. The language of the arbitration proceedings shall be English, and the place of arbitration shall be Zurich, Switzerland.

22     Taxes; Import; Export; Exchange Approvals

22.1 All foreign, federal and state taxes based upon SYT’s purchase, use, sale, distribution or possession of the Commercial Product, other than United States income or franchise taxes payable by MBI, will be borne and paid by SYT. MBI agrees to furnish any documents to taxing authorities if reasonably requested to do so by SYT.

22.2 SYT shall be responsible for obtaining import licenses, export licenses, currency exchange approvals and any other governmental approvals in or outside the Territory that may be necessary to permit the sale of and payment for the Commercial Product ordered by SYT for distribution and resale within the Territory. SYT shall comply with any and all laws, regulations or orders that govern or affect the ordering, export, shipment, import, sale, deliver and redelivery of Commercial Product in the Territory and shall furnish MBI with such documentation as MBI may request to confirm SYT’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 22.

 

19


SYT shall not engage in any course of conduct that would cause SYT or MBI to be in violations of the laws of any jurisdiction, including the US foreign corrupt practices act.

23     Directly Competitive Products

SYT shall notify MBI in writing at least [*****] by SYT in the Territory of any biological product for use in the Field which could be directly competitive to the Commercial Product. Upon receipt of such notice, MBI shall have the option, upon [*****] written notice to SYT, to re-negotiate the terms and conditions of this Commercial Agreement, such re-negotiated terms and conditions not to be less favorable than terms and conditions offered by MBI to any similarly situated third party.

[signature page follows]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Commercial Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.

 

Place: Davis     Place: Basel  
Marrone Bio Innovations Inc.     Syngenta Crop Protection AG  
/s/ Pam Marrone     /s/ Hans Gut  

 

Pamela Marrone

President and CEO

   

Hans Gut

Head Third Party EAME CP

 
Date:      

 

    /s/ Sibylle Oser  

 

 

   

Sibylle Oser

Legal Counsel EAME CP

 

 

 

    Date: February 21 st , 2011  

 

 

21


Exhibits to the Commercial Agreement:

1)   Business Plan

2)   Registration Plan and Milestone Payment Plan

3)   Commercial Product Specifications

4)   [*****] rolling forecast model (empty)

5)   Pricing & Reference Products

6)   List of EAME Countries

7)   List of Specialty Crops

8)   Minimum Requirements for SYT suppliers

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

22


Exhibit 1: Business Plan

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

23


Exhibit 2: Registration Plan and Milestone Payment Plan

a)   Registration Plan

[*****]

Every month of delay to reach a Milestone leads to an equal monthly delay in payment of the respective Milestone Payment.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

24


Exhibit 3: Commercial Product Specifications

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

25


Exhibit 4: [*****] Rolling Forecast Model

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

26


Exhibit 5: Pricing & Reference Products

1) Pricing

a)   Initial Price

The initial Price per unit at which SYT may purchase Commercial Product shall be USD [*****].

It is anticipated that the use rate will range from min. [*****], with the assumption that the [*****]. Within one month of the first country regulatory submission, the Price will be determined on the [*****] in the Key Crops of tomatoes, lettuce and cucumber in the first country of Registration. However, the Price will not be less than USD [*****].

Examples:

 

   

use rate of [*****] the initial Price will be USD [*****]

   

use rate of [*****] the initial Price will be USD [*****].

b)   Price Adjustments

[*****]

2)   Reference Products

[*****]

Farm prices indicated are the average prices (equally weighted) for the three Lead Countries.

Either of the Parties shall be free to suggest to the other Party at any time in writing a review of the Reference Product list for substantial reasons (e.g. new product concept). If no agreement is reached between the Parties after six (6) months, each Party can ask for arbitration and both Parties agree to accept the final and binding decision of the arbitrator.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

27


Exhibit 6: List of EAME Countries (the “Territory”)

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

28


[*****]

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Territory” shall not include any country to which or in which MBI would be prohibited from directly or indirectly selling or shipping Commercial Product under any US law, regulation or order.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

29


Exhibit 7: List of Specialty Crops

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

30


Exhibit 8: Minimum Requirements for SYT Suppliers

 

  1) Introduction

SYT has committed to upholding the principles set out in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of the United Nations and the International Labour Organization’s Core Conventions. These include: freedom of association; the right to organize and collective bargaining; non-discriminatory remuneration; and minimum working age. The core conventions forbid practices such as unlawful discrimination, child labour, bonded labour and slavery.

This document is based on the key rules and regulations which apply within SYT and which implement the above commitments which are specified in detail in articles 22 to 24 of the SYT Code of Conduct. This document forms an integral and binding part of the contractual relationship between the respective SYT Group Company and your company (the “Supplier”).

 

  2) Freedom of Association and Collective Bargaining

Where recognized in accordance with local laws, MBI shall recognize unions and collective worker representations for collective bargaining and negotiation purposes regarding the terms and conditions of employment.

No employee or employee representative of MBI must be subject to discharge, discrimination, harassment, intimidation or retaliation for exercising his or her lawful right to associate or bargain collectively.

 

  3) Working Hours / Wages & Benefits / Conditions of Work

The regular working hours of MBI’s employees must not exceed any limits defined by local laws. If there are no local laws requiring overtime payments, MBI must follow ILO regulations which require that any working hours in excess of 48 during any workweek must be voluntary and must be compensated at one and one quarter times the employee’s regular rate.

All employees of MBI must receive a wage no less than the national minimum wage.

MBI shall ensure that all employees work in a safe environment at all premises under MBI’s control.

MBI shall comply with all applicable environmental rules, obligations and laws applicable to the operations at MBI’s premises.

 

  4) Child Labour

MBI must not use any child labour. Child labour is considered any work or activity that interferes with the full time schooling of a child and/or is mentally, physically, socially or morally dangerous and harmful to children. In addition, MBI must not employ children younger than the legal minimum working age for children, and must not employ young person’s to undertake dangerous or hazardous work.

 

  5) Discrimination

MBI shall ensure that hiring, placement, remuneration, advancement, training and disciplinary decisions within MBI are consistent with local law. If there are no local laws prohibiting discrimination in the workplace, Supplier agrees not to make any employment decisions on an individual’s gender, age, nationality, ethnicity, race, colour, creed, caste, language, disability, organizational membership, opinion, health status, marital status, maternity, sexual orientation, or the employee’s civic, social, or political distinctiveness.

 

31


  6) Illegal, Forced, Bonded & Compulsory Labour

MBI must not use or benefit from any illegal labour, including illegal migrant labour, nor will MBI use or benefit from any forced, compulsory and/or bonded labour.

 

32

Exhibit 10.28

COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 26, 2011,

by and between

FMC Corporation

1735 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103

(hereinafter referred to as “ FMC ”)

and

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

2121 Second Street

Suite B-107

Davis

CA 95618

USA

(hereinafter referred to as “ MBI ”)

Each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”

* * * * * * * *

Relating to Biological Crop Protection Products

WHEREAS

MBI has available the biological fungicide Regalia [*****] for agricultural uses.

FMC and its Latin America Affiliates (collectively, the “FMC Group”) have a broad crop protection product portfolio and a highly developed distribution network in certain LATAM Countries;

Gaining access to the Commercial Product of MBI can allow FMC Group to strengthen innovative crop programs;

Gaining access to the FMC Group’s distribution network and sales and marketing expertise can provide a unique possibility for MBI to reach the certain markets in certain LATAM Countries.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 


1.      Definitions, Interpretations and Exhibits

In this Commercial Agreement (including the preamble) the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them below:

 

“Affiliate”   

any business entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with either Party; for the purpose of this definition, a business entity shall be deemed to “control” another business entity if it owns, directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the outstanding voting securities or capital stock of such business entity or any other comparable equity or ownership interest with respect to a business entity other than a corporation;

“Business Plan”    is an agreed to document outlining the target markets and sales targets based on an agreed development and Registration Plan and is attached hereto as Exhibit 1;
“Commercial Agreement”    shall mean this supply, distribution and development agreement for the Commercial Product signed between the Parties;
“Commercial Product”   

shall mean the biological product commonly known as Regalia [*****] as well as any enhancement to the formulation which includes the biological component Reynoutria sachalinesis specifically developed and being commercialized in the Field in the Territory subject to the provisions in Section 10.8;

“Delivery Date”   

shall mean the date on which MBI is to deliver product to the applicable FMC Affiliate at the nearest US port of departure;

“Effective Date”    shall mean August 26, 2011;
“Exclusivity”    shall mean the exclusive commercial rights for the Commercial Product in the Field in the Territory granted from Effective Date of the Commercial Agreement by MBI to FMC;
“Field”    shall mean the use of Commercial Product for foliar agricultural and ornamental uses as specified in Exhibit 7;
“Force Majeure”   

shall mean blockade, civil commotion, earthquake, explosion, fire, flood, general army mobilization, insurrection, lightning, revolution, riot, sabotage, storm, war (declared or undeclared) and any similar cause which is not reasonably within the control of the Party affected. For the avoidance of doubt, events and circumstances within each Party’s responsibility, such as breakdown of a plant due to inability to hire sufficient and qualified staff shall not be deemed to constitute Force Majeure;

“Forecast”    shall mean an [*****] rolling forecast as further described in Exhibit 4;

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

2


“Good Faith”    All negotiations between the parties have to be led in good faith;
“LATAM”    Latin America region, to be further defined in Territory below;
“Milestone Payments”   

shall mean payments from FMC to MBI upon reaching milestones in preparation of the Registration of the Commercial Product as well as post registration goals, as further described herein.

“Order”   

shall mean a written and binding order for the purchase of Commercial Product;

“Party”    shall mean any one of the parties hereto and “Parties” shall mean both of them;
“Premixes”   

shall mean any combination of (1) Regalia [*****] or any component such as Reynoutria sachalinesis with (2) any other biological or chemical compound

“Registration Plan”    Plan detailing the timing and scope of registrations for countries within the Territory as defined in Exhibit 1;
“Specifications”   

the technical and quality specifications for the Commercial Product set forth in Exhibit 3, as amended from time to time by agreement in writing between the Parties hereto. The Specifications shall adequately describe the physical and chemical properties (such as particle sizes) of the Commercial Product, as well as a commercially acceptable minimum shelf life and efficacy. The Parties acknowledge that Exhibit 3 shall also contain the testing method for ascertaining compliance of the Commercial Product efficacy;

“Territory”    shall mean certain LATAM Countries as further specified in Exhibit 6;
“USD”    shall mean United States Dollars.

The Section headings contained in this Commercial Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or the interpretation of this Commercial Agreement.

The Exhibits shall constitute an integral part of this Commercial Agreement. In the event of any conflict between any of the Exhibits and the Commercial Agreement, the Commercial Agreement shall prevail.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

3


2.    Purpose and Commitment

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, MBI intends to collaborate in researching, developing and registering the Commercial Product and FMC on behalf of itself and its FMC Group Affiliates intends to collaborate in evaluating, marketing and selling the Commercial Product in certain LATAM Countries

2.2 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the FMC Group will be the exclusive distributor of the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory and MBI will exclusively supply the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory to the FMC Group.

2.3 FMC (through itself and its FMC Group Affiliates) is committed to invest a minimum amount of [*****] from 2011 through 2013 to prepare the platform for the launch of the Commercial Product. These amounts are separate from and are in addition to the payments listed in Exhibit 2. For the avoidance of doubt, expenditures constituting such minimum investment shall include but not be limited to FMC Group internal staff man-hours assigned to evaluate, market and sell the product, including reasonable overhead, as well as out-of-pocket costs incurred in engaging third parties on development, marketing, and associated launch activities, as well as any fees or approvals needed for FMC Group to launch the Commercial Product. FMC shall update MBI quarterly on its launch efforts, provided, however, that this update shall not include any right to audit FMC Group’s expenditures.

3.    Exclusive Distribution

3.1 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof (and the exceptions regarding Eurofert S.A referred to below), MBI agrees to sell exclusively to FMC and its LATAM Affiliates the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory, and FMC, on behalf of itself and its LATAM Affiliates, agrees to purchase all of its requirements of the Commercial Product from MBI and distribute the Commercial Product for use in the Field in the Territory. MBI represents and warrants that it has not granted any distribution rights for the Commercial Product in the Field in the Territory to any third party, with the exception of rights granted to Eurofert S.A. to sell “Milsana”, a [*****] formulation of Reynoutria sachalinesis, in Ecuador. To the extent FMC or its LATAM Affiliate desires to negotiate with Eurofert S.A. regarding a transfer of registration, FMC will bear all costs associated with that effort; if that registration is not transferred, FMC agrees that MBI may continue to sell Milsana in the current [*****] formulation to Eurofert for sale and use only in Ecuador.

3.2 FMC Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to develop sales and achieve targets agreed in the Business Plan attached hereto as Exhibit 1. At least once a year, FMC shall provide an updated Business Plan to MBI, which shall address annual target volumes and shall be subject to approval by MBI.

3.3 If in each country in the Territory and after the 3 rd year of registration of a product in such country, MBI shall have the right to appoint additional distributors (with non-exclusive distribution rights should FMC still be committed to selling the product) should FMC or any of its relevant LATAM Affiliates fail, for any given country in the Territory, to purchase at least [*****] of the annual volume targets set forth in the Business Plan. Both parties acknowledge that these annual targets must have reasonable accommodation for weather, macroeconomic market conditions, and competitive and regulatory dynamics which might alter FMC’s assumptions and be out of FMC’s control.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

4


3.4 FMC Group shall at all times under this Commercial Agreement be regarded as an independent contractor and shall purchase the Commercial Product on its own account for resale to third parties.

4.    Exclusive Supply

4.1 FMC shall submit to MBI [*****] rolling Forecast. FMC (through itself or its LATAM Affiliates) has the obligation to purchase the volumes in the first [*****] of the Forecast. For months [*****] of the Forecast, FMC (through itself or its LATAM Affiliates) agrees to purchase the monthly Forecast volume [*****] each month. [*****] of the Forecast are non-binding and indicative only. The rolling Forecast submitted shall be confirmed by MBI within 10 working days after receipt, and MBI commits to supply the Forecast volumes as specified for the [*****], and for months [*****] MBI will make commercially reasonable efforts to supply the volume of up to [*****] above the Forecast volume in each of those months. Should FMC require more than 120% in those months, the Parties will discuss a strategy for meeting FMC demand.

4.2 All Orders shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions of this Commercial Agreement, and any terms or provisions on any FMC Order forms or MBI purchase acknowledgements that are inconsistent with those contained in this Commercial Agreement shall have no force or effect whatsoever as between the Parties. Neither MBI’s commencement of performance nor delivery shall be deemed or construed as acceptance of FMC’s additional or different terms and conditions. Orders may be sent by facsimile transmission or email or, if approved by MBI, other electronic media and shall set forth the exact quantity of Commercial Product required and the requested Delivery Date which shall be no less than 60 days from Order date unless approved by MBI in writing. Provided that each Order is given in accordance with this Commercial Agreement (including the Forecast numbers delivered pursuant to Section 4.1), the requested Delivery Date shall be binding on MBI, with the understanding that MBI shall still follow its usual procedure to issue an order acknowledgement for each order.

4.3 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall manufacture (or have manufactured) and supply to FMC the Commercial Product in bulk. Such Commercial Product shall, upon delivery, meet the Specifications and be in compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable in the relevant country. The Commercial Product shall be supplied to FMC or its Affiliate in the Territory according to the Orders submitted by FMC or its Affiliate in the Territory and the terms of this Commercial Agreement, FAS delivery to the nearest US port of departure identified by FMC in accordance with Incoterms 2010 (as published by the International Chamber of Commerce), unless stated otherwise in Exhibit 5. The FMC Group Affiliate shall have fifteen (15) days following receipt of each shipment of the Commercial Product at the FAS point in which to notify MBI in writing of any discrepancies in such shipment as to quantity, quality, weight, loss or damage to the Commercial Product or conformity to the Specifications. Such FMC written notice to MBI shall specify in reasonable detail the nature and basis of the claim and cite relevant control numbers or other information to enable identification of the shipment in questions. MBI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct such discrepancies after being so notified. If FMC Group entity fails to give such written notice within fifteen (15) days, such shipment of Commercial Product will be deemed accepted.

4.4 MBI shall supply such quantity of Commercial Product to FMC Group as FMC Group entities may order, subject to the maximums in the binding Forecasts, in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Agreement. MBI shall make available the required production capacity at MBI’s facility or a facility of a third party to comply with FMC’s Orders and the requested Delivery Date for the Commercial Product. In the event that FMC requires additional volumes above the agreed Forecast, with respect to Commercial Product supplied, MBI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supply such volumes, but shall not have any obligation

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

5


to fill any Order to the extent that it exceeds one hundred and twenty percent (120%) of the forecasted orders for such Commercial Product as set forth in the Forecast.

4.5 MBI shall inform FMC immediately when it becomes aware of a possible delay in the supply of Commercial Product. In such case the Parties shall jointly discuss possible solutions to minimize damages caused through late delivery.

4.6 Both Parties shall comply at all times with applicable law regarding the delivery, storage, production, supply etc. of the Commercial Product in accordance with Responsible Care Standards of the American Chemistry Council (current version attached as Exhibit 10).

4.7 Transfer of full title as well as risk of loss or damage to the Commercial Product shall occur in accordance with the chosen Incoterm (Incoterms 2010) as specified in this Section 4.

4.8 FMC and its Affiliates shall have complete discretion subject to the terms of this Commercial Agreement in the commercialization of products including price, promotion, distribution channels including sub distribution to 3 rd parties in the Field in the Territory.

5.    Price and Payment

5.1 The price per unit at which FMC Group may purchase Commercial Product are set forth on Exhibit 5. All prices are in United States Dollars. Commencing in 2012 (or in the first year of Commercial Product sales, if later), the price may be adjusted [*****] by mutual agreement of the Parties, before [*****]. Price adjustment shall begin with the adjustment of the initial price and will continue for the duration of the Commercial Agreement. The Parties shall meet and discuss such revised prices in good faith.

5.2 MBI shall invoice the relevant FMC Group entity which places the order for each delivery made. Payment for each delivery shall be made by the relevant FMC Group entity to MBI and shall be due [*****] of delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any such payment is not fully and timely made in accordance with this Agreement, then such failure to pay shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by FMC, and FMC shall be fully liable for such breach in the same manner and to the same extent as if the purchase had been made by FMC itself and such payment was originally owed by FMC, and MBI shall have full recourse hereunder to FMC for the full amount of such payment. If such breach becomes the subject of litigation, FMC Corporation shall waive any defence related to the corporate identity of the purchaser being an FMC Group entity rather than FMC itself.

6.    Product Registration and Milestone Payments

6.1 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, MBI shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register the Commercial Product for use in [*****]. FMC Group entities will assist MBI in registering products in [*****] and will lead registration efforts in [*****] as well as in other countries in the Territory all in accordance with the Registration Plan. MBI will work with FMC Agroquimica do Mexico to have the Mexican registration transferred to FMC Mexico. FMC and MBI shall meet at least once annually, or more frequently as needed, to expedite registrations, to update the status of registrations in all relevant countries (the “Registration Plan”). FMC Group entities shall be responsible for registering the Premix products detailed in the Development Plan described in Article 10 below.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

6


6.2 Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Parties shall be obliged to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain registrations of the Commercial Product, in accordance with the Registration Plan in the Business Plan, until the expiration or termination of this Commercial Agreement. In consideration of the exclusive distribution rights hereunder, FMC and its LATAM Affiliates shall pay for the regulatory expenses, trial expenses and studies related to the labels for all countries in the Territory including additional trials required in [*****] and Mexico for label expansion. MBI shall solely own or through its agents own, such Commercial Product registrations except as may be otherwise provided in this Commercial Agreement.

6.3 Subject to full and timely satisfaction of the conditions described on Exhibit 2, FMC shall pay Milestone Payments to MBI. These payments shall be made in consideration of the upfront costs already incurred by MBI and for the Exclusivity granted to FMC and its LATAM Affiliates under this Commercial Agreement.

6.4 FMC Group entities may be consulted on the registration approach for registering the Commercial Product. FMC Group entities will assist MBI in the registration process where agreed according to the Registration Plan. MBI may be consulted on registration approach for registering the Commercial Product in those countries where an FMC entity is the lead party and MBI will assist that FMC Group entity in the registration process where agreed according to the Registration Plan.

6.5      Development plans for standalone Commercial Product on [*****]

In addition to FMC’s work in developing Premixes as provided in Article 10 and in addition to the existing foliar uses identified on Exhibit 7, FMC has presented MBI with an opportunity analysis for developing use of standalone Commercial Product for use in addressing: (a) [*****] and (b) [*****] in the Territory. FMC (though itself and its LATAM Affiliates) proposes to test the Commercial Product to validate assumptions related to efficacy, use rates and overall positioning in these areas.

MBI has considered FMC’s analysis and is willing to allow FMC and its LATAM Affiliates to pursue such development of these new uses in the identified regions for the standalone Commercial Product on an exclusive basis subject to the terms and conditions hereof. FMC and its LATAM Affiliates will maintain development exclusivity for these uses in these countries in the Territory as long as it is in full and timely compliance with the following:

1) - FMC continues to diligently develop the product and market applications

2) - FMC submits an application for registration in at least one country with regard to [*****] with respect to [*****] after the first season of field data that show that the Commercial Product is effective enough for submission, if allowed by the Regulatory authority of each country contemplated in this Section 6.5.

3) - FMC agrees (with MBI) to annual purchase targets after the second season of effective field trials or when the registration is granted, whichever is later.

If FMC’s assessment of the first season of field data leads FMC to conclude that it does not wish to submit the registration per clause 2 above, but still wishes to continue testing and maintain exclusivity for these markets, then MBI will submit the registration and FMC will reimburse MBI for their costs.

FMC will report at least annually on its development efforts hereunder and present summary trial data of any field trials. All data collected and summarized on field trials will be made available to MBI.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

7


Should FMC fully comply with this Section 6 and decide to pursue registration and commercialization of the uses referred to herein, such uses shall be automatically added to the uses listed on Exhibit 7, and FMC shall have the right to register and sell Commercial Product for such uses in a manner as provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Commercial Agreement. Further, if FMC develops the Commercial Product for use on [*****], FMC Group’s rights to such use shall extend to other [*****] producing countries in the Territory under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Commercial Agreement.

Should the field trials instead indicate that there exists no viable commercial outlook for either of the uses in the above identified areas, FMC will promptly terminate its development and at that time MBI will have the right to appoint additional developers or distributors of Commercial Product in the Territory for these two uses. MBI agrees that, for so long as FMC’s termination as per the previous sentence was principally for MBI’s proposed supply price-related reasons, such separate distribution shall not have pricing which is more favourable than that presented to FMC Group and, further, in any country where an FMC Group entity is marketing standalone Commercial Product, any such separate distribution shall be under a separate distinct trademark and that the marketing in such other crops shall not adversely and materially impact FMC’s distribution of products under this Commercial Agreement.

6.6 The Parties agree that given the unknowns in the registration process in much of the Territory, and restrictions and limitations imposed by many countries, FMC Group and MBI technical and commercial people will regularly discuss in Good Faith options to obtain the desired registrations of the Commercial Product and Premixes, and the Parties will amend the Business Plan and the Registration Plan and this Commercial Agreement as necessary or appropriate to achieve the fastest and most complete registration. Should ownership or title of registrations in a Party’s name (or in both Parties’ names) as provided above prove difficult or unobtainable due to the law or practice of a particular jurisdiction, the Parties agree to work together in good faith to seek to establish relationships or mechanisms to approximate such ownership or title to the best of their ability, including the right of the relevant Party or Parties to maintain or obtain such ownership or title upon expiration or termination of this Commercial Agreement. This may include establishing or contracting with local entities as necessary or appropriate. Without limitation to the foregoing, in some jurisdictions it may be necessary or desirable for registrations otherwise to be owned by MBI hereunder, instead to be in the name of FMC, an Affiliate of FMC or some local entity that may or may not be affiliated with FMC Group. In such event, the Parties agree that such registrations shall nonetheless be transferred to MBI upon MBI’s request or otherwise relinquished upon MBI’s request and such transfer of registrations will be made in a timely manner.

7.    Trademarks

7.1 The Parties intend to market the Commercial Product under the MBI trademark “REGALIA” to the extent such mark is available in various countries in the Territory. MBI will register and solely own “REGALIA” in the various countries in the Territory if such mark is available, and shall be responsible for all reasonable costs associated with such registration. If the trademark “REGALIA” is not available in any country in the Territory, the Parties shall consult and review potentially available alternative marks, including consideration of FMC-owned available marks. FMC will propose such trademarks for the Commercial Product to MBI, and MBI shall have one month to approve or object to FMC’s proposal. Keeping silent shall mean consent. MBI will not withhold its approval without material reason. In those countries where the trademark “REGALIA” is not available and where MBI has not created or registered alternative trademarks, FMC will have the right to create its own trademarks, subject to approval by MBI. FMC will be responsible for creating, and shall own, trademarks related to Premix products.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

8


7.2 Upon receiving the bulk Commercial Product, FMC Group entities shall be responsible for printing and affixing the labelling on the end-use packed Commercial Product in accordance with the applicable rules for labelling and Registration as well as in accordance with the applicable national laws. MBI’s company name will be listed on the package to the extent allowed in accordance with national regulations.

7.3 MBI represents that, to the best of its knowledge, the existing trademark “REGALIA” is owned by MBI in Mexico and does not infringe the rights of any other mark in the Field in Mexico. With regard to any claims of infringement of third party trademarks by MBI’s “REGALIA” trademark in Mexico, MBI agrees to indemnify and hold harmless FMC Group entities against all claims and liabilities in Mexico (including all costs incident to any suit and judgment including reasonable attorney’s fees and investigation cost) arising from such infringement; provided that any such indemnification is contingent upon (a) FMC Group entity giving prompt written notice to MBI of any relevant claim, action or demand, (b) FMC Group entity allowing MBI to control the defence through an attorney reasonably satisfactory to FMC Group entity, and related settlement negotiations, and (c) FMC Group entity fully assisting in the defence so long as MBI pays FMC Group entity’s out-of-pocket expenses; and provided, further, that nothing in this Commercial Agreement shall limit MBI’s ability to enter into any license or other agreement as necessary to make any trademark non-infringing or modify any trademark so as to be non-infringing (and to replace any trademark otherwise used hereunder).

7.4 FMC Group shall promptly bring to the attention of MBI any improper or wrongful use of any of the trademarks in the Territory that comes to its notice.

7.5 Trademarks, service marks or any trade secrets or proprietary information of any kind that are proprietary to one of the Parties are and shall forever remain the sole property of that Party, and may not be used by the other for any purpose other than carrying out its responsibilities hereunder.

7.6 FMC Group shall sell the Commercial Product in the packaging and with the labels as chosen by MBI and under the trademarks of MBI. MBI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist FMC Group in assuring that the packaging and labels of the Commercial Product conforms to the Commercial Products’ Registration and all applicable laws and regulations in the Territory.

8.    Intellectual Property

8.1 Each Party’s rights in its intellectual property shall not be affected by the Commercial Agreement unless otherwise specified herein.

8.2 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, MBI retains all copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights in and to the Commercial Product. Nothing in this Commercial Agreement is intended to create ownership by FMC Group in the intellectual property rights of MBI.

8.3 The Parties agree that all intellectual property rights involving the Commercial Product and its active ingredients alone shall be owned by MBI. The Parties further agree that intellectual property involving Premixes developed pursuant to Section 10 shall be owned by FMC, except to the extent MBI owns a patent or other intellectual property on such combination, in which case MBI hereby grants FMC a royalty free license to such MBI intellectual property for use in the Field in the Territory; provided, however, that nothing herein shall impair or transfer any intellectual property rights MBI has in the Commercial Product. FMC

 

9


hereby grants MBI a royalty free license to use FMC’s intellectual property in any such Premixes outside of the Field in the Territory and outside of the Territory.

9.    MBI Liability

9.1 MBI agrees to hold harmless and indemnify FMC Group entities against all claims and liabilities (including all costs incident to any suit and judgment including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and investigation cost) made against FMC Group entities as a result of (i) MBI’s noncompliance with any applicable law relating to the performance by MBI of the supply of Commercial Product hereunder (ii) MBI’s breach of the terms of this Commercial Agreement; except where and to the extent caused by a FMC Group entity’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct and except for any individual claim or group of claims where damages sum up to less than [*****].

9.2 The obligation to provide indemnification in Section 9.1 is contingent upon (a) the indemnified party giving prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any such claim, action or demand, (b) the indemnified party allowing the indemnifying party to control the defence through an attorney reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and related settlement negotiations, and (c) the indemnified party fully assisting in the defence so long as the indemnifying party pays the indemnified party’s out-of-pocket expenses.

9.3 Except for a Party’s breach of the intellectual property rights under Section 8 or the confidentiality obligations under Section 12 or gross negligence or wilful misconduct, neither Party shall have any liability, whether based in contract or tort, for any punitive, exemplary, consequential, special, indirect or incidental loss of profits or interruption of business, arising from or related to this Commercial Agreement.

9.4 Other than as specifically set forth in this Commercial Agreement, MBI makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to the Commercial Product.

10.  Development – Premixes and New Formulations

10.1 During the term of this Commercial Agreement, and subject to the provisions of this Article 10, FMC shall have exclusive right to develop Premixes in the Field in the Territory. FMC will make proposals for developing Premixes in the Territory. FMC Group shall lead the development program of new products in collaboration with MBI and with reasonably necessary support from MBI. Both parties acknowledge that new product development is subject to multiple risks and there is no guarantee for success.

10.2 MBI shall supply reasonable quantities of Reynoutria sachalinesis free of charge to FMC for development of the Premixes in the Territory and Field. The price for commercial volumes of Reynoutria sachalinesis will be determined when the Premixes are near their development completion according to Exhibit 8; the parties shall also agree on specifications for such commercial Reynoutria sachalinesis (if different from Commercial Product) which shall be added as an appendix hereto.

10.3 FMC shall report to MBI on its development program (as described in Exhibit 8, the “Development Plan”) at least once per year. Such reporting shall include updates on project status and a summary of any trial reports since the last report as well as a general plan for the upcoming period.

10.4 FMC will be responsible for registration and regulatory study expenses and work associated with the Premixes it develops under the Development Plan, and FMC (or its relevant

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

10


LATAM Affiliate) shall own all data and registrations associated with the Premixes; provided, however, that nothing herein shall impair or transfer any intellectual property rights MBI has in the Commercial Product.

10.5 Upon registration of a Premix, FMC Group shall purchase its entire requirements of Reynoutria sachalinesis for use in such Premix from MBI and such purchases shall be made hereunder under a price and specifications to be agreed by the Parties. All purchase and sale of such Reynoutria sachalinesis shall be according to the terms and conditions of this Commercial Agreement.

10.6 FMC shall complete the first Development Plan for Premixes with detail of Premix concepts within one year of the execution of this Commercial Agreement.

10.7 Should a Premix concept be in the Development Plan for 3 consecutive years without any development action, MBI shall have the right to withdraw FMC Group’s rights to exclusively develop that Premix concept and appoint another developer for the Premix in that specific segment or country in the Territory.

10.8 FMC Group will have access during the term of the Commercial Agreement to any formulation improvements made by MBI to the Commercial Product if registration thereof is planned by MBI for the Field and Territory. All expenses for registering any such new formulations will be borne by FMC Group. For the avoidance of doubt, and as an example only, if MBI should determine that a different percentage of Reynoutria sachalinesis should be an effective commercial product (i.e., other than [*****] concentration) if registration thereof is planned for the Field and Territory by MBI then such new formulation shall be provided to FMC exclusively in the Field in the Territory and subject to the terms and conditions of this Commercial Agreement.

10.9 In addition, MBI grants FMC the right to make formulation improvements to the Commercial Product, subject to MBI’s prior approval and protocols to be set forth in the Development Plan. MBI retains sole right to determine if these improvements will be included in any Commercial Product. MBI will have exclusive rights to any of these improvements for regions outside the Territory and fields outside the Field.

11.  FMC Responsibilities and Liability

11.1 FMC Group shall market, sell and distribute the Commercial Products at FMC Group’s risk and on FMC Group entity’s own account. In correspondence and other dealings relating directly or indirectly to the sale or other disposition of the Commercial Products, FMC Group shall indicate that it is acting on its own account.

11.2 FMC Group shall be responsible to sell and distribute Commercial Product only in accordance with the product Registrations.

11.3 FMC agrees to hold harmless and indemnify MBI against all claims and liabilities (including all costs incident to any suit and judgment including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and investigation cost) as a result of (i) FMC Group entity’s non-compliance with any applicable law relating to the performance by FMC Group entity of the terms of this Commercial Agreement (ii) FMC Group entity’s breach of the terms of this Commercial Agreement and (iii) use of Premixes in the Field in the Territory; except where and to the extent caused by MBI’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct and except where damages for any individual claim or group of claims sum up to less than [*****].

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

11


11.4 The obligation to provide indemnification in Section 11.3 is contingent upon (a) the indemnified party giving prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any such claim, action or demand, (b) the indemnified party allowing he indemnifying party to control the defence through an attorney reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and related settlement negotiations, and (c) the indemnified party fully assisting in the defence so long as the indemnifying party pays the indemnified party’s out-of-pocket expenses.

11.5 Except for a Party’s breach of the intellectual property rights under Section 8 or the confidentiality obligations under Section 12 or gross negligence or wilful misconduct, neither Party shall have any liability, whether based in contract or tort, for any punitive, exemplary, consequential, special, indirect or incidental loss of profits or interruption of business, arising from or related to this Commercial Agreement.

12.    Confidentiality

12.1 The Parties shall hold in strict confidence all confidential or proprietary information and data disclosed by or on behalf of the other or its Affiliates prior to or after execution of this Commercial Agreement (collectively, “Information”) and the Parties shall not use such Information for any purpose other than the manufacture, supply and distribution of the Commercial Product and the performance of its other duties under this Commercial Agreement. The Parties shall not disclose such Information to third parties, without the other Party’s prior approval in writing.

12.2 The Parties shall only disclose the Information to those of its own and its Affiliates’ officers, employees, board members (and observers under obligations of confidentiality) and consultants with a need to know for the proper performance of the duties under this Commercial Agreement and shall take all commercially reasonable steps to assure that all members of its staff to whom disclosure is made will observe the above obligations. Neither Party shall disclose such Information to any existing or potential shareholder who is a direct competitor of the other Party.

12.3 The above confidentiality obligations shall not apply to Information which:

 

  (i)

Parties can prove by written evidence was in its possession prior to disclosure by or on behalf of the other or its Affiliates; or

 

  (ii)

on the date of first disclosure to one of the Parties by or on behalf of the other Party or its Affiliates was in the public domain or thereafter becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by one Party’s breach of this Commercial Agreement; or

 

  (iii)

which one of the Parties may receive from a third party, provided, however, that such information was not obtained by such third party, directly or indirectly, from a Party to this Commercial Agreement or its Affiliates; or

 

  (iv)

which a Party may have to disclose to the competent regulatory bodies in order to obtain and/or maintain the manufacturing, distribution and other licences and authorisations necessary for the manufacture, supply and distribution of the Commercial Product.

12.4 The Parties agree that the terms of this Commercial Agreement, its exhibits and all related discussions will be treated as confidential. Provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit disclosure of the existence of this Commercial Agreement or its terms to existing or potential investors or compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

12


12.5 The obligation to confidentiality shall outlive this Commercial Agreement for a term of six years to be calculated starting from Termination or expiration of this Commercial Agreement.

12.6 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties shall jointly issue a press release announcing the signing of the Commercial Agreement and exclusive arrangements granted herein. Such press release shall require the mutual consent of each Party.

13.  Term and Termination

13.1 This Commercial Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date.

13.2 The term of this Commercial Agreement shall be ten (10) years from the date of the first registration of the Commercial Product in any of Brazil, Argentina, or Colombia, unless terminated earlier as provided herein.

13.3 The Commercial Agreement may be renewed for periods of an additional 2 years (each period an “Extended Term”), provided that both parties agree in writing six months in advance of the end of the Term or any Extended Term. This Commercial Agreement shall not be terminated for failure to meet volume targets but can be modified based on the terms of Section 3.3.

13.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may terminate this Commercial Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice of termination to the other Party:

 

  (i)

upon any material breach of this Commercial Agreement by the other Party which is not remedied within sixty (60) days from notification thereof;

 

  (ii)

upon the other Party committing an act of bankruptcy or compounding with its creditors or being confiscated or sequestrated or nationalised or in any other way transferred into state ownership;

13.5 Either Party may forthwith terminate this Commercial Agreement in writing if the other Party has been prevented from fulfilling its obligations under this Commercial Agreement, in whole or in part, for more than one hundred eighty (180) days due to a Force Majeure event.

13.6 Upon the expiration or termination of this Commercial Agreement, any Registrations to be owned by MBI hereunder or jointly owned by MBI hereunder that may be in the name of FMC, an Affiliate of FMC or some local entity that may or may not be affiliated with FMC Group, or otherwise not in the name of MBI, shall nonetheless be transferred to MBI upon MBI’s request or otherwise relinquished upon MBI’s request at no additional cost to MBI.

14.  Directly Competitive Products

14.1 FMC shall notify MBI in writing (a) [*****] prior to any sale by a FMC Group entity in the Territory of any new product to be developed and launched by or for FMC Group entity, or (b) promptly upon upon FMC Group entity’s acquisition of rights of any existing commerical products, where such product(s) is any biological, microbial, Induced Systemic Resistance, or plant extract product for use in the Field in the Territory which would be directly competitive to the Commercial Product. For purposes of the foregoing, a “directly competitive” product is one whose commercialization would directly reduce the annual target volume of the Commercial Product in that specific country by at least [*****]. Upon receipt of

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

13


such notice, and if FMC fails to meet the previously agreed volume targets in one or more countries, then MBI shall have the option, upon [*****] written notice to FMC, to re-negotiate the terms and conditions with respect to the Commercial Product in each non-performing country and MBI shall have the option to appoint an additional distributor for that specific product in such specific country.

15.  Force Majeure

15.1 In the event that either Party is affected by any circumstance that prevents the fulfilment by such Party of its obligations hereunder in whole or in part, then such Party shall notify the other Party of the nature and extent of such circumstance(s), as promptly as possible.

15.2 Neither Party shall be deemed to be in breach of this Commercial Agreement, or otherwise be liable to the other Party, by reason of any delay in the performance, or non-performance, of any of its obligations hereunder to the extent that such delay or non-performance is due to Force Majeure of which it has notified the other Party and the time for the performance of such obligation shall be extended accordingly. The Party so affected shall take all reasonable steps to minimise the loss occasioned to the other Party and the Parties shall as soon as practicable enter into bona fide discussions with a view to alleviating the effects of said circumstance or to agreeing upon such alternative arrangements as may be fair and reasonable.

15.3 Upon cessation of the Force Majeure, the Party affected by Force Majeure shall resume the performance of its contractual obligation(s), as promptly as possible, unless such performance has been waived in writing by the Party to whom such performance was due.

16.  Miscellaneous

16.1 This Commercial Agreement shall supersede all prior oral or written agreements between MBI and FMC or its Affiliates in relation to the subject matter contained herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Material Transfer Agreement for [*****] and Mexico signed between the Parties on January 18, 2010 and July 29, 2010 shall continue.

16.2 This Commercial Agreement may be amended only in writing signed by both Parties, and any provision of this Agreement may be waived only in writing signed by the party waiving compliance.

16.3 Any assignment of this Commercial Agreement, in whole or in part, by either Party shall require the written prior consent of the other Party, except that either Party is entitled to assign this Commercial Agreement to an Affiliate, successor in interest or purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, provided that (i) the assignor undertakes to inform in writing the other Party as soon as reasonably possible and (ii) the assignee undertakes in writing to be bound by the same rights and obligations as contained herein.

16.4 All notices provided required under this Commercial Agreement shall be in the English language and in writing and shall be given by registered letter, facsimile or e-mail to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either Party may communicate to the other Party in accordance with this Section. A notice shall be deemed to be received upon actual receipt of a registered letter (as evidenced by the respective receipt) or on the first business day following the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail.

If to FMC:

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

14


FMC Corporation

1735 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19103

  Attn: General Manger, APG

Group Counsel, APG

[*****]

If to MBI:

Attention: SVP Commercial Operations

Marrone Bio Innovations Inc.

2121 Second St., Suite B-107

Davis California 95618

United States

Tel 530 750 2800

Fax 530 750 2808

16.5 In the event any provision of this Commercial Agreement is deemed to be void under any applicable law, the remaining provisions of this Commercial Agreement shall not be affected and the void provision shall be deemed to have been replaced by such valid and enforceable provision which most closely reflects the original intention of the Parties.

16.6 Failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Commercial Agreement, irrespective of any previous action or proceeding taken by it, shall in no way be considered:

 

  (i) a waiver of such provisions:
  (ii) to affect the validity of this Commercial Agreement; or
  (iii) to preclude or prejudice the Party from exercising the same or any other rights it may have under this Commercial Agreement.

    17.  Governing Law and Jurisdiction

17.1 This Commercial Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding the principles of conflict of laws and the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods.

17.2 The state courts of New Castle County, Delaware shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and each party for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates, hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

    18.  Taxes; Import; Export; Exchange Approvals

18.1 All foreign, federal and state taxes based upon FMC Group entity’s purchase, use, sale, distribution or possession of the Commercial Product, other than United States income or franchise taxes payable by MBI, will be borne and paid by the relevant purchasing FMC Group entity. MBI agrees to furnish any documents to taxing authorities if reasonably requested to do so by a FMC Group entity.

18.2 FMC or its Affiliates shall be responsible for obtaining import licenses, export licenses, currency exchange approvals and any other governmental approvals in or outside the Territory that may be necessary to permit the sale of and payment for the Commercial Product

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

15


ordered by FMC for distribution and resale within the Territory. FMC and its Affiliates shall comply with any and all laws, regulations or orders that govern or affect the ordering, export, shipment, import, sale, deliver and redelivery of Commercial Product in the Territory and shall furnish MBI with such documentation as MBI may reasonably request to confirm FMC’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 18. Neither FMC Group nor MBI shall engage in any course of conduct that would cause FMC Group or MBI to be in violations of the laws of any jurisdiction, including the US foreign corrupt practices act.

                                         [The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank.]

 

16


Davis, CA, USA     Philadelphia, PA, USA
Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.     FMC Corporation
/s/ Pam Marrone     /s/ Marty Kisliuk
Pamela Marrone    
President and CEO     (title)
    Director of Global Operations, Business Development and M&A

 

17


       Exhibits to the Commercial Agreement:

1)   Business Plan

2)   Milestone Payment Plan

3)   Commercial Product Specifications

4)   Eight quarters rolling forecast model (empty)

5)   Pricing & Packaging

6)   List of LATAM Countries

7)   List of Agricultural Crops

8)   Development Plan for Premixes

9)   Pricing for Premixes

10) Responsible Care Standards

 

18


Exhibit 1: Business Plan

Business Plan is defined by country/crop/pest segment and includes:

a) Price

b) Volumes

c) Assumptions

d) Potential Opportunities

e) Premix Development Plans

f) Registration Plan

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

19


Exhibit 2: Milestone Payment Plan

Date targets below are only estimates. Payment amounts are fixed.

a)    Milestone Payment Plan

All milestones to be paid by wire transfer to MBI upon the timely and full completion of the relevant milestone event.

1.     Milestone 1:

Signing of this agreement [*****] – payable within two weeks

2.     Milestone 2 (Target date 2012):

  [*****]

3.     Milestone 3 (Target date 2013):

[*****]

4.     Milestone 4:

[*****]

5.     Milestone 5 (Target date 2014) :

[*****]

6.     Milestone 6 (Target date, 2016):

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

20


Exhibit 3: Commercial Product Specifications – Regalia MAXX 20%

[*****]

See attached document for method.

In the event FMC shall register and market other formulations of Commercial Product in any country in the Territory in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 10.9 of this Commercial Agreement, prior to such commercialization the Parties shall agree on specifications for such other formulation(s) which shall be deemed incorporated herein.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

21


Exhibit 4: Initial Eight Quarters Rolling Forecast Model

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

22


Exhibit 5: Pricing & Packaging

Price:

[*****] includes shipping, taxes, duties delivered to Mexico location of FMC

Rest of countries in Exhibit 6 USD [*****]

Packaging: Product will be supplied in bulk

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

23


Exhibit 6: List of LATAM Countries (the “Territory”)

1.    Mexico

[*****]

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

24


Exhibit 7: List of Agricultural Crops (“Field”)

Foliar applications :

[*****]

FMC shall have the right to add other crops to the listed crops above, subject to first presenting a Business Plan and obtaining MBI’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Further, MBI agrees that it shall not provide distribution rights for foliar applications of the Commercial Product to another distributor for any crop not listed in this Exhibit 7 in any country in the Territory unless MBI first gives FMC a right of first refusal which FMC must exercise within 60 days of notification. MBI agrees that such separate distribution shall not have pricing which is more favorable than that presented to FMC and shall be under a separate distinct trademark and that the marketing in such other crops shall not adversely and materially impact FMC’s distribution of products under this Commercial Agreement.

 

[*****] Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

25


Exhibit 8: Development Plan for Premixes (the “Development Plan”)

Will be developed within one year of signing the agreement.

 

26


Exhibit 9: Pricing for Premixes

To be determined.

 

27


Exhibit 10: Responsible Care Standards

Our industry creates products and services that make life better for people around the world — both today and tomorrow. The benefits of our industry are accompanied by enduring commitments to Responsible Care ® in the management of chemicals worldwide. We will make continuous progress toward the vision of no accidents, injuries or harm to the environment and will publicly report our global health, safety and environmental performance. We will lead our companies in ethical ways that increasingly benefit society, the economy and the environment while adhering to the following principles:

 

            To seek and incorporate public input regarding our products and operations.

 

            To provide chemicals that can be manufactured, transported, used and disposed of safely.

 

            To make health, safety, the environment and resource conservation critical considerations for all new and existing products and processes.

 

            To provide information on health or environmental risks and pursue protective measures for employees, the public and other key stakeholders.

 

            To work with customers, carriers, suppliers, distributors and contractors to foster the safe use, transport and disposal of chemicals.

 

            To operate our facilities in a manner that protects the environment and the health and safety of our employees and the public.

 

            To support education and research on the health, safety and environmental effects of our products and processes.

 

            To work with others to resolve problems associated with past handling and disposal practices.

 

            To lead in the development of responsible laws, regulations and standards that safeguard the community, workplace and environment.

 

            To practice Responsible Care ® by encouraging and assisting others to adhere to these principles and practices.

 

28


FMC implements Responsible Care as a necessary part of all supply agreements. Supplier will at least once annually meet with FMC to discuss and confirm supplier’s performance on the following.

1.1. Objectives and Expectations

  1.1.1.   Protect people and the environment
  1.1.2.   Meet all local and national regulatory requirements
  1.1.3.   Minimize liabilities
  1.1.4.   Operate as a responsible neighbor and part of the community
  1.1.5.   Continuous improvement

1.2. Requirements for contractors

  1.2.1.   Environmental Impact Assessment Report and approval
  1.2.2.   Pesticide Production Permit (if needed under local law)
  1.2.3.   Management commitment to safety and Responsible Care principles
  1.2.4.   Annual plan for improvement and improvements are evident
  1.2.5.    Process Safety Reviews commensurate with the process risks
  1.2.6.   A Management Of Change process – prior approval by FMC
  1.2.7.   Emergency Response Plan
  1.2.8.   Worker training, including hazard recognition
  1.2.9.   Worker exposure assessment and control
  1.2.10.   Flammable liquids management
  1.2.11.   Written & maintained Operating Procedures and Safety Permits
  1.2.12.   Transportation emergency management and Hazmat response plan
  1.2.13.   Build and maintain good community relations
  1.2.14.    Preventive maintenance on critical equipment
  1.2.15.   Procedures to prevent and detect cross-contamination
  1.2.16.   Report all incidents and accident statistics
  1.2.17.    Improvement plan and implementation program
  1.2.18.    Specific accountabilities for all of the above
  1.2.19.    Documentation of all of the above

1.3. Tools FMC can provide contractors

  1.3.1.   Information to foster proper handling, use, recycle and disposal
  1.3.2.   Checklists
  1.3.3.   Guidelines
  1.3.4.   Recommend consultants

 

29


1.4. Evaluation and Screening of Suppliers and Contract Manufacturers

  1.4.1.     FMC will select contract manufacturers who employ appropriate practices
  1.4.1.1.     Ability and willingness to meet requirements above
  1.4.1.2.     Practices result in Acceptable Risks
  1.4.2.     Tools to use
  1.4.2.1.     Checklists
  1.4.2.2.     Risk evaluation techniques/matrix
  1.4.2.3.     Guidelines
  1.4.2.3.1.     Process Safety
  1.4.2.3.2.     Environmental
  1.4.2.3.3.     Waste Disposal

1.5. Audit of contractor Responsible Care compliance

  1.5.1.     Progress tracking mechanism
  1.5.1.1.     Feedback to contractor regarding progress

 

30

Exhibit 10.29

TECHNOLOGY EVALUATION AND

MASTER DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

This Technology Evaluation and Master Development Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 13th day of September, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between The Scotts Company LLC, an Ohio limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 14111 Scottslawn Road, Marysville, Ohio 43041, U.S.A. (“ Scotts ”), and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 2121 Second Street, Suite 107B, Davis, California 95618, U.S.A. ( “MBI” ). Each of Scotts and MBI is sometimes individually referred to as a “ Party ” and collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS , Scotts is a leading provider of high-quality branded consumer lawn, garden, and household pest control products and services.

WHEREAS , MBI is a leading innovator that discovers, develops, and markets effective and environmentally responsible natural products that focus on unmet needs for weed, pest, and plant disease management.

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement, under which MBI grants to Scotts certain rights in the Consumer Market (defined below) to the MBI Technology Portfolio (defined below) so that Scotts may evaluate the MBI Technology Portfolio for potential commercialization by Scotts in the Consumer Market; and, in furtherance thereof, the Parties may undertake, as applicable, certain collaborative development activities under one or more Development Projects (defined below) as detailed in a corresponding Project Plan (defined below), each Project Plan being an addendum to this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements, covenants and promises contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

Article 1.

STRUCTURE; DEFINITIONS

1.1 Agreement Components . The Parties intend to negotiate and potentially enter into one or more related agreements in the form of addenda to this Agreement (each of such executed addenda shall be referred to as a “ Project Plan ”), and such Project Plans, if entered into, will incorporate the terms of this Agreement and will be incorporated herein by reference subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

1.2 Conflicts . In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and a Project Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall govern unless an individual Project Plan expressly and specifically notes the deviations from the terms of this Agreement.

 

1


1.3     Definitions . The capitalized terms set forth below shall have the meanings indicated. Other capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms when capitalized.

1.3.1    “ Ag Market ” shall mean the market(s) for direct or indirect sale or provision of pest and weed control or plant disease management products or services for use in commercial agriculture, including but not limited to applications for foliar, soil, root, seed, plant health, plant protection and/or fertility, and also including without limitation commercial turf and ornamental markets.

1.3.2    “ Aquatic Market ” shall mean the market(s) for direct or indirect sale or provision of aquatic pest control products or services for use in non-residential and non-individual consumer applications, including but not limited to applications in industrial plants, power generation plants, open water, lakes and lake associations, fisheries, golf courses and ballast or containment treatments.

1.3.3    “ Background IP ” shall mean any improvement, device, prototype, product, active ingredient, formulation, apparatus, system, method, process, technique, invention, know-how, Trade Secret, Confidential Information, or other technical, industrial, or intellectual property, for which the Intellectual Property Rights became owned or licensed by a Party prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, or, outside the scope of any Development Project if after the Effective Date of this Agreement, whether protectable or not in the United States or abroad by Intellectual Property Rights.

1.3.4    “ Commercial Supply and License Agreement ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 5.1 hereof.

1.3.5    “ Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 7.1 hereof.

1.3.6    “ Consumer Market ” shall mean the market(s) for direct or indirect sale or provision of consumer lawn, garden, and outdoor living products, including, without limitation, plants, flowers, trees and shrubs, fertilizer, fertilizer combination products, seed, growing media (including, without limitation, peat and/or coir products, soil conditioning agents, turf dressings, compost, mulches, combination growing media and bark), plant foods, wetting agents, plant protection products, pesticides, herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, rodenticides, repellents, bird food, residential outdoor surface cleaners, residential aquatic pest control and related treatments, and durable applicators, through retail channels for end-use by consumers, as will be further narrowed by the Parties by reference to a combination of certain parameters, such as package size, labeling, advertising, positioning and classification within store, price, and targeted end user, as is customary for such consumer lawn, garden, and outdoor living products. For purposes of clarity, the “Consumer Market” shall expressly exclude the Ag Market, the Aquatic Market, and the Professional Market.

 

2


1.3.7    “ Declined MBI Technology ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 3.3.3 hereof.

1.3.8    “ Development IP ” shall mean any improvement, device, prototype, product, active ingredient, formulation, apparatus, system, method, process, invention, know-how, Trade Secret, Confidential Information, or other technical, industrial, or intellectual property, that is conceived or first reduced to practice during a Development Project under this Agreement and an executed Project Plan, whether protectable or not in the United States or abroad by Intellectual Property Rights; except that Development IP shall expressly exclude any improvements made anytime by anyone to active ingredient compounds within the Intellectual Property Rights owned or licensed by MBI prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement or outside the scope of any Development Project if owned or licensed by MBI after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.3.9 “ Development Project ” shall mean any development activities specific to commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory that may be required for an MBI Proposed Technology, or, any other collaborative development activities as may be proposed by the Project Management Committee, if mutually agreed by the Parties, which shall be governed by a corresponding Project Plan that is duly executed on behalf of the Parties.

1.3.10  “ Disputes ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 12.8 hereof.

1.3.11  “ Exclusivity Fee ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 2.4 hereof.

1.3.12  “ Exclusivity Grant ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 2.1 hereof.

1.3.13  “ Exclusivity Period ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 2.3 hereof.

1.3.14  “ Intellectual Property Rights ” or “ IP Rights ” shall mean any and all: (i) patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, domain names, goodwill associated with trademarks and trade names, and designs; (ii) rights relating to inventions, innovations, know-how, Trade Secrets, and confidential, technical, and non-technical information; (iii) moral rights, mask work rights, author’s rights, and rights of publicity; and (iv) other industrial, proprietary, and intellectual property related rights anywhere in the world, that exist as of the Effective Date or hereafter come into existence, and all applications for, renewals of and extensions of the foregoing, regardless of whether or not such rights have been registered with the appropriate authorities in such jurisdictions in accordance with the relevant laws.

 

3


1.3.15 “ Joint Development IP ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 8.2.3 hereof.

1.3.16 “ Legacy Agreement ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 2.6 hereof.

1.3.17 “ MBI Background IP ” shall mean Background IP for which the Intellectual Property Rights became owned or licensed by MBI prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, or, outside the scope of any Development Project if after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, MBI Background IP shall also include any improvements made anytime by anyone to active ingredient compounds within the Intellectual Property Rights owned or licensed by MBI prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement or outside the scope of any Development Project if owned or licensed by MBI after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.3.18 “ MBI Development IP ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 8.2.2 hereof.

1.3.19 “ MBI Proposed Technology ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 3.1 hereof.

1.3.20 “ MBI Technology Portfolio ” shall mean any and all products or technologies, including but not limited to any improvement, device, prototype, product, active ingredient, formulation, apparatus, system, method, process, invention, know-how, Trade Secret, Confidential Information, or any other technical, industrial, or intellectual property, and the Intellectual Property Rights related thereto, owned or controlled by MBI, whether existing as of the Effective Date or otherwise later conceived during the Exclusivity Period, including but not limited to the MBI Background IP.

1.3.21 “ MTA ” shall mean that certain Materials Transfer, Confidentiality and Evaluation Agreement dated May 2, 2011 by and between the Parties.

1.3.22 “ Professional Market ” shall mean the market(s) for direct or indirect sale or provision of pest control or plant disease management products or services through non-retail channels for end-use by professional service providers in residential and non-residential applications.

1.3.23 “ Project Management Committee ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 6.1 hereof.

1.3.24 “ Project Plan ” shall mean the specific terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon in writing by the Parties, that govern a corresponding Development Project, and which shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof.

 

4


1.3.25 “ Scotts Background IP ” shall mean Background IP for which the Intellectual Property Rights became owned or licensed by Scotts prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, or, outside the scope of any Development Project if after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

1.3.26 “ Scotts Development IP ” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 8.2.1 hereof. Scotts Development IP shall not include improvements to MBI Background IP.

1.3.27 “ Term ” shall have the mean attributed to it in Section 10.1 hereof.

1.3.28 “ Territory ” shall mean worldwide, except as prohibited by applicable laws or regulations.

1.3.29 “ Trade Secret ” shall mean: information including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique, drawing, process, financial data, or list of actual or potential customers or suppliers which: (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and (2) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy or confidentiality.

Article 2.

EXCLUSIVITY

2.1     Grant of Exclusivity .  MBI hereby grants to Scotts, and Scotts hereby accepts, a first and exclusive right, during the Exclusivity Period, to evaluate, develop, and negotiate with MBI for a separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement with respect to, the MBI Technology Portfolio, for potential commercialization within the Consumer Market in the Territory, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the “ Exclusivity Grant ”).

2.2     Exclusivity .  During the Exclusivity Period, MBI hereby covenants and agrees that, except for any Declined MBI Technology, MBI will not grant to a third party any right, during the Exclusivity Period, to evaluate, develop, or negotiate with MBI for any agreement providing rights with respect to, the MBI Technology Portfolio, for potential commercialization within the Consumer Market in the Territory, nor will MBI assign, license, or otherwise transfer to or for the benefit of a third party any right in or to, or otherwise take any action to encumber, in whole or in part, the MBI Technology Portfolio, or any Intellectual Property Rights related thereto, to any extent or in any manner that is inconsistent with or in violation of Scotts’ exclusive rights under the Exclusivity Grant; provided, that nothing herein shall limit MBI’s ability to grant a security interest in any of its property, including the Intellectual Property Rights, in connection with any bank or similar financing.

 

5


2.3     Exclusivity Period .  Subject to each Party’s right to terminate pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and provided that Scotts fully and timely pays MBI the Exclusivity Fee according to the payment schedule pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof, the Exclusivity Period shall run from the Effective Date for a period of five (5) years (the “ Exclusivity Period ”).

2.4     Exclusivity Fee . Subject to each Party’s right to terminate the Exclusivity Period pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, and in consideration for the Exclusivity Grant, Scotts shall pay MBI the following payments according to the following schedule and subject to the respective conditions (collectively, the “ Exclusivity Fee ”):

(a) A first and non-refundable payment in the amount of [*****], to be paid [*****].

(b) A second non-refundable payment in the amount of [*****], to be paid [*****] (the “ Second Exclusivity Fee Payment ”).

(c) A third non-refundable payment in the amount of [*****], to be paid [*****] (the “ Third Exclusivity Fee Payment ”).

(d) An additional non-refundable payment in the amount of [*****], to be paid upon the [*****] (the “ Commercialization Fee Payment ”). For purposes of clarity, no additional payment is due under this Section 2.4 for any subsequent commercialization(s) in the Consumer Market of any additional products or technologies within the MBI Technology Portfolio.

2.5     Early Termination of the Exclusivity Period .

2.5.1     Declined MBI Technologies .    The Exclusivity Period and the Exclusivity Grant shall automatically terminate with respect to each and every MBI Proposed Technology that becomes a Declined MBI Technology pursuant to Section 3.3.3 hereof.

2.5.2     Scotts’ Right to Terminate Exclusivity .    Scotts may, at its sole discretion and for any or no reason (for example, but not limited to, if an MBI Proposed Technology fails to meet Scotts’ efficacy criteria, business model expectations, or other performance or success criteria, etc.), terminate the Exclusivity Period and the Exclusivity Grant in its entirety, except for any Legacy Agreements, by giving MBI prior written notice that Scotts will not pay the Second Exclusivity Fee Payment and/or the Third Exclusivity Fee Payment and thereby is terminating the Exclusivity Period and the Exclusivity Grant in its entirety, except for any Legacy Agreements, effective as of the date the first of such payments not paid otherwise would have been due.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

6


2.5.3     MBI’s Right to Terminate Exclusivity .  MBI may terminate the Exclusivity Period and the Exclusivity Grant, in its entirety except for any Legacy Agreements, in the event that Scotts materially defaults in performing any obligation under this Agreement or otherwise is in breach of any material provision of this Agreement (for example, but not limited to, failure by Scotts to timely make any payment of the Exclusivity Fee), and such default or breach continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days following written notice from MBI to Scotts of such default or breach, such termination being effective as of the end of the thirty (30) day period such default or breach continues unremedied, or if such default or breach is incapable of cure then such termination shall be immediately effective upon such written notice. During the cure period, if any, neither Party may suspend its performance under this Agreement.

2.6     Effect of Early Termination or Expiration of Exclusivity Period; Legacy Agreements .  Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, and notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, early termination or expiration of the Exclusivity Period and Exclusivity Grant under this Section 2 shall have no impact or effect on the Parties’ rights and obligations regarding exclusivity specifically with respect to any Project Plan or Commercial Supply and License Agreement that is entered into by the Parties pursuant to this Agreement prior to the date of such early termination or expiration of the Exclusivity Period and Exclusivity Grant (each, a “ Legacy Agreement ”). Any such Legacy Agreement shall remain in effect and shall continue pursuant to its respective terms and conditions, and any applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, including any such terms and conditions regarding exclusivity. Moreover, in the event any such Legacy Agreement results in the first commercialization in the Consumer Market by Scotts of an herbicide or insecticide as contemplated under Section 2.4(d) hereof, Scotts shall be obligated to pay MBI the Commercialization Fee Payment, notwithstanding the early termination or expiration of the Exclusivity Period and Exclusivity Grant.

Article 3.

EVALUATION

3.1     Disclosure of MBI Technology Portfolio; Written Notice of MBI Proposed Technology(ies) .    During the Exclusivity Period, MBI shall give to Scotts written notice, which may be delivered via electronic mail, indicating that a product or technology within the MBI Technology Portfolio has been determined by MBI to be ready to be commercialized, or is otherwise available for consideration for potential commercialization, in the Consumer Market in the Territory. If MBI, as of the Effective Date, is commercializing (itself or through a third party) any product or technology within the MBI Technology Portfolio in any of the Ag Market, Aquatic Market, or Professional Market, or, subsequently during the Exclusivity Period, determines to commercialize (itself or through a third party) any product or technology within the MBI Technology Portfolio in any of the Ag Market, Aquatic Market, or Professional Market, MBI shall give to Scotts written notice, which may be via electronic mail, indicating that such product or technology within the MBI Technology Portfolio is available for

 

7


evaluation by Scotts for potential commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory (inclusive of the preceding sentence in this Section 3.1, each such individual product or technology matter within the MBI Technology Portfolio identified and disclosed to Scotts in writing by MBI under this Section 3.1, an “ MBI Proposed Technology ”).

3.2     Evaluation by Scotts .    Scotts shall evaluate each MBI Proposed Technology for potential commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory as provided herein.

3.2.1   Evaluation under MTA .  The scope and extent of any such evaluation shall be at Scotts’ sole discretion, subject to Scotts’ obligation to provide written notice pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof, and provided that any evaluation by Scotts shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions, including without limitation the confidentiality provisions, of that certain Materials Transfer, Confidentiality and Evaluation Agreement dated May 2, 2011 by and between the Parties (the “ MTA ”), which is incorporated herein by reference.

3.2.2     Cooperation by MBI .  As may be reasonably requested by Scotts, MBI shall provide Scotts with reasonable assistance and cooperation to facilitate Scotts’ efforts in carrying out any evaluation pursuant to this Section 3.2. To the extent any evaluation by Scotts is delayed as a direct result of a delay by MBI in providing such reasonable assistance and cooperation after written notice from Scotts detailing its request, Scotts’ obligation to provide written notice pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof shall extend for a period of time commensurate to such delay, such extension to in no event be for longer than three (3) months.

3.3     Scotts’ Written Notice of Interest in Commercializing .  Within [*****] from receiving written notice from MBI regarding an MBI Proposed Technology, which [*****] period may be extended by mutual written agreement of the Parties for a reasonable period of time to accommodate agronomic requirements or limitations for performing an evaluation pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, Scotts shall give written notice, which may be delivered via electronic mail, to MBI indicating whether Scotts has interest, or not, in commercializing such MBI Proposed Technology in the Consumer Market in the Territory, and, if so, whether Scotts believes additional development activities specific to commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory may be required as specified in Article 4 hereof.

3.3.1     Additional Development Required to Commercialize .  If Scotts indicates in such written notice to MBI that Scotts believes additional development activities specific to commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory may be required for such MBI Proposed Technology, the Parties shall determine, via the Project Management Committee, whether or not such additional development is required pursuant to Article 4 hereof.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

8


3.3.2     No Additional Development Required to Commercialize .  If Scotts indicates in such written notice to MBI, or if the Parties otherwise determine pursuant to Article 4 hereof, that no additional development activities specific to commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory are required for such MBI Proposed Technology, the Parties shall proceed with good faith negotiations of a separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement pursuant to Article 5 hereof.

3.3.3     No Interest in Commercializing; Declined MBI Technology .  If Scotts indicates in such written notice that Scotts has no interest in commercializing such MBI Proposed Technology in the Consumer Market in the Territory, or if Scotts fails to timely reply within such [*****] period, then, in each case, such MBI Proposed Technology shall be deemed declined by Scotts and discharged from the rights and obligations of the Exclusivity Grant (each, a “ Declined MBI Technology ”), and, effective immediately, the Exclusivity Period and Exclusivity Grant with respect to such Declined MBI Technology shall terminate, and MBI shall be free to explore the possibility of commercializing any such Declined MBI Technology in the Consumer Market in the Territory with a third party and such Declined MBI Technology shall be free from further restriction or limitation of any kind under this Agreement or otherwise.

Article 4.

DEVELOPMENT

4.1     Development Projects under Project Plans .  If Scotts indicates in written notice to MBI, pursuant to Article 3 hereof, that additional development activities specific to commercialization in the Consumer Market may be required for an MBI Proposed Technology, or, if the Project Management Committee otherwise proposes that the Parties undertake any other collaborative development activities, the Parties shall determine, via the Project Management Committee, and if mutually agreed then put in writing in a corresponding Project Plan that is duly executed on behalf of the Parties, the scope and extent of any such development activities that shall be performed as a Development Project under this Agreement.

4.1.1     Requirements for Project Plans .  The Parties agree that this Agreement provides the general framework for collaborative development activities between the Parties as one or more Development Projects, and that any special terms for each of such Development Projects shall be set forth in a corresponding Project Plan executed and delivered by the Parties.

4.1.2     Content of Project Plans .  In any Project Plan, the Parties shall consider including terms addressing the following:

(a) a statement of the Parties’ specific responsibilities, deliverables, and obligations.

(b) timelines and milestones for deliverables and obligations.

(c) the financial and other contributions of the Parties and related operating budgets.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

9


(d) the Parties’ respective rights in the output of the Parties’ collaborative development activities.

(e) the agreed upon territory.

(f) the term of the Project Plan and any renewal or termination rights;

(g) any other terms and conditions that the Parties deem necessary or appropriate with respect to the subject of such Project Plan.

(h) any deviations from the terms of this Agreement.

4.2         Development Responsibilities .   Each Party shall have responsibility for all development activities attributed to it under a Development Project in the corresponding Project Plan.

4.2.1     General Responsibilities - MBI .  Subject at all times to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of any specific executed Project Plan, it is anticipated that MBI shall have responsibility under this Agreement and under any executed Project Plan for the following:

(a) Development of effective and environmentally responsible natural products that focus on unmet needs for weed, pest, and plant disease management, as well as technologies for the commercially feasible manufacture of such products, that MBI, in its sole discretion, deems suitable for potential commercialization in the Ag Market in one or more countries or regions within the Territory.

(b) Toxicology work and regulatory registrations of active ingredient(s) and final formulation(s) of all MBI Proposed Technology for the Ag Market.

(c) Formulation and stability work of all MBI Proposed Technology for the Ag Market.

(d) Biology / field testing commonly performed for potential commercialization in the Ag Market for all MBI Proposed Technology.

(e) Reasonable support, assistance, and cooperation to facilitate Scotts’ efforts in carrying out any activities, such as evaluation or development activities, under this Agreement.

(f) Any additional responsibilities in connection with development activities under a Development Project as described in a corresponding Project Plan.

4.2.2     General Responsibilities - Scotts . Scotts shall have responsibility under this Agreement, generally, and under any executed Project Plan, specifically, unless expressly and specifically stated otherwise by the Parties in such executed Project Plan, for at least the following:

(a) All formulation and application work specific to potential commercialization in the Consumer Market of an MBI Proposed Technology.

(b) All toxicology work specific to potential commercialization in the Consumer Market of an MBI Proposed Technology.

(c) All regulatory registration specific to potential commercialization in the Consumer Market of an MBI Proposed Technology.

(d) All biology / field testing specific to potential commercialization in the Consumer Market of an MBI Proposed Technology.

 

10


(e) Any additional responsibilities in connection with development activities under a Development Project as described in a corresponding Project Plan.

4.3     Development Costs and Expenses .

4.3.1     Ag Market – Costs Borne by MBI .  Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in an applicable executed Project Plan, MBI, at its sole discretion, shall bear any and all costs and expenses in connection with development of an MBI Proposed Technology for potential commercialization in the Ag Market.

4.3.2     Consumer Market – Costs Borne by Scotts .  Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in an applicable executed Project Plan, Scotts shall bear any and all costs and expenses in connection with development of an MBI Proposed Technology for potential commercialization in the Consumer Market.

4.4     Project Duration .  The duration of any Development Project shall be defined in the corresponding executed Project Plan. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, even upon expiration or termination of the Exclusivity Period pursuant to Article 2 above, any Project Plan executed prior to such early termination or expiration of the Exclusivity Period shall remain in effect and shall continue pursuant to the terms and conditions of the corresponding Project Plan.

Article 5.

COMMERCIALIZATION

5.1     Commercial Supply and License Agreement .  For any MBI Proposed Technology, which is not a Declined MBI Technology, for which Scotts indicates in writing to MBI pursuant to Section 3.3 above that Scotts has interest in commercializing in the Consumer Market, the Parties shall proceed, in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5, in good faith with negotiations of a separate mutually agreeable commercial supply and license agreement under which MBI would supply a suitable form (e.g., a technical grade active ingredient, a final formulation, etc.) of such MBI Proposed Technology to Scotts for incorporation into a finished product for commercialization by Scotts in the Consumer Market in the Territory on an exclusive basis (each, a “Commercial Supply and License Agreement” ).

5.2     Negotiation Period .  Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, as part of a Project Plan or otherwise, the Parties shall proceed in good faith with negotiations of a separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement in connection with a specific MBI Proposed Technology for a period of no longer than [*****] from the date of receipt by MBI of the written notice from Scotts pursuant to Section 3.3 above in connection with such MBI Proposed Technology (the “ Negotiation Period ”).

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

11


5.3     Supplied Price .  The Parties acknowledge and agree that, as a term of any separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement, MBI shall supply a suitable form (e.g., a technical grade active ingredient, a final formulation, etc.) of the subject MBI Proposed Technology to Scotts at a price that is: (a) [*****]. In determining [*****], the Parties shall consider any available historical price data for comparable product(s) commercialized in the Ag Market and/or Consumer Market, as applicable, [*****].

5.4     Exclusivity of Supply and Purchase .  The Parties acknowledge and agree that, as a term of any separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement, MBI shall supply a suitable form (e.g., a technical grade active ingredient, final formulation, etc.) of the subject MBI Proposed Technology to Scotts on an exclusive basis in the Consumer Market for an ongoing period under such Commercial Supply and License Agreement [*****]. Under any Commercial Supply and License Agreement, Scotts will agree to exclusively purchase all of its requirements of the subject MBI Proposed Technology from MBI.

5.5     Other Terms of Commercial Supply and License Agreement .   The Parties acknowledge and agree that any separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement may contain certain additional terms and conditions, further to those expressly provided for in this Article 5, as are customary and appropriate for such an agreement.

5.6     Final Approval; Effect of No Agreement .   If, upon expiration of the Negotiation Period, the Parties have not executed a Commercial Supply and License Agreement with respect to such MBI Proposed Technology, then, in each case, such MBI Proposed Technology shall be deemed to be a Declined MBI Technology, and, effective immediately, the Exclusivity Period and Exclusivity Grant with respect to such Declined MBI Technology shall terminate, MBI shall be free to explore the possibility of commercializing any such Declined MBI Technology in the Consumer Market in the Territory with a third party and such Declined MBI Technology shall be free from further restriction or limitation of any kind under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

12


Article 6.

GOVERNANCE

6.1     Project Management Committee .  The Parties shall appoint and maintain a committee, which shall be comprised of one representative of each Party, as an advisory body to manage the Parties’ collaborative activities under this Agreement and to provide a forum for the Parties to address issues relating to this Agreement and the activities performed hereunder (the “ Project Management Committee ”).

6.2     Meetings .  The Project Management Committee shall meet (telephonically or in person) periodically, and in any event no less than once per calendar quarter during the Term of this Agreement, to review and discuss the MBI Technology Portfolio and/or each Party’s activities under this Agreement, including but not limited to any MBI Proposed Technology, the status of any evaluations by Scotts regarding any such MBI Proposed Technology, any Development Projects and/or a need therefor, budgets under any Project Plans and expenditures pursuant to such budgets, and the like. In addition, the Project Management Committee shall hold special meetings (telephonically or in person) if requested by any member of the Project Management Committee or either Party.

6.3     Authority .  The Parties agree that the Project Management Committee shall be only an advisory body and shall have no authority to bind the Parties. The Parties may only waive, modify, or amend this Agreement or any Project Plan by a written instrument duly executed on behalf of the Parties as set forth in Section 12.16 hereof.

6.4     Responsibilities .    The Project Management Committee shall have responsibility for at least the activities identified in this Section 6.4 and its subsections.

6.4.1     New Development Projects .  The Project Management Committee shall recommend and advise, pursuant to Article 4 hereof, whether a Development Project shall be established to perform additional development activities specific to commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory for an MBI Proposed Technology. Additionally, the Project Management Committee may propose that the Parties undertake any other collaborative development activities as a Development Project under this Agreement. The details of any Development Project shall be mutually agreed by the Parties and described in writing in a corresponding Project Plan that is duly executed on behalf of the Parties pursuant to Article 4 hereof.

6.4.2     Target Range Price Per Unit for the Consumer Market .  Prior to commencement of work by either Party in connection with any Development Project, the Project Management Committee shall identify a target range for the price per unit of a suitable form (e.g., a technical grade active ingredient, final formulation, etc.) of the subject MBI Proposed Technology for potential commercialization in the Consumer Market in the Territory, which target range shall be noted in the corresponding Project Plan. In determining any such target range for the price per unit, the Parties shall consider any available historical price data for comparable product(s) commercialized in the Consumer Market in the Territory.

 

13


Article 7.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

7.1     Confidential Information .  All information related to this Agreement or MBI’s or Scotts’ business or products or technologies, written and oral, furnished, directly or indirectly, by a Party (“ Discloser ”) or the Discloser’s directors, officers, employees, consultants, affiliates, agents or representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”), to the other Party (“ Recipient ”) or Recipient’s Representatives in connection with this Agreement, including all Project Plans attachments hereto, shall be considered Discloser’s “ Confidential Information ”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered Discloser’s Confidential Information: (a) information which is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a disclosure by Recipient or Recipient’s Representatives, (b) information which is or becomes available to Recipient on a non-confidential basis from a source which, to the best of Recipient’s knowledge after due inquiry, is not prohibited from disclosing such information to Recipient by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation to Discloser, or (c) information which is independently developed by Recipient or Recipient’s Representatives without use or reference to Discloser’s Confidential Information. Discloser’s Confidential Information shall include all tangible and electronic copies of Discloser’s Confidential Information. Discloser’s Confidential Information shall not become non-confidential as a result of being included in documents that also contain non-Confidential Information.

7.2     Non-Disclosure Obligation .  Recipient hereby agrees that Recipient and Recipient’s Representatives (a) will keep the Discloser’s Confidential Information confidential and will not (except as required by applicable law, regulation or legal process, and only after compliance with Section 7.3 hereof below), without Discloser’s prior written consent, disclose any of Discloser’s Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever, and (b) will not use any of Discloser’s Confidential Information other than in connection with its performance and/or obligations under this Agreement. Recipient further agrees to provide access to Discloser’s Confidential Information only to those of Recipient’s Representatives who have a “need to know” such information. Recipient shall inform all of Recipient’s Representatives who have access to Discloser’s Confidential Information of the confidential nature of the Discloser’s Confidential Information and will cause Recipient’s Representatives to observe the terms of this Agreement. Recipient hereby agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Agreement by any of Recipient’s Representatives. Either Party may disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement in connection with a potential acquisition of substantially the entire business of that Party or a private or public offering of either Party’s securities, and each Party may also discuss the terms of this Agreement to its counsel, accountants, directors (including board observers), and agents in accordance with the terms of this Article 7.

7.3     Legally Compelled Disclosures .  In the event that Recipient or any of its Representatives are requested pursuant to, or required by, applicable law, regulation or legal process to disclose any of the Discloser’s Confidential Information, Recipient will notify Discloser promptly so that Discloser may seek a protective order or other

 

14


appropriate remedy or, in Discloser’s sole discretion, waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, or that Discloser does not waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement, Recipient will furnish only that portion of the Discloser’s Confidential Information which Recipient is advised by counsel is legally required and will exercise all reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Discloser’s Confidential Information.

7.4     Injunctive Relief .    Each Party agrees that if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the other Party has breached, or attempted or threatened to breach, its confidentiality obligations to the other Party, the other Party will be entitled to obtain appropriate injunctive relief and other measures restraining further, attempted or threatened breaches, of such obligations. Such relief or measures shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the other Party.

7.5     Return of Information .  Discloser may, for any reason, at any time and from time to time, deliver a written request to Recipient for the return of all, or a portion, of the Discloser’s Confidential Information in the possession of Recipient or Recipient’s Representatives. Upon receiving such written request from Discloser, (a) Recipient shall promptly destroy or deliver to Discloser (as practical) all of Discloser’s Confidential Information that is the subject of Discloser’s request, and any copies thereof, in Recipient’s or Recipient’s Representatives’ possession, and (b) neither Recipient nor any of Recipient’s Representatives shall retain any copies thereof. Any oral Confidential Information will continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

Article 8.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

8.1     Background IP .

8.1.1     MBI Background IP .  As between the Parties, MBI owns or retains all right, title, and interest in the MBI Background IP.

8.1.2     Scotts Background IP .    As between the Parties, Scotts owns or retains all right, title, and interest in the Scotts Background IP.

8.1.3     Limited License to Scotts .    Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of the MTA, MBI hereby grants to Scotts a limited, non-sublicensable and non-transferable license (or sublicense, as applicable) under the MBI Background IP to the extent necessary for Scotts to perform evaluations under the terms of this Agreement and the MTA of MBI Proposed Technology and any development activities under a Development Project as detailed in a corresponding executed Project Plan. For purposes of clarity, Scotts shall have no rights in the MBI Background IP for purposes of commercialization unless and until the Parties enter into a separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement. The license

 

15


granted in this Section 8.1.3 will continue for the Term of this Agreement, or, as to any MBI Proposed Technology that is the subject of an executed Project Plan, the term of such Project Plan, unless this Agreement, or such Project Plan, is earlier terminated in accordance with Article 10 or otherwise.

8.1.4     No Other License .  Except as expressly provided herein, and unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, neither Party grants to the other Party any right or license under or to its respective Background IP.

8.2     Development IP .

8.2.1     Ownership by Scotts; License to MBI .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Scotts shall solely own any and all Development IP that may arise under this Agreement and (A) is derived from solely (i) Scotts Background IP or Scotts’ Confidential Information, or (ii) contributions by one or more of Scotts’ employees, and (B) is not an improvement to an active ingredient compound within the MBI Background IP (collectively, the “ Scotts Development IP ); and, subject to negotiation by the Parties of a separate mutually agreeable reasonable royalty-bearing license agreement, Scotts will grant to MBI an exclusive, reasonable royalty-bearing, worldwide license to such Scotts Development IP, with a right to sublicense, for use solely outside the Consumer Market. For purposes of clarity, MBI shall have no rights to use any Scotts Development IP outside the Consumer Market or otherwise, unless and until the Parties enter into a separate mutually agreeable licensing agreement under which MBI would pay Scotts a reasonable royalty for such rights. Further, during the Term of this Agreement, other than to MBI, Scotts shall not grant to a third party any license or right to any Scotts Development IP outside of the Consumer Market, nor shall Scotts itself use the Scotts Development IP in any market or markets other than the Consumer Market.

8.2.2     Ownership by MBI .  MBI shall solely own any and all Development IP that may arise under this Agreement and is derived from solely (i) MBI Background IP or MBI’s Confidential Information, or (ii) contributions by one or more of MBI’s employees (collectively, the “ MBI Development IP ”); and all such MBI Development IP immediately and automatically becomes part of the MBI Technology Portfolio and subject to Scotts’ exclusive rights under the Exclusivity Grant. For purposes of clarity, Scotts shall have no rights in the MBI Development IP for purposes of commercialization unless and until the Parties enter into a separate mutually agreeable Commercial Supply and License Agreement.

8.2.3     Joint Ownership .  Unless otherwise agreed in a separate written and executed agreement by the Parties, notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 above, the Parties shall jointly own any and all Development IP that may arise under this Agreement and (A) is derived from a combination of (i) Scotts Background IP or Scotts’ Confidential Information and MBI Background IP or MBI Confidential Information, or (ii) contributions by one or more of Scotts’ employees and contributions by one or more of MBI’s employees, and (B) is not an improvement to an active ingredient compound within the MBI Background IP (collectively, the “ Joint

 

16


Development IP ”); provided that neither Party shall have any rights in the Joint Development IP for purposes of commercialization (by itself or via any third party) unless and until the Parties enter into a separate mutually agreeable reasonable royalty-bearing license agreement under which the Parties shall specify rights and obligations as between the Parties with respect to the Joint Development IP.

8.2.4     Patents; Further Assistance .  Each Party may, at its sole discretion and at its own expense, file one or more applications for patents directed to its respective Background IP or Development IP. The other Party shall promptly execute and deliver any assignments, descriptions, or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of the first Party to vest in the first Party title to its respective Background IP or Development IP and to enable the first Party to obtain and maintain the entire right and title to its respective Background IP or Development IP throughout the world. The other Party shall also render to the first Party, at the first Party’s expense, such assistance as the first Party may reasonably require in the preparation and prosecution of applications for patents in connection with its respective Development IP, and in any litigation in which the first Party may be involved relating to its respective Background IP or Development IP. For any Joint Development IP, each Party shall confer in good faith with the other to decide whether and when to file one or more applications for patents directed to the same, select suitable patent counsel, agree upon how costs shall be handled, and the like. For purposes of clarity, in any event, neither Party shall file an application for patent directed to any Joint Development IP without providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party. Each Party shall promptly execute and deliver any assignments, descriptions, or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of either Party to vest in each Party joint title to the Joint Development IP and to enable each Party to obtain and maintain the entire joint right and title to the Joint Development IP throughout the world.

Article 9.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER

9.1     Representations .  Each Party represents, warrants and covenants to the other that: (a) it has the full power and authority to enter into and fully perform this Agreement; (b) it has sufficient right and authority to grant all licenses and rights granted or agreed to be granted by it hereunder to the other Party; and (c) at all times, it will comply with all applicable material international, federal, national, state, provincial, and local laws, treaties, directives, and/or regulations.

9.2     Disclaimer of Other Warranties .   THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND IN ANY EXECUTED PROJECT PLAN, IF ANY, ARE THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, AND NEITHER MBI NOR SCOTTS MAKES ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, PERFORMANCE, NONINTERRUPTION OF

 

17


OPERATION, OR RESULTS WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM ANY ACTIVITY HEREUNDER. MBI ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE USE, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY SCOTTS OF ANY PRODUCTS OR TECHNOLOGY.

9.3     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .    EXCEPT FOR (A) BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ARTICLE 7 (CONFIDENTIALITY) OR BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ARTICLE 8 (INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY), OR (B) IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OF A PARTY BY THE OTHER PARTY, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING ANY EQUITABLE THEORY, SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING UNDER, OUT OF, IN RELATION TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROJECT PLAN, OR ITS NEGOTIATION, PERFORMANCE, TERMINATION, OR ANY OTHER MEANS, AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION UPON WHICH A CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES MAY BE BASED. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, BOTH PARTIES AGREE THAT IF ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER IS DETERMINED TO HAVE FAILED OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE, ALL LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT.

Article 10.

TERM AND TERMINATION

10.1     Term .  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the earlier of: (a) the termination or expiration of the Exclusivity Period, or (b) the termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with this Article 10 (the “ Term ”). The Parties may extend the Term on terms mutually agreed upon in writing by the Parties. The provisions of Articles 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement to the extent applicable to any executed Project Plans the terms of which extend beyond the termination or expiration date of this Agreement.

10.2     Termination Upon Default or Breach .  Either Party may terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party materially defaults in performing any obligation under this Agreement or otherwise is in breach of any material provision of this Agreement and such default or breach continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days following written notice of such default or breach, such termination being effective as of the end of the thirty (30) day period if such default or breach continues unremedied, or, in the event that the other Party materially defaults or breaches this Agreement in a manner that is incapable of cure, then this Agreement will automatically

 

18


terminate upon notice from the non-defaulting, non-breaching Party. During a cure period, if any, neither Party may suspend its performance under this Agreement.

10.3     Termination Upon Insolvency .    Either Party may terminate this Agreement: (a) upon the institution of insolvency, receivership of bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of debts of the other Party; (b) upon the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors by the other Party; or (c) upon the dissolution of the other Party.

Article 11.

INDEMNIFICATION

11.1     Indemnity for MBI; Product Liability .    Scotts shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend MBI, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and its and their respective employees, officers, and directors from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, judgments, assessments, obligations, penalties, damages, costs, and expenses (including reasonably incurred attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Damages ”), resulting from, or arising out of (i) Scotts’ material breach of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement, and/or (ii) the willful misconduct of Scotts, its employees, or agents in the performance of Scotts’ duties and obligations, including its representations and warranties, under this Agreement. Scotts shall also indemnify, hold harmless and defend MBI, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and its and their respective employees, officers and directors from and against any and all Damages suffered by Scotts, or purchasers or users of any products sold by or for Scotts, or any other party, resulting from, or arising out of, personal injury, death, or property damage related to the manufacture, use, sale or import of such products in the Consumer Market (“Product Liability”), but only to the extent such Damages are not expressly within the MBI Product Liability Indemnity (as defined below).

11.2     Indemnity for Scotts; Product Liability .    MBI shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Scotts, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and its and their respective employees, officers and directors from and against any and all Damages resulting from or arising out of (i) MBI’s material breach of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) the willful misconduct of MBI, its employees or agents in the performance of MBI duties or obligations, including its representations and warranties, under this Agreement, and/or (iii) a claim of infringement by MBI’s IP Rights of a valid third party patent, trade secret, or other intellectual property right to the extent such claim is based solely upon Scotts’ use of MBI Proposed Technology in compliance with this Agreement (and not with any IP Rights of Scotts or any third party); provided that nothing in this Agreement shall limit MBI’s ability to enter into any license or other agreement as necessary to make any MBI IP Rights non-infringing or modify any IP Rights so as to be non-infringing (and to replace any such otherwise used hereunder). MBI shall also indemnify, hold harmless and defend Scotts, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and its and their respective employees, officers and directors from and against any and all Damages resulting from, or arising out of Product Liability claims, but only to the extent such Damages are attributable to MBI Proposed Technology used in accordance with the

 

19


terms and conditions of any applicable Commercial Supply and License Agreement and such Damages could not have been avoided by the use of such MBI Proposed Technology in unmodified form or without combination with other technologies or compounds (the “ MBI Product Liability Indemnity ”).

11.3     Notice .    In any action covered by the above indemnifications, and to obtain indemnification from the other Party under this Article 11, the Party requesting indemnification must: (i) notify the indemnifying Party in writing promptly after the Party requesting indemnification receives notice of the claim or allegation; (ii) allow the indemnifying Party to have sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations; and (iii) provide the indemnifying Party with reasonable assistance, information and authority as necessary to perform its obligations under this Article 11. The indemnifying Party may direct the defense by counsel of its own choice, and the Party requesting indemnification shall be given the opportunity to participate in such defense, and to be represented by counsel of its own choice and to direct its own defense, but in such case, it shall bear its own counsel fees and expenses.

11.4     Exception to Indemnity . The indemnity provisions of this Article 11, and the obligations to provide indemnification hereunder, shall not apply to the extent that the Party requesting indemnification is at fault or the claims at issue are or reasonably likely to be less than [*****]. The indemnity provisions of this Article 11 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Article 12.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1     Survival .  The provisions of Sections 2.4(d), 2.6 and 10.1 and Articles 7, 8, 9, 11, and 12 shall survive termination of this Agreement. All other rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.

12.2     Relationship of Parties .  This Agreement does not create, and shall not be deemed to create, a partnership, joint venture, agency or any similar relationship or arrangement between the Parties hereto. In carrying out its duties and performing its obligations hereunder, each of the Parties hereto is acting as an independent contractor, and the employees, subcontractors, agents, or other representatives of one of them shall not be deemed to be employees, subcontractors, agents, or other representatives of the other.

12.3     Publicity .  Upon execution of this Agreement or any Project Plan hereunder, and from time to time with each Party’s consent, the Parties shall issue a mutually agreed upon press release or other promotion describing the general nature of such agreement(s) between or activities by the Parties. These shall include joint announcements on discovery and commercialization and joint presentations at company or industry events. Otherwise, neither Party may make public use of the other Party’s name, proprietary marks, product names, or otherwise refer to or identify the other Party,

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

20


or its divisions and/or subsidiaries, in any advertising, publicity releases, or promotional or marketing correspondence, except to the extent required by law and except as provided in Article 7 above, without securing the prior written consent of such other Party.

12.4     Counterparts .    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument, and any Party may execute this Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

12.5     Assignment .  Neither Party may, by operation of law or otherwise, assign, sublicense, or otherwise transfer any of its right or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the preceding, either Party may assign, transfer, or otherwise delegate all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor in interest or purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, provided that the assignor undertakes to inform in writing the other Party as soon as reasonably possible. Any prohibited assignment, sublicense, or transfer shall be null and void. This Agreement shall bind, benefit, and be enforceable by and against both Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

12.6     Notices .  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all notices, consents, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent via courier, postage prepaid, with a soft copy via electronic mail or transmitted by facsimile transmission, to the address specified below, or such other address as either Party may indicate by notice to the other Party:

 

If to Scotts:

  

If to MBI:

[*****]

[*****]

Global R&D Outdoor Living

 

The Scotts Company LLC

14111 Scottslawn Road

Marysville, Ohio 43041, U.S.A.

 

[*****]

  

Pamela G. Marrone

Founder & CEO

 

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

2121 Second Street, Suite 107B

Davis, California 95618, U.S.A.

 

PHONE 530-750-2800

FAX 530-750-2808

[*****]

12.7     Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

12.8     Disputes .  Other than as provided in Article 2 or Article 10, any and all disputes arising under, out of, or in relation to this Agreement, its formation, performance or termination (“ Disputes ”) shall initially be referred to the Project Management

 

[*****]

Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

21


Committee. If the Project Management Committee cannot resolve a Dispute within thirty (30) days of referral, the Dispute shall be referred to senior management from both Parties, who shall meet and attempt to resolve the Dispute. If the Dispute has still not been resolved within fourteen (14) days of such referral, either Party may institute legal proceedings in accordance with Sections 12.7, 12.9, and 12.10 hereof. Other than as provided in Article 2 or Article 10, the dispute resolution procedure set forth in this Section 12.8 is mandatory, and neither Party shall institute legal proceedings until it has been exhausted, provided, that either Party may resort to court action for injunctive relief at any time if, in such Party’s good faith belief, the delay associated with the dispute resolution processes set forth in this Section 12.8 would permit or cause irreparable injury to such Party or any third party claiming against such Party.

12.9     Jurisdiction and Venue .    Disputes that have not been resolved in accordance with the Section 12.8 hereof shall be finally and conclusively determined by a bench trial in a state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. MBI and Scotts expressly consent and submit to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Both Parties further consent, submit to, and agree that venue in any such suit, action, proceeding, or claim is proper in said court and further expressly waive any and all personal rights under applicable law or in equity to object to the jurisdiction and venue of said court. MBI and Scotts hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right such Party has to a trial by jury in any litigation between them arising under, out of, or in relation to this Agreement, its formation, performance, or termination.

12.10     Attorneys’ Fees .  If any legal action is necessary to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing Party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Party may be entitled.

12.11     No Waiver .  The failure by a Party to exercise any right hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of such Party’s right to exercise such right or any other right in the future. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other breach of the same or other provisions of this Agreement, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the Party waiving the breach.

12.12     Force Majeure .  Neither Party shall be considered in default or incur any liability hereunder due to any material failure in its performance of this Agreement should such failure arise out of causes beyond its control, including, without limitation, work stoppages, fires, riots, accidents, floods, storms, or failures of communications or software. The time for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the duration of the conditions preventing performance; provided, however, that such extension may not exceed thirty (30) days without the written consent of the performing Party. In such event, after the 30-day window or such other longer term as may be agreed between the Parties, the performing Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the non-performing Party.

 

22


12.13     Severability .  Each of the covenants of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall be deemed and shall be construed as a separate and independent covenant and should any provision of any such covenants be held or declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall in no way render invalid or unenforceable any other part or provision thereof or any other covenant of the Parties not held or declared invalid, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision were not contained herein. Furthermore, it is the intention of the Parties hereto that such provision determined to be illegal, invalid, or otherwise unenforceable, to the extent possible, shall be reformed and construed in a manner which would be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent of the law.

12.14     Section Headings; Attachments .    The section and subsection headings used herein are for reference and convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

12.15     Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement and the rights and obligations created under it shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or should be construed to confer upon any other person any right, remedy or claim under or by virtue of this Agreement.

12.16     Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver .    Each Party acknowledges that it has read this Agreement, understands it, and agrees to be bound by its terms, and further agrees that this Agreement, any Project Plans, and the MTA, each of which are incorporated herein, constitute the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between the Parties and supersedes and merges all prior proposals, understandings, and all other agreements, oral and written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. No purchase order, or other ordering or confirming document or any handwritten or typewritten text issued by either Party which purports to modify or supplement the text of this Agreement shall add to or vary the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or altered, and its terms may not be waived, except by a written instrument duly executed on behalf of the Parties (or, in the case of waiver, by the Party against whom such waiver is to be enforced).

[ Signatures Appear on the Following Page ]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Technology Evaluation and Master Development Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers duly authorized therefor and to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

SCOTTS:

The Scotts Company LLC

By: 

 

/s/ Steve Titko

Name:

 

Steve Titko

Title:

 

V.P. Global Innovation

 

MBI:

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

By: 

 

/s/ Pam Marrone

Name:

 

Pamela G. Marrone

Title:

 

CEO & Founder

 

24

Exhibit 10.30

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ APA ”) is entered into as of this 25 th day of May, 2012, by and between Thomas Tibble, as Bankruptcy Trustee and not individually (“ Trustee ”) for Michigan BioDiesel, LLC (“ Debtor ”), a Michigan limited liability company and the debtor in Case No. 10:0578-swd, United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Michigan (the “ Bankruptcy Case ”), and Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation or its assignee (“ Buyer ”).

WHEREAS, Debtor owns the real property and fixtures located at 700 Industrial Parkway, Bangor, MI 49013 (the “ Facility ”), and the equipment located at the Facility.

WHEREAS, Trustee, on behalf of the Debtor’s bankruptcy estate, and Buyer are entering into this asset purchase agreement (“APA”) pursuant to which the Trustee has agreed to sell and Buyer has agreed to purchase the Acquired Assets as defined herein.

WHEREAS, Debtor has filed for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Michigan (“U.S. Bankruptcy Court”) and Trustee has been appointed the Chapter 11 Trustee for the Debtor in the Bankruptcy Case.

WHEREAS, this APA is intended to comply with the requirements of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, including the Bidding Procedures embodied in an Order Approving Bidding Procedures dated April 24, 2012 entered by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Bankruptcy Case.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS


1.1 Acquired Assets . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Trustee shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from Trustee, free and clear of all liens, pledges, mortgages, security interests, claims, interests and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, all right, title and interest of the Debtor and Trustee in and to (i) the Facility (which term includes, without limitation, all real property and fixtures comprising the premises legally described in attached Exhibit A or included within the tax parcel numbers listed in attached Exhibit A, together with all hereditaments and appurtenances thereto and easements benefiting such premises, and all pipes, lines, poles, wires, controls, switches, pumps and other apparatus and fittings necessary for or related to the HVAC, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, water, sewer and other systems at or serving the Facility, to the full extent of the right, title and interest of the Debtor or Trustee), and (ii) the equipment of Debtor listed in attached Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Acquired Assets ”). For purposes hereof, Acquired Assets includes all unexpired warranties and guaranties and claims under insurance policies relating to any of the items of property sold to Buyer pursuant to this APA, as well as any existing environmental permits (including without limitation, air and water discharge and soil erosion permits) and other existing permits and licenses associated with the items of property sold to Buyer pursuant to this APA.

1.2 Conveyance of Acquired Assets . The sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of the Acquired Assets provided for in this Article I shall be made by the documentation which shall include all good and sufficient instruments of conveyance and transfer as shall be necessary to vest in Buyer as of the Closing Date title to the Acquired Assets being sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned and delivered hereunder, which documentation shall include,

 

2


without limitation, a Trustee’s deed in recordable form and otherwise meeting all statutory requirements.

Trustee shall obtain and provide to Buyer at Trustee’s expense (except that Buyer shall be responsible for paying any incremental premium amount due for increasing the coverage amount beyond $250,000.00) a standard ALTA owner’s policy of title insurance in the amount of Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00), insuring marketable title vested in Buyer, effective as of the Closing Date. A commitment to issue such a policy insuring marketable title vested in Buyer, including a tax status report, shall be made available to Buyer at least 10 days before the Closing Date. Buyer shall have the right to terminate this APA and receive a refund of its entire Earnest Money Deposit if in the reasonable opinion of Buyer, due to recorded documents affecting title, title to the Facility is not marketable or otherwise reflects exceptions, encumbrances, covenants, restrictions or limitations that, in Buyer’s reasonable opinion, could have a materially adverse effect on or limit Buyer’s ability to use and operate the Facility as it is currently or was historically used by the Debtor, or for other available uses in the City of Bangor M-1 zoning district.

1.3 “As Is, Where Is” Sale . Buyer acknowledges to and in favor of Trustee that Buyer has relied upon its own investigations and inspections of the Acquired Assets and that Buyer is responsible to conduct its own inspections and investigations of all matters and things connected with or in any way related to the Acquired Assets and that, subject to the conditions and contingencies in this APA, Buyer has satisfied itself with respect to the Acquired Assets and all matters and things connected with or in any way related to the Acquired Assets. In addition, Buyer acknowledges that Buyer has relied upon its own investigation and inspections in entering into this APA, that Buyer is purchasing the Acquired Assets on an “as is, where is” basis as of

 

3


the Closing Date without any representation or warranty whatsoever, and that Buyer will accept the Acquired Assets in their present state, condition and location, subject to the Buyer’s conditions and contingencies in this APA. Buyer hereby acknowledges that Trustee has made no representations, warranties, statements or promises with respect to the Acquired Assets, including without limitation any pertaining to title, description, fitness for purpose, merchantability, quantity, conditions or the quality of any matter or thing whatsoever, and any and all conditions and warranties expressed or implied by law do not apply to the sale of the Acquired Assets and are hereby waived by Buyer. This Section does not affect or limit the representations and warranties of the Trustee set forth in this APA.

1.4 Buyer Not Purchasing Business of Debtor, Not a Successor to Debtor . It is expressly acknowledged that Buyer is not purchasing (among other items) the inventory, work in process, goodwill, name, brand, business, business records or business operations of Debtor, and that Buyer is not a successor to Debtor, whether as to Debtor’s business, business operations, name, brand, inventory, work in process or otherwise. It is also expressly acknowledged that Buyer is not purchasing the Debtor’s cash, bank deposits, accounts receivable and causes of action under Chapter 5 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, nor any causes of action, choses in action and claims, including insurance claims (other than claims under insurance policies relating to any of the items of property sold to Buyer pursuant to this APA), against other persons and entities that the Debtor and/or Trustee have.

1.5 Access to Business Records of Debtor . For a period not to exceed 120 days after Closing, Trustee shall have access (during regular business hours) to any of Debtor’s business records located at the Facility, as may be necessary to enable the Trustee to administer the Debtor’s bankruptcy estate, including but not limited to the records necessary to prepare tax

 

4


returns on behalf of the Debtor. Trustee shall remove all of Debtor’s business records from the Facility within 120 days after Closing.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE PRICE

2.1 Purchase Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Acquired Assets shall be the sum of (i) One Million One Hundred Ten Thousand Dollars ($1,110,000.00) plus (ii) an amount, not to exceed Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00), awarded by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in the Bankruptcy Case to Energy Suppliers, LLC as a stalking horse fee, which shall be evidenced by an Order confirming same (the “ Purchase Price ”).

2.2 Earnest Money Deposit/Breach . Buyer has deposited with the Trustee a $60,000 Earnest Money Deposit which will be held by Trustee pending the Closing. At the Closing, the Earnest Money Deposit shall be paid to Trustee and credited toward payment of the Purchase Price. At the Closing, the Buyer shall pay the remaining balance of the Purchase Price to the Trustee in cash, bank check or wire transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Closing is not consummated after all conditions are met and as a result of Buyer’s failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the sum of $30,000 of the Earnest Money Deposit shall be forfeited and immediately paid to Trustee, and this Agreement shall terminate without further recourse to the parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Closing is not consummated as a result of Trustee’s failure to perform any of his obligations hereunder or due to the failure to satisfy any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 1.2 or Article X hereof, the Earnest Money Deposit shall be immediately returned to Buyer and this Agreement shall terminate without further recourse to the parties.

2.3 United States Dollars . Buyer and Trustee acknowledge and agree that all amounts in dollars set forth in this Agreement are in United States dollars.

 

5


2.4 Closing Adjustments . The following adjustments shall be made between the parties as of the close of business on the Closing Date with the Buyer receiving a credit or assuming responsibility, as the case may be, for amounts attributed to time periods following the Closing Date:

A. Property Taxes . Trustee shall pay all real estate and personal property taxes and special assessments that will have come due prior to the Closing Date. Buyer shall receive a credit for the real and personal property taxes that become due during the 2012 calendar year for the pro-rata portion of the calendar year that has passed as of the Closing Date. The credit shall be calculated by a fraction whose numerator is the number of days that have passed in 2012 and whose denominator is 365 days. The fraction shall be multiplied by the total estimated real and personal property taxes that will become due during 2012.

B. Utilities . The parties shall notify all utilities to transfer service to Buyer as of the Closing Date. The Trustee shall be responsible for any utility charges incurred through the Closing Date. Buyer shall be responsible for any utility charges incurred after the Closing Date.

C. Transferable Service Contracts . To the extent requested by Buyer, Trustee shall transfer any transferable service contracts relating to the Acquired Assets to Buyer. Trustee shall be responsible for any amounts owing under the transferable service contracts through the Closing Date. Buyer shall be responsible for any charges under the transferable service contracts after the Closing Date. Buyer shall have the option to not assume any or all of the service contracts and instead have the Trustee terminate any such service contract or contracts. In the event Buyer elects not to assume any transferrable

 

6


service contract, Buyer shall have no responsibility for any amounts owed under the any such service contracts. Trustee will provide to Buyer true copies of all service contracts relating to the Acquired Assets at least 10 days before the Closing Date to permit Buyer an opportunity to review same.

D. Special Assessments . Special assessments which are due and payable, or a lien, or both, on any part of the Acquired Assets on or before the Closing Date, shall be paid by Trustee. All other special assessments for improvements now installed or in the process of being installed, but not yet due and payable, or a lien, or both, shall be paid by the Buyer.

E. Sales/Use Tax; Transfer Tax . All sales and use taxes, and all transfer taxes, payable in connection with or with respect to the sale of the Acquired Assets and/or the recording of the deed for the Facility, shall be paid by Trustee; provided, however, that that Buyer shall be responsible for paying any incremental deed transfer tax due for increasing the portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the real estate beyond $250,000.00.

ARTICLE III

NON-ASSUMPTION OF ANY LIABILITIES

3.1 No Assumption of Liabilities . With the sole exception of any service contracts transferred to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.4(C) above, Buyer does not assume and shall not in any manner become responsible or liable for, any agreements, debts, obligations, responsibilities or liabilities of Debtor or Trustee of any nature whatsoever or for any claims against Debtor or any of the Acquired Assets, whether known or unknown, fixed, contingent or otherwise, including, without limitation, any debts, obligations, or other liabilities directly or indirectly

 

7


arising out of, or resulting from Debtor’s or Trustee’s ownership or use of the Acquired Assets or the operation of Debtor’s business prior to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF PARTIES

4.1 Access Period, Use and Possession . From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated (the “ Access Period ”), Trustee shall allow Buyer and its representatives, lawyers and consultants access to the Acquired Assets. Buyer’s access shall be at times mutually agreed upon by Buyer and Trustee, but shall be reasonable to Buyer.

Debtor will continue to maintain the Acquired Assets in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, between the date of execution of this APA and the closing on the purchase of the Acquired Assets. Trustee will promptly provide Buyer with notice of any damage to or material adverse change in the Acquired Assets. With the exception of the desktop computers of the Debtor on which the Debtor’s business and financial records are stored, none of the Acquired Assets, nor any of the items of equipment described on Exhibit B, shall be removed from the Facility or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of Buyer.

ARTICLE V

CLOSING

5.1 The Closing . The consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place by July 31, 2012 or such earlier date permitted by the Sale Order as Buyer may request (the “ Closing Date ”), by electronic and or physical delivery of the required closing items as may be mutually agreed to by the parties, or on such other date at such other location as is mutually agreed by the parties. The parties hereto agree that the Closing shall be deemed effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.

 

8


ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TRUSTEE

Trustee represents and warrants to Buyer as follows, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and true and correct as of the Closing but which shall not survive the Closing:

6.1 Organization and Standing of Trustee . Trustee is the duly appointed Chapter 11 trustee of Debtor which is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan, with full power and authority to sell Debtor’s assets. This Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by Trustee shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Trustee and Debtor, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Trustee has full power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and to execute and deliver all contemplated agreements and documents provided in this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated herein. Trustee’s obligations under this Agreement are subject to the terms of the Sale Order.

6.2 Acquired Assets . At the Closing, Trustee shall transfer to Buyer good and marketable title to and actual and exclusive possession of all of the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all liens, pledges, mortgages, security interests, claims, interests and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever.

6.3 Possession of Acquired Assets . At Closing, Trustee shall deliver actual and exclusive possession of the Acquired Assets to Buyer free and clear of all claims and interests of the Debtor’s creditors.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

9


Buyer represents and warrants to Trustee as follows, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and true and correct as of the Closing:

7.1 Organization of Buyer . Buyer is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Buyer has full power and authority to own the Acquired Assets.

7.2 Authorization of Buyer . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Buyer has full power and authority, or otherwise, to enter into and deliver this Agreement and to execute and deliver all contemplated agreements and documents provided in Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated therein. Buyer is not required to obtain the consent, approval or waiver of any person not a party to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.3 No Broker . Buyer has carried on all negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement directly and without the intervention on its behalf of any other party in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

8.1 Further Actions . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its best efforts or take or cause to be taken all action and to do or cause to be done all things necessary, proper and advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the related agreements and other documents necessary to close this transaction, and shall use its best efforts to obtain all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to effect all necessary registrations and filings.

 

10


8.2 Press Releases . Before Closing, no general public announcement or release as to any of the matters set forth herein may be made by Trustee or Buyer to any third party, including the news or other media, without consulting with each other and obtaining the prior written consent of each other (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) as to the identity of such third party and the timing and content of any such announcement or release. However, Trustee may publish and release information necessary to provide notice as required by the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules, and/or Orders of the Bankruptcy Court. After Closing, neither Trustee nor Debtor shall make any public announcement as to any of the matters set forth herein, including with or to news or other media, unless Buyer consents as to the announcement and its content (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

ARTICLE IX

CLOSING DELIVERIES

At the Closing on the Closing Date:

9.1 Closing Documents . Trustee and Buyer shall execute and deliver the conveyance documents described in Section 1.2 hereof.

9.2 Payment of Purchase Price . Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price as set forth in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

9.3 Other Documents . Trustee and Buyer shall execute and deliver any and all other documents, agreements, instruments and other writings and have taken all actions necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including (without limitation), as to Trustee, all actions set forth in and required by Article X hereof.

ARTICLE X

BUYER’S CONDITIONS

 

11


The obligation of Buyer to purchase and pay for the Acquired Assets at Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the Closing Date, of each of the following express conditions precedent, unless waived by Buyer:

10.1 Closing Documents Delivered . Trustee shall have executed and delivered the documents, certificates, instruments and agreements and done the acts required of Trustee in connection with the Closing as described in this Agreement.

10.2 Closing Date . In the event that the Closing does not occur by the date of July 31, 2012 (the “ Non-Fulfillment Date ”) as a result of the non-fulfillment of one or more of the conditions in Section 1.2 or this Article X, Buyer may, upon written notice to Trustee at any time after the Non-Fulfillment Date, terminate this Agreement without any further liability on the part of either of the parties. Buyer’s Earnest Money Deposit shall be returned to Buyer, in full, within five (5) days of Buyer providing Trustee with written notice of the non-fulfillment of the conditions. If the Environmental Site Assessment to be conducted under Section 10.4 is not completed by June 20, 2012, the Non-Fulfillment Date and the deadline for Closing shall be extended by the same number of days between June 20, 2012 and the date the Environmental Site Assessment is complete. (By way of example, if the Environmental Site Assessment is not complete until June 26, 2012, the Non-Fulfillment Date and the deadline for closing shall automatically be extended until August 6, 2012.)

10.3 Survey . Buyer’s obligation to purchase the Acquired Assets is subject to Buyer’s acceptance of a new ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey showing all easements, rights of way, improvements (including dimensions), setbacks, parking spaces, and utilities. Trustee shall pay the cost of obtaining the Survey; provided, however, that Buyer shall pay the incremental survey costs attributable to the survey scope being expanded to include showing rights of way,

 

12


improvements (including dimensions), setbacks, parking spaces, and utilities. Trustee shall provide any existing surveys within a reasonable period after the date of this APA.

10.4 Environmental Site Assessment . Buyer’s obligation to close on the purchase of the Acquired Assets is conditioned upon satisfactory results from a Phase I and, if the Phase does not produce satisfactory results and Buyer deems it necessary, a Phase II environmental site assessment and/or Baseline Environmental Assessment. (The Phase 1 and, if deemed necessary, the Phase II environmental site assessments and/or Baseline Environmental Assessment shall be known as the “Environmental Site Assessment” for purposes of this Agreement.) Satisfactory results shall mean a finding of the absence of hazardous substances under, on, at or from the Acquired Assets. Buyer shall arrange for and pay for the Environmental Site Assessment, which, to the extent deemed necessary by Buyer, shall be ordered by Buyer immediately upon entry of the Sale Order. Buyer understands no certified environmental testing has been done at the Premises to date. Buyer also understands that only minimal MDEQ inspections have occurred at the Facility over the past six years. In Buyer’s sole discretion, it may waive the condition of having satisfactory results from a Phase I and, if needed, a Phase II environmental site assessment and/or Baseline Environmental Assessment.

10.5 Damage to Acquired Assets . There shall be no casualty loss or other material damage to any of the Acquired Assets. Buyer may waive this contingency, in which case all insurance or other proceeds paid or payable in respect of such casualty loss or other damage shall belong solely to Buyer and Trustee shall execute such assignments and other instruments as shall reasonably be required or requested by Buyer to effectuate same.

10.6 Sale Order . Buyer’s obligation to close on the purchase of the Acquired Assets is contingent upon delivery to Buyer, before the Closing Date, of a final, non-appealable and not

 

13


appealed Order signed and entered by the United States Bankruptcy Court with jurisdiction over the Bankruptcy Case, in the form attached to this APA as Exhibit C (“Sale Order”).

10.7 EDC Confirmation . Buyer shall have received from the Economic Development Corporation of the City of Bangor (“EDC”) a written instrument in recordable form and in form and substance acceptable to Buyer, duly signed and delivered by the EDC, in which the EDC unconditionally confirms that the conditions set forth in Section 5 of the Real Estate Purchase and Sales Agreement dated January 25, 2006 between the EDC, as seller, and Debtor, as buyer, have been fully and timely satisfied, and that all rights and claims of reverter contemplated by Section 6 of such Real Estate Purchase and Sales Agreement are null and void and waived in full.

ARTICLE XI

TRUSTEE’S CONDITIONS

The obligation of Trustee to sell and convey the Acquired Assets at the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the Closing Date, of each of the following express conditions precedent, unless waived by Trustee:

11.1 Closing Documents Delivered . Buyer shall have executed and delivered the documents, certificates, instruments and agreements and done the acts required of Buyer in connection with the Closing, as described in this Agreement.

11.2 No Prohibition . No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order, shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court or competent jurisdiction or governmental or regulatory authority or instrumentality that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.3 Closing Date . In the event that the Closing does not occur by the Non-Fulfillment Date as a result of the non-fulfillment of one or more of the foregoing conditions in this Article

 

14


XI, Trustee may, upon written notice to Buyer at any time after the Non-Fulfillment Date, terminate this Agreement without any further liability on the part of either of the parties unless the non-fulfillment is caused by Trustee’s breach of his obligations under this Agreement. Buyer’s Earnest Money Deposit shall be returned to Buyer, in full, within five (5) days of Trustee providing Buyer with written notice of the non-fulfillment of the conditions.

11.4 Purchase Price . Buyer shall have delivered, or cause to be delivered, as applicable, the Purchase Price to the Trustee as of the Closing.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 Waiver . Any party hereto may (a) agree to extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of the party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the authorized representative of such party.

12.2 Notices . Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder or otherwise in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or transmitted by facsimile transmission or on receipt (or refusal to receipt) after dispatch by express, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or nationally recognized overnight delivery service, addressed as follows

If to Trustee :

Thomas R. Tibble, Bankruptcy Trustee for Michigan BioDiesel, LLC

 

15


With a copy to :

John T. Piggins, Esq.

Miller Johnson

If to Buyer :

Donald J. Glidewell, Chief Financial Officer

Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

With a copy to :

Brian J. Page

Dykema Gossett PLLC

or such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given has furnished in writing to the other parties.

12.3 Delivery of Notices . After the Closing Date, each party shall promptly deliver to the other party any notices, correspondence and other documents relating to the Acquired Assets being conveyed hereunder and the Business, which are, from time to time, received by that party.

12.4 Entire Agreement Binding Effect . This Agreement (together with the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, and the other agreements, documents and instruments executed at the Closing) sets forth the entire integrated understanding and agreement of the parties with respect

 

16


to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements whether written or verbal. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except in a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

12.5 Assignment . No party to this Agreement shall have the right to assign any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, except that Buyer may assign all of its rights hereunder to entities to be formed by it to own the Acquired Assets. To the extent that any such assignment occurs in accordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement and all provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

12.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute the same instrument.

12.7 Governing Law and Rules of Construction . This Agreement is being made in and shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that both parties have equally participated in the drafting of this Agreement and that if any term, condition or provision of this Agreement is deemed or construed to be ambiguous or vague, such ambiguity or vagueness shall not be construed in favor of or against any party to this Agreement.

12.8 Severability . Should any terms, provision or clause hereof or of any other agreement or document which is required by this Agreement, be held to be invalid, such invalidity shall not affect or render invalid any other provisions or clauses hereof or thereof the consideration or mutuality of which can be given effect without such invalid provision, and all of which shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to

 

17


be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable under applicable law.

12.9 Headings . The headings to the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and reference only and are not intended to define or limit the substance of any section.

12.10 Singular and Plural . Singular terms in this Agreement may be deemed to include plural and plural terms to include the singular.

12.11 No Third Party Rights . This Agreement and the other agreements entered into at the Closing are solely for the benefit of the parties hereto. No third person shall acquire any rights or claims by reason of or under this Agreement.

12.12 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the authorized representatives of Buyer and Trustee.

12.13 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, each of the parties hereto shall bear their own costs and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Asset Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

TRUSTEE:

 

THOMAS R. TIBBLE

Bankruptcy Trustee for Michigan BioDiesel, LLC

By:

  /s/ Thomas R. Tibble
 

Thomas R. Tibble

Bankruptcy Trustee (and not individually)

BUYER:

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

By:

  /s/ Donald J. Glidewell
 

Donald J. Glidewell

Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

19


EXHIBIT A

City of Bangor, Van Buren County, Michigan

Parcel No. 80-54-813-002-10 (combination of 80-54-812-068-00, 80-54-812-069-00, 80-54-812-070-00, 80-54-812-073-00, and 80-54-813-002-00)

1042-A 13-2-16 1405-942 1426-483 1456-616 * COM AT N 1/4 POST OF SEC, TH N 89 DEG 48’20”W ON N SEC L 1371.22 FT TO ELY L OF RR ROW, TH S 32 DEG 31’45”W ALG SAID ROW 377.90 FT TO BEG, TH S 32 DEG 31’45”W ALG SAID ELY L 1837.23 FT TO ELY L OF 60 TH ST, TH S 0 DEG 49’25”E ALG SAID ELY L 113.38 FT TO WLY L OF INDUSTRIAL PARK DR, TH N 89 DEG 10’35”E ALG SAID WLY L 117.0 FT, TH CON ALG SAID WLY L 86.21 FT ALG A CURVE TO THE LEFT WITH A RADIUS OF 226.18 FT AND A CHORD THAT BEARS N 78 DEG 15’28”E 85.69 FT, TH CON ALG SAID WLY L N 67 DEG 20’18”E 202.58 FT, TH CON ALG SAID WLY L 130.94 FT ALG A CURVE TO THE LEFT WITH A RADIUS OF 284.78 FT AND A CHORD THAT BEARS N 54 DEG 21’37”E 129.79 FT, TH 45.87 FT ALG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT WITH A RADIUS OF 396.37 FT AND A CHORD THAT BEARS N 39 DEG 37’34”W 45.84 FT, TH N 27 DEG 52’27”E 48.04 FT, TH S 62 DEG 07’33”E 50.0 FT TO WLY L OF INDUSTRIAL PARK DR, TH ALG SAID WLY L 142.64 FT ALG A CURVE TO THE LEFT WITH A RADIUS OF 284.78 FT AND A CHORD THAT BEARS N 13 DEG 31’30”E 141.15 FT, TH CON ALG SAID WLY L 310.69 FT ALG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT WITH A RADIUS OF 533.72 FT AND A CHORD THAT BEARS N 15 DEG 51’10”E 306.32 FT, TH CON ALG SAID WLY L N 32 DEG 31’45”E 1028.09 FT, TH N 57 DEG 28’15”W 253.77 FT TO BEG. *** COMBINATION OF 80-54-812-068-00, 80-54-812-069-00, 80-54-812-070-00, 80-54-812-073-00 AND 80-54-813-002-00 ON 18 JULY 2006 FOR 2007.

[NOTE: LEGAL DESCRIPTION SUBJECT TO VERIFICATION USING APPROVED SURVEY]

 

20


EXHIBIT B

EXTERNAL TANKS

24 – 30,000 gallon

2 – 12,500 gallon

2 – 10,000 gallon

INTERNAL TANKS

3 – 5,000 gallon fiberglass

2 – 7,200 gallon steel

1 – 12,000 gallon steel

Various small process tanks

3 centrifuges

Distillation equipment

500 kVA electric transformer

1,100 ton Cooling Tower and associated cooling system

Natural Gas Boiler

All equipment, pipes, lines, towers, poles, switches, controls, wires, pumps, apparatus and fittings associated with or used with the foregoing

All other equipment of Debtor physically located at the Facility as of May 10, 2012.

 

21


EXHIBIT C

Form of Sale Order

 

22

Exhibit 10.31

CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 22 nd day of May, 2013, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Investors ”).

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of Notes .

1.1. Purchase of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to each Investor, and each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, a Convertible Promissory Note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “ Note ”) in the respective principal amounts set forth opposite each Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto. The purchase price of each Note shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Note. The Company’s agreements with each of the Investors are separate agreements, and the sales of the Notes to each of the Investors are separate sales.

1.2. Convertibility of Notes . The Notes will be convertible into equity securities of the Company upon the terms and conditions contained in the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit B . The Notes and the equity securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes (and the securities issuable upon conversion of such equity securities) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities ”.

1.3. Closing; Delivery . The initial closing of the sale and issuance of the Notes shall be held at the offices of GCA Law Partners LLP in Mountain View, California at 10:00 a.m. on May 22 2013 or at such other time and place upon which the Company and the Investors who have agreed to purchase a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall agree (hereinafter referred to as the “ Initial Closing ”). In the event there is a closing or subsequent sale following the Initial Closing, the term “ Closing ” shall apply to the Initial Closing and such subsequent sale. The date of any Closing is referred to herein as the respective “ Closing Date .” At each Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor against payment of the purchase price therefor by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds made payable to the order of the Company. The Company may sell up to the balance of the Notes not sold at the Initial Closing at one or more additional closings on a date or dates not later than the date of the Company’s first public filing of its Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission to (i) existing equity holders of the Company and to (ii) one or more other additional purchasers acceptable to the Company at the price and on the terms set forth herein, provided that any such additional purchaser shall become a party to this Agreement and have the rights and obligations hereunder by executing and delivering to the Company an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement. The representations and warranties of such additional purchasers shall speak as of the date of such


additional Closing. Any additional purchaser so acquiring Notes at any subsequent Closing shall be considered an “ Investor ” for purposes of this Agreement, and any Notes so acquired by such additional purchaser at any subsequent Closing shall be considered “ Notes ” for purposes of this Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby. Following any subsequent Closing, Exhibit A to this Agreement automatically shall be amended to add all Investors in such subsequent Closing.

1.4. Defined Terms Used in this Agreement . In addition to the terms defined above or otherwise defined herein, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or stock is acquired by the Company in a Permitted Acquisition.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Environmental Laws ” means all former, current and future federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

Equity Interests ” means shares, shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay

 

2


(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than 90 days after the purchase of such property or service, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all obligations of such Person under or in respect of Hedging Agreements, and (k) all earn-out or similar obligations of such Person. For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of any Person under clause (j)  of the preceding sentence, the amount of the obligations of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise.

Investor Rights Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2010, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

3


Knowledge ,” including the phrase “ to the Company’s Knowledge ,” means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of either Pam Marrone or Don Glidewell, CEO and CFO of the Company respectively.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Majority of the Investors ” shall mean Investors holding at least a majority in interest of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, prospects, property or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) any material limitation on the ability of the Company to perform its material obligations under, or the legality, validity or enforceability of, any Transaction Agreement; provided , however , that no such effect resulting from or arising out of the following shall be considered when determining if a Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (a) changes in conditions in the U.S., foreign or global economy or capital or financial markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates; (b) changes in general legal, tax, regulatory, political or business conditions in the countries in which the Company does business; (c) acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism, or any escalation or worsening of any such acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism threatened or underway as of the date of this Agreement; or (d) earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, or other natural disasters.

Michigan Facility ” means the Company’s plant facility located in Bangor, Michigan.

MMM ” means Marrone Michigan Manufacturing, LLC, a Subsidiary of the Company.

Obligations ” means the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Company under the Notes or this Agreement, when and as due, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Investors under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Agreements, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), when and as due.

 

4


Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of a Person or line of business of such Person or all or substantially all of the outstanding Equity Interests of a Person, in each case, so long as:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition and the proposed acquisition is consensual; and

(ii) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c) .

“Person” means any individual, corporation, joint venture, association, joint stock company, partnership, trust, trustee, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, or other entity, including, without limitation, a governmental authority.

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan, a capitalized lease or otherwise) or other assets (including manufacturing plants), including the development, furnishing and operation hereof.

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Sale Event ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Note.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Obligations and subject to a Subordination Agreement.

 

5


Subordination Agreement ” means any subordination agreement with respect to Subordinated Debt among the Company, the applicable creditor(s) and the Investors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investors.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ Parent ”), any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, by the Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent or by the Parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent.

Synthetic Lease ” means, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor.

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term.

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement and the Notes.

UCC ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investors that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, except as otherwise indicated. For the purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2 , unless the context shall otherwise explicitly require, the term “Company” shall include the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

2.1. Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority (i) to carry on its business as presently conducted, (ii) to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (iii) to issue, sell and deliver the Notes to be issued, sold and delivered to the Investors at the Closing. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.2. Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company, immediately prior to the Closing, consists of (i) 40,600,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share,

 

6


4,021,102 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 27,690,392 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of which 4,673,827 are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 4,655,770 of which are issued and outstanding, of which 7,066,565 are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 7,036,465 of which are issued and outstanding, and of which 15,950,000 are designated Series C Preferred Stock, 14,997,104 of which are issued and outstanding.

(b) Under the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), (i) no shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, (ii) options to purchase 3,511,852 shares of Common Stock have been granted and are currently outstanding and (iii) 880,583 shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company.

(c) All issued and outstanding Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the Company (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.

2.3. Subsidiaries . The Company has no Subsidiaries other than MMM. The Company does not own or control any equity security or other interest of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in, and does not hold any interest in, any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.4. Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into and perform the Transaction Agreements and to issue the Notes pursuant to this Agreement, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following the Closing. All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

2.5. Valid Issuance . The Notes, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Agreements, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Investors. Assuming the accuracy of the

 

7


representations of the Investors in Section 3 of this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 2.6 below, the Notes will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Notes under any applicable federal or state securities laws.

2.6. Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Investors in Section 3 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the entry by the Company into the Transaction Agreements and the issuance of the Notes hereunder, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.7. Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, currently threatened against the Company, including any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation that questions the validity of this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements, or the right of the Company to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the Company’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate (including, without limitation, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency).

2.8. Intellectual Property .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company owns or possesses or can obtain on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes that are material to its business as now conducted.

(b) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company has not misappropriated and is not infringing upon the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, or other proprietary rights of any party. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights owned by the Company is being infringed by activities, products or services of, or is being misappropriated by, any third party. The Company has not received any written or, to its Knowledge, other communications alleging that the Company has violated or, the Company by conducting its business as currently proposed to be conducted,

 

8


would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other Person or entity.

(c) The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as currently proposed to be conducted.

2.9. Compliance with Law and Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default (i) of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) of any judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) of any material provision of any note, indenture or mortgage, material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) of any material provision of federal or state statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, principle of common law or any other law applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Notes at the Closing will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (x) a default under, or violation of, any material provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, law, contract or agreement referred to in clause (i)  through (iv)  above or (y) an event which results in the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.10. Changes . Since April 30, 2013, there has not been:

(a) Any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of the Company;

(b) Any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the properties, business or prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(c) Any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other waiver by the Company of a material right or debt owed to it;

(d) To the Company’s Knowledge, any labor organization activity related to the Company;

(e) Any sale, assignment, or exclusive license or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets of the Company;

(f) Any material amendment to any agreement to which the Company is or was a party or by which it is bound;

(g) Any other event or condition that, either individually or cumulatively, has materially and adversely affected the business, material assets, material liabilities, financial condition or operations of the Company;

 

9


(h) Any declaration, setting aside for payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such capital stock by the Company;

(i) Any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company;

(j) Any termination or material reduction (or to the Knowledge of the Company, any threat thereof) of customer or supplier purchases from or provision of products to the Company; or

(k) Any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the acts described in subsection (a) through (j) above.

2.11. Employee Matters .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, no employee of the Company, nor any consultant with whom the Company has contracted, is in material violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, the Company; and to the Company’s Knowledge the continued employment by the Company of its present employees, and the performance of the Company’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. The Company has not received any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or group of employees intends to terminate his, her or their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees. There are no actions pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, by any former or current employee concerning such person’s employment by the Company.

(b) Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s Knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

2.12. Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has never filed an S Corporation election with the Internal Revenue Service. The Company has timely filed or has obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it as of the date of this Agreement. All such tax returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and to the Company’s Knowledge all other taxes due and payable by the Company on or before the Closing, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in

 

10


assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositories.

2.13. Insurance . The Company has in place general commercial, product liability, fire and casualty insurance policies in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes to be adequate for the conduct of its business (subject to reasonable deductibles), to allow it to replace any of its material tangible properties that might be damaged or destroyed and in all other respects customary for similarly situated companies. The Company carries directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and such other policies of similar insurance approved from time to time by the board of directors of the Company, issued by nationally recognized, financially sound and reputable insurers, with such coverage and in such amounts as are customary for similar companies.

2.14. Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.15. Environmental and Safety Laws . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not in violation in any material respect of any Environmental Law, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such Environmental Law.

2.16. Disclosure . The Company has made available to the Investors all the information reasonably available to the Company that the Investors have requested for deciding whether to acquire the Notes. To the Company’s knowledge, no representation or warranty of the Company contained in the Transaction Agreements contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. It is understood that this representation is qualified by the fact that the Company has not delivered to the Investors, and has not been requested to deliver, a private placement or similar memorandum or any written disclosure of the types of information customarily furnished to Investors of securities.

2.17. USA PATRIOT Act and Other Regulations . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Notes hereunder will be used by the Company, directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or

 

11


Affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, use the proceeds of the Notes or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

2.18. Investment Company . The Company is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2.19. Federal Reserve Regulations . The Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Notes will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America, including Regulation T, U or X.

2.20. Real Property Holding Company . The Company is not a “real property holding company” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

2.21. No Solicitation or Advertisement . Neither the Company nor any Person or entity acting on its behalf has engaged, in connection with the offering of the Notes, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each Investor hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, and only with respect to itself, to the Company that:

3.1. Authorization . The Investor has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. Each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Investor is a party, when executed and delivered by the Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.2. Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Investors in reliance upon each of the Investors’ representation to the Company, which by eacch of the Investors’ execution of this Agreement, the Investor hereby confirms, that the Notes will be acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Investors has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, each Investor further represents that the Investor does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to the Notes or the

 

12


Conversion Shares. The Investor has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Notes or the Conversion Shares.

3.3. Disclosure of Information . The Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities.

3.4. Restricted Securities . The Investor understands that the Notes and the Conversion Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investors’ representations as expressed herein. The Investor understands that the Notes are, and the Conversion Shares will be, “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Investor must hold the Notes and the Conversion Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Investor further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Note and the Conversion Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

3.5. No Public Market . The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the Notes or the Conversion Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that such a public market will ever exist.

3.6. Legends . The Investors understands that the Notes and the Conversion Shares may bear one or all of the following legends:

(a) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(b) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

(c) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Notes or the Conversion Shares represented by the certificate so legended.

3.7. Accredited Investor . The Investor is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

13


3.8. Regulation S . If the Investor is not a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act), such Investor further hereby represents, warrants and agrees that (a) its principal address is outside the United States and it was located outside the United States at the time any offer to acquire the Notes or Conversion Shares was made to it, (b) it is not a “U.S. Person”, (c) it will not resell the Notes or Conversion Shares unless such resale is in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act and (d) it will not engage in hedging transactions involving the Notes or Conversion Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

4. Conditions to the Investor’s Obligations at Closing . The obligations of each of the Investors to purchase the Notes at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

4.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing.

4.2. Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing.

4.3. Qualifications . All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

4.4. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Investor, and the Investor shall have received all such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as reasonably requested.

4.5. Board Observer . The Company and Valley Oak Investments, LP shall have entered into a board observer agreement subject to customary confidentiality, termination and other provisions.

5. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations at Closing . The obligations of the Company to sell the Notes to the Investors at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

5.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Investors contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing.

5.2. Performance . The Investors shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Investors on or before the Closing.

5.3. Qualifications . All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in

 

14


connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

6. Covenants .

6.1. Notes . For so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall comply with the following covenants:

(a) Financial Statements and Inspection Rights . The Company shall deliver to the Investors the financial statements and other reports and information as set forth in, and within the time periods specified in, Section 3.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement and shall provide the Investors with the inspection rights as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, in each case, as if the Investors was a “Major Investor” under the Investor Rights Agreement.

(b) Indebtedness . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume or incur, or become at any time liable in respect of, any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than:

(i) Indebtedness arising under or in connection with the Notes;

(ii) (A) Indebtedness of the Company existing on the Closing Date, and (B) any extensions, renewals and refinancings of any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the foregoing clause (A)  (“ Refinancing Indebtedness ”), provided , that, (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premiums or penalties required to be paid thereon plus any reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith, (w) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and a longer or equal weighted average life to maturity than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (x) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Investors than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, and (y) only the obligors in respect of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced may become obligated with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness;

(iii) unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) Purchase Money Indebtedness with respect to MMM in respect of the Michigan Facility;

(v) cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000;

 

15


(vii) sales rebates issued by the Company and its Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) grants provided by the United States government in exchange for the Company’s obligation to purchase equipment specified by such grants or to fund research and development efforts specified in such grants;

(ix) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(x) interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar financial products that are entered into or obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) Indebtedness of (x) the Company to or from any wholly owned Subsidiary and (y) MMM owed to the Company;

(xii)(x) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (y) Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiii) Subordinated Debt;

(xiv) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to a working capital facility secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC); and

(xvi) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries not otherwise described above in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(c) Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, suffer or permit to exist Liens, other than:

(i) Liens of the Company existing as of the Closing Date or incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by such existing Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (A) not yet due or as to which the period of grace, if any, related

 

16


thereto has not expired, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) attachments, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided , however , that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(iv) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, repairmen, carriers or employees or other similar Liens provided for by mandatory provisions of law (A) which are not filed or recorded for a period of more than sixty days, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(v) pledges or deposits made or Liens in incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security or employment or insurance legislation;

(vi) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

(viii) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(ix) Liens in favor of financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with, and which solely encumber, deposit, disbursement or concentration accounts maintained with such financial institutions on funds and other items in such accounts;

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iv) ;

(xi) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

(xii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xii) ;

(xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xiv) ;

 

17


(xiv) Liens on the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC) securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xv) ; and

(xv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xvi) .

(d) Restrictions on Distributions . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, pay any dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions in respect of its capital stock or other Equity Interest, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding capital stock or other Equity Interests, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, other than (A) repurchases of outstanding equity interests from employees, directors and consultants upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s employment or engagement by the Company at a repurchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the original price paid to the Company in respect of such equity interests or (y) the fair market value of such equity interests pursuant to agreements entered in connection with the grant of such equity interests, (B) any such dividend or distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, (C) any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like to the extent that such dividends or distributions are made solely in the form of additional shares of capital stock of the Company or (D) in connection with any Sale Event.

(e) Restrictive Agreements . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than MMM) to, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary (other than MMM) to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Company or any Subsidiary; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by applicable law, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority.

(f) Transactions with Affiliates . Unless otherwise consented to in writing by a Majority of the Investors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and except for transactions exclusively among the Company and a Subsidiary or exclusively among Subsidiaries, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except that (a) the Company or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) dividends may be paid to the extent provided in this Section 6.1 , (c) securities may be issued and other payments, awards or grants (in cash, securities or otherwise) may be made pursuant to, or with respect to the funding of, employment arrangements, stock or share options and stock or share ownership plans for the benefit of employees approved by the board of directors of the Company, and (d) reasonable fees and compensation may be paid to, and reasonable indemnities may be provided on behalf of, officers, directors and employees of the

 

18


Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

(g) Business of the Company and the Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by the Company and Subsidiaries and similar, related, ancillary or complementary businesses.

(h) Additional Information . The Company will furnish to the Investors: (i) promptly after the Company has Knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) prompt written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Corporate Existence . The Company shall maintain its corporate existence, rights and franchises in full force and effect.

(j) Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, carry and maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates.

(k) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep adequate records and books of account, in which entries will be made in accordance with GAAP.

(l) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental agency or authority, including all Environmental Laws and ERISA, and the terms of any contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it may be bound.

(m) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its material properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(n) Exchange or Reissuance of Note . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Note, the Company shall deliver to the holder of the Note a new Note of like tenor for the principal amount of the Note so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, subject to reasonable indemnity or similar undertaking by such holder.

(o) Conversion Event . Upon the occurrence of any transaction or event that shall result in the Note becoming convertible into any shares of capital stock of the

 

19


Company, the Company will take all actions necessary such that immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or event (i) the Company will have all requisite corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver any shares of capital stock of the Company that may be issuable upon the conversion of the Note in accordance with its terms (the “ Conversion Shares ”), and (ii) such Conversion Shares, when issued, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(p) Ranking . The Indebtedness represented by the Notes shall constitute senior indebtedness of the Company and, accordingly, shall rank (x) equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior Indebtedness; and (y) senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated Indebtedness.

7. Events of Default and Remedies .

7.1. Events of Default . Each of the following events or occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, shall (i) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) generally not pay its debts as they become due (other than unsecured trade accounts payable paid in the ordinary course of business), (iii) file a voluntary case or petition in bankruptcy, (iv) file a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law pertinent to such circumstances, (v) file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar petition filed against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vi) seek or consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order, entered by a court or governmental commission of competent jurisdiction, that assumes custody or control of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, approves a petition seeking its reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law without such action being dismissed or without all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company being stayed, or if a stay of any such order or proceedings is thereafter set aside and the action setting it aside is not timely appealed, (viii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days, the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of any trustee, receiver or liquidator thereof or of all or any substantial part of the assets and properties of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company without such appointment being vacated, (ix) liquidate, wind up or dissolve or suspend its operations other than in the ordinary course of business or other than in connection with a Sale Event, or (x) take any action to authorize any of the foregoing;

(b) a default shall occur in the observance or performance by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the Notes, which default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default from a Majority of the Investors;

 

20


(c) a representation or warranty made herein or in any certificate or other instrument furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection with this Agreement or the Notes shall prove to have been false or misleading when made in any material respect;

(d) an uncured default or defaults occur under the terms of one or more instruments or agreements evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000;

(e) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an amount of more than $500,000 which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(f) the Company shall fail to pay any amount (whether for principal, interest or otherwise) that becomes due under the Notes or this Agreement when such amount becomes due.

7.2. Remedies .

(a) Action in Bankruptcy . If any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(a) shall occur, the outstanding principal amount of the Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand or presentment.

(b) Action if Other Event of Default . If any Event of Default described in Sections 7.1(b) through 7.1(f) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the Majority of the Investors may, by written notice to the Company, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment.

(c) Other Rights and Remedies . In addition to the foregoing and subject to the limitations set forth herein, the holders of the Notes shall be entitled to exercise such other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Survival of Warranties . Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Investors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Investors or the Company.

8.2. Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Investors shall not be entitled to transfer any rights or obligations under this

 

21


Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Investors.

8.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

8.4. Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.5. Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

8.6. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on their signature page hereto, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8.6 .

8.7. No Finder’s Fees . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Investors agree to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Investors or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Investors from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

8.8. Fees and Expenses . Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

8.9. Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Agreements, the prevailing

 

22


party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

8.10. Amendments and Waivers . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement, the Notes nor any term hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; provided, however, that the Majority of the Investors may, with the Company’s written consent, waive, modify or amend any provisions of this Agreement and of the Notes.

8.11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

8.12. Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

8.13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

8.14. “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Investor hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company, not to exceed one year following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company issued to it upon conversion of the Notes and held by it at any time during such period. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Investor (and the shares or other securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
 

 

Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
Title:   CEO/Founder
Address:  
INVESTORS:
PAMELA G. MARRONE

MICHAEL J. ROGERS

By:   /s/Pamela G. Marrone, /s Michael J. Rogers
 

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VALLEY OAK INVESTMENTS LP
By:   /s/ Daniel B. Hrdy
 

 

Name:   Daniel B. Hrdy
Title:   asst. secy., Valley Oak Corporation, GP
SARAH B. HRDY TRUST B
By:   /s/ Sarah B. Hrdy
 

 

Name:   Sarah B. Hrdy
Title:   Trustee


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MILDRED HOLLIS LERNER
By:   /s/ Mildred Hollis Lerner
 

 

Name:   Mildred Hollis Lerner
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CHARLES R. RAWLS
By:   /s/ Charles R. Rawls
 

 

Name:   Charles R. Rawls
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
RON RANDOLPH-WALL LIVING TRUST
By:   /s/ Ron Randolph-Wall
 

 

Name:   Ron Randolph-Wall
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
NICOLE BIGGART
By:   /s/ Nicole Biggart
 

 

Name:   Nicole Biggart
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:   /s/ Richard G. Williams
 

 

Name:   Richard G. Williams
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:   /s/ Lars Tomanek
 

 

Name:   Lars Tomanek
Title:   Ph. D.
By:   /s/ Ruth E. Rominger
 

 

Name:   Ruth E. Rominger
Title:   Ms


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FARMAN REVOCABLE TRUST
By:   /s/ Charles S. Farman
 

 

Name:   Charles S. Farman
Title:   Trustee
By:  
 

 

Name:  
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
LARKEY FAMILY TRUST
By:   /s/ Richard J. Larkey
 

 

Name:   Richard J. Larkey
Title:   Trustee
/s/ Joann L. Larkey
Joann L. Larkey
By:   /s/ Joann L. Larkey
 

 

Name:   Joann L. Larkey
Title:   Trustee


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
 
By:   /s/ Lisa Lerner
 

 

Name:   Lisa Lerner
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CUNNINGHAM DUNHAM REVOCABLE TRUST
By:   /s/ Charles W. Cunningham
 

 

Name:   Charles W. Cunningham
Title:   Trustee


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
DANIEL S. KOELLEN
By:   /s/ Daniel S. Koellen
 

 

Name:   Daniel S. Koellen
Title:   Individual Investor


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
LANDINGS INVESTMENT PARTNERS LLC
By:   /s/ Cliff Robbins
 

 

Name:   Cliff Robbins
Title:   Managing Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
THORNER VENTURES
By:   /s/ Tom Thorner
 

 

Name:   Tom Thorner
Title:   Managing Partner


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
SPALDING FT FAMILY TRUST
By:   /s/ Tom Spalding, /s/ Barbara J. Spalding
 

 

Name:   Tom Spalding, Barbara J. Spalding
Title:   Trustees


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MARTIN PANCHAUD
By:   /s/ Martin Panchaud
 

 

Name:   Martin Panchaud
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CARLA H. SKODINSKI
By:   /s/ Carla H. Skodinski
 

 

Name:   Carla H. Skodinski
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MICHAEL FIELDMAN
By:   /s/ Michael Fieldman
 

 

Name:   Michael Fieldman
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
LISA LERNER
By:   /s/ Lisa Lerner
 

 

Name:   Lisa Lerner
Title:  
By:   /s/ Ethan Lerner
 

 

Name:   Ethan Lerner
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
JOHN G. VALENTINE REVOCABLE FAMILY TRUST UDT 8/8/95
By:   /s/ John G. Valentine
 

 

Name:   John G. Valentine
Title:   Trustee


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Name and Address    Principal Amount  

Valley Oak Investments, L.P.

   $ 1,000,000.00   

Sarah B. Hrdy Trust B, Sarah B. Hrdy, Trustee

   $ 1,000,000.00   

John Valentine

   $ 100,000.00   

Mildred Hollis Lerner

   $ 35,000.00   

Norman L. Rogers Living Trust Dated November 23, 1998

   $ 50,000.00   

Charles R. Rawls

   $ 25,000.00   

Ron Randolph-Wall Living Trust

   $ 25,000.00   

Nicole Biggart & Richard G. Williams

   $ 50,000.00   

Lars Tomanek & Ruth E. Rominger

   $ 25,000.00   


Farman Revocable Trust

   $ 10,000.00   

Larkey Family Trust

   $ 10,000.00   

Ethan and Lisa Lerner

   $ 750,000.00   

Cunningham Dunham Revocable Trust

   $ 5,000.00   

Daniel S. Koellen

   $ 25,000.00   

Landings Investment Partners LLC

   $ 3,500.00   

Thorner Ventures

   $ 260,000.00   

Spalding FT Family Trust

   $ 50,000.00   

Martin Panchaud

   $ 25,000.00   

Julia Harte

   $ 15,500.00   

Carla H. Skodinski

   $ 25,000.00   


Michael Fieldman

   $ 25,000.00   

Pamela G. Marrone and Michael J. Rogers

   $ 15,000.00   
   $ 3,529,000   


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE, AND ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN, AND WILL BE, ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

[$              ]

   May [__], 2013
   Davis, California
   No. [N-              ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of [              ] (the “ Holder ”), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of [$              ], together with accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note from time to time outstanding, each due and payable on the dates and in the manner set forth below.

This Convertible Promissory Note is one of a series of promissory notes issued by the Company (the “ Notes ”) pursuant to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2013, (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated, the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Additional rights of the Holder are set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

1. Principal Repayment . Unless this Note has been converted in full in accordance with the terms of Section 4 below, and subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Purchase Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all unpaid accrued interest shall be fully due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date.

2. Interest Rate .

(a) Interest Rate . The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest at a rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate per annum from the date hereof to (and including) the date on which the entire principal amount of this Note is paid in full, regardless of the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company. All accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Default Interest . From and after the occurrence of, and during the continuance of, any Event of Default, the outstanding principal amount of this

 

1


Note shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate per annum under clause (a) above, plus 4% per annum.

3. Place of Payment . All amounts payable hereunder shall be payable at the office of the Holder, unless another place of payment shall be specified in writing by the Holder.

4. Conversion .

4.1 Definitions . As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Applicable Interest Rate ” means, as of any date of determination, (i) for the period from, and including the date hereof, through and including the Initial Maturity Date, 10%, (ii) for the period from the Initial Maturity Date, through and including the First Extension Maturity Date, 12%, and (iii) for the period from the First Extension Maturity Date, through and including the Final Maturity Date, 14%.

(b) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(c) “ Common Stock Equivalents ” shall mean any stock or equity security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and any warrant or option to acquire Common Stock or any such convertible or exchangeable security.

(d) “ Conversion Amount ” shall mean, as of any Conversion Date, an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note as of such Conversion Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the Conversion Date.

(e) “ Conversion Date ” shall mean any Qualified Financing Conversion Date, Non-Qualified Financing Conversion Date or Sale Event Conversion Date, as applicable.

(f) “ Equity Financing ” shall mean any issuance and sale for cash of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents by the Company occurring after the date hereof; provided , however , that (i) the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall not constitute an Equity Financing for the purposes of this Note, and (ii) the issuance of any “Excluded Securities” of the type specified in clauses (a) through (g) and clauses (i) through (k) of Section 4.6 of the Investor Rights Agreement shall not constitute an Equity Financing for the purposes of this Note.

(g) “ Final Maturity Date ” shall mean May 22, 2018.

(h) “ First Extension Maturity Date ” shall mean May 22, 2017.

 

2


(i) “ Initial Maturity Date ” shall mean May 22, 2016.

(j) “ Maturity Date ” shall initially mean the Initial Maturity Date; provided , however , that (i) the Company shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice thereof by the Company to the Majority of the Investors at least 5 days prior to the Initial Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date of the Notes to the First Extension Maturity Date, and, in the event that the Maturity Date is duly extended in accordance with the foregoing, the “ Maturity Date ” shall thereafter mean the First Extension Maturity Date, and (ii) in the event that the Maturity Date is extended to the First Extension Maturity Date pursuant to clause (i)  above, the Company shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice thereof by the Company to the Majority of the Investors at least 5 days prior to the First Extension Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date of the Notes to the Final Maturity Date, and, in the event that the Maturity Date is duly extended in accordance with the foregoing, the “ Maturity Date ” shall thereafter mean the Final Maturity Date.

(k) “ New Securities ” shall mean the identical class or series of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company issued and sold in a Qualified Financing.

(l) “ Qualified Financing ” shall mean the first Equity Financing (or substantially concurrent Equity Financings), primarily for equity financing purposes, occurring after the date hereof which results in immediately available gross proceeds to the Company, excluding proceeds from this Note and any other indebtedness of the Company that converts into equity in such financing, of at least $20 million; provided , that , in order for any such Equity Financing to constitute a “Qualified Financing,” at least 50% of the amount invested in such Equity Financing must be made by Persons who are not (i) a holder of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company, (ii) an Affiliate of the Company, (iii) any strategic investor or (iv) an Affiliate of any of the Persons identified in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above.

(m) “ Qualified Financing Conversion Price ” shall mean the product of (i) the purchase price per share paid by the purchasers of the New Securities issued and sold in the Qualified Financing, times (ii) 70%.

(n) “ Sale Event ” shall mean (i) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more that 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company, (iv) any “Liquidation Event” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as in effect on the date hereof)), or (v) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of any material portion of the assets of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries), including, without limitation, any such disposition

 

3


effected through an investment in, or other transfer to, any joint venture or similar arrangement; provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 6.1 of the Purchase Agreement, a transaction shall not constitute a Sale Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(o) “ Sale Event Conversion Price ” shall mean, with respect to any Sale Event, the product of (i) the Sale Event Value Per Share with respect to such Sale Event, times (ii) 70%.

(p) “ Sale Event Value Per Share ” shall mean (i) with respect to any Sale Event in which the proceeds of such Sale Event shall be paid to the holders of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents, the Value of the proceeds per share of Common Stock payable to the holders of Common Stock in connection with such Sale Event (calculated on a per share of Common Stock basis and calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event), and (ii) with respect to any Sale Event in which the proceeds of such Sale Event shall be paid to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount per share of Common Stock that would be distributable to the holders of Common Stock (calculated on a per share of Common Stock basis and calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event) pursuant to Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation assuming that (x) such Sale Event constituted a “Liquidation Event” under the Certificate of Incorporation and (y) the Company made a distribution to the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock and Common Stock (determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event) under Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation on the date of such Sale Event in an aggregate amount equal to the Value of the proceeds in respect of such Sale Event received by the Company on the date of such Sale Event.

(q) “ Value ” shall mean (a) the value as determined in the manner provided in Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation (it being understood that such determination of value shall also be applied by the Company in respect of any determination thereof required by the Certificate of Incorporation in connection with such Sale Event), or (b) such other amount agreed to in writing by the Company and the Holder.

4.2 Mandatory Conversion Upon a Qualified Financing .

(a) Conversion . If the Company consummates a Qualified Financing prior to the occurrence of the Maturity Date, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall, on the closing date of such Qualified Financing (the “ Qualified Financing Conversion Date ”), automatically convert in whole without any further action by the Company or the Holder, and without the payment of additional consideration by

 

4


the Holder, into that number of shares of the New Securities issued and sold in such Qualified Financing determined by dividing (a) the Conversion Amount as of the Qualified Financing Conversion Date, by (b) the Qualified Financing Conversion Price. In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to this clause (a)  the Holder will become a party to any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement and any other similar agreement entered into by the other investors in the Qualified Financing.

(b) Other Forms of Securities . In the event any warrants or other property or rights are issued or granted to investors in the Qualified Financing, a proportionate (based upon the amount of principal and interest on the Note being converted divided by 70%, which shall be deemed to be the amount invested by the Holder in the Qualified Financing in respect of the conversion of the Note) number and amount of such warrants and other property or rights shall be issued to the Holder in connection with such Qualified Financing. In the event that the securities issued in the Qualified Financing shall consist of convertible securities or other instruments that shall not constitute New Securities, the Note will convert into an appropriate amount of such convertible securities or instruments consistent with the foregoing.

4.3 Optional Conversion Upon an Equity Financing Other Than a Qualified Financing . In the event that the Company consummates any Equity Financing that shall not constitute a Qualified Financing (a “ Non-Qualified Financing ”), then (a) the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of such Non-Qualified Financing, but no earlier than ninety days prior to the reasonably anticipated closing date of such Non-Qualified Financing (as contemplated by any bona fide term sheet, letter of intent or similar indication of interest delivered to the Company by the proposed investors in respect of such Non-Qualified Financing), deliver written notice (a “ Non-Qualified Financing Notice ”) to the Holder of the occurrence of such Non-Qualified Financing, which Non-Qualified Financing Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the terms of such Non-Qualified Financing, and (b) the Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company within five (5) business days after delivery of the Non-Qualified Financing Notice, to convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon into such number of shares of Common Stock, Common Stock Equivalents and other securities issued in such Non-Qualified Financing as determined in accordance with Section 4.2 above (calculated, for such purpose, as though such Non-Qualified Financing was a Qualified Financing for the purposes of Section 4.2 (including, without limitation, as though such Non-Qualified Financing was a Qualified Financing for the purposes of the definitions of “New Securities” and “Qualified Financing Conversion Price”)). In the event that the Holder shall elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 , such conversion shall occur on the closing date of the applicable Non-Qualified Financing (the “ Non-Qualified Financing Conversion Date ”), and shall be subject to the provisions of clause (b)  of Section 4.2 as though such Non-Qualified Financing were a Qualified Financing thereunder. In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 the Holder will become a party to any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement and any other similar agreement

 

5


entered into by the other investors in the Non-Qualified Financing.

4.4 Sale Events . If any Sale Event shall occur at any time that this Note shall remain outstanding, (x) the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of such Sale Event but no earlier than ninety days prior to the reasonably anticipated closing date of such Sale Event (as contemplated by any bona fide term sheet, letter of intent or similar indication of interest delivered to the Company by the proposed acquirer in respect of such Sale Event), deliver written notice (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) to the Holder of the occurrence of such Sale Event, which Sale Event Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the terms of such Sale Event, and (y) this Note shall, on the closing date of such Sale Event, automatically be repaid as provided in Section 4.4(a)(i) below or be converted as provided in Section 4.4(a)(ii) below. The Holder shall, by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company within five (5) business days after delivery of the Sale Event Notice referred to in clause (x)  above, elect to either:

(i) require the Company to pay to the Holder in cash, upon the closing or occurrence of such Sale Event and in full satisfaction of this Note, an amount (the “ Repayment Amount ”) equal to the product of (i) 142.86%, times (ii) the outstanding principal amount of this Note together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; or

(ii) convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (A) the Conversion Amount as of the Sale Event, by (B) the Sale Event Conversion Price.

In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall elect to be paid the Repayment Amount in cash in accordance with clause (i)  above, the Company shall be required to pay to the Holder, on the date of the closing or occurrence of such Sale Event and in full satisfaction of this Note, an amount in cash equal to the Repayment Amount, and the Holder shall execute and deliver a customary payoff letter and release. In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall elect to convert this Note in accordance with clause (ii)  above, such conversion shall occur immediately prior to the closing of the Sale Event (the “ Sale Event Conversion Date ”) and the Holder shall be entitled to receive in connection with such Sale Event, in respect of the shares of Common Stock received by the Holder in such conversion, the same proceeds per share payable to each holder of Common Stock in such Sale Event. In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall not timely make the election in accordance with this Section 4.4(a) , the Holder shall be deemed to have elected to require the Company to pay to the Holder the Repayment Amount in cash under clause (i)  above.

4.5 General .

(a) Upon the occurrence of any conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 , the Holder shall deliver to the Company during regular business hours at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency of the

 

6


Company as may be designated by the Company, this Note, duly endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Company.

(b) All shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, issued upon the conversion of this Note in accordance with its terms shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) No fractional shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the applicable conversion price, as applicable.

(d) The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, to which the Holder shall be entitled under this Section 4 , together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

(e) The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will take all such actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, upon the conversion of this Note.

(f) The Company shall pay any issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 ; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares in a name other than the name of the Holder, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

5. Prepayment . The Company may prepay this Note in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date without penalty.

6. Application of Payments . Payments on this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding principal balance hereof.

7. Waiver . The Company waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and shall pay all costs of enforcement and

 

7


collection when incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses.

8. Governing Law . This Note and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

9. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the following sentence, the provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on any successor to the parties. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

10. Amendment . This Note is the Note issued by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Any term of this Note may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only in accordance with Section 8.10 of the Purchase Agreement. No waivers of any term, condition or provisions of this Note, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

11. Remedies . The Holder shall have the rights and remedies in respect of this Note as set forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement.

12. Usury . In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

13. Lock-Up . The Holder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company, not to exceed one year following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company issued to it upon conversion of this Note and held by it at any time during such period. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Investor (and the shares or other securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

[Signatures Follow]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has executed this Convertible Promissory Note on the date first above written.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
   
Name:
Title:

 

9

Exhibit 10.32

CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 30th day of May, 2013, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and DSM Venturing BV, a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Investor ”).

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of Note .

1.1. Purchase of Note . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to Investor, and Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Convertible Promissory Note in the aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000.00 substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Note ”).

1.2. Convertibility of the Note . The Note will be convertible into equity securities of the Company upon the terms and conditions contained in the form of Note attached hereto Exhibit A . The Note and the equity securities issuable upon conversion of the Note (and the securities issuable upon conversion of such equity securities) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities ”.

1.3. Closing; Delivery . The closing of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be held at the offices of GCA Law Partners LLP in Mountain View, California at 10:00 a.m. on the day immediately subsequent to the date that all of the conditions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 below have been satisfied (the “ Closing ”). The date of the Closing is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Investor the Note to be purchased by Investor against payment of the purchase price therefor by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds made payable to the order of the Company.

1.4. Defined Terms Used in this Agreement . In addition to the terms defined above or otherwise defined herein, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or stock is acquired by the Company in a Permitted Acquisition.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.


Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Environmental Laws ” means all former, current and future federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

Equity Interests ” means shares, shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale

 

2


or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than 90 days after the purchase of such property or service, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all obligations of such Person under or in respect of Hedging Agreements, and (k) all earn-out or similar obligations of such Person. For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of any Person under clause (j)  of the preceding sentence, the amount of the obligations of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise.

Investor Rights Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2010, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

Knowledge ,” including the phrase “ to the Company’s Knowledge ,” means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of either Pam Marrone or Don Glidewell, CEO and CFO of the Company respectively.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, prospects, property or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) any material limitation on the ability of the Company to perform its material obligations under, or the legality, validity or enforceability of, any Transaction Agreement; provided , however , that no such effect resulting from or arising out of the following shall be considered when determining if a Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (a) changes in conditions in the U.S., foreign or global economy or capital or financial markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates; (b) changes in general legal, tax, regulatory, political or business conditions in the countries in which the Company does business; (c) acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism, or

 

3


any escalation or worsening of any such acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism threatened or underway as of the date of this Agreement; or (d) earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, or other natural disasters.

Michigan Facility ” means the Company’s plant facility located in Bangor, Michigan.

MMM ” means Marrone Michigan Manufacturing, LLC, a Subsidiary of the Company.

Obligations ” means the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Note, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Company under the Note or this Agreement, when and as due, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Investor under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Agreements, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), when and as due.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of a Person or line of business of such Person or all or substantially all of the outstanding Equity Interests of a Person, in each case, so long as:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition and the proposed acquisition is consensual; and

(ii) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c) .

“Person” means any individual, corporation, joint venture, association, joint stock company, partnership, trust, trustee, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, or other entity, including, without limitation, a governmental authority.

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan, a capitalized lease or otherwise) or other assets (including manufacturing plants), including the development, furnishing and operation hereof.

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

4


Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Sale Event ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Note.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Obligations and subject to a Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement ” means any subordination agreement with respect to Subordinated Debt among the Company, the applicable creditor(s) and the Investor, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ Parent ”), any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, by the Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent or by the Parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent.

Synthetic Lease ” means, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor.

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term.

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement and the Note.

UCC ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

 

5


2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investor that the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the Closing, except as otherwise indicated. For the purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2 , unless the context shall otherwise explicitly require, the term “Company” shall include the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

2.1. Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority (i) to carry on its business as presently conducted, (ii) to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (iii) to issue, sell and deliver the Note to be issued, sold and delivered to the Investor at the Closing. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.2. Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company, immediately prior to the Closing, consists of (i) 40,600,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 4,021,102 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 27,690,392 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of which 4,673,827 are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 4,655,770 of which are issued and outstanding, of which 7,066,565 are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 7,036,465 of which are issued and outstanding, and of which 15,950,000 are designated Series C Preferred Stock, 14,997,104 of which are issued and outstanding.

(b) Under the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), (i) no shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, (ii) options to purchase 3,511,852 shares of Common Stock have been granted and are currently outstanding and (iii) 880,583 shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company.

(c) All issued and outstanding Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the Company (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.

2.3. Subsidiaries . The Company has no Subsidiaries other than MMM. The Company does not own or control any equity security or other interest of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in, and does not hold any interest in, any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.4. Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into and perform the Transaction Agreements and to issue the Note pursuant to this Agreement, has

 

6


been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following the Closing. All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Note pursuant to this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

2.5. Valid Issuance . The Note, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Agreements, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Investor. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Investor in Section 3 of this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 2.6 below, the Note will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Note in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Note under any applicable federal or state securities laws.

2.6. Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Investor in Section 3 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the entry by the Company into the Transaction Agreements and the issuance of the Note hereunder, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.7. Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, currently threatened against the Company, including any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation that questions the validity of this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements, or the right of the Company to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the Company’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which

 

7


the Company intends to initiate (including, without limitation, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency).

2.8. Intellectual Property .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company owns or possesses or can obtain on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes that are material to its business as now conducted.

(b) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company has not misappropriated and is not infringing upon the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, or other proprietary rights of any party. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights owned by the Company is being infringed by activities, products or services of, or is being misappropriated by, any third party. The Company has not received any written or, to its Knowledge, other communications alleging that the Company has violated or, the Company by conducting its business as currently proposed to be conducted, would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other Person or entity.

(c) The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as currently proposed to be conducted.

2.9. Compliance with Law and Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default (i) of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) of any judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) of any material provision of any note, indenture or mortgage, material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) of any material provision of federal or state statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, principle of common law or any other law applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Note at the Closing will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (x) a default under, or violation of, any material provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, law, contract or agreement referred to in clause (i)  through (iv)  above or (y) an event which results in the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.10. Changes . Since April 30, 2013, there has not been:

(a) Any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of the Company;

 

8


(b) Any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the properties, business or prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(c) Any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other waiver by the Company of a material right or debt owed to it;

(d) To the Company’s Knowledge, any labor organization activity related to the Company;

(e) Any sale, assignment, or exclusive license or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets of the Company;

(f) Any material amendment to any agreement to which the Company is or was a party or by which it is bound;

(g) Any other event or condition that, either individually or cumulatively, has materially and adversely affected the business, material assets, material liabilities, financial condition or operations of the Company;

(h) Any declaration, setting aside for payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such capital stock by the Company;

(i) Any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company;

(j) Any termination or material reduction (or to the Knowledge of the Company, any threat thereof) of customer or supplier purchases from or provision of products to the Company; or

(k) Any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the acts described in subsection (a) through (j) above.

2.11. Employee Matters .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, no employee of the Company, nor any consultant with whom the Company has contracted, is in material violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, the Company; and to the Company’s Knowledge the continued employment by the Company of its present employees, and the performance of the Company’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. The Company has not received any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or group of employees intends to terminate his, her or their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees. There are no actions pending,

 

9


or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, by any former or current employee concerning such person’s employment by the Company.

(b) Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s Knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

2.12. Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has never filed an S Corporation election with the Internal Revenue Service. The Company has timely filed or has obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it as of the date of this Agreement. All such tax returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and to the Company’s Knowledge all other taxes due and payable by the Company on or before the Closing, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositories.

2.13. Insurance . The Company has in place general commercial, product liability, fire and casualty insurance policies in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes to be adequate for the conduct of its business (subject to reasonable deductibles), to allow it to replace any of its material tangible properties that might be damaged or destroyed and in all other respects customary for similarly situated companies. The Company carries directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and such other policies of similar insurance approved from time to time by the board of directors of the Company, issued by nationally recognized, financially sound and reputable insurers, with such coverage and in such amounts as are customary for similar companies.

2.14. Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.15. Environmental and Safety Laws . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not in violation in any material respect of any Environmental Law, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such Environmental Law.

2.16. Disclosure . The Company has made available to the Investor all the information reasonably available to the Company that the Investor has requested for deciding whether to acquire the Note. To the Company’s knowledge, no representation or warranty of the

 

10


Company contained in the Transaction Agreements contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. It is understood that this representation is qualified by the fact that the Company has not delivered to the Investor, and has not been requested to deliver, a private placement or similar memorandum or any written disclosure of the types of information customarily furnished to purchasers of securities.

2.17. USA PATRIOT Act and Other Regulations . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Note hereunder will be used by the Company, directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, use the proceeds of the Note or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

2.18. Investment Company . The Company is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2.19. Federal Reserve Regulations . The Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Note will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America, including Regulation T, U or X.

2.20. Real Property Holding Company . The Company is not a “real property holding company” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

2.21. No Solicitation or Advertisement . Neither the Company nor any Person or entity acting on its behalf has engaged, in connection with the offering of the Note, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Investor . Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

11


3.1. Authorization . Investor has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. Each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Investor is a party, when executed and delivered by the Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.2. Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Investor in reliance upon the Investor’s representation to the Company, which by execution of this Agreement, the Investor hereby confirms, that the Note will be acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, Investor further represents that the Investor does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to the Note or the Conversion Shares. The Investor has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Note or the Conversion Shares.

3.3. Disclosure of Information . The Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Note with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities.

3.4. Restricted Securities . The Investor understands that the Note and the Conversion Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein. The Investor understands that the Note is, and the Conversion Shares will be, “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Investor must hold the Note and the Conversion Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Investor further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Note and the Conversion Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

3.5. No Public Market . The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the Note or the Conversion Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that such a public market will ever exist.

3.6. Legends . The Investor understands that the Note and the Conversion Shares may bear one or all of the following legends:

 

12


(a) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(b) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

(c) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Note or the Conversion Shares represented by the certificate so legended.

3.7. Accredited Investor . The Investor is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3.8. Regulation S . If the Investor is not a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act), such Investor further hereby represents, warrants and agrees that (a) its principal address is outside the United States and it was located outside the United States at the time any offer to acquire the Note or Conversion Shares was made to it, (b) it is not a “U.S. Person”, (c) it will not resell the Note or Conversion Shares unless such resale is in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act and (d) it will not engage in hedging transactions involving the Note or Conversion Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

4. Conditions to the Investor’s Obligations at Closing . The obligations of Investor to purchase the Note at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived by Investor:

4.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing.

4.2. Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing.

4.3. Qualifications . All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

4.4. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Investor, and the Investor shall have

 

13


received all such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as reasonably requested.

4.5. Board Observer . The Company and DSM Venturing BV shall have entered into a board observer agreement subject to customary confidentiality, termination and other provisions.

5. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations at Closing . The obligation of the Company to sell the Note to the Investor at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived by the Company:

5.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing.

5.2. Performance . The Investor shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Investor on or before the Closing.

5.3. Qualifications . All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing.

5.4. Consents . All corporate and third party consents in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing, including of the Company’s board and of the Company’s existing creditors, shall have been obtained and effective as of the Closing.

6. Covenants .

6.1. Note . For so long as the Note remains outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall comply with the following covenants:

(a) Financial Statements and Inspection Rights . The Company shall deliver to the Investor the financial statements and other reports and information as set forth in, and within the time periods specified in, Section 3.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement and shall provide the Investor with the inspection rights as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, in each case, as if the Investor was a “Major Investor” under the Investor Rights Agreement.

(b) Indebtedness . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume or incur, or become at any time liable in respect of, any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than:

(i) Indebtedness arising under or in connection with the Note;

(ii) (A) Indebtedness of the Company existing on the Closing Date, and (B) any extensions, renewals and refinancings of any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the foregoing clause (A)  (“ Refinancing Indebtedness ”),

 

14


provided , that, (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premiums or penalties required to be paid thereon plus any reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith, (w) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and a longer or equal weighted average life to maturity than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (x) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Investor than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, and (y) only the obligors in respect of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced may become obligated with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness;

(iii) unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) Purchase Money Indebtedness with respect to MMM in respect of the Michigan Facility;

(v) cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000;

(vii) sales rebates issued by the Company and its Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) grants provided by the United States government in exchange for the Company’s obligation to purchase equipment specified by such grants or to fund research and development efforts specified in such grants;

(ix) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(x) interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar financial products that are entered into or obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) Indebtedness of (x) the Company to or from any wholly owned Subsidiary and (y) MMM owed to the Company;

(xii) (x) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (y) Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiii) Subordinated Debt;

 

15


(xiv) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to a working capital facility secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC); and

(xvi) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries not otherwise described above in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(c) Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, suffer or permit to exist Liens, other than:

(i) Liens of the Company existing as of the Closing Date or incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by such existing Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (A) not yet due or as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) attachments, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided , however , that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(iv) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, repairmen, carriers or employees or other similar Liens provided for by mandatory provisions of law (A) which are not filed or recorded for a period of more than sixty days, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(v) pledges or deposits made or Liens in incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security or employment or insurance legislation;

(vi) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

16


(vii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

(viii) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(ix) Liens in favor of financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with, and which solely encumber, deposit, disbursement or concentration accounts maintained with such financial institutions on funds and other items in such accounts;

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iv) ;

(xi) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

(xii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xii) ;

(xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xiv) ;

(xiv) Liens on the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC) securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xv) ; and

(xv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xvi) .

(d) Restrictions on Distributions . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, pay any dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions in respect of its capital stock or other Equity Interest, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding capital stock or other Equity Interests, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, other than (A) repurchases of outstanding equity interests from employees, directors and consultants upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s employment or engagement by the Company at a repurchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the original price paid to the Company in respect of such equity interests or (y) the fair market value of such equity interests pursuant to agreements entered in connection with the grant of such equity interests, (B) any such dividend or distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, (C) any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like to the extent that such dividends or distributions are made solely in the form of additional shares of capital stock of the Company or (D) in connection with any Sale Event.

 

17


(e) Restrictive Agreements . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than MMM) to, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary (other than MMM) to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Company or any Subsidiary; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by applicable law, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority.

(f) Transactions with Affiliates . Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Investor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and except for transactions exclusively among the Company and a Subsidiary or exclusively among Subsidiaries, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except that (a) the Company or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) dividends may be paid to the extent provided in this Section 6.1 , (c) securities may be issued and other payments, awards or grants (in cash, securities or otherwise) may be made pursuant to, or with respect to the funding of, employment arrangements, stock or share options and stock or share ownership plans for the benefit of employees approved by the board of directors of the Company, and (d) reasonable fees and compensation may be paid to, and reasonable indemnities may be provided on behalf of, officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

(g) Business of the Company and the Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by the Company and Subsidiaries and similar, related, ancillary or complementary businesses.

(h) Additional Information . The Company will furnish to the Investor: (i) promptly after the Company has Knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) prompt written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Corporate Existence . The Company shall maintain its corporate existence, rights and franchises in full force and effect.

(j) Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, carry and maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates.

 

18


(k) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep adequate records and books of account, in which entries will be made in accordance with GAAP.

(l) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental agency or authority, including all Environmental Laws and ERISA, and the terms of any contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it may be bound.

(m) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its material properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(n) Exchange or Reissuance of Note . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note, the Company shall deliver to the holder of the Note a new Note of like tenor for the principal amount of the Note so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, subject to reasonable indemnity or similar undertaking by such holder.

(o) Conversion Event . Upon the occurrence of any transaction or event that shall result in the Note becoming convertible into any shares of capital stock of the Company, the Company will take all actions necessary such that immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or event (i) the Company will have all requisite corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver any shares of capital stock of the Company that may be issuable upon the conversion of the Note in accordance with its terms (the “ Conversion Shares ”), and (ii) such Conversion Shares, when issued, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(p) Ranking . The Indebtedness represented by the Note shall constitute senior indebtedness of the Company and, accordingly, shall rank (x) equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior Indebtedness; and (y) senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated Indebtedness.

7. Events of Default and Remedies .

7.1. Events of Default . Each of the following events or occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, shall (i) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) generally not pay its debts as they become due (other than unsecured trade accounts payable paid in the ordinary course of business), (iii) file a voluntary case or petition in bankruptcy, (iv) file a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law pertinent to such circumstances, (v) file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar petition filed against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vi)

 

19


seek or consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order, entered by a court or governmental commission of competent jurisdiction, that assumes custody or control of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, approves a petition seeking its reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law without such action being dismissed or without all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company being stayed, or if a stay of any such order or proceedings is thereafter set aside and the action setting it aside is not timely appealed, (viii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days, the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of any trustee, receiver or liquidator thereof or of all or any substantial part of the assets and properties of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company without such appointment being vacated, (ix) liquidate, wind up or dissolve or suspend its operations other than in the ordinary course of business or other than in connection with a Sale Event, or (x) take any action to authorize any of the foregoing;

(b) a default shall occur in the observance or performance by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the Note, which default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default from Investor;

(c) a representation or warranty made herein or in any certificate or other instrument furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection with this Agreement or the Note shall prove to have been false or misleading when made in any material respect;

(d) an uncured default or defaults occur under the terms of one or more instruments or agreements evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000;

(e) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an amount of more than $500,000 which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(f) the Company shall fail to pay any amount (whether for principal, interest or otherwise) that becomes due under the Note or this Agreement when such amount becomes due.

7.2. Remedies .

(a) Action in Bankruptcy . If any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(a) shall occur, the outstanding principal amount of the Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand or presentment.

(b) Action if Other Event of Default . If any Event of Default described in Sections 7.1(b) through 7.1(f) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or

 

20


involuntary, and be continuing, the Investor may, by written notice to the Company, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment.

(c) Other Rights and Remedies . In addition to the foregoing and subject to the limitations set forth herein, the holder of the Note shall be entitled to exercise such other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Survival of Warranties . Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Investor contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Investor or the Company.

8.2. Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Investor shall not be entitled to transfer any rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Investor.

8.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

8.4. Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.5. Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

8.6. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on

 

21


their signature page hereto, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8.6 .

8.7. No Finder’s Fees . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Investor agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Investor or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

8.8. Fees and Expenses . Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

8.9. Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Agreements, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

8.10. Amendments and Waivers . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement, the Note nor any term hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; provided, however, that this Agreement, the Note and any provision thereof may be modified or amended with the written consent of the Investor and the Company.

8.11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

8.12. Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

22


8.13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

8.14. “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Investor hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company, not to exceed eighteen (18) months following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company issued to it upon conversion of the Note and held by it at any time during such period. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of Investor (and the shares or other securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Convertible Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Pamela G. Marrone

 

 

Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
Title:   CEO & President
Address:  

2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107

Davis, California CA 95618

INVESTOR:
DSM VENTURING BV
By:  

/s/ G. Hennen

 

 

Name:   G. Hennen
Title:   Director Finance & Control
Address:  

Mauritslaan 49

6129 EL Urmond

The Netherlands

By:  

/s/ J. Freelance

 

 

Name:   J. Freelance
Title:   Director of Venturing


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE, AND ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN, AND WILL BE, ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$3,000,000.00   

May [__], 2013

Davis, California

No. [N-              ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of DSM Venturing BV (the “ Holder ”), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), together with accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note from time to time outstanding, each due and payable on the dates and in the manner set forth below.

This Convertible Promissory Note is the Note referred to, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May [__], 2013, between the Company and the Holder (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated, the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Additional rights of the Holder are set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

1. Principal Repayment . Unless this Note has been converted in full in accordance with the terms of Section 4 below, and subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Purchase Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all unpaid accrued interest shall be fully due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date.

2. Interest Rate .

(a) Interest Rate . The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest at a rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate per annum from the date hereof to (and including) the date on which the entire principal amount of this Note is paid in full, regardless of the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company. All accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Default Interest . From and after the occurrence of, and during the continuance of, any Event of Default, the outstanding principal amount of this

 

1


Note shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate per annum under clause (a) above, plus 4% per annum.

3. Place of Payment . All amounts payable hereunder shall be payable at the office of the Holder, unless another place of payment shall be specified in writing by the Holder.

4. Conversion .

4.1 Definitions . As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Applicable Interest Rate ” means, as of any date of determination, (i) for the period from, and including the date hereof, through and including the Initial Maturity Date, 10%, (ii) for the period from the Initial Maturity Date, through and including the First Extension Maturity Date, 12%, and (iii) for the period from the First Extension Maturity Date, through and including the Final Maturity Date, 14%.

(b) “Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(c) “ Common Stock Equivalents ” shall mean any stock or equity security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and any warrant or option to acquire Common Stock or any such convertible or exchangeable security.

(d) “ Conversion Amount ” shall mean, as of any Conversion Date, an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note as of such Conversion Date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the Conversion Date.

(e) “ Conversion Date ” shall mean any Qualified Financing Conversion Date, Non-Qualified Financing Conversion Date or Sale Event Conversion Date, as applicable.

(f) “ Equity Financing ” shall mean any issuance and sale for cash of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents by the Company occurring after the date hereof; provided , however , that (i) the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall not constitute an Equity Financing for the purposes of this Note, and (ii) the issuance of any “Excluded Securities” of the type specified in clauses (a) through (g) and clauses (i) through (k) of Section 4.6 of the Investor Rights Agreement shall not constitute an Equity Financing for the purposes of this Note.

(g) “ Final Maturity Date ” shall mean [May __, 2018].

(h) “ First Extension Maturity Date ” shall mean [May __, 2017].

 

2


(i) “ Initial Maturity Date ” shall mean [May __, 2016].

(j) “ Maturity Date ” shall initially mean the Initial Maturity Date; provided , however , that (i) the Company shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice thereof by the Company to the Holder at least 5 days prior to the Initial Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date of the Note to the First Extension Maturity Date, and, in the event that the Maturity Date is duly extended in accordance with the foregoing, the “ Maturity Date ” shall thereafter mean the First Extension Maturity Date, and (ii) in the event that the Maturity Date is extended to the First Extension Maturity Date pursuant to clause (i)  above, the Company shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of written notice thereof by the Company to the Holder at least 5 days prior to the First Extension Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date of the Note to the Final Maturity Date, and, in the event that the Maturity Date is duly extended in accordance with the foregoing, the “ Maturity Date ” shall thereafter mean the Final Maturity Date.

(k) “ New Securities ” shall mean the identical class or series of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company issued and sold in a Qualified Financing.

(l) “ Qualified Financing ” shall mean the first Equity Financing (or substantially concurrent Equity Financings), primarily for equity financing purposes, occurring after the date hereof which results in immediately available gross proceeds to the Company, excluding proceeds from this Note and any other indebtedness of the Company that converts into equity in such financing, of at least $20 million; provided , that , in order for any such Equity Financing to constitute a “Qualified Financing,” at least 50% of the amount invested in such Equity Financing must be made by Persons who are not (i) a holder of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company, (ii) an Affiliate of the Company, (iii) any strategic investor or (iv) an Affiliate of any of the Persons identified in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above.

(m) “ Qualified Financing Conversion Price ” shall mean the product of (i) the purchase price per share paid by the purchasers of the New Securities issued and sold in the Qualified Financing, times (ii) 70%.

(n) “ Sale Event ” shall mean (i) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) the acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of more that 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company, (iv) any “Liquidation Event” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as in effect on the date hereof)), or (v) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of any material portion of the assets of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries), including, without limitation, any such disposition effected through an investment in, or other transfer to, any joint venture or similar

 

3


arrangement; provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 6.1 of the Purchase Agreement, a transaction shall not constitute a Sale Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(o) “ Sale Event Conversion Price ” shall mean, with respect to any Sale Event, the product of (i) the Sale Event Value Per Share with respect to such Sale Event, times (ii) 70%.

(p) “ Sale Event Value Per Share ” shall mean (i) with respect to any Sale Event in which the proceeds of such Sale Event shall be paid to the holders of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents, the Value of the proceeds per share of Common Stock payable to the holders of Common Stock in connection with such Sale Event (calculated on a per share of Common Stock basis and calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event), and (ii) with respect to any Sale Event in which the proceeds of such Sale Event shall be paid to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount per share of Common Stock that would be distributable to the holders of Common Stock (calculated on a per share of Common Stock basis and calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event) pursuant to Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation assuming that (x) such Sale Event constituted a “Liquidation Event” under the Certificate of Incorporation and (y) the Company made a distribution to the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock and Common Stock (determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of this Note in connection with such Sale Event) under Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation on the date of such Sale Event in an aggregate amount equal to the Value of the proceeds in respect of such Sale Event received by the Company on the date of such Sale Event.

(q) “ Value ” shall mean (a) the value as determined in the manner provided in Article IV, Section D(3) of the Certificate of Incorporation (it being understood that such determination of value shall also be applied by the Company in respect of any determination thereof required by the Certificate of Incorporation in connection with such Sale Event), or (b) such other amount agreed to in writing by the Company and the Holder.

4.2 Mandatory Conversion Upon a Qualified Financing .

(a) Conversion . If the Company consummates a Qualified Financing prior to the occurrence of the Maturity Date, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall, on the closing date of such Qualified Financing (the “ Qualified Financing Conversion Date ”), automatically convert in whole without any further action by the Company or the Holder, and without the payment of additional consideration by the Holder, into that number of shares of the New Securities issued and sold in

 

4


such Qualified Financing determined by dividing (a) the Conversion Amount as of the Qualified Financing Conversion Date, by (b) the Qualified Financing Conversion Price. In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to this clause (a)  the Holder will become a party to any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement and any other similar agreement entered into by the other investors in the Qualified Financing.

(b) Other Forms of Securities . In the event any warrants or other property or rights are issued or granted to investors in the Qualified Financing, a proportionate (based upon the amount of principal and interest on the Note being converted divided by 70%, which shall be deemed to be the amount invested by the Holder in the Qualified Financing in respect of the conversion of the Note) number and amount of such warrants and other property or rights shall be issued to the Holder in connection with such Qualified Financing. In the event that the securities issued in the Qualified Financing shall consist of convertible securities or other instruments that shall not constitute New Securities, the Note will convert into an appropriate amount of such convertible securities or instruments consistent with the foregoing.

4.3 Optional Conversion Upon an Equity Financing Other Than a Qualified Financing . In the event that the Company consummates any Equity Financing that shall not constitute a Qualified Financing (a “ Non-Qualified Financing ”), then (a) the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of such Non-Qualified Financing, but no earlier than ninety days prior to the reasonably anticipated closing date of such Non-Qualified Financing (as contemplated by any bona fide term sheet, letter of intent or similar indication of interest delivered to the Company by the proposed investors in respect of such Non-Qualified Financing), deliver written notice (a “ Non-Qualified Financing Notice ”) to the Holder of the occurrence of such Non-Qualified Financing, which Non-Qualified Financing Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the terms of such Non-Qualified Financing, and (b) the Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company within five (5) business days after delivery of the Non-Qualified Financing Notice, to convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon into such number of shares of Common Stock, Common Stock Equivalents and other securities issued in such Non-Qualified Financing as determined in accordance with Section 4.2 above (calculated, for such purpose, as though such Non-Qualified Financing was a Qualified Financing for the purposes of Section 4.2 (including, without limitation, as though such Non-Qualified Financing was a Qualified Financing for the purposes of the definitions of “New Securities” and “Qualified Financing Conversion Price”)). In the event that the Holder shall elect to convert the Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 , such conversion shall occur on the closing date of the applicable Non-Qualified Financing (the “ Non-Qualified Financing Conversion Date ”), and shall be subject to the provisions of clause (b)  of Section 4.2 as though such Non-Qualified Financing were a Qualified Financing thereunder. In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4.3 the Holder will become a party to any purchase agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement and any other similar agreement entered into by the other investors in the Non-Qualified Financing.

 

5


4.4 Sale Events .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(b) below, if any Sale Event shall occur at any time that this Note shall remain outstanding, (x) the Company shall, no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of such Sale Event but no earlier than ninety days prior to the reasonably anticipated closing date of such Sale Event (as contemplated by any bona fide term sheet, letter of intent or similar indication of interest delivered to the Company by the proposed acquirer in respect of such Sale Event), deliver written notice (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) to the Holder of the occurrence of such Sale Event, which Sale Event Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the terms of such Sale Event, and (y) this Note shall, on the closing date of such Sale Event, automatically be repaid as provided in Section 4.4(a)(i) below or be converted as provided in Section 4.4(a)(ii) below. The Holder shall, by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company within five (5) business days after delivery of the Sale Event Notice referred to in clause (x)  above, elect to either:

(i) require the Company to pay to the Holder in cash, upon the closing or occurrence of such Sale Event and in full satisfaction of this Note, an amount (the “ Repayment Amount ”) equal to the product of (i) 142.86%, times (ii) the outstanding principal amount of this Note together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; or

(ii) convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (A) the Conversion Amount as of the Sale Event, by (B) the Sale Event Conversion Price.

In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall elect to be paid the Repayment Amount in cash in accordance with clause (i)  above, the Company shall be required to pay to the Holder, on the date of the closing or occurrence of such Sale Event and in full satisfaction of this Note, an amount in cash equal to the Repayment Amount, and the Holder shall execute and deliver a customary payoff letter and release. In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall elect to convert this Note in accordance with clause (ii)  above, such conversion shall occur immediately prior to the closing of the Sale Event (the “ Sale Event Conversion Date ”) and the Holder shall be entitled to receive in connection with such Sale Event, in respect of the shares of Common Stock received by the Holder in such conversion, the same proceeds per share payable to each holder of Common Stock in such Sale Event. In the event that, in connection with any Sale Event, the Holder shall not timely make the election in accordance with this Section 4.4(a) , the Holder shall be deemed to have elected to require the Company to pay to the Holder the Repayment Amount in cash under clause (i)  above.

(b) In the event that, during the period from the date of this Note up to and including January 31, 2014, there does not occur a Qualified Financing, a

 

6


Non-Qualified Financing optional conversion according to Section 4.3 or a Sale Event, and this Note is still outstanding, then the provisions of this Section 4.4(b) shall apply. In connection with any Sale Event to which this Section 4.4(b) applies, if the Holder shall elect to convert this Note in accordance with clause (ii)  above, the following clause (ii)  terms shall apply rather than that in Section 4.4(a)(ii) above:

(ii) convert the aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (A) the Conversion Amount as of the Sale Event, by (B) the greater of (x) the price per share into which the debt under that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2012, as amended, among the Company and each of the investors party thereto, converts on maturity or (y) the price per share paid in the Company’s most recent Non-Qualified Financing, primarily for equity financing purposes, occurring prior to such Sale Event which results in immediately available gross proceeds to the Company, excluding proceeds from this Note and any other indebtedness of the Company that converts into equity in such financing, of at least $2 million with at least 50% of the amount invested in such Equity Financing made by Persons who are not a holder of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Company, an Affiliate of the Company, any strategic investor or an Affiliate of any of such Persons.

4.5 General .

(a) Upon the occurrence of any conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 , the Holder shall deliver to the Company during regular business hours at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the Company, this Note, duly endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Company.

(b) All shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, issued upon the conversion of this Note in accordance with its terms shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) No fractional shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the applicable conversion price, as applicable.

(d) The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, to which the Holder shall be entitled under this Section 4 , together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

 

7


(e) The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will take all such actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, upon the conversion of this Note.

(f) The Company shall pay any issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of New Securities, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, as applicable, upon conversion of this Note pursuant to this Section 4 ; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares in a name other than the name of the Holder, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

5. Prepayment . Except as may be required pursuant to Section 4.4, or with the written consent of the Holder, the Company may not prepay this Note in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date.

6. Application of Payments . Payments on this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding principal balance hereof.

7. Waiver . The Company waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and shall pay all costs of enforcement and collection when incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses.

8. Governing Law . This Note and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

9. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the following sentence, the provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on any successor to the parties. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

10. Amendment . This Note is the Note issued by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Any term of this Note may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only in accordance with Section 8.10 of the Purchase Agreement. No waivers of any term, condition or provisions of this Note, in any one or

 

8


more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

11. Remedies . The Holder shall have the rights and remedies in respect of this Note as set forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement.

12. Usury . In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

13. Lock-Up . The Holder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company, not to exceed eighteen (18) months following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company issued to it upon conversion of this Note and held by it at any time during such period. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Investor (and the shares or other securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

[Signatures Follow]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has executed this Convertible Promissory Note on the date first above written.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
 
Name:
Title:

 

10

Exhibit 10.33

CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 14th day of June, 2013, by and between Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Investors ”).

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Notes; Advances .

1.1. Purchase of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to each Investor, and each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, a Promissory Note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “ Note ”) in the respective commitment amounts (the “ Commitment Amounts ”) set forth opposite each Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto. The purchase price of each Note shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Note. The Company’s agreements with each of the Investors are separate agreements, and the sales of the Notes to each of the Investors are separate sales.

1.2. Advances . During the term of this Agreement, the Investors agree, severally and not jointly, to make advances (“ Advances ”) to the Company in an amount not to exceed, as to any one Investor the amount of such Investor’s Commitment Amount, and as to all of the Investors the aggregate Commitment Amounts, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. At any time and from time to time during the term of this Agreement, the Company may request Advances hereunder by making a written request to the Investors (an “ Advance Request ”). Each such Advance Request shall be sent in the manner prescribed for notices below, and shall set forth the amount of such Advance and the date requested for payment of such Advance (which date shall be at least sixty (60) days after the date of the Advance Request for the initial such Advance Request and at least thirty (30) days after the date of the Advance Request for any subsequent Advance Request); provided that each such Advance shall equal one quarter (1/4) of the aggregate Commitment Amounts and apply pro rata, as nearly as reasonably possible, to each Investor. After receipt of such Advance Request, each Investor shall deliver to the Company, on the date requested in such Advance Request payment in full for the amount (set forth in such Advance Request) of one quarter (1/4) of such Investor’s Commitment Amount by wire transfer of funds to the Company, and thereafter the Company will deliver to such Investor a duly executed Note in the principal amount of such Advance.

1.3. Warrants . Promptly after execution this Agreement, the Company shall issue to each Investor (including any subsequent Investors pursuant to Section 1.4) a Warrant in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (each a “ Warrant ”).

1.4. Additional Commitments . The Company may obtain commitments from additional investors acceptable to the Company, up to an aggregate Commitment Amount


(including Commitment Amounts as of the date hereof) of $7,000,000.00, and such additional investors shall become party to this Agreement and have the rights and obligations hereunder by executing and delivering to the Company an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement. The representations and warranties of such additional investors shall speak as of the date of such additional execution and deliver. Any such additional investor shall be considered an “ Investor ” for purposes of this Agreement, and any Notes so acquired by such additional investor shall be considered “ Notes ” for purposes of this Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby. Exhibit A to this Agreement automatically shall be amended to add all such subsequent Investors and their Commitment Amounts.

1.5. Defined Terms Used in this Agreement . In addition to the terms defined above or otherwise defined herein, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or stock is acquired by the Company in a Permitted Acquisition.

Acquisition ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Warrante.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Environmental Laws ” means all former, current and future federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

Equity Interests ” means shares, shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

2


Guarantee ” of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than 90 days after the purchase of such property or service, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all obligations of such Person under or in respect of Hedging Agreements, and (k) all earn-out or similar obligations of such Person. For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of any Person under clause (j)  of the preceding sentence, the amount of the obligations of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner to the extent such Person is liable therefor by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise.

 

3


Investor Rights Agreement ” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2010, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

Knowledge ,” including the phrase “ to the Company’s Knowledge ,” means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of either Pam Marrone or Don Glidewell, CEO and CFO of the Company respectively.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Majority of the Investors ” shall mean Investors holding at least a majority in interest of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding or, if no Notes are then outstanding, Investors representing a majority in interest of the aggregate Commitment Amounts.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, prospects, property or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) any material limitation on the ability of the Company to perform its material obligations under, or the legality, validity or enforceability of, any Transaction Agreement; provided , however , that no such effect resulting from or arising out of the following shall be considered when determining if a Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (a) changes in conditions in the U.S., foreign or global economy or capital or financial markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates; (b) changes in general legal, tax, regulatory, political or business conditions in the countries in which the Company does business; (c) acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism, or any escalation or worsening of any such acts of war, armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism threatened or underway as of the date of this Agreement; or (d) earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, or other natural disasters.

Michigan Facility ” means the Company’s plant facility located in Bangor, Michigan.

MMM ” means Marrone Michigan Manufacturing, LLC, a Subsidiary of the Company.

Obligations ” means the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Company under the Notes or this Agreement, when and as due, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Investors under this Agreement and each of the other

 

4


Transaction Agreements, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), when and as due.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of a Person or line of business of such Person or all or substantially all of the outstanding Equity Interests of a Person, in each case, so long as:

(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition and the proposed acquisition is consensual; and

(ii) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such acquisition other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c) .

“Person” means any individual, corporation, joint venture, association, joint stock company, partnership, trust, trustee, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, or other entity, including, without limitation, a governmental authority.

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, capital assets (whether pursuant to a loan, a capitalized lease or otherwise) or other assets (including manufacturing plants), including the development, furnishing and operation hereof.

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Securities ” shall mean the Notes, the Warrants and the equity securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (and the securities issuable upon conversion of such equity securities).

 

5


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Obligations and subject to a Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement ” means any subordination agreement with respect to Subordinated Debt among the Company, the applicable creditor(s) and the Investors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investors.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ Parent ”), any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, by the Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent or by the Parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent.

Synthetic Lease ” means, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor.

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (b) the amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term.

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Notes and the Warrants.

UCC ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investors that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof, except as otherwise indicated. For the purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2 , unless the context shall otherwise explicitly require, the term “Company” shall include the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

2.1. Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority (i) to carry on its business as presently conducted, (ii) to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (iii) to issue, sell and deliver the Notes to be issued, sold and delivered to the Investors at any Advance. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6


2.2. Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company, immediately prior to the date hereof, consists of (i) 40,600,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 4,021,102 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 27,690,392 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of which 4,673,827 are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 4,655,770 of which are issued and outstanding, of which 7,066,565 are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 7,036,465 of which are issued and outstanding, and of which 15,950,000 are designated Series C Preferred Stock, 14,997,104 of which are issued and outstanding.

(b) Under the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), (i) no shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements, (ii) options to purchase 3,595,852 shares of Common Stock have been granted and are currently outstanding and (iii) 796,583 shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company.

(c) All issued and outstanding Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the Company (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.

2.3. Subsidiaries . The Company has no Subsidiaries other than MMM. The Company does not own or control any equity security or other interest of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in, and does not hold any interest in, any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.4. Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into and perform the Transaction Agreements and to issue the Notes and Warrants pursuant to this Agreement, has been taken or will be taken prior to any Advance, except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following such Advance. All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Notes and Warrants pursuant to this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to any Advance except for any federal and state securities laws filings which will be made in compliance with applicable law following such Advance. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

7


2.5. Valid Issuance . The Notes, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Agreements, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Investors. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Investors in Section 3 of this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 2.6 below, the Notes and Warrants will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes and Warrants in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Notes under any applicable federal or state securities laws.

2.6. Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Investors in Section 3 of this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the entry by the Company into the Transaction Agreements and the issuance of the Notes and Warrants hereunder, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner.

2.7. Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, currently threatened against the Company, including any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation that questions the validity of this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements, or the right of the Company to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the Company’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate (including, without limitation, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency).

2.8. Intellectual Property .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company owns or possesses or can obtain on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes that are material to its business as now conducted.

(b) To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company has not misappropriated and is not infringing upon the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, or other proprietary rights of any party. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses,

 

8


information and other proprietary rights owned by the Company is being infringed by activities, products or services of, or is being misappropriated by, any third party. The Company has not received any written or, to its Knowledge, other communications alleging that the Company has violated or, the Company by conducting its business as currently proposed to be conducted, would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other Person or entity.

(c) The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as currently proposed to be conducted.

2.9. Compliance with Law and Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default (i) of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) of any judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) of any material provision of any note, indenture or mortgage, material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) of any material provision of federal or state statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, principle of common law or any other law applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements and the issuance and delivery of the Notes at any Advance will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (x) a default under, or violation of, any material provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, law, contract or agreement referred to in clause (i)  through (iv)  above or (y) an event which results in the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to the Company.

2.10. Changes . Since May 31, 2013, there has not been:

(a) Any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of the Company;

(b) Any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the properties, business or prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(c) Any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other waiver by the Company of a material right or debt owed to it;

(d) To the Company’s Knowledge, any labor organization activity related to the Company;

(e) Any sale, assignment, or exclusive license or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets of the Company;

(f) Any material amendment to any agreement to which the Company is or was a party or by which it is bound;

 

9


(g) Any other event or condition that, either individually or cumulatively, has materially and adversely affected the business, material assets, material liabilities, financial condition or operations of the Company;

(h) Any declaration, setting aside for payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such capital stock by the Company;

(i) Any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company;

(j) Any termination or material reduction (or to the Knowledge of the Company, any threat thereof) of customer or supplier purchases from or provision of products to the Company; or

(k) Any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the acts described in subsection (a) through (j) above.

2.11. Employee Matters .

(a) To the Company’s Knowledge, no employee of the Company, nor any consultant with whom the Company has contracted, is in material violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, the Company; and to the Company’s Knowledge the continued employment by the Company of its present employees, and the performance of the Company’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. The Company has not received any written or, to the Company’s Knowledge, other notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or group of employees intends to terminate his, her or their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees. There are no actions pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, by any former or current employee concerning such person’s employment by the Company.

(b) Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s Knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

2.12. Tax Returns and Payments . The Company has never filed an S Corporation election with the Internal Revenue Service. The Company has timely filed or has obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it as of the date of this Agreement. All such tax returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and to the Company’s Knowledge all other taxes due and payable by

 

10


the Company on or before the date hereof, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositories.

2.13. Insurance . The Company has in place general commercial, product liability, fire and casualty insurance policies in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes to be adequate for the conduct of its business (subject to reasonable deductibles), to allow it to replace any of its material tangible properties that might be damaged or destroyed and in all other respects customary for similarly situated companies. The Company carries directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and such other policies of similar insurance approved from time to time by the board of directors of the Company, issued by nationally recognized, financially sound and reputable insurers, with such coverage and in such amounts as are customary for similar companies.

2.14. Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.15. Environmental and Safety Laws . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not in violation in any material respect of any Environmental Law, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such Environmental Law.

2.16. Disclosure . The Company has made available to the Investors all the information reasonably available to the Company that the Investors have requested for deciding whether to acquire the Notes. To the Company’s knowledge, no representation or warranty of the Company contained in the Transaction Agreements contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. It is understood that this representation is qualified by the fact that the Company has not delivered to the Investors, and has not been requested to deliver, a private placement or similar memorandum or any written disclosure of the types of information customarily furnished to Investors of securities.

2.17. USA PATRIOT Act and Other Regulations . To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Notes hereunder will be used by the Company, directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an

 

11


official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly, to the Company’s Knowledge, use the proceeds of the Notes or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

2.18. Investment Company . The Company is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2.19. Federal Reserve Regulations . The Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Notes will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America, including Regulation T, U or X.

2.20. Real Property Holding Company . The Company is not a “real property holding company” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

2.21. No Solicitation or Advertisement . Neither the Company nor any Person or entity acting on its behalf has engaged, in connection with the offering of the Notes and Warrants, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each Investor hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, and only with respect to itself, to the Company that:

3.1. Authorization . The Investor has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. Each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Investor is a party, when executed and delivered by the Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.2. Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Investors in reliance upon each of the Investors’ representation to the Company, which by each of the Investors’ execution of this Agreement, the Investor hereby confirms, that the Notes and Warrants will be acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that none of the Investors has any present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, each Investor further represents that the

 

12


Investor does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to the Notes or the Warrants. The Investor has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Notes or the Warrants.

3.3. Disclosure of Information . The Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes and the Warrants with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities.

3.4. Restricted Securities . The Investor understands that the Notes and the Warrants have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investors’ representations as expressed herein. The Investor understands that the Notes and Warrants are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Investor must hold the Notes and the Warrants indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Investor further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Note and the Warrants, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

3.5. No Public Market . The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the Notes or the Warrants, and that the Company has made no assurances that such a public market will ever exist.

3.6. Legends . The Investors understands that the Notes and the Warrants may bear one or all of the following legends:

(a) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(b) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

(c) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Notes or the Warrants represented by the certificate so legended.

 

13


3.7. Accredited Investor . The Investor is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3.8. Regulation S . If the Investor is not a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act), such Investor further hereby represents, warrants and agrees that (a) its principal address is outside the United States and it was located outside the United States at the time any offer to acquire the Notes or Warrants was made to it, (b) it is not a “U.S. Person”, (c) it will not resell the Notes or Warrants unless such resale is in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act and (d) it will not engage in hedging transactions involving the Notes or Warrants unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

4. Conditions to the Investor’s Obligations . The obligations of each of the Investors to purchase the Notes at any Advance are subject to the fulfillment, on or before such Advance, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

4.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of such Advance.

4.2. Performance . The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before such Advance.

4.3. $5 Million in Commitments . The Company shall have obtained aggregate Commitment Amounts of at least $5,000,000.00.

5. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Notes to the Investors at any Advance are subject to the fulfillment, on or before such Advance, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

5.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Investors contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all respects as of such Advance.

5.2. Performance . The Investors shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Investors on or before such Advance.

6. Covenants .

6.1. Notes . For so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall comply with the following covenants:

(a) Financial Statements and Inspection Rights . The Company shall deliver to the Investors the financial statements and other reports and information as set forth in, and within the time periods specified in, Section 3.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement and shall provide the Investors with the inspection rights as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, in each case, as if the Investors was a “Major Investor” under the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

14


(b) Indebtedness . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume or incur, or become at any time liable in respect of, any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than:

(i) Indebtedness arising under or in connection with the Notes;

(ii)  (A) Indebtedness of the Company existing on the date hereof, and (B) any extensions, renewals and refinancings of any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the foregoing clause (A)  (“ Refinancing Indebtedness ”), provided , that, (v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any reasonable premiums or penalties required to be paid thereon plus any reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith, (w) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and a longer or equal weighted average life to maturity than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (x) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Investors than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, and (y) only the obligors in respect of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced may become obligated with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness;

(iii) unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) Purchase Money Indebtedness with respect to MMM in respect of the Michigan Facility;

(v) cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) Indebtedness arising from judgments or decrees in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000;

(vii) sales rebates issued by the Company and its Subsidiaries to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) grants provided by the United States government in exchange for the Company’s obligation to purchase equipment specified by such grants or to fund research and development efforts specified in such grants;

(ix) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(x) interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar financial products that are entered into or obtained in the ordinary course of business;

 

15


(xi) Indebtedness of (x) the Company to or from any wholly owned Subsidiary and (y) MMM owed to the Company;

(xii)  (x) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (y) Acquired Indebtedness;

(xiii) Subordinated Debt;

(xiv) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to a working capital facility secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC); and

(xvi) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries not otherwise described above in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(c) Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, suffer or permit to exist Liens, other than:

(i) Liens of the Company existing as of the date hereof or incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by such existing Liens, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies (A) not yet due or as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) attachments, judgments, and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided , however , that the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(iv) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, repairmen, carriers or employees or other similar Liens provided for by mandatory provisions of law (A) which are not filed or recorded for a period of more than sixty days, or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are adequately reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

 

16


(v) pledges or deposits made or Liens in incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security or employment or insurance legislation;

(vi) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, public or statutory obligations, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

(viii) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases;

(ix) Liens in favor of financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in connection with, and which solely encumber, deposit, disbursement or concentration accounts maintained with such financial institutions on funds and other items in such accounts;

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iv) ;

(xi) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

(xii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xii) ;

(xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xiv) ; and

(xiv) Liens on the Company’s Accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) and Inventory (as such term is defined in the UCC) securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(xv) .

(d) Restrictions on Distributions . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, pay any dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions in respect of its capital stock or other Equity Interest, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding capital stock or other Equity Interests, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Interest, other than (A) repurchases of outstanding equity interests from employees, directors and consultants upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s employment or engagement by the Company at a repurchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the original price paid to the Company in respect of

 

17


such equity interests or (y) the fair market value of such equity interests pursuant to agreements entered in connection with the grant of such equity interests, (B) any such dividend or distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, (C) any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like to the extent that such dividends or distributions are made solely in the form of additional shares of capital stock of the Company or (D) in connection with any Acquisition.

(e) Restrictive Agreements . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than MMM) to, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary (other than MMM) to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Company or any Subsidiary; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by applicable law, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority.

(f) Transactions with Affiliates . Unless otherwise consented to in writing by a Majority of the Investors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and except for transactions exclusively among the Company and a Subsidiary or exclusively among Subsidiaries, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except that (a) the Company or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) dividends may be paid to the extent provided in this Section 6.1 , (c) securities may be issued and other payments, awards or grants (in cash, securities or otherwise) may be made pursuant to, or with respect to the funding of, employment arrangements, stock or share options and stock or share ownership plans for the benefit of employees approved by the board of directors of the Company, and (d) reasonable fees and compensation may be paid to, and reasonable indemnities may be provided on behalf of, officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary, as determined by the board of directors of the Company in good faith.

(g) Business of the Company and the Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by the Company and Subsidiaries and similar, related, ancillary or complementary businesses.

(h) Additional Information . The Company will furnish to the Investors: (i) promptly after the Company has Knowledge or becomes aware thereof, notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) prompt written notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any governmental agency or authority or arbitrator pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18


(i) Corporate Existence . The Company shall maintain its corporate existence, rights and franchises in full force and effect.

(j) Maintenance of Insurance . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, carry and maintain in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as is customarily carried by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the localities where the Company operates.

(k) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep adequate records and books of account, in which entries will be made in accordance with GAAP.

(l) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable material laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental agency or authority, including all Environmental Laws and ERISA, and the terms of any contract or other instrument to which it may be a party or under which it may be bound.

(m) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its material properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(n) Exchange or Reissuance of Note . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Note, the Company shall deliver to the holder of the Note a new Note of like tenor for the principal amount of the Note so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, subject to reasonable indemnity or similar undertaking by such holder.

(o) Ranking . The Indebtedness represented by the Notes shall constitute senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company and, accordingly, shall rank (x) equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured Indebtedness; and (y) senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated Indebtedness.

7. Events of Default and Remedies .

7.1. Events of Default . Each of the following events or occurrences shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, shall (i) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) generally not pay its debts as they become due (other than unsecured trade accounts payable paid in the ordinary course of business), (iii) file a voluntary case or petition in bankruptcy, (iv) file a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law pertinent to such circumstances,

 

19


(v) file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar petition filed against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vi) seek or consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (vii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order, entered by a court or governmental commission of competent jurisdiction, that assumes custody or control of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, approves a petition seeking its reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future applicable bankruptcy or similar law without such action being dismissed or without all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company being stayed, or if a stay of any such order or proceedings is thereafter set aside and the action setting it aside is not timely appealed, (viii) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days, the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of any trustee, receiver or liquidator thereof or of all or any substantial part of the assets and properties of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company without such appointment being vacated, (ix) liquidate, wind up or dissolve or suspend its operations other than in the ordinary course of business or other than in connection with a Acquisition, or (x) take any action to authorize any of the foregoing;

(b) a default shall occur in the observance or performance by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the Notes, which default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default from a Majority of the Investors;

(c) a representation or warranty made herein or in any certificate or other instrument furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection with this Agreement or the Notes shall prove to have been false or misleading when made in any material respect;

(d) an uncured default or defaults occur under the terms of one or more instruments or agreements evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000;

(e) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in an amount of more than $500,000 which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

(f) the Company shall fail to pay any amount (whether for principal, interest or otherwise) that becomes due under the Notes or this Agreement when such amount becomes due.

7.2. Remedies .

(a) Action in Bankruptcy . If any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(a) shall occur, the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand or presentment.

 

20


(b) Action if Other Event of Default . If any Event of Default described in Sections 7.1(b) through 7.1(f) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the Majority of the Investors may, by written notice to the Company, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment.

(c) Other Rights and Remedies . In addition to the foregoing and subject to the limitations set forth herein, the holders of the Notes shall be entitled to exercise such other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Survival of Warranties . Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Investors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Advances and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Investors or the Company.

8.2. Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Investors shall not be entitled to transfer any rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of the Majority of the Investors.

8.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

8.4. Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.5. Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

8.6. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return

 

21


receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on their signature page hereto or on Exhibit A , or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8.6 .

8.7. No Finder’s Fees . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Investors agree to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Investors or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Investors from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

8.8. Fees and Expenses . Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

8.9. Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Agreements, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

8.10. Amendments and Waivers . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement, the Notes nor any term hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; provided, however, that the Majority of the Investors may, with the Company’s written consent, waive, modify or amend any provisions of this Agreement and of the Notes.

8.11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

8.12. Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies,

 

22


either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

8.13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

8.14. Commitment Fee . Promptly after execution this Agreement, the Company shall pay to each Investor (including any subsequent Investors pursuant to Section 1.4) a commitment fee in an amount equal to two percent (2%) of their respective Commitment Amounts.

8.15. Term. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on June 30, 2014.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

By:   /s/ Pamela G. Marrone
Name: Pamela G. Marrone
Title: President and CEO

Address: 2121 Second Street, Suite B-107

Davis, CA 95616

email: pmarrone@marronebio.com


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Saffron Hill Ventures LLP
By:   /s/ Ranjeet Bhatia
Name: Ranjeet Bhatia
Title: Samel Partner


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
One Earth Capital
By:   /s/ Joseph S. Hudson
Name: Joseph S. Hudson
Title: M. D.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Lawrence A. Hough
By:   /s/ Lawrence A. Hough
Name:
Title:


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Arthur Bernot
By:   /s/ Arthur Bernot
Name:
Title:


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Martin Panchand
By:   /s/ Martin Panchand
Name: Martin Panchand
Title:


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Ueberroth Family Trust
By:   /s/ Peter V. Ueberroth – TF
Name: Peter V. Ueberroth – TF
Title: Trustee


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
The Whildey Family Revocable Trust, Date of June 17, 1988
By:   /s/ Richard Whildey – TF
Name: Richard Whildey
Title: Trustee


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

Timothy & Patrician Fogarty 2011 Trust

By:   /s/ Timothy T. Fogarty
Name: Timothy T. Fogarty
Title: Trustee


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Credit Facility Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Spalding FT Family Trust
By:   /s/ Tom Spalding
Name: Tom Spalding
Title: Trustee


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Name and Address    Commitment
Amount
 

Saffron Hill Ventures 2, L.P.

Third Floor, 24 Chiswell Street

London, EC1Y 4YX

email: rbhatia@saffronhill.com

   $ 2,000,000   

One Earth Capital, LLC

201 Entrada Drive

Santa Monica, CA 90402

email: joe@oneearthcapital.com

   $ 750,000   

Stuart Mill Venture Partners, L.P.

Attn: Lawrence Hough

252 North Washington Street

Falls Church, VA 22046

email: lhough@stuartmillcap.com

   $ 750,000   

Arthur Berndt

P.O. Box 99

426 Haverick Farm Rd

Sharon, Utah 05065

email: lhough@stuartmillcap.com

   $ 250,000   

Martin Panchaud

P.O. Box 68

CH-1183 Bursins

Switzerland

email: martin@panchaud.com

   $ 250,000   

Peter V. Ueberroth and Virginia

M. Ueberroth Trustees of

Ueberroth Family Trust

5 San Joaquin Plaza, Suite 330

Newport Beach, CA 92660

email: ginnyu@cox.net

   $ 200,000   

The Whilden Family Revocable Trust,

Dated June 17, 1988

106 So. Poinsettia Avenue

Manhattan Beach, CA 90266

email: rdwhildent@gmail.com

   $ 200,000   


Timothy and Patricia Fogarty 2011 Trust,

Dated August 1, 2011

579 S. Morningstar Dr.

Anaheim, CA 92808

email: t.fogarty@sbcglobal.net

   $ 100,000   

Spalding FT Family Trust

1104 Stovak Ct.

Reno, NV 89511

email: tom@spalding-labs.com

   $ 200,000   

Lawrence A. Hough

11105 Stuart Mill Ct.

Oakton, VA 22124

email: lhough@stuartmillcap.com

   $ 300,000   
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,000,000   

 


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTE

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE, AND ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN, AND WILL BE, ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

[$              ]          [                       , 2013]
         Davis, California

No. [N-              ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of [            ] (the “ Holder ”), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of [$            ], together with accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note from time to time outstanding, each due and payable on the date and in the manner set forth below.

This Promissory Note is one of a series of promissory notes issued by the Company (the “ Notes ”) pursuant to the Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of June [        ], 2013, (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated, the “ Facility Agreement ”). Additional rights of the Holder are set forth in the Facility Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Facility Agreement.

Principal Repayment . Subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Facility Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all unpaid accrued interest shall be fully due and payable in cash on June 30, 2014 (the “ Maturity Date ”).

Interest Rate .

(a) Interest Rate . The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest at a rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum from the date hereof to (and including) the date on which the entire principal amount of this Note is paid in full, regardless of the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company. All accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.


(b) Default Interest . From and after the occurrence of, and during the continuance of, any Event of Default, the outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest at the interest rate per annum under clause (a) above, plus 4% per annum.

Place of Payment . All amounts payable hereunder shall be payable at the office of the Holder, unless another place of payment shall be specified in writing by the Holder.

Prepayment . The Company may not prepay this Note in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date without the consent of the Majority of the Investors.

Application of Payments . Any payments made by the Company under this Note shall be made on a pro rata basis with payments made under the other Notes issued under the Facility Agreement in proportion to the principal amount each such Note represents in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued thereunder. Payments on this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding principal balance hereof.

Waiver . The Company waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and shall pay all costs of enforcement and collection when incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses.

Governing Law . This Note and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of California.

Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the following sentence, the provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on any successor to the parties. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

Amendment . This Note is the Note issued by the Company pursuant to the Facility Agreement. Any term of this Note may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only in accordance with [Section 8.10] of the Facility Agreement. No waivers of any term, condition or provisions of this Note, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

Remedies . The Holder shall have the rights and remedies in respect of this Note as set forth in Section 7 of the Facility Agreement.

Usury . In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

[Signatures Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has executed this Promissory Note on the date first above written.

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
   

Name:

Title:


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF WARRANT

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF THE ACT.

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

Void after June [            ], 2023

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth below, as of the Exercise Date, [            ] (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock (the “ Shares ”) of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) as set forth below under the definition of Warrant Shares (as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof). The capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall, to the extent not defined where first used, have the meanings given to them in Section 20 of this Warrant. This Warrant is issued by the Company pursuant to the Credit Facility Agreement dated as of June [__], 2013 (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Facility Agreement ”).

Method of Exercise; Payment .

Cash Exercise . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, after the Exercise Date by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company, by certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares being purchased.

Net Issue Exercise . In lieu of exercising this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant (or any portion thereof) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal


office of the Company together with notice of such conversion on the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A-B)

A

Where X = the number of the Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y = the number of the Shares purchasable under this Warrant in respect of which the net issue exercise election is made pursuant to this Section 1(b).

A = the fair market value of one share of the Shares.

B = the Exercise Price on the date of conversion (as adjusted to the date of such conversion).

Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 1, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall mean:

(i) If the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, or if not so listed then the fair market value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock as published in The Wall Street Journal , in each case for the ten trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value.

(ii) If the Company’s Common Stock is not publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Shares shall be such fair market value as is determined by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith upon a review of relevant factors, including due consideration of Holder’s determination of fair market value, it being further understood that the exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the net exercise provision contained in Section 1 shall be delayed until such determination is made.

Stock Certificates . In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time. Notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificates for the Shares, the Company agrees that Shares purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall be been surrendered, the completed exercise form and the payment of the purchase price has been delivered (or, in the alternative the conversion notice specified in Section 1(b) has been delivered) to the Company.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, once the first of the IPO, the Qualified Financing or the Acquisition occurs, this Warrant shall be exercisable for the Warrant Shares, and at the Exercise Price, applicable to such first to occur event and not for any other securities or at any other price even in the event of an occurrence of a subsequent such event.


Stock Fully Paid . All of the Shares issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefor, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

Adjustments . The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

Reclassification . In case of any reclassification or change of the Company’s Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), the Company shall execute a new Warrant, providing that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such new Warrant, and procure upon such exercise and payment of the same aggregate Exercise Price, in lieu of the shares of the Common Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification or change, by a holder of an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock. Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 3. The provisions of this subsection (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications or changes.

Stock Splits, Dividends and Combinations . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the number of shares purchasable hereunder or the Exercise Price thereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall promptly provide notice to the Holder setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the number and class of shares which may be purchased and the Exercise Price therefor after giving effect to such adjustment.

Fractional Shares . This Warrant may not be exercised for fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based upon the Exercise Price then in effect.

Representations of the Company . The Company represents to Holder that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the sale and issuance of this Warrant and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder were taken, or will be taken, prior to and are, or will be, effective as of the Exercise Date.


Representations and Warranties by the Holder . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Shares have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is exempted from such registration. The Holder further understands that the Shares have not been qualified under any state securities law by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the qualification requirements thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent expressed above.

The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of this Warrant and the Shares purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

Restrictive Legend .

The Shares (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE

 


TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

IPO or Acquisition .

(a) Upon receipt of a written notice of the Company’s intention to raise capital by selling shares of Common Stock in an IPO, which notice shall be delivered to Holder at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the consummation of the IPO, the Holder shall, within 10 days of receipt of such notice, notify the Company whether or not the Holder will exercise this Warrant as part of the consummation of the IPO. If Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant as provided in this Section 9 in connection with an IPO and the IPO is not consummated, then Holder’s exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective.

(b) Upon receipt of a written notice of the Company’s intention to consummate an Acquisition, which notice shall be delivered to Holder at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the consummation of the Acquisition, the Holder shall, within 10 days of receipt of such notice, notify the Company whether or not the Holder will exercise this Warrant as part of the consummation of the Acquisition. If Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant as provided in this Section 9 in connection with an Acquisition and the Acquisition is not consummated, then Holder’s exercise of this Warrant shall not be effective.

Rights of Shareholders . No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or, except as provided in Section 11 below, to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Notices of Record Date . In the event:

(a) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its capital stock;

(b) there shall be any capital reorganization, reclassification of the capital stock of the Company or an Acquisition; or

(c) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;

the Company shall give to the Holder of this Warrant written notice of any relevant record, payment, effective and exchange dates and the amount and nature of any dividend, distribution or right. Such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to any record date for distribution or voting and also at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the transactions referred to in (b)


and (c) above. Failure to so give notice or any defect in any certification or notice given under this Warrant shall not affect the validity or legality of any transaction giving rise thereto so long as such failure or defect does not result in the termination of Holder’s rights under this Warrant.

Expiration of Warrant . This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable upon the earlier to occur of:

5:00 p.m., California local time, on June [        ], 2023; and

An Acquisition, provided that the Company has complied with Section 9(b) in all material respects.

Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to the Holder, at [                                        ] and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: President), or at such other address as a party may designate by advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder during a period of time determined by the Company and its underwriters not to exceed eighteen (18) months following the effective date of the Company’s initial registration statement. If requested by the Company, Holder agrees to enter into a separate agreement consistent with the foregoing with any underwriter of the Company’s securities. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.

Governing Law . This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

Exchange of Warrants . On surrender for exchange of this Warrant, properly endorsed, the Company at its expense, but on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes, shall issue and deliver to or on the order of the Holder a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, for the same aggregate number of Shares as called for by the Warrant surrendered.

Replacement of Warrants . In the case of the loss, theft or destruction of a Warrant then held by Holder or his assigns, an affidavit of an officer of such Holder stating the loss, theft or destruction, as the case may be, shall constitute evidence satisfactory to the Company and no indemnity or security shall be required for replacement other than the Holder’s written agreement to indemnify the Company.


No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Warrant is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Warrant shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

Certain Definitions . As used in this Warrant the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Acquisition ” shall mean (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company); or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

Exercise Date ” shall mean the first to occur of: (a) if this Warrant is to be exercised as part of the consummation of or at any time after the IPO, the date immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO;(b) if this Warrant is to be exercised as part of the consummation of or at any time after the Qualified Financing, the date immediately prior to the consummation of the Qualified Financing; and (c) if this Warrant is to be exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the date immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition.

Exercise Price ” shall mean the first to occur of: (a) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of or at any time after the IPO, the exercise price of a Share will be seventy percent (70%) of the price at which one share of the Company’s Common Stock is sold to the public in the IPO; (b) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of or at any time after the Qualfied Financing, the exercise price of a Share will be seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of Common Stock equivalents (the number of shares of equity securities convertible into one share of the Company’s Common Stock) sold in the Qualified Financing; and (c) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the exercise price of a Share will be seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock sold or valued in the Acquisition.

IPO ” shall mean the Company’s firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale


of Common Stock of the Company for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $30,000,000.

Qualified Financing ” shall mean the first equity financing (or substantially concurrent equity financings), primarily for equity financing purposes, occurring after the date hereof which results in immediately available gross proceeds to the Company, excluding proceeds from any indebtedness of the Company that converts into equity in such financing, of at least $20 million; provided, that, in order for any such equity financing to constitute a “Qualified Financing,” at least 50% of the amount invested in such equity financing must be made by persons who are not (i) a holder of Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents (any equity security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and any warrant or option to acquire Common Stock or any such convertible or exchangeable security) of the Company, (ii) an affiliate of the Company, (iii) any strategic investor or (iv) an affiliate of any of the persons identified in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above; and provided, further, that the term Qualified Financing shall excude the issuance of any “Excluded Securities” of the type specified in clauses (a) through (g) and clauses (i) through (k) of Section 4.6 of the Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2010, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”).

Warrant Shares ” shall mean as to the Holder the first to occur of: (a) if this Warrant is exercised as part of or at any time after the consummation of the IPO, the number of Shares as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (i) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Holder’s Commitment Amount (as defined in the Facility Agreement) by 0.10, by (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the price at which one share of Common Stock is sold to the public in the IPO; (b) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of or at any time after the Qualfied Financing, the number of Shares as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (i) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Holder’s Commitment Amount (as defined in the Facility Agreement) by 0.10, by (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of Common Stock equivalents (the number of shares of equity securities convertible into one share of Common Stock) sold in the Qualified Financing; or (c) if this Warrant is exercised as part of the consummation of an Acquisition as provided in Section 9(b), the number of Shares as is equal to the quotient (rounded to the nearest whole number) obtained by dividing (i) the product obtained by multiplying the original principal amount of such Holder’s Commitment Amount (as defined in the Facility Agreement) by 0.10, by (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the value of one share of Common Stock sold or valued in the Acquisition.

Issued as of June [        ], 2013.

[Signature page follows]


[Signature page to Stock Purchase Warrant]

 

MARRONE BIO INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:    
Name:   Pamela G. Marrone
Title:   President and CEO


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:     Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc.

    2121 Second Street, Ste. B-107

    Davis, CA 95618

    Attention: President

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase             shares of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank):

            The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith payment in full for the purchase price of the Shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

            The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of the net exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant.

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

4. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 7 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

    (Signature)
    Title:    
     
(Date)      

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 17, 2013, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Marrone Bio Innovations, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Sacramento, California

July 1, 2013